.-.>
;^^'t uisrarTo^
\ ^
V^^-^r-x/r O
'. .< hj'O
LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY
OF ONTARIO
SECOND SESSION OF THE TWENTY-EIGHTH
PARLIAMENT
BILLS
AS INTRODUCED IN THE HOUSE
TOGETHER WITH
REPRINTS AND THIRD READINGS
SESSION
NOVEMBER 19th to DECEMBER 20th. 1968
FEBRUARY 4th to APRIL 3rd. 1969
APRIL 15th to JUNE 27th. 1969
and
SEPTEMBER 30th to DECEMBER 17th. 1969
INDEX
PUBLIC BILLS
A Bill \o.
Arc Discrimination Act, 1966 — Act to amend 157
Air Pollucion Control Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 21
1967— Act to amend 139
Air I'oilution by Motor Vehicles Act, 1968-69 (La|)sed) 26
Ambulance Act, 1968-69 143
Animals for Research— Act respectinj; the care and Provision of 194
Apprenticeship and Tradesmen's Qualification Act, 1964 — Act to amend . . 56
Archaeological and Historical Sites Protection Act— Act to amend (Liipsed) 149
Assessment Act, 1968-69 205
Automobile Racing — Act to Control (Lapsed) 27
B
Birth Defects Institute Act, 1968-69 (Withdrawn) 37
C
Cancer Act — Act to amend 141
Cemeteries Act— Act to amend (Lapsed) 72
Chanpc of Name Act— Act to amend 65
( hild Welfare Act, 1965— Act to amend (Ljipsed) 52
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 145
— Act to amend 243
( hildren's Mental Health Centres Act, 1968-69 138
Collection Agencies Act, 1968-69 171
Commissioner of the Legislature Act, 1968-69 (Talked out) 7
Commissioners for taking Affidavits Act — Act to amend 61
Conservation Authorities Act, 1968— Act to amend 89
Consumer Protection Act, 1966— Act to amend (L;ipsefl) 34
— Act to amend (L;ipscd) 183
— Act to amend 185
Coroners Act — Act to amend (Uipsed) 10
—Act to amend (Uipsed) 100
Corporation Securities Registration Act— Act to amend 153
Cor|X)rations Act — Act to amend 151
— Act to amend 1 84
Corporations Information Act — Act to amend 152
Corporations Tax Act — Act to amend 83
— Act to amend 244
( ounty Judges Act— Act to amend 50
Credit Unions Act — Act to amend 85
—Act to amend 199
[31
D Bill No.
Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act — Act to amend 23
Data Surveillance Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 182
Day Nurseries Act, 1966— Act to amend 134
Department of Correctional Services Act, 1968 — Act to amend (Lapsed) 55
Department of Education Act — Act to amend (Lapsed) 209
—Act to amend (Lapsed) 213
— Act to amend 228
Department of Energy and Resources Management Act — Act to amend
(Liipsed) 211
Department of l-inancia! and Commercial Affairs Act, 1966 — Act to amend 170
Department of Health Act, 1968-69 97
Department of Justice — Act respecting 70
Deserted Wives' and Children's Maintenance Act — Act to amend 67
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 104
District Welfare Administration Boards Act, 1962-63 — Act to amend 132
Division Courts Act — Act to amend 123
Dog Tax and Live Stock and Poultry Protection Act — Act to amend 98
Drainage Act, 1962-63— Act to amend 219
E
Elected Representatives' Ethics Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 4
Election Act — Act to amend (Talked out) 14
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 120
— Act to amend 217
Em[)loyment Standards Act, 1968 — Act to amend (Talked out) 32
Energy Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 107
Evidence Act — Act to amend 1
Executive Council Act — Act to amend 237
Exi)loitation of \'iolence (Deterrent) Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 216
Exjiropriations Act, 1968-69 5
F
I'arin Products .Marketing Act — Act to amend 158
Fines and Forfeitures .^ct — Act to amend 71
Fish InsiK-ction .Xct — .Act to amend 117
Freshwater Fish Marketing .Act (Ontario), 1968-69 116
Fumes from Smelters —.Act to provide for the Control of (Lapsed) 40
G
Came and Fish .Art, 1961-62 — Act to amend (Lapsed) 18
— .Act to amend (Lapsed) 113
— ;.Act to amend (Lapsed) 119
Gasoline Handling .Act, 1968-69 108
C.enera! Farm Organization .Act (Ontario), 1968-69 140
C.overnnient Programs Evaluation Commission .Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) . . 136
H Bill No.
Health Services Insurance — Act respecting 195
Hearing Aid Sales Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 38
Highway Improvement Act— Act to amend 229
Highway Traffic Act — Act to amend (Lapsed) 12
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 30
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 33
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 35
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 43
— Act to amend 105
—Act to amend (La|)sed) 137
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 156
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 206
—Act to amend 233
Homemakcrs and Nurses Services Act — Act to amend 133
Homes for the Aged and Rest Homes Act — Act to amend 144
Homes for Special Care Act, 1964 — Act to amend 93
Hospital Labour Disputes Arbitration Act, 1965 — Act to amend 90
Hospitals Tax Act — Act to repeal 80
Human Tissue Act, 1962-63 (Talked out) 57
I
Impaired Drivers — Act respecting (Lapsed) 29
Income Tax Act, 1961-62 — Act to amend 223
industrial Safety Act, 1964 Act to amend 148
insurance Act — Act to amend (I^ipsctl) 39
— Act to amend (Lajised) 82
— Act to amend 92
Judicature Act- -Act to amend 69
Jurors Act — Act to auiend 68
I^ikehcad, City of — Act to incorporate 118
I^md Titles Act— Act to amend 103
I^indlord and Tenant Act — Act to amend 234
I^iw Enforcement Compensation Act, 1967 — Act to amend 131
Legal Aid Act, 1966 — Act to amend 124
Legislative Assembly Act — Act to amend 175
—Act to amend 236
Loan and Trust Corporations Act — Act to amend 86
Local Improvement Act — Act to amend 186
— Act to amend 220
M Bill No.
Matriiiionia! Caiisi's Act Act to amend 66
Mechanics' Lit-n Act, 1968-6'; 36
Mi'diral Act— Act to amend (Lapsed) 54
Medical Services Insurance Act, 1965 — Act to amend 121
Meiit.il I lealth Act, 1967 Act to amend (Lapsed) 59
Milk Act, 1965 -Act to amend 17
Mining Act Act to amend 24
Act to anieiui 112
-Act to amend (Lapsed) 191
Miiiini; Tax Act- Act to amend Ill
.M(K)sonee Development Area Board Act, 1966 — Act to amend 189
Mortsa^e Brokers Act, 1968-69 181
MortiiKiin and Charitable I'scs Act — Act to amend 154
Motor X'ehicle Accident Claims Act, 1961-62 Act to amend 101
Motorized Snow \ehicles Act, 196S - Act to amend (Lapsed) 160
Municipal Act — Act to amend 2
— Act to amend (Talked out) 6
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 88
Act to amend 222
Municip.il C()r|)orations Quieting Orders Act- Act to amend 188
Muni( ip.d I'Vaiichist's Act- Act to amend 232
Munitiii.il ,ind School Ta.\ Credit Assistance Act, 1967 — Act to amend
( T.ilked out) 44
Muni( in.iHlN' of .Metrojiolit.in Toronto Act —Act to amend (Lapsed) 165
—Act to amend 201
-—Act to amend 221
Muiii( ipalit\- of Xeehinij — Act resixctinp 172
Mniiicipalit\- of .Shtiniah Act respectintr 173
N
N ursint; I lomes Act, 1966 — Act to amend 95
O
( )nl.iri() College of Art .Act, 1968-69 41
( )nt.irio Lnersiv Board Act, 1964 — Act to amend 109
( )ntario llerit,ii;e I'oundation Act, 1967 — Act to amend 91
( )niari(. I hinuui Ri;^hts Code, 1961-62— Act to amend (Talked out) 13
— Act to amend 147
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 203
Ont.irio Hurricane Relief l-imd .Act, 1955— .Act to amend 16
I )ni irio Munici]),il Bo.ird Act- Act to amend 231
Ont.irio rnxlucers, Processors, Distributors and Consumers Food Council
Act. 1962-6,^- .Act to amend g7
( )nt.irio School Trustees' Council Act -Act to amend 225
Oiu.irio .Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 31
-Act to amend -ja
Bill No.
Ontario Water Resources Commission Act — Act to amend (rallied out) . . 15
Ophthalmic Dispensers Act, 1960-61 — Act to amend (L;ipsed) 20
Osgoode Hall Law School of York University — Act respectinp Scholarships
for 242
P
Partnerships Registration Act — Act to amend 60
Pension Benefits Act, 1965 — Act to amend 76
Personal Privacy — Act to provide for the Protection of (Lapsed) 207
Pesticides Act, 1967— Act to amend 96
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 150
Pharmacy Act — ^Act to amend 94
Planning Act — Act to amend (Lapsed) 114
—Act to amend 190
Police Act — Act to amend (Lapsed) 77
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 135
—Act to amend 178
Pounds Act — Act to amend (Lapsed) 28
Pregnant Mare Urine Farms Act, 1968-69 196
Prepaid Hospital and Medical Services Act — Act to amend 22
Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69 48
Provincial Courts Act, 1968 — Act to amend (Lapsed) 115
Public Finance Companies' Investments Act, 1966 — Act to repeal 84
Public Health Act — Act to amend (Lapsed) 42
— Act to amend (Liipsed) 163
Public Parks Act — Act to amend 187
Public Schools Act — Act to amend (Liipsed) 208
—Act to amend 239
Public Service Superannuation Act — Act to amend 192
Public Utilities Act — Act to amend (Uipsed) 9
Public Vehicles Act— Act to amend 106
Rainmaking Eciui()iiicnt Act, 1968-69 (Laj)sed) 167
Raising of Money on the Credit of the Consolidated Revenue Fund— Act to
authorize 168
Real Estate and Business Brokers Act — Act to amend 176
Regional Municii)alit>- of Niagara — Act to establish 174
1968-69— Act to amend 235
Regional Municipality of Otlawa-Carleton. 1968 Act to amend 200
Registry Act — Act to amend 102
Regulations Act — Act to amend 125
Regulations — Act to provide for the Consolidation and Revision of 63
Research Animals Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 73
Residential Property Tax Reduction Act, 1968 — Act to amend 81
Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61— Act to amend 79
8
S Bill No.
St. I^iwrcnre Parks Coinniission Act— Act to amend 99
Sch<K)ls Adininislration Act Act to amend 45
— Act to amend (La|)sed) 161
—Act to amend (Talked out) 162
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 164
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 166
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 202
^ Act to amend (Lai)sed) 204
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 212
—Act to amend (La])sed) 214
— Act to amend (Talked out) 215
— Act to amend 241
Secondary Scluwls and Boards of Education Act- Act to amend 46
— Act to amend 240
Securities .\ct, 1%6- Act to amend (Lapsed) 49
— Act to amend (Lapsed) 53
— Act to amend (Lai)sed) 58
— Act to amend 159
Senior ("iti/ens Week- .Act respectiiiii (Talked out) 146
Separate .Scii(K)ls .Act— .Act to amend 47
— Act to amend ('Talked out) 75
— Act to amend 23H
Sheriffs Act Act to amend 126
Sonic Bo<im Investisjation and Control .Act, 196.S-69 (Lapsed) 169
Statutes Act to |>rovide for the Consolidation and Revision of 62
Statutory Towers Judicial Keview Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 129
Statutory Powers Procedure Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 130
.Sununar\' Convictions .Act .Act to amend 64
Supply .Act, 196S-69 245
.Surroij.ite Courts .Act .Act to amend 127
Surveyors Act, 1968-69 122
T
I (Ml luMs' .Superannuation ,\it .Act to amend 227
reachini.; Profession .Act- .Act to amend 224
leiritorial Division .Act .Act to amend 198
Tile 1 )r.iina!i;e .Act .Act to amend 177
Time Alt .Art to amend (Lapsed) 142
Tobacco Ta.\ .Act, 1465 .Act to amend 78
Toronto Hospitals Steam Cor|)oralion .Act U) incorporate 230
Toronto Stock l"xciiant;i' .Act respectinij 110
Trade .S(Ihh)1s Rei^ulatiou .Act .Act to amend 226
Trustee .Act .Act to .uuend 128
U
Iniversities .Ac I to |)rovide for the C.overning Bodies of ('Talked out) ... 19
Cniversilies Commission- .Act to establish (Lapsed) 11
Cpholstered and Stufled .Articles .Act, 1968 — Act to amend 193
Csecl Car Dealers Act. 1968-69 ISO
V Bill No.
Veterinarians Act — Act to amend 197
Voluntary Emergency F"irst Aid and Medical Services Act, 1968-69 (Lapsed) 8
Voluntary Emergency Medical Services Act, 1968-69 (Ljipsed) 3
Voters' Lists Act— Act to amend 218
W
Wolf and Bear Bounty Act — Act to amend 179
Workmen's Compensation Act— Act to amend (Talked out) 51
— Act to amend 155
PRIVATE BILLS
B
Banks Alignment Limited — Act respecting Pr30
Belleville, City of — Act respecting I'rl9
Bohier Convalescent Home — Act respecting I*r7
Burlington, Town of — Act respecting I'r5
C
Carleton University— Act res|jecting i'r25
Co-ordinated Arts Services— Act res|iecting Pr27
Cornwall, City of — Act respecting Prl 1
E
P2ast York, Borough of— Act respecting I'rl6
H
Hamilton, City of — Act rcsijecting Pr21
K
Kitchener, City of — Act respecting Prl 3
L
Linds;iy, Town of — Act respecting Pr8
London, City of — Act res|)ecting Pr3
M
Mainionides Schools for Jewish Studies — Act respecting Pr23
March Diamond Drilling — Act respecting IV9
Mississauga, Town of — Act respecting Pr34
Mitchell, Town of — Act resjiecting Prl 5
10
Mc Bill No.
McMaster University — Act res{)ectinj; I^r32
N
Niagara I'alls, City of — Act resi)ectint; Pr6
O
Ontario Co-operative Credit Society — Act respecting Pr2
Ontario, County of — Act resjjectint; Prl4
Ottawa, City of — Act respecting (\ot reported) Prl
Ottawa, City of— Act respectinj; (Not reported) Pr36
P
i'arr\- Sound, Town of — Act res|)ectini; PrlO
Peel, County of — Act respecting Prl7
I'eterhorough, Cit>- of — Act resijecting Pr29
S
Sarnia, Cit\' of — Act respecting Pr28
Scari)orougli, Borough of — Act respecting (Withdrawn) Pr4
T
Teck, Townsliip ol — Act respecting Pr22
'l"illl)ur\- l'ul)lic School Board — Act resj^ecting Pr26
I'oronlo, Cil\- of — Act respecting Prl2
Toronto, C"it> of — Act respecting Pr20
W
Wcllaiid. Count)- of — Act res|)ecting Pr31
Whithy. Town of — Act respecting (Not reported) Pr24
Wiiuisor, The Board of Education for the City of — Act respecting Prl8
Windsor, Cit\- of — Act respecting Pr33
Windsor, Cniversity of — Act respecting Pr3S
BILL 1
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Evidence Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
KXPUANATORY NoTE
The subsection is brought into accord with the National Transporta-
tion Alt (Statutes of Canada 1966-67, chapter 69) which established the
Canadian Transport Commission as the successor to the Board of Trans-
port Commissioners of Canada.
BILL 1 1968-69
An Act to amend The Evidence Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 36 of The Evidence Act is amended ^-^^R- L^%
C. 1Z5, 8, Jo.
by striking out "Board of Transport Commissioners of*"*™!
Canada" in the first and second lines and inserting in lieu
thereof "Canadian Transport Commission".
2. This Act may be cited as The Evidence Amendment Act, ^^"""^ "'''
1968-69.
2;
o
00
C/)
H
a
TO
3
Pi.
^
>a
-I
S
t— »
&
pt-
a
=r
(Aj
■*
t-»
\o
o
00
>i
3
>
>
o
s
3
ft
a
H
sr
n
P
o
>
BILL 1
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Evidence Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 1 1968-69
An Act to amend The Evidence Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 36 of The Evidence Act is amended ^•f25' s^^ae
by striking out "Board of Transport Commissioners of*"'>*-^-
Canada" in the first and second lines and inserting in lieu
thereof "Canadian Transport Commission".
2. This Act may be cited as The Evidence Amendment Act,^^°^ ""•
1968-69.
a
>
"^
Z
s
n
a"
?
p
>3
c
•5
1
>0
3
•-1
S3.
vO
1
1
>-*
a
crei
00
>
D
O
3
A
9
a.
H
a-
n
a
o
n
BILL 2
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
Mr. McKeough
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
EXPLANATOKY NOTES
Section 1. The amendment deletes a reference to the oath of
allegiance in the Declaration of Qualification. The oath is now required
to be taken before assuming office.
Section 2. Self-explanatory.
BILL 2 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Form 1 of The Municipal Act, as amended by section 21 ^fi?." ^^^'
of The Municipal Amendment Act, 1962-63, is further amended I'^y^^^
by striking out item 6.
2. Notwithstanding the provisions of any general or special "om"B°'
Act or any by-law, where in the year 1968 the day for po"'ng^'Jj»™,j ^^^
for the election of members of council and for members of a divisional
divisional board of education in any municipality is the same, members
the polls in such municipality shall remain open from 10 same day
o'clock in the forenoon to 8 o'clock in the afternoon, provided
that the council of the municipality may by by-law passed
at any time after the coming into force of this section change
the time for ojiening and closing the polls so that they will
remain open for not less than eight consecutive hours between
8 o'clock in the forenoon and 9 o'clock in the afternoon.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^°™t'"*'"'*"
Assent.
4. This Act may be cited as The Municipal Amendment^^"^^^""
Act, 1968-69.
>
3
>
o
00
s
2
n
Pi
o
c
c
a
Z
o
<
re
3
to
ft.
cr
"?*.
S
ft.
«^.
a
to
Oi
1
<n
O
Oi
00
v>
3
n
3
a
H
3*
n
c
3_
n'
t
>
n
BILL 2
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
Mr. McKeough
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 2 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Form 1 of The Municipal Act, as amended by section 21 ^fia. *^^°'
of The Municipal Amendment Act, 1962-63, is further amended Form 'i
, ., , . amended
by strikmg out item 6.
2. Notwithstanding the provisions of any general or special "om™g°'^
Act or any by-law, where in the year 1968 the day for polling"''®™,,
r 1 1 • <• 1 /• •■ , r • ^ ocounclland
tor the election ot members of council and for members of a divisional
divisional board of education in any municipality is the same, members
the polls in such municipality shall remain open from 10same*da*y"
o'clock in the forenoon to 8 o'clock in the afternoon, provided
that the council of the municipality may by by-law passed
at any time after the coming into force of this section change
the time for opening and closing the polls so that they will
remain open for not less than eight consecutive hours between
8 o'clock in the forenoon and 9 o'clock in the afternoon.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment™*"*'*
Assent.
4. This Act may be cited as The Municipal Amendment^^°^^ ^^^^'
Act, 1968-69.
>
9
o
00
2
n
?^
M
O
G
O
B
o
<
n
3
■n
00
>3
a
2:
o
<
n
3
CO
1
g
S
0X1
"Z
o
<
n
3
"1
1.
o
00
p
3
ft
3
O.
H
=r
§:
c
3
s
>
o
BILL 3
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to relieve Medical Practitioners from Liability
in respect of Voluntary Emergency Medical Services
Mr. Sargent
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
EXI'I.ANATORY NOTE
The purpose of the Bill is to relieve medical practitioners from liability
ill respect of voluntary medical services rendered at the scene of an accident
or other emergency.
BILL 3 1968-69
An Act to relieve Medical Practitioners
from Liability in respect of Voluntary
Emergency Medical Services
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, "medical practitioner" means a person tat^"!?""
registered as a medical practitioner under The Medical Act. R.s.o. i960,
2. Where a medical practitioner voluntarily and without j^'^'jJj'jjTfSJ
expectation of compensation or reward renders medical <'»">a«e"
services at the scene of an accident or other emergency to
a person who is ill, injured or unconscious and the services
are not rendered,
(a) in a hospital;
{b) in his office or the office of another medical practi-
tioner; or
(c) in any other place having adequate medical equip-
ment,
he shall not be liable for damages for injuries to or the death
of such person alleged to have been caused by an act or
omission on his part in rendering the medical services, unless
it is established that the injuries or death were caused by
gross negligence on his part.
3. Nothing in section 2 shall be deemed to relieve a medical not appfy
practitioner from liability for damages for injuries to or the^^JJ"^"'
death of any person caused by an act or omission on the partservioee
of the medical practitioner in respect of medical services
rendered by him in the normal and ordinary course of his
practice and not under the circumstances set forth in sec-
tion 2.
commeno.- 4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
ment
Assent.
Short title 5, This Act may be cited as The Voluntary Emergency
Medical Services Act, 1968-69.
s
en
>
O
w
z
u>
I
2
o
<
1
>C3
n
to
tNj
3
p.
»-*
VO
OS
00
1
It
mra
cro
"< ?:
3
n
"I
(X3
3
o
9: -5
o ft
p o
n
(I
a.
n'
9
11
BILL 4
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act respecting Ethics of Elected Representatives
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
EXI'LASATOKY NOTE
The Bill provides a code of ethics covering the use of influence and
performance of services for gain and applies to members of the Legislative
Assembly and members of municipal councils and school boards.
BILL 4 1968-69
An Act respecting
Ethics of Elected Representatives
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act "elected representative" means a member of J^j',*''P'"®-
the Legislative Assembly, a member of a municipal council or
a member of a school board.
2. No elected representative shall. Ethics
(a) ask, receive or agree to receive any form of com-
pensation, from a source other than public funds, for
performing his duties as a public official or for services
in connection with any judicial or administrative
proceeding or activity wherein his official position
might reasonably be expected to give him unusual
influence;
(6) ask, receive or agree to receive anything of value
upon any understanding that his vote, opinion,
judgment or action will be influenced thereby;
(c) receive any gift having a value of $25 or more under
circumstances in which it could reasonably be in-
ferred that the gift was made to influence him in the
performance of his official duties; or
(d) use his official position to secure privileges or exemp-
tions for himself or others, or have any interest,
financial or otherwise, direct or indirect, or engage in
any business transaction or professional activity or
incur any obligation of any nature that is in sub-
stantial conflict with the projjer discharge of his
duties in the public interest.
Report of
3. Each elected representative shall, on or before the 31st interest in
day of January in each year, file with, acfivft'ies
(a) in the case of a member of the Legislative Assembly,
the Clerk of the Assembly;
(b) in the case of a member of a municipal council, the
clerk of the municipality; or
(f) in the case of a member of a school board, the secre-
tary of the board,
a written report in respect of the preceding calendar year, or
part thereof in which he was an elected representative, of
each financial interest, direct or indirect, of a value in excess
of $500 of himself, his spouse and his dependants in any
activity that is regulated under the jurisdiction of the body on
which he serves as an elected representative or any agency
thereof.
^ommence- ^^ 'pj^j^ j^^^ comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 5^ q^j^jg j^^^ ,^^y ^ ^,5^.^^ ^^ j^^ Elected Representatives'
Ethics Act, 1968-69.
00
5"
S
G
r
>
1
>:
>0
1
^.
*>.
s
»«
^
o
<
3
a*
m
D
a.
00
I
n
n
01
O
«^
►!»
s
o
fT
>
n
n
r+
rt-
n
o-
po
m
rt
■o
n
-n
rt
3'
m
w
3
f^
P
n-
<'
rt
o>
BILL 5
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Expropriations Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill revises The Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63 and in-
corporates the principiil recommendations of the Law Reform Commission
in Its report on the Basis for Compensiition on Expropriation and of the
Royal Commission Inquiry into Civil Rights in section 1 of Part III of its
first report.
The principal changes include:
1. Provision for approval by a politically responsible authority before an
expropriation may proceed and an inquiry to determine the necessity,
fairness and soundness of any particular expropriation.
2. The time limits are amended to reduce the time available for delays to
an expropriating authority and to increase the time available to the
owner before giving possession.
3. The l^nd Compensation Board is established to replace all tribunals
determining compensation.
4. More p;irticular provisions for procedures on arbitrations, including
provisions for appeals, stated cases and quashing.
5. Provision for expropriated land intended to be abandoned to revest
in the owner or to be taken and compensated for, at the option of the
owner.
6. The owner to have an opportunity to repurchase his expropriated land
if the expropriating authority disposes of it.
7. More detailed codification of the rules governing compens;ition.
8. Provision for compensation for market value plus expanded com-
pensation for disturbance costs and damages for mjurious affection.
9. Provision for awarding additional amounts sufficient to provide other
accommodation at least equivalent.
BILL 5 1968-69
The Expropriations Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
l.-(l) In this Act, I^-terpre-
(fl) "approving authority" means the approving au-
thority as determined under section 5;
(b) "Board" means the Land Compensation Board
established under section 28;
(c) "expropriate" means the taking of land without the
consent of the owner by an expropriating authority
in the exercise of its statutory powers, but does not
include the taking of land for the widening of a high-
way where entry is deferred under section 338 of
-T-i 1 r ■ -^ I A , R.S.O. 1960,
The Mumctpal Act; o. 249
(d) "expropriating authority" means the Crown or any
person empowered by statute to expropriate land;
(e) "injurious affection" means,
(i) where a statutory authority acquires part of
the land of an owner,
a. the reduction in market value thereby-
caused to the remaining land of the
owner by the acquisition or by the con-
struction or use, or b)Oth, of the works
thereon, and
b. such personal and business damages,
resulting from the construction or use,
or both, of the works as the statutory
authority would be liable for if the
construction or use were not under the
authority of a statute,
(ii) where the statutory authority does not ac-
quire part of the land of an owner,
a. sucli reduction in the market value of
the land of the owner, and
b. such personal and business damages,
resulting from the construction and not the
use of the works by the statutory authority,
as the statutory authority would be liable for
if the construction were not under the au-
thority of a statute,
and for the purposes of this clause, part of the lands
of an owner shall be deemed to have been acquired
where the owner from whom lands are acquired
retains lands contiguous to those acquired or re-
tains lands of which the use is enhanced by unified
ownership with those acquired ;
(/) "judge", except where otherwise described, means a
judge of the county or district court of the county or
district in which the land or the greater part of it is
situate;
(g) "land" includes any estate, term, easement, right or
interest in, to, over or affecting land;
(h) "owner" includes a mortgagee, lessee, tenant, occu-
pant, execution creditor, a person entitled to a
limited estate or interest in land, a committee of the
estate of a mentally incompetent person or of a
person incapable of managing his affairs, and a
guardian, executor, administrator or trustee in whom
land is vested ;
(/') "prescribed" means prescribed by the regulations-
made under this Act;
(j) "purchase-money mortgage" means a mortgage given
by a purchaser of land to the vendor of the land or
his nominee as security for the payment of all or part
of the consideration for the sale;
(k) "registered owner" means an owner of land whose
interest in the land is defined and whose name is
specified in an instrument in the proper registry,
land titles or sheriff's office, and includes a person
shown as a tenant of land on the last revised assess-
ment roll;
(/) "security holder" means a person who has an interest
in land as security for the payment of money ;
(m) "statutory authority" means the Crown or any per-
son empowered by statute to expropriate land or
cause injurious affection. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 1,
amended.
(2) Any document required by this Act to be served may be Service
served personally or by registered mail addressed to the person
to be served at his last-known address, or if that person or his
address is unknown, by publication once a week for three
weeks in a newspaper having general circulation in the locality
in which the land concerned is situate and service shall be
deemed to be made,
(a) in the case of service by registered mail, on the second
day after the day of mailing; and
(b) in the case of service by publication, on the date of
the third publication. New.
2 — (1) Notwithstanding any general or special Act, where oiPacT"""
land is expropriated or injurious affection is caused by a
statutory authority, this Act applies. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (1),
amended.
(2) The provisions of any general or special Act providing f^^ottfe"*^
procedures with respect to the expropriation of land or the acw^o^^^^
compensation payable for land expropriated or for injurious cc. 249. 338,"
affection that refer to The Municipal Act, The Public Wor^i references
Act or any other Act shall be deemed to refer to this Act and
not to The Municipal Act, The Public Works Act or other Act,
as the case may be. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (5).
(3) This Act does not apply to the use of or injury to land AppiicaMon
authorized under The Drainage Act, 1962-63 for the purposes c- 39
of a drainage works constructed under that Act or to any
proceedings in connection therewith. 1965, c. 38, s. 1.
(4) Where there is conflict between a provision of this Act conflict
and a provision of any other general or special Act, the pro-
vision of this Act prevails. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (4).
3. This Act binds the Crown. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 3. boSndby
Act
4. — (1) An expropriating authority shall not expropriate i'^^p^^i™' t°/
land without the approval of the approving authority as«=^P''°P'"'»*«
determined under section 5.
area/"*"'* (2) Subsection 1 does not apply to an authorization of the
excepted Ontario Energy Board under The Ontario Energy Board Act,
1864, c. 74 j^^^ jj^ resixjct of storage of gas in a gas storage area or to an
expropriation authorized under section 40 of that Act. New.
Approving
authority
5. — (1) Subject to subsections 3, 4 and 5, the approving
authority in respect of an expropriation shall be the Minister
responsible for the administration of the Act in which the
power to expropriate is granted, except that,
Idem,
private
Acts
(a) where a municipality or a local board thereof, other
than an elected school board, expropriates lands for
municipal purposes, the approving authority shall be
the council of the municipality; and
{b) where an elected school board expropriates lands, the
approving autliorit>' shall be tlie school board.
(2) Where the power to expropriate is granted in a private
Act, the approving authority shall be,
(a) in the case of universities or other educational in-
stitutions, the -Minister of liniversity Affairs;
(6) in the case of hospitals or other medical or health
institutions, the Minister of Health; and
(f) in the case of all other corporations, the Provincial
Secretary and Minister of Citizenship.
(3) Where an expropriation is made under The Public
Works Act for the benefit of a department or agency of the
Idem,
public
works
R.S.O. 1960. -^ • .. , . , • , 11 1 1
c. 338 Untario (government, the approving authority shall be the
Minister for the department or responsible for the agency for
the benefit of which the land is expropriated.
pcf\^r ^'^^ Where an expropriation is made under The Power Com-
commission mission Act, the approving authority shall be the Minister of
R.S.O. 1960, ,-, 1 ¥-> > I
c. 300 hnergy and Resources .Management.
Idem,
other cases
(5) The approving authority in any case not provided for
in this section shall be the Minister of Justice and Attorney
General. New.
Notice of
Intention
to expro-
priate
6. — (1) Upon apphing for an approval under section 4, an
expropriating authority shall serve a notice of its application
for approval to expropriate upon each registered owner of the
lands to be expropriated and shall publish the notice once a
week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper having
general circulation in the locality in which the lands are
situate.
(2) Any owner of lands in respect of which notice is given fJr hearing"
under subsection 1 who desires a hearing, shall so notify the
approving authority in writing,
(a) in the case of a registered owner, served personally
or by registered mail within thirty days after he is
served with the notice, or, when he is served by
publication, within thirty days after the first publi-
cation of the notice;
(b) in the case of an owner who is not a registered owner,
within thirty days after the first publication of the
notice.
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, in special °iBp|ngin„
circumstances where he deems it necessary or expedient in the *'*'' '"Quiry
public interest to do so, direct that an intended expropriation
shall proceed without the inquiry procedure and thereupon
subsections 1 and 2 of this section, section 7 and subsections 1
and 2 of section 8 do not apply thereto.
(4) Where an order is made under subsection 3, the expro-^^'^^r
priating authority shall forthwith serve a copy of the order on
each registered owner affected by the intended expropriation.
New.
7.— (1) The Minister of Justice and Attorney General ^pp?'"^*-
shall appoint a chief inquiry officer and such inquiry officers jj"^^^{:y
as he considers necessary.
(2) The chief inquiry officer shall have general supervision ^"^[^^ °^
and direction over inquiry officers and the assignment of'nqu'ry
their duties.
(3) Where a notification is made under subsection 2 of"®^'"'"'^
section 6, the approving authority shall refer the matter to
the chief inquiry officer who shall forthwith assign an inquiry
officer who shall fix a time and place for a hearing and who
shall cause notice of the hearing to be served on each party
to the inquiry.
(4) At least five days before the date fixed for the hearing, ^ounds*'^
the expropriating authority shall serve upon each party to the
inquiry a notice indicating the grounds upon which it intends
to rely at the hearing and shall make available for inspection
by the parties any documents, including maps and plans,
that the expropriating authority intends to use at the hearing.
(5) The hearing shall be by means of an inquiry conducted i^iu'ry
by the inquiry officer who shall inquire into whether the
taking of the lands or any part of the lands of an owner or of
more than one owner of the same lands is fair, sound and
reasonably necessary in theachievementof the objectives of the
expropriating authority.
Report (6) The inquiry officer shall report to the approving
authority a summary of the evidence and arguments advanced
by the parties, the inquiry officer's findings of fact, and his
opinion on the merits of the application for approval with his
reasons therefor.
Combined (7) xhe inquiry officer may combine two or more related
inquiries and conduct them in all respects and for all purposes
as one inquiry.
Parties
(8) The expropriating authority, each owner who notifies
the approving authority that he desires a hearing in respect
of the lands intended to be expropriated and any owner
added as a party by the inquiry officer are parties to the
inquiry.
Powers and
duties of
inquiry
officer
(9) The inquiry officer,
(a) may add any owner whose land would be affected
by the expropriation of the lands concerned in the
inquiry or any modification thereof as a party to the
inquiry;
(b) shall give every party to the inquiry an opportunity
to present evidence and argument and to examine
and cross-examine witnesses, either personally or by
his counsel or agent;
(c) is not bound by the technical or legal rules of evi-
dence; and
(d) may insjject the lands concerned either alone or in
the presence of the parties. New.
Powers and
duties of
approving
authority
8. — (1) The approving authority shall consider the report
of the inquiry officer and shall approve or not approve the
proposed expropriation or approve the proposed expropri-
ation with such modifications as the approving authority
considers proper, but an approval with modifications shall not
affect the lands of a registered owner who is not or has not
been made a party to the hearing.
Reasons
(2) The approving authority shall give written reasons for
its decision and shall cause its decision and the reasons therefor
to be served upon all the parties.
(3) The approving authority shall certify its approval in certificate
the prescribed form. New.
9.^(1) Where a proposed expropriation has been approved ^f®f J|n^"°°
under this Act, the expropriating authority shall register,
within three months after the granting of the approval in
the proper registry or land titles office a plan of the land
signed by the expropriating authority and by an Ontario
land surveyor, and thereupon, but not otherwise, the land
vests in the expropriating authority.
(2) Where the land is required for a limited time only or |^^''^|"®g|,*°"*
only a limited estate, right or interest therein is required, tempor-
the plan registered under this section shall indicate by appro- etc.
priate words thereon that the land is taken for such limited
time only or that only such limited estate, right or interest
therein is taken, and, by the registration in such case, the
land for such limited time or such limited estate, right or
interest therein vests in the expropriating authority.
(3) In the case of an omission, misstatement or erroneous '^/"■[f^H,""
, • • • 1 • 11 1 ■ • 1 of errors
description m a plan registered under this section, the ex-
propriating authority may register in the proper registry or
land titles office a plan replacing or amending the original
plan and signed by the expropriating authority and by an
Ontario land surveyor, and a plan registered under this
subsection shall be marked to show the nature of the replace-
ment or amendment and is of the same force and effect as,
and is in substitution for, the original plan to the extent that
such plan is replaced or amended thereby.
(4) Where a plan purports to have been signed by an ex- '^!"®f ""*?:
propnating authority under this section, it shall be presumed s'«"'"«
to have been signed by the expropriating authority without
proof of the signature or official character of the person
appearing to have signed it, unless otherwise directed by a
court or the Board.
(5) Where a limited estate, right or interest in land isHy'<fro°
being taken under The Power Commission Act for an electrical J^f^^- ^^^'
transmission or distribution line carried on single poles.
The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario may,
before registering a plan under subsection 1, register in the
proper registry or land titles office a preliminary plan, to be
known as and marked "Preliminary Plan" and being a plan
with or without local description, signed by the secretary of
the Commission and illustrating the location of the proposed
line and indicating by appropriate words thereon the nature
of the estate, right or interest being taken, and such prelimin-
ary plan when registered has the same force and effect as a
Notice of
expro-
priation
Election oT
date for
compen-
sation
Reparation
Qas storage
areas
1964, o. 74
Compen-
sation
Idem
plan registered under subsection 1, but a plan in accordance
with subsection 1 shall lie registered within two years after
the registration of the preliminary plan in substitution for the
preliminary plan. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 4, amended.
10. — (1) Where a plan has been registered under section 9
and no agreement as to compensation has been made with the
owner, the expropriating authority may serve the owner,
and shall serve the registered owner, within thirty days after
the date of registration of the plan, with a notice of expro-
priation of his land, in the prescribed form, but failure to
serve the notice does not invalidate the expropriation.
(2) Where a plan has been registered under section 9, the
registered owner may elect, by notice in writing served upon
the expropriating authority, within thirty days after the
owner was served with the notice under subsection 1, to have
the compensation to which he is entitled assessed,
(a) where there has been an inquiry, as of the date the
notice of hearing before the inquiry ofificer was
served;
(b) as of the date of the registration of the plan ; or
(c) as of the date on which he was served with the notice
of expropriation. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 5, amended.
11. Where land is expropriated or is injuriously affected
by a statutory authority, the statutory authority may, before
the compensation is agreed upon or determined, undertake to
make alterations or additions or to construct additional work
or to grant other lands, in which case the compensation shall
be determined having regard to such undertaking, and, if
the undertaking has not already been carried out, the Board
may declare that, in addition to the compensation determined,
if any, the owner is entitled to have such alteration or addition
made or such additional work constructed or such grant made
to him. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 6 (2), amended.
12. Section 21 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964
applies in respect of the use of designated gas storage areas.
1965, c. 38, s. 2, part, amended.
13.— (1) Where land is expropriated, the expropriating
authority shall pay the owner such compensation as is deter-
mined in accordance with this Act. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 6 (1),
amended.
(2) Where the land of an owner is expropriated, the com-
pensation payable to the owner shall be based upon,
(c) the market value of the land;
(b) the damages attributable to disturbance;
(c) damages for injurious affection; and
(d) any special difficulties in relocation,
but, where the market value is based upon a use of the land
other than the existing use, no compensation shall be paid
under clause b for damages attributable to disturbance that
would have been incurred by the owner in using the land for
such other use. New.
14. — (1) The market value of land expropriated is the^f,^^®'
amount that the land might be expected to realize if sold in
the open market by a willing seller to a willing buyer.
(2) Where land is devoted to a purpose of such a nature''*®'"
that there is no general demand or market for land for that
purpose, and the owner intends in good faith to relocate in
similar premises, the market value shall be deemed to be the
reasonable cost of equivalent re-instatement.
(3) Where only part of the land of an owner is taken and '<*«'"
such part is of a size or shape for which there is no general
demand or market, the market value and the injurious affec-
tion caused by the severance may be determined by deter-
mining the market value of the whole of the owner's land and
deducting therefrom the market value of the owner's land
after the severance is made.
(4) In determining the market value of land, no account'''*'"
shall be taken of,
(a) the special use to which the expropriating authority
will put the land;
(b) any increase or decrease in the value of the land
resulting from the imminence of the development in
respect of which the expropriation is made or from
any imminent prospect of expropriation;
(c) any increase in the value of the land resulting
from the land being put to a use that could be
restrained by any court or is contrary to law or is
detrimental to the health of the occupants of the
land or to the public health. New.
15. Upon application therefor, the Board shall, by order, {,^<=^^j
after fixing the market value of lands used for residential
purposes of the owner under subsection 1 of section 14,
10
Separate
Interests
B«ourlty
holders
Payment
out of
market
Talue
Idem
Allowanie
for
disturbance :
owner other
than tenant
award such additional amount of compensation as, in the
opinion of the Board, is necessary to enable the owner to
relocate his residence in accommodation that is at least
equivalent to the accommodation expropriated. New.
16. Where there are more separate interests than one in
land, other than the interest of a security holder or a vendor
under an agreement for sale, the market value of each such
separate interest shall be valued separately. New.
17. — (1) Where land is subject to a security interest,
(a) the value of the interest of the security holder shall
be determined in accordance with this section and
section 21 and not otherwise; and
{b) the market value of the land shall be determined
without regard to the interest of the security holder
and the amount of such market value plus any
damages for injurious affection shall stand in place
of the land for the purposes of the security.
(2) Security holders shall be paid the amount of principal
and interest outstanding against the security out of the market
value of the land and any damages for injurious affection
payable in respect of the land subject to the security, in
accordance with their priorities, whether or not such principal
and interest is due, without any bonus for prepayment except
as provided in section 21.
(3) Where land held as security is expropriated in part or is
injuriously affected a security holder is entitled to be paid
to the extent possible in accordance with his priority, out of
the market value portion of the compensation and any dam-
ages for injurious affection therefor, as the case may be, a
sum that is in the same ratio to such portion of the compen-
sation and damages as the balance outstanding on the security
at the date of the expropriation or injurious affection is to
the market value of the entire land, provided however, that
the sum so determined shall be reduced by the amount of any
payments made to the security holder by the owner after the
date of expropriation or injurious affection.
18. — (1) The expropriating authority shall pay to an
owner other than a tenant, in respect of disturbance, such
reasonable costs as are the natural and reasonable conse-
quences of the expropriation, including,
(a) where the premises taken include the owner's resi-
dence, an allowance to compensate for inconvenience
and the cost of finding another residence of 5 per
11
cent of the compensation payable in respect of the
market value of that part of the land expropriated
that is used by the owner for residential purposes,
provided that such part was not being offered for
sale on the date of the expropriation;
(b) where the premises taken do not include the owner's
residence, the owner's costs of finding premises to
replace those expropriated, provided that the lands
were not being offered for sale on the date of ex-
propriation; and
(c) relocation costs, including,
(i) the moving costs, and
(ii) the legal and survey costs and other non-
recoverable expenditures incurred in acquiring
other premises.
(2) The expropriating authority shall pay to a tenant *•"*"*
occupying expropriated land such compensation for distur-
bance and relocation as is appropriate having regard to,
(a) the length of the term;
(b) the portion of the term remaining;
(c) any rights to renew the tenancy or the reasonable
prospects of renewal ;
(d) in the case of a business, the nature of the business;
and
(e) the extent of the tenant's investment in the land.
New.
19. — (1) Where a business is located on the land expro- Jl^'"*"
priated, the expropriating authority shall pay compensation
for business loss resulting from the relocation of the business
made necessary by the expropriation and, unless the owner
and the expropriating authority otherwise agree, the business
losses shall not be determined until the business has moved
and been in operation for six months or until a three-year
period has elapsed, whichever occurs first.
(2) The Board may, in determining compensation on the°°*****"'
application of the expropriating authority, or an owner,
include an amount not exceeding the value of the good will
of a business where the land is valued on the basis of its
existing use and, in the opinion of the Board, it is not feasible
for the owner to relocate. New. -k
12
Improve- 20. The owner of residential lands shall be compensated
""*" for improvements the value of which are not reflected in the
market value of the land. New.
Prepayment 21. Where a Statutory authority prepays a mortgage in
of mortgage ... . ■ • ,
whole or m part, the statutory authority,
(o) shall pay to the mortgagee a bonus in respect of the
prepayment amounting to,
(i) three months interest on the principal out-
standing under the mortgage at the rate of
5 per cent a year or at such other rate as is
prescribed by the Lieutenant Governor in
Council by regulation, or
(ii) the value of any notice or bonus for prepay-
ment provided for in the mortgage,
whichever is the lesser;
(6) shall pay to the mortgagee where,
(i) the prevailing interest rate for an equivalent
investment is lower than the rate under the
mortgage, and
(ii) there is no provision in the mortgage per-
mitting prepayment at the date of the expro-
priation,
an amount to compensate for the difference in the
interest rates for the period for which the payment of
principal provided for in the mortgage has been
advanced, not to exceed five years; and
(c) shall pay to the mortgagor whose interest is ex-
propriated an amount to compensate for any loss
incurred by reason of a difference in the interest
rates during the period for which the payment of
principal provided for in the mortgage has been
advanced, but such difference shall not be calculated
on a new interest rate any greater than the prevailing
interest rate for an equivalent mortgage. New.
Compen- 22. A Statutory authority shall compensate the owner of
Injurious land for loss or damage caused by injurious affection. 1962-63,
affection ai ^ /t\ j j
c. 43, s. 6 (1), amended.
Claim for
compen-
23. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, a claim for compensation
f^jurlous'^ for injurious affection shall be made by the person suffering
affection the damage or loss in writing with particulars of the claim
13
within one year after the damage was sustained or after it
became known to him, and, if not so made, the right to
compensation is forever barred.
(2) Where the person who is injuriously affected is an idem,
infant, a mental incompetent or a person incapable of manag- owner
ing his affairs, his claim for compensation shall be made within disability
one year after he ceased to be under the disability or, in the
case of his death while under the disability, within one year
after his death, and, if not so made, the right to compensation
is forever barred. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 7, amended.
24. The value of any advantage to the land or remaining ^^■j°Jj
land of an owner derived from any work for which land was^'^'^ases
expropriated or by which land was injuriously affected shall
be set-off only against the amount of the damages for injurious
affection to the owner's land or remaining lands. New.
25. — (1) Where no agreement as to compensation has been 2^ymtnt
made with the owner, the expropriating authority shall, within po^ession
three months after the registration of a plan under section 9 °' 'he t'.me
,,, I- . fill 1 ■o'" election
and betore takmg possession oi the land, serve upon the has expired
• , J whichever
registered owner, is the
earlier
(a) an offer of an amount in full compensation for his
interest; and
{b) where the registered owner is not a tenant, a state-
ment of the total compensation being offered for all
interests in the land,
and shall offer the registered owner immediate payment of
100 per cent of the amount of the market value of the owner's
land as estimated by the expropriating authority, and the
payment and receipt of that sum is without prejudice to the
rights conferred by this Act in respect of the determination
of compensation and is subject to adjustment in accordance
with any compensation that may subsequently be determined
in accordance with this Act or agreed upon. 1962-63, c. 43,
s. 8 (1), 18, amended.
(2) The expropriating authority shall base its offer of com-|"^^{?^»^,"8
pensation made in subsection 1 upon a report appraising thc^epo^t
market value of the lands being taken and damages for
injurious affection, and shall serve a copy of the appraisal
report upon the owner at the time the offer is made. New.
(3) The expropriating authority may, within the period Jf'peJfod"
mentioned in subsection 1 and before taking possession of the
land, upon giving at least two days notice to the registered
owner, apply to the judge for an order extending the time
for serving the offer under subsection 1.
Failure
to serve
Choice of
proceedings,
negotiation
or
arbitration
14
(4) If an>' registered owner is not served with the offer
required to be served on him under subsection 1 within the
time limited by sujjsection 1 or by an order of a judge under
subsection 3, or by agreement, the failure does not invalidate
the expropriation but interest upon the unpaid portion of
any compensation payable to such registered owner shall be
calculated from the date of registration of the plan. 1962-63,
c. 43, s. 8 (1-3), amended.
26. Where the statutory authority and the owner have not
agreed upon the compensation payable under this Act and in
the case of injurious affection, section 23 has been complied
with, or, in the case of expropriation, section 25 has been
complied with or the time for complying therewith has
expired,
(a) the statutory authority or the owner may serve
notice of negotiation upon the other of them and
upon the board of negotiation stating that it or he,
as the case may be, requires the compensation to be
negotiated under section 27 ; or
{b) where the statutory authority and the owner have
agreed to dispense with negotiation proceedings, the
statutory authority or the owner may serve notice
of arbitration upon the other of them and upon the
Board to have the compensation determined by
arbitration. 1965, c. 38, s. 2, part, amended.
Mgotlauon 27.— (1) A board of negotiation shall be established con-
sisting of two or more members appointed by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council, one of whom may be designated as
chairman.
Quorum
(2) Any two of the members of the board of negotiation
constitute a quorum and are sufficient to perform all the
functions of the board on behalf of the board.
eittiiJg"'^ (^) The board of negotiation may sit at any place in
Ontario.
Negotiation
of amount
of compen-
sation
(4) In any case in which a notice of negotiation is served,
the board of negotiation shall, upon reasonable notice to the
statutory authority and the owner, meet with them and,
without prejudice to any subsequent proceedings, proceed
in a summary and informal manner to negotiate a settlement
of the compensation.
Inspection
of land
(5) Before or during the negotiation proceedings, the board
of negotiation shall inspect the land that has been expro-
priated or injuriously aflfected.
IS
(6) If the negotiation proceedings do not result in a settle- ^j'jf^^°°j
ment of the compensation, the statutory authority or the reached
owner may serve notice of arbitration upon the other of them,
and upon the Board, stating that it or he, as the case may be,
requires the compensation to be determined by arbitration
as though the negotiation proceedings had not taken place.
1965, c. 38, s. 2, part, amended.
28. — (1) The Land Compensation Board is established and coSfpensa-
shall be composed of a chairman and such number of vice-t'o" Board
chairmen and other members as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council considers advisable, all of whom shall be appointed
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
Qualiflca-
(2) The chairman and vice-chairmen shall be members of *'^J[',^^[^^
the bar of one of the provinces of Canada. *h'*i^''^*n
(3) The chairman or a vice-chairman and two other mem- *^"""'"'"
bers of the Board constitute a quorum and are sufficient for the
exercise of all the jurisdiction and powers of the Board,
except that in matters respecting a claim for compensation
not exceeding $1,000, one member of the Board constitutes a
quorum and is sufficient for the exercise of all the jurisdiction
of the Board.
(4) The Board may, I^I'S^a
(c) administer oaths to witnesses and require them to
give evidence under oath ;
(6) may issue summonses requiring the attendance of
witnesses and . the production of documents and
things;
(c) hold sittings at any place in Ontario and in more
than one place at the same time.
/c\ ir Enforce-
(5) If any person, ment of
Enforce-
ment of
summons
(o) on being duly summoned as a witness before the
Board makes default in attending; or
(b) being in attendance as a witness refuses to take an
oath legally required by the Board to be taken, or to
produce any document or thing in his power or
control legally required by the Board to be produced
by him, or to answer any question to which the Board
may legally require an answer; or
(c) does any other thing that would, if the Board had
been a court of law having power to commit for
contempt, have been contempt of that court.
16
a member of the Board may certify the offence of that person
under his liand to the High Court, and the court may there-
upon inquire into the alleged ofifence and after hearing any
witnesses who may be produced against or on behalf of the
person charged with the ofifence, and after hearing any state-
ment that may be offered in defence, punish or take steps for
the punishment of that person in like manner as if he had
been guilty of contempt of the court.
Practice
and
procedure
ReftlBtrar
and
employees
1961-62,
c. 121
Service of
appraisal
reports
(6) Subject to the approval of the Lieutenant Governor in
Council, the Board shall make rules governing its practice
and procedure and the exercise of its powers.
(7) A registrar and such other officers and employees of the
Board as are considered necessary shall be appointed under
The Public Service Act, 1961-62. New.
29. At least five days before the date fixed for the hearing
of an application before the Board, any party to the appli-
cation shall serve upon each other party a copy of any
appraisal report upon which it intends to rely at the hearing.
New.
Duties of
Board
30. — (1) The Board shall determine any compensation in
respect of which a notice of arbitration has been served upon
it under section 26 or 27, and, in the absence of agreement
determine any other matter required by this or any other Act,
to be determined bv the Board.
Record (2) All oral evidence submitted before the Board shall be
taken down in writing and, together with such documentary
evidence and things as are received in evidence by the Board,
form the record.
Reasons (3) The Board shall prepare and furnish the parties to an
application with written reasons for its decision. New.
stated
case
31. — (1) Where the jurisdiction of the Board or the valid-
ity of any decision, order, direction or other act of the Board
is called into question by any person affected, the Board,
upon the request of such person, shall state a case in writing
to the Court of Appeal setting forth the material facts and
the decision of the court thereon is final and binding.
Order
directing
stated case
(2) If the Board refuses to state a case, any jjerson affected
may apply to the Court of Appeal for an order directing the
Board to state a case.
rta°yed'^'"'^ (3) Pending the decision of the stated case, no further
until case proceedings in respect of the application shall be taken by
determined 1, n j »t
the Board. New.
17
32. — (1) An appeal lies to the Court of Appeal from any^PP®*'*
determination or order of the Board.
(2) The practice and procedure as to the appeal and ''*®'"
proceedings incidental thereto are the same mutatis mutandis
as upon an appeal from the High Court, except that the appeal
may be taken at any time within six weeks from the day the
determination or order was served on the parties, and the
period of any vacation of the Supreme Court shall not be
reckoned in computing such six weeks.
(3) An appeal under subsection 1 may be made on questions court™of "^
of law or fact or both and the Court of Appeal, Appeal
(a) may refer any matter back to the Board; or
ib) may make any decision or order that the Board has
power to make,
and may exercise the same powers that it exercises on an
appeal from a judge of the High Court sitting without a jury.
(4) A judge of the Court of Appeal may extend the time Jf''Jf^|'°'»
for appeal for such period as he considers proper. 1962-63, f<"" appeal
c. 43, s. 11, amended.
33. — (1) Where the amount to which an owner is entitled ^egai
. . . &ppr&is&i
upon an expropriation is determined by the Board and the ^"d other
amount offered by the statutory authority is 95 per cent, or'^°**
less, of the amount awarded by the Board, the statutory
authority shall pay the reasonable legal, appraisal and other
costs actually incurred by the owner for the purposes of
determining the compensation payable.
(2) Where the amount to which an owner is entitled upon '"'®'"
an expropriation is determined by the Board and the amount
offered by the statutory authority is greater than 95 per
cent of the amount awarded by the Board, the Board may
make such order for the payment of costs on a party and party
basis as it considers appropriate. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 13,
amended.
34. — (1) Subject to subsection 1 of section 9 and sub- '"'*""**'
section 3 of section 25, the owner of lands expropriated is
entitled to be paid interest on the portion of the market value
of his interest in the land and on the portion of any allowance
for injurious affection to which he is entitled, outstanding
from time to time, at the rate of 5 per cent a year calculated
from the date the owner ceases to reside on or make productive
use of the lands.
18
Variation of
Interest
(2) Subject to subsection 3, where the Board is of the
opinion that any delay in determining the compensation is
attributable in whole or in part to the owner, it may refuse
to allow him interest for the whole or any part of the time
lor which he might otherwise be entitled to interest, or may
allow interest at such rate less than 5 per cent a year as appears
reasonable.
!<••»»> (3) The interest to which an owner is entitled under sub-
section 1 shall not be reduced for the reason only that the
owner did not accept the offer made by the expropriating
authority, notwithstanding that the compensation as finally
determined is less than the offer.
Idem
(4) Where the Board is of the opinion that any delay in
determining compensation is attributable in whole or in part
to the expropriating authority, the Board may order the
expropriating authority to pay to the owner interest under
subsection 1 at a rate exceeding 5 per cent a year but not
exceeding 10 per cent a year. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 14, amended.
Abatement
of rent
36. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, where only part of the
interest of a lessee is expropriated, the lessee's obligation to
pay rent under the lease shall be abated pro tanto, as deter-
mined by the Board.
Frustration
or lease
(2) Where all the interest of a lessee in land is expro-
priated or where part of the lessee's interest is expropriated
and the expropriation renders the remaining part of the
lessee's interest unfit for the purposes of the lease, as deter-
mined by the Board, the lease shall be deemed to be frustrated
from the date of the expropriation. New.
Character
of compen-
sation
36. Where land has been expropriated, the compensation
stands in the stead of the land, and any claim to or en-
cumbrance on the land is, as respects the expropriating
authority, converted into a claim to or upon the compensation
and no longer affects the land.
Payment
of compen-
sation not
exceeding
$1,000
37. Where the owner who is entitled to convey the land
that has been expropriated or injuriously affected and the
statutory authority agree as to the compensation or the
compensation has been determined and in either case it does
not exceed $1,000, the statutory authority may pay the com-
pensation to the owner who is entitled to convey the land,
saving always the rights of any other person to the compensa-
tion as against the person receiving it, and such payment
discharges the statutory authority from all liability in respect
of the compensation. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 15.
19
38. Where an owner of the land is unknown, is under a^®P^|^®""
disabiHty or for any other reason is not represented, a judge
of the Supreme Court may, after due notice to the persons
interested, appoint a person to represent such owner for any
of the purposes of this Act, and any action of a person so
appointed is binding on the person whom he represents.
1962-63, c. 43, s. 16.
30. — (1) In any case where the statutory authority deems JJ^^y^^jjJj
it advisable, it may, without an order, pay the compensation
agreed upon or determined into the office of the Accountant
of the Supreme Court together with a sum equal to the
interest thereon at the rate of 5 per cent a year for six months.
(2) Upon an application for payment out of court of com- ^u^^f^"'
pensation paid into court, a judge of the Supreme Court c<»""t
may direct that such notice of the application be given by
publication or otherwise as he deems proper and may direct
the trial of an issue or make such order with respect to the
payment out of court of compensation and as to costs as he
deems reasonable.
(3) Where an order is obtained under subsection 2 in less ^^'^j'^^^jiment
than six months after the payment of the compensation into
court, the judge making the order may direct that a pro-
portionate part of the interest be returned to the statutory
authority.
(4) Where unborn issue or an unascertained person or class where
• • 1 • • •!• -If. unborn
IS mterested m compensation paid into court, a judge of the issue
o /- ^ ■ ^ < ij Interested
Supreme Court may appoint such person as he deems proper
to represent them, and any order made under this section is
binding on them. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 17.
40. — (1) Where land that has been expropriated is vested Posaossion
.. ,. .. ,. of expro-
in an expropriating authority and the expropriating authority prtated
has served the registered owner with a notice that it requires
possession of the land on the date specified therein, the
expropriating authority, subject to any agreement to the
contrary and if no application is made under subsection 3,
shall take possession of the land on the date specified in the
notice.
(2) The date for possession shall be at least ten days after ^oMesaion
the date of the serving of the notice of possession.
(3) A registered owner or an expropriating authority may, (^?''po°g*!'°"
upon such notice as the judge directs, apply to a judge forponement
an adjustment of the date for possession specified in the possession
20
Warrant to
put down
resistance
to entry,
etc.
Hearing
Issue of
warrant
notice of possession, and the judge, if he considers that under
all the circumstances the application should be granted, may
fix the date for possession. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 19, amended.
41. — (1) Where resistance or opposition is made to the
expropriating authority or any person authorized by it in
entering upon, using or taking possession of land when it is
entitled so to do, it may apply to a judge for a warrant
directing the sheriff to put down the resistance or opposition.
(2) The judge shall, in writing, appoint a time and place
for the hearing of the application and in his appointment may
direct that it shall be served upon such person as he prescribes.
(3) On proof of the resistance or opposition, the judge may
issue a warrant.
Return
Abandon-
ment of
expropri-
ated land
Revesting
(4) The sheriff shall forthwith execute the warrant and
make a return to the judge of the execution thereof. 1962-63,
c. 43, s. 20, amended.
42. — (1) Where, at any time before the compensation
upon an expropriation is paid in full, the land or any part
thereof is found to be unnecessary for the purposes of the
expropriated authority or if it is found that a more limited
estate or interest therein only is required, the expropriating
authority shall so notify each owner of the abandoned land,
or estate or interest, who is served or entitled to be served
with the notice of expropriation, who may, by election in
writing,
(a) take the land, estate or interest back, in which case
he has the right to compensation for consequential
damages; or
(6) require the expropriating authority to retain the
land, estate or interest, in which case he has the
right to full compensation therefor. New.
(2) Where all the owners elect to take the land, estate or
interest back under clause a of subsection 1, the expropri-
ating authority may, by an instrument signed by it and
registered in the proper registry or land titles office and
served on each owner, declare that the land or part thereof is
not required and is abandoned by the expropriating authority
or that it is intended to retain only such limited estate or
interest as is mentioned in the instrument, and thereupon,
(a) the land declared to be abandoned revests in the
owner from whom it was expropriated and those
entitled to claim under him; or
21
(b) in the event of a limited estate or interest only being
retained by the expropriating authority, the land so
revests subject to such limited estate or interest.
1962-63, c. 43, s. 21 (1), amended.
43. Where lands that have been expropriated and are in disposal of
. ■ r , ■ ■ I ■ r 1 1 expropri-
the possession of the expropnatmg authority, are lound by ated lands
the expropriating authority to be no longer required for its
purposes, the expropriating authority shall not, without the
approval of the approving authority, dispose of the lands
without giving the owners from whom the land was taken the
first chance to repurchase the lands on the terms of the best
oflfer received by the expropriating authority. New.
44. Any application to set aside or quash any proceeding J^™,?^.^°r^jj
or step taken under this Act shall be made within thirty days
after the proceeding or step in respect of which the application
is made, but this section does not apply where the applicant
was entitled to and not given notice of the proceeding or
step or where the proceeding or step was a nullity. .New.
45. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make Regulations
regulations,
(a) prescribing rates of interest for the purposes of
section 21 ;
(b) prescribing forms for the purposes of this Act and
providing for their use;
(c) prescribing procedures respecting applications to and
hearings by inquiry- officers and boards of nego-
tiation. New.
46.— (1) Sections 13 to 21 apply in respect of expropri- j^^PP^j^fj'^""
ations for which the compensation has not been settled or proceedings
determined before this Act comes into force.
(2) Until section 28 is proclaimed in force, the Ontario Pj^j.j^- '° '^®
Municipal Board shall be deemed to be the Land Com- Land
^- r> J Ar Compen-
pensation Board. New. sation
Board
47. The Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63, yAci962-63,
Expropriation Procedures Amendment Act, 1965 and 7'Aei965,'c. 38;
Expropriation Procedures Amendment Act, 1966 are repealed, repealed
48. — (1) This Act, except section 28, conies into force onCommen<e-
the day it receives Royal Assent.
22
Idem (2) Section 28 comes into force on a day to be named by
the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
Short title 49. This Act may be cited as The Expropriations Act,
1968-69.
s
t/1
a
>
H
uj
>3
I
§
3
»9
o
<
3
cr
•n
to
C/l
NO
00
>i
8
»«
O
3
>
o
■o
ON
00
I
o>
BILL 5
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Expropriations Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
{Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Feinted and Published by Fbank Fogg, Queen's Printb*
Explanatory Note
The Bill revises The Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63 and in-
corporates the principal recommendations of the Law Reform Commission
in Its report on the Basis for Compensation on Expropriation and of the
Royal Commission Inquiry into Civil Rights in section 1 of Part III of its
first report.
The principal changes include:
1. Provision for approval by a politically responsible authority before an
expropriation may proceed and an inquiry to determine the necessity,
fairness and soundness of any particular expropriation.
2. The time limits are amended to reduce the time available for delays to
an expropriating authority and to increase the time available to the
owner before giving possession.
3. The Land Compensation Board is established to replace all tribunals
determining compensation.
4. More particular provisions for procedures on arbitrations, including
provisions for appeals, stated cases and quashing.
5. Provision for expropriated land intended to be abandoned to revest
in the owner or to be taken and compensated for, at the option of the
owner.
6. The owner to have an opportunity to repurchase his expropriated land
if the expropriating authority disposes of it.
7. More detailed codification of the rules governing compensation.
8. Provision for compensation for market value plus expanded com-
pensation for disturbance costs and damages for injurious affection.
9. Provision for awarding additional amounts sufficient to provide other
accommodation at least equivalent.
BILL 5 1968-69
The Expropriations Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
l.-(l) In this Act, l^i^^'o-
(a) "approving authority" means the approving au-
thority as determined under section 5;
(b) "Board" means the Land Compensation Board
established under section 28;
(c) "expropriate" means the taking of land without the
consent of the owner by an expropriating authority
in the exercise of its statutory powers, but does not
include the taking of land for the widening of a high-
way where entry is deferred under section 338 of
The Municipal Act; J^li?-"^
(d) "expropriating authority" means the Crown or any
person empowered by statute to expropriate land;
(e) "injurious affection" means,
(i) where a statutory authority acquires part of
the land of an owner,
a. the reduction in market value thereby
caused to the remaining land of the
owner by the acquisition or by the con-
struction of the works thereon or by
the use of the works thereon or any
combination of them, and
b. such personal and business damages,
resulting from the construction or use,
or both, of the works as the statutory
authority would be liable for if the
construction or use were not under the
authority of a statute,
(ii) where the statutory authority does not ac-
quire part of the land of an owner,
a. such reduction in the market value of
the land of the owner, and
b. such personal and business damages,
resulting from the construction and not the
use of the works by the statutory authority,
as the statutory authority would be liable for
if the construction were not under the au-
thority of a statute,
and for the purposes of this clause, part of the lands
of an owner shall be deemed to have been acquired
where the owner from whom lands are acquired
retains lands contiguous to those acquired or re-
tains lands of which the use is enhanced by unified
ownership with those acquired;
(/) "judge", except where otherwise described, means a
judge of the county or district court of the county or
district in which the land or the greater part of it is
situate;
(g) "land" includes any estate, term, easement, right or
interest in, to, over or affecting land;
(k) "owner" includes a mortgagee, tenant, execution
creditor, a person entitled to a limited estate or
interest in land, a committee of the estate of a
mentally incompetent person or of a person incapable
of managing his affairs, and a guardian, executor,
administrator or trustee in whom land is vested;
(t) "prescribed" means prescribed by the regulations
made under this Act;
(J) "purchase-money mortgage" means a mortgage given
by a purchaser of land to the vendor of the land or
his nominee as security for the payment of all or part
of the consideration for the sale;
(k) "registered owner" means an owner of land whose
interest in the land is defined and whose name is
specified in an instrument in the proper registry,
land titles or sheriff's office, and includes a person
shown as a tenant of land on the last revised assess-
ment roll;.
(/) "security holder" means a person who has an interest
in land as security for the payment of money;
(m) "statutory authority" means the Crown or any per-
son empowered by statute to expropriate land or
cause injurious affection. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 1,
amended.
(n) "tenant" includes a lessee or occupant occupying
premises under any tenancy whether written, oral
or implied.
(2) Any document required by this Act to be served may be service
served personally or by registered mail addressed to the person
to be served at his last-known address, or if that person or his
address is unknown, by publication once a week for three
weeks in a newspaper having general circulation in the locality
in which the land concerned is situate and service shall be
deemed to be made,
(a) in the case of service by registered mail, on the second
day after the day of mailing; and
{b) in the case of service by publication, on the date of
the third publication. New.
2 — (1) Notwithstanding any general or special Act, where ^,P^J*^*'°"
land is expropriated or injurious affection is caused by a
statutory authority, this Act applies. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (1),
amended.
(2) The provisions of an>- general or special Act providing /J'^^^'g"}."*"
procedures with respect to the expropriation of land or the ^cujo^^^^
compensation payable for land expropriated or for injurious oo. 249, 338,'
affection that refer to The Municipal Act, The Public IForti references
Act or any other Act shall be deemed to refer to this Act and*° *"" ^°'
not to The Municipal Act, The Public Works Act or other Act,
as the case may be. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (S).
(3) This Act does not apply to the use of or injury to 'and Apj>ik!aUon
authorized under The Drainage Act, 1962-63 for the purposes c° 39 " '
of a drainage works constructed under that Act or to any
proceedings in connection therewith. 1965, c. 38, s. 1.
(4) Where there is conflict between a provision of this Act c^onA'ct
and a provision of any other general or special Act, the pro-
vision of this Act prevails. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (4).
3. This Act binds the Crown. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 3. boSnd by
Act
4.— (1) An expropriating authority shall not expropriate A^p'"?/*'?''
1 J -iL i L t e , ' . 1 . Intention to
land without the approval of the approvmg authority as expropriate
determined under section 5.
om storage (2) Subsection 1 does not apply to an authorization of the
•xoepted Ontario Energy Board under The Ontario Energy Board Act,
1964 in respect of storage of gas in a gas storage area or to an
expropriation authorized under section 40 of that Act. New.
I»e4. 0. 74
Approving
mutDortty
5.— (1) Subject to subsections 3, 4 and 5, the approving
authority in respect of an expropriation shall be the Minister
responsible for the administration of the Act in which the
power to expropriate is granted, except that,
(o) where a municipality or a local board thereof, other
than an elected school board, expropriates lands for
municipal purposes, the approving authority shall be
the council of the municipality; and
(6) where an elected school board expropriates lands, the
approving authority shall be the school board.
Idem,
private
Acts
(2) Where the power to expropriate is granted in a private
Act, the approving authority shall be.
(a) in the case of universities or other educational in-
stitutions, the Minister of University Affairs;
(6) in the case of hospitals or other medical or health
institutions, the Minister of Health; and
Idem,
public
works
(c) in the case of all other corporations, the Provincial
Secretary and Minister of Citizenship.
(3) Where an expropriation is made under The Public
Works Act for the benefit of a department or agency of the
c.'sss" ■ Ontario Government, the approving authority shall be the
Minister for the department or responsible for the agency for
the benefit of which the land is expropriated.
Po'n^r ^^^ Where an expropriation is made under The Power Com-
commission mission Act, the approving authority shall be the Minister of
c.'aoo' ■ Energy and Resources Management.
Idem,
other cases
(5) The approving authority in any case not provided for
in this section shall be the Minister of Justice and Attorney
General. New.
Notice of
Intention
to expro-
priate
6. — (1) Upon applying for an approval under section 4, an
expropriating authority shall serve a notice of its application
for approval to expropriate upon each registered owner of the
lands to be expropriated and shall publish the notice once a
week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper having
general circulation in the locality in which the lands are
situate.
(2) Any owner of lands in respect of which notice is given J'" h^S"**"
under subsection 1 who desires a hearing, shall so notify the
approving authority in writing,
(a) in the case of a registered owner, served personally
or by registered mail within thirty days after he is
served with the notice, or, when he is served by
publication, within thirty days after the first publi-
cation of the notice;
(b) in the case of an owner who is not a registered owner,
within thirty days after the first publication of the
notice.
(3) The I^ieutenant Governor in Council may, in special dispensing
circumstances where he deems it necessary or expedient in the *"*' 'n<>"""y
public interest to do so, direct that an intended expropriation
shall proceed without the inquiry procedure and thereupon
subsections 1 and 2 of this section, section 7 and subsections 1
and 2 of section 8 do not apply thereto.
(4) Where an order is made under subsection 3, the expro- ^^^^ij^'
priating authority shall forthwith serve a copy of the order on
each registered owner affected by the intended expropriation.
(5) The Minister of Justice and Attorney General shall, ^^^^to
within thirty days after the commencement of each session
of the Legislative Assembly, lay before the Assembly a copy
of each order made theretofore under subsection 3 and not
previously laid before the Assembly. New.
7.— (1) The Minister of Justice and Attorney General ^ent 'of "
shall appoint a chief inquiry officer and such inquiry officers {^"^^^[iy
as he considers necessary.
(2) The chief inquiry officer shall have general supervision ^"^f"" °'
and direction over inquiry officers and the assignment of'nqu'ry
their duties. ""''''"
(3) Where a notification is made under subsection 2 of"®*""'"*
section 6, the approving authority shall refer the matter to
the chief inquiry officer who shall forthwith assign an inquiry
officer who shall fix a time and place for a hearing and who
shall cause notice of the hearing to be served on each party
to the inquiry.
(4) At least five days before the date fixed for the hearing, ^SuSds"^
the expropriating authority shall serve upon each party to the
inquiry a notice indicating the grounds upon which it intends
to rely at the hearing and shall make available for inspection
by the parties any documents, including maps and plans,
that the expropriating authority intends to use at the hearing.
Inquiry (5) jhe hearing shall be by means of an inquiry conducted
by the inquiry officer who shall inquire into whether the
taking of the lands or any part of the lands of an owner or of
more than one owner of the same lands is fair, sound and
reasonably necessary in theachievementof the objectives of the
expropriating authority.
Report ^^j jj^g inquiry officer shall report to the approving
authority a summary of the evidence and arguments advanced
by the parties, the inquiry officer's findings of fact, and his
opinion on the merits of the application for approval with his
reasons therefor.
i^q^iriee*' 0) The inquiry officer may combine two or more related
inquiries and conduct them in all respects and for all purposes
as one inquiry.
Parties
(8) The expropriating authority, each owner who notifies
the approving authority that he desires a hearing in respect
of the lands intended to be expropriated and any owner
added as a party by the inquiry officer are parties to the
inquiry.
Powers and
duties of
inquiry
offlcer
(9) The inquiry officer,
(a) may add any owner whose land would be affected
by the expropriation of the lands concerned in the
inquiry or any modification thereof as a party to the
inquiry;
(b) shall give every party to the inquiry an opportunity
to present evidence and argument and to examine
and cross-examine witnesses, either personally or by
his counsel or agent;
(c) is not bound by the technical or legal rules of evi-
dence; and
(d) may inspect the lands concerned either alone or in
the presence of the parties.
^°*'* (10) The inquiry officer may recommend to the approving
authority that a party to the inquiry be paid a fixed amount
for his costs of the inquiry not to exceed $200 and the ap-
proving authority may in its discretion order the expropri-
ating authority to pay such costs forthwith. New.
duties of 8. — (1) The approving authority shall consider the report
aufhority* of the inquiry officer and shall approve or not approve the
proposed expropriation or approve the proposed expropri-
ation with such modifications as the approving authority
considers proper, but an approval with modifications shall not
afTect the lands of a registered owner who is not or has not
been made a party to the hearing.
(2) The approving authority shall give written reasons for^®**°"'
its decision and shall cause its decision and the reasons therefor
to be served ujxjn all the parties within 90 days after the date
upon which the report of the inquiry ofificer is received by the
approving authority.
(3) The approving authority shall certify its approval in certificate
the prescribed form. New.
9. — (1) Where a proposed expropriation has been approved J^f*«}|'^»"""
under this Act or under The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964, i964, c. 74
the expropriating authority shall register, within three months
after the granting of the approval in the proper registry or
land titles office a plan of the land signed by the expropriating
authority and by an Ontario land surveyor, and thereupon,
but not otherwise, the land vests in the expropriating autho-
rity.
(2) Where the land is required for a limited time only or required*"**
only a limited estate, right or interest therein is required, ^^Jjy">''-
the plan registered under this section shall indicate by appro- «'"•
priate words thereon that the land is taken for such limited
time only or that only such limited estate, right or interest
therein is taken, and, by the registration in such case, the
land for such limited time or such limited estate, right or
interest therein vests in the expropriating authority.
(3) In the case of an omission, misstatement or erroneous of'e^Sfi""'
description in a plan registered under this section, the ex-
propriating authority may register in the proper registry or
land titles office a plan replacing or amending the original
plan and signed by the expropriating authority and by an
Ontario land surveyor, and a plan registered under this
subsection shall be marked to show the nature of the replace-
ment or amendment and is of the same force and efifect as,
and is in substitution for, the original plan to the extent that
such plan is replaced or amended thereby.
(4) Where a plan purports to have been signed by an ex- ti^^li^'fo
propriating authority under this section, it shall be presumed^'*"'"*
to have been signed by the expropriating authority without
proof of the signature or official character of the person
appearing to have signed it, unless otherwise directed by a
court or the Board.
Ontario
Hydro
R.8.O. 1D60,
c. 800
(5) Where a limited estate, right or interest in land is
being taken under The Power Commission Act for an electrical
transmission or distribution line carried on single poles,
The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario may,
l)efore registering a plan under subsection 1, register in the
proper registry or land titles office a preliminary plan, to be
known as and marked "Preliminary Plan" and being a plan
with or without local description, signed by the secretary of
the Commission and illustrating the location of the proposed
line and indicating by appropriate words thereon the nature
of the estate, right or interest being taken, and such prelimin-
ary plan when registered has the same force and effect as a
plan registered under subsection 1, but a plan in accordance
with subsection 1 shall be registered within two years after
the registration of the preliminary plan in substitution for the
preliminary plan. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 4, amended.
Notice of
expro-
priation
lO. — (1) Where a plan has been registered under section 9
and no agreement as to compensation has been made with the
owner, the expropriating authority may serve the owner,
and shall serve the registered owner, within thirty days after
the date of registration of the plan, with a notice of expro-
priation of his land, in the prescribed form, but failure to
serve the notice does not invalidate the expropriation.
Election of
date for
compen-
sation
(2) Where a plan has been registered under section 9, the
registered owner may elect, by notice in writing served upon
the expropriating authority, within thirty days after the
owner was served with the notice under subsection 1, to have
the compensation to which he is entitled assessed,
(a) where there has been an inquiry, as of the date the
notice of hearing before the inquiry officer was
served ;
{b) as of the date of the registration of the plan; or
(c) as of the date on which he was served with the notice
of expropriation.
and, where the election is not made within the prescribed time,
the owner shall be deemed to have elected to have the com-
pensation assessed as of the date of the registration of the plan.
1962-63, c. 43, s. 5, amended.
Enlry on
land for
appraisal
(3) An expropriating authority may, after it has served
notice of expropriation on the owner in possession of the lands
expropriated, and with the consent of the said owner, enter
on the expropriated lands for the purposes of viewing for
appraisal, but, where the consent of the owner is not given,
the expropriating authority may apply to the Board which
may, by order, authorize the entry upon such terms and
conditions as are specified in the order. New.
11. Where land is expropriated or is injuriously affected ®p"*''°"
by a statutory authority, the statutory authority may, before
the compensation is agreed upon or determined, undertake to
make alterations or additions or to construct additional work
or to grant other lands, in which case the compensation shall
be determined having regard to such undertaking, and, if
the undertaking has not already been carried out, the Board
may declare that, in addition to the compensation determined,
if any, the owner is entitled to have such alteration or addition
made or such additional work constructed or such grant made
to him. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 6 (2), amended.
12. Section 21 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, I9642rfJ*'°^^^
applies in respect of the use of designated gas storage areas. i964, o. 74
1965, c. 38, s. 2, part, amended.
13. — (1) Where land is expropriated, the expropriating ^*J5Sn*"
authority shall pay the owner such compensation as is deter-
mined in accordance with this Act. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 6 (1),
amended.
(2) Where the land of an owner is expropriated, the com-'"*®"*
pensation payable to the owner shall be based upon,
(a) the market value of the land;
(b) the damages attributable to disturbance;
(c) damages for injurious affection; and
(d) any special difficulties in relocation,
but, where the market value is based upon a use of the land
other than the existing use, no compensation shall be paid
under clause b for damages attributable to disturbance that
would have been incurred by the owner in using the land for
such other use. New.
14. — (1) The market value of land expropriated is the^fue®*
amount that the land might be expected to realize if sold in
the open market by a willing seller to a willing buyer.
(2) Where the land expropriated is devoted to a purpose '***'"
of such a nature that there is no general demand or market
for land for that purpose, and the owner intends in good
faith to relocate in similar premises, the market value shall be
deemed to be the reasonable cost of equivalent re-instatement.
10
Idem
Idem
Increa£e
by Board
Separate
interests
(3) Where only part of the land of an owner is taken and
such part is of a size, shape or nature for which there is no
general demand or market, the market value and the injurious
affection caused by the taking may be determined by deter-
mining the market value of the whole of the owner's land and
deducting therefrom the market value of the owner's land
after the taking.
(4) In determining the market value of land, no account
shall be taken of,
(o) the special use to which the expropriating authority
will put the land;
(b) any increase or decrease in the value of the land
resulting from the imminence of the development in
respect of which the expropriation is made or from
any imminent prospect of expropriation;
(c) any increase in the value of the land resulting
from the land being put to a use that could be
restrained by any court or is contrary to law or is
detrimental to the health of the occupants of the
land or to the public health. New.
15. Upon application therefor, the Board shall, by order,
after fixing the market value of lands used for residential
purposes of the owner under subsection 1 of section 14,
award such additional amount of compensation as, in the
opinion of the Board, is necessary to enable the owner to
relocate his residence in accommodation that is at least
equivalent to the accommodation expropriated. New.
16. Where there are more separate interests than one in
land, other than the interest of a security holder or a vendor
under an agreement for sale, the market value of each such
separate interest shall be valued separately. New.
Interpre-
tation
Security
holders
17. — (1) In this section, "bonus" means the amount by
which the amount secured under a mortgage exceeds the
amount actually advanced.
(2) Where land is subject to a security interest,
(a) the value of the interest of the security holder shall
be determined in accordance with this section and
section 20 and not otherwise; and
(b) the market value of the land shall be determined
without regard to the interest of the security holder
and the amount of such market value plus any
damages for injurious affection shall stand in place
of the land for the purposes of the security.
11
(3) Security holders shall be paid the amount of principal out'of'"'
and interest outstanding against the security out of the market ™^^^^**
value of the land and any damages for injurious affection
payable in respect of the land subject to the security, in
accordance with their priorities, whether or not such principal
and interest is due and subject to subsections 4 and 5.
(4) Where the land is subject to a mortgage and the amount Bonus
payable to the mortgagee under subsection 3 is insufficient
to satisfy the mortgage in full,
(a) where tiie mortgage is a purchase-money mortgage,
the mortgage shall be deemed to be fully paid,
satisfied and discharged for all purposes; and
(b) where the mortgage is not a purchase-money mort-
gage and includes a bonus,
(i) the amount by which the amount payable to
the mortgagee under subsection 3 is in-
sufficient to pay the amount remaining unpaid
under the mortgage; or
(ii) the amount of the bonus,
whichever is the lesser, shall be deemed to be fully
paid and satisfied for all purposes.
(5) No amount shall be paid in respect of a bonus until all '''•'°
security holders have been paid all amounts payable other than
any bonus.
(6) Where land held as security is expropriated in part or is '''*'"
injuriously affected a security holder is entitled to be paid
to the extent possible in accordance with his priority, out of
the market value portion of the compensation and any dam-
ages for injurious affection therefor, as the case may be, a
sum that is in the same ratio to such portion of the compen-
sation and damages as the balance outstanding on the security
at the date of the expropriation or injurious affection is to
the market value of the entire land, provided however, that
the sum so determined shall be reduced by the amount of any
payments made to the security holder by the owner after the
date of expropriation or injurious affection. New.
18. — (1) The expropriating authority shall pay to an /^'r'"**"'^*
owner other than a tenant, in respect of disturbance, such ^{J^^j;''*^'}^'-^* •
reasonable costs as are the natural and reasonable conse- '•»«" tenant
quences of the expropriation, including,
(a) where the premises taken include the owner's
residence.
12
(i) an allowance to compensate for inconvenience
and the cost of finding another residence of
5 per cent of the compensation payable in
respect of the market value of that part of
the land expropriated that is used by the
owner for residential purposes, provided that
such part was not being offered for sale on the
date of the expropriation, and
(ii) an allowance for improvements the value of
which is not reflected in the market value of
the land ;
(b) where the premises taken do not include the owner's
residence, the owner's costs of finding premises to
replace those expropriated, provided that the lands
were not being oflfered for sale on the date of ex-
propriation; and
(c) relocation costs, including,
(i) the moving costs, and
(ii) the legal and survey costs and other non-
recoverable expenditures incurred in acquiring
other premises.
Tenant ^2) The expropriating authority shall pay to a tenant
occupying expropriated land in respect of disturbance so
much of the cost referred to in subsection 1 as is appropriate
having regard to,
(a) the length of the term ;
(b) the portion of the term remaining;
(c) any rights to renew the tenancy or the reasonable
prospects of renewal ;
(d) in the case of a business, the nature of the business;
and
(e) the extent of the tenant's investment in the land.
New.
Business 19.— (1) Where a business is located on the land expro-
priated, the expropriating authority shall pay compensation
for business loss resulting from the relocation of the business
made necessary by the expropriation and, unless the owner
and the expropriating authority otherwise agree, the business
13
losses shall not be determined until the business has moved
and been in operation for six months or until a three-year
period has elapsed, whichever occurs first.
(2) The Board may, in determining compensation on the *^°°'* *"'
application of the expropriating authority, or an owner,
include an amount not exceeding the value of the good will
of a business where the land is valued on the basis of its
existing use and, in the opinion of the Board, it is not feasible
for the owner to relocate. New.
20. Where a statutory authority prepays a mortgage ^^ot^j^orXMM
whole or in part, the statutory authority,
(a) shall pay to the mortgagee a bonus in respect of the
prepayment amounting to,
(i) three months interest on the amount of prin-
cipal prepaid at the rate of 6 per cent a year
or at such other rate as is prescribed by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council by regula-
tion, or
(ii) the value of any notice or bonus for prepay-
ment provided for in the mortgage,
whichever is the lesser;
(6) shall pay to the mortgagee where,
(i) the prevailing interest rate for an equivalent
investment is lower than the rate under the
mortgage, and
(ii) there is no provision in the mortgage per-
mitting prepayment at the date of the expro-
priation,
an amount to compensate for the diflference in the
interest rates for the period for which the amount of
principal prepaid has been advanced, not to exceed
five years; and
(c) shall pay to the mortgagor whose interest is ex-
propriated an amount to compensate for any loss
incurred by reason of a difference in the interest
rates during the period for which the payment of
principal provided for in the mortgage has been
advanced, but such difference shall not be calculated
on a new interest rate any greater than the prevailing
interest rate for an equivalent mortgage. New.
14
Comp« Il-
lation Tor
injurious
•frectlon
Claim for
compen-
•ation for
Injurious
affection
Idem,
where
owner
under
disability
21. A Statutory authority shall compensate the owner of
land for loss or damage caused by injurious affection. 1962-63,
c. 43, s. 6 (1), amended.
22. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, a claim for compensation
for injurious affection shall be made by the person suffering
the damage or loss in writing with particulars of the claim
within one year after the damage was sustained or after it
became known to him, and, if not so made, the right to
compensation is forever barred.
(2) Where the person who is injuriously affected is an
infant, a mental incompetent or a person incapable of manag-
ing his affairs, his claim for compensation shall be made within
one year after he ceased to be under the disability or, in the
case of his death while under the disability, within one year
after his death, and, if not so made, the right to compensation
is forever barred. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 7, amended.
Set-off
axainst
damages
23. The value of any advantage to the land or remaining
land of an owner derived from any woric for which land was
expropriated or by which land was injuriously affected shall
be set-off only against the amount of the damages for injurious
affection to the owner's land or remaining lands. New.
Aereements
24. A statutory authority has the authority to make and
perform an agreement with an owner in respect of any claim
of the owner under this Act, including any costs of the owner
and notwithstanding that this Act requires the claim to be
determined bv the Board. New.
Offer
25. — (1) Where no agreement as to compensation has been
made with the owner, the expropriating authority shall,
within three months after the registration of a plan under
section 9 and before taking possession of the land,
(a) serve upon the registered owner,
(i) an offer of an amount in full compensation
for his interest, and
(ii) where the registered owner is not a tenant, a
statement of the total compensation being
offered for all interests in the land,
excepting compensation for business loss for which
the determination is postponed under subsection 1
of section 19; and
(b) offer the registered owner immediate payment of
100 per cent of the amount of the market value of
15
the owner's land as estimated by the expropriating
authority, and the payment and receipt of that sum
is without prejudice to the rights conferred by this
Act in respect of the determination of compensation
and is subject to adjustment in accordance with any
compensation that may subsequently be determined
in accordance with this Act or agreed upon. 1962-63.
c. 43, ss. 8 (1), 18, amended.
(2) The expropriating authority shall base its offer of com-fppratSl"'
jjensation made under subsection 1 up)on a report appraising '"*'*'""'
the market value of the lands being taken and damages for
injurious affection, and shall serve a copy of the appraisal
rep)ort upon the owner at the time the offer is made.
(3) The expropriating authority may, within the period |f'tf^'*"*
mentioned in subsection 1 and before taking possession of the
land, upon giving at least two days notice to the registered
owner, apply to the judge for an order extending any time
referred to in subsection 1, and the judge may in his order
authorize the statutory authority to take possession of the land
before the expiration of the extended time for serving the
offer or statement under clause a of subsection 1 upon such
conditions as are specified in the order. New.
(4) If any registered owner is not served with the offer f^^^rve
. Failure
required to be served on him under subsection 1 within the
time limited by subsection 1 or by an order of a judge under
subsection 3, or by agreement, the failure does not invalidate
the expropriation but interest upon the unpaid portion of
any compensation payable to such registered owner shall be
calculated from the date of registration of the plan. 1962-63,
c. 43, s. 8 (1-3), amended.
26. Where the statutory authority and the owner have not pr^^ed?ng8
agreed upon the compensation payable under this Act and in negotiation
the case of injurious affection, section 22 has been complied arbitration
with, or, in the case of expropriation, section 25 has been
complied with or the time for complying therewith has
expired,
(a) the statutory authority or the owner may serve
notice of negotiation upon the other of them and
upon the board of negotiation stating that it or he,
as the case may be, requires the compensation to be
negotiated under section 27; or
(b) where the statutory authority and the owner have
agreed to dispense with negotiation proceedings, the
statutory authority or the owner may serve notice
of arbitration upon the other of them and upon the
16
Board to have the compensation determined by
arbitration. 1965, c. 38, s. 2, part, amended.
negotia°fon 27. — (1) A board of negotiation shall be established con-
sisting of two or more members appointed by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council, one of whom may be designated as
chairman.
Quorum
(2) Any two of the members of the board of negotiation
constitute a quorum and are sufficient to perform all the
functions of the board on behalf of the board.
Place of
■tttins
(3) The board of negotiation may sit at any place in
Ontario.
Negotiation
of amount
of compen-
sation
(4) In any case in which a notice of negotiation is served,
the board of negotiation shall, upon reasonable notice to the
statutory authority and the owner, meet with them and,
without prejudice to any subsequent proceedings, proceed
in a summary and informal manner to negotiate a settlement
of the compensation.
Inspection
of land
(5) Before or during the negotiation proceedings, the board
of negotiation shall inspect the land that has been expro-
priated or injuriously aflfected.
Where no
settlement
reached
(6) If the negotiation proceedings do not result in a settle-
ment of the compensation, the statutory authority or the
owner may serve notice of arbitration upon the other of them,
and upon the Board, stating that it or he, as the case may be,
requires the compensation to be determined by arbitration
as though the negotiation proceedings had not taken place.
1965, c. 38, s. 2, part, amended.
Land
Compensa-
tion Board
28. — (1) The Land Compensation Board is established and
shall be composed of a chairman and such number of vice-
chairmen and other members as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council considers advisable, all of whom shall be appointed
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
Qualiflca-
tions of
chairman
and vice-
chairmen
Quorum
(2) The chairman and vice-chairmen shall be members of
the bar of one of the provinces of Canada.
(3) The chairman or a vice-chairman and two other mem-
bers of the Board constitute a quorum and are sufficient for the
exercise of all the jurisdiction and powers of the Board,
except that in matters respecting a claim for compensation
not exceeding $1,000, one member of the Board constitutes a
quorum and is sufficient for the exercise of all the jurisdiction
of the Board.
17
(4) The Board may, Jr^S^rd
(a) administer oaths to witnesses and require them to
give evidence under oath;
(b) may issue summonses requiring the attendance of
witnesses and the production of documents and
things;
(c) hold sittings at any place in Ontario and in more
than one place at the same time.
(5) If any person,
(a) on being duly summoned as a witness before thcmenTo*
Board makes default in attending; or summons
(b) being in attendance as a witness refuses to take an
oath legally required by the Board to be taken, or to
produce any document or thing in his power or
control legally required by the Board to be produced
by him, or to answer any question to which the Board
may legally require an answer; or
(c) does any other thing that would, if the Board had
been a court of law having power to commit for
contempt, have been contempt of that court,
a member of the Board may certify the offence of that person
under his hand to the High Court, and the court may there-
upon inquire into the alleged offence and after hearing any
witnesses who may be produced against or on behalf of the
person charged with the oflfence, and after hearing any state-
ment that may be offered in defence, punish or take steps for
the punishment of that person in like manner as if he had
been guilty of contempt of the court.
(6) Subject to the approval of the Lieutenant Governor in f J3''*'°*
Council, the Board shall make rules governing its practice procedure
and procedure and the exercise of its powers.
(7) A registrar and such other officers and employees of the^nf'*""*
Board as are considered necessary shall be appointed under 8'"P'°y®'
The Public Service Act, 1961-62. New. l^li'i^'
29. — (1) At least fifteen days before the date fixed for the ^^p'^'^^^jjjf
hearing of an application before the Board, any party to the reports
application shall serve ujwn each other party a copy of any
appraisal report upon which it intends to rely at the hearing.
New.
Expert
(2) Where it is intended by a party to adduce evidence as as to
, -,111 , • compel! -
to compensation by persons entitled by law or custom to givesation
18
Dutiee of
Board
Record
Reasons
Reports
opinion evidence, not more than three such persons may be
called b\ either part)- without the leave of the Board. New.
30.— (1) The Board shall determine any compensation in
respect of which a notice of arbitration has been served upon
it under section 26 or 27, and, in the absence of agreement
determine any other matter required by this or any other Act,
to be determined by the Board.
(2) All oral evidence submitted before the Board shall be
taken down in writing and, together with such documentary
evidence and things as are received in evidence by the Board,
form the record.
(3) The Board shall prepare and furnish the parties to an
application with written reasons for its decision.
(4) The Board ma>' prepare and periodically publish a
summary of such of its decisions and the reasons therefor, as
the Board considers to be of general public significance. New.
stated
case
Order
directing
stated case
Pro( eedlngs
stayed
until case
determined
Appeals
Idem
Powers of
Court of
Appeal
31. — (1) Where the jurisdiction of the Board or the valid-
ity of any decision, order, direction or other act of the Board
is called into question by any person affected, the Board,
upon the request of such person, shall state a case in writing
to the Court of Appeal setting forth the material facts and
the decision of the court thereon is final and binding.
(2) If the Board refuses to state a case, any person affected
may apply to the Court of Appeal for an order directing the
Board to state a case.
(3) Pending the decision of the stated case, no further
proceedings in respect of the application shall be taken by
the Board.
32. — (1) An appeal lies to the Court of Appeal from any
determination or order of the Board.
(2) The practice and procedure as to the appeal and
proceedings incidental thereto are the same mutatis mutandis
as upon an appeal from the High Court, except that the appeal
may be taken at any time within six weeks from the day the
determination or order was served on the parties, and the
period of any vacation of the Supreme Court shall not be
reckoned in computing such six weeks.
(3) An appeal under subsection 1 may be made on questions
of law or fact or both and the Court of Appeal,
(a) may refer any matter back to the Board ; or
{b) may make any decision or order that the Board has
power to make.
19
and may exercise the same powers that it exercises on an
appeal from a judge of the High Court sitting without a jury.
(4) A judge of the Court of Appeal may extend the time ^^==^^^1'°"
for appeal for such period as he considers proper. 1962-63, for appeal
c. 43, s. 11, amended.
33. — (1) Where the amount to which an owner is entitled Costs
upon an expropriation is determined by the Board and the
amount awarded by the Board is 85 per cent, or more, of the
amount offered by the statutory authority, the Board shall
make an order directing the statutory authority to pay the
reasonable legal, appraisal and other costs actually incurred
by the owner for the purposes of determining the compen-
sation payable.
(2) Where the amount to which an owner is entitled upon an ^^^m
expropriation is determined by the Board and the amount
awarded by the Board is less than 85 per cent of the amount
offered by the statutory authority, the Board may make such
order for the payment of costs on a party and party basis as
it considers appropriate. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 13, amended.
34. — (1) Subject to subsection 4 of section 25, the owner of interest
lands expropriated is entitled to be paid interest on the portion
of the market value of his interest in the land and on the
portion of any allowance for injurious affection to which he is
entitled, outstanding from time to time, at the rate of 6 per
cent a year calculated from the date the owner ceases to reside
on or make productive use of the lands.
(2) Subject to subsection 3, where the Board is of theJ^^J'^^'^"" ""^
opinion that any delay in determining the compensation is
attributable in whole or in part to the owner, it may refuse
to allow him interest for the whole or any part of the time
for which he might otherwise be entitled to interest, or may
allow interest at such rate less than 6 per cent a year as appears
reasonable.
(3) The interest to which an owner is entitled under sub- '***'"
section 1 shall not be reduced for the reason only that the
owner did not accept the offer made by the expropriating
authority, notwithstanding that the compensation as finally
determined is less than the offer.
(4) Where the Board is of the opinion that any delay in ^***'"
determining compensation is attributable in whole or in part
to the expropriating authority, the Board may order the
expropriating authority to pay to the owner interest under
subsection 1 at a rate exceeding 6 per cent a year but not
exceeding 12 per cent a year. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 14, amended.
20
Abatement
of rent
35. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, where only part of the
interest of a lessee is expropriated, the lessee's obligation to
pay rent under the lease shall be abated pro tanto, as deter-
mined by the Board.
Frustration
of lease
(2) Where all the interest of a lessee in land is expro-
priated or where part of the lessee's interest is expropriated
and the expropriation renders the remaining part of the
lessee's interest unfit for the purposes of the lease, as deter-
mined by the Board, the lease shall be deemed to be frustrated
from the date of the expropriation. New.
Character
of compen-
sation
36. Where land has been expropriated, the compensation
stands in the stead of the land, and any claim to or en-
cumbrance on the land is, as respects the expropriating
authority, converted into a claim to or upon the compensation
and no longer affects the land. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 15 (1).
Payment
of compen-
sation not
exceeding
$1,000
37. Where the owner who is entitled to convey the land
that has been expropriated or injuriously affected and the
statutory authority agree as to the compensation or the
compensation has been determined and in either case it does
not exceed $1,000, the statutory authority may pay the com-
pensation to the owner who is entitled to convey the land,
saving always the rights of any other person to the comjjensa-
tion as against the person receiving it, and such payment
discharges the statutory authority from all liability in respect
of the compensation. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 15 (2).
Represen-
tative
38. Where an owner of the land is unknown, is under a
disability or for any other reason is not represented, a judge
of the Supreme Court may, after due notice to the persons
interested, appoint a person to represent such owner for any
of the purposes of this Act, and any action of a person so
appointed is binding on the person whom he represents.
1962-63, c. 43, s. 16.
Payment
into court
30. — (1) In any case where the statutory authority deems
it advisable, it may, without an order, pay the compensation
agreed upon or determined into the office of the Accountant
of the Supreme Court together with a sum equal to the
interest thereon at the rate of 6 per cent a year for six months.
Payment
out of
court
(2) Upon an application for payment out of court of com-
pensation paid into court, a judge of the Supreme Court
may direct that such notice of the application be given by
publication or otherwise as he deems proper and may direct
the trial of an issue or make such order with respect to the
payment out of court of compensation and as to costs as he
deems reasonable.
21
(3) Where an order is obtained under subsection 2 in less Af'/'"»^'™«"*
1 • 1 <■ 1 r < . . or Interest
than SIX months after the payment of the compensation mto
court, the judge making the order may direct that a pro-
portionate part of the interest be returned to the statutory
authority.
(4) Where unborn issue or an unascertained person or class where
. J. . ' t ' • t f t unborn
IS mterested m compensation paid into court, a judge of the issue
c /^ J. -ii ,, Interested
bupreme Court may appoint such person as he deems proper
to represent them, and any order made under this section is
binding on them. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 17.
40. — (1) Where land that has been expropriated is vested p°"«"'°"
, . , , . . , . o> expro-
in an expropriating authority and the expropriating authority priated
has served the registered owner with a notice that it requires *
possession of the land on the date specified therein, the
expropriating authority, subject to any agreement to the
contrary and if no application is made under subsection 3,
shall take possession of the land on the date specified in the
notice.
(2) Subject to subsection 3, the date for possession shall be ^^^'e for
at least three months after the date of the serving of the
notice of possession.
(3) A registered owner or an expropriating authority may. Application
upon such notice as the judge directs, apply to a judge forponement
an adjustment of the date for possession specified in the poaeeesion
notice of possession, and the judge, if he considers that under
all the circumstances the application should be granted, may
order that the date for possession shall be on such earlier or
later date as is specified in the order. 1962-63, r. 43, s. 19,
amevded.
4:1. — (1) Where resistance or opposition is made to the Warrant to
• . • ^L •. ,.,,.. put down
expropriating authority or any person authorized by it inreeietance
entering upon, using or taking possession of land when it iseto*""^''"
entitled so to do, it may apply to a judge for a warrant
directing the sheriff to put down the resistance or opposition.
(2) The judge shall, in writing, appoint a time and place Hearing
for the hearing of the application and in his appointment may
direct that it shall be served upon such person as he prescribes.
(3) On proof of the resistance or opposition, the judge may issue of
issue a warrant. "*
(4) The sheriff shall forthwith execute the warrant and Return
make a return to the judge of the execution thereof. 1962-63,
c. 43, s. 20, amended.
22
Abandon-
ment of
expropri-
ated land
42. — (1) Where, at any time before the compensation
upon an expropriation is paid in full, the land or any part
thereof is found to be unnecessary for the purposes of the
expropriated authority or if it is found that a more limited
estate or interest therein only is required, the expropriating
authority shall so notify each owner of the abandoned land,
or estate or interest, who is served or entitled to be served
with the notice of expropriation, who may, by election in
writing,
(a) take the land, estate or interest back, in which case
he has the right to compensation for consequential
damages; or
(ft) require the expropriating authority to retain the
land, estate or interest, in which case he has the
right to full compensation therefor. New.
Revesting (2) Where all the owners elect to take the land, estate or
interest back under clause a of subsection 1, the expropri-
ating authority may, by an instrument signed by it and
registered in the proper registry or land titles office and
served on each owner, declare that the land or part thereof is
not required and is abandoned by the expropriating authority
or that it is intended to retain only such limited estate or
interest as is mentioned in the instrument, and thereupon,
(a) the land declared to be abandoned revests in the
owner from whom it was expropriated and those
entitled to claim under him; or
(b) in the event of a limited estate or interest only being
retained by the expropriating authority, the land so
revests subject to such limited estate or interest.
1962-63, c. 43, s. 21 (1), amended.
Disposal of
expropri-
ated lands
43. Where lands that have been expropriated and are in
the possession of the expropriating authority, are found by
the expropriating authority to be no longer required for its
purposes, the expropriating authority shall not, without the
approval of the approving authority, dispose of the lands
without giving the owners from whom the land was taken the
first chance to repurchase the lands on the terms of the best
offer received by the expropriating authority. New.
Time for
application
44. Any application to set aside or quash any proceeding
or step taken under this Act shall be made within thirty days
after the proceeding or step in respect of which the application
is made, but this section does not apply where the applicant
was entitled to and not given notice of the proceeding or
step or where the proceeding or step was a nullity. New.
23
45. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make ^"«"'**'o°«
regulations,
(a) prescribing rates of interest for the purposes of
section 20;
(b) prescribing forms for the purposes of this Act and
providing for their use;
(c) prescribing procedures respecting applications to and
hearings by inquiry officers and boards of nego-
tiation. New.
46.— (1) This Act applies in respect of expropriations for ^pp]|^J>J|"
which a plan has not been registered under section 4 of The"^""^^'^^''^
Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63 before this Act comes ^fa^' ^*®°'
into force, and an expropriation for which a plan has been
registered under section 4 of the said Act before this Act comes
into force shall be continued in accordance with The Expro-
priation Procedures Act, 1962-63, except that where the com-
pensation has not been agreed upon between the parties and
no evidence has been heard by a tribunal under The Expro-
priation Procedures Act, 1962-63, other than the board of
negotiation, sections 13 to 21, 23, 24, 29, 33, 34, 35 and 42
apply thereto.
(2) Until section 28 is proclaimed in force, the Ontario j^j^j^- *" **•
Municipal Board shall be deemed to be the Land Com- Land "^
pensation Board. New. sation'"
Board
47. The Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63, Thel^W'^^-
Expropriation Procedures Amendment Act, 1965 and rAeiass.'o. 38;
Expropriation Procedures Amendment Act, 1966 are repealed, repealed '
48. — (1) This Act, except section 28, comes into force on £2"\'n«"o«-
the day it receives Royal Assent.
ment
(2) Section 28 comes into force on a day to be named by """^
tlie Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
40. This Act may be cited as The Expropriations ^ c<, S'>°'"' ""•
1968-69.
^
s
>3
s.
I
2
pa
S. 3
I i
79
>3
8
»
OS
Z
o
<
3
§■
00
8
n
m
X
3
•o
o
3
en
>
00
BILL 5
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Expropriations Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published bv Frank 1-"o(:(;, Queen's I'rinter
BILL 5 1968-69
The Expropriations Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
i.-(i) In this Act. \itr:r
(a) "approving authority" means the approving au-
thority as determined under section 5;
(b) "Board" means the Land Compensation Board
established under section 28;
(c) "expropriate" means the taking of land without the
consent of the owner by an expropriating authority
in the exercise of its statutory powers, but does not
include the taking of land for the widening of a high-
way where entry is deferred under section 338 of
The Municipal A ct; ^f;?- "«° •
{d) "expropriating authority" means the Crown or any
person empowered by statute to expropriate land;
(e) "injurious affection" means,
(i) where a statutory authority acquires part of
the land of an owner,
a. the reduction in market value thereby
caused to the remaining land of the
owner by the acquisition or by the con-
struction of the works thereon or by
the use of the works thereon or any
combination of them, and
b. such personal and business damages,
resulting from the construction or use,
or both, of the works as the statutory
authority would be liable for if the
construction or use were not under the
authority of a statute,
(ii) where the statutory authority does not ac-
quire part of the land of an owner,
a. such reduction in the market value of
the land of the owner, and
b. such personal and business damages; '
resulting from the construction and not the
use of the works by the statutory authority,
as the statutory authority would be liable for
if the construction were not under the au-
thority of a statute, ,. _, _,^
and for the purposes of this clause, part of the lands
of an owner shall be deemed to have been acquired
where the owner from whom lands are acquired
retains lands contiguous to those acquired or re-
tains lands of which the use is enhanced by unified
ownership with those acquired;
(/) "judge", except where otherwise described, means a
judge of the county or district court of the county or
district in which the land or the greater part of it is
situate;
(g) "land" includes any estate, term, easement, right or
interest in, to, over or affecting land;
(h) "owner" includes a mortgagee, tenant, execution
creditor, a person entitled to a limited estate or
interest in land, a conmiittee of the estate of a
mentally incompetent person or of a person incapable
of managing his affairs, and a guardian, executor,
administrator or trustee in whom land is vested;
(i) "prescribed" means prescribed by the regulations
made under this Act;
(j) "purchase-money mortgage" means a mortgage given
by a purchaser of land to the vendor of the land or
his nominee as security for the payment of all or part
of the consideration for the sale;
(k) "registered owner" means an owner of land whose
interest in the land is defined and whose name is
specified in an instrument in the proper registry,
land titles or sheriff's office, and includes a person
shown as a tenant of land on the last revised assess-
ment roll; .
(/) "security holder" means a person who has an interest •.
in land as security for the payment of money;
(m) "statutory authority" means the Crown or any per-
son empowered by statute to expropriate land or
cause injurious affection. ■ . ,
(«) "tenant" includes a lessee or occupant occupying
premises under any tenancy whether written, oral
or implied. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 1, amended.
(2) Any document required by this Act to be served may be Service
served personally or by registered mail addressed to the person
to be served at his last-known address, or if that person or his
address is unknown, by publication once a week for three
weeks in a newspaper having general circulation in the locality
in which the land concerned is situate and service shall be
deemed to be made,
(a) in the case of service by registered mail, on the second -■ / ,
day after the day of mailing; and
(6) in the case of service by publication, on the date of
the third publication. New.
2 — (1) Notwithstanding any general or special Act, where ^jP^'^'^**'""
land is expropriated or injurious affection is caused by a
statutory authority, this Act applies. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (1),
amended.
(2) The provisions of any general or special Act providing ,^«f^^®'^°«»
procedures with respect to the expropriation of land or the n'^o^fj", ago
compensation payable for land expropriated or for injurious cc. 249, 338,"
affection that refer to The Municipal Act, The Public Works rererences
Act or any other Act shall be deemed to refer to this Act and'° ""* ^''^
not to The Municipal Act, The Public Works Act or other Act,
as the case may be. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (S).
(3) This Act does not apply to the use of or injury to land ^o^iael-eS?
authorized under The Drainage Act, 1962-63 for the purposes °- ^^
of a drainage works constructed under that Act or to any
proceedings in connection therewith. 1965, c. 38, s. 1.
(4) Where there is conflict between a provision of this Act <^°"'""='
and a provision of any other general or special Act, the pro-
vision of this Act prevails. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 2 (4).
3. This Act binds the Crown. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 3. boSnd by
Act
4. — (1) An expropriating authority shall not expropriate Approval of
1 J •it. i ii T r 1 • 1 • intention to
land without the approval of the approving authority as expropriate
determined under section 5.
Oaa storac* (2) Subsection 1 does not apply to an authorization of the
•xoepted Ontario Energy Board under The Ontario Energy Board Act,
1964. o. 74 yp^^ jj^ respect of storage of gas in a gas storage area or to an
expropriation authorized under section 40 of that Act. New.
Appro Vint
autnority
5.— (1) Subject to subsections 3, 4 and 5, the approving
authority in respect of an expropriation shall be the Minister
responsible for the administration of the Act in which the
power to expropriate is granted, except that,
(a) where a municipality or a local board thereof, other
than an elected school board, expropriates lands for
municipal purposes, the approving authority shall be
the council of the municipality; and
(6) where an elected school board expropriates lands, the
approving authority shall be the school board.
Idem,
private
Acts
(2) Where the power to expropriate is granted in a private
Act, the approving authority shall be,
(a) in the case of universities or other educational in-
stitutions, the Minister of University Affairs;
(6) in the case of hospitals or other medical or health
institutions, the Minister of Health; and
(c) in the csise of all other corporations, the Provincial
Secretary and Minister of Citizenship.
Idem,
public
works
R.8.O. 1960,
o. 338
(3) Where an expropriation is made under The Public
Works Act for the benefit of a department or agency of the
Ontario Government, the approving authority shall be the
Minister for the department or responsible for the agency for
the benefit of which the land is expropriated.
(4) Where an expropriation is made under The Power Com-
Idem.
Power
Commission mission Act, the approving authority shall be the Minister of
c.'aoo' ' Energy and Resources Management.
Idem,
other cases
(5) The approving authority in any case not provided for
in this section shall be the Minister of Justice and Attorney
General. New.
Notice of
intention
to expro-
priate
6. — (1) Upon applying for an approval under section 4, an
expropriating authority shall serve a notice of its application
for approval to expropriate upon each registered owner of the
lands to be expropriated and shall publish the notice once a
week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper having
general circulation in the locality in which the lands are
situate.
(2) Any owner of lands in respect of which notice is given fJr heaHng"
under subsection 1 who desires a hearing, shall so notify the
approving authority in writing,
(a) in the case of a registered owner, served personally
or by registered mail within thirty days after he is
served with the notice, or, when he is served by
publication, within thirty days after the first publi-
cation of the notice;
(b) in the case of an owner who is not a registered owner,
within thirty days after the first publication of the
notice.
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, in special disptnsin?
circumstances where he deems it necessary or expedient in the "'"* '"0"""^
public interest to do so, direct that an intended expropriation
shall proceed without the inquiry procedure and thereupon
subsections 1 and 2 of this section, section 7 and subsections 1
and 2 of section 8 do not apply thereto.
(4) Where an order is made under subsection 3, the expro- ^"j^^'^l^
priating authority shall forthwith serve a copy of the order on
each registered owner affected by the intended expropriation.
(5) The Minister of Justice and Attorney General shall, ^^p^i^u
within thirty days after the commencement of each session
of the Legislative Assembly, lay before the Assembly a copy
of each order made theretofore under subsection 3 and not
previously laid before the Assembly. New.
7.— (1) The Minister of Justice and Attorney General ^^^"'0*"
shall appoint a chief inquiry officer and such inquiry officers Jj'JgoeJ^
as he considers necessary.
(2) The chief inquiry officer shall have general supervision ^f*}.** °'^
and direction over inquiry officers and the assignment of''j^"i{!'^
their duties.
(3) Where a notification is made under subsection 2 of"®"*"'
section 6, the approving authority shall refer the matter to
the chief inquiry officer who shall forthwith assign an inquiry
officer who shall fix a time and place for a hearing and who
shall cause notice of the hearing to be served on each party
to the inquiry.
(4) At least five days before the date fixed for the hearing, ^ounci**^
the expropriating authority shall serve upon each party to the
inquiry a notice indicating the grounds upon which it intends
to rely at the hearing and shall make available for inspection
by the parties any documents, including maps and plans,
that the expropriating authority intends to use at the hearing.
Parties
Inquiry (5J jjjg hearing shall be by means of an inquiry conducted
by the inquiry officer who shall inquire into whether the
taking of the lands or any part of the lands of an owner or of
more than one owner of the same lands is fair, sound and
reasonably necessary in theachievementof the objectives of the
expropriating authority.
Report ^^j -pj^g inquiry officer shall report to the approving
authority a summary of the evidence and arguments advanced
by the parties, the inquiry officer's findings of fact, and his
opinion on the merits of the application for approval with his
reasons therefor.
inqu'irloB'* (7) The inquiry officer may combine two or more related
inquiries and conduct them in all respects and for all purposes
as one inquiry.
(8) The expropriating authority, each owner who notifies
the approving authority that he desires a hearing in respect
of the lands intended to be expropriated and any owner
added as a party by the inquiry officer are parties to the
inquiry.
(9) The inquiry officer,
(o) may add any owner whose land would be affected
by the expropriation of the lands concerned in the
inquiry or any modification thereof as a party to the
inquiry;
(6) shall give every party to the inquiry an opportunity
to present evidence and argument and to examine
and cross-examine witnesses, either personally or by
his counsel or agent;
(c) is not bound by the technical or legal rules of evi-
dence; and
(d) may inspect the lands concerned either alone or in
the presence of the parties.
Powers and
duties of
inquiry
o nicer
Costs
(10) The inquiry officer may recommend to the approving
authority that a party to the inquiry be paid a fixed amount
for his costs of the inquiry not to exceed $200 and the ap-
proving authority may in its discretion order the expropri-
ating authority to pay such costs forthwith. New.
8. — (1) The approving authority shall consider the report
Powers and
duties of
authority* of the inquiry officer and shall approve or not approve the
proposed expropriation or approve the proposed expropri-
ation with such modifications as the approving authority
considers proper, but an approval with modifications shall not
affect the lands of a registered owner who is not or has not
been made a party to the hearing.
(2) The approving authority shall give written reasons for ^^asons
its decision and shall cause its decision and the reasons therefor
to be served upon ail the parties within 90 days after the date
upon which the report of the inquiry officer is received by the
approving authority.
(3) The approving authority shall certify its approval in certiflcate
the prescribed form. New.
9. — (1) Where a proposed expropriation has been approved ^j?gi|*jj"*''°"
under this Act or under The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964, i964, o. 74
the expropriating authority shall register, within three months
after the granting of the approval in the proper registry or
land titles office a plan of the land signed by the expropriating
authority and by an Ontario land surveyor, and thereupon,
but not otherwise, the land vests in the expropriating autho-
rity.
(2) Where the land is required for a limited time only or ^^ 'f'^*"'*
only a limited estate, right or interest therein is required, ^^{"po''-
the plan registered under this section shall indicate by appro- etc.
priate words thereon that the land is taken for such limited
time only or that only such limited estate, right or interest
therein is taken, and, by the registration in such case, the
land for such limited time or such limited estate, right or
interest therein vests in the expropriating authority.
(3) In the case of an omission, misstatement or erroneous ^°J|!®o^°"
description in a plan registered under this section, the ex-
propriating authority may register in the proper registry or
land titles office a plan replacing or amending the original
plan and signed by the expropriating authority and by an
Ontario land surveyor, and a plan registered under this
subsection shall be marked to show the nature of the replace-
ment or amendment and is of the same force and eflfect as,
and is in substitution for, the original plan to the extent that
such plan is replaced or amended thereby.
(4) Where a plan purports to have been signed by an ex- ^]^®*'^{*q
propriating authority under this section, it shall be presumed "'K"'"*:
to have been signed by the expropriating authority without
proof of the signature or official character of the person
appearing to have signed it, unless otherwise directed by a
court or the Board.
Hydro" (^^ Where a limited estate, right or interest in land is
'*'aoo' '^^''^ ^'"K taken under The Power Commission Act for an electrical
transmission or distribution line carried on single poles,
The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario may,
before registering a plan under subsection 1, register in the
proper registry or land titles office a preliminary plan, to be
known as and marked "Preliminary Plan" and being a plan
with or without local description, signed by the secretary of
the Commission and illustrating the location of the proposed
line and indicating by appropriate words thereon the nature
of the estate, right or interest being taken, and such prelimin-
ary plan when registered has the same force and effect as a
plan registered under subsection 1, but a plan in accordance
with subsection 1 shall be registered within two years after
the registration of the preliminary plan in substitution for the
preliminary plan. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 4, amended.
Notice of
expro-
priBtlon
10. — (1) Where a plan has been registered under section 9
and no agreement as to compensation has been made with the
owner, the expropriating authority may serve the owner,
and shall serve the registered owner, within thirty days after
the date of registration of the plan, with a notice of expro-
priation of his land, in the prescribed form, but failure to
serve the notice does not invalidate the expropriation.
Election oT
date for
compen-
sation
(2) Where a plan has been registered under section 9, the
registered owner may elect, by notice in writing served upon
the expropriating authority, within thirty days after the
owner was served with the notice under subsection 1, to have
the compensation to which he is entitled assessed,
(a) where there has been an inquiry, as of the date the
notice of hearing before the inquiry officer was
served;
(6) as of the date of the registration of the plan ; or
(c) as of the date on which he was served with the notice
of expropriation.
and, where the election is not made within the prescribed time,
the owner shall be deemed to have elected to have the com-
pensation assessed as of the date of the registration of the plan.
1962-63, c. 43, s. 5, amended.
Entry on
land for
appraisal
(3) An expropriating authority may, after it has served
notice of expropriation on the owner in possession of the lands
expropriated, and with the consent of the said owner, enter
on the expropriated lands for the purposes of viewing for
appraisal, but, where the consent of the owner is not given,
the expropriating authority may apply to the Board which
may, by order, authorize the entry upon such terms and
conditions as are specified in the order. New.
11. Where land is expropriated or is injuriously affected ®'''""'' '""
by a statutory authority, the statutory authority may, before
the compensation is agreed upon or determined, undertake to
make alterations or additions or to construct additional work
or to grant other lands, in which case the compensation shall
be determined having regard to such undertaking, and, if
the undertaking has not already been carried out, the Board
may declare that, in addition to the compensation determined,
if any, the owner is entitled to have such alteration or addition
made or such additional work constructed or such grant made
to him. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 6 (2), amended.
12. Section 21 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 ^TfJ"-"'^"^
applies in respect of the use of designated gas storage areas. X964. o. 74
1965, c. 38, s. 2, part, amended.
13. — (1) Where land is expropriated, the expropriating^°J'^p*"-
authority shall pay the owner such compensation as is deter-
mined in accordance with this Act. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 6 (1),
amended.
(2) Where the land of an owner is expropriated, the com- '•**•"
pensation payable to the owner shall be based upon,
(a) the market value of the land;
(6) the damages attributable to disturbance;
(c) damages for injurious affection; and
(d) any special difficulties in relocation,
but, where the market value is based upon a use of the land
other than the existing use, no compensation shall be paid
under clause b for damages attributable to disturbance that
would have been incurred by the owner in using the land for
such other use. New.
14. — (1) The market value of land expropriated is the^"e®'
amount that the land might be expected to realize if sold in
the open market by a willing seller to a willing buyer.
(2) Where the land expropriated is devoted to a purfX)se '''*'"
of such a nature that there is no general demand or market
for land for that purpose, and the owner intends in good
faith to relocate in similar premises, the market value shall be
deemed to be the reasonable cost of equivalent re-instatement.
10
Idem
Idem
Increase
by Board
Separate
Interests
(3) Where only part of the land of an owner is taken and
such part is of a size, shape or nature for which there is no
general demand or market, the market value and the injurious
affection caused by the taking may be determined by deter-
mining the market value of the whole of the owner's land and
deducting therefrom the market value of the owner's land
after the taking.
(4) In determining the market value of land, no account
shall be taken of,
(c) the special use to which the expropriating authority
will put the land;
(b) any increase or decrease in the value of the land
resulting from the imminence of the development in
respect of which the expropriation is made or from
any imminent prospect of expropriation;
(c) any increase in the value of the land resulting
from the land being put to a use that could be
restrained by any court or is contrary to law or is
detrimental to the health of the occupants of the
land or to the public health. New.
16. Upon application therefor, the Board shall, by order,
after fixing the market value of lands used for residential
purposes of the owner under subsection 1 of section 14,
award such additional amount of compensation as, in the
opinion of the Board, is necessary to enable the owner to
relocate his residence in accommodation that is at least
equivalent to the accommodation expropriated. New.
16. Where there are more separate interests than one in
land, other than the interest of a security holder or a vendor
under an agreement for sale, the market value of each such
separate interest shall be valued separately. New.
Interpre-
tation
Security
holders
17. — (1) In this section, "h)onus" means the amount by
which the amount secured under a mortgage exceeds the
amount actually advanced.
(2) Where land is subject to a security interest,
(a) the value of the interest of the security holder shall
be determined in accordance with this section and
section 20 and not otherwise; and
(b) the market value of the land shall be determined
without regard to the interest of the security holder
and the amount of such market value plus any
damages for injurious affection shall stand in place
of the land, for the purposes of the security.
11
(3) Security holders shall be paid the amount of principal J^^^j*""*
and interest outstanding against the security out of the market market
value of the land and any damages for injurious aflfection
payable in respect of the land subject to the security, in
accordance with their priorities, whether or not such principal
and interest is due and subject to subsections 4 and 5.
(4) Where the land is subject to a mortgage and the amount Bonus
payable to the mortgagee under subsection 3 is insufficient
to satisfy the mortgage in full,
(a) where the mortgage is a purchase-money mortgage,
the mortgage shall be deemed to be fully paid,
satisfied and discharged for all purposes; and
(b) where the mortgage is not a purchase-money mort-
gage and includes a bonus,
(i) the amount by which the amount payable to
the mortgagee under subsection 3 is in-
sufficient to pay the amount remaining unpaid
under the mortgage; or
(ii) the amount of the bonus,
whichever is the lesser, shall be deemed to be fully
paid and satisfied for all purposes.
(5) No amount shall be paid in respect of a bonus until all i''«'°
security holders have been paid all amounts payable other than
any bonus.
(6) Where land held as security is expropriated in part or is ^"*""
injuriously affected a security holder is entitled to be paid
to the extent possible in accordance with his priority, out of
the market value portion of the compensation and any dam-
ages for injurious affection therefor, as the case may be, a
sum that is in the same ratio to such portion of the compen-
sation and damages as the balance outstanding on the security
at the date of the expropriation or injurious affection is to
the market value of the entire land, provided however, that
the sum so determined shall be reduced by the amount of any
payments made to the security holder by the owner after the
date of expropriation or injurious affection. New.
18. — (1) The expropriating authority shall pay to an j^"""'"*^*
owner other than a tenant, in respect of disturbance, such "^'^''i^banoe :
' '^ ' owner other
reasonable costs as are the natural and reasonable conse- 'ban tenant
quences of the expropriation, including,
(a) where the premises taken include the owner's
residence,
12
Tenant
(i) an allowance to compensate for inconvenience
and the cost of finding another residence of
5 per cent of the compensation payable in
respect of the market value of that part of
the land expropriated that is used by the
owner for residential purposes, provided that
such part was not being offered for sale on the
date of the expropriation, and
(ii) an allowance for improvements the value of
which is not reflected in the market value of
the land;
(b) where the premises taken do not include the owner's
residence, the owner's costs of finding premises to
replace those expropriated, provided that the lands
were not being offered for sale on the date of ex-
propriation; and
(c) relocation costs, including,
(i) the moving costs, and
(ii) the legal and survey costs and other non-
recoverable expenditures incurred in acquiring
other premises.
(2) The expropriating authority shall pay to a tenant
occupying expropriated land in respect of disturbance so
much of the cost referred to in subsection 1 as is appropriate
having regard to,
(a) the length of the term ;
(6) the pwrtion of the term remaining;
(c) any rights to renew the tenancy or the reasonable
prospects of renewal ;
(d) in the case of a business, the nature of the business;
and
(e) the extent of the tenant's investment in the land.
New.
Businees
|0B8
19. — (1) Where a business is located on the land expro-
priated, the expropriating authority shall pay compensation
for business loss resulting from the relocation of the business
made necessary by the expropriation and, unless the owner
and the expropriating authority otherwise agree, the business
13
losses shall not be determined until the business has moved
and been in operation for six months or until a three-year
period has elapsed, whichever occurs first.
(2) The Board may, in determining compensation on the °°°*' "'"
application of the expropriating authority, or an owner,
include an amount not exceeding the value of the good will
of a business where the land is valued on the basis of its
existing use and, in the opinion of the Board, it is not feasible
for the owner to relocate. New.
20. Where a statutory authority prepays a mortgage in of^^ortTage
whole or in part, the statutory authority,
(c) shall pay to the mortgagee a bonus in respect of the
prepayment amounting to,
(i) three months interest on the amount of prin-
cipal prepaid at the rate of 6 per cent a year
or at such other rate as is prescribed by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council by regula-
tion, or
(ii) the value of any notice or bonus for prepay-
ment provided for in the mortgage,
whichever is the lesser;
{b) shall pay to the mortgagee where,
(i) the prevailing interest rate for an equivalent
investment is lower than the rate under the
mortgage, and
(ii) there is no provision in the mortgage per-
mitting prepayment at the date of the expro-
priation,
an amount to compensate for the difference in the
interest rates for the period for which the amount of
principal prepaid has been advanced, not to exceed
five years; and
(c) shall pay to the mortgagor whose interest is ex-
propriated an amount to compensate for any loss
incurred by reason of a difference in the interest
rates during the period for which the payment of
principal provided for in the mortgage has been
advanced, but such difference shall not be calculated
on a new interest rate any greater than the prevailing
interest rate for an equivalent mortgage. New.
14
Compen-
sation for
Injurious
affection
Claim for
compen-
sation for
injurious
affection
Idem,
where
owner
under
disability
21. A Statutory authority shall compensate the owner of
land for loss or damage caused by injurious affection. 1962-63,
c. 43, s. 6 (1), amended.
22. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, a claim for compensation
for injurious affection shall be made by the person suffering
the damage or loss in writing with particulars of the claim
within one year after the damage was sustained or after it
became known to him, and, if not so made, the right to
compensation is forever barred.
(2) Where the person who is injuriously affected is an
infant, a mental incompetent or a person incapable of manag-
ing his affairs, his claim for compensation shall be made within
one year after he ceased to be under the disability or, in the
case of his death while under the disability, within one year
after his death, and, if not so made, the right to compensation
is forever barred. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 7, amended.
2j5i^t 23. The value of any advantage to the land or remaining
damages j^nd of an owner derived from any work for which land was
expropriated or by which land was injuriously affected shall
be set-off only against the amount of the damages for injurious
affection to the owner's land or remaining lands. New.
Agreements 24. A Statutory authority has the authority to make and
perform an agreement with an owner in respect of any claim
of the owner under this Act, including any costs of the owner
and notwithstanding that this Act requires the claim to be
determined bv the Board. New.
Offer
25. — (1) Where no agreement as to compensation has been
made with the owner, the expropriating authority shall,
within three months after the registration of a plan under
section 9 and before taking possession of the land,
(a) serve ujxjn the registered owner,
(i) an offer of an amount in full compensation
for his interest, and
(ii) where the registered owner is not a tenant, a
statement of the total compensation being
offered for £ill interests in the land.
excepting compensation for business loss for which
the determination is postponed under subsection 1
of section 19; and
(b) offer the registered owner immediate payment of
100 per ceflt of the amount of the market value of
15
the owner's land as estimated by the expropriating
authority, and the payment and receipt of that sum
is without prejudice to the rights conferred by this
Act in respect of the determination of compensation
and is subject to adjustment in accordance with any
compensation that may subsequently be determined
in accordance with this Act or agreed upon. 1962-63.
c. 43, ss. 8 (1), 18, amended.
(2) The expropriating authority shall base its offer of com- fppP^gaf
pensation made under subsection 1 upon a report appraising ""^po""'
the market value of the lands being taken and damages for
injurious affection, and shall serve a copy of the appraisal
report upon the owner at the time the offer is made.
(3) The expropriating authority may, within the period ^f'^fime""
mentioned in subsection 1 and before taking possession of the
land, upon giving at least two days notice to the registered
owner, apply to the judge for an order extending any time
referred to in subsection 1, and the judge may in his order
authorize the statutory authority to take possession of the land
before the expiration of the extended time for serving the
offer or statement under clause a of subsection 1 upon such
conditions as are specified in the order. New.
(4) If any registered owner is not served with the offer fjfgg/ye
required to be served on him under subsection 1 within the
time limited by subsection 1 or by an order of a judge under
subsection 3, or by agreement, the failure does not invalidate
the expropriation but interest upon the unpaid portion of
any compensation payable to such registered owner shall be
calculated from the date of registration of the plan. 1962-63,
c. 43, s. 8 (1-3), amended.
26. Where the statutory authority and the owner have not pr'j,°eed?ng8,
agreed upon the compensation payable under this Act and in negotiation
the case of injurious affection, section 22 has been complied arbitration
with, or, in the case of expropriation, section 25 has been
complied with or the time for complying therewith has
expired,
(a) the statutory authority or the owner may serve
notice of negotiation upon the other of them and
upon the board of negotiation stating that it or he,
as the case may be, requires the compensation to be
negotiated under section 27; or
(6) where the statutory authority and the owner have
agreed to dispense with negotiation proceedings, the
statutory authority or the owner may serve notice
of arbitration upon the other of them and upon the
16
Board to have the compensation determined by
arbitration. 1965, c. 38, s. 2, pari, amended.
negotiation 27. — (1) A board of negotiation shall be established con-
sisting of two or more members appointed by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council, one of whom may be designated as
chairman.
Quorum
(2) Any two of the members of the board of negotiation
constitute a quorum and are sufficient to perform all the
functions of the board on behalf of the board.
Place of
sitting
(3) The board of negotiation may sit at any place in
Ontario.
Negotiation
of amount
of compen-
sation
(4) In any case in which a notice of negotiation is served,
the board of negotiation shall, upon reasonable notice to the
statutory authority and the owner, meet with them and,
without prejudice to any subsequent proceedings, proceed
in a summary and informal manner to negotiate a settlement
of the compensation.
Inspection
of iand
(5) Before or during the negotiation proceedings, the board
of negotiation shall inspect the land that has been expro-
priated or injuriously affected.
Where no
settlement
reached
(6) If the negotiation proceedings do not result in a settle-
ment of the compensation, the statutory authority or the
owner may serve notice of arbitration upon the other of them,
and upon the Board, stating that it or he, as the case may be,
requires the compensation to be determined by arbitration
as though the negotiation proceedings had not taken place.
1965, c. 38, s. 2, part, amended.
Land
Compensa-
tion Board
Qualifica-
tions of
chairman
and vice-
chairmen
Quorum
28. — (1) The Land Compensation Board is established and
shall be composed of a chairman and such number of vice-
chairmen and other members as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council considers advisable, all of whom shall be appointed
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
(2) The chairman and vice-chairmen shall be members of
the bar of one of the provinces of Canada.
(3) The chairman or a vice-chairman and two other mem-
bers of the Board constitute a quorum and are sufficient for the
exercise of all the jurisdiction and powers of the Board,
except that in matters respecting a claim for compensation
not exceeding $1,000, one member of the Board constitutes a
quorum and is sufficient for the exercise of all the jurisdiction
of the Board.
17
(4) The Board may, Pf°-«^,d
(a) administer oaths to witnesses and require them to
give evidence under oath;
(b) may issue summonses requiring the attendance of
witnesses and the production of documents and
things;
(c) hold sittings at any place in Ontario and in more
than one place at the same time.
(5) If any person,
(a) on being duly summoned as a witness before thcmentoT
Board makes default in attending; or summons
(b) being in attendance as a witness refuses to take an
oath legally required by the Board to be taken, or to
produce any document or thing in his power or
control legally required by the Board to be produced
by him, or to answer any question to which the Board
may legally require an answer; or
(c) does any other thing that would, if the Board had
been a court of law having power to commit for
contempt, have been contempt of that court,
a member of the Board may certify the offence of that person
under his hand to the High Court, and the court may there-
upon inquire into the alleged offence and after hearing any
witnesses who may be produced against or on behalf of the
person charged with the offence, and after hearing any state-
ment that may be offered in defence, punish or take steps for
the punishment of that person in like manner as if he had
been guilty of contempt of the court.
(6) Subject to the approval of the Lieutenant Governor in ^^''*'°*
Council, the Board shall make rules governing its practice procedure
and procedure and the exercise of its powers.
(7) A registrar and such other officers and employees of the ^n^'"*'"*''
Board as are considered necessary shall be appointed under *™P'°5^*e8
The Public Service Act, 1961-62. New. l^Vz'i'^'
29. — (1) At least fifteen days before the date fixed for the |^rp'{.'^«e^°''
hearing of an application before the Board, any party to the reports
application shall serve upon each other party a copy of any
appraisal report upon which it intends to rely at the hearing.
New.
Expert
(2) Where it is intended by a party to adduce evidence as as to
to compensation by persons entitled by law or custom to give sation
18
Duties of
Board
Record
Reasons
Reports
Stated
case
Order
directing
stated case
opinion evidence, not more than three such persons may be
called by either party without the leave of the Board. New.
30. — (1) The Board shall determine any compensation in
respect of which a notice of arbitration has been served upon
it under section 26 or 27, and, in the absence of agreement
determine any other matter required by this or any other Act,
to be determined by the Board.
(2) All oral evidence submitted before the Board shall be
taken down in writing and, together with such documentary
evidence and things as are received in evidence by the Board,
form the record.
(3) The Board shall prepare and furnish the parties to an
application with written reasons for its decision.
(4) The Board may prepare and periodically publish a
summary of such of its decisions and the reasons therefor, as
the Board considers to be of general public significance. New.
31.— (1) Where the jurisdiction of the Board or the valid-
ity of any decision, order, direction or other act of the Board
is called into question by any person affected, the Board,
upon the request of such jserson, shall state a case in writing
to the Court of Appeal setting forth the material facts and
the decision of the court thereon is final and binding.
(2) If the Board refuses to state a case, any person affected
may apply to the Court of Appeal for an order directing the
Board to state a case.
fta°yed'""'^' (3) Pending the decision of the stated case, no further
determined proceedings in respect of the application shall be taken by
the Board. New.
Appeals
Idem
Powers of
Court of
Appeal
32. — (1) An appeal lies to the Court of Appeal from any
determination or order of the Board.
(2) The practice and procedure as to the appeal and
proceedings incidental thereto are the same mutatis mutandis
as upon an appeal from the High Court, except that the appeal
may be taken at any time within six weeks from the day the
determination or order was served on the parties, and the
period of any vacation of the Supreme Court shall not be
reckoned in computing such six weeks.
(3) An appeal under subsection 1 may be made on questions
of law or fact or both and the Court of Appeal,
(a) may refer any matter back to the Board ; or
{b) may make any decision or order that the Board has
power to make,
19
and may exercise the same powers that it exercises on an
appeal from a judge of the High Court sitting without a jury.
(4) A judge of the Court of Appeal may extend the time ^f''*?^|'°"
for appeal for such period as he considers proper. 1962-63, f*"" appeal
c. 43, s. 11, amended.
33. — (1) Where the amount to which an owner is entitled costs
upon an expropriation is determined by the Board and the
amount awarded by the Board is 85 per cent, or more, of the
amount offered by the statutory authority, the Board shall
make an order directing the statutory authority to pay the
reasonable legal, appraisal and other costs actually incurred
by the owner for the purposes of determining the compen-
sation payable.
(2) Where the amount to which an owner is entitled upon an ^''e'"
expropriation is determined by the Board and the amount
awarded by the Board is less than 85 per cent of the amount
offered by the statutory authority, the Board may make such
order for the payment of costs on a party and party basis as
it considers appropriate. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 13, amended.
34. — (1) Subject to subsection 4 of section 25, the owner of interest
lands expropriated is entitled to be paid interest on the portion
of the market value of his interest in the land and on the
portion of any allowance for injurious affection to which he is
entitled, outstanding from time to time, at the rate of 6 per
cent a year calculated from the date the owner ceases to reside
on or make productive use of the lands.
(2) Subject to subsection 3, where the Board is of the J^terUt°" "^
opinion that any delay in determining the compensation is
attributable in whole or in part to the owner, it may refuse
to allow him interest for the whole or any part of the time
for which he might otherwise be entitled to interest, or may
allow interest at such rate less than 6 per cent a year as appears
reasonable.
(3) The interest to which an owner is entitled under sub- '***'"
section 1 shall not be reduced for the reason only that the
owner did not accept the offer made by the expropriating
authority, notwithstanding that the compensation as finally
determined is less than the offer.
(4) Where the Board is of the opinion that any delay in '''®™
determining compensation is attributable in whole or in part
to the expropriating authority, the Board may order the
expropriating authority to pay to the owner interest under
subsection 1 at a rate exceeding 6 per cent a year but not
exceeding 12 per cent a year. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 14, amended.
20
Abatement
of rent
35. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, where only part of the
interest of a lessee is expropriated, the lessee's obligation to
pay rent under the lease shall be abated pro tanto, as deter-
mined by the Board.
Frustration
of lease
(2) Where all the interest of a lessee in land is expro-
priated or where part of the lessee's interest is expropriated
and the expropriation renders the remaining part of the
lessee's interest unfit for the purposes of the lease, as deter-
mined by the Board, the lease shall be deemed to be frustrated
from the date of the expropriation. New.
Character
of compen-
sation
36. Where land has been expropriated, the compensation
stands in the stead of the land, and any claim to or en-
cumbrance on the land is, as respects the expropriating
authority, converted into a claim to or upon the compensation
and no longer aflfects the land. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 15 (1).
Payment
of compen-
sation not
exceeding
$1,000
37. Where the owner who is entitled to convey the land
that has been expropriated or injuriously affected and the
statutory authority agree as to the compensation or the
compensation has been determined and in either case it does
not exceed $1,000, the statutory authority may pay the com-
pensation to the owner who is entitled to convey the land,
saving always the rights of any other person to the compensa-
tion as against the person receiving it, and such payment
discharges the statutory authority from all liability in respect
of the compensation. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 15 (2).
Represen-
tative
38. Where an owner of the land is unknown, is under a
disability or for any other reason is not represented, a judge
of the Supreme Court may, after due notice to the persons
interested, appoint a person to represent such owner for any
of the purposes of this Act, and any action of a person so
appointed is binding on the person whom he represents.
1962-63, c. 43, s. 16.
Payment
into court
39. — (1) In any case where the statutory authority deems
it advisable, it may, without an order, pay the compensation
agreed upon or determined into the office of the Accountant
of the Supreme Court together with a sum equal to the
interest thereon at the rate of 6 per cent a year for six months.
Payment
out of
court
(2) Upon an application for payment out of court of com-
pensation paid into court, a judge of the Supreme Court
may direct that such notice of the application be given by
publication or otherwise as he deems proper and may direct
the trial of an issue or make such order with respect to the
payment out of court of comjiensation and as to costs as he
deems reasonable. .
21
(3) Where an order is obtained under subsection 2 in ^^ss ^f^^^^^^^^
than six months after the payment of the compensation into
court, the judge making the order may direct that a pro-
portionate part of the interest be returned to the statutory
authority.
(4) Where unborn issue or an unascertained person or class ^t>orn
is interested in compensation paid into court, a judge of the j^i^e^^^^^
Supreme Court may appoint such person as he deems proper
to represent them, and any order made under this section is
binding on them. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 17.
40. — (1) Where land that has been expropriated is vested ^'°|^^°"
in an expropriating authority and the expropriating authority f^j^"^
has served the registered owner with a notice that it requires
possession of the land on the date specified therein, the
expropriating authority, subject to any agreement to the
contrary and if no application is made under subsection 3,
shall take possession of the land on the date specified in the
notice.
(2) Subject to subsection 3, the date for possession shall be p^^^^^'ion
at least three months after the date of the serving of the
notice of possession.
(3) A registered owner or an expropriating authority may, j^?"™*"""
upon such notice as the judge directs, apply to a judge forppnement
an adjustment of the date for possession specified in the posseesion
notice of possession, and the judge, if he considers that under
all the circumstances the application should be granted, may
order that the date for possession shall be on such earlier or
later date as is specified in the order. 1962-63, c. 43, s. 19,
amended.
41. — (1) Where resistance or opposition is made to the y^*'"™^'^^'"
expropriating authority or any fjerson authorized by it inreeistance
entering upon, using or taking possession of land when it is etc.
entitled so to do, it may apply to a judge for a warrant
directing the sheriff to put down the resistance or opposition.
(2) The judge shall, in writing, appoint a time and place "•^'^n*
for the hearing of the application and in his appointment may
direct that it shall be served upon such person as he prescribes.
(3) On proof of the resistance or opposition, the judge r"^y^"r®aSt
issue a warrant.
(4) The sheriff shall forthwith execute the warrant and Return
make a return to the judge of the execution thereof. 1962-63,
c. 43, s. 20, amended.
22
meSto*"' 42.- (1) Where, at any time before the compensation
2ted°iSnd "P*'" '"^^ expropriation is paid in full, the land or any part
thereof is found to be unnecessary for the purposes of the
expropriated authority or if it is found that a more limited
estate or interest therein only is required, the expropriating
authority' shall so notify each owner of the abandoned land,
or estate or interest, who is served or entitled to be served
with the notice of expropriation, who may, by election in
writing,
(a) take the land, estate or interest back, in which case
he has the right to compensation for consequential
damages; or
(b) require the expropriating authority to retain the
land, estate or interest, in which case he has the
right to full compensation therefor. New.
Revesting (2) Where all the owners elect to take the land, estate or
interest back under clause a of subsection 1, the expropri-
ating authority may, by an instrument signed by it and
registered in the proper registry or land titles office and
served on each owner, declare that the land or part thereof is
not required and is abandoned by the expropriating authority
or that it is intended to retain only such limited estate or
interest as is mentioned in the instrument, and thereupon,
(a) the land declared to be abandoned revests in the
owner from whom it was expropriated and those
entitled to claim under him; or
(b) in the event of a limited estate or interest only being
retained by the expropriating authority, the land so
revests subject to such limited estate or interest.
1962-63, c. 43, s. 21 (1), amended.
Disposal of
expropri-
ated lands
Time for
appliration
43. Where lands that have been expropriated and are in
the possession of the expropriating authority, are found by
the expropriating authority to be no longer required for its
purposes, the expropriating authority shall not, without the
approval of the approving authority, dispose of the lands
without giving the owners from whom the land was taken the
first chance to repurchase the lands on the terms of the best
offer received by the expropriating authority. .Vew.
44. Any application to set aside or quash any proceeding
or step taken under this Act shall be made within thirty days
after the proceeding or step in respect of which the application
IS made, but this section does not apply where the applicant
was entitled to and not given notice of the proceeding or
step or where the proceeding or step was a nullity. Ne^v.
23
45. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make ^®«"''"°"*
regulations,
(a) prescribing rates of interest for the purposes of
section 20;
(b) prescribing forms for the purposes of this Act and
providing for their use;
(c) prescribing procedures respecting applications to and
hearings by inquiry officers and boards of nego-
tiation. New.
46. — (1) This Act applies in respect of expropriations for ^•^^jjgfjnl"
which a plan has not been registered under section 4 of /"/[g proceedings
Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63 before this Act conies c. '43 '
into force, and an expropriation for which a plan has been
registered under section 4 of the said Act before this Act comes
into force shall be continued in accordance with The Expro-
priation Procedures Act, 1962-63, except that where the com-
pensation has not been agreed upon between the parties and
no evidence has been heard by a tribunal under The Expro-
priation Procedures Act, 1962-63, other than the lx)arci of
negotiation, sections 13 to 21, 22>, 24, 29, 33, 34, 35 and 42
apply thereto.
(2) Until section 28 is proclaimed in force, the Ontario i^-^^J.;^- '° *>•
Municipal Board shall be deemed to be the Land Com- Land
,, , .-. Compen-
pensation Board. New. sation
Board
47. The Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63, Thel^W-^^-
Expropriation Procedures Amendment Act, 1965 and 7'/(ei965,'c. 38;
Expropriation Procedures Amendment Act, 1966 are repealed, repealed
48. — (1) This Act, except section 28, comes into force on ^°J^'.'"®"'^^"-
the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 28 comes into force on a day to be named by '''"'"
the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
49. This Act may be cited as The Expropriations .4f/, «hort iitie
1968-60.
00
2;
5B
X
>
H
a
n
r>
n
3
n
00
a
o
ft
3
00
H
sr
X
TJ
•1
O
■o
■-I
p'
0'
3
en
>
n
o
00
I
BILL 6
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
Mr. Deans
TORONTO
Priniki) anh Published by Frank F<)(;<;, Qukkn's Printer
EXPLANATOKY NOTE
The Bill empowers nninicipalities to control rents.
BILL 6 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Municipal Act is amended by adding thereto the^|^^- ^^^o,
following section : a'menoled
378a.— (1) In this section, tauon""'"
(a) "lease" means an enforceable contract for the
tenancy of living accommodation for a term
of one month, or longer, whether expressed or
implied;
(6) "rent", when used as a noun, means any pay-
ment or benefit in consideration for the occu-
pation of living accommodation.
(2) By-laws may be passed by the councils of local ^^.^L^b"""""'
municipalities, including metropolitan and regional
municipalities but not the area municipalities thereof:
1. Providing for the controlling of leases and
rents for living accommodation, or any class
thereof.
2. For establishing a rent control board and em-
powering the board to determine by order the
maximum rents that may be charged, subject
to the by-laws, and providing for procedures
respecting the functions of the board, in-
cluding hearings and appeals to the county or
district court.
(3) Any person who contravenes a by-law passed under p®"*"^
subsection 2 or any order of the rental control board
established under such by-law is guilty of an offence
and, on summary conviction, is liable to a fine of not
more than $2,000.
commeiKo- 2. This Act comes into force on the da\ it receives Royal
ment
Assent.
Short title 3. ihis Act may Ix; cited as The Municipal Amendment
Act, l'>6S-6i).
i
>
a
>
z
y
0
o
<
»
t\j
2
k*..
5
■X
s
^
^
2
S
a.
a
a.
-J
2.
f
>
BILL 7
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Appointment of a
Commissioner to investigate Administrative
Decisions and Acts of Officials of the Govern-
ment of Ontario and its Agencies, and to
define the Commissioner's Powers and Duties
5 Mr. Singer
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 7
1968-69
An Act to provide for the Appointment of a
Commissioner to investigate Administrative
Decisions and Acts of Officials of the Govern-
ment of Ontario and its Agencies, and to
define the Commissioner's Powers and Duties
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act,
Interpre-
tation
(a) "agency" means an agency of the Government of
Ontario ;
(b) "Commissioner" means the Commissioner of the
Legislature appointed under this Act;
(c) "department" means a department of the Govern-
ment of Ontario;
(d) "minister" means a member of the Executive
Council.
2. There shall be appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in ^SSt'"*"
Council on the recommendation of the Assembly as an officer
of the Legislature a commissioner, to be called the Commis-
sioner of the Legislature, who shall exercise the powers and
perform the duties specified in this Act.
3. The Commissioner shall not be a member of the 2° '"^'''|.
Assembly and shall not hold any office of trust or profit, o'^'ce
other than his office as Commissioner, or engage in any occupa-
tion for reward outside the duties of his office.
4. — (1) The recommendation for the appointment of theo^mce" ""^
Commissioner shall be made in the first session of every
Legislature.
Re-appoint-
ment
Resignation
(2) Unless his office sooner becomes vacant, every jjerson
apix)inted as Commissioner shall hold office until his successor
is appointed, and every such person may from time to time be
re-appointcd.
(3) The Conmiissioner may at any time resign his office
by a writing addressed to the Sjieaker of the Assembly or,
if there is no Speaker or if the Sjjeaker is absent from Ontario,
to the Clerk of the AssembK-.
Removal
from office
5. — (1) The Commissioner may at any time be removed
or suspended from his office by the Lieutenant Governor in
Council on the recommendation of the Assembly for disability,
neglect of duty, misconduct or upon a bankruptcy.
Suspension
when
Legislature
not in
session
Filling of
vacancy
(2) At any time when the Legislature is not in session, the
Commissioner may be suspended from his office by the Lieu-
tenant Governor in Council for disability, neglect of duty, mis-
conduct or upon a bankruptcy proved to the satisfaction of
the Lieutenant Governor in Council, but any such suspension
shall not continue in force beyond the end of the next ensuing
session of the Legislature.
6. — (1) If the Commissioner dies, retires, resigns or is
removed from office, the vacancy thereb>' created shall be
filled in accordance with this section.
When
Legislature
in session
(2) If a vacancy in the office of Commissioner occurs at
any time while the Legislature is in session, it shall be filled
by the appointment of a Commissioner by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council on the recommendation of the Assembly,
but, if the vacancy occurs less than one month before the end
of that session and no such recommendation is made in that
session, subsection 3 applies as if the vacancy had occurred
while the Legislature was not in session.
When
Legislature
not in
session
(3) If such a vacancy occurs at any time while the Legis-
lature is not in session, the Lieutenant Governor in Council
may appoint a Commissioner to fill the vacancy, and the
person so appointed shall, unless his office sooner becomes
vacant, hold office until his appointment is confirmed by the
Assembly, and, if the appointment is not so confirmed within
two months after the commencement of the next ensuing
session, the appointment lapses, and there shall be deemed to
be another vacancy in the office of Commissioner.
Oath of
oBlce
7. — (1) Before entering upon his duties, the Commissioner
shall take an oath that he will faithfully and impartially per-
form the duties of his office and that he will not, except in
accordance with subsection 3 of section 16, divulge any infor-
mation received by him under this Act.
(2) The oath shall be administered by the Speaker of the ^^^"^
Assembly or by the Clerk of the Assembly.
8. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, the Commissioner may^'^"^
appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary for
the efficient carrying out of his functions under this Act.
(2) The number of persons that may be appointed under'''®'"
this section, whether generally or in respect of any specified
duties or class of duties, shall from time to time be determined
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
0. — (1) The principal function of the Commissioner is to '^""''' °"*
investigate any decision or recommendation made, including
any recommendation made to a minister, or any act done or
omitted, relating to a matter of administration and affecting
any person or body of persons in his or its personal capacity,
in or by any department or agency, or by any officer, employee
or member thereof in the exercise of any power or function
conferred on him by any Act.
(2) The Commissioner may make any such investigation ?|5'^^j'j'°"j°J,
either on a complaint made to him by any person or of his own
motion, and he may commence any such investigation not-
withstanding that the complaint may not on its face be
against any such decision, recommendation, act or omission
as aforesaid.
(3) Without limiting subsection 1, any committee of the ^®^';5!,''j*[g'^*'
Assembly may at any time refer to the Commissioner, for
investigation and report by him, any petition that is before
that committee for consideration or any matter to which the
petition relates, and, in any such case, the Commissioner shall,
subject to any special directions of the committee, investigate
the matters so referred to him so far as they are within his
jurisdiction and make such report to the committee as he
thinks fit, but nothing in section 12, 17 or 18 applies in respect
of any investigation or report made under this subsection.
(4) The powers and duties conferred on the Commissioner po^'s^jj^^
by this Act may be exercised and performed notwithstanding paramount
any provision in any Act to the effect that any decision,
recommendation, act or omission mentioned in subsection 1
is final, or that no appeal lies in respect thereof, or that no
proceeding or decision of the person or organization whose
decision, recommendation, act or omission it is shall be
challenged, reviewed, quashed or called in question.
(5) Nothing in this Act authorizes the Commissioner to^™|ijg
investigate, Jurisdiotion
(a) any decision, recommendation, act or omission in re-
spect of which there is under any Act a right of appeal
or objection or a right to apply for a review on the
merits of the case to any court or to any tribunal
constituted by or under any Act, whether or not
that right of appeal or objection or application has
been exercised in the particular case and whether
or not any time prescribed for the exercise of that
right has expired; or
(b) any decision, recommendation, act or omission of
any person acting as a solicitor for the Crown or
acting as counsel for the Crown in relation to any
proceedings.
Determina-
tion of
Jurisdiction
(6) If any question arises as to whether the Commissioner
has jurisdiction to investigate any case or class of cases under
this Act, he may, if he thinks fit, apply to the Supreme Court
for a declaratory order determining the question.
Guide
rules
10. — (1) The Assembly may from time to time, if it
thinks fit, make general rules for the guidance of the Com-
missioner in the exercise of his functions, and may at any
time in like manner revoke or vary any such rules.
Publication
of reports
(2) Any such rules may authorize the Commissioner from
time to time, in the public interest or in the interests of any
person or department or agency, to publish reports relating
generally to the exercise of his functions under this Act or to
any particular case or cases investigated by him, whether or
not the matters to be dealt with in any such report have been
the subject of a report to the Assembly under this Act.
Publication
of rules
(3) All such rules shall be printed and published.
Mode of
complaint
11. — (1) Every complaint to the Commissioner shall be
made in writing.
IjOtters
to be
forwarded
R.S.O.
cc. 30"
1960,
. 236
Commis-
sioner may
refuse to
investigate
complaint
(2) Notwithstanding any Act, where a letter written by
any person in custody on a charge or after conviction of any
offence, or by any inmate of any private sanitarium within
the meaning of The Private Sanitaria Act or an institution
within the meaning of The Mental Hospitals Act, is addressed
to the Commissioner, it shall be immediately forwarded,
unopened, to the Commissioner by the person for the time
being in charge of the place or institution where the writer
of the letter is detained or of which he is an inmate.
12. — (1) If in the course of the investigation of any com-
plaint it appears tothe Commissioner,
(a) that under the law or existing administrative practice
there is an adequate remedy, other than the right to
petition the Legislature, for the complainant, whether
or not he has availed himself of it; or
(b) that, having regard to all the circumstances of the
case, any further investigation is unnecessary,
he may in his discretion refuse to investigate the matter
further.
(2) Without limiting the generality of the powers con- '*'®'"
ferred on the Commissioner by this Act, the Commissioner
may in his discretion decide not to investigate, or, as the case
may require, not to further investigate, any complaint if it
relates to any decision, recommendation, act or omission of
which the complainant has had knowledge for more than
twelve months before the complaint is received by the Com-
missioner, or if in his opinion,
(o) the subject-matter of the complaint is trivial;
(b) the complaint is frivolous or vexatious or is not made
in good faith; or
(c) the complainant has not a sufficient personal inter-
est in the subject-matter of the complaint.
(3) In any case where the Commissioner decides not toi<*»™
investigate or further investigate a complaint, he shall inform
the complainant of his decision, and he may, if he thinks fit,
state his reasons therefor.
13. — (1) Before investigating any matter under this Act, j'J°J^'2mtion
the Commissioner shall inform the deputy minister of the
department affected, or, as the case may require, the ad-
ministrative head of the agency affected, of his intention to
make the investigation.
(2) Every investigation by the Commissioner under this i° private
Act shall be conducted in private.
(3) The Commissioner may hear or obtain information from info"nat'on
such persons as he thinks fit, and he may make such inquiries
as he thinks fit.
(4) It is not necessary for the Commissioner to hold any Hearings
hearing and no person is entitled as of right to be heard by
the Commissioner, but, if at any time during the course of
an investigation it app»ears to the Commissioner that there
Consulta-
tions
Idem
may be sufficient grounds for his making a report or recom-
mendation that may adversely affect any department, agency
or person, he shall give to that department, agency or person
an opportunity to be heard, and at any such hearing the
department, agency or person is entitled to counsel.
(5) The Commissioner may in his discretion, at any time
during or after any investigation, consult any minister who is
concerned in the matter of the investigation.
(6) On the request of any minister in relation to an investi-
gation or in any case where an investigation relates to any
recommendation made to a minister, the Commissioner shall
consult that minister after making the investigation and be-
fore forming a final opinion on any of the matters referred to
in subsection 1 or 2 of section 17.
(7) If, during or after any investigation, the Commissioner
is of opinion that there is evidence of any breach of duty or
misconduct on the part of any officer or employee of any
department or agency, he shall refer the matter to the appro-
priate authority.
?f*procedure (^) Subject to this Act and any rules made under section 10,
the Commissioner may regulate his procedure in such manner
as he thinks fit.
Misconduct
Evidence
Power
to take
evidence
on oath
14. — (1) Subject to this section and section 15, the Com-
missioner may from time to time require any person who in
his opinion is able to give any information relating to any
matter that is being investigated by him to furnish to him
any such information and to produce any such document,
paper or thing that in his opinion relates to any such matter
and that may be in the possession or under the control of such
person, whether or not such person is an officer, employee or
member of a department or agency, and whether or not such
document, paper or thing is in the custody or under the control
of any such department or agency.
(2) The Commissioner may summon before him and
examine on oath,
(a) any person who is an officer or employee or member
of any department or agency and who in the Com-
missioner's opinion is able to give any information
mentioned in subsection 1 ;
(b) any complainant; or
(c) with the prior approval of the Minister of Justice
and Attorney General in each case, any other person
who in the Commissioner's opinion is able to give
such information,
and for that purpose may administer an oath.
k
(3) Subject to subsection 4, no person who is bound by ^amtafn
any Act to maintain secrecy in relation to, or not to disclose, secrecy
,11, •, , -r • paramount
any matter shall be required to supply any information to or
answer any question put by the Commissioner in relation to
that matter, or to produce to the Commissioner any docu-
ment, paper or thing relating to it, if compliance with that
requirement would be in breach of the obligation of secrecy or
non-disclosure.
(4) With the prior consent in writing of a complainant, any '''^'"
person to whom subsection 3 applies may be required by the
Commissioner to supply information or answer any question
or produce any document, paper or thing relating only to the
complainant, and it is the duty of the person to comply with
such requirement.
(5) Every person has the same privileges in relation to the Privilege
giving of information, the answering of questions and the
production of documents, papers and things under this Act
as witnesses have in any court.
(6) Except on the trial of a person for perjury, no statement ad^misaible""*
made or answer given by that or any other person in thee'^ewhere
course of any inquiry by or any proceedings before the Com-
missioner is admissible in evidence against any person in any
court or at any inquiry or in any other proceedings, and no
evidence in respect of proceedings before the Commissioner
shall be given against any person.
(7) No person is liable to prosecution for an offence against pr^cution
any Act by reason of his compliance with any requirement of
the Commissioner under this section.
15.— (1) Where the Minister of Justice and Attorney J}'8^'°|^^™
General certifies that the giving of any information or the matters not
answering of any question or the production of any document, required
paper or thing might involve the disclosure of,
(a) the deliberations of the Executive Council; or
(b) proceedings of the Executive Council, or any com-
mittee thereof, relating to matters of a secret or
confidential nature, and would be injurious to the
public interest,
the Commissioner shall not require the information or answer
to be given or, as the case may be, the document, paper or
thing to be produced, but shall report the giving of such a
certificate to the Legislature.
8
Rule aa to
privileged
documents,
etc., does
not,«pply
(2) Subject to subsection 1 , the rule of law that authorizes
or requires the withholding of any document, paper or thing,
or the refusal to answer any question, on the ground that the
disclosure of the document, paper or thing or the answering
of the question would be injurious to the public interest, does
not apply in respect of any investigation by or proceedings
before the Commissioner.
Secrecy iQ, — (1) The Commissioner and every person holding any
office or appointment under him shall maintain secrecy in
respect of all matters that come to their knowledge in the
exercise of their functions.
*-***•* (2) Every person holding any office or appointment under
the Commissioner shall, before he begins to perform his duties
under this Act, take an oath, to be administered by the
Commissioner, that he will not divulge any information re-
ceived by him under this Act except for the purpose of giving
effect to this Act.
Exception ^3) Notwithstanding subsection 1, the Commissioner may
disclose in any report made by him under this Act such
matters as in his opinion ought to be disclosed in order to
establish grounds for his conclusions and recommendations.
after*'*"™ 17. — (1) This section applies in every case where, after
inveBtigation piaking any investigation under this Act, the Commissioner is
of opinion that the decision, recommendation, act or omission
that was the subject-matter of the investigation,
(o) appears to have been contrary to law;
(b) was unreasonable, unjust, oppressive, improperly
discriminatory or was, in accordance with a rule of
law or a provision of any Act or a practice that is or
may be unreasonable, unjust, oppressive or im-
properly discriminatory;
(c) was based wholly or partly on a mistake of law or
fact; or
(d) was wrong.
(2) This section also applies in any case where the Com-
missioner is of opinion that in the making of the decision or
recommendation, or in the doing or omission of the act, a
discretionary power has been exercised for an improper pur-
pose or on irrelevant grounds or on the taking into account of
irrelevant considerations, or that, in the case of a decision
made in the exercise of any discretionary power, reasons
should have been given for the decision.
Idem
(3) If in any case to which this section applies the Coni-OP'°'j°°{^
missioner is of opinion, reported to
'^ department
(a) that the matter should be referred to the appropriate
authority for further consideration;
(b) that the omission should be rectified;
(c) that the decision should be cancelled or varied ;
(d) that any practice on which the decision, recommenda-
tion, act or omission was based should be altered;
(e) that any law on which the decision, recommenda-
tion, act or omission was based should be recon-
sidered ;
(/) that reasons should have been given for the decision ;
or
(g) that any other steps should be taken,
the Commissioner shall report his opinion and his reasons
therefor to the appropriate minister and to the department or
agency concerned, and may make such recommendations as
he thinks fit, and in any such case he may request the depart-
ment or agency to notify him, within a specified time, of the
steps, if any, that it proposes to take to give effect to his recom-
mendations.
(4) If within a reasonable time after the report is made no Report to
.... , ^ . . Cabinet and
action IS taken that seems to the Commissioner to be Assembly
adequate and appropriate, the Commissioner, in his discretion,
after considering the comments, if any, made by or on behalf
of the department or agency affected, may send a copy of
the report and recommendations to the Lieutenant Governor
in Council and may thereafter make such report to the
Legislature on the matter as he thinks fit.
(5) The Commissioner shall attach to every report sent or J'"®™
made under subsection 4 a copy of any comments made by or
on behalf of the department or agency concerned.
(6) Notwithstanding anything in this section, the Com-Con»ment
missioner shall not, in any report made under this Act, make to person
any comment that is adverse to any person unless the person
has been given an opportunity to be heard.
18.— (1) Wliere on any investigation under this Act the fo°^P'*'"*°'
Commissioner makes a recommendation under subsection 3 informed of
^ . . , ^ . . result of
ot section 17 and no action that seems to the Commissioner to inveetigation
10
be adequate and appropriate is taken thereon within a reason-
able time, the Commissioner shall inform the complainant of
his recommendation and make such comments on the matter
as he thinks fit.
Idem
(2) The Commissioner shall in any case inform the com-
plainant, in such manner and at such time as he thinks proper,
of the result of the investigation.
Private
clause
19. No proceedings of the Commissioner shall be held
bad for want of form and, except on the ground of lack of
jurisdiction, no proceedings or decision of the Commissioner
shall be challenged, reviewed, quashed or called in question
in any court.
Proceedings
privileged
20. — (1) No proceedings lie against the Commissioner or
against any person holding any office or appointment under
the Commissioner for anything he may do or report or say in
the course of the exercise or intended exercise of his functions
under this Act, unless it is shown that he acted in bad faith.
compellable ^^^ Neither the Commissioner nor any person holding any
as witnesses office or appointment under the Commissioner shall be called
upon to give evidence in any court or in any proceedings of a
judicial nature in respect of anything coming to his knowledge
in the exercise of his functions under this Act.
Privilege (3) Anything said or any information supplied or any docu-
ment, paper or thing produced by any person in the course of
any inquiry by or proceedings before the Commissioner under
this Act is privileged in the same manner as if the inquiry or
proceedings were proceedings in a court.
Idem
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 211
(4) For the purposes of The Libel and Slander Act, any
report made by the Commissioner under this Act shall be
deemed to be privileged, and a fair and accurate report in a
newspaper or a broadcast shall be deemed to be privileged.
Power
to enter
premises
21. — (1) For the purposes of this Act but subject to this
section, the Commissioner may at any time enter upon any
premises occupied by any department or agency and inspect
the premises and, subject to sections 14 and 15, carry out
therein any investigation that is within his jurisdiction.
Notice
(2) Before entering upon any such premises, the Commis-
sioner shall notify the deputy minister of the department or,
as the case may require, the administrative head of the
agency that occupies the premises of his intention so to do.
11
22. — (1) With the prior approval of the Lieutenant Cover- ^j.e^«g^|j:^"
nor in Council, the Commissioner may from time to time, by
writing under his hand, delegate to any person holding any
office under him any of his powers under this Act, except this
power of delegation and the power to make any report under
this Act.
(2) Any such delegation may be made to a specified person po^^re"™
or to the holder for the time being of a specified office or to the ^e^eeated
holders of offices of a specified class.
(3) Every such delegation is revocable at will, and no such revocable""
delegation prevents the exercise of any power by the Com-
missioner.
(4) Any such delegation may be made subject to such re- f gfg"^® °(o„a
strictions and conditions as the Commissioner thinks fit, and
may be made either generally or in relation to any particular
case or class of cases.
(5) Until any such delegation is revoked, it continues inj^'f^of
, ... ,•, ri,^ • delegations
force according to its tenor and, in the event of the Commis-
sioner by whom it was made ceasing to hold office, continues
to have effect as if made by his successor.
(6) Any person purporting to exercise any power of the fe^egated °^
Commissioner by virtue of such a delegation shall, when powers
required to do so, produce evidence of his authority to exercise
the power.
23. Without limiting his right to report at any other repSrf'
time, but subject to subsection 6 of section 17 and to any rules
made under section 10, the Commissioner shall in each year
make a report to the Legislature on the exercise of his functions
under this Act.
24. Every person commits an offence against this Act^'^®"'^^
and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than
$500 who,
(a) without lawful justification or excuse, wilfully
obstructs, hinders or resists the Commissioner or any
other person in the exercise of his powers under this
Act;
(b) without lawful justification or excuse, refuses or
wilfully fails to comply with any lawful requirement
of the Commissioner or any other person under this
Act; or
12
(c) wilfully makes any false statement to or misleads or
attempts to mislead the Commissioner or any other
person in the exercise of his powers under this Act.
Provisions
are In
addition
to other
laws
25. The provisions of this Act are in addition to the pro-
visions of any other Act or any rule of law under which any
remedy or right of appeal or objection is provided for any
person or any procedure is provided for the inquiry into or
investigation of any matter, and nothing in this Act limits or
affects any such remedy or right of appeal or objection or
procedure.
Short title
26. This Act may be cited as The Commissioner of the
Legislature Act, 1968-69.
Z
Q
PI
>i
8
^s»
>3
o
<
n
3
zr
n
00
J^
3
0«
§-§
o 3
a3
n rt>
:t> 3
3 f^
'^ o
3 ffi O
S 3 5-
cr. 3
» 5 ii.
o
3
1) ft
o 3
^ Q,
2 «
O "to
03 o
(T> 3 "^
Q. 2. rl-
u> cn O
2 o"o
3 = 2
<" X o
p ^ S.
3 r-f CL
D. O <»
> 3 O
a < ^
o £•"
^ (" >
o > 9.
"3.3
O 3 ni
"< w 3
rt cr "^
3- p o
I
BILL 8
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to relieve Medical Practitioners, Registered
Nurses and Others from Liability in respect of Voluntary
Emergency First Aid and Medical Services
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Pkinteo and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
liXI'LANATORY NOTE
I'he purpose of this Bill is to relieve medical practitioners, registered
nurses and others from liability in respect of voluntary emergency first aid
assistiince or medical services rendered at or near the scene of an accident
or other sudden emergency.
BILL 8 1968-69
An Act to relieve Medical Practitioners,
Registered Nurses and Others from Liability
in respect of Voluntary Emergency First Aid
and Medical Services
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, {"ter?"-
(a) "medical practitioner" means a person who is regis-
tered as a medical practitioner under The Medicalf-^^- ^^eo,
Act;
(b) "registered nurse" means a person who is registered
as a nurse under The Nurses Act, 1961-62. o^lo"^^'
2. Where, in respect of a person who is ill, injured or un- Relief from
conscious as the result of an accident or other sudden emer-for
damages
gency,
(ffl) a medical practitioner or registered nurse voluntarily
and without expectation of compensation or reward
renders emergency medical services or first aid
assistance and such services or assistance are not
rendered at a hospital or other place having adequate
medical facilities and equipment; or
(6) a person other than a person mentioned in clause a
voluntarily renders emergency first aid assistance
and such assistance is rendered at the immediate
scene of the accident or emergency,
the medical practitioner, registered nurse or other person shall
not be liable for damages for injuries to or the death of such
person alleged to have been caused by an act or omission on
his part in rendering the medical services or first aid assistance,
unless it is established that the injuries or death were caused
by gross negligence on his part.
8
Act does
not apply
to normal
medical
services
3. Nothing in section 2 shall be deemed to relieve a medical
practitioner from liability for damages for injuries to or the
death of any person caused by an act or omission on the part
of the medical practitioner in respect of medical services
rendered b>- him in the normal and ordinary course of his
practice.
Commence-
ment
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
5. This Act may be cited as The Voluntary Emergency First
Aid and Medical Services Act, 1968-69.
i
On
00
en
a
c
r
S
>
>3
a
%
n
3
■-I
to
Cn
00
>3
8
-• 3 -1 "^
?^s -
s:^ = St
p rt ^ (T»
a. c^ o.
o' 3 O o
{(^'< ^ t;
S f* 3 S-
orq 2
fs _ 3
<
BILL 9
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Public Utilities Act
Mr. Deans
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Xote
The Bill prohibits security deposits for the supplying of a public
utility.
I
a
BILL 9 1968-69
An Act to amend The Public Utilities Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 4 of section 50 of The Public Utilities Act^f;^'^^^^'
, c. 335, 8. 50,
IS repealed and the following substituted therefor: Bubs. 4,
re-enacted
(4) No corporation shall require any person to givefl^^'^^g
security or make any other payment in advance as
a condition to the supplying of any public utility to
any building or premises or to the carrying of the
public utility into the building or premises.
2. Section 1 applies to security given or payments made in Application
advance being held by the corporation immediately before
this Act comes into force.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commence-
-' ^ ment
Assent.
4. This Act may be cited as The Public Utilities Amendment short title
Act, 1968-69.
a
2!
1
>i
>i
1
1
««.
t*.
.^
>
3
>
0
rt
<-*•
0
2;
£
0
3
<
f»
rt
3
3
to
a
>3
K3
3"
c
W
2
NO
n'
g
>
n
BILL 10
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Coroners Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
Self-expIanator>-.
10
BILL 10 1968-69
An Act to amend The Coroners Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Coroners Act is amended by adding thereto the R|-0- i^^o,
following section: amended
34a. Any person whose conduct is relevant to an inquest ^^iJ^^^g^"^
or who might be aflfected by the verdict of an in- person
... . . . . to adduce
quest IS entitled to cross-examme any witness giving evidenre
evidence at the inquest and to call and examine
witnesses in his own behalf, personally or through
counsel, subject to the evidence so adduced being
relevant, as determined by the coroner.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^°™™^"''^"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Coroners Amendment ^c/, short title
1968-69.
10
>
3
>
o
r^
z
c
O
o
2
»
3
3
S
3
Q.
Crt
R-
I
i
i
8
1
K9
1
a
>
(XS
o^s
"
»«
n
•z.
o
3
3
>
o
BILL 11
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to establish the Universities Commission
Mr. Reid (Scarborough East)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to establish an independent Universities
Commission containing representation from the government, universities
and the community to allocate the grants of public money and act in an
inter-university advisory capacity.
11
BILL 11 1968-69
An Act to establish the
Universities Commission
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
Interpre-
tation
1. In this Act,
(a) "Commission" means the Universities Commission
established under section 2;
(b) "university" means a university established by an
Act of the Legislature and includes Queen's Uni-
versity.
2. — (1) A commission is established to be known as the commTMi'on
Universities Commission, composed of fifteen members of ««''»*'"«'>«<*
whom,
(a) three shall be appointed by the Lieutenant Governor
in Council for a term of two years;
(b) seven shall be appointed jointly by the governing
bodies of each university in Ontario for a term of
three years ; and
(c) five shall be appointed for a term of two years by
the members appointed under clauses a and b and
who shall not be employed in the public service of
Ontario or on the staff of a university in Ontario or a
member of the governing body of a university in
Ontario.
(2) Any member whose term of office has expired is eligible Re- , ^
, ^ ' ■' . ^ " appointment
tor re-appomtment.
(3) Where the office of a member of the Commission be- vacancies
comes vacant before the expiration of his term, the body that
appointed him may appoint another person to hold office as
a member for the unexpired portion of the term.
11
Chairman
Quorum
Procedures
(4) The members of the Commission shall elect a chairman
from among themselves.
(5) Ten members constitute a quorum of the Commission.
(6) The Commission may make by-laws governing its own
procedures.
Functions 3, — (J) fi^n moneys appropriated by the Legislature for
Commission university purposes shall be paid to the Commission, which
shall distribute the moneys to such universities, for such
purposes and in such amounts as the Commission determines.
Idem
(2) The Commission shall study methods of co-ordination
and co-operation among universities and make recommenda-
tions therefor.
Employees 4. — (1) The Commission may employ such persons as it
deems necessary for its purposes and may determine their
terms of employment, remuneration and other benefits.
Idem
(2) The persons employed in the Department of University
Affairs immediately before this Act comes into force shall be
offered employment by the Commission upon the coming into
force of this Act upon the same terms of employment and for
the same remuneration and other benefits as they were entitled
to immediately before this Act comes into force.
Application (3) ffig Public Service Superannuation Act applies to the
I960, c. 332 employees of the Commission in the same manner as to a
civil servant.
Report
5. The Commission shall make a repxjrt annually to the
Provincial Secretary upon the affairs of the Commission and
the Provincial Secretary shall submit the report to the
Lieutenant Governor in Council and shall then lay the report
before the Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next
ensuing session.
Audit Q, The accounts and financial transactions of the Com-
mission shall be audited annually by the Provincial Auditor.
Department
of
University
Affairs
dissolved
Moneys
appropri-
ated for
1968-69
7. — (1) The Department of University Affairs is dissolved.
(2) The moneys appropriated by the Legislature for the
year from the 1st day of April, 1968 to the 31st day of March,
1969 for the purposes of the Department of University
Affairs shall be deemed to have been appropriated for the
purposes of the Commission.
11
8. The Department of University Affairs Act, 1964 isi364 c 24,
repealed.
9. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of July, 1969. Sent""*""^'
10. This Act may be cited as The Universities Commission ^'"""^ ""*
Act, 1968-69.
11
.ViV"
t
vO
00
^
p
g*
2
SB
o
'
c
crq
73
3-
5
S^
5
>3
t\j
I i. 3 I
S
UK,
=r
«
C
>
3_
3
«
>
*^
o
r*
f-f
r*
S'
o
at
n
n
01
o
!»
3
2
3
m'
ET
S
5'
9
BILL 12
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Ben
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Qveen's Printer
BILL 12 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. 2'he Highway Traffic Act is amended b>' adding thereto ^f,.^- ^^®°'
the following sections: amended
48a. — (1) Where a motor vehicle permit is issued after l°k ''°°'^
the 1st day of September, 1969, for a motor vehicle
for which no permit has been previously issued, the
Department shall issue, with the permit, a log book
in the form prescribed by the regulations and the
fact of its issuance shall be noted on the permit.
(2) No person shall operate on the highway a motor }'n' ^'^°^
vehicle for which a log book has been issued unless ^®'''^'*
the log book accompanies the vehicle.
(3) Where a registered owner of a motor vehicle for which ^^i^^^^^
a log book has been issued transfers his ownership,
he shall, at the time of a transfer of ownership,
note in the log book the total number of miles
travelled by the vehicle.
(4) Every person who makes repairs to a motor vehicle J^pa?i^°/nd
for which a log book has been issued, or who examines of'^oad*'^
such motor vehicle for mechanical defect, shall note worthiness
in the log book any repairs made and shall certify
in the log book whether or not the motor vehicle is
roadworthy.
(5) No person shall operate a motor vehicle on the "fPyemde
highway where the last certificate given under sub- ^"^^j""^^^"^"
section 4 does not certify that the motor vehicle is
roadworthy.
486.— (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make ^**"'""°"'
regulations prescribing the form of log books and the
entries that shall be made therein.
12
OfTenoes (2) Every person who contravenes any provision of
section 48a or of the regulations made under sub-
section 1 is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000.
Commence- 2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of September,
1969.
Short title 3^ -pj^jg j^^^ ^^y ^ ^ijgj ^ ■pf^g Highway Traffic Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
12
O
OO
JO
a
M
2!
S
%
n
3
•n
to
O
On
00
>3
!«1
H
sr
«
?
>
3
a-
>
«
o
rr
(a
o
H
p
"1
3
n
s
o
a.
>
o
r*
BILL 13
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Human Rights Code, 1961-62
Mr. Ben
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
KXPLA.N'ATORY NOTE
The amendment makes the provision prohibiting discrimination in
employment apply to domestic employment and to religious, philanthropic
and educational non-profit organizations, which are at present excluded.
i
13
BILL 13
1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Human Rights Code, 1961-62
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 4 of section 4 of The Ontario Human J^ightsl^^^-*^^'^
Code, 1961-62, as amended by section 2 of The Ontario Iluman^^bs' -*■
Rights Code Amendment Act, 1967, is repealed and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
(4) This section does not apply to an exclusively frater- of'sertTon*"'
nal or social organization that is not operated for
private profit or to an organization that is operated
primarily to foster the welfare of an ethnic group and
that is not operated for private profit.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ,„gm
Assent.
Commenie-
3. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Human /eig/i/j short title
Code Amendment Act, 1968-69.
13
H
3-
rt
c
(-f
9)
"1
;^
5'
o
<
:c>
u>
t\>
2
t^
2 3
■^
;?
a:
^
5 >
R.
a.
cr
"^
y n
5"
DO
5,
2
a.
3 r-
7q' t:
V.
a'
OC
iy«
mend
Ins Code, 1961-62
BILL 14
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Election Act
Mr. Young
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogc, Qukkx's 1'rinter
Explanatory Note
The purpose of this Bill is to reduce the age of persons who may vote
at provincial elections from twenty-one years to eighteen years.
14
I
BILL 14
1968-69
An Act to amend The Election Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Clause a of paragraph 1 of subsection 1 of section RS-O. i960.
17 of The Election Act is amended by striking out "twenty- siibs. i, '
one" and inserting in lieu thereof "eighteen". amended' "'
(2) Paragraph 2 of subsection 1 of the said section 17 ,^ fi^;^^J?;
is amended by striking out "twenty -one" in the eighth line^^^'^a^'
and inserting in lieu thereof "eighteen". amended
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment'"'"''''
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Election Amendment Act,»^»it utie
IU6S-69.
14
o
a
25
C
5
ens
2^-
o
<
<\<
n
k««
^
^
to
•-i-
^
*><
1^
■^
a.
a'
O
ON
OC
3'
{
BILL 15
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Water Resources Commission Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to prevent eutrophication of watercourses.
i
15
BILL 15 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Water Resources Commission Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Ontario Water Resources Commission Act is amended ^'^g?; ^^*'°'
by adding thereto the following section : amended
27a. Every person who sells or offers for sale any detergent dttergents
that contains a polyphosphate is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $1,000.
2. The Ontario Water Resources Commission Act is amended ^fg?' ^*®°'
by adding thereto the following section: amended
31a. Every municipal sewage works that empties effluent ^g*^^®^!^
into a lake, river, stream or other water or water- to remove
1 II . I 1 /n phosphates
course shall so treat the sewage that the eftluent
does not contain any phosphate that is chemically
capable of being removed.
3. — (1) This Act, except section 2, comes into force on the ^°^j'"®"°*"
1st day of September, 1969.
(2) Section 2 comes into force on the 1st day of January, '*'*'"
1970.
4. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Water Resources ^''°'"' ""*
Commission Amendment Act, 1968-69.
15
C/5
a
c
r
s.
>
a
a.
a
o
<;
n
O"
n
vO
00
H
=p
rt
O p 3
3 ° S
c
"t
o
rt
0)
BILL 16
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Hurricane Relief Fund Act, 1955
Mr. Bales
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment increases, effective the 1st day of August, 1968, the
pensions of dependent widows and children in accordance with the in-
creased rates for widows and children provided by The Workmen's Com-
pensation Act, as amended by The Workmen's Compensation Amendment
Act, 1968.
16
BILL 16 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Hurricane Relief Fund Act, 1955
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection la of section 1 of The Ontario Hurricane ^^^^' °:^^!,
S. 1, BUbS. 2d
Relief Fund Act, 1955, as enacted by section 1 of The Ontario (1964, o. 77,
Hurricane Relief Fund Amendment Act, 1964, is repealed and re-enacted
the following substituted therefor:
(2a) Notwithstanding subsection 2 and the agreement ^^"Jf^g®"'
entered into thereunder, the amount of assistance ^^j^^j^^^
and relief for dependent widows and children,
efTective from the 1st day of August, 1968, shall be
in such amounts and subject to such terms, condi-
tions and limitations as are provided by section 37
of The Workmen's Compensation Act, as amended ^43°- ^^^°'
by section 7 of The Workmen's Compensation Amend- 1968, c. 143
ment Act, 1968.
2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the ment™*"^*
1st day of August, 1968.
3. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Hurricane Relief short title
Fund Amendment Act, 196S-69.
16
00
>
r
z
o
Cm
ts»
ko..
>t
8
3
Co
;^
R.
cr
Jo
>}
£?
?0
1
8
00
rr
p-
1
c
>
3.
3
o
>
P
o
3
<-f
rtl
cf
2.
0
P
3
n'
n
•^»
3
Tl
a
c
3
H
a.
3-
^
o
r^
3
r*
O
»
2
tn
5'
Cn
BILL 16
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Hurricane Relief Fund Act, 1955
Mr. Bales
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
I
1
BILL 16 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Hurricane Relief Fund Act, 1955
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2a of section 1 of The Ontario Hurricane l^^^-^-.^^k
s. 1, subs. 2a
Relief Fund Act, 1955, as enacted by section 1 of The Ontario (i964, o. 77,
Hurricane Relief Fund Amendment Act, 1964, is repealed and re-eiiaoted
the following substituted therefor:
(2a) Notwithstanding subsection 2 and the agreement '^^jX®^^!g^"*
entered into thereunder, the amount of <issistance^^?|^^gj^
and relief for dependent widows and children,
effective from the 1st day of August, 1968, shall be
in such amounts and subject to such terms, condi-
tions and limitations as are provided by section 37
of The Workmen's Compensation Act, as amended J.^f^y' ^^"^
by section 7 of The Workmen's Compensation Amend- loes. c. 143
ment Act, 1968.
2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the ^ent"^^"^*'
1st day of August, 1968.
3. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Hurricane Relief short title
Fund Amendment Act, 1968-69.
16
133
>
a
n
n
n
3
-I
o
o
a.
a
0^5
a
2:
^
§
n
3
3
Jo
s.
-t
■n
(fc
t-^
S
to
s
o
^.
00
ft-
«*
O"
a
3"
a
t— k
t_^
o
o
1>
o
00
00
c
>
-1
3
T
n'
>
M
O
r^
s
r*
0
?3
2.
p
3
C fl
a.
S
>
n
0
3
r^
o
(yi
5'
BILL 17
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Milk Act, 1965
Mr. Stewart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The purpose of the section is to clarify the methods by
which The Ontario Milk Marketing Board may carry out its functions in
accordance with the intent and purpose of the Act and The Ontario Milk
Marketing Plan.
Section 2. Self-explanatory.
17
BILL 17 1968-69
An Act to amend The Milk Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 8 of The Milk Act, 1965 is amended by adding i8®|' ^ g
thereto the following subsection: amended
(6a) Where the Commission authorizes a marketing ^"^"r'kg^ing
board to exercise any of the powers mentioned in J"" mike
subsection 1, the marketing board, in the exercise of '■egu'ationB
such powers, may make regulations or orders or
issue directions.
a.— (1) Each of the following regulations: ?e*c1ar2d°"*
valid and
binding
1. Ontario Regulation 294/65, as amended by
Ontario Regulations 160/66, 201/66, 261/66,
390/66, 194/67, 58/68 and 216/68.
2. Ontario Regulation 52/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulation 131/68.
3. Ontario Regulation 68/68 as amended by
Ontario Regulation 336/68.
4. Ontario Regulation 69/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulation 220/68.
5. Ontario Regulation 70/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulations 130/68, 221/68 and
292/68.
6. Ontario Regulation 71/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulation 132/68,
17
1965, c. 72
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 349
Powers
not
limited
(a) shall be deemed to have been made under The
Milk Act, 1965, as amended by this Act;
{b) is hereby declared valid and binding for all intents
and purposes; and
(c) shall be deemed to have been valid and binding for
all intents and purposes from the date on which the
regulation was filed under The Regulations Act.
(2) Nothing in subsection 1 limits the power of The Milk
Commission of Ontario or The Ontario Milk Marketing
Board, as the case may be, to amend or revoke any regulation
mentioned in subsection 1.
Commence-
ment
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
4. This Act may be cited as The Milk Amendment Act,
1968-69.
17
k
>
9
>
CO
M
s:
1
^
>1
1
rk.
«*.
8
8
era
I ^
3 S*
rr ^
to
3- I'
o
00
p
3
n
3
a
H
^
NO
BILL 17
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
I
An Act to amend The Milk Act, 1965
Mr. Stewart
{Reprinted as amended by the Agriculture and Food Committee)
TORONTO
Printkd and Published by Frank Fogc, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The purpose of the section is to clarify the methods by
which The Ontario Milk Marketing Board may carry out its functions in
accordance with the intent and purpose of the Act and The Ontario Milk
Marketing Plan.
Section 2. Self-explanatory.
17
BILL 17 1968-69
An Act to amend The Milk Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 8 of The Milk Act, 1965 is amended by adding Jf?!; g g
thereto the following subsection : amended
(6a) Where the Commission authorizes a marketing ^f"^^^'"^^5^,„
board to exercise any of the powers mentioned in^o^aj^e
subsection 1, the marketing board, in the exercise of regulations
such powers, may make regulations or orders or
issue directions.
2.— (1) Each of the following regulations: S^c'JaiSd"""'
valid and
1. Ontario Regulation 294/65, as amended by
Ontario Regulations 160/66, 201/66, 261/66,
390/66, 194/67, 58/68 and 216/68.
2. Ontario Regulation 52/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulation 131/68.
3. Ontario Regulation 68/68 as amended by
Ontario Regulation 336/68.
4. Ontario Regulation 69/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulation 220/68.
5. Ontario Regulation 70/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulations 130/68, 221/68 and
292/68.
6. Ontario Regulation 71/68, as amended by
^^ Ontario Regulation 132/68,
shall be deemed to have been made under The Milk Act, 1965,
as amended by section 1 of this Act, and shall be deemed to
have been filed under The Regulations Act on the day of actual ^•f4^' ^^^°-
filling. ^^^%
17
Powers (2) Nothing in subsection 1 limits the power of The Milk
limited Commission of Ontario or The Ontario Milk Marketing
Board, as the case may be, to amend or revoke any regulation
mentioned in subsection 1.
Commence- 3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
ment •
Assent.
Short title 4. This Act may be cited as The Milk Amendment Act,
1968-69.
17
1
a.
§.
a.
D
5
H
>
a.
**.
a
»5)
tsj
n
3
1
3
1
i.
00
3"
^.
r-f
s
sr
^ ■
(^
"
o
3
OO
s
Jc
>
3
>
n
3
3
a
H
>
BILL 17
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Milk Act, 1965
Mr. Stewart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by F"rank Kogc;, Queen's Printer
BILL 17 1968-69
An Act to amend The Milk Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 8 of The Milk Act, 1965 is amended by adding JP72', ■. 8.
thereto the following subsection : amended
(6a) Where the Commission authorizes a marketing ^f"^°^''^^^j„j
board to exercise any of the powers mentioned int°"ake
subsection 1, the marketing board, in the exercise ofreeuiatiom
such powers, may make regulations or orders or
issue directions.
2.— (1) Each of the following regulations: JeXrSd""'
valid and
1. Ontario Regulation 294/65, as amended by
Ontario Regulations 160/66, 201/66, 261/66.
390/66, 194/67, 58/68 and 216/68.
2. Ontario Regulation 52/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulation 131/68.
3. Ontario Regulation 68/68 as amended by
Ontario Regulation 336/68.
4. Ontario Regulation 69/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulation 220/68.
5. Ontario Regulation 70/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulations 130/68, 221/68 and
292/68.
6. Ontario Regulation 71/68, as amended by
Ontario Regulation 132/68,
shall be deemed to have been made under The Milk Act, 1965,
as amended by section 1 of this Act, and shall be deemed to
have been filed under The Regulations Act on the day of actual ^•34^- ^^*°'
filling.
17
Powers (2) Nothing in subsection 1 limits the power of The Milk
limited Commission of Ontario or The Ontario Milk Marketing
Board, as the case may be, to amend or revoke any regulation
mentioned in subsection 1.
Commence- 3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
ment ,
Assent.
Short title 4, This Act may be cited as The Milk Amendment Act,
1968-69.
17
h
>
3
>
»
H
P)
>
7)
H
2
3
■1
o
>3
n
3
S3.
1
35
5J
to
00
1
vO
o-o
1-^
»«
»<a
vO
00
00
o
p
5
re
3
a
re
>
o
o
On
BILL 18
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Game and Fish Act, 1961-62
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fo«g, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Adds definition of leg-hold or steel-jaw trap.
Section 2. Prohibits the trapping of game by a leg-hold or steel-jaw
trap, or b\- any other trap, snare or device of a design not approved by the
Minister.
Section 3. Provides for regulations governing the approval of traps,
snares or other devices.
18
I
BILL 18 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Game and Fish Act, 1961-62
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 1 of The Game and Fish Act, 1961-62, asj.^t|;^g2'^_
amended by section 1 oi The Game arul Fish Amendment Act, ^'^^^^^'^
1964, is further amended by adding thereto the following
paragraph :
14a. "leg-hold or steel-jaw trap" means any trap or
device that depends for its use or any part of its use
on holding game by limb, tail or other extremity in
such a way as to inflict pain or suffering upon the
game or to cause it to inflict pain upon itself, other
than that incidental to immediate death.
2. The Game and Fish Act, 1961-62 is amended by adding J^^l'^^,
thereto the following section: ainended
276. No person shall trap or attempt to trap game by the^^g*'"'''
use of a leg-hold or steel-jaw trap or by the use of any steei-jaw
other trap, snare or device except of a design that
has been approved for the purpose by the Minister.
3. Section 84 of The Game and Fish Act, 1961-62, 2isl^\\-X's4.,
amended by section 7 of The Game and Fish Amendment /lei, amended
1962-63 and section 11 of The Game and Fish Amendment Act,
1966, is further amended by adding thereto the following
paragraph :
7. for the purposes of section 276, providing for the
granting of approvals to designs of traps, snares and
other devices.
4. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the ment'"*"''*"
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
5. This Act may be cited as The Game and Fish Amend- s^ort title
ment Act, 1968-69.
I 18
H!
■■S" TT
JO
C/3
a
c
r
S
>
z
2;
0
<
ft
3
to
a.
>3
1
to
s
00
&
a'
=r
S
0^5
0
00
(As
H
3*
n
O
3 >
n 3
§ >
o
0^
to
BILL 19
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Governing Bodies of Universities
Mr. Reid (Scarborough East)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Foog, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill reconstructs the governing bodies of universities, replacing
boards of governors and senates with one governing council having demo-
cratic representation of undergraduate and post-graduate students,
faculty members, alumni (who would include the public community) and
the administrative staff, and including other appointed and ex officio
members representing governmental links.
19
BILL 19 1968-69
An Act to provide for
the Governing Bodies of Universities
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, l-lt;r-
(a) "part-time student" means a student enrolled in a
university for part-time attendance in a course
leading to a degree;
(b) "university" means a university established by an
Act of the Legislature.
2. Notwithstanding any general or special Act, the govern- councUs"*
ing body of every university shall be known as the Governing established
Council.
3. — (1) The Governing Council shall consist of not fewer tiorTo"*'
than forty and not more than forty -eight members as follows: °°"""'
1. One member who shall be appointed by the Lieu-
tenant Governor in Council during pleasure.
2. The member of the Legislature and the member of
the House of Commons of Canada in whose riding
the main administrative structures of the university
are situate, who shall be ex officio members.
3. The head of the council of the local municipality in
which the main administrative structures of the
university are situate, or a person designated by him.
4. Eleven or twelve members who are professors or
associate professors of the university who shall be
elected every four years by the professors and asso-
ciate professors.
5. Eleven or twelve members who are full-time members
of the faculty of the university, other than professors
19
and associate professors, who shall be elected every
four years by the members of the faculty who are
full-time employees other than professors and
associate professors.
6. Six to eight members who are undergraduate, post-
graduate and part-time students of the university
each elected by the undergraduate, post-graduate
and part-time students, respectively, for a term of
one year and the number of members in each cate-
gory shall be determined by the Governing Council
as nearly as is practicable in the proportion of their
enrolment in the university, except that the (Govern-
ing Council may fix an equivalent of more than one
part-time student to one undergraduate or post-
graduate student for the purpose.
7. Five to seven members who shall be elected every
four years by the graduates of the university.
8. One or two members who are full-time employees
on the administrative staff of the university who
shall be elected every four years by the full-time
employees of the administrative staff.
9. The President of the university, who shall be an
ex officio member, and one or two persons who shall
be nominated by the President.
Determina- (2) The Governing Council shall determine the numbers of
number members for the purposes of paragraphs 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of
subsection 1.
student (3) The elections for each of the categories of the members
referred to in paragraph 6 of subsection 1 shall be conducted
at the expense of the university by the student organization
containing the largest membership of that category of
students enrolled in the university, and the records and facili-
ties of the university shall be made available to the student
organization conducting the election to the extent necessary
to prepare voters' lists and conduct the elections.
eierUons (4) The Governing Council shall conduct the elections
referred to in paragraphs 4, 5, 7 and 8 of subsection 1 and the
ballot for the election referred to in paragraph 7 shall be
taken b\' mail.
\'aoancies
(5) An elected member who loses his eligibility for election
while he is in ofifice shall vacate his ol'tice, and where the
ofifice of an elected member becomes vacant for this or any
19
other reason before the expiration of his term, the remaining
members elected by the same electors shall appoint a person
who is eligible to be a candidate for election to the office to
be a member for the remainder of the unexpired term.
4. — (1) All meetings of the Governing Council shall be meetings
open to the public, except that the Governing Council may,
by resolution, exclude any persons other than members of
the faculty, the administrative staff or the student body
from a meeting.
(2) All expenditures of or liabilities incurred by a university ^"0''°"^*"
shall be authorized by the Governing Council at a meeting ®JP®g"<*'-
of the Council sitting as a whole.
5. — (1) The board of governors and senate, or any corre- J}'|x'iitfng"
spending body, of every university are dissolved. bodfeB"'"^
(2) All the powers and duties vested in the board ofduulTof"'*
governors and senate, or any corresponding bodies, of each Council
university are vested in the Governing Council established
under this Act.
6. — (1) The first elections referred to in subsection 1 of Hy^t'ong
section 3 shall be conducted before the 1st day of November,
1969 by the board of governors of the university, or any
corresponding body, and subject to subsection 2, the provisions
of this Act applying to governing councils respecting the
conduct of elections apply to the said board of governors for
the purpose.
(2) For the purposes of the first elections, the numbers'*'®'"
of members referred to in paragraphs 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of
subsection 1 of section 3 shall be either the minimum or the
maximum number prescribed, as determined by the board
of governors.
7. Every university shall have a President appointed ^"^'''°"*
during pleasure by the Governing Council of the university.
8.— (1) This Act, except sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, comes Sent'"^"''^"
into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7 come into force on the 1st day ''*®'"
of November, 1969.
9. This Act may be cited as The Universities Act, 1968-69.
Short title
19
%
I.
JO
?0
M
3
?
O
c
=r
M
p
en
o
n
o
S
3
to
g-
n
>3
g
N)
§
a.
3
a.
s
a.
1-*
a'
0X1
3*
n
O
o
<
n
>
3
>
0-13
?^
3 O
n
ft
01
BILL 20
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ophthalmic Dispensers Act, 1960-61
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
Self-explanatory.
20
BILL 20 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ophthalmic Dispensers Act, 1960-61
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Ophthalmic Dispensers Act, 1960-61 is amended byi^so-Gi.
adding thereto the following section : ainerided
216. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Act or^|i',®,°^
any other general or special Act, no person shall "J^j^J^ls
offer for sale or sell spectacles or eyeglasses having prohibited
frames made of cellulose nitrate.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal c^omnie'iL*-
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Ophthalmic Dispensers ^^""^^ ""*
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
20
o
»
G
r
o
=r
rf
O*
3 §•
Uj
3
re
3
Co
"■>
a.
a
to
3
1
ct to amend
Dispensers A<
BILL 21
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Air Pollution Control Act, 1968-69
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Kogc;, Queen's Pkintkr
Explanatory Note
This Bill is based upon the principles of a local law of the City of
New York passed in 1966.
21
BILL 21 1968-69
The Air Pollution Control Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
^ T 1 • « Interpre-
1. In this Act, tation
(a) "Act" includes the regulations;
(b) "air contaminant" means any particulate matter or
any gas or any combination thereof, other than
water vapour or natural air;
(c) "bituminous coal" has the meaning given by the
regulations ;
(d) "combustion controller" means a control apparatus
that automatically maintains the proper fuel-to-air
ratio for optimum combustion of fuel;
(e) "control apparatus" means any device that prevents
or controls the emission of any air contaminant;
(/) "Department" means the Department of Health;
(g) "emission" means dispersion into the open air;
(h) "equipment" means any device that is capable of
causing the emission of an air contaminant into the
open air, and includes a stack, conduit, flue, duct,
vent or similar device connected or attached to, or
serving equipment;
(i) "equipment used in a manufacturing process" means
any equipment in which the preponderance of the
air contaminant emitted is caused by the manufac-
turing process;
21
{j) "fuel-burning equipment" means any furnace, boiler,
water heater, device, mechanism, stack, structure,
oven, stove, kiln, still or other apparatus that is
used in the process of burning fuel or a similar
combustible material, other than a motor vehicle;
(k) "gas" means a formless fluid that occupies space and
that can be changed to a liquid or solid only by
increased pressure with decreased or controlled tem-
perature or by decreased temperature with increased
or controlled pressure;
^•|^0- ^960, (/) "local board" has the meaning given it in The De-
partment of Municipal Affairs Ad;
(m) "motor vehicle" means any equipment that is
prop)elled by an internal combustion engine in or
upon which a person or material may be transported
on the ground;
(w) "municipality" includes a metropolitan munici-
pality;
(o) "particulate matter" means any liquid, other than
water, or any solid that is so finely divided as to be
capable of becoming wind-blown or being suspended
in air;
(p) "portable equipment" means any equipment that is
designed to be transported from place to place for
temporary operation;
f'soi'^^'^^^' ^5^ "professional engineer" means a person who is reg-
istered or licensed under The Professional Engineers
Act;
(r) "regulations" means the regulations made under
this Act;
(s) "residual fuel oil" has the meaning given by the
regulations;
(/) "vapour" means any material in a gaseous state
that is formed from a substance, usually a liquid,
by an increase in temperature.
and d'uties ^' "'^"^ °^ ^^^ powers conferred upon the Department and
any of the duties imposed upon the Department by this Act
may be exercised or jaerformed, as the case may be, by the
-Minister of the Department or by any one or more officials
of the Department. whom he may designate for the purpose.
21
3. No person shall construct, install or alter any equip- ^^^'1^''^''°"
ment or control apparatus of any kind in any structure, tio". permits,
other than in a one or two family dwelling, until an applica-and control
tion, including plans and specifications, has been filed ^j^h ^pp^'"^*^"»
the Department and an installation or alteration permit has
been issued thereupon by the Department.
4. — (1) No person shall use or cause to he used an\- new 'ertmeates,
or altered equipment for which an installation or alteration ^'f^'J^.^^'i
permit was required or issued until an operating certificate sQuipment
has been issued therefor by the Department.
(2) No operating certificate or renewal thereof required by J^^^j'jj^^g
this Act shall be issued by the Department unless the applicant precedent
shows to the satisfaction of the Department that the equip-
ment is designed to operate without causing a contravention
of this Act and that the equipment incorporates advances in
the art of air pollution control developed for the kind and
amount of air contaminant emitted by the applicant's equip-
ment.
(3) Before an operating certificate or any renewal thereof J^s^T'
is issued, the Department may require the applicant to con-
duct such tests as are in the opinion of the Department
necessary to determine the kind or amount of the air contam-
inant emitted from the equipment or whether the equipment
or fuel or the operation of the equipment contravenes this
Act, and such tests shall be made at the expense of the ap-
plicant and shall be conducted in a manner approved by the
Department and the results of the tests shall be reviewed
and certified by a professional engineer.
(4) An operating certificate and any renewal thereof isJer1?[''
valid for a period of three years from the date of issuance,
unless it is sooner suspended or revoked.
(5) Upon receipt of an application for an operating permit Jemporary
or a renewal thereof, the Department may issue a temporary certiflcates
operating certificate valid for a period of not more than
sixty days.
5. — (1) Commencing one year after this Act comes into j^^}^'^»f
force, no person shall cause or permit the use or operation fuel oil
f r 1 1 • . . • . 1 ,. , ., ., equipment,
ol luei burning equipment using residual fuel oil until an operating
operating certificate has been issued therefor by the Depart- ™'^"''''*'®^
ment.
(2) A certificate shall not be issued under subsection 1 ^recedent^
unless the applicant's fuel burning equipment includes the ^"^'^j^,"^,! °/
installation and use of a combustion controller, an automatic
21
oil temperature maintenance device and an automatic water
temperature maintenance device, or the equivalent of such
devices, and, in addition thereto, such other requirements as
the Department may specify.
coaT'burning C-^) Commencing two years after this Act comes into force,
oparaUng'' "° person shall cause or permit the use or operation of fuel
certificates burning equipment using coal as fuel until an operating
certificate has been issued therefor by the Department.
Conditions
precedent
to issue of
certificate
(4) A certificate shall not be issued under subsection 3
unless the applicant's fuel burning equipment includes the
installation and use of a combustion controller and an auto-
matic water temperature maintenance device, or the equiv-
alent of such devices, in addition to such other requirements
as the Department may specify.
Existing
refuse
burning
equipment,
operating
certificates
6. — (1) Commencing one year after this Act comes into
force, no person shall cause or permit the use or operation of
refuse burning equipment in any structure, other than in a
multiple dwelling of six storeys or less, until an operating
certificate therefor has been issued by the Department.
Idem,
multiple
dwellings
of six
storeys
or less
(2) Commencing two years after this Act comes into force,
no person shall cause or permit the use or operation of refuse
burning equipment in any multiple dwelling of six storeys
or less until an operating certificate has been issued therefor
by the Department.
Conditions
precedent
to issue of
certificate
(3) A certificate shall not be issued under this section
unless the applicant's refuse burning equipment includes the
installation and use of an auxiliary gas burner regulated by
automatic firing clocks, an overfire air fan and nozzle system
and control apparatus, such as a scrubber, or the equivalent
of such devices, and, in addition thereto, such other require-
ments as the Department may specify.
Manufac-
turing
processes,
operating
certificates
7. Commencing one year after this Act comes into force,
no person shall cause or permit the emission of any sulphur
compound in the form of a gas, vapour or otherwise, from
equipment used in a manufacturing process until an operating
certificate has been issued therefor by the Department.
Portable
equipment,
operating
certificates
8. Commencing one year after this Act comes into force,
no person shall cause or permit the op>eration of portable
equipment powered by an internal combustion engine, other
than a motor vehicle, at any one location for a continuous
period of ten days or more until an operating certificate
has been issued therefor b>' the Department.
21
9. No person shall cause or permit to be operated any |^J^^j?*'^|^j
equipment or process that is in existence when this Act
comes into force except in accordance with this Act.
10. — (1) No person shall cause or permit the use of fuel content^
that contains more than the following percentages of sulphur restrfcted
bv weight:
1. F"or a period of two years and four months com-
mencing eight months after this Act comes into
force,
i. coal, 2.2 per cent,
ii. residual fuel oil, 2.2 per cent.
2. For a period of two years commencing three years
after this Act comes into force,
i. coal, 2.0 per cent,
ii. residual fuel oil, 2.0 f>er cent.
3. After the period mentioned in item 2 expires,
i. coal, 1.0 per cent,
ii. residual fuel oil, 1.0 per cent.
(2) Upon the application of any person engaged in the certiflcates
operation of fuel burning equipment using coal or residual exemption
fuel oil as a fuel, the Department may issue a certificate of
exemption from the sulphur content restrictions of this
section if the applicant proves to the satisfaction of the
Department that the fuel burning equipment is operated in
such a manner or is equipped with such control apparatus as
to continuously prevent the emission of any sulphur com-
pound or compounds in amounts greater than those that
would be emitted from the burning in the same fuel burning
equipment without such control apparatus of coal or residual
fuel oil containing an amount of sulphur by weight not in
excess of the maximum permitted at the applicable time by
this section.
(3) As a condition for the issuance or renewal of a certi- ^f°P^^'^°2|
ficate of exemption, the applicant must, at his own expense,
install scientific monitoring devices capable of continuously
recording emissions of sulphur compounds and must submit
the records thereof to the Department each day.
21
Prohibition
and
penalty
(4) No person shall cause or permit the emission of any
sulphur compounds or compounds in an amount in excess of
that permitted by the terms of a certificate of exemption
issued under this section and, in the event of a contravention
of this subsection, the Department may, as an alternative
or in addition to any other penalty that may be imposed,
suspend or revoke the certificate of exemption or take such
other action as may be deemed to be appropriate.
"cerukcate of (5) A certificate of exemption or any renewal thereof is
exemption valid for a period of one \ear from the date of issuance
unless it is sooner suspended or revoked.
Temporary
certificates
of
exemption
(6) Upon the application of any person engaged in the
operation of fuel burning equipment using coal or residual
fuel oil as fuel, the Department may issue a temporary
certificate of exemption from the sulphur content restrictions
of this section if the applicant proves to the satisfaction of
the Department that the application is for the purpose of
conducting an experimental operation prior to the submission
of an application for a certificate of exemption.
(7) A temporary certificate of exemption is valid for a
Term of
temporary
exemption ^"^ pjcriod of three months from the date of issuance unless it is
sooner suspended or revoked and may be renewed once only
for an additional period of three months.
Conditions
of issuance
(8) As a condition to the issuance or renewal of a temporary
certificate of exemption, the applicant must at his own
expense install scientific monitoring devices capable of con-
tinuously recording emissions of sulphur compounds and must
submit the records thereof to the Department each day.
Bituminous
coal, use
restricted
11. — (1) Commencing three years after this Act comes
into force, no person shall use bituminous coal in fuel burning
equipment until he installs, uses and continuously maintains
control apparatus certified by a professional engineer as
capable of continuously preventing the emission of at least
99 per cent of all solid particulate matter that would other-
wise be emitted from the use of bituminous coal in the fuel
burning equipment.
Conditions
for con-
tinued use
(2) As a condition for continued use of bituminous coal
under this Act, the Department may require,
(a) the semi-annual submission of a statement by a
professional engineer certifying to the continued
99 per cent efticienc>' of the control apparatus; and
21
{b) the installation at the expense of the operator of
scientific monitoring devices capable of continuously
recording emissions of particulate matter or gases
and the submission of a statement of the information
so recorded.
(3) Notwithstanding subsections 1 and 2, commencing two ^^^j.^^^J'^
years after this Act comes into force, no person shall use
bituminous coal in fuel burning equipment for the purpose
of providing heat or hot water for any structure or building
or any part thereof, but this prohibition does not apply to
fuel burning equipment operated for the purpose of generating
steam for ofT-premises sale, to which operation subsections
1 and 2 apply.
12. — (1) Commencing two years after this Act comes into Jj|p"g®i_
force, no person shall cause or permit the installation or p^^jf^J^^'**'-
construction of refuse burning equipment for the burning
of garbage or other waste matter.
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply to refuse burning equip- ^'^''®p* °°*
ment of a municipality or a local board.
(3) A system of hygienic control or hygienic disposal of^"g,Vi^gg
putrescible garbage and equipment capable of reducing the
volume of refuse by two-thirds by means other than burning
that is constructed, maintained and operated in conformity
with all legal requirements applicable thereto shall be pro-
vided in all multiple dwellings which are four or more storeys
in height and occupied by more than twelve families, and
which are erected two years or more after this Act comes
into force.
(4) Mechanically operated garbage grinders for the dis-^'r^age
charge of solid kitchen waste materials from dwelling units s'''""*®™
may be installed in all dwellings, including multiple dwellings
that are erected two years or more after this Act comes into
force, provided,
(a) that the installation of any such grinder is not
prohibited by any municipal by-law;
(b) that any such grinder is designed and installed in
conformity with all legal requirements applicable
thereto; and
(c) that any such grinder will discharge wastes at a
reasonably uniform rate and in fluid form that
will flow readily and in a manner that will not clog
or stop up the drain line or sanitary sewer.
21
8
dispoBli ^^* — (^) ^^ incinerator operated or to be operated by
municipal a municipality or a local board shall be constructed or sub-
oonstruttiori stantially reconstructed unless there is installed and operated
therein control apparatus that incorporates the most effective
advances in the art of air pollution control as determined by
the Department.
Idem,
operation
(2) Commencing three years after this Act comes into
force, no incinerator shall be operated by a municipality or
a local board unless there is installed and operated therein
control apparatus that incorporates the most effective
advances in the art of air pollution control as determined
by the Department.
Operators,
etc.,
to take
courses of
instruction
14. — (1) Every operator of fuel burning equipment using
residual fuel oil, every operator of refuse burning equipment
and every person who is charged with supervision of the
operation of fuel burning equipment using residual fuel oil
or of the operation of refuse burning equipment shall success-
fully complete, within two years after this Act comes into
force, or within six months after the commencement of his
employment, whichever is later, a course of instruction in
air pollution control approved by the Department.
Employ-
ment of un-
qualified
operators,
etc.,
prohibited
(2) No person shall employ an operator of fuel burning
equipment using residual fuel oil, an operator of refuse
burning equipment or a supervisor in charge of either of such
operations unless the operator or supervisor, as the case
may be, has complied with subsection 1.
Certificate
of
competence
(3) Upon the successful completion of a course of instruc-
tion mentioned in subsection 1, the operator or supervisor,
as the case may be, shall be given a certificate stating his
name and the date issued and certifying that he has success-
fully completed the course mentioned, which certificate shall
be posted in a prominent place at or near the equipment that
he operates or supervises.
equi'pment 13« The Department may seal any equipment installed
or operated in contravention of this Act.
Separate
offences
16. — (1) The operation of any equipment in contravention
of any provision of this Act shall be deemed a separate and
distinct contravention as to each day of such operation.
Offences
and
penalties
(2) Any jDerson who contravenes any provision of this Act
is guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is liable
to a fine of not less than $25 and not more than SI, 000 or
to imprisonment for a term of not more than six months,
or to both.
21
17. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make such ^^^"'''"o"^
regulations with respect to air pollution control as he deems
necessary for carrying out the purposes of this Act, and in
particular,
(a) defining bituminous coal and residual fuel oil for
the purposes of this Act by reference to a recognized
code of standards or a part thereof or otherwise;
(b) respecting the emission of air contaminants;
(c) requiring and prescribing alterations to equipment
and processes in existence when this Act comes into
force in order that they may be operated in com-
pliance with this Act;
(d) prescribing methods, by reference to a recognized
code of standards or part thereof or otherwise, for
determining the sulphur content of fuels by weight;
(e) respecting applications for and the issuance, renewal,
suspension and revocation of permits and certificates,
and imposing conditions and limitations thereon;
(/) respecting the sealing of equipment and prescribing
procedures with respect thereto;
(g) approving courses of instruction for operators and
supervisors of,
(i) fuel burning equipment using residual fuel
oil, or
(ii) refuse burning equipment;
(h) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(i) prescribing fees.
18. The following are repealed: Repealed:
1. Every air pollution control by-law of every muni- By-laws
cipality.
2. The Air Pollution Control Act, 1967.
3. The Air Pollution Control Amendment Act, 1968. i^^s. c. 3
10. This Act may be cited as The Air Pollution Control ^^°^^^^^^^
Act, 1968-69.
21
H
n
B3
C
>
^
a
a
O
?- a-
o
oc
-3
o
o
3
n
o
3
It
00
o
BILL 22
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Prepaid Hospital and Medical Services Act
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill makes prescription drug plans subject to the Act in the same
manner as hospital and medical services plans.
22
BILL 22 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Prepaid Hospital and Medical Services Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Clause a of section 1 of The Prepaid Hospital cnd^^jO.i960.
Medical Services Act is amended by inserting after "service" ^i a, ' '
,,.,,.,, ... . . , ., , , amended
m the third Ime or providmg prescription drugs , and by
inserting after "services" in the sixth line "or prescription
drugs", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(a) "association" means any company or corporation
incorporated for the purpose of establishing, main-
taining and operating a hospital or medical service
or providing prescription drugs on a non-profit
prepayment basis, whereby any one or more of
hospital, medical, surgical, nursing or dental services
or prescription drugs or payment therefor may be
provided to persons who become subscribers with,
or members of, such company or corporation, or for
these and similar purposes, but does not include an
insurer licensed under The Insurance Act or a pension '.V'^;9q'L'^'^'
fund or employees' mutual benefit society incorpo-
rated under Part VI of The Corporations Act.
2. Section 1 of 'The Prepaid Hospital and Medical 5ert'/c« '*•^^•0• i^^^*-
Act is amended by adding thereto the following clauses: amended
(aa) "pharmacist" means a person registered as a phar-
maceutical chemist under The Pharmacy Act; " .",9 "^''"•
95
(ab) "prescription drug" means a drug as defined in 'J'he
Pharmacy Act dispensed upon the prescription of a
legally qualified medical practitioner or dentist to a
named person, and includes such drug mixed with
any other drug or substance.
22
t^fo?' B^4°' ^' Section 4 of The Prepaid Hospital and Medical Services
amended Act is amended by inserting after "service" in the second
line "or prescription drugs", so that the section shall read
as follows:
datkfn"to ^- ^^ association shall, in Ontario, contract to furnish
business hospital, medical, surgical, nursing or dental service
""less or prescription drugs, or any combination of them,
registered '^ "^ , • ,
on a prepayment basis or make payment therefor
unless registered under this Act.
?f6?, i."!"' *• — (0 Clause c of subsection 1 of section 5 of The Prepaid
ame^iid^ed''' '^'■^^"^^^'^^ a«rf Medical Services Act is amended by inserting
after "physician" in the second line "pharmacist", so that
the clause shall read as follows:
(c) by a copy of every contract or proposed contract
with a hospital, physician, pharmacist and other
person for the rendering of services to subscribers
or members.
"'30?.' s'*!"' 0-) Clause b of subsection 2 of the said section 5 is amended
anlei'ided '■ *' ^^ inserting after "physicians" in the second line "phar-
macists", so that the clause shall read as follows:
ib) that the contracts and proposed contracts with
hospitals, physicians, pharmacists or other persons
for the rendering of service to subscribers or members
and the contracts or proposed contracts with sub-
scribers or members are fair and reasonable.
,^ 304g''g*^' 5. Clause a of subsection 2 of section 6 of The Prepaid
t\mended^' "' ^^^f'^^^^ aw«? Medical Services Act is amended by inserting
after "physicians" in the second line "pharmacists", so that
the clause shall read as follows:
(a) that the contracts and proposed contracts with
hospitals, physicians, pharmacists or other persons
for the rendering of service to subscribers oi members
and the contracts or proposed contracts with sub-
scribers and members are fair and reasonable.
Cuniiiiem
nient
6. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the
Lieutenant (lovcrnor by his proclamation.
Short title 7. This ..\(-t „ia> be cited as The Prepaid Hospital and
Medical Services Amendment Act, 1968-69.
22
00
?0
O
z
W
W
PI
a
n
n
rt
3
S3
^
a
o
00
n ^>
ft T3 5
>2La
BILL 22
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Prepaid Hospital and Medical Services Act
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 22 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Prepaid Hospital and Medical Services Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Clause a of section 1 of The Prepaid Hospital and^-^^^.iaeo.
Medical Services Act is amended by insertmg after "service ci. a,
, 1 ■ , 1- li • !• • • I I. J L amended
m the third line or providing prescription drugs , and by
inserting after "services" in the sixth line "or prescription
drugs", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(a) "association" means any company or corporation
incorporated for the purpose of establishing, main-
taining and operating a hospital or medical service
or providing prescription drugs on a non-profit
prepayment basis, whereby any one or more of
hospital, medical, surgical, nursing or dental services
or prescription drugs or payment therefor may be
provided to persons who become subscribers with,
or members of, such company or corporation, or for
these and similar purposes, but does not include an
insurer licensed under The Insurance Act or a pension ^■^jgo^Ti"'
fund or employees' mutual benefit society incorpo-
rated under Part VI of The Corporations Act.
2. Section 1 of The Prepaid Hospital and Medical Services ^■^^■^^^^'
Act is amended by adding thereto the following clauses: amended
(aa) "pharmacist" means a person registered as a phar-
maceutical chemist under The Pharmacy Act; ^fs?' ^^*'^'
{ah) "prescription drug" means a drug as defined in The
Pharmacy Act dispensed upon the prescription of a
legally qualified medical practitioner or dentist to a
named person, and includes such drug mixed with
any other drug or substance.
22
0*164 '8^4°' ^' Section 4 of The Prepaid Hospital and Medical Services
amended Act is amended by inserting after "service" in the second
line "or prescription drugs", so that the section shall read
as follows:
ciation''to ^- ^o association shall, in Ontario, contract to furnish
business hospital, medical, surgical, nursing or dental service
unless or prescription drugs, or any combination of them,
registered ^ ^ ° ' . ■' , , . '
on a prepayment basis or make payment therefor
unless registered under this Act.
^lo"; B.®|°' 4. — (1) Clause c of subsection 1 of section 5 of The Prepaid
amended^' ^' ■^^'^^f'^''^^ ^^^ ^^^^'^'^^ Services Act is amended by inserting
after "physician" in the second line "pharmacist", so that
the clause shall read as follows:
(c) by a copy of every contract or proposed contract
with a hospital, physician, pharmacist and other
person for the rendering of services to subscribers
or members.
c^'fo?.' 8.^5°' (^) Clause b of subsection 2 of the said section 5 is amended
amended'^'' *' ^^ inserting after "physicians" in the second line "phar-
macists", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(b) that the contracts and proposed contracts with
hospitals, physicians, pharmacists or other persons
for the rendering of service to subscribers or members
and the contracts or proposed contracts with sub-
scribers or members are fair and reasonable.
^lo",' s.^e"' ^' Clause a of subsection 2 of section 6 of The Prepaid
^^^^^^^^- "■ Hospital and Medical Services Act is amended by inserting
after "physicians" in the second line "pharmacists", so that
the clause shall read as follows:
(a) that the contracts and proposed contracts with
hospitals, physicians, pharmacists or other persons
for the rendering of service to subscribers or members
and the contracts or proposed contracts with sub-
scribers and members are fair and reasonable.
Co mm en ce-
ment
Short title
6. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the
I.ieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
7. This Act may be cited as The Prepaid Hospital and
Medical Services Amendment Act, 1968-69.
22
70
o
H
W
W
K
a
s:
2
3-
9J
O
1
i
cr
Si
to
>c
1— »
>3
ft
>3
«*.
o
Vk.
1
^
^
<!
0^
O
-o
o
vO
On
00
\
BILL 23
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act
Mr. Lawrence (St. George)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The language is brought into line with present-day
conditions and to clarify the intent.
Skction 2. The maximum sum to be raised annually to cover
expenses was fixed at $5,000 in 1924, $10,000 in 1946, $20,000 in 1955, and
$30,000 ill 1958. It is now increased to $50,000.
In addition, a number of changes in language are made to bring the
section into line with present-day conditions and to clarify the intent.
23
BILL 23 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Damage by ^mot« ^1^0^1960,
Arbitration Act is amended by strikins: out "the smelting or subs.' i,'
.,.,, . , , amended
roastmg ot nickel-copper ore or iron ore or from the treatment
of sulphides for the production of sulphur or sulphuric acid
for commercial purposes" in the third, fourth and fifth lines
and inserting in lieu thereof "smelting, roasting, refining or
otherwise treating ores or minerals", so that the subsection
shall read as follows:
(1) Where damage is occasioned directly or indirectly toJ^*""**? '°
, • 1 1 . (• crops, etc.
crops, trees or other vegetation by sulphur fumes
arising from smelting, roasting, refining or otherwise
treating ores or minerals, such damage may, subject
to section 3, be determined by the arbitrator who
has exclusive jurisdiction to determine the amount
of such damage and to make an award.
2. Section 6 of The Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act^-^^-^^^^'^-
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
6.— (1) A sum not exceeding $50,000 in any year to^''^^"^®^
cover the expenses of administering this Act, in-
cluding the salary or other remuneration of the
arbitrator and his assistants, is payable annually
to the Province by the companies smelting, roasting,
refining or otherwise treating ores or minerals in a
manner that may result in the escape or release into
the open air of sulphur fumes.
(2) The arbitrator at the close of each calendar year Assessment
shall assess the amount for which each company
smelting, roasting, refining or otherwise treating ores
or minerals in a manner that may result in the
23
escape or release into the open air of sulphur fumes
is liable under subsection 1, and the amount so
assessed against each company is payable to the
Treasurer of Ontario within fifteen days after the
mailing of a registered letter demanding payment
thereof addressed to the last-known address of the
company, but every assessment so made is subject
to the approval of the Minister of Mines.
Commence-
ment
3. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of January,
1969.
Short title 4. fhis Act may be cited as The Damage by Fumes Arbi-
tration Amendment Act, 1968-69.
i
23
i
r
>
M
Z
n
M
to
o
O
erp
ex.
I
f?
ts>
m
k^
1.
3
t— »
00
1
4
0-="
i o
g:a.
o
>
o
%
BILL 23
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act
Mr. Lawrence (St. George)
(Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The language is brought into line with present-day
conditions and to clarify the intent.
Section 2. The maximum sum to be raised annually to cover
expenses was fixed at $5,000 in 1924, $10,000 in 1946, $20,000 in 1955, and
$30,000 in 1958. It is now increased to $50,000.
In addition, a number of changes in language are made to bring the
section into line with present-day conditions and to clarify the intent.
23
1
BILL 23 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Damage by Fwmes R-^-O- i^^o,
Arbitration Act is amended by striking out "the smelting orsiibs.'i, '
roasting of nickel -copper ore or iron ore or from the treatment
of sulphides for the production of sulphur or sulphuric acid
for commercial purposes" in the third, fourth and fifth lines
and inserting in lieu thereof "smelting, roasting, refining or
otherwise treating ores or minerals", so that the subsection
shall read as follows:
(1) Where damage is occasioned directlv or indirectly to Damage to
^ ' ° , • 1 ' . , r crops, etc.
crops, trees or other vegetation by sulphur lumes
arising from smelting, roasting, refining or otherwise
treating ores or minerals, such damage may, subject
to section 3, be determined by the arbitrator who
has exclusive jurisdiction to determine the amount
of such damage and to make an award.
2. Section 6 of The Damage by Fumes Arbitration -^^'^fg^g^l®"'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
6. — (1) A sum not exceeding $50,000 in any year to^^'P^''^^^
cover the expenses of administering this Act, in-
cluding the salary or other remuneration of the
arbitrator and his assistants, is payable annually
to the Province by the companies smelting, roasting,
refining or otherwise treating ores or minerals in a
manner that may result in the escape or release into
the open air of sulphur fumes.
(2) The arbitrator at the close of each calendar year Assessment
shall assess the amount for which each company
smelting, roasting, refining or otherwise treating ores
or minerals in a manner that may result in the
23
escape or release into the open air of sulphur fumes
is liable under subsection 1, and the amount so
assessed against each company is payable to the
Treasurer of Ontario within fifteen days after the
mailing of a registered letter demanding payment
thereof addressed to the last-known address of the
company, but every assessment so made is subject
to the approval of the Minister of Health.
Commence 3^ -pj^jg ^^j. ^.^j^^g j„jq {^^.^q q„ jl^g jgj. ^j^y ^f January,
1969.
Short title 4.^ -pj^jg ^j,(. ^^y be cited as The Damage by Fumes Arbi-
tration Amendment Act, 1968-69.
23
I
T:
4 \'l'
00
a-
t»
D
«
2
>0
en
1
»
<«
A
«k.
^
e
**
b>
a-
n
O
1
3
<i
(:x.
^-^
c«
»
fi.
§^
<?•
8
^
r
>
w
2!
n
n
f — \
D
«
o
ft
3
>3 n
§5
S
tvj
fC
fr.^
§.
a
a*
b1
>3
1
=r
1—*
o
00
1
o
>
n
J
BILL 23
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act
Mr. Lawrence (St. George)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
I
BILL 23 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Damage by F«we5R|gOi|80'
Arbitration Act is amended by striking out "the smelting or subs.' i,' '
roasting of nickel-copper ore or iron ore or from the treatment
of sulphides for the production of sulphur or sulphuric acid
for commercial purposes" in the third, fourth and fifth lines
and inserting in lieu thereof "smelting, roasting, refining or
otherwise treating ores or minerals", so that the subsection
shall read as follows:
(1) Where damage is occasioned directly or indirectly toOan^age^to
crops, trees or other vegetation by sulphur fumes
arising from smelting, roasting, refining or otherwise
treating ores or minerals, such damage may, subject
to section 3, be determined by the arbitrator who
has exclusive jurisdiction to determine the amount
of such damage and to make an award.
2. Section 6 of The Damage by Fumes Arbitration -^<^'^|6°g^|®°'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
6.— (1) A sum not exceeding $50,000 in any year toE»P«"«~
cover the expenses of administering this Act, in-
cluding the salary or other remuneration of the
arbitrator and his assistants, is payable annually
to the Province by the companies smelting, roasting,
refining or otherwise treating ores or minerals in a
manner that may result in the escape or release into
the open air of sulphur fumes.
(2) The arbitrator at the close of each calendar year Assessment
shall assess the amount for which each company
smelting, roasting, refining or otherwise treating ores
or minerals in a manner that may result in the
23
escape or release into the open air of sulphur fumes
is liable under subsection 1, and the amount so
assessed against each company is payable to the
Treasurer of Ontario within fifteen days after the
mailing of a registered letter demanding payment
thereof addressed to the last known address of the
company, but every assessment so made is subject
to the approval of the Minister of Health.
Commence- 3^ jj^jg ^^^ comes into force on the 1st day of January,
1969.
Short title 4. This Act may be cited as The Damage by Fumes Arbi-
tration Amendment Act, 1968-69. . ,- •'■
23
I
r
so
m
2!
n
M
•-I
•8
o
3-
111
a
n
n
3
cr
1
>a
>3
S
^^
a.
o
Ok.
s
»«
a
3 &
00
3
vO
ON
00
H
3"
D
3
ft >
cr ^
"< >
o
3
>
1
BILL 24
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Mining Act
Mr. Lawrence (St. George)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The present maximum of 90 claims a year is removed.
Sections 2 and 3. These provisions are necessary in order to intro-
duce the universal tag system under which claim tags may be used any-
where in the Province without regard to mining division boundaries.
24
BILL 24 1968-69
An Act to amend The Mining Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 54 of The Mining Act, as amended by section I^I^'s^m'
of The Mining Amendment Act, 1965 and section 3 of TAe '■*-«"a<"t8d
Mining Amendment Act, 1967, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
54. A licensee is not limited as to the number of mining ^i'lms*'^ °^
claims that may be staked out and applied for in a"""'"'**"*
licence year.
2.— (1) Subsection 5 of section 62 of The Mining Act, as ^fi?; 1*|5;
amended by section 4 of The Mining Amendment Act, ^^67,^^^^^^
is further amended by striking out "and letter or letters" in
the fifth and sixth lines, so that the subsection shall read as
follows :
(5) As soon as is reasonably possible after the recording Jafmposts
of the mining claim and not later than six months *^^®^jj„
thereafter, the holder of the claim shall affix or cause
to be affixed securely to each of the corresponding
corner posts of the claim a metal tag plainly marked
or impressed with the recorded number of the claim,
and the recorder shall supply such numbered tags
free of charge.
(2) The said section 62 is amended by adding thereto the^f4^-^^|^'
following subsection: amended
(9) At the time of recording, the recorder shall add toS-l^fl'^'^J
each claim number the prefix allotted to his division of'"^ar"*
and such prefix shall form part of the claim number, number
3.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 63 of The Mining Act isfh^.l^s.
amended by striking out "the proper" in the first line «ind l^^^^^j^^^
24
inserting in lieu thereof "any" and by striking out "under
section 54" in the third line, so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
claim ta s (1) A licensee may purchase from any mining recorder
before sets of metal tags for the number of mining claims
that he is entitled to stake, and the purchase of such
tags and the date thereof shall be endorsed by the
mining recorder on the licence of the purchaser.
R|-0- 19|0' (2) Subsection 5 of the said section 63 is repealed and the
subs. 5, ' following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Tags may
be used in
any division
(5) Metal tags purchased under this section may be
used for staking out mining claims in any mining
division.
?'24?' 8^68'a *• Section 68fl of The Mining Act, as enacted by section 17
(i|62-63^^ of The Mining Amendment Act, 1962-63, is amended by
amended adding thereto the following subsection:
Where
surface
rights
required for
public use
(6) Where surface rights on an unpatented mining
claim are required for the use of the Crown or other
public use, this section applies mutatis mutandis.
?^'24? s^ioi ^' Section 101 of The Mining Act, as enacted by section 12
ci9|7.'c. 54, of The Mining Amendment Act, 1967, is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsection :
Omission
of reserva-
tions, etc.
(4) The Minister may omit reservations or provisions
contained in subsection 1 from a lease issued under
section 100c where such reservations or provisions
are contrary to the purpose of the lease.
Commence-
ment
6. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
Short title
7. This Act may be cited as The Mining Amendment Act,
1968-69.
24
Section 4. This provision provides a means of acquiring surface
rights on unpatented mining claims where the rights are required for
further use.
Section 5. The purpose of this amendment is to remove a conflict
between sections 100c and 101.
24
2
r
>
K
Z
o
n
o
n
o
"t
>
o
p
3
3
BILL 24
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Mining Act
Mr. Lawrence (St. George)
(Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The present maximum of 90 claims a year is removed.
Sections 2 and 3. These provisions are necessary in order to intro-
duce the universal tag system under which claim tags may be used any-
where in the Province without regard to mining division boundaries.
24
BILL 24 1968-69
An Act to amend The Mining Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 54 of The Mining Act, as amended by section 1 ^fii' Y*^^-
of The Mining Amendment Act, 1965 and section 3 of TAe ""e-ena'cted
Mining Amendment Act, 1967, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
54. A licensee is not limited as to the number of mining ^aime*'^ °^
claims that may be staked out and applied for in a"""™"^***
licence year.
2. — (1) Subsection 5 of section 62 of The Mining Act, as^f^^g^lj'
amended by section 4 of The Mining Amendment Act, i^<^7,^^^^^^
is further amended by striking out "and letter or letters" in
the fifth and sixth lines, so that the subsection shall read as
follows:
(5) As soon as is reasonably possible after the recording ^afm posts
of the mining claim and not later than six months ^^^^^^^i^^
thereafter, the holder of the claim shall affix or cause
to be affixed securely to each of the corresponding
corner posts of the claim a metal tag plainly marked
or impressed with the recorded number of the claim,
and the recorder shall supply such numbered tags
free of charge.
(2) The said section 62 is amended by adding thereto the^f^^-^^l^'
following subsection : amended
Division
(9) At the time of recording, the recorder shall add to^ren
X to
each claim number the prefix allotted to his division o°f'"™afm'^'
and such prefix shall form part of the claim number, number
3.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 63 of The Mining Act is ^14?; i.^|^;
amended by striking out "the proper" in the first line and|'^|j,j^j
24
inserting in lieu thereof "any" and by striking out "under
section 54" in the third line, so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
Issue of
claim tags
before
staking
(1) A licensee may purchase from any mining recorder
sets of metal tags for the number of mining claims
that he is entitled to stake, and the purchase of such
tags and the date thereof shall be endorsed by the
mining recorder on the licence of the purchaser.
f"24i' 8^63' (^) Subsection 5 of the said section 63 is repealed and the
subs. 5 following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Tags may
be used in
any division
(5) Metal tags purchased under this section may be
used for staking out mining claims in any mining
division.
?f4?,' 8.^680 *• Section 68a of The Alining Act, as enacted by section 17
0^4^ 8 ^i?) °^ ^^^ Mining Amendment Act, 1962-63, is amended by
amended ' adding thereto the following subsection:
Where
surface
rights
reauired for
public use
(6) Where surface rights on an unpatented mining
claim are required for the use of the Crown or other
public use, this section applies mutatis mutandis.
R.S.O. I960,
c. 241, 8. 101
5. Section 101 of The Mining Act, as enacted by section 12
(i9||' c. 54, of The Mining Amendment Act, 1967, is amended by adding
thereto the following subsection :
amended
Omission
of reserva-
tions, etc.
(4) The Minister may omit reservations or provisions
contained in subsection 1 from a lease issued under
section 100c where such reservations or provisions
are contrary to the purpose of the lease.
Commence-
ment
6. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of April, 1969.
Short title '^ ' This Act may be cited as The Mining Amendment Act,
1968-69.
24
Section 4. This provision provides a means of acquiring surface
rights on unpatented mining claims where the rights are required for
further use.
Section S. The purpose of this amendment is to remove a conflict
between sections 100c and 101.
24
»>
f»
D
^^.^
>3
s
-«•
t^.
^
«*.
1
s
s
"^
n
c->
n>
»
^
3
»■
S
s.
n-
«"
S.
§5
>?•
8
to
r
>
w
z
o
PI
"55
O
n
o
■-t
OP
n
>
>
n
O
P
3
n
3
a
3"
a
a
>
n
BILL 24
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Mining Act
Mr. Lawrence (St. George)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 24 1968-69
An Act to amend The Mining Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 54 of The Mining Act, as amended by section 1 ^•24?,' b.^m'.
of The Mining Amendment Act, 1965 and section 3 of TAe ^-^nacted
Mining Amendment Act, 1967, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
54. A licencee is not limited as to the number of mining ^aims" °^
claims that may be staked out and applied for in a""""^''®'^
licence year.
2.— (1) Subsection 5 of section 62 of The Mining Act, as ^•f4^; J^|5;
amended by section 4 of The Mining Amendment Act, ^^6^, tended
is further amended by striking out "and letter or letters" in
the fifth and sixth lines, so that the subsection shall read as
follows :
(5) As soon as is reasonably possible after the recording Jlf^'p'^gts
of the mining claim and not later than six 'Tionths*^^^^^,^^
thereafter, the holder of the claim shall affix or cause
to be affixed securely to each of the corresponding
corner posts of the claim a metal tag plainly marked
or impressed with the recorded number of the claim,
and the recorder shall supply such numbered tags
free of charge.
(2) The said section 62 is amended by adding thereto the ^■f4°; g^lg'.
following subsection: amended
(9) At the time of recording, the recorder shall add to^r'e'nx°S
each claim number the prefix allotted to his division ^"f.'"^';^^!'^'"'
and such prefix shall form part of the claim number, number
3.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 63 of The Mining Act is ^fi?; ^.^I";
amended by striking out "the proper" in the first line and|^|^J^j
24
inserting in lieu thereof "any" and by striking out "under
section 54" in the third line, so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
Issue of
claim tags
before
staking
(1) A licencee may purchase from any mining recorder
sets of metal tags for the number of mining claims
that he is entitled to stake, and the purchase of such
tags and the date thereof shall be endorsed by the
mining recorder on the licence of the purchaser.
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 63 is repealed and the
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 241, 8. 63. .
subs. 5. following substituted tnereior
re-enacted
Tags may
be used in
any division
(5) Metal tags purchased under this section may be
used for staking out mining claims in any mining
division.
^■|4°- 8^68'a ^' Section 68a of The Mining Act, as enacted by section 17
(i962-63. of The Mining, Amendment Act, 1962-63, is amended by
c. 84. S. 17). , ,. , , r ,, • 1 •
amended adding thereto the following subsection:
Where
surface
rights
required for
public use
(6) Where surface rights on an unpatented mining
claim are required for the use of the Crown or other
public use, this section applies mutatis mutandis.
rii^'s^ioi ^' Section 101 of The Mining Act, as enacted by section 12
(1967,' c. 54, of The Mining Amendment Act, 1967, is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsection :
Omission
of reserva-
tions, etc.
(4) The Minister may omit reservations or provisions
contained in subsection 1 from a lease issued under
section 100c where such reservations or provisions
are contrary to the purpose of the lease.
Commence-
ment
6. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of April, 1969.
Short title 7. This Act may be cited as The Mining Amendment Act,
1968-69.
24
w
r
JO
M
2:
n
p]
v>
o
n
o
orq
11
a
2
a-
s
p
?5
CM
c
p
•5
I.
ft
3
1
CO
I
>f>-
0
1— »
a'
»9
=r
a'
Ov
0
0
0
-0
0
00
>
>
o
»
3
n
3
a
2
3
BILL 26
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to provide for
the Control of Air Pollution from Motor Vehicles
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill adopts the standards for motor vehicle air pollution recently
enacted in California.
26
BILL 26 1968-69
An Act to provide for the
Control of Air Pollution from Motor Vehicles
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, J^*f;p^«
(a) "exhaust emission" means the substances emitted to
the atmosphere from any opening downstream from
the exhaust part of a motor vehicle engine;
(6) "fuel evaporation emission" means vaporized fuel
emitted to the atmosphere from the unfired fuel in a
motor vehicle;
(c) "Minister" means the Minister of Health;
{d) "model year" followed by a designated year means
the annual production period of the manufacturer
in which a motor vehicle is manufactured and the
designated year is the year in which such annual
production period ends and, where the manufacturer
does not have an annual production period, the
twelve month period ending on the 1st day of Novem-
ber shall be deemed to be the annual production
period ;
(e) "motor vehicle" means a vehicle propelled by an
internal combustion engine and designed primarily
for use on a highway.
2. No person shall sell or offer or expose for sale a new motor ^^ °^
vehicle that does not have installed on or incorporated in it^otof
, . , . . . , vehicles
a system or device to prevent or lessen the emission into the
outdoor atmosphere of air contaminants in accordance with
the following:
26
Exhaust;
1970 light
vehicles
1. The exhaust emissions from a model year 1970 new
gasoline-powered motor vehicle having gross weight
of 6,000 pounds or less, as rated by the manu-
facturer, and having an engine displacement of
fifty cubic inches or greater shall not contain more
than,
Exhaust;
1971 light
vehicles
Exhaust;
1972 and
1973 light
vehicles
i. 2.2 grams of hydrocarbons per mile of driving,
and,
ii. 23 grams of carbon monoxide per mile of
driving.
2. The exhaust emissions from a model year 1971 neyv
gasoline-powered motor vehicle having gross weight
of 6,000 pounds or less, as rated by the manu-
facturer, and having an engine displacement of
fifty cubic inches or greater shall not contain more
than,
i. 2.2 grams of hydrocarbons per mile of driving,
ii. 23 grams of carbon monoxide f>er mile of
driving, and
iii. 4.0 grams of oxides of nitrogen per mile of
driving.
3. The exhaust emissions from a model year 1972 or
1973 new gasoline-powered motor vehicle having
gross weight of 6,000 pounds or less, as rated by the
manufacturer, and having an engine displacement of
fifty cubic inches or greater shall not contain more
than,
i. 1.5 grams of hydrocarbons per mile of driving,
ii. 23 grams of carbon monoxide per mile of
driving, and
iii. 3.0 grams of oxides of nitrogen per mile of
driving.
Exhaust;
1974 or
later light
vehicles
4. The exhaust emissions from a model year 1974 or
later new gasoline-powered motor vehicle having
gross weight of 6,000 pounds or less, as rated by the
manufacturer, and having an engine displacement
of fifty cubic inches or greater shall not contain
more than,
i. 1-.5 grams of hydrocarbons per mile of driving.
26
ii. 23 grams of carbon monoxide per mile of
driving, and
iii. 1.3 grams of oxides of nitrogen per mile of
driving.
5. The exhaust emissions from a model year 1970 or fy'^y'jf and
1971 new gasoline-powered motor vehicle having a I'J^i |>eavy
gross weight of over 6,000 pounds, as rated by the
manufacturer, shall not contain more than,
i. 275 parts per million of hydrocarbons, and
ii. 1.5 per cent of carbon monoxide.
6. The exhaust emissions from a model year 1972 or ptf72'*and
later new gasoline-powered motor vehicle having a '^f^'j^r^J^g*^'^
gross weight of over 6,000 pounds, as rated by the
manufacturer, shall not contain more than,
i. 180 parts per million of hydrocarbons, and
ii. 1.0 per cent carbon monoxide.
7. Fuel evaporation emissions from the fuel system of '-^IvipoTaUon-
model year 1970 or later new gasoline-powered motor i^'^'o [""
vehicle having a gross weight of 6,000 pounds or less, vehicles
as rated by the manufacturer, and having an engine
displacement of fifty cubic inches or greater sliall
not contain more than six grams of hydrocarbons
per mile of driving.
8. The exhaust emissions from new diesel-powered^^'^l^g^
motor vehicles shall not contain such quantity' of
hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide or oxides of nitrogen
as is prescribed by the I.ieutenant (lOvernor m
Council by regulation.
3.— (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make '^^^""'"°"'
regulations,
(a) prescribing the content of exhaust emissions in new
diesel -powered motor vehicles;
(6) prescribing tests for determining whether systems
or devices are sufficient for the purposes of this Act.
(2) The Minister may approve any testing method or •^pp''o^'ai
procedure proposed to be used to determine the effectiveness
of a system or device to be incorp)orated in motor vehicles
26
on their manufacture and the use of the approved testing
methods and procedures shall be deemed to be sufficient
testing for the purposes of this Act.
Offence 4^ Every person who contravenes any provision of this
Act is guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is
liable to a fine of not more than S500.
menV"*"'^* 5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
6. This Act may be cited as The Air Pollution by Motor
Vehicles Act, 1968-69.
26
?
K
C
r
S.
>
^
l\>
<T>
h,^
s
s
3
a-
<o
?x,
Pi-
<ri.
>3
^
i-t
>:
c^
«*.
s
s
IK,
»«
1— k
o
00
»0
>r
0
i=s
5*5
i-*^ 2*
1"
ss
o g.
0 't
<^
K-^
BILL 27
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to Control Automobile Racing
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
Self-explanatory.
27
BILL 27 1968-69
An Act to Control Automobile Racing
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The closing of any public road, permanently or tern- piylc^roads
porarily, for the purpose of automobile racing is forbidden ''°'"'''''<*®"
except where specifically authorized by the Legislative
Assembly of Ontario.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Roval commence-
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Automobile Racing Control short title
Act, 1968-69.
27
>
s
>
o
C/)
a
c
r
>
2:
So
I.
o
n
n
n
3
I. ^
»9
s
S
ft.
00
n
o
3
I
>
C
B
3
o
73
n
5'
I
BILL 28
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pounds Act
Mr. Deacon
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogc;, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendments provide for the licensing and regulation of municipal
pounds.
28
BILL 28 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pounds Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Pounds Act is amended by adding thereto the ^fa? ' ^^*'°'
following sections: amended
20a. — (1) No person shall operate a municipal pound for ^eg'y^r^g
domestic animals without a poundkeeper's licence""^""®
issued by the Live Stock Commissioner.
(2) Upon application therefor and, issue of
licence
(o) with the consent of the council of the muni-
cipality in which the pound is to be operated;
{b) upon being satisfied that this Act is being
complied with; and
(c) upon payment of any fees and deposit of any
security prescribed by the regulations,
the Live Stock Commissioner shall issue the licence.
(3) Every licence is subject to the conditions that the Co'iditions
,. ■' of licence
licensee,
(a) maintains the security required by the regu-
lations;
(6) is in possession of premises that have at least
one building for the impounding of animals
for the purpxjse of this Act;
(c) provides in every building in which animals
are kept facilities for the housing of each
animal in a separate unit of sufficient size
to allow the animal to stand and lie down in
comfort;
28
Over-
crowding
Veterinar-
ians and
Inspectors
Inspection
Cleaning
Records
Inspection
(d) provides an adequate water supply in each
separate unit; and
(e) complies with this Act and the regulations
and any other condition that is imposed by
the regulations.
206. No poundkeeper shall keep animals in greater
numbers than may be kept, fed, watered and other-
wise cared for on the premises without danger to
their health or risk of injury.
20c. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may ap-
point such veterinarians and inspectors as are
required for the purposes of this Act.
(2) No licence shall be issued or renewed until a veterin-
arian appointed under subsection 1 has inspected the
premises at which the animals are to be impounded,
and has issued a certificate of approval.
20d. Every poundkeeper shall, at intervals of not more
than twenty-four hours, clean and disinfect the
premises in such manner as the regulations prescribe.
20e. Every poundkeeper shall keep for at least twelve
months after impounding each animal, a record
showing,
(a) the name and address of the owner of the
animal where known;
(6) the date of arrival of the animal at his
premises and the date of its departure or
destruction ;
(c) an identification or description of the animal;
(d) the sale price of the animal, where applicable;
and
(e) the name and address of the purchaser of the
animal, where applicable.
20/. — (1) The Live Stock Commissioner or an inspector
or a veterinarian appointed under section 20c may
enter any pound for the purpose of enforcing this
Act.
Idem
(2) No person shall obstruct the Live Stock Commis-
sioner or an inspector or a veterinarian in the per-
28
formance of his duties or furnish him with false
information or refuse to permit the inspection of any
animal.
(3) Every person shall, when required by the Live Stock ®™
Commissioner or an inspector, produce any books,
records or other documents relating to any animal
impounded, destroyed or sold on the premises of the
poundkeeper.
20g. Every person who contravenes any of the provisions *"" ^
of section 20a, 206, 20d, 20e, 20/ or any regulation
made under section 20h is guilty of an offence and
on summary conviction is liable for a first offence
to a fine of not more than $100 and for a second or
subsequent offence, to a fine of not more than $500.
20h. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make Regulations
regulations,
(a) providing for the issue, renewal, refusal to
grant or renew, suspension and revocation of
licences and prescribing additional conditions
of licences ;
(b) prescribing the fee payable for a licence and
for the renewal thereof;
(c) prescribing the duties of veterinarians and
inspectors for the purposes of the regulations
under this Act;
(d) respecting the conditions under which animals
shall be kept or impounded;
(«) prescribing the manner in which premises
shall be cleaned and disinfected;
(/) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(g) respecting any matter necessary or advisable
to carry out effectively the intent and purpose
of this Act.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Sent'"^"°*
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Pounds Amendment Act, ^'*°'"' "*'*
1968-69.
28
n
o
z
?
Uj
t\>
n
»«.«
a.
1
3
S3.
>c
>3
^^
a.
1'
1
S
sr
1.
BILL 29
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act respecting Impaired Drivers
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
This Bill contains the principles of a Bill passed by the Assembly and
Senate of the State of California in 1966.
29
BILL 29 1968-69
An Act respecting Impaired Drivers
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, J^",'«fP"-
(a) "Board" means the Licence Suspension Appeal Rs.o. i960,
Board under The Highway Traffic Act;
(b) "Registrar" means the Registrar of Motor Vehicles
under The Highway Traffic Act.
2. — (1) Any person under arrest for any offence against tisf^eeraed
any law in force in Ontario that was allegedly committed j,°Jjfg?.g„
while he was driving a motor vehicle upon a highway while
under the influence of intoxicating liquor shall be deemed
to have given his consent to a chemical test of his blood,
breath or urine for the purpose of determining the alcoholic
content of his blood.
(2) The test shall be administered at the direction of the, ^{ration
arresting officer if he has reasonable cause to believe that "^ '®^*
the person was driving a motor vehicle upon a highway while
under the influence of intoxicating liquor.
(3) The arresting officer shall tell the person that his ^^'""'""«
failure to submit to the test will result in the suspension
of his operator's licence or his chauflfeur's licence, as the
case may be, for a period of six months.
(4) The arresting officer shall tell the person that he haSo/^tes^
a choice as to whether the test will be of his blood, breath or
urine.
(5) Where the person has died or is unconscious or other- gubss.^s, 4
wise is in a condition that renders him incapable of refusing J)®^p{|°^''*
to submit to the test, he shall be deemed not to have with- with
drawn his consent and the test may be administered whether
or not subsections 3 and 4 have been complied with.
29
refifsin^g'^'"^ ^' — (^^ ^^ ^ pcrson referred to in section 2 refuses the
test arresting officer's request to submit to a test under this
Act, the Registrar, upon receipt of the officer's sworn state-
ment that he had reasonable cause to believe,
(o) that the person had been driving a motor vehicle
upon a highway while under the influence of intox-
icating liquor; and
(b) that the person had refused to submit to a test
under this Act after being requested so to do by the
officer,
shall suspend the person's operator's licence or chauffeur's
licence, as the case may be, for a period of six months.
suspension (^^ ^° such suspension becomes effective until ten days
to take after the giving of the notice of suspension provided for in
©n©ct ^ ,
subsection 3.
suspensfo^n i^) ^ he Registrar shall immediately notify in writing the
person whose licence has been suspended of the action taken.
Appeal
Scope of
appeal
(4) Every person who feels himself aggrieved by the sus-
pension of his licence under this Act may appeal to the Board.
(5) On an appeal under this Act the Board shall receive
all evidence submitted by or on behalf of the person aggrieved
and the arresting officer that it considers relevant to the
issue of whether the suspension of the licence was projier
having regard to this Act and all the circumstances of the
case.
Procedure ^ (^) *-^" '^" appeal under this Act the provisions of The High-
c. 172' ' way Traffic Act and the regulations thereunder respecting
appeals to the Board, except as varied by this Act, apply,
including the further right of appeal to a judge of the county
or district court of the county or district in which the person
whose licence was suspended resides.
Request
for test
4. Any person under arrest for any offence against any
law in force in Ontario that was allegedly committed while
he was driving a motor vehicle on a highway while under the
influence of intoxicating liquor may request the arresting
officer to have a chemical test made of the arrested person's
blood, breath or urine for the purp»ose of determining the
alcoholic content of the arrested person's blood, and, if so
requested, the arresting officer shall direct the test to be made.
Additional 5^ — ^j) Where a test under this Act is administered at
the direction of the arresting officer, the person tested may,
in addition to such test and at his own exjDense, have a
29
chemical test of his blood, breath or urine administered by
a person of his own choosing for the purpose of determining,
independently of the first test, the alcoholic content of his
blood .
(2) The failure or inability to obtain an additional test j^'^^'^^'i^
under this section does not affect the admissibility in evidence affected
of the test administered at the direction of the arresting
officer.
6. — (1) Only a duly qualified medical practitioner or a ^^jj'^^j^^
registered nurse may withdraw blood from a person for a '^'ood
test under this Act.
(2) No duly qualified medical practitioner or registered nabtuty""
nurse shall incur any civil or criminal liability as a result of
the proper withdrawal of blood from a person for a test under
this Act if the withdrawal was requested in writing by the
arresting officer.
7. Where a test under this Act is of urine, the person ^'"'^^'^y
tested shall be afforded such privacy in the taking of the
specimen of urine as will ensure the accuracy of the test and
the dignity of the person tested.
8. Utxjn the request of a person tested under this Act, Test
f ,, . r . . , ... , , 'information
lull mtormation concernmg the test admmistered at the to be made
direction of the arresting officer shall be made available to
the person or his representative.
9. Any person, Kxemptions
(a) who is afflicted with hemophilia; or
(b) who is afflicted with a heart condition and is using
an anticoagulant under the direction of a duly
qualified medical practitioner,
is exempt from a test of his blood under this Act.
10. This Act may be cited as The Blood-Alcohol Test Act,^^"''^ ''"^
1968-69.
29
1
>
n
«
a
r
>3
3
s
»9
3
00
8
»«
>
1
9
0
I
BILL 30
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Young
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to provide a system for inspecting motor
vehicles for mechanical safety and for enforcing safety standards.
30
BILL 30 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Highway Traffic Act is amended by adding thereto ^•^^^- ^^^''^
the following section : amended
49a. — (1) No person shall operate a motor vehicle, other safety
than a public vehicle or public commercial vehicle, '"*'*®°"°"^
on the highway unless, within the preceding six-
month period, it has been inspected by an inspector
and certified by him in accordance with this section
as free from mechanical, structural or other defect
that would render the vehicle unsafe for use on the
highway.
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint ^"^p®''*°"
mechanics holding subsisting certificates of quali-
fication under The Apprenticeship and Tradesmen's i964. c. a
Qualification Act, 1964, as inspectors for the purposes
of this section.
(3) The certificate of an inspector under subsection 1 certificates
shall be endorsed on the motor vehicle permit for the
vehicle.
(4) A motor vehicle permit shall not be issued in respect Renewal
r 1 • 1 r 1 • I • 1 1 of permits
of a motor vehicle for which a permit has been
previously issued unless a certificate has been given
under this section within six months before the new
p)ermit is issued.
(5) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu- J^/gP®''"""
lations requiring the payment of inspection fees and
prescribing the amounts thereof.
30
Offence
(6) Every person who ojDerates a motor vehicle on the
highway in contravention of subsection 1 and every
owner of a motor vehicle who permits the vehicle to
be so operated is guilty of an offence and is liable to
a fine of not more than $500.
Commence- 2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of March, 1970.
ment
Short title
3. This Act may be cited as The Highway Traffic Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
30
>
s
>
o
r*
r»
o
^
3
J8
I:
>3
i
3
a
H
3"
I
I
1
X
SS
9
9
,S
w'
o
»«
ona
1-^
OS
00
tq
3-
BILL 31
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment delegates to the S.P.C.A. the licensing and regulating
of dog kennels.
31
BILL 31 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 7 of The Ontario Society for the Prevention ''/''*5|-
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 is amended by adding thereto amended '
the following subsections:
(la) Without restricting the generality of subsection 1 > '.^/'^"^^^fg"
the Society may pass by-laws,
(a) requiring and providing for the licensing of
kennels and prescribing the terms and con-
ditions of licences;
{b) prescribing the standards for the accommo-
dation, facilities and operation of kennels
including the care of dogs therein:
(c) requiring the payment of fees for licences and
prescribing the amount thereof.
(4) In this section, "kennel" means any premises where tieflned
dogs are kept for the purposes of Ixiarding, breeding
or sale for gain.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Sent"^*°°^
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Society for the ^''ort title
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Amendment Act, 196H-69.
31
3->
o =
-o>
1 o
rt rr
Is
s*
0 a
3 rt
<->j
t\j
a>
t«,^
0 5
cn
1.
3
s.
^
- OH
^O -! 3-
X
c
r
a
8
1
8
e On
uelty
55
>
0T>
tra
a.
00
OQ
>o
u
BILL 32
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Employment Standards Act, 1968
Mr. Davison
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill increases the basic rate for minimum wages from $1.30 an
hour to $2.25 an hour.
32
m.
BILL 32 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Employment Standards Act, 1968
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Part IV of The Employment Standards Act, 1968 is 1968.^0.35
amended by re-numbering section 15 as 15o and by adding amended
thereto the following section :
15. — (1) Subject to subsection 5, every employer shall ^Lg'i""'"
pay to each of his employees wages at a rate of not
less than $2.25 an hour.
(2) Where an employee receives meals or living accom- Meals and
modation, or both, as part of his wages, the amount aooommo-
of the wages referable to the meals or living accom-
modation shall not exceed,
(a) in the case of living accommodation, $5 a
week;
{b) in the case of meals, 60 cents each but not
more than a total of $12 a week; and
(c) in the case of both living accommodation and
meals, $17 a week.
(3) No amount shall be computed in respect of a meal or '**"'"
living accommodation for the purpose of determining
the wage paid unless the meal was actually received
or the living accommodation was actually occupied
by the employee.
(4) In determining the wage paid, no amount shall be°'^^^^
computed in respect of the supplying, use or launder-
ing by the employer of uniforms, aprons, caps or
other apparel.
32
Application
of section
(5) This section does not apply to any class or classes
of employees designated for the purpose by the
regulations.
0^11', 8. 29, 2. Clause a of subsection 1 of section 29 of The Employ-
re-enac'ted °' '"^"' Standards Act, 1968 is repealed and the following sub-
stituted therefor:
(a) designating classes of employees to which section IS
does not apply and establishing minimum rates of
wages of such classes.
Short title
3. This Act may be cited as The Employment Standards
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
32
C^
00
D
>
<
o
2
>3
^
I.
>3
a
r ::
=r a
00
«
m
3
•o
°>
3 -
f» >
rt- O
3 t
a. z
» f.
■^ r
00
BILL 33
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to establish three classes of chauflfeur's
licences related to the size and complexity of operation of the motor vehicle
being driven. Provision is made for chauffeurs' learners' permits, and
tests designed to reveal an applicant's driving ability are to be devised
and administered. Existing chauffeurs' licences will expire when the Act
comes into force, and exchanges of such licences for the ones of the new
classes will be in accordance with terms and conditions to be prescribed.
33
BILL 33 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 16 of The Highway Traffic ff^o.iseo.
Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs, i,
re-enacted
(1) No person shall operate or drive a motor vehicle on Jf^'^^'J.J®"'"'*
a highway as a chauffeur unless he is the holder of
a class of chauffeur's licence entitling him to drive
such vehicle, and no person shall employ anyone to
drive a motor vehicle who is not the holder of a class
of chauffeur's licence entitling him to drive such
vehicle.
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 16 is repealed and the ^li?,' i.*i6.'
subs. 3.
re-enacted
following substituted therefor: '"'*• ^•
(3) Chauffeurs' licences shall be of three classes as ^ct?^* °^
follows:
1. Class 1 — Entitling the holder thereof to drive as
a chauffeur a private motor vehicle,
taxicab, bus, truck-trailer combination,
tractor -trailer combination or any truck.
2. Class 2 — Entitling the holder thereof to drive as
a chauffeur a private motor vehicle,
taxicab, bus or any truck.
3. Class 3 — Entitling the holder thereof to drive as
a chauffeur a private motor vehicle,
taxicab or any truck.
(3) The said section 16, as amended by section 1 of JTAcRS-O. i96,
Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1960-61 and section 6 of T/tcamendedie
High way Traffic Act Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended
by adding thereto the following subsections :
33
When
deemed
driving
without a
licence
(4) Where the holder of any class of chauflfeur's licence
drives or operates a motor vehicle on the highway
other than of the type permitted by his class of
licence, he shall be deemed to be driving or operating
the motor vehicle without a licence.
ChaufTeurs'
learners'
permits
(S) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 1, any
person who desires to qualify for a chauffeur's
licence of any of the classes prescribed by subsection
3, may drive or operate a motor vehicle as a chauffeur
for a period of six months from the date of issuance
to him of a chauffeur's learner's permit, in accor-
dance with the terms of such permit.
Learners
to drive
under
supervision
(6) The holder of a chauffeur's learner's permit shall not
drive a motor vehicle as a chauffeur except under the
immediate supervision and control of a chauffeur
who holds a licence of the class permitting him to
drive such vehicle, and where the holder of a chauf-
feur's learner's permit drives a motor vehicle in
contravention of this subsection he shall be deemed
to be driving or operating the motor vehicle without
a licence.
Exchange of
subsisting
chauffeurs'
licences
(7) The holder of a chauffeur's licence or an operator's
licence issued prior to the day this Act comes into
force may exchange such licence for a chauffeur's
licence of any one of the classes prescribed by sub-
section 3 on such terms and conditions as the
Lieutenant Governor in Council may prescribe.
Tests for
licence
(7a) The Minister shall devise, revise from time to time
as appropriate, and administer tests for persons
applying for chauffeurs' learners' permits and each
of the several classes of chauffeurs' licences prescribed
by subsection 3.
Evidence
of driving
ability
(7b) The tests mentioned in subsection 7a shall be de-
signed to furnish the Minister with evidence as to
the ability of an applicant to drive safely the class or
classes of motor vehicle involved.
Terms of
licence
(7c) Subject to satisfactory performance on the tests
mentioned in subsection 7a, chauffeurs' learners' per-
mits and chauffeurs' licences of any of the classes
prescribed by subsection 3 may be issued by the
Minister to such persons for such time and upon
such terms and subject to such regulations and
restrictions as the Lieutenant Governor in Council
may prescribe.
33
(7d) Notwithstanding the date of expiry appearing on any f^^jP^^jO^
chauffeur's licence issued prior to the day this Actj^hauffeurs'
comes into force, all such chauffeurs' licences expire
on the day this Act comes into force.
2. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the Sont'"^"''®'
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
3. This Act may be cited as The Highway Traffic Amend- fihort title
ment Act, 1968-69.
33
>
o
00
G
u>
I
8
S
re
3
1««
a.
S"
^
>:
n
O
«*
oc
^
0
£:
2
a
«
X
?
>
r.
BILL 34
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Consumer Protection Act, 1966
Mr. Paterson
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment requires the publication of the names and addresses
of contest winners.
34
BILL 34 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Consumer Protection Act, 1966
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Consumer Protection Act, 1966 is amended by adding amended^^'
thereto the following section:
31a. — (1) Any person who invites the public to enter a Contests
contest or competition for which any prize, reward
or advantage is offered shall, as soon as is practicable
after the completion of the contest, publish or
broadcast the name and address of each person who
received any such prize, reward or advantage.
(2) The publication or broadcast required by subsection of'^inners"
1 shall be made,
(a) in the same medium and to the same terri-
torial extent as that in which the invitation
was extended; or
{b) by publication in one or more newspapers
having general circulation in all parts of the
area in which the invitation was extended.
(3) Any person who contravenes this section is guilty Penalty
of an offence and upon summary conviction is liable
to a fine not exceeding $1,000 or, where the person
is a corporation, to a fine not exceeding $10,000.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^enl'"*"'^^
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Consumer Protection short title
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
34
?
13
>
H
W
JO
c/i
O
Z
Vj
>3
>1
n
I I Si
a
0"a
a
OX)
«4.
:r a
OO
>
n
So
>
n
i
BILL 35
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill makes it an offence for the driver of a motor vehicle to fail
to stop when given a clear signal to do so by a uniformed constable or
police officer driving a plainly marked police vehicle.
35
BILL 35 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Highway Traffic Act is amended by adding thereto ^-^^^^ ^^6°'
the following section : amended
156a. — (1) Every driver of a motor vehicle when given by d^rWer^when
means of hand, voice, siren or emergency light an^^^naiied
audible or visual signal to stop by a constable or by omcer
officer in a police vehicle, shall bring his vehicle to a
stop and shall not otherwise flee or attempt to elude
the police vehicle provided,
(a) the police vehicle is plainly marked as such;
and
(b) the constable or officer is in uniform with his
badge of office prominently displayed thereon.
(2) Every person who contravenes the provisions of Penalty
subsection 1 is liable to a fine of not less than $100
and not more than $500, or to imprisonment for a
term of not less than thirty days and not more than
six months, or to both such fine and imprisonment.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment"'^"''^
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Highway Traffic Amend- s\ioTt title
meni Act, 1968-69.
35
X
c
r
S
>
•2.
t\J
g
a.
s
O
ft.
- g
ST a
»-*
o>
00
0
E
re
I
>
n
«
1
BILL 36
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Mechanics' Lien Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Genekal. In 1965 the Ontario Law Reform Commission undertook
an extensive study of the law in Ontario on mechanics' liens.
A report dated February 22, 1966, was made by the Commission
to the Attorney General containing its recommendations for up-dating
The Mechanics' Lien Act.
Bill 190, based upon the report, was introduced and given first reading
at the 1966 Session. This gave the proposed legislation wide distribution
in convenient form for study by interested persons and organizations.
The Commission then held public hearings and considered many
submissions which resulted in a supplementary report dated May 26, 1967.
The recommendations of the Commission contained in the supple-
mentary report have been incorporated in this Bill. There is, however,
one major exception. This Bill does not transfer jurisdiction in mechanics'
lien actions from the Supreme Court to the county and district courts as
recommended by the Commission in both of its reports. It is thought
advisable to leave this matter in abeyance pending the conclusion of the
general review of the jurisdictions of the several court systems in Ontario
now going on as a result of the recommendations of the McRuer Report.
This Bill also contains a number of editorial and other changes,
designed to clarify the intent, that have resulted from the study of Bill 190.
In the following notes the supplementary report of the Commission
is referred to as O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep.
36
BILL 36 1968-69
The Mechanics' Lien Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
l.-(l) In this Act, l^itoT
(a) "completion of the contract" means substantial per-
formance, not necessarily total performance, of the
contract ;
(b) "contractor" means a person contracting with or
employed directly by the owner or his agent for the
doing of work or the placing or furnishing of materials
for any of the purposes mentioned in this Act;
(c) "materials" includes every kind of movable property ;
(d) "owner" includes any person and corporation, includ-
ing a municipal corporation and a railway company,
having any estate or interest in the land upon which
or in respect of which work is done or materials are
placed or furnished, at whose request, and
(i) upon whose credit, or
(ii) on whose behalf, or
(iii) with whose privity or consent, or
(iv) for whose direct benefit,
work is done or materials are placed or furnished and
all persons claiming under him or it whose rights
are acquired after the work in respect of which the
lien is claimed is commenced or the materials placed
or furnished have been commenced to be placed or
furnished ;
(e) "registrar" includes a master of titles;
(/) "registry office" includes a land titles office;
36
(g) "subcontractor" means a person not contracting with
or employed directly by the owner or his agent for
any of the purposes mentioned in this Act, but con-
tracting with or employed by a contractor or, under
him, by another subcontractor;
(h) "wages" means the money earned by a workman for
work done by time or as piece work, and includes all
monetary supplementary benefits, whether statutory
or contractual;
(i) "workman" means a person employed for wages in
any kind of labour, whether employed under a
contract of service or not. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 1,
amended.
Includes (^) ^" ^^^^ ^^^' ^^^ expression "the doing of work" in-
service eludes the performance of a service, and corresponding expres-
sions have corresponding meanings.
performance (^) ^^^ ^^^ purposes of this Act, a contract shall be deemed
to be substantially performed,
(o) when the work or a substantial part thereof is
ready for use or is being used for the purpose in-
tended ; and
(b) when the work to be done under the contract is
capable of completion or correction at a cost of not
more than,
(i) 3 per cent of the first $250,000 of the contract
price,
(ii) 2 per cent of the next $250,000 of the contract
price, and
(iii) 1 per cent of the balance of the contract price,
and in the event that the work cannot be completed expedi-
tiously for reasons beyond the control of the contractor, the
value of the work shall be deducted from the contract price
for the purpose of determining substantial performance. New.
GENERAL
Exception 2. Xotliing in this Act extends to any public street or
Ol Str©6t8 -11
or highways highway, or to any work or improvement done or caused to
be done by a mrunicipal corporation thereon, except that the
36
Section 1 — Subsection 3. This provision is new. It is designed to
complement the definition of "completion of the contract" and thus speed
up the release of "holdback" moneys.
Section 2. The intent of the original recommendation of the
Ontario Law Reform Commission is clarified. The "holdback" provisions
are not intended to apply where the work is being done by a municipality
or its contractor. See O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., pp. 4, 5.
36
SiiCTlON 3 — Subsection 3. The purpose of this new subsection is to
extend the trust concept so that not only the sums received under sub-
section 1 by the builder, contractor or subcontractor would constitute
trust funds but also the sums certified as owing because the latter sums
represent the value of work already done by the contractor and sub-
contractors.
36
provisions of section 11 as to the retention and payment of
percentages by the owner apply mutatis mutandis to any
such work or improvement that is done or made by a person
other than a municipal corporation or its contractor. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 2, amended.
3. — (1) All sums received by a builder, contractor or sub-^"""^' ''""'J''
contractor on account of the contract price constitute a trust
fund in his hands for the benefit of the owner, builder, con-
tractor, subcontractor, Workmen's Compensation Board,
workmen, and persons who have supplied materials on account
of the contract or who have rented equipment to be used on
the contract site, and the builder, contractor or subcontractor,
as the case may be, is the trustee of all such sums so received
by him and he shall not appropriate or convert any part
thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized by the
trust until all workmen and all persons who have supplied
materials on the contract or who have rented equipment
to be used on the contract site and all subcontractors are paid
for work done or materials supplied on the contract and the
Workmen's Compensation Board is paid any assessment with
respect thereto. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 3 (1), amended.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, where a builder, con- Exception
tractor or subcontractor has paid in whole or in part for any
materials supplied on account of the contract or for any rented
equipment or has paid any workman who has performed any
work or any subcontractor who has placed or furnished any
materials in respect of the contract, the retention by such
builder, contractor or subcontractor of a sum equal to the sum
so paid by him shall be deemed not to be an appropriation or
conversion thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized
by the trust. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 3 (3), amended.
(3) Where sums become payable under a contract to afu'"n^g
contractor by an owner on the certificate of a person autho-
rized under the contract to make such a certificate, all sums
so certified shall, until paid to the contractor, constitute a
trust fund in the hands of the owner for the benefit of the
contractor, subcontractor. Workmen's Compensation Board,
workmen, and persons who have supplied materials on account
of the contract or who have rented equipment to be used on
the contract site, and the owner is the trustee of all such sums
so certified and he shall not appropriate or convert any part
thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized by the
trust until all workmen and all persons who have supplied
materials on the contract or who have rented equipment to be
used on the contract site and all contractors and subcon-
tractors are paid for work done or materials supplied on the
contract and the Workmen's Compensation Board is paid any
assessment with respect thereto.
36
morrgage°" ^^^ ^" sums received by an owner, other than a munici-
etc a trust pality as defined in The Department of Municipal Affairs Act,
R.s.o. I960, which are to be used in the financing, including the purchase
"• ^* price of the land and the payment of prior encumbrances, of a
building, structure or work, constitute, subject to the payment
of the purchase price of the land and prior encumbrances, a
trust fund in the hands of the owner for the benefit of the per-
sons mentioned in subsection 1, and, until the claims of all
such persons have been paid, the owner shall not appropriate
or convert any part thereof to his own use or to any use not
authorized by the trust.
Exception (5) Notwithstanding subsection 4, where an owner has
himself paid in whole or in part for any work done, for any
materials placed or furnished or for any rented equipment,
the retention by him from any moneys received from the
lender under subsection 4 of a sum equal to the sum so paid
by him shall be deemed not to be an appropriation or conver-
sion thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized by the
trust.
Protection
for money
lenders
(6) Notwithstanding anything in this section, where money
is lent to a person upon whom a trust is imposed by this section
and is used by him to pay in whole or in part a lien claimant,
the trustee may use trust moneys to discharge the loan to the
extent that the lender's money was used to pay the lien
claimant, and any sum so paid to the lender shall be deemed
not to be an appropriation or conversion to the trustee's own
use or to any use not authorized by the trust. New.
OfTence and
penalty
(7) Every person upon whom a trust is imposed by this
section who knowingly appropriates or converts any part of
any trust moneys referred to in subsection 1, 3 or 4 to his own
use or to any use not authorized by the trust is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than §5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more
than two years, or to both, and every director or officer of a cor-
poration who knowingly assents to or acquiesces in any such
offence by the corporation is guilty of such offence, in addition
to the corporation, and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not more than $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than two years, or to both. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 3 (2), amended.
w'^ivfn"*"** "*' — ^'•' Every agreement, oral or written, express or
application implied, on the part of any workman that this Act does not
are void apply to him or that the remedies provided by it are not
available for his benefit is void.
36
Subsection 4. Municipiil financing is expressly excluded from the
scope of the provision and its intent is clarified as recommended in O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., pp. 6, 7.
Subsection 5. This extension of the "trustee provisions" is new.
is recommended in O.L.R.C. .Supp. liep., pp. 5-7.
Subsection 6. Thi.> subsection is changed in order to bring it into
line with the original recommendation of the Ontario Law Reform Com-
mission. This is discussed in O.L.R.C. .Supp. Rep., p. 7.
36
Section 4 — Subsection 2, clause b. In its original report the Ontario
I^w Reform Commission recommended "$2S a day" which is the sum
that appeared in Bill 190.
As a result of further submissions and consideration, the Commission
recommends $35 a day. See O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 7.
Section 5 — Subsection 4. The intent of the original recommen-
dation of the Ontario Law Reform Commission is clarified. It is intended
that the lien for rented equipment is for an amount that is reasonable and
justly due in the particular circumstances. .See O.I-.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 8.
36
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply, Exception
(a) to a manager, officer or foreman ; or
(b) to any person whose wages are more than $35 a day.
(3) No agreement deprives any person otherwise entitled uura'party
to a lien under this Act, who is not a party to the agreement, "^fvinlTien'
of the benefit of the lien, but it attaches, notwithstanding
such agreement. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 4, amended.
CREATION OF LIENS
6. — (1) Unless he signs an express agreement to the con-JilhtToa
trary and in that case subject to section 4, any person who''®"
does any work upon or in respect of, or places or furnishes any
materials to be used in, the making, constructing, erecting,
fitting, altering, improving or repairing of any land, building,
structure or works or the appurtenances to any of them for any
owner, contractor or subcontractor by virtue thereof has a
lien for the price of the work or materials upon the estate or
interest of the owner in the land, building, structure or works
and appurtenances and the land occupied thereby or enjoyed
therewith, or upon or in respect of which the work is done, or
upon which the materials are placed or furnished to be used,
limited, however, in amount to the sum justly due to the
person entitled to the lien and to the sum justly owing, except
as herein provided, by the owner, and the placing or furnishing
of the materials to be used upon the land or such other place
in the immediate vicinity of the land designated by the owner
or his agent is good and sufficient delivery for the purpose of
this Act, but delivery on the designated land does not make
such land subject to a lien.
(2) The lien given by subsection 1 attaches as therein set attaches
out where the materials delivered to be used are incorporated materials
into the land, building, structure or works, notwithstanding Incorporated
that the materials may not have been delivered in strict building
accordance with subsection 1.
(3) In subsection 1, "agent" includes the contractor or sub- Jatio"!?"'
contractor for whom the materials are placed or furnished,
unless the person placing or furnishing the materials has had
actual notice from the owner to the contrary. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 5, amended.
(4) A person who rents equipment to an owner, contractor J^'n^gJ"^
or subcontractor for use on a contract site shall be deemed equipment
for the purposes of this Act to have performed a service for
which he has a lien for the price of the rental of the equipment
36
used on the contract site, limited, however in amount to the
sum justly owed and due to the person entitled to the lien
from the owner, contractor or subcontractor in respect of the
rental of the equipment. New.
When
husband's
interest
liable for
work done
or materials
furnished
on land of
spouse
6. Where work is done or materials are placed or furnished
to be used upon or in respect of the land of a married woman, or
in which she has an interest or an inchoate right of dower, with
the privity or consent of her husband, he shall be presumed
conclusively to be acting as her agent as well as for himself for
the purposes of this Act unless before doing the work or
placing or furnishing the materials the person doing the work
or placing or furnishing the materials has had actual notice to
the contrary. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 6, amended.
Where estate
charged is
leasehold
7. — (1) Where the estate or mterest upon which the lien
attaches is leasehold, the fee simple is also subject to the lien
if the person doing the work or placing or furnishing the
materials gives notice in wiiting, by personal service, to the
owner in fee simple or his agent of the work to be done or
materials to be placed or furnished unless the owner in fee
simple or his agent within fifteen days thereafter gives notice in
writing, by personal service, to such person that he will not
be responsible therefor.
Forfeiture
or cancella-
tion of
lease, effect
of on lien-
holder
(2) No forfeiture or attempted forfeiture of the lease on
the part of the landlord, or cancellation or attempted cancel-
lation of the lease except for non-payment of rent, deprives
any person otherwise entitled to a lien of the benefit of the
lien, but the person entitled to the lien may pay any rent
accruing after he becomes so entitled, and the amount so paid
may be added to his claim.
Prior
tnortgages
(3) Where the land and premises upon or in respect of which
any work is done or materials are placed or furnished are
encumbered by a mortgage or other charge that was registered
in the proper registry office before any lien under this Act
arose, the mortgage or other charge has priority over all liens
under this Act to the extent of the actual value of the land
and premises at the time the first lien arose, such value to be
ascertained by the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try
an action under this Act.
When first (4) Jhc time at which the first lien arose shall be deemed to
lien arose '■'. ,.,,^ j n 1.
be the time at which the first work was done or the first
materials placed or furnished, irrespective of whether a claim
for lien in respect thereof is registered or enforced and whether
or not such lien is before the court. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7
(1-4), amended:
36
Section 7 — Subsection 1. The intent is clarified. See O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., p. 8. Also, the notice period is increased from ten to fifteen
days.
36
(5) Any mortgage existing as a valid security, notwith-|'^^^™g^
standing that it is a prior mortgage within the meaning of
subsection 3, may also secure future advances, subject to
subsection 1 of section 14. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7 (5).
(6) A registered agreement for the sale and purchase oi^^^^^^^^
land and any moneys bona fide secured or payable there- fo"" sale and
under has the same priority over a lien as is provided for a land has
mortgage and mortgage moneys in subsections 3 and S, and S'nfortgaite*^
for the purposes of this Act the seller shall be deemed to be
a mortgagee, and any moneys bona fide secured and payable
under such agreement shall be deemed to be mortgage moneys
bona fide secured or advanced. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7 (6),
amended.
8. Where any of the property upon which a lien attaches ApjP'^oation
is wholly or partly destroyed by fire, any money received
by reason of any insurance thereon by an owner or prior
mortgagee or chargee shall take the place of the property so
destroyed and is, after satisfying any prior mortgage or charge
in the manner and to the extent set out in subsection 3 of
section 7, subject to the claims of all persons for liens to the
same extent as if the money had been realized by a sale of
the property in an action to enforce the lien. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 8.
9. Save as herein otherwise provided, the lien does not Limit of
1 I , 1 • . 1 /■ 1 amount of
attach so as to make the owner liable for a greater sum than """b''""
the sum payable by the owner to the contractor. R.S.O. * ^
1960, c. 233, s. 9.
10. Save as herein otherwise provided, where the lien is .V'"" °''
1 • 1 1 111 1 "®° when
claimed by any person other than the contractor, the amount claimed by
that may be claimed in respect thereof is limited to the amount than con-
owing to the contractor or subcontractor or other person for
whom the work has been done or the materials were placed or
furnished. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 10, amended.
11. — (1) In all cases, the person primarily liable upon a Holdback
contract under or by virtue of which a lien may arise shall,
as the work is done or the materials are furnished under the
contract, retain for a period of thirty-seven days after the
completion or abandonment of the work done or to be done
under the contract 20 per cent of the value of the work and
materials actually done, placed or furnished, as mentioned in
section 5, irrespective of whether the contract or subcontract
provides for partial payments or payment on completion of
the work, and the value shall be calculated upon evidence
given in that regard on the basis of the contract price or, if
there is no specific contract price, on the basis of the actual
value of the work or materials. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (1),
amended.
36
8
Idem,
where con-
tract price
exceeds
$35,000
Reduction
in amount
retained
Idem
Court order
in lieu of
rertificate
Effect or
lien on
amounts
retained
(2) Where the contract price or actual value exceeds
$35,000, 15 per cent instead of 20 per cent shall be retained.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (2), amended.
(3) Where a contract is under the supervision of an archi-
tect, engineer or other person upon whose certificate payments
are to be made and thirty-seven days have elapsed after a
certificate issued by that architect, engineer or other person
to the effect that the subcontract has been completed to his
satisfaction has been given to the person primarily liable upon
that contract and to the person who became a subcontractor
by a subcontract made directly under that contract, the
amount to be retained by the person primarily liable upon
that contract shall be reduced by 15 per cent or 20 per cent,
as the case may be, of the subcontract price or, if there is no
specific subcontract price, by 15 per cent or 20 per cent, as
the case may be, of the actual value of the work done or
materials placed or furnished under that subcontract, but this
subsection does not operate if and so long as any lien derived
under that subcontract is preserved by anything done under
this Act.
(4) Where a certificate issued by an architect, engineer
or other person to the effect that a subcontract by which a
subcontractor became a subcontractor has been completed to
the satisfaction of that architect, engineer or other person has
been given to that subcontractor, then for the purposes of
subsections 1, 2 and 3 of section 21 and section 23 that sub-
contract and any materials placed or furnished or to be
placed or furnished thereunder and any work done or to be
done thereunder shall, so far as concerns any lien thereunder
of that subcontractor, be deemed to have been completed or
placed or furnished not later than the time at which the certi-
ficate was so given. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (3, 4), amended.
(5) Where an architect, engineer or other person neglects
or refuses to issue or deliver a certificate upon which payments
are to be made under a contract to which subsection 3 applies,
the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try an action under
this Act, upon application and upon being satisfied that the
certificate should have been issued and delivered, may make
an order, upon such terms and conditions as to costs and other-
wise as he deems just, that the contract has been completed,
and any such order has the same force and effect as if the
certificate had been issued and delivered by the architect,
engineer or other person. New.
(6) The lien is a charge upon the amount directed to be
retained by this section in favour of lien claimants whose liens
are derived under persons to whom the moneys so required
to be retained are respectively payable.
36
Section U — Subsection 2. The lien between 20 per cent and 15 per
cent is increased from $25,000 to $35,000.
Subsections 5 and 10. The intent is clarified. See O.L.R.C. Supp.
Rep., p. 8.
36
(7) All payments up to 80 per cent as fixed by subsection I ,nad?tn'*
or up to 85 per cent as fixed by subsection 2 and payments good faith
•1 11-1 • ri ■ -i t ^ without
permitted as a result of the operation ot subsections 3 and 4 notice of
made in good faith by an owner to a contractor, or by a con-
tractor to a subcontractor, or by one subcontractor to another
subcontractor, before notice in writing of the lien given by
the person claiming the lien to the owner, contractor or sub-
contractor, as the case may be, operate as a discharge pro lanto
of the lien.
(8) Payment of the percentage required to be retained Payment of
under this section may be validly made so as to discharge and
all liens or charges in respect thereof after the expiration ofonlens*^
the period of thirty-seven days mentioned in subsection 1
unless in the meantime proceedings have been commenced to
enforce any lien or charge against the percentage as provided
by sections 22 and 23, in which case the owner may pay the
percentage into court in the proceedings, and such payment
constitutes valid payment in discharge of the owner to the
amount thereof.
(9) Every contract shall be deemed to be amended in so far or "ontScts
as is necessary to be in conformitv with this section. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 11 (5-9).
(10) Where the contractor or subcontractor makes default ^1^^*^^
in completing his contract, the percentage required to be not '"be
retained shall not, as against any lien claimant who by virtue
of subsection 6 has a charge thereupon, be applied by the
owner, contractor or subcontractor to the completion of the
contract or for any other purpose nor to the payment of
damages for the non-completion of the contract by the con-
tractor or subcontractor nor in payment or satisfaction of
any claim against the contractor or subcontractor. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 11 (9), amended.
12. If an owner, contractor or subcontractor makes a J^^^'g ®"'*
payment to any person entitled to a lien under section 5 bv^o'^wiior
for or on account of any debt, justly due to him for work to persons
done or for materials placed or furnished to be used as therein uen
mentioned, for which he is not primarily liable, and within
three days afterwards gives written notice of the p;iyment
to the person primarily liable, or his agent, the payment shall
be deemed to be a payment on his contract generally to the
contractor or subcontractor orimarily liable but not so as to
affect the percentage to be retained by the owner as provided
by section 11. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 12 (1), amended.
13. Every subcontractor is entitled to enforce his lien not- ^'gj^» o*^
withstanding the non-completion or abandonment of the tractor
contract by any contractor or subcontractor under whom he
claims. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 12 (2).
36
10
Priority of
Hen
Priority
amrng
lienholdere
Mortgage
given to
person
entitled to
lien void ae
against lien-
holders
14. — (1) The lien has priority over all judgments, execu-
tions, assignments, attachments, garnishments and receiving
orders recovered, issued or made after the lien arises, and over
all payments or advances made on account of any conveyance
or mortgage after notice in writing of the lien has been given
to the person making such payments or after registration of a
claim for the lien as hereinafter provided, and, in the absence
of such notice in writing or the registration of a claim for lien,
all such payments or advances have priority over any such
lien. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 13 (1), amended.
(2) Except where it is otherwise provided by this Act,
no person entitled to a lien on any property or money is
entitled to any priority or preference over another person of
the same class entitled to a lien on such property or money,
and each class of lienholders ranks pari passu for their several
amounts, and the proceeds of any sale shall be distributed
among them pro rata according to their several classes and
rights.
(3) Any conveyance, mortgage or charge of or on land
given to any jjerson entitled to a lien thereon under this Act
in payment of or as security for any such claim, whether
given before or after such lien claim has arisen, shall, as
against other parties entitled to liens under this Act, on any
such land be deemed to be fraudulent and void. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 13 (2, 3).
Priority ol
Hens for
wages
Enforcing
lien in
such oases
Calculating
percentage
when con-
tract not
fulfilled
PRIORITY OF WAGES
15.^ — (1) Every workman whose lien is for wages has
priority to the extent of thirty days wages over all other liens
derived through the same contractor or subcontractor to the
extent of and on the 20 per cent or 15 per cent, as the case may
be, directed to be retained by section 1 1 to which the contractor
or subcontractor through whom the lien is derived is entitled,
and all such workmen rank thereon pari passu.
(2) Every workman is entitled to enforce a lien in respject
of any contract or subcontract that has not been completed
and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act,
may serve a notice of motion on the proper persons, returnable
in four days after service thereof before the judge or officer
having jurisdiction to try an action under this Act, that the
applicant will on the return of the motion ask for judgment on
his claim for lien, registered particulars of which shall accom-
pany the notice of motion duly verified by affidavit.
(3) If the contract has not been completed when the lien
is claimed by a workman, the percentage shall be calculated
on the value of the work done or materials placed or furnished
by the contractor or subcontractor by whom the workman
is employed, having regard to the contract price, if any.
36
11
(4) Every device by an owner, contractor or subcontractor J'^^f^l^'^j^* ^^
to defeat the priority given to a workman for his wages priority of
, 1 r I r 1 r - • workmen
and every payment made tor the purpose oi defeatmg or im-
j)airing a lien are void. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 14, amended.
REGISTRATION
16. — (1) A claim for a lien may be registered in the i)ro|)er Res'stration
registry office and shall set out, for iien
(a) the name and an address for service of the person
claiming the lien and of the owner or of the person
whom the person claiming the lien, or his agent,
believes to be the owner of the land, and of the person
for whom the work was or is to be done, or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished, and
the time within which the same was or was to be
done or placed or furnished;
(b) a short description of the work done or to be done,
or the materials placed or furnished or to be placed
or furnished;
(c) the sum claimed as due or to become due;
id) a description of the land as required by The LandR.H.o. meo.
Titles Act or l^he Registry Act and the regulations
thereunder, as the case may be; and
(e) the date of expiry of the period of credit if credit
has been given. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 16 (I),
amended.
eriflcation
claim
(2) The claim shall be verified in duplicate by the affidavit ^^^
of the person claiming the lien, or of his agent or assignee
who has a personal knowledge of the matters required to be
verified, and the affidavit of the agent or assignee shall state
that he has such knowledge.
(3) When it is desired to register a claim for lien against a against
railway, it is sufficient description of the land of the railway™''"*^
company to describe it as the land of the railway company,
and every such claim shall be registered in the general register
in the office for the registry division within which the lien is
claimed to have arisen. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 16 (2, 3).
17. — (1) A claim for lien may include claims against any ^e'^inciu'ded
number of proijerties, and any number of persons claiming'"'^'*''"
liens upon the same property may unite therein, but, where
more than one lien is included in one claim, each claim for
lien shall be verified by affidavit as provided in section 16.
36
12
ment'of""' ^^^ ^^^ judge or officer trying the action has jurisdiction
ciaime equitably to apportion against the respective properties the
amounts included in any claim or claims under subsection 1.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 17, amended.
mrormaiity 18.— (1) Substantial compliance with sections 16, 17 and
29 is sufficient and no claim for lien is invalidated by reason of
failure to comply with any of the requirements of such sections
unless, in the opinion of the judge or officer trying the action,
the owner, contractor or subcontractor, mortgagee or other
person is prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent to
which he is thereby prejudiced.
nece'^'ary'°" (2) Nothing in this section dispenses with the requirement
of registration of the claim for lien. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s, 18,
amended.
be flled
19. A duplicate of the claim for lien, bearing the registrar's
certificate of registration, shall be filed on or before the trial
of the action, where the action is to be tried in the County of
York, in the office of the master of the Supreme Court, or,
where the action is to be tried elsewhere, in the office of the
clerk of the county or district court of the county or district
in which the action is to be tried. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 19 (1), amended.
oflfen 2^" \^ here a claim is so registered, the person entitled to
claimant ^ ijen shall be deemed to be a purchaser pro lanto and a
R.S.O. I960, purchaser within the provisions of The Registry Act and The
Land Titles Act, but, except as herein otherwise provided,
those Acts do not apply to any lien arising under this Act.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 20, amended.
Limit uf
time for
21. — (1) A claim for lien bj' a contractor or subcontractor
registration j^ cascs not Otherwise provided for may be registered before
or during the performance of the contract or of the subcontract
or within thirty-seven days after the completion or abandon-
ment of the contract or of the subcontract, as the case may
be. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (1).
Materials (^j) A claim for lien for materials may be registered before
or during the placing or furnishing thereof, or within thirty-
seven days after the placing or furnishing of the last material
so [)laced or furnished. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (2), amended.
Services
(3) A claim for lien for services ma\- be registered at any
time during the performance of the service or within thirty-
seven da\s after the completion of the service. R.S.O. 1960,
c. m. s.'ii (3-).
36
Section 21. As a result of further submissions and research, the
O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 8, recommends that the "umbrella principle"
of the Act, which appeared as subsection 5 of section 21 of Bill 190, be
dropped. The result will be that all lien claimants must register their
claims, thus greatly facilitating the trial of some mechanics' lien actions.
The requirement for registration of certificates of action is to be
found in section 22 (2) of this Bill.
36
Section 25. A number of changes in language have been made in
order to clarify the intent, especially subsection 6 as to notice. See
O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 9.
36
13
(4) A claim for lien for wages may be registered at any time wages
during the doing of the work for which the wages are claimed
or within thirty-seven days after the last work was done for
which the lien is claimed. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (4),
amended.
EXPIRY AND DISCHARGE
22. — (1) Every lien for which a claim is not registered Expiry of
ceases to exist on the expiration of the time limited in section 21
for the registration thereof.
(2) Upon an action under this Act being commenced, a of*?ertiflcate
certificate thereof shall be registered in the registry office in°'^^'^''°"
which the claim for lien is registered. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 22 (1), part, amended.
(3) Where a certificate of action has been registered forgrdere'"*
two years or more in the registry office and no appointment
has been taken out for the trial of the action, the judge or an
officer having jurisdiction to try the action may, upon the
application ex parte of any interested person, make an order
vacating the certificate of action and discharging all liens
depending thereon. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 22, amended.
23. Every lien for which a claim is registered ceases to^hen^iien
exist on the expiration of ninety days after the work has been if registered
completed or the materials have been placed or furnished, or proceeded
after the expiry of the period of credit, where such period is""""
mentioned in the registered claim for lien, unless in the
meantime an action is commenced to realize the claim or in
which a subsisting claim may be realized, and a certificate is
registered as provided by section 22. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 23,
amended.
24. The rights of a lien claimant may be assigned by an Assignment
. . ^ • ■^- J c ^ J u- J ^, or death of
mstrument in wntmg and, if not assigned, upon his death iien
pass to his personal representative. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 24, «^'»'"'»"'
amended.
25. — (1) A claim for lien may be discharged by the regis- J'f'^[g*|f'f®
tration of a receipt acknowledging payment,
(o) where made by a lien claimant that is not a corpora-
tion, signed by the lien claimant or his agent duly
authorized in writing and verified by affidavit; or
(6) where made by a lien claimant that is a corporation,
sealed with its corporate seal. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
, , ' Security or
s. 25 (1), amended. payment
into court
. . and vacating
(2) Upon application, the judge or officer having jurisdic-nen and
tion to try the action may, at any time, of action
36
14
(o) allow security for or payment into court of the
amount of the claim of the lien claimant and the
amount of the claims of any other subsisting lien
claimants together with such costs as he may fix,
and thereupon order that the registration of the
claim for lien or liens and the registration of the
certificate of action, if any, be vacated;
(b) upon any other proper ground, order that the regis-
tration of the claim for lien or liens and the regis-
tration of the certificate of action, if any, be vacated;
or
(c) upon proper grounds, dismiss the action.
1960, c. 233, s. 25 (4), amended.
R.S.O.
Effect of
order under
KUbB. 2,
rl8, a or 6
Money paid
into court
(3) Notwithstanding sections 22 and 23, where an order
to vacate the registration of a lien is made under clause a or 6
of subsection 2, the lien does not cease to exist for the reason
that no certificate of action is registered.
(4) Any money so paid into court, or any bond or other
security for securing the like amount and satisfactory to the
judge or officer, takes the place of the property discharged
and is subject to the claims of every person who has at the
time of the application a subsisting claim for lien or given
notice of the claim under subsection 7 of section 11 or section
14 to the same extent as if the money, bond or other security
was realized by a sale of the property in an action to enforce
the lien, but such amount as the judge or officer finds to be
owing to the person whose lien has been so vacated is a first
charge upon the money, bond or other security.
(5) Where the certificate required by section 22 or 23
has not been registered within the prescribed time and an
application is made to vacate the registration of a claim
for lien after the time for registration of the certificate, the
order vacating the lien may be made ex parte upon production
of a certificate of search under The Land Titles Act or of a regis-
trar's abstract under The Registry Act, as the case may be,
together with a certified copv of the registered claim for lien.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 25 (5-7), amended.
(6) Where money has been paid into court or a bond
deposited in court pursuant to an order under subsection 2,
the judge or officer may, upon such notice to the parties as he
ma\- require, order the money to be paid out to the persons
entitled thereto or the delivery up of the bond for cancellation,
as the case may be. 1961-62, c. 78, s. 1, amended.
number*''"" *^'' -"^'^ order discharging a claim for lien or vacating a
certificate of action shall be registered by registering the
order or a certificate thereof, under the seal of the court, that
Wlieie notice
of applica-
tion to
va< ate not
re()ui.site
R.S.O. 1960,
CO. 204, 348
Payment of
money out
of court
36
IS
includes a description of the land as required by The -^a«<^ ^'^204 ^lls '
Titles Act or The Registry Act and the regulations thereunder,
as the case may be, and a reference to the registration number
of every registered claim for lien and certificate of action
affected thereby. 1966, c. 84, s. 1, amended.
EFFECT OF TAKING SECURITY OR EXTENDING TIME
26. — (1) The taking of any security for, or the acceptance ge'j^eraiiy
of any promissory note or bill of exchange for, or the taking
of any acknowledgment of the claim, or the giving of time
for the payment thereof, or the taking of any proceedings for
the recovery, or the recovery of a personal judgment for the
claim, does not merge, waive, pay, satisfy, prejudice or destroy
the lien unless the lien claimant agrees in writing that it has
that effect. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 26 (1).
(2) Where any such promissory note or bill of exchange ^rk)d
has been negotiated, the lien claimant does not thereby lose °^^'g®j["fj.gj
his right to claim for lien if, at the time of bringing his action
to enforce it or where an action is brought by another lien
claimant, he is, at the time of proving his claim in the action,
the holder of such promissory note or bill of exchange.
(3) Nothing in subsection 2 extends the time limited byJrinling^
this Act for bringing an action to enforce a claim for lien. action not
(4) A person who has extended the time for payment of a ^rilJIing'^
claim for which he has a claim for lien in order to obtain the pgrio" who
benefit of this section shall commence an action to enforce p^e time
1 1 • • t • 1 • -111 1 • » 1 1 11 'o"" payment
the clann withm the time prescribed by this Act and shall
register a certificate as required by sections 22 and 23, but no
further proceedings shall be taken in the action until the
expiration of such extension of time. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 26 (2-4), amended.
27. Where the period of credit in respect of a claim has notciaJmln
expired or there has been an extension of time for payment of another*^
the claim, the lien claimant may nevertheless, if an action isP«™°"
commenced by any other person to enforce a claim for lien
against the same property, prove and obtain payment of his
claim in the action as if the period of credit or the extended
time had expired. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 27, amended.
MEN CI..\IM.4NT's rights TO INFORMATION
28.— (1) Any lien claimant may in writing at any time Pf'"°^^^^^°?
demand of the owner or his agent the production, for inspec- ^^agree-
tion, of the contract or agreement with the contractor for
or in respect of which the work was or is to be done or the
36
16
statement
of mort-
gagee or
unpaid
vendor
Production
of contract
or agree-
ment
materials were or are to be placed or furnished, if the contract
or agreement is in writing or, if not in writing, the terms of the
contract or agreement and the state of the accounts between
the owner and the contractor, and, if the owner or his agent
does not, at the time of the demand or within a reasonable
time thereafter, produce the contract or agreement if in writing
or, if not in writing, does not inform the person making the
demand of the terms of the contract or agreement and the
amount due and unpaid upon the contract or agreement or if
he knowingly falsely states the terms of the contract or agree-
ment or the amount due or unpaid thereon and if the person
claiming the lien sustains loss by reason of the refusal or
neglect or false statement, the owner is liable to him for the
amount of the loss in an action therefor or in any action for
the enforcement of a lien under this Act, and subsection 4 of
section 38 applies.
(2) Any lien claimant may in writing at any time demand of
a mortgagee or unpaid vendor or his agent the terms of any
mortgage on the land or of any agreement for the purchase of
the land in respect of which the work was or is to be done or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished and a statement
showing the amount advanced on the mortgage or the amount
owing on the agreement, as the case may be, and, if the mort-
gagee or vendor or his agent fails to inform the lien claimant at
the time of the demand or within a reasonable time thereafter
of the terms of the mortgage or agreement and the amount
advanced or owing thereon or if he knowingly falsely states
the terms of the mortgage or agreement and the amount
owing thereon and the lien claimant sustains loss by the refusal
or neglect or misstatement, the mortgagee or vendor is liable
to him for the amount of the loss in an action therefor or in
any action for the enforcement of a lien under this Act, and
subsection 4 of section 38 applies.
(3) The judge or officer having jurisdiction to try an action
under this Act may, on a summary application at any time
before or after an action is commenced for the enforcement of
the claim for lien, make an order requiring the owner or his
agent or the mortgagee or his agent or the unpaid vendor or
his agent or the contractor or his agent or the subcontractor or
his agent, as the case may be, to produce and permit any
lien claimant to inspect any such contract or agreement or
mortgage or agreement for sale or the accounts or any other
relevant document upon such terms as to costs as the judge
or officer deems just. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 28, amended.
ACTIONS
How claim
enforceable
29. — (1) A claim for lien is enforceable in an action in the
Supreme Court'.
36
Section 29. No change in principle from the present Act.
36
Section 31. The O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 10, recommends that as
there is no relationship between subsections 1 and 2 of section 31 of Bill
190, subsection 1 should be renumbered as section 31, subsections 2 to 7
renumbered as .subsections 1 to 6 of a new section 32 and the following
sections renumbered accordingly. This recommendation is implemented.
.^6
17
(2) An action under this Act shall be commenced by filing statement
a statement of claim in the office of the local registrar of theii'nB of'
Supreme Court in the county or district in which the land
or part thereof is situate.
(3) The statement of claim shall be served within thirty ge^yfc'e
days after it is filed, but the judge having jurisdiction to try
the action or, in the County of York, the master may extend
the time for service.
(4) The time for delivering the statement of defence in the ff d'lfence*
action shall be the same as for entering an appearance in an
action in the Supreme Court.
(5) It is not necessary to make any lien claimants parties Parties
defendant to the action, but all lien claimants served with the
notice of trial shall for all purposes be deemed to be parties
to the action.
(6) After the commencement of the action, any lien claim- J^°''°^j
ant or other person interested may apply to the judge having""'^'
jurisdiction to try the action or, in the County of York,
a judge of the Supreme Court to speed the trial of the action.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 29, amended.
30. Any number of lien claimants claiming liens on the L-'en
, ,' ... . . , , , claimants
same land may join in an action, and an action brought by joining in
a lien claimant shall be deemed to be brought on behalf of
himself and all other lien claimants. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 30,
amended.
31.— (1) Except in the County of York, the action shall and'^pia^
be tried by the local judge of the Supreme Court in the ""^ *'""''
county or district in which the action was commenced, but,
upon the application of any party or other interested person
made according to the practice of the Supreme Court and upon
notice, the court may direct that the action be tried by a
judge of the Supreme Court at the regular sittings of the
court for the trial of actions in the county or district in which
the action was commenced. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 31 (1, 2).
(2) In the County of York, the action shall be tried by ayo^rlJ'
judge of the Supreme Court, but, county
(a) on motion after defence or defence to counterclaim,
if any, has been delivered or the time for such
delivery has expired, a judge of the Supreme Court
may refer the whole action to the master for trial
.._,„,,,,. ^ • , R.S.O. ISfiO,
pursuant to section 69 of The Judicature Act; or c. 197
36
18
R.S.O. 19(i<l.
c. 197
(b) at the trial, a judge of the Supreme Court may direct
a reference to the master pursuant to section 68 or 69
of The Judicature Act. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 31 (3),
amended.
Application
to set aside
judgment
directing n
reference
(3) Where on motion the whole action is referred to the
master for trial, any person brought into the proceedings
subsequent thereto and served with a notice of trial may
apply to a judge of the Supreme Court to set aside the judg-
ment directing the reference within seven days after service
of notice of trial and, if such person fails to make such appli-
cation, he is bound by such judgment as if he were originally
a party thereto.
Amend-
ment of
pleading.s
on reference
(4) Where the action is referred to the master for trial, he
may grant leave to amend any pleading. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 31 (4, 5).
Powers of
local
judges
S.C.O., etc.
32. The local judges of the Supreme Court and the
master to whom a reference for trial has been directed, in
addition to their ordinary powers, have all the jurisdiction,
powers and authority of the Supreme Court to try and com-
pletely dispose of the action and questions arising therein and
all questions of set-ofT and counterclaim arising under the
building contract or out of the work done or materials fur-
nished to the property in question. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 32 (1), amended.
Where con-
tract covers
several
buildings
33. Where an owner enters into an entire contract for
the supply of materials to be used in several buildings, the
person supplying the materials may ask to have his lien follow
the form of the contract and that it be for an entire sum upon
all the buildings, but, in case the owner has sold one or more of
the buildings, the judge or officer trying the action has juris-
diction equitably to apportion against the respective buildings
the amount included in the claim for lien under the entire
contract. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 32 (2), amended.
Power to
appoint a
receiver of
rents and
profits
34. — (1) At any time after the delivery of the statement
of claim, the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the
action may, on the application of any lien claimant, mort-
gagee or other person interested, appoint a receiver of the
rents and profits of the property against which the claim for
lien is registered, upon such terms and upon the giving of
such security or without security as the judge or officer deems
just.
Power to
direct
sale and
appoint
trustee
(2) Any lien claimant, mortgagee or other person interested
may make an application to the judge or officer at any time
before or after judgment, which may hear viva voce or affidavit
36
Section 34 — Subsection 2. As recommended by the O.L.R.C. Supp.
Rep., p. 10, the powers that trustees may exercise under the section are
broadened to include, if authorized by court order, the power to lease the
property against which the claim for lien is registered.
36
Subsection 3. The words "but only in cases where there is no dispute
as to the priority of any such mortgage" at the end of the provision as it
appeared in Bill 190 have been deleted as recommended by the O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., p. 11. This will expedite the trial of mechanics' lien actions
by giving the court power to direct a sale under the court's supervision in
cases where the priority of a mortgage is in dispute or where the lien
claimants refuse to take a position one way or the other.
36
19
evidence or both and appoint, upon such terms and upon the
giving of such security or without security as the judge or
officer deems just, a trustee or trustees with power to manage,
mortgage, lease and sell, or manage, mortgage, lease or sell,
the property against which the claim for lien is registered,
and the exercise of such powers shall be under the supervision
and direction of the judge or officer, and with power, when
so directed by the judge or officer, to complete or partially
complete the property, and, in the event that mortgage
moneys are advanced to the trustee or trustees as the result
of any of the powers conferred upon him or them under this
subsection, such moneys take priority over every claim of
lien existing as of the date of the appointment.
(3) Any property directed to be sold under subsection 2 offere*"for
may be offered for sale subject to any mortgage or other s^ie
charge or encumbrance if the judge or officer so directs.
(4) The proceeds of any sale made by a trustee or trustees ^''°j,''g*®^*,j
under subsection 2 shall be paid into court and are subject '"'° '''>"'■'
to the claims of all lien claimants, mortgagees or other persons
interested in the property so sold as their respective rights are
determined, and, in so far as applicable, section 39 applies.
(5) The judge or officer shall make all necessary orders for^mpuuon
the completion of any mortgage, lease or sale authorized to°^'*'*
be made under subsection 2.
(6) Any vesting order made of property sold by a trustee ^r'tui'e*
or trustees appointed under subsection 2 vests the title of the
property free from all claims for liens, encumbrances and
interests of any kind including dower, except in cases where
sale is made subject to any mortgage, charge, encumbrance
or interest as hereinbefore provided, but nothing in this
section or elsewhere in this Act shall be deemed to extinguish
the right to dower, if any, of any married woman or the right
to have the value of her dower ascertained and deducted
from the proceeds of the sale so paid into court. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 32 (3-8), amended.
35. At any time after delivery of the statement of claim preserva-
and before judgment, or after judgment and pending thep°o"perty
hearing and determination of any appeal, any lien claimant,
mortgagee or other interested person may make an application
to the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action,
who may hear viva voce or affidavit evidence or both and make
an order for the preservation of any property pending the
determination of tlie action and an\- appeal. New.
36
20
Consolida-
tion of
actions
Transferring
carriage of
proceedings
36. Where more actions than one are brought to realize
liens in respect of the same land, the judge or officer having
jurisdiction to try the action may, on the application of any
party to any one of the actions or on the application of any
other person interested, consolidate all such actions into one
action and award the conduct of the consolidated action to
any plaintiff as the judge or officer deems just. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 33, amended.
37. Any lien claimant entitled to the benefit of an action
may at any time apply to the judge or officer having jurisdic-
tion to try the action for the carriage of the proceedings, and
the judge or officer may make an order awarding such lien
claimant the carriage of the proceedings. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 34, amended.
diyfoV^"^ 38.— (1) After the delivery of the statement of defence
trial where the plaintiflf's claim is disputed, or after the time for
delivery of defence in all other cases, either party may apply
ex parte to a judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the
action to fix a day for the trial thereof, and the judge or
officer shall appoint the time and place of trial, and the order,
signed by the judge or officer, shall form part of the record of
the proceedings.
Notice of
trial and
service
(2) The party obtaining an appointment for the trial shall,
at least ten clear days before the day appointed, serve notice
of trial upon the solicitors for the defendants who appear
by solicitors and upon the defendants who appear in person,
and upon all the lienholders who have registered their claims
as required by this Act or of whose claims he has notice, and
upon all other persons having any charge, encumbrance
or claim on the land subsequent in priority to the lien, who
are not parties, and such service shall be personal unless
otherwise directed by the judge or officer who may direct in
what manner the notice of trial is to be served.
Idem
Trial
(3) Where any person interested in the land has been
served with a statement of claim and makes default in de-
livering a statement of defence, he shall nevertheless be served
v'ith notice of trial and is entitled to defend on such terms as
to costs and otherwise as the judge or officer having jurisdic-
tion to try the action deems just.
(4) The judge, or where a reference for trial is directed, the
master.
(a) shall try the action, including any set-off and counter-
claim, and all questions that arise therein or that are
necessary to be tried in order to completely dispose
36
21
of the action and to adjust the rights and liabilities
of the persons appearing before him or upon whom
notice of trial has been served;
(b) shall take all accounts, make all inquiries, give all
directions and do all other things necessary to finally
dispose of the action and of all matters, questions and
accounts arising therein or at the trial, and to adjust
the rights and liabilities of and give all necessary
relief to all parties to the action and all persons who
have been served with the notice of trial; and
(c) shall embody the results of the trial,
(i) in the case of a judge, in a judgment, and
(ii) in the case of a master, in a report,
which judgment or repxjrt may direct payment forth-
with by the person or persons primarily liable to
pay the amount of the claims and costs as ascertained
by the judgment or report, and execution may be
issued therefor forthwith in the case of a judgment
and after confirmation thereof, in the case of a report.
(5) The form of the judgment or report may be varied by p°^*®Jq*^^ ^f
the judge or officer in order to meet the circumstances of the judgment
case so as to afford to any party to the proceedings any right
or remedy in the judgment or report to which he may be
entitled.
(6) The judge or officer may order that the estate or interest ^*'®
charged with the lien be sold, and may direct the sale to take
place at any time after judgment or confirmation of the report,
allowing, however, a reasonable time for advertising the sale.
(7) A lien claimant who did not prove his claim at the trial, h|"'°* '"
on application to the judge or officer before whom the action ^g'J^^^yl
or reference was tried, may be let in to prove his claim, on "heiJ?c°aim8
such terms as to costs and otherwise as are deemed just, at at trial
any time before the amount realized in the action for the
satisfaction of liens has been distributed, and, where his
claim is allowed, the judgment or report shall be amended
so as to include his claim.
(8) Any lien claimant for an amount not exceeding $200 ^^^^^ °^
may be represented by an agent who is not a barrister and to*}.™pre'*
solicitor. sentation
(9) An action or reference under this Act may be tried by bo V°iSd™bT
any judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action oranyiu^ee
36
22
Applications
for
directions
Report
where sale
is had
reference notwithstanding that the time and place for the
trial or reference thereof were appointed and fixed by another
judge or officer. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 35, amended.
(10) Any party to an action under this Act or any other
interested person may at any time and from time to time
apply to a judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action
or reference for directions as to pleadings, discovery, produc-
tion or any other matter relating to the action or reference,
including the cross-examination of a lien claimant or his
agent or assignee on his affidavit verifying the claim. New.
39. — (1) Where a sale is had, the moneys arising there-
from shall be paid into court to the credit of the action, and
the judge or officer before whom the action was tried shall
direct to whom the moneys in court shall be paid and may
add to the claim of the person conducting the action his fees
and actual disbursements incurred in connection with the sale,
and, where sufficient to satisfy the judgment and costs is
not realized from the sale, he shall certify the amount of the
deficiency and the names of the persons who are entitled to
recover the same, showing the amount that each is entitled
to recover and the persons adjudged to pay the same, giving
credit for payments made, if any, under subsection 4 of
section 38, and the persons so entitled may enforce payment
of the amounts so found to be due by execution or otherwise.
(2) The judge or officer before whom the action was tried
may make all necessary orders for the completion of the sale
and for vesting the property in the purchaser. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 36 (1, 2).
40. Where a lien claimant fails to establish a lien, he may
nevertheless recover a personal judgment against any party
to the action for such sum as may appear to be due to him
and which he might recover in an action against such party.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 36 (3).
Henhoiders '^^' Where property subject to a lien is sold in an action
whose claims to enforce a lien, every lienholder is entitled to share in the
payable to proceeds of the sale in respect of the amount then owing to
proceeds him, although the same or part thereof was not payable at
the time of the commencement of the action or is not then
presently payable. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 37.
Completion
of safe
Where
lien not
established
stated case
STATED CASE
■42. — (1) If in the course of proceedings to enforce a lien a
question of law arises, the judge or officer trying the case may,
at the request of any party, state the question in the form of
a stated case for the opinion of the Court of Appeal, and the
stated case shall thereupon be set down to be heard before
the Court of Appeal and notice of hearing shall be served
by the party setting down upon all parties concerned.
36
Section 43 — Subsection 1. The limitation on appeals that is in the
present Act but was not in Bill 190 appears at the commencement of this
provision as recommended by the O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 11.
36
23
(2) The stated case shall set forth the facts material for ^i^lon of
the determination of the question raised, and all papers neces- papers
sary for the hearing of the stated case by the Court of Appeal
shall be transmitted to the registrar of the Supreme Court.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 39, amended.
APPEAL
43. — (1) Except where the amount of a judgment in Appeal
respect of a claim or counterclaim is $200 or less, an appeal
lies trom any judgment under this Act to the Court of Appeal.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 40 (1), amended.
(2) Where a question is referred to the master for inquiry ^^P.^^'^^g"™
and report under subsection 2 of section 31, an appeal lies in
the manner prescribed by the rules of court.
(3) Where an action is referred to the master for trial ^"{J'jj'/"^"
under subsection 2 of section 31, the report shall be filed and^^ster's
shall be deemed to be confirmed at the expiration of fifteen
days from the date of service of notice of filing the same,
unless notice of appeal is served within that time.
(4) An appeal from a judgment or report made on a refer- (^PP^*'
ence for trial lies in like manner and to the same extent as Judgment
from the decision of a judge trying an action in the Supreme
Court without a jury. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 40 (2, 3, 4).
(5) The costs of an appeal shall not be governed by sub-appeli°^
sections 2 and 3 of section 45 but, subject to any order of the
Court of Appeal, shall be upon the scale of costs allowed in
county court appeals where the amount involved is within the
proper competence of the county court, and, where it exceeds
that amount, upon the Supreme Court scale. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 40 (5), amended.
FEES AND COSTS
44. The fee payable by every plaintiff, every plaintiff by ^®®
counterclaim and every lien claimant, including every person
recovering a personal judgment, in any action to realize a lien
under this Act is,
(a) $5 on a claim or counterclaim not exceeding $500;
(b) $10 on a claim or counterclaim exceeding $500 but
not exceeding $1,000;
(c) $10 on a claim or counterclaim exceeding $1,000,
plus $1 for every $1,000 or fraction thereof in excess
of $1,000,
36
24
but no fee is payable on a claim for wages only, and in no case
shall the fee on a claim exceed $75 or on a counterclaim exceed
$25. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 41, amended.
ot'herwise *3' — (1) Subject to subsections 2, 3, 4 and 5, any order
provided ^s to costs in an action under this Act is in the discretion of
the judge or officer who tries the action. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 46, amended.
Limit of
costs to
plaintiffs
(2) The costs of the action, exclusive of actual disburse-
ments, awarded to the plaintiffs and successful lienholders,
shall not exceed in the aggregate 25 per cent of the total
amount found to have been actually due on the liens at the
time of the registration thereof, and shall be apportioned and
borne in such proportion as the judge or officer who tries the
action may direct, but in making the apportionment he shall
have regard to the actual services rendered by or on behalf
of the parties resp>ectively, provided that, where a counter-
claim is set up by a defendant, the amount and apportion-
ment of the costs in respect thereof are in the discretion of
the judge or officer who tries the action. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 42, amended.
Limit of
costs against
plaintiffs
(3) Where costs are awarded against the plaintiff or other
persons claiming liens, they shall not exceed, except in the
case of a counterclaim, 25 per cent of the claim of the plaintiff
and the other claimants, besides actual disbursements, and
shall be apportioned and borne as the judge or officer who
tries the action may direct. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 43,
amended.
least^x'pe^n^ (4) Where the least expensive course is not taken by a
^'Jt®f';']"J".f® plaintiff, the costs allowed to him shall in no case exceed
not taken k '
what would have been incurred if the least expensive course
had been taken. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 44.
Cost of
drawing and
(5) Where a lien is discharged or vacated under section 25
and'^'vacaung *^'' where judgment is given in favour of or against a claim
registration for a lien, in addition to the costs of the action, the judge or
officer who tries the action may allow a reasonable amount for
the costs of drawing and registering the claim for lien or of
vacating the registration thereof, but this does not apply where
the claimant fails to establish a valid lien. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 45.
RULES OF PRACTICE
Rules of
practice
46. — (1) The object of this Act being to enforce liens at
the least expense, the procedure shall be as far as possible of
a summary character, having regard to the amount and nature
of the liens in question. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 47 (1).
36
Section 45. The intent is clarified as recommended by the O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., p. 11.
36
Section 46 — Subsection 4. This new provision implements a recom-
mendation of the O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 11.
36
25
(2) Except where otherwise provided by this Act, no inter- toJ^'i?ooeed-
locutory proceedings shall be permitted without the consent 'nss
of the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action,
and then only upon proper proof that such proceedings are
necessary.
(3) The judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action Assistance
may obtam the assistance of any merchant, accountant,
actuary, building contractor, architect, engineer or person in
such way as he deems fit, the better to enable him to determine
any matter of fact in question, and may fix the remuneration
of any such person and direct payment thereof by any of the
parties. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 47 (2, 3), amended.
(4) Unless otherwise provided in this Act, the Rules o{^^^^^^°^
Practice and Procedure of the Supreme Court apply to pro-
ceedings under this Act. New.
SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS
47. Except where otherwise directed by the judge or ^^^'^* "j*^,
officer having jurisdiction to try the action, all documents
relating to an action under this Act, other than statements
of claim and notices of trial, are sufficiently served upon the
intended recipient if sent by registered mail addressed to the
intended recipient at his address for service. Nerw.
LIENS ON CHATTELS
48. — (1) Every person who has bestowed money, skill or ^'l^'^t^pf
materials upon any chattel or thing in the alteration or im- nenhoider
, , . . , , - . .to sell
provement of its properties or for the purpose of imparting chattel
an additional value to it, so as thereby to be entitled to a lien
upon the chattel or thing for the amount or value of the money
or skill and material bestowed, has, while the lien exists but not
afterwards, in case the amount to which he is entitled remains
unpaid for three months after it ought to have been paid, the
right, in addition to any other remedy to which he may be
entitled, to sell by auction the chattel or thing on giving one
week's notice by advertisement in a newspaper having general
circulation in the municipality in which the work was done,
setting forth the name of the person indebted, the amount of
the debt, a description of the chattel or thing to be sold, the
time and place of sale, and the name of the auctioneer, and
leaving a like, not ce in writing at the last known place of
residence, if any, of the owner, if he is a resident of the
municipality.
(2) Such person shall apply the proceeds of the sale in ^f'^/'ro'ceeds'
payment of the amount due to him and the costs of advertising of sale
and sale and shall upon application pay over any surplus to the
preson entitled thereto. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 48, amended.
36
26
FORMS
Forms ^q^ -pj^^ Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu-
lations prescribing forms and providing for their use. New.
MISCELLANEOUS
^•233: ^^®°' 50. The Mechanics' Lien Act, The Mechanics' Lien Amend-
19^1-62, ment Act, 1961-62, The Mechanics' Lien Amendment Act,
1962-63, 1962-63 and The Mechanics' Lien Amendment Act, 1966 are
c. 79 *
i966,'c.84, repealed,
repealed
ment'"*"'^^ 51' This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
Short title 62. This Act may be cited as The Mechanics' Lien Act,
1968-69.
36
>
Ui
t\j
;j
»
^
a.
>3
>i
1
s
&,
^
a-
».
a
19
a
D
n
3
■-I
^
a
OS
00
n
n
s
p
s
>
OC
1
BILL 36
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Mechanics' Lien Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wish art
(Reprinted as amended by the Legal and Municipal Committee)
TORONTO
PhINTFD ANTl PlIBIMSHKn RY FrANK FOGG. OUEEN'S PRINTER
EXPLASATOKY N'OTES
Genkkal. Ill 1965 the Ontario Law Reform Commission undertook
an extensive study of the law in Ontario on mechanics' liens.
A report dated February 22, 1966, was made by the Commission
to the Attorney General containing its recommendations for up-dating
The Mechanics' Lien Act.
Bill 190, based upon the report, was introduced and given first reading
at the 1966 Session. This gave the proposed legislation wide distribution
in convenient form for study by interested persons and organizations.
The Commission then held public hearings and considered many
submissions which resulted in a supplementary report dated May 26, 1967.
The recommendations of the Commission contained in the supple-
mentary report have been incorporated in this Bill. There is, however,
one major exception. This Bill does not transfer jurisdiction in mechanics'
lien actions from the Supreme Court to the county and district courts as
recommended by the Commission in both of its reports. It is thought
advisable to leave this matter in abeyance pending the conclusion of the
general review of the jurisdictions of the several court systems in Ontario
now going on as a result of the recommendations of the McRuer Report.
This Bill also contains a number of editorial and other changes,
designed to clarify the intent, that have resulted from the study of Bill 190.
In the following notes the supplementary report of the Commission
is referred to as O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep.
36
BILL 36 1968-69
The Mechanics' Lien Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
l.-(l) In this Act. l^iSS"*"
(a) "completion of the contract" means substantial per-
formance, not necessarily total performance, of the
contract;
{b) "contractor" means a person contracting with or
employed directly by the owner or his agent for the
doing of work or the placing or furnishing of materials
for any ot the purposes mentioned in this Act;
(c) "materials" includes every kind of movable property;
(d) "owner" includes any person and corporation, includ-
ing a municipal corporation and a railway company,
having any estate or interest in the land upon which
or in respect of which work is done or materials are
placed or furnished, at whose request, and
(i) upon whose credit, or
(ii) on whose behalf, or
(iii) with whose privity or consent, or
(iv) for whose direct benefit,
work is done or materials are placed or furnished and
all persons claiming under him or it whose rights
are acquired after the work in respect of which the
lien is claimed is commenced or the materials placed
or furnished have been commenced to be placed or
furnished;
(e) "registrar" includes a master of titles;
(/) "registry office" includes a land titles office;
36
(g) "subcontractor" means a person not contracting with
or employed directly by the owner or his agent for
any of the purposes mentioned in this Act, but con-
tracting with or employed by a contractor or, under
him, by another subcontractor;
(h) "wages" means the money earned by a workman for
work done by time or as piece work, and includes all
monetary supplementary benefits, whether by stat-
ute, contract or collective bargaining agreement;
(i) "workman" means a person employed for wages in
any kind of labour, whether employed under a
contract of service or not. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 1,
amended.
hfo^deB (2) In this Act, the expression "the doing of work" in-
eervfce eludes the performance of a service, and corresponding expres-
sions have corresponding meanmgs.
per^fonna'nce (^) ^^^ ^^^ purposes of this Act, a contract shall be deemed
to be substantially performed,
(a) when the work or a substantial part thereof is
ready for use or is being used for the purpose in-
tended; and
(b) when the work to be done under the contract is
capable of completion or correction at a cost of not
more than,
(i) 3 per cent of the first $250,000 of the contract
price,
(ii) 2 per cent of the next $250,000 of the contract
price, and
B^F" (iii) 1 per cent of the balance of the contract price.
'•^e™ (4) For the purposes of this Act, where the work or a sub-
stantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the
purpose intended and where the work cannot be completed
expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the contractor,
the value of the work to be completed shall be deducted
from the contract price in determining substantial perform-
ance. New. "Wt
GENERAL
in'^hande'of" ^' — ^^^ -^'^ sums received by a builder, contractor or sub-
contractore contractor on account of the contract price constitute a trust
fund in his hands for the benefit of the owner, builder, con-
tractor, subcontractor, Workmen's Compensation Board,
36
Section 1 — Subsections 3 and 4 are new. They are designed to com-
plement the definition of "completion of the contract" and thus speed up
the release of "holdback" moneys.
36
Subsection 4. Municipal financing is expressly excluded from the
scope of the provision and its intent is clarified as recommended in O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., pp. 6, 7.
36
workmen, and persons who have suppHed materials on account
of the contract or who have rented equipment to be used on
the contract site, and the builder, contractor or subcontractor,
as the case may be, is the trustee of all such sums so received
by him and he shall not appropriate or convert any part
thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized by the
trust until all workmen and all persons who have supplied
materials on the contract or who have rented equipment
to be used on the contract site and all subcontractors are paid
for work done or materials supplied on the contract and the
Workmen's Compensation Board is paid any assessment with
respect thereto. R.S.O, 1960, c. 233, s. 3 (1), amended.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, where a builder, con- ^''°®p*'°"
tractor or subcontractor has paid in whole or in pan foi any
materials supplied on account of the contract or for any tented
equipment or has paid any workman who has performed any
work or any subcontractor who has placed or furnished any
materials in respect of the contract, the retention by such
builder, contractor or subcontractor of a sum equal to the sum
so paid by him shall he deemed not to be an appropriation or
conversion thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized
bythe trust. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 3 (3), amended.
(3) Where a sum becomes payable under a contract to a J^'"J|*jj^'J°^f'
contractor by an owner on the certificate of a person authorized owners
under the contract to make such a certificate, an amount
equal to the sum so certified that is in the owner's hands or
received by him at any time thereafter shall, until paid to the
contractor, constitute a trust fund in the owner's hands for
the benefit of the contractor, subcontractor. Workmen's
Compensation Board, workmen, and persons who have
supplied materials on account of the contract or who have
rented equipment to be used on the contract site, and the
owner shall not appropriate or convert any part thereof to
his own use or to any use not authorized by the trust until
all workmen and all persons who have supplied materials on
the contract or who have rented equipment to be used on
the contract site and all contractors and subcontractors are
paid for work done or materials supplied on the contract and
the Workmen's Compensation Board is paid any assessment
with respect thereto. "^PB
(4) All sums received by an owner, other than a niunici-^orfgage,""
pality as defined in The Department of Municipal Affairs ^f'funj" '
or a metropolitan or regional municipality or a local tx)ard r.s.o. i960,
thereof, which are to be used in the financing, including the
purchase price of the land and the payment of prior encum-
brances, of a building, structure or work, constitute, subject
to the payment of the purchase price of the land and prior
36
encumbrances, a trust fund in the hands of the owner for the
benefit of the persons mentioned in subsection 1, and, until
the claims of all such persons have been paid, the owner shall
not appropriate or convert any part thereof to his own use or
to any use not authorized by the trust.
Exception (5) Notwithstanding subsection 4, where an owner has
himself paid in whole or in part for any work done, for any
materials placed or furnished or for any rented equipment,
the retention by him from any moneys received from the
lender under subsection 4 of a sum equal to the sum so paid
by him shall be deemed not to be an appropriation or conver-
sion thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized by the
trust.
Protection
for money
lenders
Offence and
penalty
Limit of
time for
asserting
<'laims to
tru.st
moneys
(6) Notwithstanding anything in this section, where money
is lent to a person upon whom a trust is imposed by this
section and is used by him to pay in whole or in part for any
work done, for any materials placed or furnished or for any
rented equipment, trust moneys may be applied to discharge
the loan to the extent that the lender's money was so used
by the trustee, and any sum so applied shall be deemed not
to be an appropriation or conversion to the trustee's own use
or to any use not authorized by the trust. New. '^PS
(7) Every person ujxjn whom a trust is imposed by this
section who knowingly appropriates or converts any part of
any trust moneys referred to in subsection 1 , 3 or 4 to his own
use or to any use not authorized by the trust is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more
than two years, or to both, and every director or officer of a cor-
poration who knowingly assents to or acquiesces in any such
offence by the corporation is guilty of such offence, in addition
to the corporation, and on summary conviction is liable to a
fin : cl not more than $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than two years, or to both. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 3 (2), amended.
3. No action to assert any claim to trust moneys referred
to in section 2 shall be commenced against a lender of money
to a person upon whom a trust is imposed by that section
except,
(a) in the case of a claim by a contractor or subcontractor
in cases not provided for in clauses b, c and d, within
nine months after the completion or abandonment
of the contract or subcontract;
(b) in the case of a claim for materials, within nine
months after the placing or furnishing of the last
material;
36
f
Subsection 5. This extension of the "trustee provisions" is new. It
is recommended in O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., pp. 5-7.
36
Section 4 — Subsection 2, clause 6. In its original report the Ontario
Law Reform Commission recommended "$25 a day" which is the sum
that appeared in Bill 190.
As a result of further submissions and consideration, the Commission
recommends $35 a day. See O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 7. The Committee
on Legal and Municipal Bills raised it to $50 a day.
36
(c) in the case of a claim for services, within nine months
after the completion of the service; or
(d) in the case of a claim for wages, within nine months
after the last work was done for which the claim is
made. New. "^P8
4. — (1) Every agreement, oral or written, express or Agreements
1- 1 1 r 1 1 1 • A 1 waiving
implied, on the part oi any workman that this Act does not application
apply to him or that the remedies provided by it are not are void
available for his benefit is void.
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply. Exception
(a) to a manager, officer or foreman; or
(b) to any person whose wages are more than $50 a day.
(3) No agreement deprives any person otherwise entitled Effect upon
^ ,. , , . A 1 • , third party-
to a hen under this Act, who is not a party to the agreement, of agreement
of the benefit of the lien, but it attaches, notwithstanding"*'^' *
such agreement. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 4, amended.
CREATION OF LIENS
5. — (1) Unless he signs an express agreement to the con- ^^g*""*] ^
trary and in that case subject to section 4, any person who'ie"
does any work upon or in respect of, or places or furnishes any
materials to be used in, the making, constructing, erecting,
fitting, altering, improving or repairing of any land, building,
structure or works or the appurtenances to any of them for any
owner, contractor or subcontractor b\ virtue thereof has a
lien for the price of the work or materials upon the estate or
interest of the owner in the land, building, structure or works
and appurtenances and the land occupied thereby or enjoyed
therewith, or upon or in respect of which the work is done, or
upon which the materials are placed or furnished to be used,
limited, however, in amount to the sum justly due to the
person entitled to the lien and to the sum justly owing, except
as herein provided, by the owner, and the placing or furnishing
of the materials to be used upon the land or such other place
in the immediate vicinity of the land designated by the owner
or his agent is good and sufficient delivery for the purpose of
this Act, but delivery on the designated land does not make
such land subject to a lien.
(2) Except for the purpose of section 11, the lien given by ^^'^®p*'°''
subsection 1 does not attach to any public street or highway
or to any work or improvement done thereon. "^Pl
36
attaf hea (^^ ^^^ ^'^" given by subsection 1 attaches as therein set
where out where the materials delivered to be used are incoriwrated
materials . i i i i m i- i • i j-
incorporated into the land, building, structure or works, notwithstanding
that the materials may not have been delivered in strict
accordance with subsection 1.
into
building
Interpre-
tation
(4) In subsection 1, "agent" includes the contractor or sub-
contractor for whom the materials are placed or furnished,
unless the person placing or furnishing the materials has had
actual notice from the owner to the contrary. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 5, amended.
Lien for
rented
equipment
(5) A person who rents equipment to an owner, contractor
or subcontractor for use on a contract site shall be deemed
for the purposes of this Act to have performed a service for
which he has a lien for the price of the rental of the equipment
used on the contract site, limited, however in amount to the
sum justly owed and due to the person entitled to the lien
from the owner, builder, contractor or subcontractor in respect
of the rental of the equipment. New.
When
husl^and's
interest
liable for
work done
or materials
furnished
on land of
spouse
6. Where work is done or materials are placed or furnished
to be used upon or in respect of the land of a married woman, or
in which she has an interest or an inchoate right of dower, with
the privity or consent of her husband, he shall be presumed
conclusively to be acting as her agent as well as for himself for
the purposes of this Act unless before doing the work or
placing or furnishing the materials the person doing the work
or placing or furnishing the materials has had actual notice to
the contrary. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 6, amended.
?harged*1s'^'^ '^ • — (V^ Where the estate or interest upon which the lien
leaselioid attaches is leasehold, the fee simple is also subject to the lien
if the person doing the work or placing or furnishing the
materials gives notice in writing, by personal service, to the
owner in fee simple or his agent of the work to be done or
materials to be placed or furnished unless the owner in fee
simple or his agent within fifteen days thereafter gives notice in
writing, by personal service, to such person that he will not
be responsible therefor.
Forfeiture
or cancella-
tion of
lease, elTect
of on lien-
holder
(2) No forfeiture or attempted forfeiture of the lease on
the part of the landlord, or cancellation or attempted cancel-
lation of the lease except for non-payment of rent, deprives
any person otherwise entitled to a lien of the benefit of the
lien, but the person entitled to the lien may pay any rent
accruing after he becomes so entitled, and the amount so paid
may be added to his claim.
36
Section 5 — Subsection 5. The intent of the original recommen-
dation of the Ontario Law Reform Commission is clarified. It is intended
that the lien for rented equipment is for an amount that is reasonable and
justly due in the particular circumstances. See O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 8.
Section 7 — Subsection 1. The intent is clarified. See O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., p. 8. Also, the notice period is increased from ten to fifteen
days.
36
(3) Where the land and premises upon or in respect of which P'"Jj?[ ^ ^^
any work is done or materials are placed or furnished are
encumbered by a mortgage or other charge that was registered
in the proper registry office before any lien under this Act
arose, the mortgage or other charge has priority over all liens
under this Act to the extent of the actual value of the land
and premises at the time the first lien arose, such value to be
ascertained by the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try
an action under this Act.
(4) The time at which the first lien arose shall be deemed to nen'arose
^ When first
be the time at which the first work was done or the first
materials placed or furnished, irrespective of whether a claim
for lien in respect thereof is registered or enforced and whether
or not such lien is before the court. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7
(1-4), amended.
(5) Any mortgage existing as a valid security, notwith- f^'anees
standing that it is a prior mortgage within the meaning of
subsection 3, may also secure future advances, subject to
subsection 1 of section 14. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7 (5).
(6) A registered agreement for the sale and purchase of^^g^oomont
land and any moneys bona fide secured or payable there- p'JfrchM^or
under has the same priority over a lien as is provided for a 'a""! has
.,.',_, same priority
mortgage and mortgage moneys m subsections 3 and 5, and as mortgage
for the purposes of this Act the seller shall be deemed to be
a mortgagee, and any moneys bona fide secured and payable
under such agreement shall be deemed to be mortgage moneys
bona fide secured or advanced. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7 (6),
amended.
8. Where any of the property upon which a lien attaches *^,P'J^^^'°^g
is wholly or partly destroyed by fire, any money received
by reason of any insurance thereon by an owner or ])rior
mortgagee or chargee shall take the place of the |)roperty so
destroyed and is, after satisfying any prior mortgage or charge
in the manner and to the extent set out in subsection 3 of
section 7, subject to the claims of all jjersons for liens to the
same extent as if the money had been realized by a sale of
the property in an action to enforce the lien. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 8.
O. Save as herein otherwise iirovided, the lien docs "01^1^'^'^,^°''^^
attach so as to make the owner liable for a greater sum thano^ner^s
the sum payable by the owner to the contractor. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 9.
36
Limit of
Hen when
claimed by
other
than con-
tractor
Holdbaclt
Reduction
in amount
retained
Idem
10. Save as herein otherwise provided, where the lien is
claimed by any person other than the contractor, the amount
that may be claimed in respect thereof is limited to the amount
owing to the contractor or subcontractor or other person for
whom the work has been done or the materials were placed or
furnished. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 10, amended.
11. — (1) In all cases, the person primarily liable upon a
contract under or by virtue of which a lien may arise shall,
as the work is done or the materials are furnished under the
contract, retain for a period of thirty-seven days after the
completion or abandonment of the work done or to be done
under the contract 15 per cent of the value of the work and
materials actually done, placed or furnished, as mentioned in
section 5, irrespective of whether the contract or subcontract
provides for partial payments or payment on completion of
the work, and the value shall be calculated upon evidence
given in that regard on the basis of the contract price or, if
there is no specific contract price, on the basis of the actual
value of the work or materials. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (1),
amended.
(2) Where a contract is under the supervision of an archi-
tect, engineer or other person upon whose certificate payments
are to be made and thirty-seven days have elapsed after a
certificate issued by that architect, engineer or other person
to the efifect that the subcontract has been completed to his
satisfaction has been given to the person primarily liable upon
that contract and to the person who became a subcontractor
by a subcontract made directly under that contract, the
amount to be retained by the person primarily liable upon
that contract shall be reduced by 15 per cent of the sub-
contract price or, if there is no specific subcontract price,
by 15 per cent of the actual value of the work done or materials
placed or furnished under that subcontract, but this subsec-
tion does not operate if and so long as any lien derived under
that subcontract is preserved by anything done under this
Act. "^i
(3) Where a certificate issued by an architect, engineer
or other person to the effect that a subcontract by which a
subcontractor became a subcontractor has been completed to
the satisfaction of that architect, engineer or other person has
been given to that subcontractor, then, for the purposes of
subsections 1, 2 and 3 of section 21 and section 23, that sub-
contract and any materials placed or furnished or to be
placed or furnished thereunder and any work done or to be
done thereunder shall, so far as concerns any lien thereunder
of that subcontractor, be deemed to have been completed or
placed or furnished not later than the time at which the certi-
ficate was so given. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (3, 4), amended.
36
(4) Where an architect, engineer or other person neglects P°"rt order
or refuses to issue and deliver a certihcate upon which pay- certificate
ments are to be made under a contract or subcontract, the
judge or officer having jurisdiction to try an action under
this Act, upon application and upon being satisfied that the
certificate should have been issued and delivered may, upon
such terms and conditions as to costs and otherwise as he
deems just, make an order that the work or materials to which
the certificate would have related has been done or placed
or furnished, as the case may be, and any such order has the
same force and effect as if the certificate had been issued and
delivered by the architect, engineer or other person. New.
(5) Where there is a lien under section 5, the lien is a charge Effeut of
upon the amount directed to be retained by this section in claims on
favour of lien claimants whose liens are derived under persons retained
to whom the moneys so required to be retained are respectively
payable and where there is no lien on the land by virtue of
subsection 2 of section 5, a claim for work done or materials
placed or furnished is a charge upon the amount directed to
be retained by this section. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (5),
amended. "^H
good faith
without
notice of
lien
(6) All payments up to 85 per cent as fixed by subsection 1 ^^de'tn''
and payments permitted as a result of the operation of sub-
sections 2 and 3 made in good faith by an owner to a contractor,
or by a contractor to a subcontractor, or by one subcontractor
to another subcontractor, before notice in writing of the lien
given by the person claiming the lien to the owner, contractor
or subcontractor, as the case may be, operate as a discharge
pro tanlo of the lien.
(7) Payment of the percentage required to be retained per'^^iftage'^
under this section may be validly made so as to discharge all d"B%arge
claims in respect of such percentage after the expiration of of "ens
the period of thirty-seven days mentioned in subsection 1
unless in the meantime proceedings have been commenced to
enforce any lien or charge against the percentage as provided
by sections 22 and 23, in which case the owner may pay the
percentage into court in the proceedings, and such payment
constitutes valid payment in discharge of the owner to the
amount thereof.
(8) Every contract shall be deemed to be amended in so far of"Jontr'Sct'8
as is necessary to be in conformity with this section. R.S.O.
I960, c. 233, s. 11 (5-9).
(9) Where the contractor or subcontractor makes default p'^rce^ntage
in completing his contract, the percentage required to be |Jo^,^°|j'^e
retained shall not, as against any lien claimant who by virtue
36
10
Payments
made
directly
by owner
to persons
entitled to
lien
of subsection 5 has a charge thereupon, be appHed by the
owner, contractor or subcontractor to the completion of the
contract or for any other purpose nor to the payment of
damages for the non-completion of the contract by the con-
tractor or subcontractor nor in payment or satisfaction of
any claim against the contractor or subcontractor. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 11 (9), amended.
12. If an owner, contractor or subcontractor makes a
payment to any person entitled to a Hen under section 5
or to any person who but for subsection 2 of that section
would be entitled to a lien under that section, for or on
account of any debt, justly due to him for work done or
for materials placed or furnished to be used as therein men-
tioned, for which he is not primarily liable, and within three
days afterwards gives written notice of the payment to the
person primarily liable, or his agent, the payment shall be
deemed to be a payment on his contract generally to the con-
tractor or subcontractor primarily liable but not so as to
affect the percentage to be retained by the owner as provided
by section 11. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 12 (1), amended.
Rights of
subcon-
tractor
13. Every subcontractor is entitled to enforce his lien not-
withstanding the non-completion or abandonment of the
contract by any contractor or subcontractor under whom he
claims. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 12 (2).
Priority of
lien
14. — (1) The lien has priority over all judgments, execu-
tions, assignments, attachments, garnishments and receiving
orders recovered, issued or made after the lien arises, and over
all payments or advances made on account of any conveyance
or mortgage after notice in writing of the lien has been given
to the person making such payments or after registration of a
claim for the lien as hereinafter provided, and, in the absence
of such notice in writing or the registration of a claim for lien,
all such payments or advances have priority over any such
lien. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 13 (1), amended.
among
lienholder?
Mortgage
given to
person
entitled to
lien void aa
against lien-
holders
(2) Except where it is otherwise provided by this Act,
no person entitled to a lien on any property or money is
entitled to any priority or preference over another person of
the same class entitled to a lien on such property or money,
and each class of lienholders ranks pari passu for their several
amounts, and the proceeds of any sale shall be distributed
among them pro rata according to their several classes and
rights.
(3) Any conveyance, mortgage or charge of or on land
given to any person entitled to a lien thereon under this Act
in payment of or as security for any such claim, whether
36
11
given before or after such lien claim has arisen, shall, as
against other parties entitled to liens under this Act, on any
such land be deemed to be fraudulent and void. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 13 (2, 3).
PRIORITY OF WAGES
15. — (1) Every workman whose lien is for wages has^gjf/fo^"'^
priority to the extent of thirty days wages over all other liens '^asea
derived through the same contractor or subcontractor to the
extent of and on the 15 per cent directed to be retained by
section 11 to which the contractor or subcontractor through
whom the lien is derived is entitled, and all such workmen
rank thereon pari passu.
(2) Every workman is entitled to enforce a lien in respect |'j-g"j[9^<''"3
of any contract or subcontract that has not been completed such oases
and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act,
may serve a notice of motion on the proper i^ersons, returnable
in four days after service thereof before the judge or officer
having jurisdiction to try an action under this Act, that the
applicant will on the return of the motion ask for judgment on
his claim for lien, registered particulars of which shall accom-
pany the notice of motion duly verified by affidavit.
(3) If the contract has not been completed when the lien ^g*'^^n*ag"/
is claimed by a workman, the percentage shall be calculated ^^^J" i^°^'
on the value of the work done or materials placed or furnished fulfilled
by the contractor or subcontractor by whom the workman
is employed, having regard to the contract price, if any.
(4) Every device by an owner, contractor or subcontractor °/fga't*^ '"
to defeat the priority given to a workman for his wages priority of
, r , fir- • vvorkmen
and every payment made for the purpose of defeatmg or im-
pairing a lien are void. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 14, amended.
REGISTR-^TION
16.— (1) A claim for a lien may be registered in the proper ^f^^f/^fjjf*'""
registry office and shall set out, '^'"' ''^"
(a) the name and an address for service of the person
claiming the lien and of the owner or of the ]>erson
whom the person claiming the lien, or his agent,
believes to be the owner of the land, and of the person
for whom the work was or is to be done, or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished, and
the time within which the same was or was to be
done or placed or furnished;
36
12
(b) a short description of the work done or to be done,
or the materials placed or furnished or to be placed
or furnished;
(c) the sum claimed as due or to become due;
R.S.O. 1960,
cc. 204, 348
(d) a description of the land as required by The Land
Titles Act or The Registry Act and the regulations
thereunder, as the case may be; and
(e) the date of expiry of the period of credit if credit
has been given. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 16 (1),
amended.
Verification
of claim
(2) The claim shall be verified in duplicate by the affidavit
of the person claiming the lien, or of his agent or assignee
who has a personal knowledge of the matters required to be
verified, and the affidavit of the agent or assignee shall state
that he has such knowledge.
Lien
against
railway
(3) When it is desired to register a claim for lien against a
railway, it is sufficient description of the land of the railway
company to describe it as the land of the railway company,
and every such claim shall be registered in the general register
in the office for the registry division within which the lien is
claimed to have arisen. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 16 (2, 3).
What may
be included
in claim
17. — (1) A claim for lien may include claims against any
number of properties, and any number of persons claiming
liens upon the same property may unite therein, but, where
more than one lien is included in one claim, each claim for
lien shall be verified by affidavit as provided in section 16.
ment'of°" (2) The judge or officer trying the action has jurisdiction
claims equitably to apportion against the respective properties the
amounts included in any claim or claims under subsection 1.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 17, amended.
Informality jg. — (1) Substantial compliance with sections 16, 17 and
29 is sufficient and no claim for lien is invalidated by reason of
failure to comply with any of the requirements of such sections
unless, in the opinion of the judge or officer trying the action,
the owner, contractor or subcontractor, mortgagee or other
person is prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent to
which he is thereby prejudiced.
ne^ce'ssary °" (2) Xothing in this Section dispenses with the requirement
of registration of the claim for lien. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s, 18,
amended.
36
Section 21. As a result of further submissions and research, the
O.L.[<.C. Supp. Rep., p. 8, recommends that the "umbrella principle"
of the Act, which appeared as subsection 5 of section 21 of Bill 190, be
dropped. The result will be that all lien claimants must register their
claims, thus greatly facilitating the trial of some mechanics' lien actions.
The requirement for registration of certificates of action is to be
found in section 22 (2) of this Bill.
36
13
19. A duplicate of the claim for lien, bearing the registrar's fe^nied*'* '°
certificate of registration, shall be filed on or before the trial
of the action, where the action is to be tried in the County of
York, in the office of the master of the Supreme Court, or,
where the action is to be tried elsewhere, in the office of the
clerk of the county or district court of the county or district
in which the action is to be tried. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 19 (1), amended.
20. Where a claim is so registered, the person entitled to ^f*}?^!^
a lien shall be deemed to be a purchaser pro tanlo and a claimant
purchaser within the provisions of The Registry Act and TAe R.s.o. i960,
Land Titles Act, but, except as herein otherwise j^rovided,
those Acts do not apply to any lien arising under this Act.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 20, amended.
21. — (1) A claim for lien by a contractor or subcontractor Jjj^J'f°j.f
in cases not otherwise jjrovided for may be registered before ""eKistration
or during the performance of the contract or of the subcontract
or within thirty-seven days after the completion or abandon-
ment of the contract or of the subcontract, as the case may
be. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (1).
(2) A claim for lien for materials may be registered before Mater'au
or during the placing or furnishing thereof, or within thirty-
seven days after the placing or furnishing of the last material
so placed or furnished. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (2), amended.
(3) A claim for lien for services may be registered at any services
time during the performance of the service or within thirty-
seven days after the comjiletion of the service. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 21 (3).
(4) A claim for lien for wages may be registered at any time wages
during the doing of the work for which the wages are claimed
or within thirty-seven days after the last work was done for
which the lien is claimed. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (4),
anievded.
(5) Where there is no lien on the land by virtue of subsec- Notice^ of
tion 2 of section 5, any person who is asserting a claim under holdback
subsection 5 of section 11 for work done or materials placed
or furnished shall give notice in writing of his claim to the
owner, to every person in whose hands are sums retained
under section 11 to whicii his claim may relate and to the
municipality in which the land is situate within thirty-seven
days after the completion or abandonment of the work or
the placing or furnishing of the materials. New. "^Pl
36
14
Expiry of
liens
EXPIRY AND DISCHARGE
22. — (1) Every lien for which a claim is not registered
ceases to exist on the expiration of the time limited in section 2 1
for the registration thereof.
Registration
of certificate
of action
(2) Upon an action under this Act being commenced, a
certificate thereof shall be registered in the registry office in
which the claim for lien is registered. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 22 (1), part, amended.
Vacating
orders
(3) Where a certificate of action has been registered for
two years or more in the registry office and no appointment
has been taken out for the trial of the action, the judge or an
officer having jurisdiction to try the action may, upon the
application ex parte of any interested person, make an order
vacating the certificate of action and discharging all liens
depending thereon. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 22, amended.
23. Every lien for which a claim is registered ceases to
When lien
to cease . . . r .
If registered exist On the expiration of ninety days after the work has been
and not , , , -ii, , , r • , ,
proceeded completed or the materials have been placed or furnished, or
^^°^ after the expiry of the period of credit, where such period is
mentioned in the registered claim for lien, unless in the
meantime an action is commenced to realize the claim or in
which a subsisting claim may be realized, and a certificate is
registered as provided by section 22. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 23,
amended.
Assignment
or death of
lien
claimant
24. The rights of a lien claimant may be assigned by an
instrument in writing and, if not assigned, upon his death
pass to his personal representative. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 24,
amended.
Discharge
of lien
25. — (1) A claim for lien may be discharged by the regis-
tration of a receipt acknowledging payment,
(a) where made by a lien claimant that is not a corpora-
tion, signed by the lien claimant or his agent duly
authorized in writing and verified by affidavit; or
(6) where made by a lien claimant that is a corporation,
sealed with its corporate seal. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 25 (1), amended.
Security or
payment
(2) Upon application, the judge or officer having jurisdic-
and vacating ^'°" ^'^ ^'^y '^^ action may, at any time,
(a) allow security for or payment into court of the
amount of the claim of the lien claimant and the
amount of the claims of any other subsisting lien
lien and
certificate
of action
36
Section 25. A number of changes in language have been made in
order to clarify the intent, especially subsection 6 as to notice. See
O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 9.
36
15
claimants together with such costs as he may fix,
and thereupon order that the registration of the
claim for lien or liens and the registration of the
certificate of action, if any, be vacated;
(b) upon any other proper ground, order that the regis-
tration of the claim for lien or liens and the regis-
tration of the certificate of action, if any, be vacated;
or
(c) upon proper grounds, dismiss the action. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 25 (4), amended.
(3) Notwithstanding sections 22 and 23, where an order Effect of
, ..,,.. 11, , order under
to vacate the registration of a hen is made under clause a or osubs. 2,
of subsection 2, the lien does not cease to exist for the reason ' ^- " °'^
that no certificate of action is registered.
(4) Any money so paid into court, or any bond or other Money paid
. / . r ... , ■'. . , Into court
security for securing the like amount and satisfactory to the
judge or officer, takes the place of the property discharged
and is subject to the claims of every person who has at the
time of the application a subsisting claim for lien or given
notice of the claim under subsection 6 of section 11 or section
14 to the same extent as if the money, bond or other security
was realized by a sale of the property in an action to enforce
the lien, but such amount as the judge or officer finds to be
owing to the person whose lien has been so vacated is a first
charge upon the money, bond or other security.
(5) Where the certificate required by section 22 or 23 whej-e notice
has not been registered within the prescribed time and an tion to
,. . . ° , ,'. . , ,. vacate not
application is made to vacate the registration of a claim requisite
for lien after the time for registration of the certificate, the
order vacating the lien may be made ex parte upon production
of a certificate of search under The Land Titles A ct or of a regis- r.s.o. i960.
trar's abstract under The Registry Act, as the case may be,"^"^' ^"^^ ^**
together with a certified copy of the registered claim for lien.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 25 (5-7), amended.
(6) Where money has been paid into court or a bond ^lonTy out ^
deposited in court pursuant to an order under subsection 2,°'^<'°"'"'
the judge or officer may, ujxjn such notice to the parties as he
may require, order the money to be paid out to the persons
entitled thereto or the delivery up of the bond for cancellation,
as the case may be. 1961-62, c. 78, s. 1, amended.
(7) An order discharging a claim for lien or vacating a "^eKistj-^ation
certificate of action shall be registered by registering the
order or a certificate thereof, under the seal of the court, that
36
16
oo'^204^848' includes a description of the land as required by The Land
Titles Act or The Registry Act and the regulations thereunder,
as the case may be, and a reference to the registration number
of every registered claim for lien and certificate of action
affected thereby. 1966, c. 84, s. 1, amended.
EFFECT OF TAKING SECURITY OR EXTENDING TIME
generally 26. — (1) The taking of any security for, or the acceptance
of any promissory note or bill of exchange for, or the taking
of any acknowledgment of the claim, or the giving of time
for the payment thereof, or the taking of any proceedings for
the recovery, or the recovery of a personal judgment for the
claim, does not merge, waive, pay, satisfy, prejudice or destroy
the lien unless the lien claimant agrees in writing that it has
that effect. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 26 (1).
perkfd (2) Where any such promissory note or bill of exchange
of credit has been negotiated, the lien claimant does not thereby lose
not expired . ° . , ,. .. , . .... , . -' .
his right to claim lor hen if, at the time of bringing his action
to enforce it or where an action is brought by another lien
claimant, he is, at the time of proving his claim in the action,
the holder of such promissory note or bill of exchange.
Time for (3) Nothing in subsection 2 extends the time limited bv
bringing , > '. , ,'^. . . , . . , ..
action not this Act lor bringing an action to enforce a claim tor lien.
extended " *"
bri'nging'^ (^) ^ person who has extended the time for payment of a
action by claim for which he has a claim for lien in order to obtain the
person who , ^ , . r
gave time benefit of this section shall commence an action to enforce
the claim within the time prescribed by this Act and shall
register a certificate as required by sections 22 and 23, but no
further proceedings shall be taken in the action until the
expiration of such extension of time. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 26 (2-4), amended.
ciairn"in 27. Where the period of credit in respect of a claim has not
anotiier'^ expired or there has been an extension of time for payment of
person j-^g claim, the lien claimant may nevertheless, if an action is
commenced b}- any other person to enforce a claim for lien
against the same property, prove and obtain payment of his
claim in the action as if the period of credit or the extended
time had expired. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 27, amended.
LIEN CLAIM.^NT'S RIGHTS TO INFORMATION
Production 28. — (1) Anv lien claimant may in writing at any time
of contract \ / ^ j a j
or^^agree- demand of the owner or his agent the production, for inspec-
tion, of the contract or agreement with the contractor for
or in respect of which the work was or is to be done or the
36
ment
Section 29. Xo change in principle from the present Act.
36
I
17
materials were or are to be placed or furnished, if the contract
or agreement is in writing or, if not in writing, the terms of the
contract or agreement and the state of the accounts between
the owner and the contractor, and, if the owner or his agent
does not, at the time of the demand or within a reasonable
time thereafter, produce the contract or agreement if in writing
or, if not in writing, does not inform the person making the
demand of the terms of the contract or agreement and the
amount due and unpaid upon the contract or agreement or if
he knowingly falsely states the terms of the contract or agree-
ment or the amount due or unpaid thereon and if the person
claiming the lien sustains loss by reason of the refusal or
neglect or false statement, the owner is liable to him for the
amount of the loss in an action therefor or in any action for
the enforcement of a lien under this Act, and subsection 4 of
section 38 applies.
(2) Any lien claimant may in writing at any time demand of of^mon^-"'
a mortgagee or unpaid vendor or his agent the terms of anye^Bee or
mortgage on the land or of any agreement for the purchase of vendor
the land in respect of which the work was or is to be done or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished and a statement
showing the amount advanced on the mortgage or the amount
owing on the agreement, as the case may be, and, if the mort-
gagee or vendor or his agent fails to inform the lien claimant at
the time of the demand or within a reasonable time thereafter
of the terms of the mortgage or agreement and the amount
advanced or owing thereon or if he knowingly falsely states
the terms of the mortgage or agreement and the amount
owing thereon and the lien claimant sustains loss by the refusal
or neglect or misstatement, the mortgagee or vendor is liable
to him for the amount of the loss in an action therefor or in
any action for the enforcement of a lien under this Act, and
subsection 4 of section 38 applies.
(3) The judge or officer having jurisdiction to try an action of Contract
under this Act may, on a summary application at any time ^enf''®®"
before or after an action is commenced for the enforcement of
the claim for lien, make an order requiring the owner or his
agent or the mortgagee or his agent or the unpaid vendor or
his agent or the contractor or his agent or the subcontractor or
his agent, as the case may be, to produce and permit any
lien claimant to inspject any such contract or agreement or
mortgage or agreement for sale or the accounts or any other
relevant document upon such terms as to costs as the judge
or officer deems just. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 28, amended.
ACTIONS
29.— (1) A claim for lien is enforceable in an action in the Ho^j.°J||Jfg
Supreme Court.
36
18
statement
of claim,
filing of
(2) An action under this section shall be commenced by
filing a statement of claim in the office of the local registrar
of the Supreme Court in the county or district in which the
land or part thereof is situate.
Idem,
service
(3) The statement of claim shall be served within thirty
days after it is filed, but the judge having jurisdiction to try
the action or, in the County of York, the master may extend
the time for service.
of^defen^e (^) ^^^ '•'"^^ ^°'' delivering the statement of defence in the
action shall be the same as for entering an appearance in an
action in the Supreme Court.
Parties (5) It is not necessary to make any lien claimants parties
defendant to the action, but all lien claimants served with the
notice of trial shall for all purposes be deemed to be parties
to the action.
Motion
to speed
trial
(6) After the commencement of the action, any lien claim-
ant or other person interested may apply to the judge having
jurisdiction to try the action or, in the County of York,
a judge of the Supreme Court to speed the trial of the action.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 29, amended.
Lien
claimants
joining in
action
30. Any number of lien claimants claiming liens on the
same land may join in an action, and an action brought by
a lien claimant shall be deemed to be brought on behalf of
himself and all other lien claimants. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 30,
amended.
Tribunal
and place
of trial
31. — (1) Except in the County of York, the action shall
be tried by the local judge of the Supreme Court in the
county or district in which the action was commenced, but,
upon the application of any party or other interested person
made according to the practice of the Supreme Court and upon
notice, the court may direct that the action be tried by a
judge of the Supreme Court at the regular sittings of the
court for the trial of actions in the county or district in which
the action was commenced. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 31 (1, 2).
Idem,
York
County
(2) In the County of York, the action shall be tried by a
judge of the Supreme Court, but,
R.S.O. I960,
c. 197
(a) on motion after defence or defence to counterclaim,
if any, has been delivered or the time for such
delivery has expired, a judge of the Supreme Court
may refer the whole action to the master for trial
pursuant to section 69 of The Judicature Act; or
36
1
Section 31. The O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 10, recommends that as
there is no relationship between subsections 1 and 2 of section 31 of Bill
190, subsection 1 should be renumbered as section 31, subsections 2 to 7
renumbered as subsections 1 to 6 of a new section 32 and the following
sections renumbered accordingly. This recommendation is implemented.
36
Section 34 — Subsection 2. As recommended by the O.L.R.C. Supp.
Rep., p. 10, the powers that trustees may exercise under the section are
broadened to include, if authorized by court order, the power to lease the
property against which the claim for lien is registered.
36
19
(b) at the trial, a judge of the Supreme Court may direct
a reference to the master pursuant to section 68 or 69
of The Judicature Act. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 31 (3), Rf39- iseo.
amended.
(3) Where on motion the whole action is referred to the to^leraside
master for trial, any person brought into the proceedings i"re^ung'a
subsequent thereto and served with a notice of trial may ''*'^®'"^"'^"^
apply to a judge of the Supreme Court to set aside the judg-
ment directing the reference within seven days after service
of notice of trial and, if such person fails to make such appli-
cation, he is bound by such judgment as if he were originally
a party thereto.
(4) Where the action is referred to the master for trial, he^^j^^j^^j
may grant leave to amend any pleading. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, pleadings
, °, , _. ■' '^ ° on reference
S. 31 (4, 5).
32. The local judges of the Supreme Court and the^ica"^"'^
master to whom a reference for trial has been directed, in4\cfo*, etc.
addition to their ordinary powers, have all the jurisdiction,
powers and authority of the Supreme Court to try and com-
pletely dispose of the action and questions arising therein and
all questions of set-ofT and counterclaim arising under the
building contract or out of the work done or materials fur-
nished to the property in question. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233.
s. 32 (1), amended.
33. Where an owner enters into an entire contract for traa'^covera
the supply of materials to be used in several buildings, the |fy jf^f^^g
person supplying the materials may ask to have his lien follow
the form of the contract and that it be for an entire sum upon
all the buildings, but, in case the owner has sold one or more of
the buildings, the judge or officer trying the action has juris-
diction equitably to apportion against the respective buildings
the amount included in the claim for lien under the entire
contract. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 32 (2), amended.
34. — (1) At any time after the delivery of the statement fppnlnt a
of claim, the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try therln^'/lfid'^
action may, on the application of any lien claimant, mort- profits
gagee or other person interested, appoint a receiver of the
rents and profits of the property against which the claim for
lien is registered, upon such terms and upon the giving of
such security or without security as the judge or officer deems
just.
(2) Any lien claimant, mortgagee or other person interested d'j^ecT '°
may make an application to the judge or officer at any time^^'^^^^^
before or after judgment, which may hear viva voce or affidavit trustee
36
20
evidence or both and appoint, upon such terms and upon the
giving of such security or without security as the judge or
officer deems just, a trustee or trustees with power to manage,
mortgage, lease and sell, or manage, mortgage, lease or sell,
the property against which the claim for lien is registered,
and the exercise of such powers shall be under the supervision
and direction of the judge or officer, and with power, when
so directed by the judge or officer, to complete or partially
complete the property, and, in the event that mortgage
moneys are advanced to the trustee or trustees as the result
of any of the powers conferred upon him or them under this
subsection, such moneys take priority over every claim of
lien existing as of the date of the appointment.
Property
offered for
sale
(3) Any property directed to be sold under subsection 2
may be offered for sale subject to any mortgage or other
charge or encumbrance if the judge or officer so directs.
Proceeds
to be paid
into court
(4) The proceeds of any sale made by a trustee or trustees
under subsection 2 shall be paid into court and are subject
to the claims of all lien claimants, mortgagees or other persons
interested in the property so sold as their respective rights are
determined, and, in so far as applicable, section 39 applies.
Orders for
completion
of sale
(5) The judge or officer shall make all necessary orders for
the completion of any mortgage, lease or sale authorized to
be made under subsection 2.
Vesting
of title
(6) Any vesting order made of property sold by a trustee
or trustees appointed under subsection 2 vests the title of the
property free from all claims for liens, encumbrances and
interests of any kind including dower, except in cases where
sale is made subject to any mortgage, charge, encumbrance
or interest as hereinbefore provided, but nothing in this
section or elsewhere in this Act shall be deemed to extinguish
the right to dower, if any, of any married woman or the right
to have the value of her dower ascertained and deducted
from the proceeds of the sale so paid into court. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 32 (3-8), amended.
Order for
preserva-
tion of
property
35. At any time after delivery of the statement of claim
and before judgment, or after judgment and pending the
hearing and determination of any appeal, any lien claimant,
mortgagee or other interested person may make an application
to the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action,
who may hear viva voce or affidavit evidence or both and make
an order for the preservation of any property pending the
determination of the action and any appeal. New.
36
Subsection 3. The words "but only in cases where there is no dispute
as to the priority of any such mortgage" at the end of the provision as it
appeared in Bill 190 have been deleted as recommended by the O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., p. 11. This will expedite the trial of mechanics' lien actions
by giving the court power to direct a sale under the court's supervision in
cases where the priority of a mortgage is in dispute or where the lien
claimants refuse to take a position one way or the other.
36
21
36. Where more actions than one are brought to realize ^°"^°|:''J*'
liens in respect of the same land, the judge or officer having a' tions
jurisdiction to try the action may, on the application of any
party to any one of the actions or on the application of any
other person interested, consolidate all such actions into one
action and award the conduct of the consolidated action to
any plaintiff as the judge or officer deems just. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 33, amended.
37. Any lien claimant entitled to the benefit of an action eVrriage'^o"^
may at any time apply to the judge or officer having jurisdic- proreedingg
tion to try the action for the carriage of the proceedings, and
the judge or officer may make an order awarding such lien
claimant the carriage of the proceedings. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 34, amended.
38.— (1) After the delivery of the statement of deience ^^^%"/"'«
where the plaintiff's claim is disputed, or after the time for""'*'
delivery of defence in all other cases, either party may apply
ex parte to a judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the
action to fix a day for the trial thereof, and the judge or
officer shall appoint the time and place of trial, and the order,
signed by the judge or officer, shall form part of the record of
the proceedings.
(2) The party obtaining an appointment for the trial shall, triaVa^nd
at least ten clear days before the day ai)ix)inted, serve notice ^*''''"®
of trial upon the solicitors for the defendants who appear
by solicitors and upon the defendants who appear in person,
and upon all the lienholders who have registered their claims
as required by this Act or of whose claims he has notice, and
upon all other persons having any charge, encumbrance
or claim on the land subsequent in priority to the lien, who
are not parties, and such service shall be personal unless
otherwise directed by the judge or officer who may direct in
what manner the notice of trial is to be served.
(3) Where any person interested in the land has been ""^
served with a statement of claim and makes default in de-
livering a statement of defence, he shall nevertheless be served
w'<th notice of trial and is entitled to defend on such terms as
to costs and otherwise as the judge or officer having jurisdic-
tion to try the action deems just.
(4) The judge, or where a reference for trial is directed, the
master,
(a) shall try the action, including any set-off and counter-
claim, and all questions that arise therein or that are
necessary to be tried in order to completely dispose
36
22
of the action and to adjust the rights and liabilities
of the persons appearing before him or upon whom
notice of trial has been served;
(b) shall take all accounts, make all inquiries, give all
directions and do all other things necessary to finally
dispose of the action and of all matters, questions and
accounts arising therein or at the trial, and to adjust
the rights and liabilities of and give all necessary
relief to all parties to the action and all persons who
have been served with the notice of trial ; and
(c) shall embody the results of the trial,
(i) in the case of a judge, in a judgment, and
(ii) in the case of a master, in a report,
which judgment or report may direct payment forth-
with by the person or persons primarily liable to
pay the amount of the claims and costs as ascertained
by the judgment or report, and execution may be
issued therefor forthwith in the case of a judgment
and after confirmation thereof, in the case of a report.
varv^fomi of ^^) ^^^ form of the judgment or report may be varied by
judgment the judge or officer in order to meet the circumstances of the
case so as to afford to any party to the proceedings any right
or remedy in the judgment or report to which he may be
entitled.
^"'® (6) The judge or officer may order that the estate or interest
charged with the lien be sold, and may direct the sale to take
place at any time after judgment or confirmation of the report,
allowing, however, a reasonable time for advertising the sale.
uln""^ '" 0) A lien claimant who did not prove his claim at the trial,
who"iiave '~"^ application to the judge or officer before whom the action
not proved or reference was tried, mav be let in to prove his claim, on
their claimB , . , .
at trial such terms as to costs and otherwise as are deemed just, at
any time before the amount realized in the action for the
satisfaction of liens has been distributed, and, where his
claim is allowed, the judgment or report shall be amended
so as to include his claim.
Rjgiit of ^g^ ^j^y jjgj^ claimant for an amount not exceeding $200
to^repre-^ may be represented by an agent who is not a barrister and
mentation solicitor.
be Vried"bV (^) ^^ action or reference under this Act may be tried by
any judge" any judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action or
36
23
reference notwithstanding that the time and place for the
trial or reference thereof were appointed and fixed by another
judge or officer. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 35, amended.
(10) Any party to an action under this Act or any other Applications
interested person may at any time and from time to time'^''"®°''°"^
apply to a judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action
or reference for directions as to pleadings, discovery, produc-
tion or any other matter relating to the action or reference,
including the cross-examination of a lien claimant or his
agent or assignee on his affidavit verifying the claim. New.
39. — (1) Where a sale is had, the moneys arising there- where sale
from shall be paid into court to the credit of the action, and '* ''*''
the judge or officer before whom the action was tried shall
direct to whom the moneys in court shall be paid and may
add to the claim of the person conducting the action his fees
and actual disbursements incurred in connection with the sale,
and, where sufficient to satisfy the judgment and costs is
not realized from the sale, he shall certify the amount of the
deficiency and the names of the jjersons who are entitled to
recover the same, showing the amount that each is entitled
to recover and the persons adjudged to pay the same, giving
credit for payments made, if any, under subsection 4 of
section 38, and the persons so entitled may enforce payment
of the amounts so found to be due by execution or otherwise.
(2) The judge or officer before whom the action was tried o "sale* '°"
may make all necessary orders for the completion of the sale
and for vesting the property in the purchaser. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 36 (1, 2).
40. Where a lien claimant fails to establish a lien, he may |'^gjj«^» ^
nevertheless recover a personal judgment against any party established
to the action for such sum as may appear to be due to him
and which he might recover in an action against such party.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 36 (3).
41. Where property subject to a lien is sold in an action ,^g'^}5*,2ere
to enforce a lien, every lienholder is entitled to share in the *|.'^°8ej<''^^"s
proceeds of the sale in respect of the amount then owing to payable to
him, although the same or part thereof was not payable at proceeds
the time of the commencement of the action or is not then
presently payable. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 37.
STATED CASE
42. — (1) If in the course of proceedings to enforce a lien a^'^*®'* '^^^
question of law arises, the judge or officer trying the case may,
at the request of any party, state the question in the form of
a stated case for the opinion of the Court of Appeal, and the
stated case shall thereupon be set down to be heard before
the Court of Appeal and notice of hearing shall be served
by the party setting down upon all parties concerned.
36
24
Trans-
mission of
papers
(2) The Stated case shall set forth the facts material for
the determination of the question raised, and all papers neces-
sary for the hearing of the stated case by the Court of Appeal
shall be transmitted to the registrar of the Supreme Court.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 39, amended.
APPEAL
Appeal 43, — (1) Except where the amount of a judgment in
respect of a claim or counterclaim is §200 or less, an appeal
lies from any judgment under this Act to the Court of Appeal.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 40 (1), amended.
re?eren'/e°'" (2) Where a question is referred to the master for inquiry
and report under subsection 2 of section 31, an appeal lies in
the manner prescribed by the rules of court.
Confirma-
tion of
master's
report
(3) Where an action is referred to the master for trial
under subsection 2 of section 31, the report shall be filed and
shall be deemed to be confirmed at the expiration of fifteen
days from the date of service of notice of filing the same,
unless notice of appeal is served within that time.
Appeal
from
judgment
or report
(4) An appeal from a judgment or report made on a refer-
ence for trial lies in like manner and to the same extent as
from the decision of a judge trying an action in the Supreme
Court without a jury. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 40 (2, 3, 4).
Costs of
appeal
(5) The costs of an appeal shall not be governed by sub-
sections 2 and 3 of section 45 but, subject to any order of the
Court of Appeal, shall be upon the scale of costs allowed in
county court appeals where the amount involved is within the
proper competence of the county court, and, where it exceeds
that amount, upon the Supreme Court scale. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 40 (5), amended.
FEES AND COSTS
Fee
44. The fee payable by every plaintiff, every plaintiff by
counterclaim and every lien claimant, including every person
recovering a personal judgment, in any action to realize a lien
under this Act is,
(a) §5 on a claim or counterclaim not exceeding $500;
{b) $10 on a claim or counterclaim exceeding $500 but
not exceeding $1,000;
(c) $10 on a claim or counterclaim exceeding $1,000,
plus §1 for every $1,000 or fraction thereof in excess
of $1,000,
36
Section 43 — Subsection 1. The limitation on appeals that is in the
present Act but was not in Bill 190 appears at the commencement of this
provision as recommended by the O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. U.
36
Section 45. The intent is clarified as recommended by the O.L.R.C
Supp. Rep., p. 11.
36
25
but no fee is payable on a claim for wages only, and in no case
shall the fee on a claim exceed $75 or on a counterclaim exceed
$25. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 41, amended.
45. — (1) Subject to subsections 2, 3, 4 and 5, any order Jj'5fg*^J|°^
as to costs in an action under this Act is in the discretion of provided
the judge or officer who tries the action. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 46, amended.
(2) The costs of the action, exclusive of actual disburse- ^ostfto^
ments, awarded to the plaintiffs and successful lienholders, plaintiffs
shall not exceed in the aggregate 25 per cent of the total
amount found to have been actually due on the liens at the
time of the registration thereof, and shall be apportioned and
borne in such proportion as the judge or officer who tries the
action may direct, but in making the apportionment he shall
have regard to the actual services rendered by or on behalf
of the parties respectively, provided that, where a counter-
claim is set up by a defendant, the amount and apportion-
ment of the costs in respect thereof are in the discretion of
the judge or officer who tries the action. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 42, amended.
(3) Where costs are awarded against the plaintiff or other ^osts'against
persons claiming liens, they shall not exceed, except in the p'^'"""*
case of a counterclaim, 25 per cent of the claim of the plaintiff
and the other claimants, besides actual disbursements, and
shall be apportioned and borne as the judge or officer who
tries the action may direct. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 43,
amended.
(4) Where the least expensive course is not taken by a i^ast\xpen^
plaintiff, the costs allowed to him shall in no case exceed 8'jej'^^°i^"g''^e
what would have been incurred if the least expensive course
had been taken. R.S.O. 1960, c. Ui, s. 44.
(5) Where a lien is discharged or vacated under section 25 J^a^^ingand
or where judgment is given in favour of or against a claim ™8isterms^^
for a lien, in addition to the costs of the action, the judge or registration
of lien
officer who tries the action may allow a reasonable amount for
the costs of drawing and registering the claim for lien or of
vacating the registration thereof, but this does not apply where
the claimant fails to establish a valid lien. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 45.
RULES OF PRACTICE
46.— (1) The object of this Act being to enforce liens at ^r&^xi°e
the least expense, the procedure shall be as far as possible of
a summary character, having regard to the amount and nature
of the liens in question. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 47 (1).
36
26
Interlocu-
tory proceed-
ings
Assistance
of experts
Rules of
practice
(2) Except where otherwise provided by this Act, no inter-
locutory proceedings shall be permitted without the consent
of the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action,
and then only upon proper proof that such proceedings are
necessary.
(3) The judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action
may obtain the assistance of any merchant, accountant,
actuary, building contractor, architect, engineer or person in
such way as he deems fit, the better to enable him to determine
any matter of fact in question, and may fix the remuneration
of any such person and direct payment thereof by any of the
parties. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 47 (2, 3), amended.
(4) Unless otherwise provided in this Act, the Rules of
Practice and Procedure of the Supreme Court apply to pro-
ceedings under this Act. New.
SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS
Service of
documents
47. Except where otherwise directed by the judge or
officer having jurisdiction to try the action, all documents
relating to an action under this Act, other than statements
of claim and notices of trial, are sufficiently served upon the
intended recipient if sent by registered mail addressed to the
intended recipient at his address for service. New.
Right of
chattel
lienholder
to sell
chattel
LIENS ON CHATTELS
48. — (1) Every person who has bestowed money, skill or
materials upon any chattel or thing in the alteration or im-
provement of its properties or for the purpose of imparting
an additional value to it, so as thereby to be entitled to a lien
upon the chattel or thing for the amount or value of the money
or skill and material bestowed, has, while the lien exists but not
afterwards, in case the amount to which he is entitled remains
unpaid for three months after it ought to have been paid, the
right, in addition to any other remedy to which he may be
entitled, to sell by auction the chattel or thing on giving one
week's notice by advertisement in a newspaper having general
circulation in the municipality in which the work was done,
setting forth the name of the person indebted, the amount of
the debt, a description of the chattel or thing to be sold, the
time and place of sale, and the name of the auctioneer, and
leaving a like notice in writing at the last known place of
residence, if any, of the owner, if he is a resident of the
municipality.
of^proceeds" ^^^ ^""-'^ person shall apply the proceeds of the sale in
of sale payment of the amount due to him and the costs of advertising
and sale and shall upon application pay over any surplus to the
person entitled thereto. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 48, amended.
36
Section 46 — Subsection 4. This new provision implements a recom-
mendation of the O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 11.
27
FORMS
49. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu- ^°''™^
lations prescribing forms and providing for their use. New.
MISCELLANEOUS
50. The Mechanics' Lien Act, The Mechanics' Lien Amend- ^2^\^^^^'
ment Act, 1961-62, The Mechanics' Lien Amendment Act,\^^^^^-
1962-63 and The Mechanics' Lien Amendment Act, 1966 arei962-'63.
repealed. i966,"o.84,
repealed
51. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the ment°'°°*"
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
52. This Act may be cited as The Mechanics' Lien ^c<, S'""'****'*
1968-69.
II
36
tz
f
00
a-
c»
t-l
1
f — ^
^— .
»
a
a
R.
3*
•-fc
^
a.
8
»
8
to
s-
o
S
n
c^
S
(^
Ci
»-
s
o-
s
ve
!0
I/)
X
>
H
rti
O"
(m
1
tsi
^
a,
>0
v:
>3
a
to
o
a
a.
ri-
R.
v^.
3"
».
3
a
tns
O
»^>
a
fB
O
fD
3
to
O"
•1
!:«
t«
h- ^
c
to
a.
r^
«*.
j3-
a
fKt
»-*
vO
o
00
1
BILL 36
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Mechanics' Lien Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
(Reprinted as amended by the Committee oj the Wliole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
General. In 1965 the Ontario Law Reform Commission undertook
an extensive study of the law in Ontario on mechanics' liens.
A report dated February 22, 1966, was made by the Commission
to the Attorney General containing its recommendations for up-dating
The Mechanics' Lien Act.
Bill 190, based upon the report, was introduced and given first reading
at the 1966 Session. This gave the proposed legislation wide distribution
in convenient form for study by interested persons and organizations.
The Commission then held public hearings and considered many
submissions which resulted in a supplementary report dated May 26, 1967.
The recommendations of the Commission contained in the supple-
mentary report have been incorporated in this Bill. There is, however,
one major exception. This Bill does not transfer jurisdiction in mechanics'
lien actions from the Supreme Court to the county and district courts as
recommended by the Commission in both of its reports. It is thought
advisable to leave this matter in abeyance pending the conclusion of the
general review of the jurisdictions of the several court systems in Ontario
now going on as a result of the recommendations of the McRuer Report.
This Bill also contains a number of editorial and other changes,
designed to clarify the intent, that have resulted from the study of Bill 190.
In the following notes the supplementary report of the Commission
is referred to as O.L.R.C. .Supp. Rep.
I
36
1
BILL 36 1968-69
The Mechanics' Lien Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
i.-(i) In this Act, i^itor
(a) "completion of the contract" means substantial per-
formance, not necessarily total performance, of the
contract ;
(b) "contractor" means a person contracting with or
employed directly by the owner or his agent for the
doing of work or the placing or furnishing of materials
for any ot the purposes mentioned in this Act;
(c) "materials" includes every kind of movable property ;
(d) "owner" includes any person and corporation, includ-
ing a municipal corporation and a railway company,
having any estate or interest in the land upon which
or in respect of which work is done or materials are
placed or furnished, at whose request, and
(i) upon whose credit, or
(ii) on whose behalf, or
(iii) with whose privity or consent, or
(iv) for whose direct benefit,
work is done or materials are placed or furnished and
all persons claiming under him or it whose rights
are acquired after the work in respect of which the
lien is claimed is commenced or the materials placed
or furnished have been commenced to be placed or
furnished ;
(e) "registrar" includes a master of titles;
if) "registry office" includes a land titles office;
36
(g) "subcontractor" means a person not contracting with
or employed directly by the owner or his agent for
any of the purposes mentioned in this Act, but con-
tracting with or employed by a contractor or, under
him, by another subcontractor;
(h) "wages" means the money earned by a workman for
work done by time or as piece work, and includes all
monetary supplementary benefits, whether by stat-
ute, contract or collective bargaining agreement;
(i) "workman" means a person employed for wages in
any kind of labour, whether employed under a
contract of service or not. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 1,
amended.
inoludes ^^^ ^" "^^'^ ^''^' ^^^ expression "the doing of work" in-
service eludes the performance of a service, and corresponding expres-
sions have corresponding meanmgs.
performance ("^) ^°'- the purposes of this Act, a contract shall be deemed
to be substantially performed,
(a) when the work or a substantial part thereof is
ready for use or is being used for the purpose in-
tended ; and
(b) when the work to be done under the contract is
capable of completion or correction at a cost of not
more than,
(i) 3 per cent of the first $250,000 of the contract
price,
(ii) 2 per cent of the next $250,000 of the contract
price, and
(iii) 1 per cent of the balance of the contract price.
^'i^"^ (4) For the purposes of this Act, where the work or a sub-
stantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the
purpose intended and where the work cannot be completed
expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the contractor,
the value of the work to be completed shall be deducted
from the contract price in determining substantial perform-
ance. New.
GENERAL
in'^hands'of* ^* — ^^^ "■^" ^ums received by a builder, contractor or sub-
contractors contractor on account of the contract price constitute a trust
fund in his hands for the benefit of the owner, builder, con-
tractor, subcontractor. Workmen's Compensation Board,
36
1
Section 1 — Subsections 3 and 4 are new. They are designed to com-
plement the definition of "completion of the contract" and thus speed up
the release of "holdback" moneys.
36
Subsection 4. Municipal financing is expressly excluded from the
scope of the provision and its intent is clarified as recommended in O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., pp. 6, 7.
36 *'
workmen, .11 id pcrsdiis \k In ■ li,i\ ■■ ~i:| .pli'-ii iii,ii itim- ■,:: .hi o;; :.!
ot tlic roiilrart or who li,i\r rriiii-.l i-r jiii| .hhmi ' |r, li.- :;-,i'(i (.:i
the coiilr.K t site, and the liiiiMiT. ( ';i:lr.i( ii.r or ^alh rjii i r.icl ■ ir,
as the rase iiia\' hi-, 1- l!ii- ii!:-;cc n! ,1;! - ii ii -iin:- -m r.-i <-i\rd
b\' liini and In- .^liall \\<<\ ijiproi in tli- or iiin\i-n ,::'. ;i,;ri
tlien-ot lo In- own n^'- or Im 1:. i;-i- i.oi .1 11; in irvrd :i- ''in-
trust nntil all worknaMi and all in-r-oa- \\!im !ia\'- -'appL'-d
materials on the lonir.iit oj- wlm !:a\e ri-nii d 'ii'ni 1: a-nl
to he nse(| i)ii 1 he 1 cint r 11 I -He mil ,dl -';h( nni ra- o.r-- are p ijd
for work done or ni.iterrd-- -iijiplied 'in th" ■ ii;;ira. ' and I he
Workmen's ( nnipeii^.i 1 1< m la, aid i-- pud an\ i--e~-iiMni with
respect tlierelo. R.S.n. l')r,(i, ,. .M?. -. .< ' 1 , ,; a;, ■,-,/, ,/.
1 1 ■ \oUv II ii-l andui,; - nh--i'i i n m I, whei.- ,1 haiM r ' mh- • •■••<'■'"■•
lraeli)r (ir -^nhi I iMl r ,11 l( ■! h i- | .aid n; w hi i],- 1 1; m ^ ,a 1 1- ii a;-
m.ilerial'- >Mj ph''d I 111 ai I < aia I < ■! I h. , 1 .1 1 1 1 , m 1 . n |. ,r ni' it ''d
('(inijinienl nr ha- pud aa\ WMii.m.ai who ii,;^ | ri;.ii;, '■ I ai\
work or ,in\' snhi 1 m 1 1 at li n win' ha- phe -d I 'I I i a a-lad all\
m.lleri.lls ill re--pe( I i,\ ih.- i.iaM.al. t!:e nlc llil'M !'. -''('I
builder, I ( )iil raeii ir 1 1| ^.Ji. ■ a 1 1 r,n in- 1 ■', ,1 ^a- ■ -, ■ ■ pia! '.< ' ' i :e -a a 1
so ] Mid h\ hiiii ^ha II he d.-.-a i.-d ma o . hi- .i\\ .ip| ri >■ ri . ' '- a ■ ir
eoii\-er>i(in 1 Ini ei ,| 1 . p In- mw a a -■• > -r ti 1 aii\ ii-- ma a a 'a ■: : /ei 1
h\- the inisi . U.SM. lOf.o ,. .S\-. -i a . ;i).-ai,-, .•'<■.■'.
i.^i W h.-ie a -nni he. ..• ;.■- p.e, .,hl. la i!ri , i.i-.li.,. ; :,. a ,,;,',;';,, ;,'^'',',V''
colli raeli ii h\ an Mw m r ei; 1 !i,' , I I ; ;lh ite < a .1 p'l -- - - I a. iM ed '" ' "'""
llildei I he I ■ Mil I a. I In aiak'- ai, !i .! . '-i I an a ■ '■..:'
e(|ilal ill 1 he Mini -1 1 . ci I ilii-ij di il i in 1 h' ■ a\ m : ■ '- ■ 1
recei\c-d h\ liini al aii-, linu- liiiii.i'oi -hall, aa'il pa! ai lla
con 1 1 ai li ir . iiai-ailnle a liii-l land n; tin- I'V, aei'- ,aimi- |.i
llle heiii-lil -i| ihe .iiniiiio.i, ■- a In i a a c a I . a , \\'< 'I !^ ; m ii'-
( 01 1 1 pell --,11 II HI I Ii 1,11 ( I , w I 'I iareii , and | -'1 -. a - ',,'11 h . \ e
supplied nialei lal- 1 ill ,a , 1 ainl ■ -; I he . I ai 1 1 ii : i .r w hi i h i\ .
renled e(|iiipnii-iil In h.- ii-cd nil the .nallai! -iii. a'lO : hi
OWlU-l --h.dl Ili'I .ippli I] iria le 111 inlAell a n \ |Mll lllileiil l.i
his (iwii Use 111 III an\ II-'- mi! ,1 al la a i/i d 1 \ I hi ir.l-l aalii
.ill Wiirkineii .iml ,ill pel- n- wlm li,i\i- -iipiihed ".lieii.il- i-:.
llle innli.iil iir \\liii h,i\c 11 nil d iipapiaia; 'e he i:-id ■■:'■.
the iiiiili.iil -ill- .mil ,dl I , 111' 1 .u Ii a - ,aal -iih, i 'iil i .icii ii - ..le
p.lid Inr wnrk dune Ml ai.lli Il.il- -applied na ihe 1 iinll.a 1 ..^l
the \\ I Mknii-n- ( i napeii-.il n ai I'liMid i- pad .a a .i--i---' • a
uilh le-pe. 1 ihi-li-I,,.
(-t) All siiiiis i-(-iei\i-i| li\ .in nwini. nliier lii.ai ,i n ■ a-ai i- . ' ^'.''^..'.'jl.r ''"
Iialitx- .is ,1,-liiird in / /;,- / >,-aa ■ O';--'.-,' a' !/ai-., . a".; ' A ' ::■ ■ h / :'. -. ■' "■""''
or .1 mel ropi ilil.in or n-L^inn il iiaiiiii ip,ihl\ i a ,i !<ii d InMid i. - i). i-.iiin.
tlu-ri-iil. whieli .ire In he Il-ed m lile Iin.iIUIlu. illiiadin^ ihe
puri li.ise ] 11 11 1- 1 1| I he land .iiid I he p.i\ nieiit i a pi ml em nni-
Iir.inces. nl .1 I mill li 11;^. -ii n, tnie ni wm k. i . m-l il ni.-. -aha-i t
to the p.ixmeiil nl tin- piiiih.i-e pi ii e nl llie l.iild .iml pi mr
Mi
encumbrances, a trust fund in the hands of the owner for the
benefit of the persons mentioned in subsection 1, and, until
the claims of all such persons have been paid, the owner shall
not appropriate or convert any part thereof to his own use or
to any use not authorized by the trust.
Exception (5) Notwithstanding subsection 4, where an owner has
himself paid in whole or in part for any work done, for any
materials placed or furnished or for any rented equipment,
the retention by him from any moneys received from the
lender under subsection 4 of a sum equal to the sum so paid
by him shall be deemed not to be an appropriation or conver-
sion thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized by the
trust.
Protection
for money
lenders
Offence and
penalty
Limit of
time for
asserting
claims to
trust
moneys
(6) Notwithstanding anything in this section, where money
is lent to a person upon whom a trust is imposed by this
section and is used by him to pay in whole or in part for any
work done, for any materials placed or furnished or for any
rented equipment, trust moneys may be applied to discharge
the loan to the extent that the lender's money was so used
by the trustee, and any sum so applied shall be deemed not
to be an appropriation or conversion to the trustee's own use
or to any use not authorized by the trust. New.
(7) Every person upon whom a trust is imposed by this
section who knowingly appropriates or converts any part of
any trust moneys referred to in subsection 1,3 or 4 to his own
use or to any use not authorized by the trust is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more
than two years, or to both, and every director or officer of a cor-
poration who knowingly assents to or acquiesces in any such
offence by the corporation is guilty of such offence, in addition
to the corporation, and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not more than $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than two years, or to both. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 3 (2), amended.
3. No action to assert any claim to trust moneys referred
to in section 2 shall be commenced against a lender of money
to a person upon whom a trust is imposed by that section
except,
(o) in the case of a claim by a contractor or subcontractor
in cases not provided for in clauses b, c and d, within
nine months after the completion or abandonment
of the contract or subcontract;
{b) in the case of a claim for materials, within nine
months after the placing or furnishing of the last
material;
36
Subsection 5. This extension of the "trustee provisions" is new. It
is recommended in O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., pp. 5-7.
36
Section 4 — Subsection 2, clause 6. In its original report the Ontario
Law Reform Commission recommended "$2S a day" which is the sum
that appeared in Bill 190.
As a result of further submissions and consideration, the Commission
recommends $35 a day. See O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 7. The Committee
on Legal and Municipal Bills raised it to $50 a day.
36
(c) in the case of a claim for services, within nine months
after the completion of the service; or
(d) in the case of a claim for wages, within nine months
after the last work was done for which the claim is
made. New.
4. — (1) Every agreement, oral or written, express or Agreements
implied, on the part of any workman that this Act does not application
apply to him or that the remedies provided by it are not are void
available for his benefit is void.
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply. Exception
(a) to a manager, ofiticer or foreman; or
(b) to any person whose wages are more than $50 a day.
(3) No agreement deprives any person otherwise entitled S^?®5* "p?"
to a lien under this Act, who is not a party to the agreement, of agreement
of the benefit of the lien, but it attaches, notwithstanding''*^'"*
such agreement. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 4, amended.
CREATION OF LIENS
5. — (1) Unless he signs an express agreement to the con- ^|^*''^^' ^
trary and in that case subject to section 4, any person who"e"
does any work upon or in respect of, or places or furnishes any
materials to be used in, the making, constructing, erecting,
fitting, altering, improving or repairing of any land, building,
structure or works or the appurtenances to any of them for any
owner, contractor or subcontractor by virtue thereof has a
lien for the price of the work or materials upon the estate or
interest of the owner in the land, building, structure or works
and appurtenances and the land occupied thereby or enjoyed
therewith, or upon or in respect of which the work is done, or
upon which the materials are placed or furnished to be used,
limited, however, in amount to the sum justly due to the
person entitled to the lien and to the sum justly owing, except
as herein provided, by the owner, and the placing or furnishing
of the materials to be used upon the land or such other place
in the immediate vicinity of the land designated by the owner
or his agent is good and sufficient delivery for the purpose of
this Act, but delivery on the designated land does not make
such land subject to a lien.
(2) Except for the purpose of section 11, the lien given by^^'^^P*'""
subsection 1 does not attach to any public street or highway
or to any work or improvement done thereon.
36
(3) The lien given by subsection 1 attaches as therein set
out where the materials delivered to be used are incorporated
Lien
attaches
where
Incorporated into the land, building, structure or works, notwithstanding
building that the materials may not have been delivered in strict
accordance with subsection 1.
Interpre-
tation
(4) In subsection 1, "agent" includes the contractor or sub-
contractor for whom the materials are placed or furnished,
unless the person placing or furnishing the materials has had
actual notice from the owner to the contrary. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 5, amended.
Lien for
rented
equipment
(5) A person who rents equipment to an owner, contractor
or subcontractor for use on a contract site shall be deemed
for the purposes of this Act to have performed a service for
which he has a lien for the price of the rental of the equipment
used on the contract site, limited, however in amount to the
sum justly owed and due to the person entitled to the lien
from the owner, builder, contractor or subcontractor in respect
of the rental of the equipment. New.
When
huBband'8
interest
liat)le for
worlf done
or materia!)
furnished
on land of
spouse
6. Where work is done or materials are placed or furnished
to be used upon or in respect of the land of a married woman, or
in which she has an interest or an inchoate right of dower, with
the privity or consent of her husband, he shall be presumed
conclusively to be acting as her agent as well as for himself for
the purposes of this .Act unless before doing the work or
placing or furnishing the materials the person doing the work
or placing or furnisiiing the materials has had actual notice to
the contrary. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 6, amended.
Where estate
charged is
leasehold
7. — (1) Where the estate or mterest upon which the lien
attaches is leaseliold, the fee simple is also subject to the lien
if the person doing the work or placing or furnishing the
materials gives notice in writing, by personal service, to the
owner in fee simple or his agent of the work to be done or
materials to be placed or furnished unless the owner in fee
simple or his agent within fifteen days thereafter gives notice in
writing, by personal service, to such person that he will not
be responsible therefor.
Forfeiture
or cant.ella-
tion of
lease, effeit
of on lien-
holder
(2) No forfeiture or attempted forfeiture of the lease on
the part of the landlord, or cancellation or attempted cancel-
lation of the lease except for non-pa>iTient of rent, deprives
any jserson otherwise entitled to a lien of the benefit of the
lien, but the person entitled to the lien may pay any rent
accruing after he becomes so entitled, and the amount so paid
mav be added to his claim.
36
Section 5 — Subsection 5. The intent of the original recommen-
dation of the Ontario Law Reform Commission is claril'ied. It is intended
that the lien for rented equipment is for an amount that is reasonable and
justly due in the particular circumstances. See O.L.R.C. Snpp. Rep., p. 8.
Section 7 — Subsection I. The intent is clarified. See O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., p. 8. Also, the notice period is increased from ten to fifteen
days.
36
(3) Where the land and premises upon or in respect of which mortgages
any work is done or materials are placed or furnished are
encumbered by a mortgage or other charge that was registered
in the proper registry office before any lien under this Act
arose, the mortgage or other charge has priority over all liens
under this Act to the extent of the actual value of the land
and premises at the time the first lien arose, such value to be
ascertained by the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try
an action under this Act.
(4) The time at which the first lien arose shall be deemed to i^n^arose'
be the time at which the first work was done or the first
materials placed or furnished, irrespective of whether a claim
for lien in respect thereof is registered or enforced and whether
or not such lien is before the court. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7
(1-4), amended.
(5) Any mortgage existing as a valid security, notwith- advan'eB
standing that it is a prior mortgage within the meaning of
subsection 3, may also secure future advances, subject to
subsection 1 of section 14. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7 (5).
(6) A registered agreement for the sale and purchase of^^eement
land and any moneys bona fide secured or payable there- !°[r*g^*^^
under has the same priority over a lien as is provided for ^gl^eprforitT
mortgage and mortgage moneys in subsections 3 and 5, and as mortgage
for the purposes of this Act the seller shall be deemed to be
a mortgagee, and any moneys bona fide secured and payable
under such agreement shall be deemed to be mortgage moneys
bona fide secured or advanced. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7 (6),
amended.
8. Where any of the property upon which a lien attaches ^fP,P'^°*^'°°g
is wholly or partly destroyed by fire, any money received
by reason of any insurance thereon by an owner or prior
mortgagee or chargee shall take the place of the property so
destroyed and is, after satisfying any prior mortgage or charge
in the manner and to the extent set out in subsection 3 of
section 7, subject to the claims of all persons for liens to the
same extent as if the money had been realized by a sale of
the property in an action to enforce the lien. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 8.
0. Save as herein otherwise provided, the lien does not ^^'^„'^'^o,
attach so as to make the owner liable for a greater sum than Pi^^ifft*
the sum payable by the owner to the contractor. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 9.
36
Limit of
lien when
claimed by
other
than oon-
tractor
Holdback
Reduction
in amount
retained
Idem
10. Save as herein otherwise provided, where the lien is
claimed by any person other than the contractor, the amount
that may be claimed in respect thereof is limited to the amount
owing to the contractor or subcontractor or other person for
whom the work has been done or the materials were placed or
furnished. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 10, amended.
11. — (1) In all cases, the person primarily liable upon a
contract under or by virtue of which a lien may arise shall,
as the work is done or the materials are furnished under the
contract, retain for a period of thirty-seven days after the
completion or abandonment of the work done or to be done
under the contract 15 per cent of the value of the work and
materials actually done, placed or furnished, as mentioned in
section 5, irrespective of whether the contract or subcontract
provides for partial payments or payment on completion of
the work, and the value shall be calculated upon evidence
given in that regard on the basis of the contract price or, if
there is no specific contract price, on the basis of the actual
value of the work or materials. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (1),
amended.
(2) Where a contract is under the supervision of an archi-
tect, engineer or other person upon whose certificate payments
are to be made and thirty-seven days have elapsed after a
certificate issued by that architect, engineer or other person
to the efifect that the subcontract has been completed to his
satisfaction has been given to the person primarily liable up)on
that contract and to the person who became a subcontractor
by a subcontract made directly under that contract, the
amount to be retained by the person primarily liable upon
that contract shall be reduced by 15 per cent of the sub-
contract price or, if there is no specific subcontract price,
by 15 per cent of the actual value of the work done or materials
placed or furnished under that subcontract, but this subsec-
tion does not operate if and so long as any lien derived under
that subcontract is preserved by anything done under this
Act.
(3) Where a certificate issued by an architect, engineer
or other person to the efifect that a subcontract by which a
subcontractor became a subcontractor has been completed to
the satisfaction of that architect, engineer or other person has
been given to that subcontractor, then, for the purposes of
subsections 1, 2 and 3 of section 21 and section 23, that sub-
contract and any materials placed or furnished or to be
placed or furnished thereunder and any work done or to be
done thereunder shall, so far as concerns any lien thereunder
of that subcontractor, be deemed to have been completed or
placed or furnished not later than the time at which the certi-
ficate was so given. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (3, 4), amended.
36
(4) Where an architect, engineer or other person neglects P°4^^ °'J.<*e'"
or refuses to issue and deliver a certificate upon which pay- certificato
ments are to be made under a contract or subcontract, the
judge or officer having jurisdiction to try an action under
this Act, upon application and upon being satisfied that the
certificate should have been issued and delivered may, upon
such terms and conditions as to costs and otherwise as he
deems just, make an order that the work or materials to which
the certificate would have related has been done or placed
or furnished, as the case may be, and any such order has the
same force and efTect as if the certificate had been issued and
delivered by the architect, engineer or other person. New.
(5) Where there is a lien under section 5, the lien is a charge ifJJiig'^and
upon the amount directed to be retained by this section inamJunte"
favour of lien claimants whose liens are derived under persons ''Stained
to whom the moneys so required to be retained are respectively
payable and where there is no lien on the land by virtue of
subsection 2 of section 5, a claim for work done or materials
placed or furnished is a charge upon the amount directed to
be retained by this section. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (5),
amended.
(6) All payments up to 85 per cent as fixed by subsection 1 mtdTtn"
and payments permitted as a result of the operation of sub- ^"j^^jj^^j"*"
sections 2 and 3 made in good faith by an owner to a contractor, ,1°^''=« °^
or by a contractor to a subcontractor, or by one subcontractor
to another subcontractor, before notice in writing of the lien
given by the person claiming the lien to the owner, contractor
or subcontractor, as the case may be, operate as a discharge
pro tanto of the lien.
(7) Payment of the percentage required to be retained pere^jftage*^
under this section may be validly made so as to discharge all^Ji^^j^
claims in respect of such percentage after the expiration ofofUens
the period of thirty-seven days mentioned in subsection 1
unless in the meantime proceedings have been commenced to
enforce any lien or charge against the percentage as provided
by sections 22 and 23, in which case the owner may pay the
percentage into court in the proceedings, and such payment
constitutes valid payment in discharge of the owner to the
amount thereof.
(8) Every contract shall be deemed to be amended in so far of"contraot8
as is necessary to be in conformity with this section. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 11 (5-9).
(9) Where the contractor or subcontractor makes default perc^e^tage
in completing his contract, the percentage required to be ^^'pi^o^*^®
retained shall not, as against any lien claimant who by virtue
36
10
of subsection 5 has a charge thereupon, be applied by the
owner, contractor or subcontractor to the completion of the
contract or for any other purpose nor to the payment of
damages for the non-completion of the contract by the con-
tractor or subcontractor nor in payment or satisfaction of
any claim against the contractor or subcontractor. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 11 (9), amended.
Payments
made
directly
by owner
to pereonB
entitled to
lien
12. If an owner, contractor or subcontractor makes a
payment to any person entitled to a lien under section 5
or to any person who but for subsection 2 of that section
would be entitled to a lien under that section, for or on
account of any debt, justly due to him for work done or
for materials placed or furnished to be used as therein men-
tioned, for which he is not primarily liable, and within three
days afterwards gives written notice of the payment to the
person primarily liable, or his agent, the payment shall be
deemed to be a payment on his contract generally to the con-
tractor or subcontractor primarily liable but not so as to
affect the percentage to be retained by the owner as provided
by section 11. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 12 (1), amended.
Rights of
subcon-
tractor
13. Every subcontractor is entitled to enforce his lien not-
withstanding the non-completion or abandonment of the
contract by any contractor or subcontractor under whom he
claims. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 12 (2).
Priority of
lien
14. — (1) The lien has priority over all judgments, execu-
tions, assignments, attachments, garnishments and receiving
orders recovered, issued or made after the lien arises, and over
all payments or advances made on account of any conveyance
or mortgage after notice in writing of the lien has been given
to the person making such payments or after registration of a
claim for the lien as hereinafter provided, and, in the absence
of such notice in writing or the registration of a claim for lien,
all such payments or advances have priority over any such
lien. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 13 (1), amended.
Priority
among
lientioldere
Mortgage
given to
person
entitled to
(2) Except where it is otherwise provided by this Act,
no person entitled to a lien on any property or money is
entitled to any priority or preference over another person of
the same class entitled to a lien on such property or money,
and each class of lienholders ranks pari passu for their several
amounts, and the proceeds of any sale shall be distributed
among them pro rata according to their several classes and
rights.
(3) Any conveyance, mortgage or charge of or on land
lien void'ai! given to unv oerson entitled to a lien thereon under this Act
against lien- . ' - . . , , • , l
holders in payment ol or as security for any such claim, whether
36
11
given before or after such lien claim has arisen, shall, as
against other parties entitled to liens under this Act, on any
such land be deemed to be fraudulent and void. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 13 (2, 3).
PRIORITY OF WAGES
15. — (1) Every workman whose lien is for wages has i^gng" q'^ ""^
priority to the extent of thirty days wages over all other liens ^ages
derived through the same contractor or subcontractor to the
extent of and on the 15 per cent directed to be retained by
section 11 to which the contractor or subcontractor through
whom the lien is derived is entitled, and all such workmen
rank thereon pari passu.
(2) Every workman is entitled to enforce a lien in respect |fe"n°n '"^
of any contract or subcontract that has not been completed 8""=^ ' ases
and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act,
may serve a notice of motion on the proper persons, returnable
in four days after service thereof before the judge or officer
having jurisdiction to try an action under this Act, that the
applicant will on the return of the motion ask for judgment on
his claim for lien, registered particulars of which shall accom-
pany the notice of motion duly verified by atfidavit.
(3) If the contract has not been completed when the lien pe^rcentag'e'
is claimed by a workman, the i)ercentage shall be calculated J^^p"^°""
on the value of the work done or materials jjlaced or furnished fu'ined
by the contractor or subcontractor by whom the workman
is employed, having regard to the contract price, if any.
(4) Every device by an owner, contractor or subcontractor ^g^^^^'^j®^ '°
to defeat the priority given to a workman for his wages P^Jo^Hy of
and every payment made for the purpose of defeating or im-
pairing a lien are void. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 14, amended.
REGISTR.'VTION
16.— (1) A claim for a lien may be registered in the i)ropero*f*f|'afm "°"
registry office and shall set out, ^"^ ''*"
(a) the name and an address for service of the person
claiming the lien and of the owner or of the person
whom the person claiming the lien, or his agent,
believes to be the owner of the land, and of the person
for whom the work was or is to be done, or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished, and
the time within which the same was or was to be
done or jilaced or furnished;
36
12
R.S.O. 1960,
cc. 204, 348
(b) a short description of the work done or to be done,
or the materials placed or furnished or to be placed
or furnished ;
(c) the sum claimed as due or to become due;
(d) a description of the land as required by The Land
Titles Act or The Registry Act and the regulations
thereunder, as the case may be; and
(e) the date of expiry of the period of credit if credit
has been given. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 16 (1),
amended.
Verification
of claim
(2) The claim shall be verified in duplicate by the affidavit
of the person claiming the lien, or of his agent or assignee
who has a personal knowledge of the matters required to be
verified, and the affidavit of the agent or assignee shall state
that he has such knowledge.
Lien
against
railway
(3) When it is desired to register a claim for lien against a
railway, it is sufficient description of the land of the railway
company to describe it as the land of the railway company,
and every such claim shall be registered in the general register
in the office for the registry division within which the lien is
claimed to have arisen. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 16 (2, 3).
What may
be included
in claim
17. — (1) A claim for lien may include claims against any
number of properties, and any number of ]>ersons claiming
liens upon the same property may unite therein, but, where
more than one lien is included in one claim, each claim for
lien shall be verified by affidavit as provided in section 16.
menrof""" (2) The judge or officer trying the action has jurisdiction
claims equitably to apportion against the respective properties the
amounts included in any claim or claims under subsection 1.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 17, amended.
Informality jg. — (1) Substantial compliance with sections 16, 17 and
29 is sufficient and no claim for lien is invalidated by reason of
failure to comply with any of the requirements of such sections
unless, in the opinion of the judge or officer trying the action,
the owner, contractor or subcontractor, mortgagee or other
person is prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent to
which he is thereby prejudiced.
ne^c^Mary °" (2) Nothing in this section dispenses with the requirement
of registration of the claim for lien. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s, 18,
amended.
36
Section 21. As a result of further submissions and research, the
O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 8, recommends that the "umbrella principle"
of the Act, which appeared as subsection 5 of section 21 of Bill 190, be
dropped. The result will be that all lien claimants must register their
claims, thus greatly facilitating the trial of some mechanics' lien actions.
The requirement for registration of certificates of action is to be
found in section 22 (2) of this Bill.
36
1
13
19. A duplicate of the claim for lien, bearing the registrar's ^"1,','^'^^'® ">
certificate of registration, shall be filed on or before the trial
of the action, where the action is to be tried in the County of
York, in the office of the master of the Supreme Court, or,
where the action is to be tried elsewhere, in the office of the
clerk of the county or district court of the county or district
in which the action is to be tried. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 19 (1), amended.
20. \A'here a claim is so registered, the person entitled to ^f 'Jf^j^
a lien shall be deemed to be a purchaser pro tanto and a''ainiant
purchaser within the provisions of The Reeistry Act and 77ie R.s.o. i960,
-, . . . . <!o 348 204
Land Titles Act, but, except as herein otherwise provided,
those Acts do not api)lv to any lien arising under this Act.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 20, amended.
21. — (1) A claim for lien by a contractor or subcontractor f|[JJ^"f°/
in cases not otherwise provided for may be registered before ''eK'stration
or during the performance of the contract or of the subcontract
or within thirty-seven days after the completion or abandon-
ment of the contract or of the subcontract, as the case mav
be. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (I).
(2) A claim for lien for materials may be registered l>efore Mater'*'"
or during the placing or furnishing thereof, or within thirt>-
seven days after the placing or furnishing of the last material
so placed or furnished. R.S.O. I960, c. 233, s. 21 (2), amended.
(3) A claim for lien for services may be registered at any services
time during the performance of the service or witliin thirty-
seven days after the completion of the service. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 21 (3).
(4) A claim for lien for wages may be registered at any time Wages
during the doing of the work for which the wages are claimed
or within thirty-seven days after the last work was done for
which the lien is claimed. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (4),
amended.
(5) Where there is no lien on the land by virtue of subsec- ^°in°® „ '^
tion 2 of section 5, any person who is asserting a claim under holdback
subsection 5 of section 11 for work done or materials placed
or furnished shall give notice in writing of his claim to the
owner, to every person in whose hands are sums retained
under section 11 to which his claim may relate and to the
municipality in which the land is situate within thirty-seven
days after the completion or abandonment of the work or
the placing or furnishing of the materials. Neu<.
36
14
Expiry of
liens
ReglBtratlon
of certificate
of action
EXPIRY AND DISCHARGE
22. — (1) Every lien for which a claim is not registered
ceases to exist on the expiration of the time limited in section 21
for the registration thereof.
(2) Upon an action under this Act being commenced, a
certificate thereof shall be registered in the registry office in
which the claim for lien is registered. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 22 (1), part, amended.
ordere'"* (•^) Where a certificate of action has been registered for
two years or more in the registry office and no appointment
has been taken out for the trial of the action, the judge or an
officer having jurisdiction to try the action may, upon the
application ex parte of any interested person, make an order
vacating the certificate of action and discharging all liens
depending thereon. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 22, amended.
to^ease*" ^^* — ^^^ Every lien for which a claim is registered ceases to
if registered exist on the expiration of ninety days after the work has been
proceeded completed or the materials have been placed or furnished, or
"""" after the expiry of the period of credit, where such period is
mentioned in the registered claim for lien, unless in the
meantime an action is commenced to realize the claim or in
which a subsisting claim may be realized, and a certificate is
registered as provided by section 22. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 23,
amended.
of'ciahn"" (^) Every claim asserted under subsection 5 of section 11
for work done or materials placed or furnished ceases to exist
on the expiration of ninety days after,
(a) the work has been completed or abandoned ;
{b) the materials have been placed or furnished; or
(c) the expiry of the period of credit, where such period
is mentioned in the notice referred to in subsection 5
of section 21,
unless in the meantime an action under this Act is commenced
to realize the claim or in which a subsisting claim may be
realized.
^'*®'" (3) Subsection 2 of section 22 does not apply to an action
referred to in subsection 2, but sections 29, 30, 31, 32 and 34
to 38 do apply mutatis mutandis to such an action. '^Pl
or^A%a.Vhot ^'^' ^^^ rights of a lien claimant may be assigned by an
Hen instrument in writing and, if not assigned, upon his death
pass to his personal representative. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 24,
amended.
36
Section 25. A number of changes in language have been made in
order to clarify the intent, especially subsection 6 as to notice. See
O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 9.
1
36
1
15
25. — (1) A claim for lien may be discharged by tiie regis- ^f'JPjJ^*'"*®
tration of a receipt acknowledging payment,
(a) where made by a lien claimant that is not a corpora-
tion, signed by the lien claimant or his agent duly
authorized in writing and verified by affidavit; or
(b) where made by a lien claimant that is a corporation,
sealed with its corporate seal. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 25 (1), amended.
(2) Upon application, the judge or officer having jm'isdic-^|°'^'g'^j°''
tion to try the action may, at any time, '"tp court
lien and
(a) allow security for or payment into court of the °^'"^j,^p*^«
amount of the claim of the lien claimant and the
amount of the claims of any other subsisting lien
claimants together with such costs as he may fix,
and thereupon order that the registration of the
claim for lien or liens and the registration of the
certificate of action, if any, be vacated;
(b) upon any other proper ground, order that the regis-
tration of the claim for lien or liens and the regis-
tration of the certificate of action, if any, be vacated;
or
(c) upon proper grounds, dismiss the action. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 25 (4), amended.
(3) Notwithstanding sections 22 and 23, where an order ^j.^^'j^'J^J^^^^
to vacate the registration of a lien is made under clause a or 6 subs. 2,
,,.,,., ... < Is. a or i
of subsection 2, the hen does not cease to exist for the reason
that no certificate of action is registered.
(4) Any money so paid into court, or any bond or other f^°o"court'''
security for securing the like amount and satisfactory to the
judge or officer, takes the place of the property discharged
and is subject to the claims of every person who has at the
time of the application a subsisting claim for lien or given
notice of the claim under subsection 6 of section 11 or section .
14 to the same extent as if the money, bond or other security
was realized by a sale of the property in an action to enforce
the lien, but such amount as the judge or officer finds to be
owing to the person whose lien has been so vacated is a first
charge upon the money, bond or other security.
(5) Where the certificate required by section 22 or 23 where notice
has not been registered within the prescribed time and ^^^ vacate not
application is made to vacate the registration of a claim requisite
for lien after the time for registration of the certificate, the
36
16
order vacating the Hen may be made ex parte upon production
^•^a9; ^if 2' o^ a certificate of search under The Land Titles A ct or of a regis-
CC. Z04, 348 , . T^ • J 1
trar s abstract under The Registry Act, as the case may be,
together with a certified copy of the registered claim for lien.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 25 (5-1), amended.
Payment of
money out
of court
Registration
number
(6) Where money has been paid into court or a bond
deposited in court pursuant to an order under subsection 2,
the judge or officer may, upon such notice to the parties as he
may require, order the money to be paid out to the persons
entitled thereto or the delivery up of the bond for cancellation,
as the case may be. 1961-62, c. 78, s. 1, amended.
(7) An order discharging a claim for lien or vacating a
certificate of action shall be registered by registering the
order or a certificate thereof, under the seal of the court, that
includes a description of the land as required by The Land
Titles Act or The Registry Act and the regulations thereunder,
as the case may be, and a reference to the registration number
of every registered claim for lien and certificate of action
affected thereby. 1966, c. 84, s. 1, amended.
Effect
generally
EFFECT OF TAKING SECURITY OR EXTENDING TIME
26. — (1) The taking of any security for, or the acceptance
of any promissory note or bill of exchange for, or the taking
of any acknowledgment of the claim, or the giving of time
for the payment thereof, or the taking of any proceedings for
the recovery, or the recovery of a personal judgment for the
claim, does not merge, waive, pay, satisfy, prejudice or destroy
the lien unless the lien claimant agrees in writing that it has
that effect. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 26 (1).
(2) Where any such promissory note or bill of exchange
has been negotiated, the lien claimant does not thereby lose
his right to claim for lien if, at the time of bringing his action
to enforce it or where an action is brought by another lien
claimant, he is, at the time of proving his claim in the action,
the holder of such promissory note or bill of exchange.
bri^ling"^ (^) Nothing in subsection 2 extends the time limited by
extended ' ^'^'^ ^^^ ^°^ bringing an action to enforce a claim for lien.
Where
period
of credit
not expired
Time for
bringing
action by
person who
?;ave time
or payment
(4) A person who has extended the time for payment of a
claim for which he has a claim for lien in order to obtain the
benefit of this section shall commence an action to enforce
the claim within the time prescribed by this Act and shall
register a certificate as required by sections 22 and 23, but no
further proceedings shall be taken in the action until the
expiration of such extension of time. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 26 (2-4), amended.
36
17
27. Where the period of credit in respect of a claim has not^j^^^'"}*
expired or there has been an extension of time for payment of action by
,,. If .• II .,. . another
the claim, the lien claimant may nevertheless, if an action is person
commenced by any other person to enforce a claim for lien
against the same property, prove and obtain payment of his
claim in the action as if the period of credit or the extended
time had expired. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 27, amended.
LIEN CLAIMANTS RIGHTS TO INFORMATION
28. — (1) Any lien claimant may in writing at any time ^f'"°^J}^^^°5
demand of the owner or his agent the production, for inspec-o"" agree-
tion, of the contract or agreement with the contractor for
or in respect of which the work was or is to be done or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished, if the contract
or agreement is in writing or, if not in writing, the terms of the
contract or agreement and the state of the accounts between
the owner and the contractor, and, if the owner or his agent
does not, at the time of the demand or within a reasonable
time thereafter, produce the contract or agreement if in writing
or, if not in writing, does not inform the person making the
demand of the terms of the contract or agreement and the
amount due and unpaid upon the contract or agreement or if
he knowingly falsely states the terms of the contract or agree-
ment or the amount due or unpaid thereon and if the person
claiming the lien sustains loss by reason of the refusal or
neglect or false statement, the owner is liable to him for the
amount of the loss in an action therefor or in any action for
the enforcement of a lien under this Act, and subsection 4 of
section 38 applies.
(2) Any lien claimant may in writing at any time demand of f f^mon*-"*
a mortgagee or unpaid vendor or his agent the terms of any gagee or
mortgage on the land or of any agreement for the purchase of vendor
the land in respect of which the work was or is to be done or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished and a statement
showing the amount advanced on the mortgage or the amount
owing on the agreement, as the case may be, and, if the mort-
gagee or vendor or his agent fails to inform the lien claimant at
the time of the demand or within a reasonable time thereafter
of the terms of the mortgage or agreement and the amount
advanced or owing thereon or if he knowingly falsely states
the terms of the mortgage or agreement and the amount
owing thereon and the lien claimant sustains loss by the refusal
or neglect or misstatement, the mortgagee or vendor is liable
to him for the amount of the loss in an action therefor or in
any action for the enforcement of a lien under this Act, and
subsection 4 of section 38 applies.
36
IS
Production
of contract
or agree-
ment
(3) The judge or officer having jurisdiction to try an action
under this Act may, on a summary application at any time
before or after an action is commenced for the enforcement of
the claim for lien, make an order requiring the owner or his
agent or the mortgagee or his agent or the unpaid vendor or
his agent or the contractor or his agent or the subcontractor or
his agent, as the case may be, to produce and permit any
lien claimant to inspect any such contract or agreement or
mortgage or agreement for sale or the accounts or any other
relevant document upon such terms as to costs as the judge
or officer deems just. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 28, amended.
ACTIONS
en°forceabTe ^^' — ^^^ ^ claim for lien is enforceable in an action in the
Supreme Court.
of^c'ili^"' (2) An action under this section shall be commenced by
filing of filing a statement of claim in the office of the local registrar
of the Supreme Court in the county or district in which the
land or part thereof is situate.
Idem,
eervice
(3) The statement of claim shall be served within thirty
days after it is filed, but the judge having jurisdiction to try
the action or, in the County of York, the master may extend
the time for service.
statement
of defence
(4) The time for delivering the statement of defence in the
action shall be the same as for entering an appearance in an
action in the Supreme Court.
Parties
(5) It is not necessary to make any lien claimants parties
defendant to the action, but all lien claimants served with the
notice of trial shall for all purposes be deemed to be parties
to the action.
Motion
to speed
trial
(6) After the commencement of the action, any lien claim-
ant or other person interested may apply to the judge having
jurisdiction to try the action or, in the County of York,
a judge of the Supreme Court to speed the trial of the action.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 29, amended.
Lien
claimants
joining in
action
30. Any number of lien claimants claiming liens on the
same land may join in an action, and an action brought by
a lien claimant shall be deemed to be brought on behalf of
himself and all other lien claimants. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 30,
amended.
Jnd'pjifce 31. — (1) Except in the County of York, the action shall
of trial {jg tried by the local judge of the Supreme Court in the
county or district in which the action was commenced, but,
36
1
Section 29. No change in principle from the present Act.
Section 31. The O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 10, recommends that as
there is no relationship between subsections 1 and 2 of section 31 of Bill
190, subsection 1 should be renumbered as section 31, subsections 2 to 7
renumbered as subsections I to 6 of a new section 32 and the following
sections renumbered accordingly. This recommendation is implemented.
36
19
upon the application of any party or other interested person
made according to the practice of the Supreme Court and upon
notice, the court may direct that the action be tried by a
judge of the Supreme Court at the regular sittings of the
court for the trial of actions in the county or district in which
the action was commenced. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 31 (1, 2).
(2) In the County of York, the action shall be tried by a \^^^'
judge of the Supreme Court, but, county
(a) on motion after defence or defence to counterclaim,
if any, has been delivered or the time for such
delivery has expired, a judge of the Supreme Court
may refer the whole action to the master for trial
pursuant to section 69 of The Judicature Act; or h.so. iseo,
(b) at the trial, a judge of the Supreme Court may direct
a reference to the master pursuant to section 68 or 69
of l^he Judicature Act. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 31 (3), ff^O- iseo.
amended.
(3) Where on motion the whole action is referred to the ^^PJJ'^^Bide
master for trial, any person brought into the proceedings jj'j^Km^n'^
subsequent thereto and served with a notice of trial may reference
apply to a judge of the Supreme Court to set aside the judg-
ment directing the reference within seven days after service
of notice of trial and, if such person fails to make such appli-
cation, he is bound by such judgment as if he were originally
a party thereto.
(4) Where the action is referred to the master for trial, he^mend-
^ ' ' ment of
may grant leave to amend any pleading. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, pleadings
■■% ^ / a f \ on r6i6r©nc6
s. 31 (4, 5).
32. The local judges of the Supreme Court and thefo^rr*"'
master to whom a reference for trial has been directed, in^s"c*o*, etc
addition to their ordinary powers, have all the jurisdiction,
powers and authority of the Supreme Court to try and com-
pletely dispose of the action and questions arising therein and
all questions of set-ofT and counterclaim arising under the
building contract or out of the work done or materials fur-
nished to the property in question. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233.
s. 32 (1), amended.
33. Where an owner enters into an entire contract for j^j}*jf4''®o'^°g%
the supply of materials to be used in several buildings, the se^^erai^^
person supplying the materials may ask to have his lien follow
the form of the contract and that it be for an entire sum upon
all the buildings, but, in case the owner has sold one or more of
the buildings, the judge or officer trying the action has juris-
36
20
diction equitably to apportion against the respective buildings
the amount included in the claim for lien under the entire
contract. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 32 (2), amended.
Power to
appoint a
receiver of
rents and
proflts
34. — (1) At any time after the delivery of the statement
of claim, the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the
action may, on the application of any lien claimant, mort-
gagee or other person interested, appoint a receiver of the
rents and profits of the property against which the claim for
lien is registered, upon such terms and upon the giving of
such security or without security as the judge or officer deems
just.
Power to
direct
sale and
appoint
trustee
(2) Any lien claimant, mortgagee or other person interested
may make an application to the judge or officer at any time
before or after judgment, which may hear viva voce or affidavit
evidence or both and appoint, upon such terms and upon the
giving of such security or without security as the judge or
officer deems just, a trustee or trustees with power to manage,
mortgage, lease and sell, or manage, mortgage, lease or sell,
the property against which the claim for lien is registered,
and the exercise of such powers shall be under the supervision
and direction of the judge or officer, and with power, when
so directed by the judge or officer, to complete or partially
complete the property, and, in the event that mortgage
moneys are advanced to the trustee or trustees as the result
of any of the powers conferred upon him or them under this
subsection, such moneys take priority over every claim of
lien existing as of the date of the appointment.
Property
offered for
sale
(3) Any property directed to be sold under subsection 2
may be offered for sale subject to any mortgage or other
charge or encumbrance if the judge or officer so directs.
Proceeds
to be paid
Into court
(4) The proceeds of any sale made by a trustee or trustees
under subsection 2 shall be paid into court and are subject
to the claims of all lien claimants, mortgagees or other persons
interested in the property so sold as their respective rights are
determined, and, in so far as applicable, section 39 applies.
Orders for
completion
of sale
(5) The judge or officer shall make all necessary orders for
the completion of any mortgage, lease or sale authorized to
be made under subsection 2.
Vesting
of title
(6) Any vesting order made of property sold by a trustee
or trustees appointed under subsection 2 vests the title of the
property free from all claims for liens, encumbrances and
interests of any kind including dower, except in cases where
sale is made Subject to any mortgage, charge, encumbrance
or interest as hereinbefore provided, but nothing in this
36
Section 34 — Subsection 2. As recommended by the O.L.R.C. Supp.
Rep., p. 10, the powers that trustees may exercise under the section are
broadened to include, if authorized by court order, the power to lease the
property against which the claim for lien is registered.
Subsection 3. The words "but only in cases where there is no dispute
as to the priority of any such mortgage" at the end of the provision as it
appeared in Bill 190 have been deleted as recommended by the O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., p. 11. This will expedite the trial of mechanics' lien actions
by giving the court power to direct a sale under the court's supervision in
cases where the priority of a mortgage is in dispute or where the lien
claimants refuse to take a position one way or the other.
36
21
section or elsewhere in this Act shall be deemed to extinguish
the right to dower, if any, of any married woman or the right
to have the value of her dower ascertained and deducted
from the proceeds of the sale so paid into court. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 32 (3-8), amended.
35. At any time after delivery of the statement of claim p^BerJa-
and before judgment, or after judgment and pending the^'o"*^*!
, . 11 •• f J^ i' .» property
hearing and determmation ot any appeal, any hen claimant,
mortgagee or other interested person may make an application
to the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action,
who may hear viva voce or affidavit evidence or both and make
an order for the preservation of any property pending the
determination of the action and any appeal. New.
36. Where more actions than one are brought to realize consoUda-
liens in respect of the same land, the judge or officer having actions
jurisdiction to try the action may, on the application of any
party to any one of the actions or on the application of any
other person interested, consolidate all such actions into one
action and award the conduct of the consolidated action to
any plaintiff as the judge or officer deems just. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 33, amended.
37. Any lien claimant entitled to the benefit of an action '"ransfefing
■ 1 1 • 1 rr , ■ ■ ■ ,■ carriage of
may at any time apply to the judge or officer having jurisdic- proceedings
tion to try the action for the carriage of the proceedings, and
the judge or officer may make an o^der awarding such lien
claimant the carriage of the proceedings. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 34, amended.
38.— (1) After the delivery of the statement of defence ^^ppo^n''"^
where the plaintiff's claim is disputed, or after the time for trial
delivery of defence in all other cases, either party may apply
ex parte to a judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the
action to fix a day for the trial thereof, and the judge oi
officer shall appoint the time and place of trial, and the order,
signed by the judge or officer, shall form part of the record of
the proceedings.
(2) The ijarty obtaining an apix)intment for the trial shall, SiaVand*^
at least ten clear days before the day appointed, serve notice '""'^■'^'®
of trial upon the solicitors for tiie defendants who appear
by solicitors and upon the defendants who ajipear in i^ersoii.
and upon all the lienholders wiio have registered their claims
as required by this Act or of whose claims he has notice, and
upon all other persons having any charge, encumbrance
or claim on the land subsequent in priority to the lien, who
are not jiarties, and such service shall be personal unless
otherwise directed by the judge or officer who may direct in
what manner the notice of trial is to be served.
36
22
^^•"^ (3) Where any person interested in the land has been
served with a statement of claim and makes default in de-
livering a statement of defence, he shall nevertheless be served
with notice of trial and is entitled to defend on such terms as
to costs and otherwise as the judge or officer having jurisdic-
tion to try the action deems just.
'^'■'"^ (4) The judge, or where a reference for trial is directed, the
master,
(o) shall try the action, including any set-off and counter-
claim, and all questions that arise therein or that are
necessary to be tried in order to completely dispose
of the action and to adjust the rights and liabilities
of the persons appearing before him or upon whom
notice of trial has been served;
(b) shall take all accounts, make all inquiries, give all
directions and do all other things necessary to finally
dispose of the action and of all matters, questions and
accounts arising therein or at the trial, and to adjust
the rights and liabilities of and give all necessary
relief to all parties to the action and all persons who
have been served with the notice of trial ; and
(c) shall embody the results of the trial,
(i) in the case of a judge, in a judgment, and
(ii) in the case of a master, in a report,
which judgment or report may direct payment forth-
with by the person or persons primarily liable to
pay the amount of the claims and costs as ascertained
by the judgment or report, and execution may be
issued therefor forthwith in the case of a judgment
and after confirmation thereof, in the case of a report.
Power to (5) The form of the judgment or report may be varied by
vary form ol V , „ .■','' , . ^ , ^,
judgment the judge or orticer m order to meet the circumstances oi the
case so as to afford to any party to the proceedings any right
or remedy in the judgment or report to which he may be
entitled.
s*'® (6) The judge or officer may order that the estate or interest
charged with the lien be sold, and may direct the sale to take
place at any time after judgment or confirmation of the report,
allowing, however, a reasonable time for advertising the sale.
Letting in ... . ■ • l • i
",«'} . (7) A lien claimant who did not prove his claim at the trial,
claimants ,. . ' , • , rr i r i i
who have on application to the judge or ofhcer before whom the action
their <'iainiH Of reference was tried, may be let in to prove his claim, on
at trial
36
23
such terms as to costs and otherwise as are deemed just, at
any time before the amount realized in the action for the
satisfaction of liens has been distributed, and, where his
claim is allowed, the judgment or report shall be amended
so as to include his claim.
(8) Any lien claimant for an amount not exceeding $200i^e'n*" °'^
may be represented by an agent who is not a barrister and ^J|^}.™^i.^^*
solicitor. eentation
(9) An action or reference under this Act may be tried by be tried"bV
any judge or oiificer having jurisdiction to try the action ora">'J"dge
reference notwithstanding that the time and place for the
trial or reference thereof were appointed and fixed by another
judge or officer. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 35, amended.
(10) Any party to an action under this Act or any other Applications
interested person may at any time and from time to time directions
apply to a judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action
or reference for directions as to pleadings, discovery, produc-
tion or any other matter relating to the action or reference,
including the cross-examination of a lien claimant or his
agent or assignee on his affidavit verifying the claim. A^ew.
30. — (1) Where a sale is had, the moneys arising there- ^^ere sale
from shall be paid into court to the credit of the action, and'» ^^^
the judge or officer before whom the action was tried shall
direct to whom the moneys in court shall be paid and may
add to the claim of the person conducting the action his fees
and actual disbursements incurred in connection with the sale,
and, where sufficient to satisfy the judgment and costs is
not realized from the sale, he shall certify the amount of the
deficiency and the names of the persons who are entitled to
recover the same, showing the amount that each is entitled
to recover and the persons adjudged to pay the same, giving
credit for payments made, if any, under subsection 4 of
section 38, and the persons so entitled may enforce payment
of the amounts so found to be due by execution or otherwise.
(2) The judge or officer before whom the action was tried ^"^le'*"""
may make all necessary orders for the completion of the sale
and for vesting the property in the purchaser. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 36 (1, 2).
40. Where a lien claimant fails to establish a lien, he may ,^n'^not
nevertheless recover a personal judgment against any party ^®'^'^'''^*'®^
to the action for such sum as may appear to be due to him
and which he might recover in an action against such party.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 36 (3).
36
24
henhoiders *^' Where property subject to a lien is sold in an action
whose claims to enforce a lien, every lienholder is entitled to share in the
are not i r i . • r i ,
payable to proceeds of the sale in respect of the amount then owing to
proceeds him, although the same or part thereof was not payable at
the time of the commencement of the action or is not then
presently payable. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 37.
STATED CASE
Stated case 42. — (1) If in the course of proceedings to enforce a lien a
question of law arises, the judge or officer trying the case may,
at the request of any party, state the question in the form of
a stated case for the opinion of the Court of Appeal, and the
stated case shall thereupon be set down to be heard before
the Court of Appeal and notice of hearing shall be served
by the party setting down upon all parties concerned.
mission of ^^^ ^^^ Stated case shall set forth the facts material for
papers the determination of the question raised, and all papers neces-
sary for the hearing of the stated case by the Court of Appeal
shall be transmitted to the registrar of the Supreme Court.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 39, amended.
APPEAL
Appeal
43. — (1) Except where the amount of a judgment in
respect of a claim or counterclaim is $200 or less, an appeal
lies from any judgment under this Act to the Court of Appeal.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 40 (1), amended.
refe^rett'ce^""^ (2) Where a question is referred to the master for inquiry
and report under subsection 2 of section 31, an appeal lies in
the manner prescribed by the rules of court.
Confirma-
tion of
master's
report
(3) Where an action is referred to the master for trial
under subsection 2 of section 31, the report shall be filed and
shall be deemed to be confirmed at the expiration of fifteen
days from the date of service of notice of filing the same,
unless notice of appeal is served within that time.
Appeal
from
judgment
or report
Costs of
appeal
(4) An appeal from a judgment or report made on a refer-
ence for trial lies in like manner and to the same extent as
from the decision of a judge trying an action in the Supreme
Court without a jury. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 40 (2, 3, 4).
(5) The costs of an appeal shall not be governed by sub-
sections 2 and 3 of section 45 but, subject to any order of the
Court of Appeal, shall be upon the scale of costs allowed in
county court appeals where the amount involved is within the
proper competence of the county court, and, where it exceeds
that amount, upon the Supreme Court scale. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 40 (5), amended.
36
Section 43 — Subsection 1. The limitation on appeals that is in the
present Act but was not in Bill 190 appears at the commencement of this
provision as recommended by the O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 11.
36
Section 45. The intent is clarified as recommended by the O.L.R.C.
Supp. Rep., p. 11.
36
25
FEES AND COSTS
44. The fee payable by every plaintiff, every plaintiff by ^*»
counterclaim and every lien claimant, including every person
recovering a personal judgment, in any action to realize a lien
under this Act is,
(a) $5 on a claim or counterclaim not exceeding $500;
(b) $10 on a claim or counterclaim exceeding $500 but
not exceeding $1,000;
(c) $10 on a claim or counterclaim exceeding $1,000,
plus $1 for every $1,000 or fraction thereof in excess
of $1,000,
but no fee is payable on a claim for wages only, and in no case
shall the fee on a claim exceed $75 or on a counterclaim exceed
$25. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 41, amended.
45. — (1) Subject to subsections 2, 3, 4 and 5, any order c^o^8gt8^"jO^
as to costs in an action under this Act is in the discretion of provided
the judge or officer who tries the action. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 46, amended.
(2) The costs of the action, exclusive of actual disburse- J"J^^'j°'
ments, awarded to the plaintiffs and successful lienholders, plaintiffs
shall not exceed in the aggregate 25 per cent of the total
amount found to have been actually due on the liens at the
time of the registration thereof, and shall be apportioned and
borne in such proportion as the judge or officer who tries the
action may direct, but in making the apportionment he shall
have regard to the actual services rendered by or on behalf
of the parties respectively, provided that, where a counter-
claim is set up by a defendant, the amount and apportion-
ment of the costs in respect thereof are in the discretion of
the judge or officer who tries the action. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 42, amended.
(3) Where costs are awarded against the plaintiff or other ^^^^t of i^^^.
persons claiming liens, they shall not exceed, except in the plaintiffs
case of a counterclaim, 25 jier cent of the claim of the plaintiff
and the other claimants, besides actual disbursements, and
shall be apportioned and borne as the judge or officer who
tries the action may direct. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 43,
amended.
(4) Where the least expensive course is not taken by aj^°sj\^^®^f
plaintiff, the costs allowed to him shall in no case exceed si ve^^mree
what would have been incurred if the least expensive course
had been taken. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 44.
36
26
drawing and ^^^ Where a lien is discharged or vacated under section 25
registering or where judgment is given in favour of or against a claim
regiBtration for a lien, in addition to the costs of the action, the judge or
officer who tries the action may allow a reasonable amount for
the costs of drawing and registering the claim for lien or of
vacating the registration thereof, but this does not apply where
the claimant fails to establish a valid lien. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 45.
Rules of
practice
RULES OF PRACTICE
46. — (1) The object of this Act being to enforce liens at
the least expense, the procedure shall be as far as possible of
a summary character, having regard to the amount and nature
of the liens in question. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 47 (1).
tory proceed- (2) Except where otherwise provided by this Act, no inter-
ingB locutory proceedings shall be permitted without the consent
of the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action,
and then only upon proper proof that such proceedings are
necessary.
Assistance
of experts
Rules of
practice
(3) The judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action
may obtain the assistance of any merchant, accountant,
actuary, building contractor, architect, engineer or person in
such way as he deems fit, the better to enable him to determine
any matter of fact in question, and may fix the remuneration
of any such person and direct payment thereof by any of the
parties. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 47 (2, 3), amended.
(4) Unless otherwise provided in this Act, the Rules of
Practice and Procedure of the Supreme Court apply to pro-
ceedings under this Act. New.
SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS
Service of
documents
47. Except where otherwise directed by the judge or
officer having jurisdiction to try the action, all documents
relating to an action under this Act, other than statements
of claim and notices of trial, are sufficiently served upon the
intended recipient if sent by registered mail addressed to the
intended recipient at his address for service. A^ew.
Right of
chattel
lienholder
to sell
chattel
LIENS ON CHATTELS
48. — (1) Every person who has bestowed money, skill or
materials upon any chattel or thing in the alteration or im-
provement of its properties or for the purpose of imparting
an additional value to it, so as thereby to be entitled to a lien
upon the chattel or thing for the amount or value of the money
or skill and rriaterial bestowed, has, while the lien exists but not
afterwards, in case the amount to which he is entitled remains
36
Section 46 — Subsection 4. This new provision implements a recom-
mendation of the O.L.R.C. Supp. Rep., p. 11.
36
27
unpaid for three months after it ought to have been paid, the
right, in addition to any other remedy to which he may be
entitled, to sell by auction the chattel or thing on giving one
week's notice by advertisement in a newspaper having general
circulation in the municipality in which the work was done,
setting forth the name of the person indebted, the amount of
the debt, a description of the chattel or thing to be sold, the
time and place of sale, and the name of the auctioneer, and
leaving a like notice in writing at the last known place of
residence, if any, of the owner, if he is a resident of the
municipality.
(2) Such person shall apply the proceeds of the sale in of^^ro^eda
payment of the amount due to him and the costs of advertising °^ 8a'«
and sale and shall upon application pay over any surplus to the
person entitled thereto. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 48, amended.
FORMS
49. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu- ^°^"'^
jtions prescribing forms and providing for their use. New.
MISCELLANEOUS
50. The Mechanics' Lien Act, The Mechanics' Lien Amend-^^si-, ^^^°'
ment Act, 1961-62, The Mechanics' Lien Amendment .4c/, ^^^i-e'z.
1962-63 and The Mechanics' Lien Amendment Act, 1966 are 1962-63,
repealed. i966,'c.84.
repealed
61. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the Sent""^"*^*
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
52. This Act may be cited as The Mechanics' Lien ^c/, short title
1968-69.
s
*«».
S
8
5-
^
a.
^-s
o
to
S"
a>
»
g
S
§
<s
fi.
*>-M
c%
«
R.
^
•r
s
o.
<k
>
H
*n
D
8-
S
(m
s.
c
*1
a.
3
>i
'<
ky
£?
^
1
o
ri-
p-
1
3-
1
»t>
to
O
»«
00
»9
BILL 36
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Mechanics' Lien Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 36 1968-69
The Mechanics' Lien Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
l.-(l) In this Act, J"'«[P">'
(o) "completion of the contract" means substantial per-
formance, not necessarily total performance, of the
contract;
{b) "contractor" means a person contracting with or
employed directly by the owner or his agent for the
doing of work or the placing or furnishing of materials
for any of the purposes mentioned in this Act;
(c) "materials" includes every kind of movable property;
(d) "owner" includes any person and corporation, includ-
ing a municipal corporation and a railway company,
having any estate or interest in the land upon which
or in respect of which work is done or materials are
placed or furnished, at whose request, and
(i) upon whose credit, or
(ii) on whose behalf, or
(iii) with whose privity or consent, or
(iv) for whose direct benefit,
work is done or materials are placed or furnished and
all persons claiming under him or it whose rights
are acquired after the work in respect of which the
lien is claimed is commenced or the materials placed
or furnished have been commenced to be placed or
furnished ;
(e) "registrar" includes a master of titles;
(/) "registry office" includes a land titles office;
36
(g) "subcontractor" means a person not contracting with
or employed directly by the owner or his agent for
any of the purposes mentioned in this Act, but con-
tracting with or employed by a contractor or, under
him, by another subcontractor;
(h) "wages" means the money earned by a workman for
work done by time or as piece work, and includes all
monetary supplementary benefits, whether by stat-
ute, contract or collective bargaining agreement;
(j) "workman" means a person employed for wages in
any kind of labour, whether employed under a
contract of service or not. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 1,
amended.
hioiudes ^■^^ '" '^^'^ ^^^' *-^^ expression "the doing of work" in-
service eludes the performance of a service, and corresponding expres-
sions have corresponding meanmgs.
perfor^anco (^) ^°^ the purposes of this Act, a contract shall be deemed
to be substantially performed,
(a) when the work or a substantial part thereof is
ready for use or is being used for the purpose in-
tended ; and
(b) when the work to be done under the contract is
capable of completion or correction at a cost of not
more than,
(i) 3 per cent of the first $250,000 of the contract
price,
(ii) 2 per cent of the next $250,000 of the contract
price, and
(iii) 1 per cent of the balance of the contract price.
I'**"" (4) For the purposes of this Act, where the work or a sub-
stantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the
purpose intended and where the work cannot be completed
expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the contractor,
the value of the work to be completed shall be deducted
from the contract price in determining substantial perform-
ance. New.
GENERAL
Trust funds 2. — (1) All sums received by a builder, contractor or sub-
in hands of ^ ' ■' . '
contractors contractor on account of the contract price constitute a trust
fund in his hands for the benefit of the owner, builder, con-
tractor, subcontractor. Workmen's Compensation Board,
36
workmen, and persons who have supplied materials on account
of the contract or who have rented equipment to be used on
the contract site, and the builder, contractor or subcontractor,
as the case may be, is the trustee of all such sums so received
by him and he shall not appropriate or convert any part
I thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized by the
trust until all workmen and all persons who have supplied
materials on the contract or who have rented equipment
to be used on the contract site and all subcontractors are paid
for work done or materials supplied on the contract and the
Workmen's Compensation Board is paid any assessment with
respect thereto. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 3 (1), amended.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, wliere a builder, con- ^'^''^p"""
tractor or subcontractor has paid in whole or in jjart for any
materials supplied on account of the contract or for any tented
equipment or has jiaid any workman who has performed any
work or any subcontractor who has placed or furnished any
materials in respect of the contract, the retention by such
builder, contractor or subcontractor of a sum equal to the sum
so paid by him shall be deemed not to be an ajjpropriation or
conversion thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized
by the trust. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 3 (3), amended.
(3) Where a sum becomes payable under a contract to ^Tn'heLndB^oT
contractor by an owner on the certificate of a person authorized owners
under the contract to make such a certificate, an amount
equal to the sum so certified that is in the owner's hands or
received by him at any time thereafter shall, until paid to the
contractor, constitute a trust fund in the owner's hands for
the benefit of the contractor, subcontractor. Workmen's
Compensation Board, workmen, and persons who have
supplied materials on account of the contract or who have
rented equipment to be used on the contract site, and the
owner shall not appropriate or convert any part thereof to
his own use or to any use not authorized by the trust until
all workmen and all persons who have supplied materials on
the contract or who have rented equipment to be used on
the contract site and all contractors and subcontractors are
paid for work done or materials supplied on the contract and
the Workmen's Compensation Board is paid any assessment
with respect thereto.
(4) All sums received by an owner, other than a niunici-^ortg"ag|°"
pality as defined in The Department of Municipal Affairs ^c/«»«-^« '"""s'
or a metropolitan or regional municipality or a local board r.s.o. loeo,
thereof, which are to be used in the financing, including the"' '
purchase price of the land and the payment of prior encum-
brances, of a building, structure or work, constitute, subject
to the payment of the purchase price of the land and prior
36
encumbrances, a trust fund in the hands of the owner for the
benefit of the persons mentioned in subsection 1, and, until
the claims of all such jjersons have been paid, the owner shall
not appropriate or convert any part thereof to his own use or
to any use not authorized by the trust.
Exception ^5, iSot withstanding subsection 4, where an owner has
himself paid in whole or in part for any work done, for any
materials placed or furnished or for any rented equipment,
the retention by him from any moneys received from the
lender under subsection 4 of a sum equal to the sum so paid
by him shall be deemed not to be an appropriation or conver-
sion thereof to his own use or to any use not authorized by the
trust.
Protection (6) Notwithstanding anything in this section, where money
for money . , & , & _ i , , , .
lenders is lent to a person upon whoin a trust is imposed by this
section and is used by him to pay in whole or in part for any
work done, for any materials placed or furnished or for any
rented equipment, trust moneys may be applied to discharge
the loan to the extent that the lender's money was so used
by the trustee, and any sum so applied shall be deemed not
to be an appropriation or conversion to the trustee's own use
or to any use not authorized by the trust. New.
pe'Iraity ^'^'^ (7) Every j^erson upon whom a trust is imijosed by this
section who knowingly appropriates or converts any part of
any trust moneys referred to in subsection 1,3 or 4 to his own
use or to any use not authorized by the trust is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more
than two years, or to both, and every director or officer of a cor-
poration who knowingly assents to or acquiesces in any such
offence by the corporation is guilty of such offence, in addition
to the corijoration, and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not more than $5,000 or to imprisonment for aterm of
not more than two years, or to both. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 3 (2), amended.
titueVo/ •^' ^o action to assert any claim to trust moneys referred
clafms'to ^° '" section 2 shall be commenced against a lender of money
trust to a person upon whom a trust is imposed by that section
moneys r- r r- y
excejjt,
(a) in the case of a claim by a contractor or subcontractor
in cases not provided for in clauses b, c and d, within
nine months after the completion or abandonment
of the contract or subcontract;
{b) in the case of a claim for materials, within nine
months after the placing or furnishing of the last
material;
36
(c) in the case of a claim for services, within nine months
after the completion of the service; or
(d) in the case of a claim for wages, within nine months
after the last work was done for which the claim is
made. New.
4. — (1) Every agreement, oral or written, express or Agreements
implied, on the part of any workman that this Act does not application
apply to him or that the remedies provided by it are not are void
available for his benefit is void.
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply. Exception
(a) to a manager, officer or foreman; or
(b) to any person whose wages are more than $50 a day.
(3) No agreement deprives any person otherwise entitled Effect upon
,. ,,-,,. I third party
to a hen under this Act, who is not a party to the agreement, of agreement
of the benefit of the lien, but it attaches, notwithstanding*^'^"*
such agreement. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 4, amended.
CKE-^TION OF LIENS
5. — (1) Unless he signs an express agreement to the con-^lge""*! ^
trary and in that case subject to section 4, any person who "en
does any work upon or in respect of, or places or furnishes any
materials to be used in, the making, constructing, erecting,
fitting, altering, improving or repairing of any land, building,
structure or works or the appurtenances to any of them for any
owner, contractor or subcontractor by virtue thereof has a
lien for the price of the work or materials upon the estate or
interest of the owner in the land, building, structure or works
and ap|)urtenances and the land occupied thereby or enjoyed
therewith, or upon or in respect of which the work is done, or
upon which the materials are placed or furnished to be used,
limited, however, in amount to the sum justly due to the
person entitled to the lien and to the sum justly owing, except
as herein provided, by the owner, and the placing or furnishing
of the materials to be used upon the land or such other place
in the immediate vicinity of the land designated by the owner
or his agent is good and sufficient delivery for the jjurpose of
this Act, but delivery on the designated land does not make
such land subject to a lien.
(2) Except for the purpose of section 11, the lien given by^^'^^P"""
subsection 1 does not attach to any public street or highway
or to any work or improvement done thereon.
36
6
(3) The lien given by subsection 1 attaches as therein set
out where the materials delivered to be used are incorporated
Lien
attaches
where
incorporated into the land, building, structure or works, notwithstanding
building that the materials may not have been delivered in strict
accordance with subsection 1.
Interpre-
tation
(4) In subsection 1, "agent" includes the contractor or sub-
contractor for whom the materials are placed or furnished,
unless the person placing or furnishing the materials has had
actual notice from the owner to the contrary. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 5, amended.
Lien for
rented
equipment
(5) A person who rents equipment to an owner, contractor
or subcontractor for use on a contract site shall be deemed
for the purposes of this Act to have performed a service for
which he has a lien for the price of the rental of the equipment
used on the contract site, limited, however in amount to the
sum justly owed and due to the person entitled to the lien
from the owner, builder, contractor or subcontractor in respect
of the rental of the equipment. New.
When
bust>and'8
interest
liable for
work done
or materials
furnished
on land of
spouse
6. Where work is done or materials are placed or furnished
to be used upon or in respect of the land of a married woman, or
in which she has an interest or an inchoate right of dower, with
the privity or consent of her husband, he shall be presumed
conclusively to be acting as her agent as well as for himself for
the purposes of this Act unless before doing the work or
placing or furnishing the materials the person doing the work
or placing or furnishing the materials has had actual notice to
the contrary. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 6, amended.
Where estate
charged is
leasenold
7. — (1) Where the estate or interest upon which the lien
attaches is leasehold, the fee simple is also subject to the lien
if the person doing the work or placing or furnishing the
materials gives notice in writing, by personal service, to the
owner in fee simple or his agent of the work to be done or
materials to be placed or furnished unless the owner in fee
simple or his agent within fifteen days thereafter gives notice in
writing, by personal service, to such person that he will not
be responsible therefor.
Forfeiture
or cancella-
tion of
lease, effect
of on lien-
holder
(2) No forfeiture or attempted forfeiture of the lease on
the part of the landlord, or cancellation or attempted cancel-
lation of the lease except for non-payment of rent, deprives
any person otherwise entitled to a lien of the benefit of the
lien, but the person entitled to the lien may pay any rent
accruing aftei- he becomes so entitled, and the amount so paid
may be added to his claim.
36
(3) Where the land and premises upon or in respect of whicii mortgages
any work is done or materials are placed or furnished are
encumbered by a mortgage or other charge that was registered
in the proper registry ofiice before any lien under this Act
arose, the mortgage or other charge has priority over all liens
under this Act to the extent of the actual value of the land
and premises at the time the first lien arose, such value to be
ascertained by the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try
an action under this Act.
(4) The time at which the first lien arose shall be deemed to aen*arose'
be the time at which the first work was done or the first
materials placed or furnished, irrespective of whether a claim
for lien in respect thereof is registered or enforced and whether
or not such lien is before the court. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7
(1-4), amended.
(5) Any mortgage existing as a valid security, notwith-^^'a™^
standing that it is a prior mortgage within the meaning of
subsection 3, may also secure future advances, subject to
subsection 1 of section 14. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7 (5).
(6) A registered agreement for the sale and purchase of^g®|enfeSt
land and any moneys bona fide secured or payable there- p°frchM'of
under has the same prioritv over a lien as is provided for a '»"<* has
' • 1 • ., 1 r 1 same priority
mortgage and mortgage moneys in subsections 3 and 5, and as mortgage
for the purposes of this Act the seller shall be deemed to be
a mortgagee, and any moneys bona fide secured and payable
under such agreement shall be deemed to be mortgage moneys
bona fide secured or advanced. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 7 (6),
amended.
8. Where any of the property upon which a lien attaches ^|P|P»cat,k>n^
is wholly or partly destroyed by fire, any money received
by reason of any insurance thereon by an owner or prior
mortgagee or chargee shall take the place of the property so
destroyed and is, after satisfying any prior mortgage or charge
in the manner and to the extent set out in subsection 3 of
section 7, subject to the claims of all persons for liens to the
same extent as if the money had been realized by a sale of
the property in an action to enforce the lien. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 8.
0. Save as herein otherwise provided, the lien does "ot ^^'jf^°''gj
attach so as to make the owner liable for a greater sum than owner's
4.1. L 1 1 I 1 r, c i-\ "ability
the sum payable by the owner to the contractor. K..S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 9.
36
8
Limit of
lien when
claimed by
other
than con-
tractor
Holdback
Reduction
in amount
retained
Idem
10. Save as herein otherwise provided, where the lien is
claimed by any person other than the contractor, the amount
that inay be claimed in respect thereof is limited to the amount
owing to the contractor or subcontractor or other person for
whom the work has been done or the materials were placed or
furnished. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 10, amended.
11. — (1) In all cases, the person primarily liable upon a
contract under or by virtue of which a lien may arise shall,
as the work is done or the materials are furnished under the
contract, retain for a period of thirty-seven days after the
completion or abandonment of the work done or to be done
under the contract 15 per cent of the value of the work and
materials actually done, placed or furnished, as mentioned in
section 5, irrespective of whether the contract or subcontract
provides for partial payments or payment on completion of
the work, and the value shall be calculated upon evidence
given in that regard on the basis of the contract price or, if
there is no specific contract price, on the basis of the actual
value of the work or materials. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (1),
amended.
(2) Where a contract is under the supervision of an archi-
tect, engineer or other person upon whose certificate payments
are to be made and thirty-seven days have elapsed after a
certificate issued by that architect, engineer or other person
to the effect that the subcontract has been completed to his
satisfaction has been given to the person primarily liable upon
that contract and to the person who became a subcontractor
by a subcontract made directly under that contract, the
amount to be retained by the person primarily liable upon
that contract shall be reduced by 15 per cent of the sub-
contract price or, if there is no specific subcontract price,
by 15 per cent of the actual value of the work done or materials
placed or furnished under that subcontract, but this subsec-
tion does not operate if and so long as any lien derived under
that subcontract is preserved by anything done under this
Act.
(3) Where a certificate issued by an architect, engineer
or other person to the effect that a subcontract by which a
subcontractor became a subcontractor has been completed to
the satisfaction of that architect, engineer or other person has
been given to that subcontractor, then, for the purposes of
subsections 1, 2 and 3 of section 21 and section 23, that sub-
contract and any materials placed or furnished or to be
placed or furnished thereunder and any work done or to be
done thereunder shall, so far as concerns any lien thereunder
of that subcontractor, be deemed to have been completed or
placed or furnished not later than the time at which the certi-
ficate was so given. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (3, 4), amended.
36
(4) Where an architect, engineer or other person neglects P°||^^ °'j5'®''
or refuses to issue and deliver a certificate upon which pay- certificate
ments are to be made under a contract or subcontract, the
judge or officer having jurisdiction to try an action under
this Act, upon application and upon being satisfied that the
certificate should have been issued and delivered may, upon
such terms and conditions as to costs and otherwise as he
deems just, make an order that the work or materials to which
the certificate would have related has been done or placed
or furnished, as the case may be, and any such order has the
same force and eflfect as if the certificate had been issued and
delivered by the architect, engineer or other person. New.
(5) Where there is a lien under section 5, the lien is a charge uens'and
upon the amount directed to be retained by this section in^'^'™^t°g"
favour of lien claimants whose liens are derived under persons retained
to whom the moneys so required to be retained are respectively
payable and where there is no lien on the land by virtue of
subsection 2 of section 5, a claim for work done or materials
placed or furnished is a charge upon the amount directed to
be retained by this section. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 11 (5),
amended.
(6) All payments up to 85 per cent as fixed by subsection 1 madTtn**
and payments permitted as a result of the operation of sub- ^9°^gfaith
sections 2 and 3 made in good faith by an owner to a contractor, [J°J;''^® °^
or by a contractor to a subcontractor, or by one subcontractor
to another subcontractor, before notice in writing of the lien
given by the person claiming the lien to the owner, contractor
or subcontractor, as the case may be, operate as a discharge
pro tanto of the lien.
(7) Payment of the percentage required to be retained per'^.^ntage'^
under this section may be validly made so as to discharge all^j^J^^
claims in respect of such percentage after the expiration of of Hens
the period of thirty-seven days mentioned in subsection 1
unless in the meantime proceedings have been commenced to
enforce any lien or charge against the percentage as provided
by sections 22 and 23, in which case the owner may pay the
percentage into court in the proceedings, and such payment
constitutes valid payment in discharge of the owner to the
amount thereof.
(8) Every contract shall be deemed to be amended in so far ^"'ontmcts
as is necessary to be in conformitv with this section. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 11 (5-9).
(9) Where the contractor or subcontractor makes default per,®entage
in completing his contract, the percentage required to be JJ°^,^°j''®
retained shall not, as against any lien claimant who by virtue
36
10
of subsection 5 has a charge thereupon, be applied by the
owner, contractor or subcontractor to the completion of the
contract or for any other purpose nor to the payment of
damages for the non-completion of the contract by the con-
tractor or subcontractor nor in payment or satisfaction of
any claim against the contractor or subcontractor. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 11 (9), amended.
Payments
made
directly
by owner
to persons
entitled to
lien
12. If an owner, contractor or subcontractor makes a
payment to any person entitled to a lien under section 5
or to any person who but for subsection 2 of that section
would be entitled to a lien under that section, for or on
account of any debt, justly due to him for work done or
for materials placed or furnished to be used as therein men-
tioned, for which he is not primarily liable, and within three
days afterwards gives written notice of the payment to the
person primarily liable, or his agent, the payment shall be
deemed to be a payment on his contract generally to the con-
tractor or subcontractor primarily liable but not so as to
affect the percentage to be retained by the owner as provided
by section 11. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 12 (1), amended.
Rights of
subcon-
tractor
13. Every subcontractor is entitled to enforce his lien not-
withstanding the non-completion or abandonment of the
contract by any contractor or subcontractor under whom he
claims. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 12 (2).
Priority of
lien
14. — (1) The lien has priority over all judgments, execu-
tions, assignments, attachments, garnishments and receiving
orders recovered, issued or made after the lien arises, and over
all payments or advances made on account of any conveyance
or mortgage after notice in writing of the lien has been given
to the person making such payments or after registration of a
claim for the lien as hereinafter provided, and, in the absence
of such notice in writing or the registration of a claim for lien,
all such payments or advances have priority over any such
lien. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 13 (1), amended.
Priority
among
Uenholders
Mortgage
given to
person
entitled to
lien void as
against lien-
holders
(2) Except where it is otherwise provided by this Act,
no person entitled to a lien on any property or money is
entitled to any priority or preference over another person of
the same class entitled to a lien on such property or money,
and each class of lienholders ranks pari passu for their several
amounts, and the proceeds of any sale shall be distributed
among them pro rata according to their several classes and
rights.
(3) Any conveyance, mortgage or charge of or on land
given to any person entitled to a lien thereon under this Act
in payment of or as security for any such claim, whether
36
11
given before or after such lien claim has arisen, shall, as
against other parties entitled to liens under this Act, on any
such land be deemed to be fraudulent and void. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 13 (2, 3).
PRIORITY OF WAGES
15. — (1) Every workman whose lien is for wages has ^gj,g''fQ^ "'^
priority to the extent of thirty days wages over all other liens "aees
derived through the same contractor or subcontractor to the
extent of and on the 15 per cent directed to be retained by
section 11 to which the contractor or subcontractor through
whom the lien is derived is entitled, and all such workmen
rank thereon pari passu.
(2) Every workman is entitled to enforce a lien in respect ifjjf'ijf'"*
of any contract or subcontract that has not lx.-en completed euch cases
and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act,
may serve a notice of motion on the proper persons, returnable
in four days after service thereof before the judge or officer
having jurisdiction to try an action under this Act, that the
applicant will on the return of the motion ask for judgment on
his claim for lien, registered particulars of which shall accom-
pany the notice of motion duly verified by affidavit.
(3) If the contract has not been completed when the lien pg^'centage*
is claimed by a workman, the percentage shall be calculated *^»^ ^°J>-
on the value of the work done or materials placed or furnished fuiiiiod
by the contractor or subcontractor by whom the workman
is employed, having regard to the contract price, if any.
(4) Every device by an owner, contractor or subcontractor Jg®f^^^<» *°
to defeat the priority given to a workman for his wages priority of
, If, r , r ■ • workmen
and every payment made for the purpose of defeatmg or im-
pairing a lien are void. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 14, amended.
REGISTR.'VTION
16. — (1) A claim for a lien may be registered in the proper ^f®*,'ff™"°°
registry office and shall set out, f*"" "«"
(a) the name and an address for service of the person
claiming the lien and of the owner or of the person
whom the person claiming the lien, or his agent,
believes to be the owner of the land, and of the person
for whom the work was or is to be done, or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished, and
the time within which the same was or was to be
done or placed or furnished;
36
12
(b) a short description of tiie work done or to be done,
or the materials placed or furnished or to be placed
or furnished;
(c) the sum claimed as due or to become due;
R.S.O. I960,
cc. 204, 348
(d) a description of tiie land as required by The Ijind
Titles Act or The Registry Act and the regulations
thereunder, as the case may be; and
Verification
of claim
(e) the date of expiry of the period of credit if credit
has been given. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 16 (1;,
amended.
(2) The claim shall be verified in duplicate by the affidavit
of the person claiming the lien, or of his agent or assignee
who has a personal knowledge of the matters required to be
verified, and the affidavit of the agent or assignee shall state
that he has such knowledge.
Lien
against
railway
(3) When it is desired to register a claim for lien against a
railway % it is sufficient description of the land of the railway
company to describe it as the land of the railway company,
and every such claim shall be registered in the general register
in the office for the registry division within which the lien is
claimed to have arisen. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 16 (2, 3).
beHnciu'ded ^'^ • — (^^ ""^ claim for lien may include claims against any
in claim number of proi)erties, and any number of persons claiming
liens upon the same property may unite therein, but, where
more than one lien is included in one claim, each claim for
lien shall be verified by affidavit as provided in section 16.
ment'^^f"" (") ^^^ judge or officer trying the action has jurisdiction
claims equitably' to apportion against the respective properties the
amounts included in any claim or claims under subsection I.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 17, amended.
Informality 18. — (1) Substantial compliance with sections 16, 17 and
29 is sufificient and no claim for lien is invalidated by reason of
failure to comply with any of the requirements of such sections
unless, in the opinion of the judge or officer trying the action,
the owner, contractor or subcontractor, mortgagee or other
person is prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent to
which he is thereby prejudiced.
?e^c^ssary °" (2) Nothing in this section dispenses with the requirement
of registration of the claim for lien. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s, 18,
amended.
36
13
19. A duplicate of the claim for lien, bearing the registrar's ^^"^1^^*'® '°
certificate of registration, shall be filed on or before the trial
of the action, where the action is to be tried in the County of
York, in the office of the master of the Supreme Court, or,
where the action is to be tried elsewhere, in the office of the
clerk of the county or district court of the county or district
in which the action is to be tried. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 19 (1), amended.
20. Where a claim is so registered, the person entitled to^f^f^j^
a lien shall be deemed to be a purchaser pro tanto and a claimant
purchaser within the provisions of The Registry Act and T/ie R.s.o. i960,
Land Titles Act, but, except as herein otherwise provided,
those Acts do not apply to any lien arising under this Act.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 20, amended.
21. — (1) A claim for lien by a contractor or subcontractor ^j^g'^f^^"^
in cases not otherwise provided for may be registered before registration
or during the performance of the contract or of the subcontract
or within thirty-seven days after the completion or abandon-
ment of the contract or of the subcontract, as the case mav
be. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (1).
(2) A claim for lien for materials may be registered before Materials
or during the placing or furnishing thereof, or within thirty-
seven days after the placing or furnishing of the last material
so placed or furnished. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (2), amended.
(3) A claim for lien for services may be registered at any services
time during the performance of the service or within thirty-
seven days after the completion of the service. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 21 (3).
(4) A claim for lien for wages may be registered at any time wages
during the doing of the work for which the wages are claimed
or within thirty-seven days after the last work was done for
which the lien is claimed. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 21 (4),
amended.
(5) Where there is no lien on the land by virtue of subsec- ^^°l^\o^
tion 2 of section 5, any person who is asserting a claim under holdback
subsection 5 of section 11 for work done or materials placed
or furnished shall give notice in writing of his claim to the
owner, to every person in whose hands are sums retained
under section 11 to which his claim may relate and to the
municipality in which the land is situate within thirty-seven
days after the completion or abandonment of the work or
the placing or furnishing of the materials. New.
36
14
Expiry of
Hens
EXPIRY AND DISCHARGE
22. — (1) Every lien for which a claim is not registered
ceases to exist on the expiration of the time limited in section 21
for the registration thereof.
of*certiflcate ^^^ Upon an action under this Act being commenced, a
of action certificate thereof shall be registered in the registry office in
which the claim for lien is registered. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 22 (1), part, amended.
ordere'"* (^) Where a certificate of action has been registered for
two years or more in the registry office and no appointment
has been taken out for the trial of the action, the judge or an
officer having jurisdiction to try the action may, upon the
application ex parte of any interested person, make an order
vacating the certificate of action and discharging all liens
depending thereon. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 22, amended.
When lien 23. — (1) Every lien for which a claim is registered ceases to
if registered exist On the expiration of ninety days after the work has been
proceeded completed or the materials have been placed or furnished, or
"''°" after the expiry of the period of credit, where such period is
mentioned in the registered claim for lien, unless in the
meantime an action is commenced to realize the claim or in
which a subsisting claim may be realized, and a certificate is
registered as provided by section 22. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 23,
amended.
of^ciai^'°" (2) Every claim asserted under subsection 5 of section 11
for work done or materials placed or furnished ceases to exist
on the expiration of ninety days after,
{a) the work has been completed or abandoned;
{b) the materials have been placed or furnished; or
(c) the expiry of the period of credit, where such period
is mentioned in the notice referred to in subsection 5
of section 21,
unless in the meantime an action under this Act is commenced
to realize the claim or in which a subsisting claim may be
realized.
(3) Subsection 2 of section 22 does not apply to an action
referred to in subsection 2, but sections 29, 30, 31, 32 and 34
to i& do apply mutatis mutandis to such an action.
o/deat'h^of ^*' ^^^ rights of a lien claimant may be assigned by an
Hen instrument in writing and, if not assigned, upon his death
claimant . ° . r, ? r\ tn^r\ t>-> 1/I
jjass to his personal representative. R.b.U. 1960, c. 16S, s. i%
amended.
Idem
36
15
26. — (1) A claim for lien may be discharged by the regis- ^j.'*<=g'j|*''«®
tration of a receipt acknowledging payment,
(o) where made by a lien claimant that is not a corpora-
tion, signed by the lien claimant or his agent duly
authorized in writing and verified by affidavit; or
(b) where made by a lien claimant that is a corporation,
sealed with its corporate seal. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 25 (1), amended.
(2) Upon application, the judge or officer having jurisdic-p®y'j^g'^j"
tion to try the action may, at any time, '"'p court
•' J • J • j^„j vacating
lien and
(o) allow security for or payment into court of the °^''*J.^{=*^*
amount of the claim of the lien claimant and the
amount of the claims of any other subsisting lien
claimants together with such costs as he may fix,
and thereupon order that the registration of the
claim for lien or liens and the registration of the
certificate of action, if any, be vacated;
(b) upon any other proper ground, order that the regis-
tration of the claim for lien or liens and the regis-
tration of the certificate of action, if any, be vacated ;
or
(c) upon proper grounds, dismiss the action. R.S.O.
1960, c. 233, s. 25 (4), amended.
(3) Notwithstanding sections 22 and 23, where an order ^j.^«^*y°J'jj^i.
to vacate the registration of a lien is made under clause a or 6 subs. 2,
ot subsection 2, the hen does not cease to exist for the reason
that no certificate of action is registered.
(4) Any money so paid into court, or any bond or other ,'^to'court''*
security for securing the like amount and satisfactory to the
judge or officer, takes the place of the property discharged
and is subject to the claims of every person who has at the
time of the application a subsisting claim for lien or given
notice of the claim under subsection 6 of section 11 or section
14 to the same extent as if the money, bond or other security
was realized by a sale of the property in an action to enforce
the lien, but such amount as the judge or officer finds to be
owing to the person whose lien has been so vacated is a first
charge upon the money, bond or other security.
(5) Where the certificate required by section 22 or 23 wbere^notice
has not been registered within the prescribed time and an *!<>" Jo ,
v&(^s.t6 not
application is made to vacate the registration of a claim requisite
|for lien after the time for registration of the certificate, the
36
16
order vacating the Hen may be made ex parte upon production
^•^.iSj ^??2' of a certificate of search under The Land Titles Act or of a reeis-
CC. ^04, d48 , . °
trar s abstract under The Registry Act, as the case may be,
together with a certified copy of the registered claim for lien.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 25 (5-7), amended.
Payment of
money out
of court
Registration
number
(6) Where money has been paid into court or a bond
deposited in court pursuant to an order under subsection 2,
the judge or officer may, upon such notice to the parties as he
may require, order the money to be paid out to the persons
entitled thereto or the delivery up of the bond for cancellation,
as the case may be. 1961-62, c. 78, s. 1, amended.
(7) An order discharging a claim for lien or vacating a
certificate of action shall be registered by registering the
order or a certificate thereof, under the seal of the court, that
includes a description of the land as required by The Land
Titles Act or The Registry Act and the regulations thereunder,
as the case may be, and a reference to the registration number
of every registered claim for lien and certificate of action
affected thereby. 1966, c. 84, s. 1, amended.
Effect
generally
Where
period
of credit
not expired
Time for
bringing
action not
extended
Time for
bringing
action by
person who
f;ave time
or payment
EFFECT OF TAKING SECURITY OR EXTENDING TIME
26. — (1) The taking of any security for, or the acceptance
of any promissory note or bill of exchange for, or the taking
of any acknowledgment of the claim, or the giving of time
for the payment thereof, or the taking of any proceedings for
the recovery, or the recovery of a personal judgment for the
claim, does not merge, waive, pay, satisfy, prejudice or destroy
the lien unless the lien claimant agrees in writing that it has
that effect. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 26 (1).
(2) Where any such promissory note or bill of exchange
has been negotiated, the lien claimant does not thereby lose
his right to claim for lien if, at the time of bringing his action
to enforce it or where an action is brought by another lien
claimant, he is, at the time of proving his claim in the action,
the holder of such promissory note or bill of exchange.
(3) Nothing in subsection 2 extends the time limited by
this Act for bringing an action to enforce a claim for lien.
(4) A person who has extended the time for payment of a
claim for which he has a claim for lien in order to obtain the
benefit of this section shall commence an action to enforce
the claim within the time prescribed by this Act and shall
register a certificate as required by sections 22 and 23, but no
further proceedings shall be taken in the action until the
expiration of such extension of time. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 26 (2-4), amended.
36
17
27. Where the period of credit in respect of a claim has not ^j^'J^'^jk
expired or there has been an extension of time for payment of action by
the claim, the lien claimant may nevertheless, if an action is person
commenced by any other person to enforce a claim for lien
against the same property, prove and obtain payment of his
claim in the action as if the period of credit or the extended
time had expired. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 27, amended.
MEN CLAIMANTS RIGHTS TO INFORMATION
28. — (1) Any lien claimant may in writing at any time Pf'"°^^°J^°J
demand of the owner or his agent the production, for inspec- o"" agree-
tion, of the contract or agreement with the contractor for
or in respect of which the work was or is to be done or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished, if the contract
or agreement is in writing or, if not in writing, the terms of the
contract or agreement and the state of the accounts between
the owner and the contractor, and, if the owner or his agent
does not, at the time of the demand or within a reasonable
time thereafter, produce the contract or agreement if in writing
or, if not in writing, does not inform the person making the
demand of the terms of the contract or agreement and the
amount due and unpaid upon the contract or agreement or if
he knowingly falsely states the terms of the contract or agree-
ment or the amount due or unpaid thereon and if the person
claiming the lien sustains loss by reason of the refusal or
neglect or false statement, the owner is liable to him for the
amount of the loss in an action therefor or in any action for
the enforcement of a lien under this Act, and subsection 4 of
section 38 applies.
(2) Any lien claimant may in writing at any time demand of ^f^^ort*"'
a mortgagee or unpaid vendor or his agent the terms of any gagee or
mortgage on the land or of any agreement for the purchase of vendor
the land in respect of which the work was or is to be done or the
materials were or are to be placed or furnished and a statement
showing the amount advanced on the mortgage or the amount
owing on the agreement, as the case may be, and, if the mort-
gagee or vendor or his agent fails to inform the lien claimant at
the time of the demand or within a reasonable time thereafter
of the terms of the mortgage or agreement and the amount
advanced or owing thereon or if he knowingly falsely states
the terms of the mortgage or agreement and the amount
owing thereon and the lien claimant sustains loss by the refusal
or neglect or misstatement, the mortgagee or vendor is liable
to him for the amount of the loss in an action therefor or in
any action for the enforcement of a lien under this Act, and
subsection 4 of section 38 applies.
36
18
Production
of contract
or agree-
ment
(3) The judge or ofificer having jurisdiction to try an action
under this Act may, on a summary application at any time
before or after an action is commenced for the enforcement of
the claim for lien, make an order requiring the owner or his
agent or the mortgagee or his agent or the unpaid vendor or
his agent or the contractor or his agent or the subcontractor or
his agent, as the case may be, to produce and permit any
lien claimant to inspect any such contract or agreement or
mortgage or agreement for sale or the accounts or any other
relevant document upon such terms as to costs as the judge
or ofificer deems just. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 28, amended.
ACTIONS
enforceabTe ^®* — ^^^ ^ claim for lien is enforceable in an action in the
Supreme Court.
statement
of claim,
filing of
(2) An action under this section shall be commenced by
filing a statement of claim in the office of the local registrar
of the Supreme Court in the county or district in which the
land or part thereof is situate.
Idem,
service
(3) The statement of claim shall be served within thirty
days after it is filed, but the judge having jurisdiction to try
the action or, in the County of York, the master may extend
the time for service.
statement
of defence
(4) The time for delivering the statement of defence in the
action shall be the same as for entering an appearance in an
action in the Supreme Court.
Parties
Motion
to speed
trial
(5) It is not necessary to make any lien claimants parties
defendant to the action, but all lien claimants served with the
notice of trial shall for all purposes be deemed to be parties
to the action.
(6) After the commencement of the action, any lien claim-
ant or other person interested may apply to the judge having
jurisdiction to try the action or, in the County of York,
a judge of the Supreme Court to speed the trial of the action.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 29, amended.
Lien
claimants
Joining in
action
Tribunal
and place
of trial
30. Any number of lien claimants claiming liens on the
same land may join in an action, and an action brought by
a lien claimant shall be deemed to be brought on behalf of
himself and all other lien claimants. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 30.
amended.
31. — (1) Except in the County of York, the action shall
be tried by- the local judge of the Supreme Court in the
county or district in which the action was commenced, but,
36
19
upon the application of any party or other interested person
made according to the practice of the Supreme Court and upon
,, J notice, the court may direct that the action be tried by a
apudge of the Supreme Court at the regular sittings of the
court for the trial of actions in the county or district in which
the action was commenced. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 31 (1, 2).
(2) In the County of York, the action shall be tried by a l^^^-
judge of the Supreme Court, but, county
(a) on motion after defence or defence to counterclaim,
if any, has been delivered or the time for such
delivery has expired, a judge of the Supreme Court
may refer the whole action to the master for trial
pursuant to section 69 of The Judicature Act; or R.s.o. i960,
(b) at the trial, a judge of the Supreme Court may direct
a reference to the master pursuant to section 68 or 69
of The Judicature Act. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 31 (3). "fgO- "S"-
amended.
(3) Where on motion the whole action is referred to the ^"Pjt'^I^Jjg
master for trial, any person brought into the proceedings Jj'J^^Kment^
subsequent thereto and served with a notice of trial may reference
apply to a judge of the Supreme Court to set aside the judg-
ment directing the reference within seven days after service
of notice of trial and, if such person fails to make such appli-
cation, he is bound by such judgment as if he were originally
a party thereto.
(4) Where the action is referred to the master for trial, he^"'end-
ment of
may grant leave to amend any pleading. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, pleadings
S. 31 (4, 5). °" reference
32. The local judges of the Supreme Court and thei^°*i°"°^
master to whom a reference for trial has been directed, inJg"^*^' ^^^
addition to their ordinary powers, have all the jurisdiction,
powers and authority of the Supreme Court to try and com-
pletely dispose of the action and questions arising therein and
all questions of set-off and counterclaim arising under the
building contract or out of the work done or materials fur-
nislied to the property in question. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 32 (1), amended.
33. Where an owner enters into an entire contract for jJ:^®'^®o°ya'^
the supply of materials to be used in several buildings, these^^je^ta ^
person supplying the materials may ask to have his lien follow
the form of the contract and that it be for an entire sum upon
all the buildings, but, in case the owner has sold one or more of
the buildings, the judge or officer trying the action has juris-
36
20
diction equitably to apportion against the respective buildings
the amount included in the claim for lien under the entire
contract. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 32 (2), amended.
Power to
appoint a
receiver of
rents and
profits
34. — (1) At any time after the delivery of the statement
of claim, the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the
action may, on the application of any lien claimant, mort-
gagee or other person interested, appoint a receiver of the
rents and profits of the property against which the claim for
lien is registered, upon such terms and upon the giving of
such security or without security as the judge or officer deems
just.
Power to
direct
sale and
appoint
trustee
(2) Any lien claimant, mortgagee or other person interested
may make an application to the judge or officer at any time
before or after judgment, which may hear viva voce or affidavit
evidence or both and appoint, upon such terms and upon the
giving of such security or without security as the judge or
officer deems just, a trustee or trustees with power to manage,
mortgage, lease and sell, or manage, mortgage, lease or sell,
the property against which the claim for lien is registered,
and the exercise of such powers shall be under the supervision
and direction of the judge or officer, and with power, when
so directed by the judge or officer, to complete or partially
complete the property, and, in the event that mortgage
moneys are advanced to the trustee or trustees as the result
of any of the powers conferred upon him or them under this
subsection, such moneys take priority over every claim of
lien existing as of the date of the appointment.
Property
offered for
sale
(3) Any property directed to be sold under subsection 2
may be offered for sale subject to any mortgage or other
charge or encumbrance if the judge or officer so directs.
Proceeds
to be paid
into court
(4) The proceeds of any sale made by a trustee of trustees
under subsection 2 shall be paid into court and are subject
to the claims of all lien claimants, mortgagees or other persons
interested in the property so sold as their respective rights are
determined, and, in so far as applicable, section 39 applies.
Orders for
completion
of sale
(5) The judge or officer shall make all necessary orders for
the completion of any mortgage, lease or sale authorized to
be made under subsection 2.
Vesting
of title
(6) Any vesting order made of property sold by a trustee
or trustees appointed under subsection 2 vests the title of the
property free from all claims for liens, encumbrances and
interests of any kind including dower, except in cases where
sale is made subject to any mortgage, charge, encumbrance
or interest as hereinbefore provided, but nothing in this
36
21
section or elsewhere in this Act shall be deemed to extinguish
the right to dower, if any, of any married woman or the right
to have the value of her dower ascertained and deducted
from the proceeds of the sale so paid into court. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 32 (3-8), amended.
35. At any time after delivery of the statement of claim pr^erva-
and before judgment, or after judgment and pending the^'°"°Jj
hearing and determination of any appeal, any lien claimant,
mortgagee or other interested person may make an application
to the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action,
who may hear viva voce or affidavit evidence or both and make
an order for the preservation of any property pending the
determination of the action and any appeal. New.
36. Where more actions than one are brought to realize ConsoUda-
liens in respect of the same land, the judge or officer having actions
jurisdiction to try the action may, on the application of any
party to any one of the actions or on the application of any
other person interested, consolidate all such actions into one
action and award the conduct of the consolidated action to
any plaintiff as the judge or officer deems just. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 33, amended.
37. Any lien claimant entitled to the benefit of an action iraimfemng
. ■ , • ■ ^^ , • ■ • 1- carriage of
may at any time apply to the judge or officer havmg junsdic- pro. eedings
tion to try the action for the carriage of the proceedings, and
the judge or officer may make an order awarding such lien
claimant the carriage of the proceedings. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 34, amended.
38.— (1) After the delivery of the statement of defence A^ioi^nting
where the plaintifif's claim is disputed, or after the time for trial
delivery of defence in all other cases, either party may apply
ex parte to a judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the
action to fix a day for the trial thereof, and the judge or
officer shall appoint the time and place of trial, and the order,
signed by the judge or officer, shall form part of the record of
the proceedings.
(2) The party obtaining an appointment for the trial shall, t^raVa^nd*^
at least ten clear days before the day appointed, serve notice ^®''^"'*'
of trial upon the solicitors for the defendants who apjiear
by solicitors and upon the defendants who api^ear in person,
and upon all the lienholders who have registered their claims
as required by this Act or of whose claims he has notice, and
upon all other persons having any charge, encumbrance
or claim on the land subsequent in priority to the lien, who
are not parties, and such service shall be personal unless
otherwise directed by the judge or officer who may direct in
what manner the notice of trial is to be served.
36
22
^^^"^ (3) Where any person interested in the land has Ijcen
served with a statement of claim and makes default in de-
livering a statement of defence, he shall nevertheless be served
with notice of trial and is entitled to defend on such terms as
to costs and otherwise as the judge or officer having jurisdic-
tion to try the action deems just.
'^'"'^' (4) The judge, or where a reference for trial is directed, the
master,
(o) shall try the action, including any set-off and counter-
claim, and all questions that arise therein or that are
necessary to be tried in order to completely dispose
of the action and to adjust the rights and liabilities
of the persons appearing before him or upon whom
notice of trial has been served;
(6) shall take all accounts, make all inquiries, give all
directions and do all other things necessary to finally
dispose of the action and of all matters, questions and
accounts arising therein or at the trial, and to adjust
the rights and liabilities of and give all necessary
relief to all parties to the action and all persons who
have been served with the notice of trial; and
(c) shall embody the results of the trial,
(i) in the case of a judge, in a judgment, and
(ii) in the case of a master, in a report,
which judgment or report may direct payment forth-
with by the person or persons primarily liable to
pay the amount of the claims and costs as ascertained
by the judgment or report, and execution may be
issued therefor forthwith in the case of a judgment
and after confirmation thereof, in the case of a report.
I'ower to (5) Xhe form of the judgment or report may be varied by
vary form '>',., „ . , , . , .■
judgment the judge or othcer in order to meet the circumstances oi tne
case so as to afford to any party to the proceedings any right
or remedy in the judgment or report to which he may be
entitled.
s*'« (6) The judge or officer may order that the estate or interest
charged with the lien be sold, and may direct the sale to take
place at any time after judgment or confirmation of the report,
allowing, however, a reasonable time for advertising the sale.
Lelliiit; in i • 1
lien (7) A lien .claimant who did not prove his claim at the trial,
olaimants ... ,.i rrir i u
who have on application to the judge or ofhcer before whom the action
their'c°a'im8 or reference was tried, may be let in to prove his claim, on
at trial
36
23
such terms as to costs and otherwise as are deemed just, at
any time before the amount realized in the action for the
satisfaction of liens has been distributed, and, where his
claim is allowed, the judgment or report shall be amended
so as to include his claim.
(8) Any lien claimant for an amount not exceeding $200 ,^en^' °'
may be represented by an agent who is not a barrister and ^J^^J.™^^^^
solicitor. Bontation
(9) An action or reference under this Act may be tried by be Vried"bV^
any judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action oranyJ"dB«
reference notwithstanding that the time and place for the
trial or reference thereof were appointed and fixed by another
judge or officer. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 35, amended.
(10) Any party to an action under this Act or any other Applications
interested person may at any time and from time to time directioM
apply to a judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action
or reference for directions as to pleadings, discovery, produc-
tion or any other matter relating to the action or reference,
including the cross-examination of a lien claimant or his
agent or assignee on his affidavit verifying the claim. New.
39. — (1) Where a sale is had, the moneys arising there- ^gP°^'g^ig
from shall be paid into court to the credit of the action, and'* ^^^
the judge or officer before whom the action was tried shall
direct to whom the moneys in court shall be paid and may
add to the claim of the person conducting the action his fees
and actual disbursements incurred in connection with the sale,
and, where sufficient to satisfy the judgment and costs is
not realized from the sale, he shall certify the amount of the
deficiency and the names of the persons who are entitled to
recover the same, showing the amount that each is entitled
to recover and the persons adjudged to pay the same, giving
credit for payments made, if any, under subsection 4 of
section 38, and the persons so entitled may enforce payment
of the amounts so found to be due by execution or otherwise.
(2) The judge or officer before whom the action was tried of°^fe'^''°"
may make all necessary orders for the completion of the sale
and for vesting the property in the purchaser. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 36 (1, 2).
40. Where a lien claimant fails to establish a lien, he mayj^^^^^t
nevertheless recover a personal judgment against any party ®«'»''''*''®<'
to the action for such sum as may appear to be due to him
and which he might recover in an action against such party.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 36 (3).
36
24
41. Where property subject to a lien is sold in an action
Right of
lienholders
whose claims to enforce a lien, every lienholder is entitled to share in the
are not i r i i ■ r i i
payable to proceeds ot the sale in respect oi the amount then owing to
him, although the same or part thereof was not payable at
the time of the commencement of the action or is not then
presently payable. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 37.
share in
proceeds
STATED CASE
Stated case 42. — (1) If in the course of proceedings to enforce a lien a
question of law arises, the judge or officer trying the case may,
at the request of any party, state the question in the form of
a stated case for the opinion of the Court of Appeal, and the
stated case shall thereupon be set down to be heard before
the Court of Appeal and notice of hearing shall be served
by the party setting down upon all parties concerned.
Trans-
mission of
papers
(2) The Stated case shall set forth the facts material for
the determination of the question raised, and all papers neces-
sary for the hearing of the stated case by the Court of Appeal
shall be transmitted to the registrar of the Supreme Court.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 39, amended.
Appeal
Appeal from
reference
Confirma-
tion of
master's
report
Appeal
from
judgment
or report
Costs of
appeal
APPEAL
43. — (1) Except where the amount of a judgment in
respect of a claim or counterclaim is $200 or less, an appeal
lies trom any judgment under this Act to the Court of Appeal.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 40 (1), amended.
(2) Where a question is referred to the master for inquiry
and report under subsection 2 of section 31, an appeal lies in
the manner prescribed by the rules of court.
(3) Where an action is referred to the master for trial
under subsection 2 of section 31, the report shall be filed and
shall be deemed to be confirmed at the expiration 6f fifteen
days from the date of service of notice of filing the same,
unless notice of appeal is served within that time.
(4) An appeal from a judgment or report made on a refer-
ence for trial lies in like manner and to the same extent as
from the decision of a judge trying an action in the Supreme
Court without a jury. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 40 (2, 3, 4).
(5) The costs of an appeal shall not be governed by sub-
sections 2 and 3 of section 45 but, subject to any order of the
Court of Appeal, shall be upon the scale of costs allowed in
county court appeals where the amount involved is within the
proper competence of the county court, and, where it exceeds
that amount, upon the Supreme Court scale. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 40 (5), amended.
36
25
FEES AND COSTS
44. The fee payable by every plaintiff, every plaintiff by ^®*
counterclaim and every lien claimant, including every person
recovering a personal judgment, in any action to realize a lien
under this Act is,
(o) $5 on a claim or counterclaim not exceeding $500;
(b) $10 on a claim or counterclaim exceeding $500 but
not exceeding $1,000;
(c) $10 on a claim or counterclaim exceeding $1,000,
plus $1 for every $1,000 or fraction thereof in excess
of $1,000,
but no fee is payable on a claim for wages only, and in no case
shall the fee on a claim exceed $75 or on a counterclaim exceed
$25. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 41, amended.
45. — (1) Subject to subsections 2, 3, 4 and 5, any order cosu^no^
as to costs in an action under this Act is in the discretion of provided
the judge or officer who tries the action. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233,
s. 46, amended.
(2) The costs of the action, exclusive of actual disburse- J'J^a't"'^
ments, awarded to the plaintiffs and successful lienholders, piaintirra
shall not exceed in the aggregate 25 per cent of the total
amount found to have been actually due on the liens at the
time of the registration thereof, and shall be apportioned and
borne in such proportion as the judge or officer who tries the
action may direct, but in making the apportionment he shall
have regard to the actual services rendered by or on behalf
of the parties respectively, provided that, where a counter-
claim is set up by a defendant, the amount and apportion-
ment of the costs in respect thereof are in the discretion of
the judge or officer who tries the action. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233.
s. 42, amended.
(3) Where costs are awarded against the plaintiff or other J'ostg'against
persons claiming liens, they shall not exceed, excejit in the plaintiffs
case of a counterclaim, 25 per cent of the claim of the plaintiff
and the other claimants, besides actual disbursements, and
shall be apportioned and borne as the judge or officer who
tries the action may direct. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 43,
amended.
(4) Where the least expensive course is not taken by a c^^^JJ'p^g^^f
plaintiff, the costs allowed to him shall in no case exceed siveoourse
not laKoii
what would have been incurred if the least expensive course
had been taken. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 44.
36
26
(5) Where a lien is discharged or vacated under section 25
Cost of
drawinep and
registering or where judgment is given in favour of or against a claim
and vacating •^. ° , ,. . ° , , , ....
registration tor a lien, in addition to the costs of the action, the judge or
officer who tries the action may allow a reasonable amount for
the costs of drawing and registering the claim for lien or of
vacating the registration thereof, but this does not apply where
the claimant fails to establish a valid lien. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 233, s. 45.
RULES OF PRACTICE
^raoUo°e^ 46. — (1) The object of this Act being to enforce Hens at
the least expense, the procedure shall be as far as possible of
a summary character, having regard to the amount and nature
of the liens in question. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 47 (1).
tory proceed- (2) Except where otherwise provided by this Act, no inter-
ingB locutory proceedings shall be permitted without the consent
of the judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action,
and then only upon proper proof that such proceedings are
necessary.
of experts' (•^) ^^^ judge or officer having jurisdiction to try the action
may obtain the assistance of any merchant, accountant,
actuary, building contractor, architect, engineer or person in
such way as he deems fit, the better to enable him to determine
any matter of fact in question, and may fix the remuneration
of any such person and direct payment thereof by any of the
parties. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 47 (2, 3), amended.
Rules of
practice
(4) Unless otherwise provided in this Act, the Rules of
Practice and Procedure of the Supreme Court apply to pro-
ceedings under this Act. New.
SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS
Service of
documents
47. Except where otherwise directed by the judge or
officer having jurisdiction to try the action, all documents
relating to an action under this Act, other than statements
of claim and notices of trial, are sufficiently served upon the
intended recipient if sent by registered mail addressed to the
intended recipient at his address for service. New.
LIENS ON CHATTELS
Right of
chattel
lienholder
to sell
chattel
48. — (1) Every person who has bestowed money, skill or
materials upon any chattel or thing in the alteration or im-
provement of its properties or for the purpose of imparting
an additional value to it, so as thereby to be entitled to a lien
upon the chattel or thing for the amount or value of the money
or skill and material bestowed, has, while the lien exists but not
afterwards, in case the amount to which he is entitled remains
36
27
unpaid for three months after it ought to have been paid, the
right, in addition to any other remedy to which he may be
entitled, to sell by auction the chattel or thing on giving one
week's notice by advertisement in a newspaper having general
circulation in the municipality in which the work was done,
setting forth the name of the person indebted, the amount of
the debt, a description of the chattel or thing to be sold, the
time and place of sale, and the name of the auctioneer, and
leaving a like notice in writing at the last known place of
residence, if any, of the owner, if he is a resident of the
municipality.
(2) Such person shall apply the proceeds of the sale in ^f''^roceod°s"
payment of the amount due to him and the costs of advertising of sa'e
and sale and shall upon application pay over any surplus to the
person entitled thereto. R.S.O. 1960, c. 233, s. 48, amended.
FORMS
40. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu- P"""""*
lations prescribing forms and providing for their use. New.
MISCELLANEOUS
50. The Mechanics' Lien Act, The Mechanics' Lien Amend- f^^: ^®®°'
ment Act, 1961-62, The Mechanics' Lien Amendment Act,\^^^^^-
1962-63 and The Mechanics' Lien Amendment Act, 1966 are 1962-63,
c. 79 *
repealed. i966,"o. 84.
repealed
61. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the ment""*""^*
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
52. This Act may be cited as The Mechanics' Lien Act, si»ort title
1968-69.
36
?
3
S
>
H
1)
a
[^^
s-
S
c
•-1
c
S"
3
fB
(^
(^
•1.
Ov
>3
«<:
>a
a.
D*
Pi.
o
r-t-
8
vO
0<9
3"
a
00
3'
BILL 37
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to establish an Institute for the Prevention and
Cure of Birth Defects
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill provides for the establishment of an Institute for research
into the causes and prevention or treatment of birth defects and for
education in this field.
37
BILL 37 1968-69
An Act to establish an Institute for the
Prevention and Cure of Birth Defects
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. In this Act, i^ir^r-
(a) "birth defect" means any malfunction, malformation
or disease with which a child is born ;
(6) "Institute" means the Birth Defects Institute;
(c) "Minister" means the Minister of Health;
(d) "physician" means a duly qualified medical prac-
titioner.
2.— (1) A corporation to be known as the Birth Defects J^f^lfiV^'^g^,
Institute is established.
(2) The Corporations Act does not apply to the Institute, ^f i'-do^*"'
not apply
3. — (1) The Institute shall be composed of not fewer than Membership
seven and not more than twenty members appointed by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council.
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may designate chairman
one of the members to be chairman of the Institute.
• T^. , fir. • Quorum
«. rive members of the Institute constitute a quorum.
5. The head office of the Institute shall be at or near the ^^^<^ <"""«
City of Toronto.
6. The objects of the Institute are and it has power, powers^ "*"
(a) to conduct and promote a programme of research
in the incidence and causes of birth defects and in
37
methods of treatment, prevention and cure of birth
defects and allied diseases and to publish from time
to time the results of its programme;
(b) to conduct and promote programmes of professional
education and training of medical students, physi-
cians, nurses, scientists and technicians in the causes
and the methods of treatment, prevention and cure
of birth defects; and
(c) to conduct and promote clinical counselling services
in appropriate places.
power^ T'—W For the furtherance of its objects, the Institute
may,
(a) establish, conduct, manage and operate facilities for
research in the incidence and causes of birth defects
and in methods of treatment, prevention and cure of
birth defects and allied diseases;
(b) enter into agreements with universities, hospitals and
other institutions,
(i) for the conduct of research for the purposes
set out in clause o, and
(ii) for the provision of clinical counselling ser-
vices.
grants (2) The Institute may make such grants as are deemed by
the Institute necessary or desirable for the furtherance of its
objects.
of^birtif 8. — (1) Every physician who attends the birth of a child
defects having a birth defect or, where no physician attends, the
physician who attends the mother or child for post-natal care
shall report to the Institute the particulars of the birth defect
and such other information and records in his possession as
the Institute requests.
JSnAdentia" (2) All information acquired by the Institute under sub-
pr^iieged section 1 is confidential and privileged in the hands of the
Institute to the same extent as it is in the hands of the phy-
sician who supplied it, except that this subsection shall not
preclude the Institute from publishing analyses of the reports
and information for scientific and public health purposes in
such a manner that the persons concerned remain anonymous.
37
9. The Institute may make such by-laws as are deemed sy-iaws
expedient for its constitution and the administration of its
affairs, and may do such other things as are deemed necessary
or advisable to carry out its objects.
10. The Institute may acquire by purchase or lease any of'jyjl^"'""
land and buildings, and may erect buildings, and may acquire
such equipment, instruments, appliances, materials and other
things as are deemed necessary or advisable to carry out its
objects.
11. — (1) The Institute may employ a director and such °n'd''|t|,y
officers, clerks and servants as are deemed expedient.
(2) The Institute may engage the services of such experts Experts
and other persons as are deemed expedient.
12. Each member of the Institute shall be paid his proper ^^p^^ses
travelling and other expenses incurred in the work of the
Institute.
13. The funds of the Institute consist of moneys received ''"'"**
by it from any source, including moneys appropriated for its
use by the Legislature, and the Institute may disburse, expend
or otherwise deal with any of its funds in such manner as it
deems proper.
14. The accounts and financial transactions of the In- '^"'*''
stitute shall be audited annually by the Provincial Auditor,
who shall make a report thereon to the Institute and to the
Minister, and the cost of the audit and report shall be paid
out of the funds of the Institute.
15. The Institute shall make a report annually to the^porf'
Minister, who shall submit the repx)rt to the Lieutenant
Governor in Council and shall then lay the report before the
Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next ensuing
session.
16.— (1) This Act, except section 8, comes into force on Sent'"'""*'
the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 8 comes into force on a day to be named by the idem
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
17. This Act may be cited as The Birth Defects Institute^^'"'^^''*'^^
Act, 1968-69.
37
o
00
n
c
r
S
>
8
D
rti
n
3
3
^
^
1
>3
a.
y-^
^
to
rt-
^.
3
00
3
0^
BILL 38
2nd Session, 28th Legislatuke, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
n Act to provide for the Certification of Dealers and Persons
engaged in the fitting and selling of Hearing Aids
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill rec)uires a person engaged in the sale of or practice of fitting
hearing aids to be the holder of a certificate of registration issued by the
Minister of Health. ^<" i
Requirements for registration are specified and provision is made for
the examination of applicants for registration. Certificates of registration
may be suspended or revoked by the Minister of Health on grounds
specified in the Bill, and appeals from suspension or revocation may be
made to a judge of a county or district court. The Advisory Council on
Hearing .Aids is established and is empowered to advise the Minister of
Health on all matters relating to the Bill.
38
BILL 38 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Certification of
Dealers and Persons engaged in the fitting and
selling of Hearing Aids
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, i°t',1fP"
(a) "certificate of registration" means a certificate of
registration issued by the Minister under this Act;
(b) "Council" means the Advisory Council on Hearing
Aids;
(c) "Department" means the Department of Health;
(d) "hearing aid" means any instrument or device
designed for or represented as aiding, improving or
correcting defective human hearing and any parts,
attachments or accessories of such an instrument
or device ;
(e) "Minister" means the Minister of Health:
(/) "practice of fitting hearing aids" means the evalu-
ation or measurement of the powers or range of
human hearing by means of an audiometer or by any
other means devised, and the consequent selection or
adaption or sale of hearing aids intended to com-
pensate for hearing loss;
(g) "prescribed" means prescribed by the regulations;
(A) "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act;
(t) "unethical conduct" means,
38
(i) the obtaining of any fee or the making of any
sale by fraud or misrepresentation,
(ii) employing directly or indirectly any sus-
pended or unregistered person to perform any
work covered by this Act,
(iii) using or causing or promoting the use of any
advertising matter, promotional literature,
testimonial, guarantee, warranty, label, brand,
insignia or any other representation, however
disseminated or published, which is mis-
leading, deceiving, improbable or untruthful,
(iv) advertising a particular model, type or kind
of hearing aid for sale when purchasers or
prospective purchasers responding to the ad-
vertisement cannot purchase or are dissuaded
from purchasing the advertised model, type
or kind, where it is established that the
purpose of the advertisement is to obtain
prospects for the sale of a different model,
type or kind than that advertised,
(v) representing that the services or advice of a
duly qualified medical practitioner will be
used or made available in the selection, fitting,
adjustment, maintenance or repair of hearing
aids when that is not true, or using the word
"doctor", "clinic" or other like words, abbre-
viations or symbols which tend to connote the
medical profession when such use is not
accurate,
(vi) habitual intemperance,
(vii) gross immorality,
(viii) permitting another to use his certificate.
Delegation g^ yj^^ Minister may delegate any of the powers conferred
powere*'^^ upon him by or under this Act to the Deputy Minister of the
Department or any other official of the Department desig-
nated by the Minister.
unautho- 3.— (1) No pcrson shall engage in the sale of or practice
prohibited ^^ fitting hearing aids or display a sign or in any other way
advertise or hold himself out as a person who practises the
fitting of hearing aids unless he holds a current, unsuspended,
unrevoked certificate of registration issued by the Minister
as provided in this Act.
38
(2) The certificate required by subsection 1 shall be kept ^ert'iflcates
conspicuously posted in the holder's office or place of business
at all times.
4. Any person who practises the fitting of or dealing in Receipts
hearing aids shall deliver to each person supplied with a
hearing aid by him or at his order or direction, a receipt which
shall contain his signature and show the address of his regular
place of practice and the number of his certificate, together
with a specification of the hearing aid furnished and the
amount charged therefor.
5. — (1) This Act does not apply to a person while he is t^gufutirnis"
engaged in the practice of fitting hearing aids if his practice "^^plf^®^,,
is part of the academic curriculum of an accredited institution ^tc
of higher education or part of a program conducted by a
public, charitable institution or non-profit organization, that
is primarily supported by voluntary contributions.
(2) This Act shall not be construed to prevent a duly fo duly "''
qualified medical practitioner from treating or fitting hearing ^'Ji^'j^^j'*
aids to the human ear. practitioners
6. An applicant for registration shall pa\ the prescribed ^qu'i^re'^-^"""
fee and shall show to the satisfaction of the Minister that he, '"«"'"
(a) is a resident of Ontario;
(b) is a person of good moral character;
(c) is twenty -one years of age or older;
(d) has Grade 12 standing or such other academic
standing as is, in the opinion of the Minister, equi-
valent thereto or has continuously engaged in the
practice of fitting hearing aids in Ontario during the
three years preceding the date this Act comes into
force; and
(e) is free of contagious or infectious disease.
7. — (1) An applicant for registration who is notified by practical
the Minister that he has fulfilled the requirements of section 6*®^**
shall appear at a time and place and before such persons as the
Minister may designate, to be examined by written and
practical tests in order to demonstrate that he is qualified
to practise the fitting of hearing aids.
(2) The Minister or persons designated by him shall hold Examina-
^ I . . . '^ , , .11- 1 • 1 tions to be
at least one examination of the type prescrit)ed in subsection 1 held yearly
in each year, and such additional examinations as the volume
of applications may make appropriate.
38
examina-**^ 8. The examination provided in subsection 1 of section 7
tione shall consist of,
(a) tests of knowledge in the following areas as they
pertain to the fitting of hearing aids,
(i) basic physics of sound,
(ii) the human hearing mechanism, including the
science of hearing and the causes and re-
habilitation of abnormal hearing and hearing
disorders,
(iii) structure and function of hearing aids; and
(b) tests of proficiency in the following techniques as
they jDertain to the fitting of hearing aids,
(i) pure tone audiometry, including air con-
duction testing and bone conduction testing,
, . - (ii) live voice or recorded voice speech audio-
metry, including speech reception, threshold
testing and speech discrimination testing,
(iii) effective masking,
(iv) recording and evaluation of audiograms and
speech audiometry to determine hearing aid
candidacy,
(v) selection and adaption of hearing aids and
testing of hearing aids,
(vi) taking earmold impressions.
Certificate 9.— (1) Upon payment of the prescribed fee, the Minister
registration g\^^\\ register each applicant who satisfactorily passes the
examination and thereupon the Minister shall issue to the
applicant a certificate of registration.
J^rt^cat'e"'^ (2) A certificate of registration is effective for one year
from the date of its issue.
Suspension iQ. — (1) Any person registered under this Act may, after
cation of a hearing of which he has received not less than ten days
notice, have his certificate revoked or suspended for a fixed
period by the Minister for any of the following causes:
1. His conviction of an offence involving moral turpi-
tude.
38
2. Where his certificate has been secured by fraud or
deceit practised upon the Minister.
3. For unethical conduct, or for gross ignorance or
inefficiency in his profession.
4. Practising while knowingly suflfering from a con-
tagious or infectious disease.
5. Advertising professional methods or professional
superiority.
6. Practising the fitting of hearing aids under a false or
alias name.
(2) For the purposes of this section, the record of convic- ^f''"*®"'-'®
tion, or a certified copy thereof certified by the clerk of the «°"'''«"o"
court or by the judge in whose court the conviction is had,
shall be conclusive evidence of such conviction.
(3) At the hearing referred to in subsection 1, the person '^'*'"^'"'
registered is entitled to hear the evidence, cross-examine, call
witnesses, present argument and be represented by counsel
or agent.
(4) Notice of the decision of the Minister following adecisTon"
hearing under subsection 1, together with reasons in writing
therefor, shall be served upon the person affected thereby,
either personally or by registered mail addressed to such
person at his last known place of address.
(5) Where the person affected by a decision after a hearing ^pp*^
under subsection 1 deems himself aggrieved thereby, he may,
within five days of receipt of the decision, appeal the decision
to a judge of the county or district court of the county or
district within which he carries on business, and the judge
may confirm, revoke or modify the decision.
11. — (1) The Advisory Council on Hearing Aids is hereby coiln^oli^'on
established and shall consist of five members to be appointed "idY'"*^
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council. eBtabitshed
(2) Members of the Council shall be residents of Ontario, tion of*^*
members
(3) One member shall be a duly qualified medical practi-'^®""
tioner who holds certification of otolaryngology from The
Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada.
(4) Three members shall be persons experienced in the ''*®'"
fitting of hearing aids, who possess the qualifications pre-
38
Idem
scribed in section 6, but all successors to the position of such
members, who are appointed to the Council after the date on
which the Minister first issues a certificate of registration as
provided in section 9, shall be persons who hold valid certi-
ficates of registration under this Act.
(5) No member of the Council shall be an employee of the
Department.
counoii"^ 12.— (1) The Council shall have the responsibility and
duty of advising the Minister in all matters relating to this
Act, shall prepare the examinations required by this Act,
subject to the approval of the Minister, and shall assist the
Minister in carrying out the provisions of this Act.
Mintoter ^2) The Minister shall consider and be guided by the
ituided recommendations of the Council in all matters relating to this
Act.
Meetings /^ -i i .. ■ ■
of Council 13. — (1) I he Council shall meet at least once each year
at a place and time determined by the Council.
Idem
(2) The Council shall also meet at such other times and
places as are specified by the Minister.
Regulations ^^ j^^ Lieutenant rK)vernor in Council may make
regulations,
(a) prescribing the fees payable on an application for
registration and on the issuance of a certificate of
registration ;
(b) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(r) governing the conduct of meetings of the Council;
(rf) regulating the practice and procedure on hearings
under section 10;
(e) respecting any matter necessary or advisable to
carr>' out eflFectively the intent and purpose of this
Act.
Offence 15, — (1) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this Act is guilty of an offence and liable on summary
conviction to a fine of not more than $500 or to imprisonment
for not more than ninety days, or to both.
38
(2) Where any provision of this Act is contravened, in ^S^g^a^in"
addition to any proceeding had under subsection 1, such ^y action
contravention may be restrained by action at the instance of
the Minister.
16. This Act conies into force on a day to be named by ^ent'"®"''*"
the Lieutenant Ciovernor by his proclamation.
17. This Act maN' be cited as The Hearing Aid Sales ^f/, short title
1968-60.
38
o
C/5
pa
c
r
S
>
z
S.
^
D
S
l\>
2
*-»
2t
C«l
a.
-1
>j
1
1
1'
3-
?0:
rt I
O 3 ■
»*) OB r
IK S. :
>5-i
9-" :
rt :
BILL 39
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment prevents binding settlements or releases from being
entered into by accioent victims in haste or while under the stress of
recent injury.
39
BILL 39 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. The Insurance Act is amended by adding thereto the ^fgo' ^^^*''
following section : amended
104a. Any agreement, release, waiver or settlement entered ^nd^^**
into by an injured person within fifteen days after ^^'j^'|^,|"'^
the injury was incurred and given or entered into in
respect of any claim under a policy of automobile
insurance or accident insurance is voidable by the
injured person by notice in writing delivered to the
insurer or any office of the insurer or its agent or
adjuster within thirty days after the agreement,
release, waiver or settlement is entered into.
2. This Act may be cited as The Insurance Amendment ^^°^^^^^^^
Act, 1968-69.
39
o
00
(A
S
>
2
?
3
a
a
3
&.
A.
I
^
>:
3=
a.
I
3
1
a
»a
»«
OC
»«
BILL 40
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Control of Fumes from Smelters
Mr. Martel
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
KXI'LA.VATOKV NoTK
The purpose of ihe Bill is to require every smelter which smelts or
roasts nickel-copper or iron ore to adopt and carry out a plan that com-
prises the best practicable means for controlling or preventing the discharge
of noxious or ofTensive gas or fumes, or, where discharged, to render them
harmless or inoffensive.
Application for approval of a plan is made to the Ontario Municipal
Board, notice thereof being given to all interested government departments
and municipalities.
40
BILL 40 1968-69
An Act to provide
for the Control of Fumes from Smelters
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, Jatioif'""
(a) "Board" means the Ontario Municipal Board; and
(6) "smelter" means any person or corporation carrying
on any undertaking that includes the smelting or
roasting of nickel-copper or iron ore.
2. Every smelter, within three months after coming into t^'^ontroi
force of this Act, or within one month after commencing its^"'"*"
undertaking, shall prepare and submit to the Board an
application for approval of a plan to control or prevent the
discharge from the furnaces, chimneys or smokestacks,
operated by the smelter of any noxious or oflfensive gas or
fumes or to render such gas or fumes where discharged
harmless or inoffensive.
3. Every such application shall include evidence that thcof'boB?"'
plan submitted represents the best practicable means for"'^"
the purpose in the circumstances.
4. The Board shall forward copies of every such applica- '
tion at the earliest possible date, by registered mail to the
Minister of Mines, the Minister of Health, the Minister of
Agriculture and Food, the Minister of Municipal Affairs
and to the clerk of every municipality within a radius of
thirty miles of the undertaking carried on by the smelter.
6. The Board shall fix a date for hearing the application, "«»■"'"«
not less than two months and not more than four months
after the receipt thereof, and reasonable notice of such
hearing and of any adjournment thereof shall be given by
the Board to every Minister and the clerk of every muni-
40
cipality mentioned in seftion 4, any of whom may appear
by counsel or otherwise and adduce evidence and make
representations for or against the plan submitted or any
alternative plan.
Duty of
Board
6. The Board shall determine whether the plan submitted
or any modification or variation thereof represents the best
practicable means for the purpose in the circumstances, and
whether any other plan ought to be considered or adopted.
Order of
Board
7. — (1) Not more than three months after hearing the
application, the Board shall make an order either approving
the application or a modification or variation thereof or an
alternative plan and requiring the smelter to institute and
maintain such plan as may be approved by the Board.
compUame (2) The smelter shall, within three months from the date
of the order, institute and maintain a plan in conformit>
therewith.
Penalty
8. Every smelter who erects, operates, maintains or
carries on any undertaking in violation of this Act or fails
to comply with any order of the Board, is guilty of an oflfence
and on summary conviction is liable to a penalty of $1,000,
and each day's continuance of such violation or failure
to comply shall constitute a new and distinct offence.
Acts of
offloers,
agents
9. For the purpose of enforcing any penalty under any of
the provisions of this Act, or enforcing any order of the
Board made under this Act, the act, omission, or failure of
any officer, agent, or other jserson acting for or employed by
the smelter shall, in every case, be also deemed to be the act,
omission or failure of the smelter as well as that of the officer,
agent or other person.
lion oi ^^' Nothing in this Act excludes the operation of any
^•%P- '®^'' of the provisions of The Damage by Fumes Arbitration Act.
Applica
tion of
Short title
11. This .\ct
1968-69.
may
be cited iis The Fumes Control Act,
40
I
00
>
-i
Pi
r
8
3
?
(i
3
^
1
i-f
5T
3*
a
»«
^^
*o
S
BILL 41
2nd Session, 28th Legislatukk, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Ontario College of Art Act, 1968-69
Mr. Davis
TORONTO
PkINTICU ami PlBI.lSHED BY FhANK FOCG, QuEEN'S PRINTER
Explanatory Note
This Bill reflects the recommendations of the report on the organiza-
tional structure and administration of the Ontario College of Art.
41
BILL 41 1968-69
The Ontario College of Art Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. In this Act, t'atioT""
(a) "academic staff" means the teachers, chairmen of
teaching departments, and directors of academic
divisions of the Ontario College of Art;
(b) "College" means the Ontario College of Art;
(c) "Council" means the Council of the Ontario College
of Art. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 1, amended.
2. — (1) The Ontario College of Art is continued. College
(2) The object of the College is to provide the opportunity object
and environment for the education and training of students
and teachers in the fine and applied arts. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 2,
amended.
3.— (1) The Council of the Ontario College of Art is con-C<5u?°»ad_
tinued as a body corporate and, within two months after this composition
Act comes into force, the Council shall be reconstituted to
consist of,
(a) the President;
(b) nine members appointed by the Lieutenant Governor
in Council;
(c) six members elected from and by the full-time
academic staff; and
(d) three members elected from and by the students
registered as full-time students at the College.
41
First
election
(2) The Council, within two months after this Act comes
into force, shall provide for and conduct the first election of
members under clauses c and d of suljsection 1.
First
•ppoint-
ments
(3) Of the first members appointed under clause h of sub-
section 1, one-third shall be appointed to hold office for one
year, one-third for two years and one-third for three years,
and in each year thereafter three members shall be appointed
to hold office for three years.
First
•lection by
academic
staff
(4) Of the first members elected under clause c of sub-
section 1, one-third shall be elected to hold office for one year,
one-third for two years and one-third for three years, and in
each year thereafter two members shall be elected to hold
office for three >ears.
First
election
by students
(5) Of the first members elected under clause d of subsection
1 , two shall be elected to hold office for one year and one for
two years, and in each year thereafter one member shall be
elected to hold office for one year and one for two years, and
the question as to which of such members shall hold office
for one year or two years shall be determined as may be
provided for in the by-laws of the Council.
Eligibility
of students
(6) Everj- person registered as a full-time student at the
College is eligible to be elected as a member of the Council
under clause d of subsection 1.
Maximum
term for
students
Eligibility
for re-
appoint-
ment or
re-election
Attendance
at meetings
(7) A member elected under clause d of subsection 1 ceases
to hold office when he ceases to be registered as a full-time
student at the College, and no such member shall in any event
hold office for longer than three years.
(8) Subject to subsection 7, members of Council if otherwise
qualified are eligible for re-appointment or re-election.
(9) If within any fiscal year of the College a member of
the Council not having been granted leave of absence by the
Council attends less than 50 per cent of the regular meetings
of the Council, he shall ipso facto vacate his office and the
Council by resolution shall declare his membership vacant.
Vacancy (iQ) Where a vacancy on the Council occurs before the
term of office for which a member has been appointed or
elected has expired, the vacancy shall be filled in the same
manner and by the same authority as the member whose
membership is vacant was appointed or elected, as the case
may be, and the member so appointed or elected shall hold
office for the remainder of the term of office of the member
whose membership is vacant.
41
(9) The Council until reconstituted in accordance with this co^n"'i
section shall consist of the present members of the Council.
1961-62, c. 15, s. 3, amended.
4. The Council shall elect a chairman from among the '^''*'""""
members appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council
and, in the case of the absence or illness of the chairman, the
Council may appoint one of its members to act as chairman
pro tempore, and the member so appointed shall act as and
have all the powers of the chairman. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 11,
cl. a, amended.
5. Eight members, including not fewer than four appointed """
members and not fewer than four elected members, constitute
a quorum of the Council. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 11, cl. d, amended.
6. — (1) The government, conduct, management and control councfi"'^
of the College and of its property, revenues, expenditures,
business and affairs are vested in the Council, and the Council
has all powers necessary or convenient to perform its duties
and achieve the object of the College and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, may,
(a) appoint and remove the President:
(b) appoint and remove the heads of all divisions and
departments, administrative officers, teaching staflF
and such other officers and employees as the Council
deems necessary or expedient for the purposes of the
College;
(c) fix the numbers, duties, salaries and other emolu-
ments of members of the staff of the College:
(d) ai>poiat such committees and Iwards, including divi-
sional academic committees and boards, as it deems
advisable and confer upon any of such committees
or boards authority to act for the Council with
respect to anj- matter or classes of matters;
(e) establish such advisory bodies as it deems advisable;
(/) create such divisions and departments as it deems
advisable;
(g) control, regulate and determine the educational
IX)licy of the College;
41
(A) determine the courses of study and standards for
admission to the College and for continued member-
ship therein, and the qualifications for diplomas;
(«) conduct examinations and appoint examiners;
(j) deal with all matters arising in connection with the
awarding of scholarships, bursaries, medals, prizes
and other awards;
(k) confer upon students of the College the diploma of
"Associate of the Ontario College of Art" and the
right to affix the letters "A.O.C.A." after their
names, and issue such certificates of proficiency as
may be provided for in the by-laws of the Council;
(/) make by-laws and regulations for the conduct of
its affairs, including the election of members.
Appoint-
ment and
removal of
offlcers
(2) No person shall be ap|X)inted or removed as head of a
division or department, as a senior administrative officer or
as a member of the teaching staff of the College, except on the
recommendation of the President. 1961-62, c. 15, ss. 4, 6, 11,
part, amended.
President
7. The President of the College is the chief executive
officer of the College. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 5, amended.
with^*'°" ^* ^^^ College may be affiliated with any university in
university Ontario where arrangements may be considered expedient
for the use of common instruction and the granting of degrees.
1961-62. c. 15, s. 7.
Arrange
ments with
9. The Council ma\ arrange with the Department of
Department Education for courses and examinations for teachers of art
Ediaation and Supervisors of art instructors in schools in Ontario.
1961-62, c. 15, s. 8.
I'roperty lo. The Council ma\' purchase or otherwise acquire, take
by gift, devise or bequest and hold such real and personal
property as it may deem necessary for the purjwses of the
College, and may mortgage, sell or otherwise dispose of the
same as occasion requires. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 9, amended.
Annual
report
11. — (1) The Council shall, after the close of each fiscal
year, file with the Minister of University .Affairs an annual
report upon the affairs of the College.
41
(2) The Minister shall submit the report to the Lieutenant Tabling
Governor in Council and shall then lay the report before the
Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next ensuing session.
1961-62, c. 15, s. 12, amended.
12. The College of Art Act, 1961-62 is repealed. l^W^'
repealed
13. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the ment"^"™"
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
14. This Act may be cited as The Ontario College of .4 r/ short title
Act, 1968-69.
41
o
30
2
X
O
>
<
o
^
a.
5=
So
3
1
1
00
s
4
ST
3
BILL 41
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Ontario College of Art Act, 1968-69
Mr. Davis
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 41 1968-69
The Ontario College of Art Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, l^lt^r-
(a) "academic staff" means the teachers, chairmen of
teaching departments, and directors of academic
divisions of the Ontario College of Art;
(6) "College" means the Ontario College of Art;
(c) "Council" means the Council of the Ontario College
of Art. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 1, amended.
2.— (1) The Ontario College of Art is continued. College
(2) The object of the College is to provide the opportunity owect
and environment for the education and training of students
and teachers in the fine and applied arts. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 2,
amended.
3.— (1) The Council of the Ontario College of Art is con-^o°n"t?nued,
tinued as a body corporate and, within two months after this '^°™p°^'''°°
Act comes into force, the Council shall be reconstituted to
consist of,
(a) the President;
(b) nine members appointed by the Lieutenant Governor
in Council;
(c) six members elected from and by the full-time
academic staff; and
(d) three members elected from and by the students
registered as full-time students at the College.
41
First
•lection
(2) The Council, within two months after this Act comes
into force, shall provide for and conduct the first election of
members under clauses c and d of subsection 1.
Pint
•ppolnt-
manta
(3) Of the first members appointed under clause b of sub-
section 1 , one-third shall be appointed to hold office for one
year, one-third for two years and one-third for three years,
and in each year thereafter three members shall be appointed
to hold office for three years.
Flret
election by
academic
Starr
First
election
by students
(4) Of the first members elected under clause c of sub-
section 1, one-third shall be elected to hold office for one year,
one-third for two years and one-third for three years, and in
each year thereafter two members shall be elected to hold
office for three years.
(5) Of the first members elected under clause d of subsection
1, two shall be elected to hold office for one year and one for
two years, and in each year thereafter one member shall be
elected to hold office for one year and one for two years, and
the question as to which of such members shall hold office
for one year or two years shall be determined as may be
provided for in the by-laws of the Council.
of'Bt'udents ^^^ Every person registered as a full-time student at the
College is eligible to be elected as a member of the Council
under clause d of subsection 1.
Eligibility
for re-
appoint-
ment or
re-election
Attendance
at meetings
ter'mTo"'" (^^ ^ member elected under clause d of subsection 1 ceases
studenu to hold office when he ceases to be registered as a full-time
student at the College, and no such member shall in any event
hold office for longer than three years.
(8) Subject to subsection 7, members of Council if otherwise
qualified are eligible for re-appointment or re-election.
(9) If within any fiscal year of the College a member of
the Council not having been granted leave of absence by the
Council attends less than 50 per cent of the regular meetings
of the Council, he shall ipso facto vacate his office and the
Council by resolution shall declare his membership vacant.
Vacancy (iQ) Where a vacancy on the Council occurs before the
term of office for which a member has been appointed or
elected has expired, the vacancy shall be filled in the same
manner and by the same authority as the member whose
membership is vacant was appointed or elected, as the case
may be, and the member so appointed or elected shall hold
office for the remainder of the term of office of the member
whose membership is vacant.
41
(9) The Council until reconstituted in accordance with this Qo^n°i'
section shall consist of the present members of the Council.
1961-62, c. 15, s. 3, amended.
4. The Council shall elect a chairman from among the *^''*''"'"*°
members appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council
and, in the case of the absence or illness of the chairman, the
Council may appoint one of its members to act as chairman
pro tempore, and the member so appointed shall act as and
have all the powers of the chairman. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 11,
cl. a, amended.
6. Eight members, including not fewer than four appointed '^"°''"'"
members and not fewer than four elected members, constitute
a quorum of the Council. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 11, cl. d, amended.
6. — (1) The government, conduct, management and control coun"i°'
of the College and of its property, revenues, expenditures,
business and affairs are vested in the Council, and the Council
has all powers necessary or convenient to perform its duties
and achieve the object of the College and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, may,
(a) appoint and remove the President;
{b) appoint and remove the heads of all divisions and
departments, administrative officers, teaching staff
and such other officers and employees as the Council
deems necessary or expedient for the purposes of the
College ;
(c) fix the numbers, duties, salaries and other emolu-
ments of members of the staff of the College;
{d) appoint such committees and boards, including divi-
sional academic committees and boards, as it deems
advisable and confer upon any of such committees
or boards authority to act for the Council with
respect to any matter or classes of matters;
(e) establish such advisory bodies as it deems advisable;
(/) create such divisions and departments as it deems
advisable ;
(g) control, regulate and determine the educational
policy of the College;
41
(k) determine the courses of study and standards for
admission to the College and for continued member-
ship therein, and the qualifications for diplomas;
(() conduct examinations and appoint examiners;
(j) deal with all matters arising in connection with the
awarding of scholarships, bursaries, medals, prizes
and other awards;
(k) confer upon students of the College the diploma of
"Associate of the Ontario College of Art" and the
right to affix the letters "A.O.C.A." after their
names, and issue such certificates of proficiency as
may be provided for in the by-laws of the Council;
(/) make by-laws and regulations for the conduct of
its affairs, including the election of members.
Appoint-
ment and
removal of
ofllcera
(2) No person shall be appointed or removed as head of a
division or department, as a senior administrative officer or
as a member of the teaching staff of the College, except on the
recommendation of the President. 1961-62, c. 15, ss. 4, 6, 11,
part, amended.
President
7. The President of the College is the chief executive
officer of the College. 1961-62, c. IS, s. 5, amended.
with'*'°" ^* ^^^ College may be affiliated with any university in
university Ontario where arrangements may be considered expedient
for the use of common instruction and the granting of degrees.
1961-62, c. 15, s. 7.
9. The Council may arrange with the Department of
Arrange-
ments with
Department Education for courses and examinations for teachers of art
Education and Supervisors of art instructors in schools in Ontario.
1961-62. c. 15, s. 8.
Property 10. The Council may purchase or otherwise acquire, take
by gift, devise or bequest and hold such real and personal
property as it may deem necessary for the purposes of the
College, and may mortgage, sell or otherwise dispose of the
same as occasion requires. 1961-62, c. 15, s. 9, amended.
Annual
report
11. — (1) The Council shall, after the close of each fiscal
year, file with the Minister of University Affairs an annual
report upon the affairs of the College.
41
(2) The Minister shall submit the report to the Lieutenant tabling
Governor in Council and shall then lay the report before the
Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next ensuing session.
1961-62, c. 15, s. 12, amended.
12. The College of Art Act, 1961-62 is repealed. c. 15' '
repealed
13. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the Sent"*""*"
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
14. This Act may be cited as The Ontario College of >lr/S'^°''* *"■'*
Act, 1968-69.
41
2
D
>
<
Q
z
Q
f?
%
r^
a
(m
n
t\i
3
In.
3
-1
3
g-
§.
1
a.
o
1
o
5-
1^
00
|-
s
00
BILL 42
2nd Session, 28th Legislaturk, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Public Health Act
Mr. Deans
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Hill requires that drugs and medicines be sold only in child-proof
containers.
42
BILL 42 1968-69
An Act to amend The Public Health Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Public Health Act is amended by adding thereto the ^•|2°' ^^®°'
following section : amended
CHILD-PROOF CONTAINERS
79. — (1) No person shall sell or offer for sale a drug tofrigs°and
which The Pharmacy Act applies or a medicine ^p^i^^^^"^^* '"
registered under the Proprietary or Patent Medicine ^'^^"f^^
Act (Canada) that is not contained in a container c. '295'
that bears the mark of approval of a testing organiza- 0.220'
tion under subsection 2.
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make ^^s"'**'""^®
regulations designating an organization to test and
approve the types, designs and specifications of
containers suitable to make the contents inaccessible
to small children and providing for the affixing of a
mark of approval on containers manufactured in
accordance with the approved type, design and
specifications.
2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of July, 1969.
Commence-
3. This Act may be cited as The Public Health Amendment ^^°''^ '"'^
Act, 1968-69.
42
2
D
M
s.
ST
OC S
rf Z"
a- s
00
BILL 43
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment requires persons under eighteen years of age to take
an approved driver education course before being issued a driver s licence.
43
BILL 43 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 18 of The Highway Traffic Act is amended by^-^^^-^^J^'
adding thereto the following subsection : amen<ied
(Ic) A licence shall not be issued to a person under the |^"g|[i(jn
age of eighteen years to drive or operate a motor '^°"™®*
vehicle on a highway unless he has satisfactorily
completed a driver education course designated by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council by regulation.
2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of July, 1969. Sent"*"''*'
3. This Act may be cited as The Highway Traffic Amend- ^^"^^ "*'«
merit Act, 1968-69.
43
K
c
r
s
>
z
S3
D
I I il
a
0<a
00
BILL 44
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Municipal and School Tax Credit Assistance Act, 1967
Mr. Stokes
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Act
Explanatory Note
The Bill removes the obligation to repay tax credits allowed under the
44
BILL 44 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal and School
Tax Credit Assistance Act, 1967
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. — (1) Subsections 3, 4 and 5 of section 2 of The Municipal ^^'^' ^
and School Tax Credit Assistance Act, 1967 are repealed. subss. 3-5'.
repealed
(2) Subsection 7 of the said section 2 is amended by striking ^^1^' g ^
out "and the manner in which applications for reimbursement |^8^J'
may be made" in the second and third lines, so that the sub-
section shall read as follows:
(7) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make Regulations
regulations prescribing forms for use under this Act
and generally for the administration of this Act.
2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the Sen t™*"*^^"
1st day of January, 1967.
3. This Act may be cited as The Municipal and School ^''*""' ''"®
Tax Credit Assistance Amendment Act, 1968-69.
44
2
X
s
I
^
»0
D
n
3
00
3-
<3
OS
3
Hi:
n' -
si
BILL 45
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Schools Administration Act
Mr. Davis
TORONTO
Printed and Published bv Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1. The amendment is to make it clear that
trustees of a separate school board are not excepted from the application
of this subsection.
SixrioN 1 — Subsection 2. The amendment provides for the pay-
ment of an honorarium to co-opted members of vocational committees on
the same basis as other members of the committee.
45
BILL 45 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Schools Administration Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 36 of The Schools Adminis-^f^g^^Q'
tration Act, as re-enacted by subsection 1 of section 10 of^^^s^i^ ^^21
The Schools Administration Amendment Act, 1968, is amended s- 10.
by striking out "trustees" in the first line and inserting in amended
lieu thereof "members of a board of education", so that the
subsection, exclusive of the table, shall read as follows:
(1) A board may pay to each trustee, except members of f^^'J°Jj|[^'^^
a board of education who are not entitled to vote
on a motion that affects public schools exclusively,
for each month an honorarium not exceeding an
amount based on the enrolment on the 30th day of
September in the preceding year in all the schools
which, on the 1st day of January of the current year,
are operated by the board, as follows:
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 36, as re-enacted by^fg'^g^^le'
subsection 4 of section 10 of The Schools Administration ^"^^^^^ ^gj
Amendment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "appointed »■ 10,'
by the board" in the second and third lines, so that the sub- amended
section shall read as follows:
(3) A board of education may pay to each member of ^^®^^^y® °''
an advisory vocational committee, who is not a vocational
, , . , committees
trustee, an honorarmm for each month not exceedmg
one-half of the amount provided in subsection 1
based on the enrolment on the 30th day of September
in the preceding year in all secondary schools which,
on the 1st day of January of the current year, are
operated by the board.
45
R.s^o. 1960. 2. Subsection 1 of section 100a of The Schools Adminis-
Sub?.°?' tratton Act, as re-enacted by section 22 of The Schools Ad-
(1967. c. 90. ministration Amendment Act, 1967, is repealed and the follow-
re-enactod ing substituted therefor:
non^reeldent (0 Where a board provides education for pupils whose
caicufation ^^^^ ^^^ receivable from another board, from Canada,
or from Ontario, the fees shall be calculated by the
use of financial data and average daily enrolment in
respect of elementary schools, secondary schools, or
classes or schools for trainable retarded children, as
the case may be, for the year in which such edu-
cation is provided,
(o) by ascertaining the gross current expenditure
for the maintenance of the schools under the
jurisdiction of the board, excluding exjjendi-
ture for transportation, tuition fees and
evening courses of study;
{b) by ascertaining the total gross revenue from
all sources, excluding legislative grants, taxa-
tion, tuition fees and costs recoverable from
Ontario;
(c) by deducting the amount determined under
clause b from the amount determined under
clause o;
{d) by ascertaining the average daily enrolment
as adjusted by the application of the appro-
priate course weighting factors as prescribed
in the regulations for the year in which such
education is provided, of pupils at schools
under the jurisdiction of the board;
(e) by dividing the amount determined under
clause c by the average daily enrolment as
adjusted under clause d;
(/) by multiplying the average daily enrolment
as adjusted by the application of the appro-
priate course weighting factors, of pupils
whose fees are receivable from another board,
from Canada, or from Ontario, by the sum of,
(i) the amount determined under clause e,
and
45
Section 2. The amendment provides for the calculation of non-
resident fees involving the use of a uniform pupil accommodation charge
in respect of capital costs, and for the calculation of non-resident fees
for trainable retarded children.
45
(ii) the pupil accommodation charge as
prescribed in the regulations for the
year in which such education is
provided.
3. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on ^°5u'"^"''^
the 1st day of January, 1969.
4. This Act may be cited as The Schools Administration ^^°^^ ^^^^^
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
45
00
D
>
<
s
A.
n
3 tr
"1
I 5 I
a
3- a
vO
00
BILL 45
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Schools Administration Act
Mr. Davis
{Reprinted as amended by the Education and University Affairs Committee)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1. The amendment is to make it clear that
trustees of a separate school board are not excepted from the application
of this subsection.
Section 1 — Subsection 2. The amendment provides for the pay-
ment of an honorarium to co-opted members of vocational committees on
the same basis as other members of the committee.
45
BILL 45 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Schools Administration Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 36 of The Schools Adminis-^-fol-l^st'.
tration Act, as re-enacted by subsection 1 of section 10 of^^^lg^^^ ^21
The Schools Administration Amendment Act, 1968, is amendeds. 10,'
1 •! • It >i • 1 /- !• 1 • • ■ subs. 1),
by striking out trustees in the first line and inserting in amended
lieu thereof "members of a board of education", so that the
subsection, exclusive of the table, shall read as follows:
(1) A board may pay to each trustee, except members of f^? "trustees'
a board of education who are not entitled to vote
on a motion that afTects public schools exclusively,
for each month an honorarium not exceeding an
amount based on the enrolment on the 30th day of
September in the preceding year in all the schools
which, on the 1st day of January of the current year,
are operated by the board, as follows:
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 36, as re-enacted by ^fg^'g^ls;
subsection 4 of section 10 of The Schools Administration ^,^^^i,^„ ,„,
Amendment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "appointed s. 10
by the board" in the second and third lines, so that the sub- amended
section shall read as follows:
(3) A board of education may pay to each member oi^^^^^y^°^
an advisory vocational committee, who is not ^ confmutees
trustee, an honorarium for each month not exceeding
one-half of the amount provided in subsection 1
based on the enrolment on the 30th day of September
in the preceding year in all secondary schools which,
on the 1st day of January of the current year, are
operated by the board.
45
Commence- 2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on
the 1st day of January, 1969.
Short title 3^ jhis Act may be cited as The Schools Administration
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
45
"S
<»
^i-
^
•*.
II
S8
5i
2
II
W
8>
a
-» o-
^
t-. se
<
is
5
s.- S
^2
O' '^
S'
«i
»
a
R.
H
I?
3 S
3 I
ft '
? i
SI
5
9
>
BILL 45
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Schools Administration Act
Mr. Davis
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 45 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Schools Administration Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 36 of The Schools Adminis-f'-^Q^- ^^^2',
tration Act, as re-enacted by subsection 1 of section 10 of ("gig ^c ^21
The Schools Administration Amendment Act, 1968, is amended s. 10,'
I •! • It M * t /^ f 1 • * • subs. 1),
by strikmg out trustees m the first Ime and msertmg m amended
lieu thereof "members of a board of education", so that the
subsection, exclusive of the table, shall read as follows:
(1) A board may pay to each trustee, except members o^ f^" t°ust'"s'
a board of education who are not entitled to vote
on a motion that affects public schools exclusively,
for each month an honorarium not exceeding an
amount based on the enrolment on the 30th day of
September in the preceding year in all the schools
which, on the 1st day of January of the current year,
are operated by the board, as follows:
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 36, as re-enacted by^fg^-^^f^'
subsection 4 of section 10 of The Schools Administration ^^^^-^^^ ^21
i4meMrfmeM/ .(4d, /P(5^, is amended by striking out "appointed 8. 10,'
by the board" in the second and third lines, so that the sub- amended
section shall read as follows:
(3) A board of education may pay to each member of^®^J®™°'^
an advisory vocational committee, who is not a vocational
, . committees
trustee, an honorarmm for each month not exceedmg
one-half of the amount provided in subsection 1
based on the enrolment on the 30th day of September
in the preceding year in all secondary schools which,
on the 1st day of January of the current year, are
operated by the board.
45
2
commenc«- 2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on
mont
the 1st day of January, 1969.
Short title 3^ jhis Act may be cited as The Schools Administration
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
45
o
00
2
7)
a
>
<
n
f
s
c
3
Z
o
<
n
3
5?"
>3
o-
3
I. S I. S I.
ST 3
»a
►-*
O
Ok
00
3-
5.:
S" ■
>:
a
o
3
>
r,
BILL 46
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Act
Mr. Davis
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
E.XPLANATOKV N'OTES
Section 1 — Subsection 1. The aineiidment excepts from the pro-
visions of this Part schools estabhshed on lands held by the Crown in
right of Canada or Ontario.
Subscition 2. There are a few portions of territory without municipal
organization which are not in a school section or a high school district
that ha\e been included in a school division. This amendment deems such
portions to be a district municipality within the school division.
SiXTloN 2 — .Subsection 1. The amendment is to correct a reference.
46
BILL 46 1968-69
An Act to amend The Secondary Schools and
Boards of Education Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Section 81 of The Secondary Schools and Boards^.'ie^'.s^ii'
of Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary ^^^f^^^-'^-^^^'
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended
amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(la) This Part does not apply to a board, school section ^PPJifo^',^""
or high school district heretofore or hereafter estab- ?" S'^^'^p'
, land
lished under section 12 of The Ptiblic Schools ^c^r.s.o. i960,
or under subsection 5 of section 12 or subsection 4a '^^' ^^°
of section 51 of this Act.
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 81 is amended by o. '362,' s. si'
striking out "and" at the end of clause a, by adding "and" s.^lf^sui^s.^!;
at the end of clause b and by adding thereto the following"'"®"'*^'*
clause :
(c) any part of territory without municipal organization
that is designated by the regulation made under
subsection 2 of section 82 as part of a school division
and on the 31st day of December, 1968, was not in a
school section or in a high school district.
2.— (1) Clause b of subsection 2 of section 84 of The ^-^^O- ^^12'
Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Act, as enacted by (i968,'c.'i22,
section 8 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education ci. 6,'
Amendment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "3" in the"'"®"''®''
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "4", so that the clause
shall read as follows:
46
(b) subject to subsection 4, all real and personal properly
vested in such boards and situate in the school
division becomes vested in the divisional board.
f .'362,' s.^84 ■ (2) Clause d of subsection 2 of the said section 84 is amended
8^8?!*' "' ^^^' by adding at the commencement thereof "the reserve i<x
subB, 2, working funds, the balance in a reserve or a reserve fund
amended accumulated from transfers from revenue funds and", so
that the clause shall read as follows:
(d) the reserve for working funds, the balance in a reserve
or a reserve fund accumulated from transfers from
revenue funds and the audited surplus or deficit as at
the 31st day of December, 1968, of each such board
shall accrue to the credit of, or become the responsi-
bility of, the assessment supporting such board on the
31st day of December, 1968, and shall be apportioned
by the arbitrators under this section among the
municipalities or parts thereof comprising the area
of jurisdiction of such board in the same projxjrtion
as the requisition for the year 1968 was apportioned
among such municipalities or parts.
.^ 36*2. s.'*!" (^) Subsection 3 of the said section 84 is amended by
^i|^**^j^jj|2|' inserting after "1968" in the seventh line "except lands and
amended premises used as schools on such 31st day of December", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
Arbitration ^3^ p-^^^j^ divisional board shall, on or before the 15th day
of March, 1969, appoint three or five arbitrators,
who are not members of the divisional board or of a
municipal council that has jurisdiction in the school
division, who shall value and adjust in an equitable
manner the assets and liabilities, as of the 31st day
of December, 1968, except lands and premises used
as schools on such 31st day of December, of the
boards that, before they were dissolved under sub-
section 2, had jurisdiction wholly in the school
division in which the divisional board has jurisdiction.
"362,8.^84 (4) Subsection 4 of the said section 84 is amended by
i^H)'**si'iiJ"t' '"serting after "1968" in the ninth line "except lands and
amended premises uscd as schools on such 31st day of December",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
'''^"^ (4) Whore a board that is dissolved under subsection 2
had jurisdiction in an area that after the 1st day of
January, 1969, forms part of two or more school
divisions, each divisional board shall, on or before
the 15th day of March, 1969, designate two of the
46
Subsection 2. The amendment provides that the reserve for working
funds and the balance in a reserve accumulated from transfers from
revenue funds shall be dealt with in the same manner as the audited surplus
or deficit.
Subsection 3. The amendment is to exclude lands and premises
used as schools from the assets to be valued and adjusted by the arbitrators.
Subsection 4. The amendment is to exclude lands and premises
used as schools from the assets to be valued and adjusted b\ the arbitrators.
46
Subsection 5. The amendment will permit a divisional board to my
to an arbitrator a fee other than the fee prescribed in section 99 of The
Schools Administration Act.
46
arbitrators appointed by it under subsection 3 who
shall collectively value and adjust in an equitable
manner the assets and liabilities of such board as
of the 31st day of December, 1968, except lands and
premises used as schools on such 31st day of Decem-
ber, and shall apportion in an equitable manner the
obligations under clauses c and / of subsection 2.
(5) The said section 84 is amended by adding thereto the c. ■362,8.^84'
following subsection : i^lf!*' "' ^^^'
amended
(10) Notwithstanding subsection 3 of section 99 of The^^^f^^°l^^g
Schools Administration Act, each arbitrator appointed r.s.o. i960,
under this section shall be paid such fee for his*^'
services as is determined by the divisional board
that appointed him.
3. Part VI of The Secondary Schools and Boards of -E<^M-^f62Pt.^vi
cation Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary Schools ^^^^^- '^- ^^^'
and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended amended
by adding thereto the following section :
86fl.^(l) Where any part of territory without municipal a^e^mlnt
organization that in the year 1968 is not in a school Jg^J^^IJ?
section or a high school district is included in a"ot.'" school
, ..... " , , , ,. . • • 1- section or
school division and deemed a district municipality, high school
for the purposes of section 86 the equalized assess-
ment of the property rateable,
(a) for public school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 under
The Provincial Land Tax Act, 1961-62 on all^^^^-j®^,
property rateable for public school purposes
in the district municipality; and
(6) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 under
The Provincial Land Tax Act, 1961-62 on all
rateable property in the district municipality,
as adjusted by the application of the equalization
factor based on such assessment and provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs.
(2) Where any part of territory without municipal ggg^j^on"'
organization that in the year 1968 is in a school
section is included in a school division and deemed a
district municipality for the purposes of section 86
the equalized assessment of the property rateable,
46
(a) for public school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1 968 by the
board of the school section, as adjusted by the
application of the equalization factor based
on such assessment and provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs; and
(b) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the sum of the equalized
assessment under clause a and the assessment
of the property in the district municipality
upon which rates are levied in the year 1968
by the separate school board of a separate
school zone all or part of which is within the
district municipality, as adjusted by the ap-
plication of the equalization factor based on
such assessment and provided by the Depart-
ment of Municipal Affairs.
school (3) Where any part of territory without municipal or-
noun' ^"^ ganization that in the year 1968 is in a high school
lection district but not in a school section is included in a
school division and deemed a district municipality
for the purposes of section 86 the equalized assess-
ment of the property rateable,
(a) for public school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 by the
board of the high school district on property
rateable for public school purposes in the
district municipality, as adjusted by the
application of the equalization factor based
on such assessment and provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs; and
(b) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 by the
board of the high school district on all the
rateable property in the district municipality,
as adjusted by the application of the equaliza-
tion factor based on such assessment and
provided by the Department of Municipal
Affairs.
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 362, s. 87.
(1968, c. 121.'. 4. Section 87 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of
amended Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary
46
Section 3. Provision is made for the apportionment of costs for
1969 in respect of territory without municipal organization that is included
in a school division.
Section 4. The portions of territory without municipal organization
which are not now in a school section but will be included in a school
division were not subject to taxation for public school purposes in 1968.
For this reason, it is necessary to exclude them from the provisions for an
adjusted rate provided in subsections 1, 2 and 3.
46
Section 5. Provision i!> made for levying rates in 1969 on properties
in territory without municipal organization that were included in a school
division.
46
5'
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is
amended by adding thereto the following subsection :
(6) Subsections 1, 2 and 3 do not apply to a part oi i^flf^^^^°^
territory without municipal organization that is^'thout
J 11 I- • • • 1- 1 > , municipal
deemed to be a district municipality under clause o organization
or c of subsection 3 of section 81.
6. Section 88 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of ^,'302, a^is'
Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary ^^%^^^'''-^'^^-
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, isa'ne"<ie''
amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(la) The assessment of all property rateable for public upgn®^^®"^*
school purposes in territory without municipal ot-\^^^^^9^^
ganization that is deemed a district municipality 196? in
upon which rates shall be levied in the year 1969 for public
to raise the sum determined under section 86 for purposes
public school purposes shall be,
(a) where the property in the year 1968 is not
situate in a school section or a high school
district, the assessment upon which rates are
levied in the year 1969 under The Provincial l^Wf^'
Land Tax Act, 1961-62; or
(6) where the property in the year 1968 is situate
in a school section, the assessment on which
taxes for public school purposes in the year
1969 would have been levied by the board of
such school section if such board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January, 1969; or
(c) where the property in the year 1968 is situate
in a high school district but not in a school
section, the assessment on which taxes for
secondary school purposes in the year 1969
would have been levied by the board of such
high school district if such board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January, 1969.
(16) The assessment of property rateable for secondary d°a'rrschooi
school purposes in territory without municipal or- Purposes
ganization that is deemed a district municipality
upon which rates shall be levied in the year 1969 to
raise the sum determined under section 86 for secon-
dary school purposes,
46
(a) in resjject of property rateable (or public
school purposes under subsection la, shall
be the assessments determined under sub-
section la; and
(ft) in respect of property rateable for separate
school purjKJses shall be,
(i) where the property in the year 1968
is not situate in a school section or a
high school district, the assessment
upon which rates are levied in the year
c®"if^' 1969 under The Provincial iMttd Tax
Act, 1961-62, or
(ii) where the property in the year 1968
is situate in a school section, the assess-
ment on which the taxes for separate
school purposes in the year 1969 are
levied by the board of the separate
school zone or would have been levied
by such board if the board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January,
1969, or
(iii) where the property in the year 1968
is situate in a high school district but
not in a school section, the assessment
on which taxes for secondary school
])ur]X)ses in the year 1969 would have
been levied by the board of the high
school district if such board had not
been dissolved on the 1st day of Janu-
ary, 1969.
0.362.6.^9?' 6. Section 97 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of
i^%^^'^' ^^'' Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary
amended Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is
amended b\ adding thereto the following subsection:
of'8u'h£"i."2 (^) Subsections 1 and 2 do not extend the right acquired
by a pupil to attend a school under an order of the
Ontario .Municipal Board or under an agreement
between two or more boards or between a board and
the Crown in right of Canada.
f:tr?z:l^\% 7.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 110 of The Secondary
s.^9?!*8ubs.'f Schools and Boards of Education Act, as enacted by section 9
amended of The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Amendment
Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "2" in the eighth line
and inserting in lieu thereof "1".
46
Section 6. The amendment is to make it clear that the pro\ isions
giving the right to certain pupils to attend school in another school division
do not have the effect of extending the right acquired by a pupil to attend
a school under an order of the Ontario Municipal Board or an agreement
between boards or a board and the Federal Government.
Section 7. Subsections 1, 2 and 3 are amended so that the fee is
based on the gross cost per pupil in respect of classes or schools for trainable
retarded children rather than on twice the fee for other non-resident pupils.
Subsection 3 is also amended so that it refers to the residence of the parent
or guardian rather than the residence of the child and is thus made consis-
tent with subsections 1 and 2.
46
#
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 110 is amended t)y^|g°-^^^°jj
striking out "2" in the ninth line and inserting in lieu thereof (i-*?^'^: 122,
, . J, S. 9), 8UD8. 2,
1 . amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 110 is amended by ^fea,' s.^iib
inserting after "but" in the second line "his parent or guar-^;^|^^^„j,g^|;
dian" and by striking out "2" in the eleventh line and inserting ^f"®"^®<i
in lieu thereof "1", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(3) Where a child is admitted to a school for trainable ^f',!{5ifd°"
retarded children but his parent or guardian isJ'ft'l®lL°1
. 1 111 r • r lax-exenipL
resident on lands that are exempt from taxation for lands
school purposes and that have been designated by
the Minister as a rural school section for which a
board has been appointed under subsection 1 of
section 12 of The Public Schools Act or that have been Si'.^asb.'^lli'
designated a high school district for which a board
has been appointed under subsection 5 of section 1 2,
the board shall pay to the divisional board a tuition
fee in accordance with subsection 1 of section 100a
of The Schools Administration Act.
8. — (1) This Act, except subsection 1 of section 1 and ^^o™'"^"^^-
section 7, shall be deemed to have come into force on the
23rd day of July, 1968.
(2) Subsection 1 of section 1 and section 7 shall be deemed idem
to have come into force on the 1st day of January, 1969.
9. This Act may be cited as The Secondary Schools and ^•'<""' ""®
Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968-69.
46
5*
JO
D
>
<
?
1
n
3
>:
>3
55
9
O
r*
1
99
IMS
i
»«
>
s
a?
8-S.
S C
il
BILL 46
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Act
Mr. Davis
(Reprinted as amended by the Education and University Affairs Committee)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
EXPLANATORV NOTES
Section 1 — Subsection 1. The amendment excepts from the pro-
visions of this Part schools established on lands held by the Crown in
right of Canada or Ontario.
Subsection 2. There are a few portions of territory without municipal
organization which are not in a school section or a high school district
that have been included in a school division. This amendment deems such
portions to be a district municipality within the school division.
Section 2 — Subsection 1. The amendment is to correct a reference.
46
BILL 46 1968-69
An Act to amend The Secondary Schools and
Boards of Education Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Section 81 of The Secondary Schools and Boards^, f^, a^ii'
of Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary ^^%^^'^'^'^^-
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended
amended by adding thereto the following subsection :
(lo) This Part does not apply to a board, school section t^PP,'b^(fo\3°"
or high school district heretofore or hereafter estab-P" exempt
° land
lished under section 12 of The Public Schools Act n.s.o. i960.
or under subsection 5 of section 12 or subsection 40"^^°
of section 51 of this Act.
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 81 is amended bye. ■362,8. si'
striking out "and" at the end of clause a, by adding "and" l^|f ^subs.^l;
at the end of clause b and by adding thereto the following *'"*"'**'*
clause :
(c) any part of territory without municipal organization
that is designated by the regulation made under
subsection 2 of section 82 as part of a school division
and on the 31st day of December, 1968, was not in a
school section or in a high school district,
2.— (1) Clause b of subsection 2 of section 84 of The^-^xO-^^i2'
_, c. 362, s. 84
Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Act, as enacted by (i|68, 0. 122,
section 8 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education ci. 6,'
Amendment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "3" in (.^g *'"®"<i^''
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "4", so that the clause
shall read as follows:
46
(6) subject to subsection 4, all real and personiil property
vested in such boards and situate in the school
division becomes vested in the divisional board.
i-.'^hz'.a^i*' (2) Clause rf of subsection 2 of the said section 84 is amended
(laBH. c. 122, jjy adding a( j^e commencement thereof "the reserve for
»ubB, 2. working funds, the balance in a reserve or a reserve fund
iimeiided accumulated from transfers from revenue funds and", so
that the clause shall read as follows:
(d) the reserve for working funds, the balance in a reserve
or a reserve fund accumulated from transfers from
revenue funds and the audited surplus or deficit as at
the 31st day of December, 1968, of each such board
shall accrue to the credit of, or become the responsi-
bility of, the assessment supporting such board on the
31st day of December, 1968, and shall be apportioned
by the arbitrators under this section among the
municipalities or parts thereof comprising the area
of jurisdiction of such board in the same proportion
as the requisition for the year 1968 was apportioned
among such municipalities or parts.
^^.'362. efii' (^) Subsection 3 of tiie said section 84 is amended by
^i|^^^°iJ2|- inserting after "1968" in the seventh line "except lands and
amended premises used as schools on such 31st day of December", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
Arbitration ^3^ ^^^^ divisional board shall, on or before the 15th day
of March, 1969, appoint three or five arbitrators,
who are not members of the divisional board or of a
municipal council that has jurisdiction in the school
division, who shall value and adjust in an equitable
manner the assets and liabilities, as of the 31st day
of December, 1968, except lands and premises used
as schools on such 31st day of December, of the
boards that, before they were dissolved under sub-
section 2, had jurisdiction wholly in the school
division in which the divisional board has jurisdiction.
i\ '36^, 8,^84' (4) Subsection 4 of the said section 84 is amended by
B.^8)!*8ubl.^4: inserting after "1968" in the ninth line "except lands and
amended premises used as schools on such 31st day of December",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
^'*®"' (4) Where a board that is dissolved under subsection 2
had jurisdiction in an area that after the 1st day of
January, 1969, forms part of two or more school
divisions, each divisional board shall, on or before
the 15th day of March, 1969, designate two of the
46
Subsection 2. The amendment provides that the reserve for working
funds and the balance in a reserve accumulated from transfers from
revenue funds shall be dealt with in the same manner as the audited surplus
or deficit.
JO
Subsection 3. The amendment is to exclude lands and premises
used as schools from the assets to be valued and adjusted by the arbitrators.
J
-ii
Subsection 4. The amendment is to exclude lands and premises
used as schools from the assets to be valued and adjusted by the arbitrators.
46
Subsection 5. The ainendiiient will permit u divisional board to pay
to an arbitrator a fee other than the fee prescribed in section 99 of The
Schools Adminislralion Act.
Section 3. Provision is made for the apportionment of costs for
1969 in respect of territory without municipal organization that is included
in a school division.
46
arbitrators appointed by it under subsection 3 who
shall collectively value and adjust in an equitable
manner the assets and liabilities of such board as
of the 31st day of December, 1968, except lands and
premises used as schools on such 31st day of Decem-
ber, and shall apportion in an equitable manner the
obligations under clauses c and / of subsection 2.
(5) The said section 84 is amended by adding thereto the^|g^-^^|2'
following subsection: (iaes.'o.izz,
amended
(10) Notwithstanding subsection 3 of section 99 of TAe fr^bTt/atora
Schools Administration Act, each arbitrator appointed R.s.o. i960,
under this section shall be paid such fee for his*''
services as is determined by the divisional board
that appointed him.
3. Part VI of The Secondary Schools and Boards of Edu- ^,fe2'pt^vi
ration Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary Schools ^^^^^- "■ ^^^-
and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended amended
by adding thereto the following section : ,:■:■
86a. — (1) Where any part of territory without rnunicipal ^^essmont '■■
organization that in the year 1968 is not in a school jgr^i^^ly"
section or a high school district is included in a"°'.'" school
,,,... *' , , , ... .... section or
school division and deemed a district municipality, high school
for the purposes of apportionment for the year 1969
under section 86 the equalized assessment of the
property rateable,
(a) for public school purposes in the district i96i-62.
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 under
The Provincial Land Tax Act, 1961-62 on all
property rateable for public school purposes
in the district municipality; and
(b) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 under
The Provincial Land Tax Act, 1961-62 on all
rateable property in the district municipality.
(2) Where any part of territory without municipal ^''"ohooi
organization that in the year 1968 is in a school
section is included in a school division and deemed a
district municipality for the purposes of apportion-
ment for the year 1969 under section 86 the equalized
assessment of the property rateable,
46
(a) for public school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 by the
board of the school section, as adjusted by the
application of the equalization factor baaed
on such assessment and provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs; and
. (b) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the sum of the equalized
assessment under clause a and the assessment
of the property in the district municipality
upon which rates are levied in the year 1968
by the separate school board of a separate
school zone all or part of which is within the
district municipality, as adjusted by the ap-
plication of the equalization factor based on
such assessment and provided by the Depart-
ment of Municipal Affairs.
Boh^'of (^) Where any part of territory without municipal or-
diBtrict but ganization that in the year 1968 is in a high school
not in J. • 1 • , • . . . ,° , , .
•ohooi district but not in a school section is included in a
school division and deemed a district municipality
for the purposes of apportionment for the year 1969
under section 86 the equalized assessment of the
property rateable,
(a) for public school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates ju^e levied in the year 1968 by the
board of the high school district on property
rateable for public school purposes in the
district municipality, as adjusted by the
application of the equalization factor based
on such assessment and provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs; and
(b) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 by the
board of the high school district on all the
rateable property in the district municipality,
as adjusted by the application of the equaliza-
tion factor based on such assessment and
provided by the Department of Municipal
Affairs.
c. 362, 8. 87' 4. Section 87 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of
b.'sk'"' ' 'Education Act. as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary
amended
46
Section 4. The portions of territory without municipal organization
which are not now in a school section but will be included in a school
division were not subject to taxation for public school purposes in 1968.
For this reason, it is necessary to exclude them from the provisions for an
adjusted rate provided in subsections 1, 2 and 3.
46
Section 5. Provision is made for levying rates in 1969 on properties
in territory without municipal organization that were included in a school
division.
46
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is
amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(la) Where in a municipality the basis upon which the^^essment
values of lands were ascertained in taking the assess- '" ^^^^
ment upon which taxes are levied in the year 1969
was different from that used in taking the assessment
upon which taxes were levied in the year 1968, the
adjusted rate, for the purpose of subsection 2 in such . • ■ [ lA.
municipality, shall be adjusted by multiplying it ■'' = ■;• '"
by the ratio of the equalization factor provided by
the Department of Municipal Affairs, based on the
assessment on which taxes were levied in the year
1968, to the equalization factor provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs, based on the
assessment on which taxes are levied in the year
1969. "mg
(6) Subsections 1, 2 and 3 do not apply to a part of ^PPg'J.^fj'^°^
territory without municipal organization that is without
1 .1 1- ■ • • I- < 1 I municipal
deemed to be a district municipality under clause o organization
or c of subsection 3 of section 81.
5. Section 88 of The Secondary Schools and Boards o/^|g^-^^|^-
Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary O-Qes! c 122.
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended'
amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(la) The assessment of all property rateable for public upon^^^®"h*
school purposes in territory without municipal ot-\'^1^^^1^^^
ganization that is deemed a district municipality i^eg in
upon which rates shall be levied in the year 1969 for public
to raise the sum determined under section 86 for purposes
public school purposes shall be,
(a) where the property in the year 1968 is not
situate in a school section or a high school
district, the assessment upon which rates are
levied in the year 1969 under The Provincial ^^^^i'^'
Land Tax Act, 1961-62; or
(6) where the property in the year 1968 is situate
in a school section, the assessment on which
taxes for public school purpxjses in the year
1969 would have been levied by the board of
such school section if such board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January, 1969; or
46
(c) where the property in the year 1968 is situate
in a high school district but not in a school
section, the assessment on which taxes for
secondary school purposes in the year 1969
would have been levied by the board of such
high school district if such board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January, 1969.
da'ry^chooi ('^^ ^^^ assessment of property rateable for secondary
purpo»e« school purposes in territory without municipal or-
ganization that is deemed a district municipality
upon which rates shall be levied in the year 1969 to
raise the sum determined under section 86 for secon-
dary school purposes,
(o) in respect of property rateable for public
school purposes under subsection la, shall
be the assessments determined under sub-
section la; and
(b) in respect of property rateable for separate
school purposes shall be,
(i) where the property in the year 1968
is not situate in a school section or a
high school district, the assessment
upon which rates are levied in the year
c.^iii®*' 1969 under The Provincial Land Tax
Act, 1961-62, or
(ii) where the property in the year 1968
is situate in a school section, the assess-
ment on which the taxes for separate
school purposes in the year 1969 are
levied by the board of the separate
school zone or would have been levied
by such board if the board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January,
1969, or
(iii) where the property in the year 1968
is situate in a high school district but
not in a school section, the assessment
on which taxes for secondary school
purposes in the year 1969 would have
been levied by the board of the high
school district if such board had not
been dissolved on the 1st day of Janu-
ary, 1969.
46
Section 6. The amendment is to make it clear that the provision*
Kiving the right to certain pupils to attend school in another sichool division
do not have the effect of extcndinR the right acquired by a pupil to attend
a school under an order of the Ontario Municipal Board or an agreement
between boards or a board and the Federal Government.
Section 7. The section is amended to correct the reference to refer
to section 100a rather than subsection 2 of section 100a.
46
6. Section 97 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of^-f^l^^^-
Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary d^es! c. 122,
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended
amended by adding thereto the following subsection :
(3) Subsections 1 and 2 do not extend the right acquired o/'subM!'i°2
by a pupil to attend a school under an order of the
Ontario Municipal Board or under an agreement
between two or more boards or between a board and
the Crown in right of Canada.
7.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 110 of The Secondary ^/f^- 1^1%
Schools and Boards of Education Act, as enacted by section 9 (^l^^^^j^J^^-
of The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Amendment ^'^^^'^^'^
Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "subsection 2 of" in the
eighth and ninth lines.
R cj o 1 Qfifl
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 110 is amended byc.'362,B. 11b
striking out "subsection 2 of" in the ninth line. e^lffsubs. 2!
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 110 is amended by ^I^O- ^^^Oj^
inserting after "but" in the second line "his parent or guar- (i968,'c. 122.
dian" and by striking out "subsection 2 of" in the eleventh amended
line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(3) Where a child is admitted to a school for trainable ^f*^i^'°"
retarded children but his parent or guardian iSt®x-exempt
resident on lands that are exempt from taxation for lands
school purposes and that have been designated by
the Minister as a rural school section for which a
board has been appointed under subsection 1 of
section 12 of The Public Schools Act or that have been ^".^336,^361'
designated a high school district for which a board
has been appointed under subsection 5 of section 12,
the board shall pay to the divisional board a tuition
fee in accordance with section lOOa of The Schools
Administration Act. "^PJ
8.— (1) This Act, except subsection 1 of section 1 and SeSt™^"°^'
section 7, shall be deemed to have come into force on the
23rd day of July, 1968.
(2) Subsection 1 of section 1 and section 7 shall be deemed ^'*®'"
to have come into force on the 1st day of January, 1969.
9. This Act may be cited as The Secondary Schools and ^^°^^ *'*'®
Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968-69.
46
o
00
>3
3 («
^
3
2:
O
>
<
5o ^
o
<
3
>3
1 o I 3 I
3
3- a
o
BILL 46
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Act
Mr. Davis
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 46 1968-69
An Act to amend The Secondary Schools and
Boards of Education Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Section 81 of The Secondary Schools and Boards^, ^^2,1^1'
of Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary ^^^^■'^'^^^'
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended
amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(la) This Part does not apply to a board, school section ^PPj^'J^oig"'^
or high school district heretofore or hereafter estab- ?" exempt
lished under section 12 of The Public Schools ^Ic/r.s.o. i960.
or under subsection 5 of section 12 or subsection 4o°' ^^°
of section 51 of this Act.
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 81 is amended by c. 'sea,' s. si'
striking out "and" at the end of clause a, by adding "and" s^l^^subs.^l;
at the end of clause b and by adding thereto the following^'"®"''®''
clause:
(c) any part of territory without municipal organization
that is designated by the regulation made under
subsection 2 of section 82 as part of a school division
and on the 31st day of December, 1968, was not in a
school section or in a high school district.
2.— (1) Clause b of subsection 2 of section 84 of Thef-f^mi-
Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Act, as enacted by (i968,'c.'i22,
section 8 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education ci. 6,'
Amendment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "3" in the^"*""*"^
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "4", so that the clause
shall read as follows:
46
(b) subject to subsection 4, all real and personal property
vested in such boards and situate in the school
division becomes vested in the divisional board.
c.'362.' B.^l* ■ (2) Clause d of subsection 2 of the said section 84 is amended
(1968, c. 122. |jy adding at the commencement thereof "the reserve for
subB. 2. working funds, the balance in a reserve or a reserve fund
amended accumulated from transfers from revenue funds and", so
that the clause shall read as follows:
(d) the reserve for working funds, the balance in a reserve
or a reserve fund accumulated from transfers from
revenue funds and the audited surplus or deficit as at
the 31st day of December, 1968, of each such board
shall accrue to the credit of, or become the responsi-
bility of, the assessment supporting such board on the
31st day of December, 1968, and shall be apportioned
by the arbitrators under this section among the
municipalities or parts thereof comprising the area
of jurisdiction of such board in the same proportion
as the requisition for the year 1968 was apportioned
among such municipalities or parts.
f:3G2'.s^i4' (3) Subsection 3 of the said section 84 is amended by
'^l^^gubs^l inserting after "1968" in the seventh line "except lands and
amended premises used as schools on such 31st day of December", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
(3) Each divisional board shall, on or before the 15th day
of March, 1969, appoint three or five arbitrators,
who are not members of the divisional board or of a
municipal council that has jurisdiction in the school
division, wlio shall value and adjust in an equitable
manner the assets and liabilities, as of the 31st day
of December, 1968, except lands and premises used
as scliools on such 31st day of December, of the
boards that, before they were dissolved under sub-
section 2, had jurisdiction wholly in the school
division in which the divisional board has jurisdiction.
c. 362.' 8. 84' (4) .Subsection 4 of the said section 84 is amended by
B's?^8ubs.^4; i'lserting after "1968" in the ninth line "e.xcept lands and
amended premises iised as schools on such 31st day of December",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
Idem
(4) Where a board that is dissolved under subsection 2
had jurisdiction in an area that after the 1st day of
January, 1969, forms part of two or more school
divisions, each divisional board shall, on or before
the 15th day of March, 1969, designate two of the
46
arbitrators appointed by it under subsection 3 who
shall collectively value and adjust in an equitable
manner the assets and liabilities of such board as
of the 31st day of December, 1968, except lands and
premises used as schools on such 31st day of Decem-
ber, and shall apportion in an equitable manner the
obligations under clauses c and/ of subsection 2.
(5) The said section 84 is amended by adding thereto the^'^fA?- ^^1?'
/■ ' J z> Q_ 362, s. 84
followmg subsection; (1968, c 122,
amended
(10) Notwithstanding subsection 3 of section 99 of ^^« art ftrators
Schools Administration Act, each arbitrator appointed r.s.o. i960,
under this section shall be paid such fee for his'''
services as is determined by the divisional board
that appointed him.
3. Part VI of J^he Secondary Schools and Boards of Edu- ^f ^2 pt^v'i
cation Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary Schools (^^^^■°- 122,
and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended amended
by adding thereto the following section:
86a. — (1) Where any part of territory without municipal '^^o'^aiized
• • 1 • 1 Arx^^ ■ • 1 .assessment
organization that in the year 1968 is not in a school in i96S in
section or a high school district is included in a not in sciiooi
school division and deemed a district municipality, hlgh'scho^oi
for the purposes of apportionment for the year 1959 district
under section 86 the equalized assessment of the
property rateable,
(a) for public school purposes in the district ^^^j"j^^'
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 under
The Provincial Land Tax Act, 1961-62 on all
property rateable for public school purposes
in the district municipality; and
{b) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 under
The Provincial Land Tax Act, 1961-62 on all
rateable property in the district municipality.
(2) Where any part of territory without municipal ^2j,«j9j°°'
organization that in the year 1968 is in a school
section is included in a school division and deemed a
district municipality for the purposes of apportion-
ment for the year 1969 under section 86 the equalized
assessment of the property rateable,
46
(a) for public school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 by the
board of the school section, as adjusted by the
application of the equalization factor based
on such assessment and provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs; and
(b) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the sum of the equalized
assessment under clause o and the assessment
of the property in the district municipality
upon which rates are levied in the year 1968
by the separate school board of a separate
school zone all or part of which is within the
district municipality, as adjusted by the ap-
plication of the equalization factor based on
such iissessmcnt and provided by the Depart-
ment of Municipal Affairs.
8eh!>'oi'* (^) Where any part of territory without municipal or-
not In* **"* ganization that in the year 1968 is in a high school
•cbooi district but not in a school section is included in a
school division and deemed a district municipality
for the purposes of apportionment for the year 1969
under section 86 the equalized assessment of the
property rateable,
(a) for public school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 by the
board of the high school district on property
rateable for public school purposes in the
district municipality, as adjusted by the
application of the equalization factor based
on such assessment and provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs; and
(b) for secondary school purposes in the district
municipality shall be the assessment upon
which rates are levied in the year 1968 by the
board of the high school district on all the
rateable property in the district municipality,
as adjusted by the application of the equaliza-
tion factor based on such assessment and
provided by the Department of Municipal
Affairs.
0.362, s.' 87' 4. Section 87 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of
B. SI ' " ' Education Act. as enacted bv section 8 of The Secondary^
amended
46
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 196S, is
amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(la) Where in a municipality the basis upon which the reJ^gl^lsment
values of lands were ascertained in taking the assess-'" ^^^s
ment upon which taxes are levied in the year 1969
was different from that used in taking the assessment
upon which taxes were levied in the year 1968, the
adjusted rate, for the purpose of subsection 2 in such
municipality, shall be adjusted by multiplying it
by the ratio of the equalization factor provided by
the Department of Municipal Affairs, based on the
assessment on which taxes were levied in the year
1968, to the equalization factor provided by the
Department of Municipal Affairs, based on the
assessment on which taxes are levied in the vear
1969.
(6) Subsections 1, 2 and 3 do not apply to a part of ^ppji^jauon
territory without municipal organization that is without
J J , !• • • • ,• municipal
deemed to be a district municipality under clause o organization
or c of subsection 3 of section 81.
5. Section 88 of The Secondary Schools and Boards o/^lg^-^^l^'
Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary d^^s! d 122.
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended
amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(la) The assessment of all property rateable for public upon^^^Jhlch^
school purposes in territory without municipal ot-\^^^^^9^°
ganization that is deemed a district municipality i969 in
upon which rates shall be levied in the year 1969 for public
to raise the sum determined under section 86 for purposes
public school purposes shall be,
(a) where the property in the year 1968 is not
situate in a school section or a high school
district, the assessment upon which rates are
levied in the year 1969 under The Provincial ^^^Y^^-
Land Tax Act, 1961-62; or
{b) where the property in the year 1968 is situate
in a school section, the assessment on which
taxes for public school purposes in the year
1969 would have been levied by the board of
such school section if such board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January, 1969; or
46
(c) where the property in the year 1968 is situate
in a high school district but not in a school
section, the assessment on which taxes for
8econdar>' school purposes in the year 1969
would have been levied by the board of such
high school district if such board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January, 1969.
dary*8°hooi ^^^^ ^^^ assessment of ])roperty rateable for secondary
purposes school purposes in territory without municipal or-
ganization that is deemed a district municipality
upon which rates shall be levied in the year 1969 to
raise the sum determined under section 86 for secon-
dary school purposes,
(a) in respect of property rateable for public
school ])urposes under subsection la, shall
be the assessments determined under sub-
section la; and
(6) in respect of property rateable for separate
school purposes shall be,
(i) where the property in the year 1968
is not situate in a school section or a
high school district, the assessment
upon which rates are levied in the year
^:"j':"i'^^' 1969 under The Provincial Land Tax
Act, 1961-62, or
(ii) where the property in the year 1968
is situate in a school section, the assess-
ment on which the taxes for separate
school purposes in the >'ear 1969 are
levied by tiie board of the separate
school zone or would have been levied
by such board if the board had not been
dissolved on the 1st day of January,
1969, or
(iii) where the property in the year 1968
is situate in a high school district but
not in a school section, the assessment
on which taxes for secondary school
purposes in the year 1969 would have
been levied by the board of the high
school district if such board had not
been dissolved on the 1st day of Janu-
ar\-, 1969.
46
6. Section 97 of The Secondary Schools and Boards of^-f^-^^^^-
Education Act, as enacted by section 8 of The Secondary &9^»'. 0.122.
Schools and Boards of Education Amendment Act, 1968, is amended
^amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(3) Subsections 1 and 2 do not extend the right acquired ^f'su'bss"i,"2
by a pupil to attend a school under an order of the
Ontario Municipal Board or under an agreement
between two or more boards or between a board and
the Crown in right of Canada.
7.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 110 of The Secondary flgl'^1%
ISchools and Boards of Education Act, as enacted by section 9p9?8,c.i22,
|of The Secondary Schools and Boards of Education Amendment a-mended
lAct, 1968, is amended by striking out "subsection 2 of" in the
ieighth and ninth lines.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 110 is amended by c. '362,' s. 11b
Striking out "subsection 2 of" in the ninth line. e.^l^^subs.^i;
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 110 is amended t)y^|^°-^^^Oj^
[inserting after "but" in the second line "his parent or guar- (iaes.'c. 122,
iian" and by striking out "subsection 2 of" in the eleventh amended
|ine, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(3) Where a child is admitted to a school for trainable ^/'^'^if^"'"
retarded children but his parent or guardian is J'?t'l®"L°'i
. Ill c • r tax-exempt
resident on lands that are exempt from taxation for lands
school purposes and that have been designated by
the Minister as a rural school section for which a
board has been appointed under subsection 1 of
section 12 of The Public Schools Act or that have been ^'.^336 ^ffi'
designated a high school district for which a board
has been appointed under subsection 5 of section 12,
the board shall pay to the divisional board a tuition
fee in accordance with section 100a of The Schools
Administration Act.
8.— (1) This Act, except subsection 1 of section 1 and Sent™^""'^'
section 7, shall be deemed to have come into force on the
23rd day of July, 1968.
(2) Subsection 1 of section 1 and section 7 shall be deemed ^''^'"
to have come into force on the 1st day of January, 1969.
9. This Act may be cited as The Secondary Schools and short title
Boards of Edtication Amendment Act, 1968-69.
46
(X
2:
o
>
<
0
z
<
?
3
I:
3
1
3
3
1
to
0
1
0
1
a.
99
3"
1
►■■*
.
^A
0
0
0
s
S
c.
c
s
c
r.
BILL 47
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Separate Schools Act
Mr. Davis
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Sf.ction I. The amendment is necessary to form a district muni-
cipality of those portions of territory without municipal orKanization that
now form part of a combined separate school zone that will become part
of a district combined separate school zone.
Section 2. The amendment corrects a reference.
Section 3 — Subsection 1. The amendment corrects a reference.
47
BILL 47 1968-69
An Act to amend The Separate Schools Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 3 of section 74 of The Separate Schools Act,^-^^- isso,
as enacted by section 6 of The Separate Schools Amendment (iqgs! c. 125.
Act, 1968, is amended by inserting after "Part" in the fourth amended
line "and any part of territory without municipal organization
that is part of a combined separate school zone whose centres
are in an area designated by the regulations made under this
Part", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(3) For the purposes of this Part, every separate school Jfthout ^
zone that comprises only territory without municipal JJ}.ganTzaUon
organization and whose centre is in an area designated '" zones
by the regulations made under this Part and any district
part of territory without municipal organization paiities
that is part of a combined separate school zone whose
centres are in an area designated by the regulations
made under this Part shall be deemed to be a district
municipality.
2. Subsection 4 of section 76 of The Separate Schools Act, ^%-^l^^%-
as enacted by section 6 of The Separate Schools Amendment '^^^^^■^^■^^'^^'
Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "1" in the fourth line amended
and inserting in lieu thereof "3".
3.— (1) Clause b of subsection 1 of section 80 of Thef/U^.l^io
Separate Schools Act, as enacted by section 6 of The Separate ^^\^^-^^\^l^\'
Schools Amendment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "2" ^i- >>'•_,
in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof "3", so that the
clause shall read as follows:
{b) subject to subsection 3, all property vested in such
boards and situate in the county or district combined
separate school zone becomes vested in the county
or district combined separate school board.
47
1
? 368, i.®80* (2) Clause d of subsection 1 of the said section 80 is amended
B?6)?iubi.^i; ^y adding at the commencement thereof "the reserve for
"'■'''j J woricing funds, the balance in a reserve or a reserve fund
accumulated from transfers from revenue funds and", so
that the clause shall read as follows:
(rf) the reserve for working funds, the balance in a
reserve or a reserve fund accumulated from transfers
from revenue funds and the audited surplus or
deficit as at the 31st day of December, 1968, of each
such board shall accrue to the credit of, or become
the responsibility of, the assessment supporting such
board on the 31st day of December, 1968, and shall
be apportioned by the arbitrators under this section
among the municipalities or parts thereof comprising
the area of jurisdiction of such board in the same
proportion as the requisition for the year 1968 was
apportioned among such municipalities or parts.
?M(m.i.'*8o' (3) Subsection 2 of the said section 80 is amended by
8.'?j?!*sui,8.^2: inserting after "1968" in the eighth line "except lands and
amended premises used as schools on such 31st day of December",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(2) Each county or district combined separate school
board shall, on or before the 15th day of March,
1969, appoint three arbitrators who are not trustees
of the board or members of a municipal council that
has jurisdiction within the county or district com-
bined separate school zone, who shall value and
adjust in an equitable manner the assets and lia-
bilities, as of the 31st day of December, 1968, except
lands and premises used as schools on such 31st day
of December, of the boards that, before they were
dissolved under subsection 1, had jurisdiction wholly
in the area in which the county or district combined
separate school board has jurisdiction.
r -ios. s. xo' (4) Subsection 3 of the said section 80 is amended by
i'e)'**s,'^iJ;'ij'; inserting after "manner" in the ninth line "the assets and
amended liabilities of such boards as of the 31st day of December, 1968,
except lands and premises used as schools on such 31st day of
December, and shall appxjrtion in an equitable manner", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
Idem
(3) Where a board that is dissolved under subsection 1
had jurisdiction in an area that, after the 1st day of
January, 1969, forms part of two or more county or
district combined separate school zones, each such
county or district combined separate school board
47
Subsection 2. The amendment provides that the reserve for working
funds and the balance in a reserve accumulated from transfers from revenue
funds shall be dealt with in the same manner as the audited surplus or
deficit.
Subsection 3. The amendment is to exclude lands and premises
used as schools from the assets to be valued and adjusted by the arbitrators.
Subsection 4. Provision is made for arbitrators to value and adjust
assets and liabilities other than lands and premises used as schools.
47
Subsection 5. The amendment will permit a county or district
combined separate school board to my to an arbitrator a fee other than
the fee prescribed in section 99 of The Schools Administratum Act.
Section 4. The amendment is to make it clear that the provisions
siviiig the right to certain pupils to attend school in another combined
separate school zone do not have the effect of extending the right acquired
by a pupil to attend a school under an order of the Ontario Municipal
Board or an agreement between boards or a board and the Federal
Goveran\ent.
47
shall, on or before the 15th day of March, 1969,
designate two of the arbitrators appointed under
subsection 2 who shall collectively value and adjust
in an equitable manner the assets and liabilities of
such boards as of the 31st day of December, 1968,
except lands and premises used as schools on such
31st day of December, and shall apportion in an
equitable manner the obligations under clauses c
and /of subsection 1.
(5) The said section 80 is amended by adding thereto thec.'aes.'s. so'
following subsection: s^ef,^' "' ^^^'
amended
(9) Notwithstanding subsection 3 of section 99 of The Feesjor^^^
Schools Administration Act, each arbitrator appointed r.s.o. i960,
under this section shall be paid such fee for his°-^^^
services as is determined by the board that appointed
him.
4r. Section 86 of The Separate Schools Act, as enacted by c.'ses.'s. so'
section 6 of The Separate Schools Amendment Act, 1968, is^^l^^' '^^ ^^^'
amended by adding thereto the following subsection: amended
(3) Subsections 1 and 2 do not extend the right acquired ofsubss.'i,"2
by a pupil to attend a school under an order of the
Ontario Municipal Board or under an agreement
between two or more boards or between a board and
the Crown in right of Canada.
5. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the ment'"^"''^
23rd day of July, 1968.
6. This Act may be cited as The Separate Schools Amend-^^"''^ ''"^
ment Act, 1968-69.
47
vO
00
2
o
>
<
>3
n
n
I I 3 I.
^
3" ^
00
BILL 47
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Separate Schools Act
Mr. Davis
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 47 1968-69
An Act to amend The Separate Schools Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 3 of section 74 of The Separate Schools -4<^'. ^feg' ^^l?'
as enacted by section 6 of The Separate Schools Amendment dses! c'. 12s,
Act, 1968, is amended by inserting after "Part" in the fourth amended^' '
line "and any part of territory without municipal organization
that is part of a combined separate school zone whose centres
are in an area designated by the regulations made under this
Part", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(3) For the purposes of this Part, every separate school wfthout^
zone that comprises only territory without municipal "ganlzaUon
organization and whose centre is in an area designated j" zones
by the regulations made under this Part and any district
part of territory without municipal organization paiities
that is part of a combined separate school zone whose
centres are in an area designated by the regulations
made under this Part shall be deemed to be a district
municipality.
2. Subsection 4 of section 76 of The Separate Schools Act, f.t^^l^j e'
as enacted by section 6 of The Separate Schools Amendment ^^%^f^°[^l^l-
Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "1" in the fourth line«'»ended '
and inserting in lieu thereof "3".
3. — (1) Clause b of subsection 1 of section 80 of The q.'sgs! b^so'
Separate Schools Act, as enacted by section 6 of The Separate s^%^^'Buhlfi'.
Schools Amendment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "2" amended
in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof "3", so that the
clause shall read as follows:
(b) subject to subsection 3, all property vested in such
boards and situate in the county or district combined
separate school zone becomes vested in the county
or district combined separate school board.
47
o^fe?; a?io' (2) Clause d of subsection 1 of the said section 80 is amended
•^at^iubi^i' ^^ adding at the commencement thereof "the reserve for
ci. d', ' working funds, the balance in a reserve or a reserve fund
accumulated from transfers from revenue funds and", so
that the clause shall read as follows:
(d) the reserve for working funds, the balance in a
reserve or a reserve fund accumulated from transfers
from revenue funds and the audited surplus or
deficit as at the 31st day of December, 1968, of each
such board shall accrue to the credit of, or become
the responsibility of, the assessment supporting such
board on the 31st day of Decemljer, 1968, and shall
be apportioned by the arbitrators under this section
among the municipalities or parts thereof comprising
the area of jurisdiction of such board in the same
proportion as the requisition for the year 1968 was
apportioned among such municipalities or parts.
^■fes,' 8.^80 ■ (3) Subsection 2 of the said section 80 is amended by
(i^68;cj^i25, inserting after "1968" in the eighth line "except lands and
amended premises used as schools on such 31st day of December",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(2) Each county or district combined separate school
board shall, on or before the 15th day of March,
1969, appoint three arbitrators who are not trustees
of the board or members of a municipal council that
has jurisdiction within the county or district com-
bined separate school zone, who shall value and
adjust in an equitable manner the assets and lia-
bilities, as of the 31st day of December, 1968, except
lands and premises used as schools on such 31st day
of December, of the boards that, before they were
dissolved under subsection 1, had jurisdiction wholly
in the area in which the county or district combined
separate school board has jurisdiction.
c'ses.'s.^lo' (4) Subsection 3 of the said section 80 is amended by
8?6?^8ub8.^3: inserting after "manner" in the ninth line "the assets and
amended liabilities of such boards as of the 31st day of December, 1968,
except lands and premises used as schools on such 31st day of
December, and shall apportion in an equitable manner", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
Idem
(3) Where a board that is dissolved under subsection 1
had jurisdiction in an area that, after the 1st day of
January, 1969, forms part of two or more county or
district combined separate school zones, each such
county or district combined separate school board
47
shall, on or before the ISth day of March, 1969,
designate two of the arbitrators appointed under
subsection 2 who shall collectively value and adjust
in an equitable manner the assets and liabilities of
such boards as of the 31st day of December, 1968,
except lands and premises used as schools on such
31st day of December, and shall apportion in an
equitable manner the obligations under clauses c
and / of subsection 1.
(5) The said section 80 is amended by adding thereto the^fes.'s.^lo'
following subsection : ^^§ff ■' °- ^^^-
amended
(9) Notwithstanding subsection 3 of section 99 of ^^^fr^bftratore
Schools Administration Act, each arbitrator appointed r.s.o. i960,
under this section shall be paid such fee for his "• ^®^
services as is determined by the board that appointed
him.
4. Section 86 of The Separate Schools Act, as enacted by ^f e?,' s.^le'
section 6 of The Separate Schools Amendment Act, 1968, '^sl^^^^'^-^"^^-
amended by adding thereto the following subsection : amended
(3) Subsections 1 and 2 do not extend the right acquired ^/'8u'bS!'i,°2
by a pupil to attend a school under an order of the
Ontario Municipal Board or under an agreement
between two or more boards or between a board and
the Crown in right of Canada.
5. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the Sent"*°°*
23rd day of July, 1968.
6. This Act may be cited as The Separate Schools Amend-^^°'^ ""«
ment Act, 1968-69.
47
f
s
a
>
<
a
a
W
3
n
3
00
1
3
i
M* 8
>o 5,
=r
a
Q.
St.
S- 1
5
»<s
>o
(^
s
s
^
BILL 48
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Pack
INTERPKETATION I, 2 1
THE ASSOCIATION i i
THE COUNCIL 4-10 4
MEMBERSHIP 11-16 9
LICENSING 17-19 11
PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS 20 13
EXAMINATIONS 21 14
REGISTRAR 22. 23 15
HEARINGS, UPON APPLICATIONS 24 IS
DISCIPLINARY 25 15
APPEALS 26 20
OFFENCES 27 21
LIMITATION OF ACTIONS 28 22
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 29 23
MISCELLANEOUS 30-32 23
EXPLANATOKV NoTES
GivNKKAL — At the 1968 Session of the Legislature, Bill 42 was intro-
duced which represented the first comprehensive revision of The Profes-
sional Engineers Act which was first passed in 1922. Bill 42 was not
prfx-eeded with in view of the publication at that time of the Report of the
Ro\al Commission Inquiry into Civil Rights.
Ihe changes made in this revision are designed to facilitate the
.Ass<x-iali()n of Professional P^ngineers of the Province of Ontario in the
administraliiin of its affairs and to bring the .\ct up to date in substaiKC
and form.
Most of the differences betweeii this Bill and Bill 42 are changes to
conform to the recommendations of the .McRuer Report.
48
BILL 48 1968-69
The Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
INTERPRETATION
1. In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "Association" means the Association of Professional
Engineers of the Province of Ontario;
(b) "by-law" means a by-law of the Association;
(c) "chapter" means a group of members constituted
and governed by by-law;
(d) "council" means the council of the Association;
(e) "graduate" means a graduate of a university in a
course in any branch of engineering or science, the
practice of which constitutes professional engineering
and which is recognized by the council;
(/) "licence" means a licence to practise professionjil
engineering issued under this Act;
(g) "licensee" means a person who holds a subsisting
licence;
(h) "member" means a member of the Association;
(i) "practice of professional engineering" means the
doing of one or more acts of advising on, reporting
on, designing of or supervising of the construction
of, all public utilities, industrial works, railways,
tramways, bridges, tunnels, highways, roads, canals,
harbour works, lighthouses, river improvements,
wet docks, dry docks, floating docks, dredges,
48
cranes, drainag;e works, irrigation works, watt,
works, water purification plants, sewerage works,
sewage disposal works, incinerators, hydraulic works,
power transmission systems, steel, concrete or re-
inforced concrete structures, electric lighting sys-
tems, electric power plants, electric machinery,
electric or electronic apparatus, electrical or elec-
tronic communication systems or equipment, mineral
property, mining machinery, mining development,
mining operations, gas or oil developments, smelters,
refineries, metallurgical machinery, or equipment or
apparatus for carrying out such operations, mach-
inery, boilers or their auxiliaries, steam engines,
hydraulic turbines, pumps, internal combustion
engines or other mechanical structures, chemical or
metallurgical machinery, apparatus or processes,
or aircraft, and generally all other engineering works
including the engineering works and installations
relating to airports, airfields or landing strips or
relating to town and community planning;
(j) "professional engineer" means a person who is a
member or licensee;
(k) "region" means a geographical area of Ontario at
defined by by-law;
(/) "register" means the record of registrants main-
tained by the registrar;
(m) "registrant" means a person recorded in the register
as a member, licensee, an assistant to a professional
engineer, a graduate or an undergraduate;
(n) "registrar" means the registrar of the Association;
(o) "regulation" means a regulation of the Association;
(/>) "undergraduate" means a student enrolled at but
not graduated from a university in a course in any
branch of engineering or science, the practice of which
constitutes professional engineering and that is
recognized by the council. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 1.
amended.
Ai tivities 2. Nothing in this Act prevents,
not affettecl ° '^ '
(a) any person from performing his duties in the Cana-
dian Armed Forces;
48
Section 2 — Clause e. The exemption relating to mining work is
revised. Provision is made in section 11 (6) for admission to membership
in the Association of persons who are engaged in this field.
48
(b) any member or licensee of the Ontario Association of
Architects under The Architects Act or any employee Rso. loeo.
of such member or licensee acting under the direction
and responsibility of such member or licensee from
performing professional engineering services in the
course of any work undertaken or proposed to be
undertaken by such member or licensee as an
architect ;
(c) any person who holds a certificate of qualification
under The Operating Engineers Act from practising ^fg"' ^^®°'
or designating himself as an operating engineer;
{d) any person from practising as a bacteriologist,
chemist, geologist, mineralogist or physicist;
(c) any person from advising on or reporting on any
mineral property or prospect;
(/) any person from operating, executing or supjervising
any works as owner, contractor, superintendent,
foreman, inspector or master,
or requires any such person to become registered or licensed
under this Act in order to do any such thing. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 2, amended.
THE ASSOCIATION
3. — (1) The body politic and corporate known as the ^q^^/J}^*^"
"Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of
Ontario" incorporated under The Professional Engineers Act, i922, o. 59
1922 is hereby continued.
(2) All persons who are members of the Association when "Members
this Act comes into force or who hereafter are admitted as
members constitute the Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 3 (1), amended.
(3) The objects of the Association are. Objects
(a) to regulate the practice of professional engineering
and to govern the profession in accordance with this
Act, the regulations and the by-laws;
{b) to establish and maintain standards of knowledge
and skill among its members; and
48
(c) to establish and maintain standards of professional
ethics among its members,
in order that the public interest may be served and protected.
New.
Head omce (4) The head office of the Association shall be at the city
of Toronto.
Property (5) The Association may purchase, acquire or take by
gift, devise or bequest for the purposes of the Association and
the furtherance of its objects, but for no other purposes or
objects, any real or personal property, and may sell, mortgage,
lease or otherwise dispose of any such property. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 3 (4, 5).
THE COUNCIL
Council 4. — (1) There shall be a council which shall consist of a
president, a first vice-president, a second vice-president, an
immediate past president, two elected councillors-at-large,
ten elected regional councillors and five appointed councillors,
all of whom shall be members and residents of Ontario.
President (2) The president and the vice-presidents shall have such
presidents qualifications as are prescribed by by-law and shall be elected
annually by vote of the members. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 8 (1-3), amended.
Councillors-
at-large
(3) One councillor-at-large shall be elected each year for a
two-year term by vote of the members. New.
Regional
councillors
(4) There shall be elected from each of the five regions
established and defined by by-law two regional councillors,
one to be elected from each region each year for a two-year
term by vote of the members who are recorded as residents in
that region at the time the election is held.
Appointed (5) The five appointed councillors shall be appointed by
the Lieutenant (iovernor in Council for a term of three years
and shall be qualified respectively in the following fields of
engineering:
1. Civil.
2. Mechanical, Aeronautical and Industrial.
3. Electrical.
48
Section 4 — Subsection 4. The method of electing ten of the coun-
cillors is changed from a branch basis which is the basis in the present
Act to a geographical basis.
48
Subsections 6, 7. These new provisions implement Recommendations
2 and 7 of the McRuer Report (page 1209 of Volume 3).
48
5
4. Chemical and Metallurgical.
5. Mining and Geology. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 8
(5, 6), amended.
(6) In addition to the councillors mentioned in subsection 1, '^(f/nciuor;
the Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint as coun- J,®8ai^.j^^^
cillors,
(a) a person who is not a member; and
{b) a person who is a barrister and solicitor of at least
ten years standing at the bar of Ontario,
both of whom are residents of Ontario.
(7) Persons appointed under subsection 6 shall serve for'''®'"'"
a term of three years but are eligible for re-appointment.
(8) Where the president, a vice-president or a councillor ^'"'^"'^'®*
resigns, is absent from three consecutive meetings of the
council, becomes incapacitated or dies, the office may be
declared vacant by the council, and, if such office should be
declared vacant, except in a case of a councillor appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council, the council shall fill the
vacancy in such manner as is provided by by-law, and in the
case of a vacancy in the office of a councillor appwinted by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council, the Lieutenant (Governor in
Council may fill the vacancy by appointment of a person of
the same class as the councillor causing the vacancy. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 8 (6, 7), amended.
(9) No person shall be appointed or elected to the council ti°be'""°"
unless he is a Canadian citizen or other British subject, and '^^"*'^'*"*
no person shall continue to hold any such office if he ceases to
be so qualified. New.
5. The council, S?fi?,'™/'
' treasurer,
secretary.
(a) shall appoint a registrar and a treasurer; and director
{b) may appoint a secretary, an executive director and
such other officials as the council deems fit,
and any two or more of such offices may be held by one
person. New.
6. No action shall be brought against the council, any^^^^UHy^^
member or officer thereof or any person appointed by the officers and
., f , . , I 1 • « 1 . members
council tor anythmg done under this Act, any regulation
or any by-law. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 29, amended.
48
ReguiationB 7. (1) The council may make regulations respecting any
matter that is outside the scope of the power to enact by-laws
specified in section 8 and, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing,
(a) prescribing the scope and conduct of examinations
of candidates for registration ;
{b) prescribing the form of the summons referred to in
subsection 10 of section 25;
(c) respecting the practice and procedure for hearings
held under this Act;
(d) defining "professional misconduct" for the purpose
of this Act and the regulations;
(e) defining classes of specialists in the various fields of
engineering;
(/) prescribing the qualifications required of specialists
or any class thereof;
(g) providing for the designation of specialists upon
application and examination or otherwise, for the
suspension or revocation of sucli designations, and
for the regulation and prohibition of the use of
terms, titles or designations by professional engineers
indicating specialization in any field of engineering;
(/;) regulating and prohibiting the use of terms, titles
or designations by professional engineers in indepen-
dent practice.
Ai.prcjviii.-. (2) \o regulation is effective,
(a) until it has been submitted to the members for
approval by means of a letter ballot returnable
within thirty days after the mailing thereof and it
has been approved by a majority of those voting
within the prescribed time; and
(h) until it has been approved by the Lieutenant
(".ovcrnor in Council. New.
By-laws 8. — (1) The council nia\' pass by-laws relating to the
administrative and domestic affairs of the Association, and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(«) respecting the determination and modification of the
boundaries of regions and tlie determination of
48
Sections 7 and 8. These sections implement Recommendations 25
and 26 of the McRuer Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
48
regions in wiiicii members shall be deemed to reside
for the purposes of the election of councillors;
(b) prescribing procedures for the nomination and elec-
tion of the councillors and the nomination and
election of the president and the vice-presidents and
the qualifications necessary to hold any such office;
(c) prescribing the duties of the councillors and rules
governing their conduct;
(d) respecting the remuneration and reimbursement of
members of the council;
(e) respecting the calling, holding and conduct of meet-
ings of the council and the Association;
(/) providing for the establishment and regulation of
chapters ;
(g) respecting the management of the property of the
Association ;
(h) providing for the borrowing of money on the credit
of the Association and the charging, mortgaging,
hypothecating or pledging of any of the real or
personal property of the Association to secure any
money borrowed or other debt or any other obliga-
tion or liability of the Association;
(i) respecting the application of the funds of the Asso-
ciation, and the investment and re-investment of
any of its funds not immediately required in any
investments that may from time to time be autho-
rized investments for joint stock insurance companies
and cash mutual insurance corporations under The^-^f-^^^^'
Corporations Act;
(j) defining the composition and functions of the board
of examiners;
(k) providing for the establishment of scholarships,
bursaries and prizes;
(/) providing for the appointment of committees of the
council and defining their composition and functions;
(m) providing for the closing of the register and the
restriction of recording changes of addresses of the
registrants for a period of time not exceeding forty-
48
8
eight hours, exclusive of Sundays and holidavH.
immediately preceding any meeting of the memlx;
or any election ;
(n) respecting the registration of members and the
recording of licensees, graduates, undergraduates
and assistants to professional engineers;
(o) for maintaining a system for the recording of regis-
trants, their residence addresses and the regions in
which they are resident and for the recording of the
names of official representatives of partnerships,
associations of persons or corporations;
(p) providing for services to encourage and assist mem-
bers in the development of their professional com-
petence and conduct and in carrying on the practice
of professional engineering;
(q) fixing and providing for levying and collecting or
remitting annual and other fees, levies and assess-
ments;
(r) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(s) respecting all other things that are deemed necessary
or convenient for the attainment of the objects of
the Association and the efficient conduct of its
business.
Approval (2) No by-law is eflfective until it has been submitted to the
members for approval by means of a letter ballot returnable
within thirty days after the mailing thereof and unless it has
been approved by a majority of those voting within the
prescribed time. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 5, cl. a, amended.
Construction (3^ ^g between a registrant and the Association, the ruling
of the council on the construction and interpretation of any
by-law is final. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 4 (2), amended.
ethtre"' ^' — (0 The council shall prepare and publish from time to
time a code of ethics containing standards of conduct designed
for the protection of the public, which standards members
and licensees must subscribe to and follow in the practice
of professional engineering.
Copies ^2) Copie.'* of the code of ethics shall be sent to the members
and licensees and shall be available free of charge to members
of the liublic who appl\' therefor. New.
4S
Section 9. This new section implements Recommendation 9 of the
McRuer Report (page 1209 of Volume 3).
48
Section II. In clause <{ of subsection 1 the experience requirement
is increased from live to six years to conform with the ref|uirement in all
other provinces of Canada.
Provision is also made for the admission in certain circumstances of
persons who do not reside in Ontario.
48
10. The council may authorize participation by the Asso- councif of
ciation in the activities of the Canadian Council of Profes- Professional
sional Engineers, as a constituent association thereof. New.
MEMBERSHIP
11. — (1) Any applicant for membership who, Uon'for*"
membership
(a) resides,
(i) in Ontario,
(ii) out of Ontario and is employed for an in-
definite period as a full-time employee of an
employer having works or facilities in Ontario
and is required by the terms of his employ-
ment to practise professional engineering in
resjject of such works or facilities or has a
place of employment in Ontario and practises
or proposes to practise professional engineer-
ing in Ontario on a full-time basis;
(6) is twenty-one or more years of age;
(c) has passed the examinations prescribed by the coun-
cil or is exempted therefrom pursuant to subsection
3 or 6;
(rf) has had six or more years of experience in engineering
work satisfactory to the council; and
(e) provides satisfactory evidence of good character,
shall be admitted as a member by the council.
(2) Each applicant for membership shall submit upon the qualification
prescribed form evidence of his educational qualifications and
engineering experience, information as to his residence and at
least three references as to his character and engineering
expierience, and he may be required by the council to verify
the statements set out in his application by affidavit. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 10 (1, 2), amended.
(3) The council may exempt an applicant from any of the ao'ademic'"
examinations mentioned in clause c of subsection 1 if the puaiiflca-'^
council is of the opinion that the applicant has adequate''""^
academic and other qualifications. New.
48
10
timespSnt (*^ Where the applicant is a graduate, upon presenting
university evidence of the actual time during which he was under instruc-
tion as an undergraduate in a university, the council shall
grant him the time spent under such instruction in reduction
of the six-year period of engineering experience required by
clause d of subsection 1, but only in so far as the total exemp-
tion granted does not exceed four years. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 10 (4), amended.
Board of
examinerH
(5) The council may for the purpose of subsection 3 or 4
i'^iifi^f'.I^L require the board of examiners to consider and make recom-
mcndations to the council with respect to any applications
for exemption, including an application for exemption of
a graduate in honours science. New.
Saving (^) jl^g council shall exempt from the examinations men-
tioned in clause c of subsection 1 any person who resides in
Ontario on the day this Act comes into force and who has
been engaged in the performance of any engineering work
specified in clause e of section 2 of The Professional Engineers
Act, being chapter 309 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario,
1960, for a period or periods of not less than six years in the
aggregate, if such person submits to the council, within one
year from the day this Act comes into force, satisfactory
evidence of having been so engaged. New.
of^members l^. The council may, upon application and satisfactory
assoi^aUons P'''^of ^^ residence, admit as a member any person who resides
in Ontario, or who resides out of Ontario under the circum-
stances set out in subclause ii of clause a of subsection 1 of
section 11, and who furnishes satisfactory proof,
(a) tliat he is a member of an association of professional
engineers in another province or a territory of
Canada that lias objects similar to those of the
.Associ.ition and requirements for membership no
less exacting than those in effect in Ontario; or
{b) that he is a member of an association of professional
engineers in another part of the Commonwealth or
in the United States of America that has objects
similar to those of the Association and requirements
for membership no less exacting than those in effect
in Ontario.
suuients jg^ i'crsons who are engaged as assistants to professional
assistants engineers in categories recognized by the council and gradu-
ates and undergraduates who have not completed the period
of engineering exp)erience required by this Act and who con-
48
11
template applying for membership on the completion of the
period of engineering experience may, upon application in the
prescribed form, be recorded in the Association's register but
not as members of the Association until fully qualified, and
upon being so recorded are subject to the control of the
council in accordance with this Act, the regulations and the
by-laws. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 13, amended.
14. — (1) The annual fee from a registrant shall be deemed Annual fee
to be a debt due to the Association and is recoverable from
him in the name of the Association in any court of competent
jurisdiction. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 24, amended.
(2) Where the annual fee is not paid within six months ^a'y'ment o
from the date upon which it became due, the treasurer shall ^"""*' "^^^
send a written notice of such default by prepaid mail addressed
to the registrant's last address as shown on the register, and,
if payment is not made within one month thereafter, the
registrar, upon the direction of the council, shall delete or
cause the name of the registrant to be deleted from the
register, and thereupon the registrant ceases to be a member,
a licensee, an assistant to a professional engineer, or a graduate
or undergraduate recorded pursuant to section 13, as the case
may be. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 25 (1), amended.
15. Any member who intends to withdraw from the prac- uonsf "*
tice of professional engineering and whose fees are paid up
shall send written notice thereof to the registrar, whereupon
the registrar shall delete his name from the register. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 25 (2), amended.
16. Any person who ceased to be a member under sub- ^ong'"'*'
section 2 of section 14, upon payment of the fees owing at the
time he ceased to be a member and the fee for the current
year, or any person whose name has been deleted from the
register under section 15, upon payment of the fee for the
current year, and, in either case, upon production of evidence
of good character satisfactory to the council, shall, upon the
direction of the council, have his name restored on the register.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 25 (3), amended.
LICENSING
17. — (1) The registrar may upon application issue a licence J^JJ^^^^J^^
to any person who resides in Canada but not in Ontario and members of
,,., ., fi,. , r associations
who furnishes satisfactory proof that he is a member of an of other
„„ • ■• r r ■ 1 • • .1 • provinces
association oi proiessional engineers in another province or a
territory of Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association.
48
12
iHHUe o(
Ihences to
I'onxultlnK
Hpei lallDtH
(2) An\ jxTson who docs not reside in Canada but wlio in
the opinion of the council is a consulting specialist in a field
of professional engineering who has had not less than ten years
experience in the practice of his profession, or who furnishes
sjitisfactory evidence that he has qualifications at least equal
to those required for registration as a professional engineer
in Ontario, nia\', with the approval of the council, be issued a
licence.
Issue of
licences tn
persons
from
provinces
without
associatioiiH
(3) Any person practising or proposing to practise pro-
fessional engineering who resides in a territory of Canada in
which there is no association of professional engineers that
has objects similar to those of the Association, may, with the
approval of the council, be issued a licence.
Practise \t;
applicant
for a
licence
(4) Where an applicant for a licence fails to obtain ii
promptly for an\- reason unrelated to his professional capacit\
or his own neglect, he may practise professional engineering
in Ontario for a period of not more than three months without
a licence.
Licence to
\>e issued
\>y the
registrar
Additional
conditions
(5) The registrar shall issue a licence in the prescribed form
to an\' person entitled thereto and shall specify therein the
work ii[X)ii which and the name of the employer in Ontario by
whom the holder of the licence is to be employed and the
period for which it is issued, but in no case shall the period
extend beyond the end of the calendar year in which the
licence is issued. R..S.O. 1960, c. 309, ss. 14, 22 (4), amended.
(6) The council ma\ direct that any licence issued under
subsection 2 shall, in addition to the conditions mentioned
in subsection 5, contain a condition that the licensee ma\
practise professional engineering in Ontario only in collabora-
tion with a member who shall sign and seal any plans and
s|x.'citications together with the licensee. New.
Wheie
liienc e nut
rofiiiired
18. .An\ person who is employed as a professional engineer
b> a public service corporation carrying on an interprovincial
undertaking or by the (iovernment of Canada and who is by
reason of his employment required to practise professional
engineering in a province or territor\ of Canada other than
that of his residence may practise professional engineering in
Ontario without a licence, but he shall on demand of the
foiiiu ii furnish satisfactory evidence that he is a member of an
association of professional engineers in another province or a
territory of Canada that has objects similar to those of the
.Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 15, amended.
.Seals,
inenit-ers
19. — (1) Every member shall have a seal of a design
appro\ ccl b\ the council, the impression of which shall contain
4S
Section 20. The provisions respecting the practice of professional
engineering by partnershi|)s, associations and corporations are revised
in order to ensure a greater degree of control.
48
13
the name of the engineer and the words "Registered Profes-
sional Engineer" and "Province of Ontario". R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 16, amended.
(2) Every licensee shall have a seal of a design approved /i^gjj^ggg
by the council, the impression of which shall contain the
name of the licensee and the words "Licensed Professional
Engineer" and "Province of Ontario".
(3) All final drawings, specifications, plans, reports and f n^"ygg'"of
other documents involving the practice of professional en-^®*'
gineering when issued shall bear the signature and seal of the
professional engineer who prepared or approved them. New.
PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS
20. — (1) No partnership, association of persons or cor- ^^^g^j^^j^g^
porations as such shall be a member or a licensee, or shall, by partner-
'^ 1 • 1 1 1 • • • f • , ships and
except as authorized by this section, practise professional corporations
engineering.
(2) A partnership, association of persons or corjx)ration certificates
that holds a certificate of authorization may, in its own name, ^^^J'^^"''^'
practise professional engineering,
(a) if one of its principal or customary functions is to
engage in the practice of professional engineering;
and
(b) if the practice of professional engineering is done
under the responsibility and supervision of a member
of the partnership or the association of persons, a
director of the corporation, or a full-time employee
of the corporation, who in any case is a member; or
(c) if the practice of professional engineering is done
under the responsibility and sufjervision of a member
of the partnership or the association of persons, a
director of the corporation, or a full-time employee
of the corporation, who in any case is a licensee,
provided that the practice of professional engineer-
ing is restricted to the work specified in the licence
of the licensee. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 18, amended.
j (3) A partnership, association of persons or corporation Applications
[ that desires a certificate of authorization shall submit to the certificates
registrar an application in the prescribed form containing,
(a) the names and addresses of all its partners, members,
officers or directors, as the case may be;
48
14
(b) the names of all its partners, members of asaocia-
tions of persons, directors of corporations, or full-
time employees of corporations, as the case may be,
who are the members or licensees who will be in
charge of professional engineering on its behalf;
(c) from among the names specified under clause b the
name or names of its official representative or repre-
sentatives whose dut\' it is to ensure that this Act,
and the regulations and the by-laws are complied
with b\' the partnership, the association of persons
or the corporation, as the case may be,
and sliall, whenever there is a change in the particulars given
in its application, give notice of the change to the registrar
within thirt>- days after the effective date of the change.
rerun?ates ^^^ '^ subsection 3 is complied with, the registrar shall
issue to the applicant a certificate of authorization.
revo/aUon (^) Where the holder of a certificate of autiiorization ceases
of „ to have anv official representative, the certificate is ipso facto
revoked, and the partnership, association ot persons or cor-
l)oration shall not practise professional engineering until a
new certificate of authorization is issued.
onkenl'ee'^ (6) Where the council finds that the holder of a certificate
'^•' of authorization has failed to observe any of the provisions
of this section or has been guilty of conduct that would, in
the case of a member or licensee, have been professional mis-
conduct, the council ma\ reprimand the holder or suspend or
revoke the certificate of authorization.
of"ii"'i.M''2'r.. (7) Sections 24, 25 and 26 apply mutatis mutandis to the
~'^ refusal to issue a certificate of authorization and to the
revocation or suspension of a certificate of authorization.
.\ew.
KXAMINATIONS
'^"""' 21. — (1) The council shall appoint annually a board of
examiners. R.S.O. 1960. c. 309, s. 19. amended.
Central
cxanunint:
l.oard
(2) The council ma\ establish conjointly with the council
of ;ui> association in one or more of the provinces or terri-
torie? of Canada that has objects similar to tliose of the Asso-
ciation a central examining board and may delegate to the
centnil examining board all or any of the powers of the council
rcsix'cting tlie examination of candidates for admission as
nienitx^rs. but an\- examinations conducted by the central
examining board sliail be held in at least one place in Ontario.
R.S.O. 1060. r. 309. s. 21, amended.
4S
Section 24 — Subsection 1. This new provision implements Recom-
mendation 22 of the McRiier Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
Subsection 2. This subsection implements Recommendation 14 of
the McKuer Report (p;ige 1210 of Volume 3).
Si-CTioN 25 — Subseition 1. The provisions of the Act dealing with
(lis<ipline are rc\ ised in order to bring them into line with Recommendations
8. 16, 17, 19 and 20 of the McRuer Report (pages 1209-121 1 of Volume 3)
iiid aUo to set out more explicitly the powers of the council when dealing
with disciplinarx- matters.
48
15
REGISTRAR
22. — (1) The registrar shall register in a system of record- Registrar
ing approved by the council the names of the members, the members,
licensees, the assistants to professional engineers, and the®''^'
graduates and the undergraduates. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 22 (5), amended.
(2) The registrar shall keep the register correct and in ^®|'®*®'"
accordance with this Act, the regulations and the by-laws, correct
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 23, amended.
(3) The certificate of the registrar respecting the registra- Evidence
tion of a jjerson is prima facie evidence of the facts certified membership
to therein. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 27, amended.
23. — (1) The registrar shall issue to each member admitted certificate
to the Association a certificate of membership signed by the membership
president or a vice-president and by the registrar, and bearing
the seal of the Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 23 (1),
amended.
(2) Every member shall keep his certificate of membership f^f^'e'"'^^'^
prominently displayed in his place of business. R.S.O. 1960, displayed
c. 309, s. 22 (1).
HEARINGS UPON APPLICATIONS
24. — (1) Where an applicant for membership or a licence ^^f^l^g"^
has met the academic and experience requirements, or an ^p,p"''^"°"
applicant for restoration of his name on the register has paid bership, etc.
the required fees and has produced the required evidence of
good character, and his application is refused, the council
shall, upon the written request of the applicant received by
the registrar within fifteen days of the receipt by the applicant
of written notice of the refusal, conduct a hearing of the matter.
(2) Section 25 applies mutatis mutandis to any hearing he'yrfng* ""^
conducted under this section except that upon any such hear-
ing the council may make findings of fact by such standards
of proof as are commonly relied upon by reasonable and
prudent men in the conduct of their own affairs. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 26, amended.
HEARINGS, DISCIPLINARY
25.— (1) Subject to subsection 2, where the council finds P';;'^^,';? °''
tnat a person who is a member or licensee is guilty of pro- discipline
lessional misconduct or has obtained registration as a member
48
16
or has been issued a licence by reason of misrepresentation
by such person, the council may by order do one or more of
the following:
1. Reprimand such person and, if considered proper,
direct that the fact of the reprimand l>e recorded on
the register.
2. Suspend the membership or licence of such person for
such time as the council considers proper and direi
that the re-instatement of such membership or licence
on the termination of such suspension be subject
to such conditions, if any, as the council consider-
proper.
3. Direct that the imposition of any penalty be sus-
pended or postponed for such period and upon such
terms as the council considers proper and that at
the end of such period and upon the compliance with
such terms any penalty be remitted.
4. Direct that the membership or licence of such person
be cancelled and that the name of such person be
removed from the register.
5. Direct that the decision of the council be published
in detail or in summary in the official journal of the
Association or in such other manner or medium as
the council considers appropriate in any particular
case.
6. Direct that, where it appears that the proceedings
were unwarranted, such costs as to the council seem
just be paid by the Association to the member or
licensee whose conduct was the subject of such
proceedings.
I omoiaint n) Thc counci! shall not take an\- action under subsection 1
and tieariiig ^
unless,
(fl) a complaint under oath has l)een filed with the
registrar and a copy thereof has been served on the
person whose conduct is Ijeing investigated;
(/)) the jxTsoii whose conduct is being investigated
has been served with a notice of thc time and place
ol the hearing; and
(r) thg council has heard evidence of or on behalf of
the complainant and, if the person whose conduct is
hcini; investigated appears at the hearing and so
48
Subsection 4. This new provision implements Recommendation 11
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Subsection 5. This new provision implements Recommendation 12
of the McRucr Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Subsection 6. This new provision implements Recommendation 35
of the Mckiier Report (page 1262 of Volume 3).
Subsection 7. This new provision implements Recommendation 15
of the Mcfiuer Report (p<ige 1210 of Volume 3).
Sub-Section 9. This new provision implements Recommendations 13
and 44 of the McRuer Report (pages 1210 and 1263, respectively, of
\'()lunic 3).
Subjection 10. This new provision takes into account Recommen-
tl,iiic.n> 151, 152, 169, 170, 172, 173 and 174 of the McRuer Report (pages
1-178. 128(1 ,ind 1281, respectively, of Volume 3).
48
17
requests, has heard his evidence or evidence on his
behalf and has reached the decision that he is guilty.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (1,2), amended.
(3) Any person presiding at a hearing may administer ta'ke^sworn
oaths to witnesses and require them to give evidence under ®^"'®"'^®
oath. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (1, 2, 3), amended.
(4) If the person whose conduct is being investigated fails app^a7
to appear in answer to the notice at the time and place ap-
pointed, the hearing may be conducted in his absence.
(5) Hearings shall be held in camera, but if the person whose hearings'^'^^
conduct is being investigated requests otherwise by a notice ;° Camera
in writing delivered to the registrar before the day fixed for
the hearing, the council may conduct the hearing in public
or otherwise as it thinks proper.
rn-
(6) The council may adjourn any hearing at any time and ments
from time to time.
(7) A person whose conduct is being investigated, if ^"p^Jrson"'^
present in person at the hearing, has the right to be repre- v|g",^ated
sented by counsel or agent, to adduce evidence and to make
submissions and any such person may be compelled to attend
and give evidence in the manner provided in subsection 10.
(8) The oral evidence submitted at a hearing shall be taken IJ.^^g'"^"'^
down in writing or by any other method authorized by The n.s.o. i960.
Evidence Act.
(9) The rules of evidence applicable in civil proceedings ^"Jfen°e
are applicable at hearings, but at a hearing members of the
council may take notice of generally recognized technical or
scientific facts or opinions within the specialized knowledge
of members of the council if the person whose conduct is
being investigated has been informed before or during the
hearing of any such matters noticed and he has been given
an opportunity to contest the material so noticed.
(10) The president, a vice-president, the immediate past^^'JJ!^"^'^^
president or the registrar may, and the registrar upon applica-
tion of a person whose conduct is being investigated shall,
issue a summons in the form prescribed by regulation, com-
manding the attendance and examination of any person as a
witness, and the production of any document the production
of which could be compelled at the trial of an action, to
appear before the council at the time and place mentioned in
the summons and stating that failure to obey the summons
will render the person liable to committal to prison on an
48
18
application lo the Supreme Court, but the person whosi-
attendance is required is entitled to the like conduct money
and payment for expenses and loss of time as upon attendance
as a witness at a trial in the Supreme Court.
wCc^Sti (11) If any person,
appear, etc
(a) on being duly summoned to appear as a witnesp
makes default in attending; or
(b) being in attendance as a witness refuses to take an
oath legally required to be taken, or to produce an\
document in his power or control legally required
to be produced by him, or to answer any question
which he is legally required to answer; or
(c) does any other thing which would, if the council had
been a court of law having power to commit for
contempt, have been contempt of that court,
the person presiding at the hearing may certify the offence
of that person under his hand to the Supreme Court and the
court may thereupon inquire into the alleged offence and
after hearing any witnesses who may be produced against
or on behalf of the person charged with the oflFence, and after
hearing any statements that may be offered in defence, punish
or take steps for the punishment of that person in the like
manner as if he had been guilty of contempt of court.
uon'^mf (1^) ^^ ^ hearing the complainant and the person whose
iross- conduct is being investigated have the right to examine the
examination . » o o
witnesses called by them respectively, and to cross-examme
the witnesses opposed in interest.
Detisions ^jj^ -pj^^ decision taken after a hearing shall be in writing
and shall contain or be accompanied by the reasons for the
derision in which are set out the findings of fact and the
conclusions of law, if any, based thereon, and a copy of the
decision and the reasons therefor, together with a notice to
the person whose conduct is being investigated of his right of
appeal, shall \x served ujx)n him within thirty days after the
date of the decision.
'*'^""'' (14) .-\ record shall be compiled for every hearing consist-
ing of the complaint and the notice referred to in subsection 2,
an\ intermediate rulings or orders made in the course of the
proceedings, a transcript of the oral evidence, if a transcript
has been prepared, such documentary evidence and things
as were received in evidence and the decision and the reasons
tlierefor, pro\idcd that documents and things received in
4S
Subsection 11. This new provision is designed to implement Recom-
mendations 174 and 179 of the McRuer Report (page 1281 of Volume 3).
It is based upon the corresponding provisions of the Tribunals of Inquiry
(Evidence) Act, 1921 of the United Kingdom (see page 444 of Volume 1 j.
Subsection 12. This provision implements Recommendation 42 of
the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3).
Subsection 13. This provision implements Recommendations 45 and
47 of the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3).
Subsection 14. This provision implements Recommendation 48 of
the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3). The proviso has been added.
48
Subsection 15. This provision implements Reconimendation 10 of
the McRuer Report (pages 1209-10 of Volume 3).
48
19
evidence may be released to the persons tendering them when
ail appeals have been finally disposed of or the right to appeal
has terminated.
(15) Any document required to be served under this Act docu'irfents
upon a person whose conduct is being investigated shall be
served personally upon him, but where it appears that service
cannot be effected personally, the document may be served
by mailing a copy thereof in a registered letter addressed to
him at his last known residence or office address as shown by
the records of the Association, and service shall be effected
not less than ten days before the date of the hearing or the
event or thing required to be done, as the case may be, and
proof by affidavit of the service is sufficient.
(16) Where a member or licensee has been suspended from Se'iu al'ter
practising under this section, he may, upon payment of all s"^P^"8ion
fees and other costs owing by him to the Association, apply to
the council to be re-instated as a member or licensee, as the
case may be, and the council may terminate the suspension
of such member or licensee upon such terms as it considers
proper.
(17) A person whose membership or licence has been ^^fj^^ggig^
cancelled under this section may apply to the council for^f'^"", .
^. , , , expulsion
membership or tor a licence, as the case may be, and the
council shall, subject to subsection 18, hear the application
and make such order as it considers proper and may include
as a term of any such order such conditions as the council
considers proper to be fulfilled before the applicant is ad-
mitted to membership or granted a licence or to be observed
by such member or licensee thereafter.
(18) Except with the consent of the council, no application i''^™
under subsection 17 shall be heard before the expiry of two
years from the date of the cancellation of membership or
licence or the date of the final disposition of any appeal.
%
(19) Upon a hearing for admission to membership or for idem
le granting of a licence under subsection 17, the council
shall follow, in so far as practicable, the procedure provided
for in the case of a complaint under this section, and a former
member or licensee has the same right of appeal from an
order made by the council under subsection 17 as is provided
in section 26.
(20) The council may appoint a committee to act for and JjP^J}''^"® ®
on its behalf composed of not fewer than five members of the
council, one of whom shall be the president, a vice-president
or the immediate past president, and may delegate to the
20
Practice
pending
appeal
committee all or any of its powers and duties under this
section upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the council
considers proper, and a decision or order of the committee
is the decision or order of the council. New.
(21) Except in the case of professional misconduct con-
stituting incompetence on the part of the person whos<-
conduct was investigated, the suspension or cancellation
the membership or licence of a person whose conduct was
investigated under this section does not become eflFective until
any appeal has been finally disposed of or the right of appeal
has terminated. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (5), amended.
-Appeal
Certified
lopies of
papers
Failure to
pay costs
Procedure
and record
APPEALS
26. — (1) Any person whom the council has refused to
register for membership or whose name the council haa
refused to restore on the register or to whom the council has
refused to issue a licence or who has been reprimanded or
whose membership or licence is suspended or cancelled may
appeal from the order of refusal, reprimand, suspension or
cancellation to the Court of Appeal within fifteen days from
the day upon which he is served with the order of refusal,
reprimand, suspension or cancellation.
(2) Upon the request of any person desiring to appeal and
upon payment of the cost thereof, the registrar shall furnish
such person with a certified copy of all proceedings, evidence,
reports, orders and papers received as evidence by the council
and any committee thereof appointed pursuant to subsection
20 of section 25 in dealing with and disposing of the matter
complained of.
(3) If the appellant fails to pay the cost of the certified
copy and the cost of such additional copies of the evidence as
may be reasonably required for the purposes of the appeal
within fifteen days after written demand from the registrar,
the appeal shall be deemed to be abandoned.
(4) An appeal under this section shall be by motion, notice
of which shall be served upon the registrar, and the record
shall consist of a copy, certified by the registrar, of the pro-
ceedings before the council or committee thereof, the evidence
taken, the report of the council or committee thereof and all
decisions, findings and orders of the council or committee
thereof in the matter.
Practi" c
(5) Except as otherwise provided, appeals under this section
shall be in accordance with the practice in appeals from the
decision or order of a judge of the Supreme Court.
4S
Subsection 21. This provision implements Recommendation 21 of
the McRiier Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Section 26. This appeal section implements Recommendation 23
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
48
21
(6) Upon the hearing of an appeal under this section the^''^^''^
Court of Appeal may make such order as the court deems
proper or may refer the matter or any part thereof back to
the council with such directions as the court deems proper.
(7) The Court of Appeal may make such order as to the ^^^'^
costs of the appeal as the court deems proper. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 28 (4), amended.
OFFENCES
27. — (1) Every person, other than a member or a licensee, ^J]!!^^!*'
who,
(a) takes and uses orally or otherwise the title "Pro-
fessional Engineer" or "Registered Professional
Engineer" or uses any addition to or abbreviation of
either such titles, or any words, name or designation
that will lead to the belief that he is a professional
engineer, a member or a licensee or, except as per-
mitted by section 2, uses the title or designation
"engineer" in such a manner as will lead to the belief
that he is a professional engineer, a member or a
licensee ;
(b) advertises, holds himself out, or conducts himself in
any way or by any means as a member or a licensee;
or
(c) engages in the practice of professional engineering,
is guilty of an offence. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 30, amended.
(2) Every person who, idem
(a) wilfully procures or attempts to procure registration
under this Act for himself or for another person by
making, producing or causing to be made or produced
any fraudulent representation or declaration either
verbal or written ;
(b) knowingly makes any false statement in any applica-
tion or declaration signed or filed by him under this
Act,
is guilty of an offence. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 33, part,
amended.
48
22
pirtS^' (^) Where a partnership, association of persons or corpora
iSiSSlations *'°" *'^^* ^^^ "° subsisting certificate of authorization,
and
corporations , , . r . • . .
(a) practises professional engineering;
(6) uses orally or otherwise any name, title, description
or designation that will lead to the belief that it is
entitled to practise professional engineering; or
(c) advertises, holds itself out or conducts itself in any
way or in such manner as to lead to the belief that
it is entitled to practise professional engineering,
every member of the partnership, every member of the asso-
ciation of persons, or the corporation and every director there-
of, is guilty of an offence.
Idem
(4) Where a partnership, association of persons or corpora-
tion that has a subsisting certificate of authorization practises
professional engineering in contravention of this Act, every
member of the partnership, every member of the association
of persons, or the corporation and every director thereof,
is guilty of an offence.
Penalties
(5) Every person, member of a partnership, member of an
association of persons, and every corporation and director
thereof, who is guilty of an offence under this section is, on
summary conviction, liable to a fine of not more than $1,000
or to imprisonment for a term of not more than six months,
or to both. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, ss. 31, 33, part, amended.
Limitation
of
(6) No proceedings shall be commenced for a contravention
proceedings of any of the provisions of this section after two years from
the date of the commission of such contravention. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 35, amended.
LIMITATION OF ACTIONS
Limitation
of actions
28. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2, an action
against a member or a licensee for negligence or malpractice
in connection with professional services requested of him or
rendered by him or under his direction or control shall be
commenced within and not later than twelve months after
the cause of action arose.
Extension
(2) The court in which an action mentioned in subsection 1
has been or may be brought may extend the period of limita-
tion specified therein either before or after it has expired if
the court is satisfied that to do so is just.
48
Section 28. This new section implements Recommendations 29,
30 and 31 of the McRuer Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
48
23
(3) This section does not apply to proceedings under P°^,^"j°*
section 25. New. disciplinary
proceedings
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
29.— (1) Notwithstanding section 4, the president, the ^S™'?^^ °''
vice-presidents and the elected councillors holding office when
this Act comes into force shall continue to hold office until
after the first annual election after this Act comes into force.
(2) Notwithstanding subsections 4 and 5 of section 4, at^^^^^^^j
the first election of councillors after this Act comes into force, election
one councillor-at-large shall be elected for a two-year term
and one councillor-at-large shall be elected for a one-year
term and there shall be elected from each of the five regions
mentioned in subsection 5 of section 4 one regional councillor
for a two-year term and one regional councillor for a one-year
term. New.
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 6 of section 4, all councillors members^
who have been appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in
Council and are holding office when this Act comes into force
shall continue to hold office for the term designated in the
order in council by which they were appointed. New.
MISCELLANEOUS
30. The Professional Engineers Act is repealed. ?'309,' ^^^°'
repealed
31. This Act comes into force on a day to be named byment"^"*^^
the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
32. This Act mav be cited as The Professional Engineers short title
Act, 1968-69.
48
o
00
71
B
>
SB
H
D
a 3 !:r
6. o" **
So £? ^
a
00
BILL 48
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
{Reprinted as amended by the Legal and Municipal Committee)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
INTERPRETATION I. 2 1
THE ASSOCIATION 3 3
THE COUNCIL 4-10 4
MEMBERSHIP 11-16 9
LICENSING 17-19 11
PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS 20 13
EXAMINATIONS 21 14
REGISTRAR 22, 23 15
HEARINGS, UPON APPLICATIONS 24 15
DISCIPLINARY 25 15
APPEAlJi 26 20
OFFENCES 27 21
LIMITATION OK ACTIONS 28
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 29 23
MISCELLANEOUS ,50-32 23
EXPLANATOKV NOTKS
Gknkral— At the 1968 Session of the Legislature, Bill 42 was intro-
diiied which represented the first comprehensive revision of The Profes-
sional Engineers Act which was first p.issed in 1922. Bill 42 was not
proceeded with in view of the publication at that time of the Report of the
Koy.il Commission Inquiry into Civil Rights.
I'hc changes made in this revision are designed to facilitate the
.Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of Ontario in the
administration of its affairs and to bring the .\ct up to date in substance
and form.
Most of the dirlerences between this Bill and Bill 42 are changes to
conform to the re<'ommendations of the .McRuer Report.
4S
BILL 48 1968-69
The Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
INTERPRETATION
1. In this Act, tatum™"
(a) "Association" means the Association of Professional
Engineers of the Province of Ontario;
(b) "by-law" means a by-law of the Association;
(c) "chapter" means a group of members constituted
and governed by by-law;
(d) "council" means the council of the Association;
(e) "graduate" means a graduate of a university or other
educational institution in a course in any branch of
engineering or science, the practice of which con-
stitutes professional engineering and which is rec-
ognized by the council;
(/) "licence" means a licence to practise professional
engineering issued under this Act;
(g) "licensee" means a person who holds a subsisting
licence;
(h) "member" means a member of the Association;
(i) "practice of professional engineering" means the
doing of one or more acts of advising on, reporting
on, designing of or sujjervising of the construction
of, all public utilities, industrial works, railways,
tramways, bridges, tunnels, highways, roads, canals,
harbour works, lighthouses, river improvements,
wet docks, dry docks, floating docks, dredges,
48
cranes, drainage works, irrigation works, water-
works, water purification plants, sewerage works,
sewage disposal works, incinerators, hydraulic works,
ixjwer transmission systems, steel, concrete or re-
inforced concrete structures, electric lighting sys-
tems, electric power plants, electric machinery,
electric or electronic apparatus, electrical or elec-
tronic communication systems or equipment, mineral
property, mining machinery, mining development,
mining operations, gas or oil developments, smelters,
refineries, metallurgical machinery, or equipment or
apparatus for carrying out such operations, mach-
inery, boilers or their auxiliaries, steam engines,
hydraulic turbines, pumps, internal combustion
engines or other mechanical structures, chemical or
metallurgical machinery, apparatus or processes,
or aircraft, and generally all other engineering works
including the engineering works and installations
relating to airports, airfields or landing strips or
relating to town and community planning;
(j) "professional engineer" means a person who is a
member or licensee;
(k) "region" means a geographical area of Ontario as
defined by by-law;
(/) "register" means the record of registrants main-
tained b\- the registrar;
(w) "registrant" means a person recorded in the register
as a member, licensee, an assistant to a professional
engineer, a graduate or an undergraduate;
(m) "registrar" means the registrar of the Association;
(o) "regulation" means a regulation of the Association;
(p) "undergraduate" means a student enrolled at but
not graduated from a university or other educational
institution in a course in any branch of engineering
or science, the practice of which constitutes profes-
sional engineering and that is recognized by the
council. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 1, amended.
ot'rafrected ^' Nothing in this Act prevents,
(a) an\ person from performing his duties in the Cana-
dian Armed Forces;
48
Section 2 — Clause e. The exemption relating to mining work is
revised. Provision is made in section 11 (6) for admission to membership
in the Association of persons who are engaged in this field.
48
(6) any member or licensee of the Ontario Association of
Architects under The Architects Act or any employee R-S.o. i980.
of such member or licensee acting under the direction
and responsibility of such member or licensee from
performing professional engineering services in the
course of any work undertaken or proposed to be
undertaken by such member or licensee as an
architect;
(c) any jjerson who holds a certificate of qualification
under The Operating Engineers Act from practising ^-fga' ^^*°'
or designating himself as an operating engineer;
{d) any person from practising as a bacteriologist,
chemist, geologist, mineralogist or physicist;
(e) any person from advising on or reporting on any
mineral property or prospect;
(/) any person from operating, executing or supervising
any works as owner, contractor, superintendent,
foreman, inspector or master,
or requires any such person to become registered or licensed
under this Act in order to do any such thing. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 2, amended.
THE ASSOCIATION
3. — (1) The body politic and corporate known as the ^^^^(5*2"""
"Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of
Ontario" incorporated under The Professional Engineers Act, i922, o. 59
1922 is hereby continued.
(2) All persons who are members of the Association when Members
this Act comes into force or who hereafter are admitted as
members constitute the Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 3 (1), amended.
(3) The objects of the Association are, Object*
(a) to regulate the practice of professional engineering
and to govern the profession in accordance with this
Act, the regulations and the by-laws;
{h) to establish and maintain standards of knowledge
and skill among its members; and
(c) to establish and maintain standards of professional
ethics among its members,
m order that the public interest may be served and protected.
New.
48
Head office
(4) The head office of the Association shall be at the city
of Toronto.
Property
(5) The Association may purchase, acquire or take by
gift, devise or bequest for the purposes of the Association and
the furtherance of its objects, but for no other purposes or
objects, any real or personal property, and may sell, mortgage,
lease or otherwise dispose of any such property. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 3 (4, 5).
THE COUNCIL
Council
4. — (1) There shall be a council which shall consist of a
president, a first vice-president, a second vice-president, an
immediate past president, two elected councillors-at-large,
ten elected regional councillors and five appointed councillors,
all of whom shall be members and residents of Ontario.
and^vice- (2) ^^^ president and the vice-presidents shall have such
presidents qualifications as are prescribed by by-law and shall be elected
annually by vote of the members. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 8 (1-3), amended.
CounclUors-
at-large
(3) One councillor-at-large shall be elected each year for a
two-\'ear term by vote of the members. New.
Regional
councillors
(4) There shall be elected from each of the five regions
established and defined by by-law two regional councillors,
one to be elected from each region each year for a two-year
term by vote of the members who are recorded as residents in
that region at the time the election is held.
^oun°c'ino1^ (^) ^^^ ^^^ appointed councillors shall be appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council for a term of three years
and shall be qualified respectively in the following fields of
engineering:
1. Civil.
2. Mechanical, Aeronautical and Industrial.
3. Electrical.
4. Chemical and Metallurgical.
5. Mining and Geology. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 8
(5, 6), amended.
48
(6) In addition to the councillors mentioned in subsection 1, J'(f,fnciiior;
the Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint as coun- legal
cillors,
(a) a person who is not a member; and
(b) a person who is a barrister and solicitor of at least
ten years standing at the bar of Ontario,
both of whom are residents of Ontario.
(7) Persons appointed under subsection 6 shall serve for'^*""""
a term of three years but are eligible for re-appointment.
(8) Where the president, a vice-president or a councillor ^*''*"°'®'
resigns, is absent from three consecutive meetings of the
council, becomes incapacitated or dies, the office may be
declared vacant by the council, and, if such office should be
declared vacant, except in a case of a councillor appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council, the council shall fill the
vacancy in such manner as is provided by by-law, and in the
case of a vacancy in the office of a councillor appKjinted by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council, the Lieutenant Governor in
Council may fill the vacancy by appointment of a person of
the same class as the councillor causing the vacancy. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 8 (6, 7), amended.
(9) No person shall be appointed or elected to the council ^°g^^'"°"
unless he is a Canadian citizen or other British subject, and Canadians
no person shall continue to hold any such office if he ceases to
be so qualified. New.
5. The council, ffe^^'rer!
secretary.
(a) shall appoint a registrar and a treasurer; and director
(6) may appoint a secretary, an executive director and
such other officials as the council deems fit,
and any two or more of such offices may be held by one
person. New.
6. No action or other proceedings for damages shall begf^^y'^Jj,
instituted against the council, or any member or official of °'''<=ers and
the council or any person appointed by the council for any
act done in good faith in the performance or intended p)erform-
ance of any duty or in the exercise or in the intended exercise
of any power under this Act, a regulation or a by-law, or
for any neglect or default in the jierformance or exercise in
good faith of any such duty or power. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 29, amended. "^Pl
48
ReguiBtion* 7, — (j) 'ihe council may make regulations rcs}>ecting an'
matter that is outside the scope of the power to pass by-law
specified in section 8 and, without limiting the generality of th'
foregoing,
(a) prescribing the scope and conduct of examination
of candidates for registration ;
(b) prescribing the form of the summons referred to in
subsection 10 of section 25;
(f) respecting the practice and procedure for hearinj;
lield under this Act;
(d) defining "professional misconduct" for the purpose
of this Act and the regulations;
(e) defining classes of specialists in the various fields of
engineering;
(/) prescribing the qualifications required of specialist
or any class thereof;
(i) providing for the designation of specialists upon
application and examination or otherwise, for the
suspension or revocation of such designations, and
for the regulation and prohibition of the use of
terms, titles or designations by professional engineer-
indicating specialization in any field of engineering;
(/;) regulating and prohibiting the use of terms, titles
or designations by professional engineers in indepen-
dent jiractice.
Approvals (2) No regulation is effective,
(a) until it has been submitted to the members for
approval by means of a letter ballot returnable
within thirty days after the mailing thereof and it
has been approved by a majority of those voting
within the prescribed time; and
{b) until it has been approved b\' the Lieutenant
(lovernor in Council. New.
By-iuws 8. — (1) The council may pass by-laws relating to the
administrative and domestic affairs of the Association, and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(.;) respecting the determination and modification of the
boundaries of regions and the determination ot
48
Section 4 — Subsection 4. The method of electing ten of the coun-
cillors is changed from a branch basis which is the basis in the present
Act to a geographical basis.
48
Subsections 6, 7. These new provisions implement Recommendations
2 and 7 of the McRuer Report (page 1209 of Volume 3).
48
regions in which members shall be deemed to reside
for the purposes of the election of councillors;
(b) prescribing procedures for the nomination and elec-
tion of the councillors and the nomination and
election of the president and the vice-presidents and
the qualifications necessary to hold any such office;
(c) prescribing the duties of the councillors and rules
governing their conduct;
(d) respecting the remuneration and reimbursement of
members of the council;
(e) respecting the calling, holding and conduct of meet-
ings of the council and the Association ;
(/) providing for the establishment and regulation of
chapters ;
(g) respecting the management of the property of the
Association ;
(h) providing for the borrowing of money on the credit
of the Association and the charging, mortgaging,
hypothecating or pledging of any of the real or
personal property of the Association to secure any
money borrowed or other debt or any other obliga-
tion or liability of the Association ;
(i) respecting the application of the funds of the Asso-
ciation, and the investment and re-investment of
any of its funds not immediately required in any
investments that may from time to time be autho-
rized investments for joint stock insurance companies
and cash mutual insurance corporations under jT^eB-SjO. X960,
Corporations Act;
ij) defining the composition and functions of the board
of examiners;
(k) providing for the establishment of scholarships,
bursaries and prizes;
(/) providing for the appointment of committees of the
council and defining their composition and functions;
(m) providing for the closing of the register and the
restriction of recording changes of addresses of the
registrants for a period of time not exceeding forty-
8
eight hours, exclusive of Sundays and holidays,
immediately preceding any meeting of the members
or any election;
(m) respecting the registration of members and thr
recording of licensees, graduates, undergraduato
and assistants to professional engineers;
(o) for maintaining a system for the recording of regis-
trants, their residence addresses and the regions in
which they are resident and for the recording of thi
names of official representatives of partnership.^
associations of persons or corporations;
(p) providing for services to encourage and assist mem-
bers in the development of their professional com-
petence and conduct and in carrying on the practice
of professional engineering;
(g) fixing and providing for levying and collecting or
remitting annual and other fees, levies and assess-
ments;
(r) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(5) respecting all other things that are deemed necessary
or convenient for the attainment of the objects of
the Association and the efficient conduct of its
business.
Approval (2) \o by-law is effective until it has been Submitted to the
members for approval by means of a letter ballot returnable
within thirty days after the mailing thereof and unless it has
been approved by a majority of those voting within the
prescrilxjd time. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 5, d. o, amended.
Construction (-3) _\g {jctweeM a registrant and the Association, the ruling
of the council on the construction and interpretation of any
b\-l,nv is final. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 4 (2), amended.
etwcs"*^ J>.— (1) The council shall prepare and publish from time to
time a code of etliics containing standards of conduct designed
for the protection of the public, which standards members
and licensees must subscribe to and follow in the practice
of professional engineering.
Copies (2) Copies of the code of ethics shall be sent to the members
and licensees and shall be available free of charge to members
of the public who apply therefor. Mew.
4S
Sections 7 and 8. These sections implement Recommendations 25
and 26 of the McRuer Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
48
Section 9. This new section implements Recommendation 9 of the
McRuer Report (page 1209 of Volume 3).
48
Section II. In clause d of subsection 1 the experience requirement
is increased from five to six years to conform with the requirement in all
other provinces of Canada.
Provision is also made for the admission in certain circumstances of
persons who do not reside in Ontario.
48
10. The council may authorize participation by the Asso- QoSnclfof
ciation in the activities of the Canadian Council of Profes- Professional
. T, • ■ ■ • 1 f nT Engineers
sional Engineers, as a constituent association thereof. New.
MEMBERSHIP
11. — (1) Any applicant for membership who, tion'for^"
membership
(a) resides,
(i) in Ontario,
(ii) out of Ontario and is employed for an in-
definite period as a full-time employee of an
employer having works or facilities in Ontario
and is required by the terms of his employ-
ment to practise professional engineering in
respect of such works or facilities or has a
place of employment in Ontario and practises
or proposes to practise professional engineer-
ing in Ontario on a full-time basis;
{b) is twenty-one or more years of age;
, (c) has passed the examinations prescribed by the coun-
cil or is exempted therefrom pursuant to subsection
3 or 6;
(<f) has had six or more years of experience in engineering
work satisfactory to the council ; and
1 (e) provides satisfactory evidence of good character,
ball be admitted as a member by the council.
(2) Each applicant for membership shall submit upon the quaUflcation
prescribed form evidence of his educational qualifications and
engineering experience, information as to his residence and at
least three references as to his character and engineering
experience, and he may be required by the council to verify
the statements set out in his application by affidavit. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 10 (1, 2), amended.
(3) The council may exempt an applicant from any of the £5®^^^^°""
examinations mentioned in clause c of subsection 1 if the and other
council is of the opinion that the applicant has adequate tions
academic and other qualifications. New.
48
to
Cradit for
time spent
at •
univermitjr
(4) Where the applicant is a graduate, upon presenting
evidence of the actual time during which he was under instruc-
tion as an undergraduate in a university, the council shall
grant him the time spent under such instruction in reduction
of the six-year period of engineering experience required by
clause d of subsection 1, but only in so far as the total exemp-
tion granted does not exceed four years. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 10 (4), amended.
Board of
examiners
to consider
applications
(5) The council may for the purpose of subsection 3 or 4
require the board of examiners to consider and make recom-
mendations to the council with respect to any applications
for exemption, including an application for exemption of
a graduate in honours science. New.
Saving
(6) The council shall exempt from the examinations men-
tioned in clause c of subsection 1 any person who resides in
Ontario on the day this Act comes into force and who has
been engaged in the performance of any engineering work
specified in clause e of section 2 of The Professional Engineers
Act, being chapter 309 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario,
1960, for a period or periods of not less than six years in the
aggregate, if such person submits to the council, within one
year from the day this Act comes into force, satisfactory
evidence of having been so engaged. New.
Admission
of members
of other
associations
12. The council may, upon application and satisfactoi:
proof of residence, admit as a member any person who resides
in Ontario, or who resides out of Ontario under the circum-
stances set out in subclause ii of clause a of subsection 1 of
section 1 1 , and who furnishes satisfactory proof.
(a) that he is a member of an association of professional
engineers in another province or a territory' of
Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association and requirements for membership no
less exacting than those in effect in Ontario; or
{b) that he is a member of an association of professional
engineers in another part of the Commonwealth or
in the United States of America that has objects
similar to those of the Association and requirements
for membership no less exacting than those in effect
in Ontario.
students
and
assistants
13. Persons who are engaged as assistants to professional
engineers in categories recognized by the council and gradu-
ates and undergraduates who have not completed the period
of engineering experience required by this Act and who con-
48
11
template applying for membership on the completion of the
period of engineering experience may, upon application in the
prescribed form, be recorded in the Association's register but
not as members of the Association until fully qualified, and
upon being so recorded are subject to the control of the
council in accordance with this Act, the regulations and the
by-laws. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 13, amended.
14. — (1) The annual fee from a registrant shall be deemed Annual fee
to be a debt due to the Association and is recoverable from
him in the name of the Association in any court of competent
jurisdiction. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 24, amended.
(2) Where the annual fee is not paid within six months p^y'J^ent of
from the date upon which it became due, the treasurer shall*"""*' ^^^
send a written notice of such default by prepaid mail addressed
to the registrant's last address as shown on the register, and,
if payment is not made within one month thereafter, the
registrar, upon the direction of the council, shall delete or
cause the name of the registrant to be deleted from the
register, and thereupon the registrant ceases to be a member,
a licensee, an assistant to a professional engineer, or a graduate
or undergraduate recorded pursuant to section 13, as the case
may be. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 25 (1), amended.
15. Any member who intends to withdraw from the prac- J^ons*"*"
tice of professional engineering and whose fees are paid up
shall send written notice thereof to the registrar, whereupon
the registrar shall delete his name from the register. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 25 (2), amended.
16. Any person who ceased to be a member under sub- ^ong""^^"
section 2 of section 14, upon payment of the fees owing at the
time he ceased to be a member and the fee for the current
year, or any person whose name has been deleted from the
register under section 15, upon payment of the fee for the
current year, and, in either case, upon production of evidence
of good character satisfactory to the council, shall, upon the
direction of the council, have his name restored on the register.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 25 (3), amended.
LICENSING
17. — (1) The registrar may upon application issue a licence J^5e^®p°/jQ
to any person who resides in Canada but not in Ontario and members of
,r.| ■ r r,,. , r associations
who turmshes satisfactory proof that he is a member of an of other
„^^ • ,. /• J. . i . . . . provinces
association oi professional engineers in another province or a
territory of Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association.
48
12
Issue or
lieencee to
consulting
speoialists
(2) Any person who does not reside in Canada but who in
the opinion of the council is a consulting specialist in a field
of professional engineering who has had not less than ten years
experience in the practice of his profession, or who furnishes
satisfactory evidence that he has qualifications at least equal
to those required for registration as a professional engineer
in Ontario, may, with the approval of the council, be issued a
licence.
H^ZOTto W Any person practising or proposing to practise pn.
^0"°"^ fessional engineering who resides in a territory of Canada in
wlthou't** which there is no association of professional engineers that
associations has objects similar to those of the Association, may, with the
approval of the council, be issued a licence.
Practise by
applicant
for a
licence
(4) Where an applicant for a licence fails to obtain it
promptly for any reason unrelated to his professional capacity
or his own neglect, he may practise professional engineering
in Ontario for a period of not more than three months without
a licence.
Licence to
be issued
by the
registrar
(5) The registrar shall issue a licence in the prescribed form
to any person entitled thereto and shall specify therein the
work upon which and the name of the employer in Ontario l>
whom the holder of the licence is to be employed and tlic
period for which it is issued, but in no case shall the period
extend beyond the end of the calendar year in which the
licence is issued. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, ss. 14, 22 (4), amended.
Additional
conditions
(6) The council ma\' direct that any licence issued under
subsection 2 shall, in addition to the conditions mentioned
in subsection 5, contain a condition that the licensee may
practise professional engineering in Ontario only in collabora-
tion with a member who shall sign and seal any plans and
specifications together with the licensee. New.
Where
licence not
reiiuired
18. An\ person who is employed as a professional engineer
b\ a public service corporation carrying on an interprovincial
undertaking or by the Government of Canada and who is by
reason of his employment required to practise professional
engineering in a province or territory of Canada other than
that of his residence may practise professional engineering in
Ontario without a licence, but he shall on demand of the
council furnish satisfactory evidence that he is a member of an
association of professional engineers in another province or a
territory of Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 15, amended.
Seals,
members
19. — (1) Every member shall have a seal of a design
approved by the council, the impression of which shall contain
48
Section 20. The provisions respecting the practice of professional
engineering by partnerships, associations and corporations are revised
in order to ensure a greater degree of control.
48
13
the name of the engineer and the words "Registered Profes-
sional Engineer" and "Province of Ontario". R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 16, amended.
(2) Every licensee shall have a seal of a design approved j^^UJ^'^^g
by the council, the impression of which shall contain the
name of the licensee and the words "Licensed Professional
Engineer" and "Province of Ontario".
(3) All final drawings, specifications, plans, reports and f n^"uge'"of
other documents involving the practice of professional en-^^*'
gineering when issued shall bear the signature and seal of the
professional engineer who prepared or approved them. New.
PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS
20. — (1) No partnership, association of persons or cor- P^^^fj^^^®^^
poration as such shall be a member or a licensee, or shall, by partner-
•^ , . , , 1 • • • r • , ships and
except as authorized by this section, practise professional corporations
engineering.
(2) A partnership, association of persons or corporation certiflcates
that holds a certificate of authorization may, in its own name, t^'^°"^^'
practise professional engineering,
•
(a) if one of its principal or customary functions is to
engage in the practice of professional engineering;
and
{h) if the practice of professional engineering is done
under the respnansibility and supervision of a member
of the partnership or the association of persons, a
director of the corporation, or a full-time employee
of the corporation, who in any case is a member; or
(c) if the practice of professional engineering is done
under the responsibility and supervision of a member
of the partnership or the association of persons, a
director of the corporation, or a full-time employee
of the corporation, who in any case is a licensee,
provided that the practice of professional engineer-
ing is restricted to the work specified in the licence
of the licensee. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 18, amended.
(3) A partnership, association of persons or corporation Applications
that desires a certificate of authorization shall submit to the certificates
registrar an application in the prescribed form containing,
(o) the names and addresses of all its partners, members,
officers or directors, as the case may be;
1
14
(b) the names of all its partners, members of associa-
tions of persons, directors of corporations, or full-
time employees of corporations, as the case may be,
who are the members or licensees who will be in
charge of professional engineering on its behalf;
(c) from among the names specified under clause b the
name or names of its official representative or repi
sentatives whose duty it is to ensure that this Aci,
and the regulations and the by-laws are complied
with by the partnership, the association of persons
or the corporation, as the case may be,
and shall, whenever there is a change in the particulars given
in its application, give notice of the change to the registrar
within thirty days after the effective date of the change.
certiflcates (^^ '^ subsection 3 is complied with, the registrar shall
issue to the applicant a certificate of authorization.
1 pso facto
revocation
of
certlflcate
(5) Where the holder of a certificate of authorization ceases
to have any official representative, the certificate is ipso facto
revoked, and the partnership, association of persons or cor-
poration shall not practise professional engineering until a
new certificate of authorization is issued.
Reprimand
of licensee,
etc.
(6) Where the council finds that the holder of a certificate
of authorization has failed to observe any of the provisions
of this section or has been guilty of conduct that would, in
the case of a member or licensee, have been professional mis-
conduct, the council may reprimand the holder or suspend or
revoke the certificate of authorization.
^/'m.'"?4.'°25, (7) Sections 24, 25 and 26 apply mutatis mutandis to the
^^ refusal to issue a certificate of authorization and to the
revocation or suspension of a certificate of authorization.
Board
Central
examining
board
EXAMINATIONS
21. — (1) The council shall appoint annually a board of
examiners. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 19, amended.
(2) The council may establish conjointly with the council
of any association in one or more of the provinces or terri-
tories of Canada that has objects similar to those of the Asso-
ciation a central examining board and may delegate to the
central examining board all or any of the powers of the council
respecting the examination of candidates for admission as
members, but any examinations conducted by the central
examining board shall be held in at least one place in Ontario.
R.S.O. 1960. c. 309, s. 21, amended.
48
Section 24 — Subsection 1. This new provision implements Recom-
mendation 22 of the McRuer Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
Subsection 2. This subsection implements Recommendation 14 of
the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Si£ciTON 25 — Sub.scction 1. The provisions of the Act dealing with
discipline are revised in order to bring them into line with Recommendations
8. 16, 17, 19 and 20 of the McRuer Report (pages 1209-1211 of Volume 3)
and also to set out more explicitly the powers of the council when dealing
with disciplinary matters.
48
IS
REGISTRAR
22. — (1) The registrar shall register in a system of record- Registrar
ing approved by the council the names of the members, the members,
licensees, the assistants to professional engineers, and the®''^'
graduates and the undergraduates. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 22 (5), amended.
(2) The registrar shall keep the register correct and inj^^g^'^"^
accordance with this Act, the regulations and the by-laws, correct
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 23, amended.
(3) The certificate of the registrar respecting the registra- ^^yi'^s'^o®
tion of a person is prima facie evidence of the facts certified membership
to therein. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 27, amended.
23. — (1) The registrar shall issue to each member admitted Je'''"'oato
to the Association a certificate of membership signed by the "membership
president or a vice-president and by the registrar, and bearing
the seal of the Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 23 (1),
amended.
(2) Every member shall keep his certificate of membership t^%g''°^'®
prominently displayed in his place of business. R.S.O. 1960, displayed
c. 309, s. 22 (1).
HEARINGS UPON APPLICATIONS
24. — (1) Where an applicant for membership or a licence ^^ere"^
has met the academic and experience requirements, or an application
applicant for restoration of his name on the register has paid bership, etc.,
the required fees and has produced the required evidence of
good character, and his application is refused, the council
shall, upon the written request of the applicant received by
the registrar within fifteen days of the receipt by the applicant
of written notice of the refusal, conduct a hearing of the matter.
(2) Section 25 applies mutatis mutandis to any hearing heTrfng' °^
conducted under this section except that upon any such hear-
ing the council may make findings of fact by such standards
of proof as are commonly relied upon by reasonable and
prudent men in the conduct of their own affairs. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 26, amended.
HEARINGS, DISCIPLINARY
25.— (1) Subject to subsection 2, where the council finds Pq°J;|j»^ °f
that a person who is a member or licensee is guilty of pro- diso'P""^
f . , . , , , . , . . ■' , members
tessionai misconduct or has obtained registration as a member
48
16
or has been issued a licence by reason of misrepreaentation
by such person, the council may by order do one or more of
the following:
1. Reprimand such person and, if considered proper,
direct that the fact of the reprimand be recorded on
the register.
2. Suspend the membership or licence of such person for
such time as the council considers proper and direct
that the re-instatement of such membership or licence
on the termination of such suspension be subject
to such conditions, if any, as the council considers
proper.
3. Direct that the imposition of any penalty be sus-
pended or postponed for such period and upon such
terms as the council considers proper and that at
the end of such period and upon the compliance with
such terms any penalty be remitted.
4. Direct that the membership or licence of such person
be cancelled and that the name of such person be
removed from the register.
5. Direct that the decision of the council be published
in detail or in summary in the official journal of the
Association or in such other manner or medium as
the council considers appropriate in any particular
case.
6. Direct that, where it appears that the proceedings
were unwarranted, such costs as to the council seem
just be paid by the Association to the member or
licensee whose conduct was the subject of such
proceedings.
Complaint (2) The council shall not take any action under subsection 1
and hearing , ' -^
unless,
(a) a complaint under oath has been filed with the
registrar and a copy thereof has been served on the
person whose conduct is being investigated;
(b) the person whose conduct is being investigated
has been served with a notice of the time and place
of the hearing; and
(r) the council has heard evidence of or on behalf of
the complainant and, if the person whose conduct is
being investigated apjjears at the hearing and so
48
Subsection 4. This new provision implements Recommendation
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Subsection 5. This new provision implements Recommendation 12
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume i).
Subsection 6. This new provision implements Recommendation 35
of the McRuer Report (page 1262 of Volume 3).
Subsection 7. This new provision implements Recommendation IS
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Subsection 9. This new provision implements Recommendations 13
and 44 of the McRuer Report (pages 1210 and 1263, respectively, of
Volume 3).
Subsection 10. This new provision takes into account Recommen-
dations 151, 152, 169, 170, 172, 173 and 174 of the McRuer Report (pages
1278, 1280 and 1281, respectively, of Volume 3).
48
Subsection 11. This new provision is designed to implement Recom-
mendations 174 and 179 of the McRuer Report (page 1281 of Volume 3).
It is based upon the corresponding provisions of the Tribunals of Inquiry
(Evidence) Act, 1921 of the United Kingdom (see page 444 of Volume 1).
i '
Subsection 12. This provision implements Recommendation 42 of
the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3).
Subsection 13. This provision implements Recommendations 45 and
47 of the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3).
Subsection 14. This provision implements Recommendation 48 of
the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3). The proviso has been added.
48
Subsection 15. This provision iniplen)ent» Recommendation lo
the McRiier Report (pages 1209-10 of Volume 3).
48
17
requests, has heard his evidence or evidence on his
beiialf and has reached the decision that he is guilty.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (1, 2), amended.
(3) Any person presiding at a hearing may administer take^sworn
oaths to witnesses and require them to give evidence under ®^"'°"'^®
oath. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (1, 2, 3), amended.
(4) If the person whose conduct is being investigated fails appear *°
to appear in answer to the notice at the time and place ap-
pointed, the hearing may be conducted in his absence.
(5) Hearings shall be held in camera, but if the person whose hearings""''
conduct is being investigated requests otherwise by a not\ct^°„^lJ^f)^
in writing delivered to the registrar before the day fixed for
the hearing, the council may conduct the hearing in public
ir otherwise as it thinks proper.
(6) The council may adjourn any hearing at any time and merits'^"
from time to time.
(7) A person whose conduct is being investigated, if ^/p^ereon'^*
present in person at the hearing, has the right to be repre- vesti^ated
sented by counsel or agent, to adduce evidence and to make
submissions, and any such person may be compelled to attend
and give evidence in the manner provided in subsection 10.
(8) The oral evidence submitted at a hearing shall be taken ^^^enc^e"*^
down in writing or by any other method authorized by T/feR.s.o. i960,
■ Evidence Act.
(9) The rules of evidence applicable in civil proceedings ^"Jfe^n^e
are applicable at hearings, but at a hearing members of the
council may take notice of generally recognized technical or
scientific facts or opinions within the specialized knowledge
of members of the council if the person whose conduct is
being investigated has been informed before or during the
hearing of any such matters noticed and he has been given
an opportunity to contest the material so noticed.
(10) The president, a vice-president, the immediate past f^™[J'°^g®
president or the registrar may, and the registrar upon applica-
tion of a jDerson whose conduct is being investigated shall,
issue a summons in the form prescribed by regulation, com-
manding the attendance and examination of any person as a
itness, and the production of any document the production
which could be compelled at the trial of an action, to
appear before the council at the time and place mentioned in
the summons and stating that failure to obey the summons
will render the person liable to cornmittal to prison on an
48
18
Fallura of
witnau to
appear, etc.
application to the Supreme Court, but the person whose
attendance is required is entitled to the like conduct money
and payment for expenses and loss of time as upon attendance
as a witness at a trial in the Supreme Court.
(11) If any person,
(a) on being duly summoned to appear as a witnew
makes default in attending; or
(b) being in attendance as a witness refuses to take an
oath legally required to be taken, or to produce any
document in his power or control legally required
to be produced by him, or to answer any question
which he is legally required to answer; or
(c) does any other thing which would, if the council had
been a court of law having power to commit for
contempt, have been contempt of that court,
the person presiding at the hearing may certify the offence
of that person under his hand to the Supreme Court and the
court may thereupon inquire into the alleged offence and
after hearing any witnesses who may be produced against
or on behalf of the person charged with the offence, and after
hearing any statements that may be offered in defence, punish
or take steps for the punishment of that person in the like
manner as if he had been guilty of contempt of court.
uon'amf (^2) At a hearing the complainant and the person whose
cross- conduct is being investigated have the right to examine the
examination ,, , , , • i j
Witnesses called by them respectively, and to cross-examine
the witnesses opposed in interest.
Decisions
(13) The decision taken after a hearing shall be in writing
and shall contain or be accompanied by the reasons for the
decision in which are set out the findings of fact and the
conclusions of law, if any, based thereon, and a copy of the
decision and the reasons therefor, together with a notice to
the person whose conduct is being investigated of his right of
appeal, shall be served upon him within thirty days after the
date of the decision.
Record
(14) A record shall be compiled for every hearing consist-
ing of the complaint and the notice referred to in subsection 2,
any intermediate rulings or orders made in the course of the
proceedings, a transcript of the oral evidence, if a transcript
has been prepared, such documentary evidence and things
as were received in evidence and the decision and the reasons
therefor, provided that documents and things received in
48
Subsection 21. This provision implements Recommendation 21 of
the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Section 26. This appeal section implements Recommendation 23
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
48
19
evidence may be released to the persons tendering tliem when
all appeals have been finally disposed of or the right to appeal
has terminated.
(15) Any document required to be served under this Act documents
upon a person whose conduct is being investigated shall be
served personally upon him, but where it appears that service
cannot be effected personally, the document may be served
by mailing a copy thereof in a registered letter addressed to
him at his last known residence or office address as shown by
the records of the Association, and service shall be effected
not less than ten days before the date of the hearing or the
event or thing required to be done, as the case may be, and
proof by affidavit of the service is sufficient.
(16) Where a member or licensee has been suspended from Sllft^al'ter
practising under this section, he may, upon payment of all ^"^p®"^'°"
fees and other costs owing by him to the Association, apply to
the council to be re-instated as a member or licensee, as the
case may be, and the council may terminate the suspension
of such member or licensee upon such terms as it considers
proper.
(17) A person whose membership or licence has been^^^
Re-
■ admission
cancelled under this section may apply to the council ^or 1^'®^!^^^^^
membership or for a licence, as the case may be, and the
council shall, subject to subsection 18, hear the application
and make such order as it considers proper and may include
as a term of any such order such conditions as the council
considers proper to be fulfilled before the applicant is ad-
mitted to membership or granted a licence or to be observed
by such member or licensee thereafter.
(18) Except with the consent of the council, no application i^em
under subsection 17 shall be heard before the expiry of two
years from the date of the cancellation of membership or
licence or the date of the final disposition of any appeal.
(19) Upon a hearing for admission to membership or for ^''®'"
the granting of a licence under subsection 17, the council
shall follow, in so far as practicable, the procedure provided
for in the case of a complaint under this section, and a former
member or licensee has the same right of appeal from an
order made by the council under subsection 17 as is provided
in section 26.
(20) The council may appoint a committee to act for and of'™™nc^f^
on its behalf composed of not fewer than five members of the
council, one of whom shall be the president, a vice-president
or the immediate past president, and may delegate to the
48
20
committee all or any of its powers and duties under this
section upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the council
considers proper, and a decision or order of the committee
is the decision or order of the council. New.
Practice
pending
appeal
(21) Except in the case of professional misconduct con-
stituting incompetence on the part of the person whose
conduct was investigated, the suspension or cancellation of
the membership or licence of a person whose conduct was
investigated under this section does not become effective until
any appeal has been finally disposed of or the right of appeal
has terminated. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (5), amended.
APPEALS
Appeal 26. — (1) Any person whom the council has refused to
register for membership or whose name the council has
refused to restore on the register or to whom the council has
refused to issue a licence or who has been reprimanded or
whose membership or licence is suspended or cancelled may
appeal from the order of refusal, reprimand, suspension or
cancellation to the Court of Appeal within fifteen days from
the day upon which he is served with the order of refusal,
reprimand, suspension or cancellation.
Certified
copies of
papers
Failure to
pay costs
(2) Upon the request of any person desiring to appeal and
upon payment of the cost thereof, the registrar shall furnish
such person with a certified copy of all proceedings, evidence,
reports, orders and papers received as evidence by the council
and any committee thereof appointed pursuant to subsection
20 of section 25 in dealing with and disposing of the matter
complained of.
(3) If the appellant fails to pay the cost of the certified
copy and the cost of such additional copies of the evidence as
may be reasonably required for the purposes of the appeal
within fifteen days after written demand from the registrar,
the appeal shall be deemed to be abandoned.
Procedure
and record
(4) An appeal under this section shall be by motion, notice
of which shall be served upon the registrar, and the record
shall consist of a copy, certified by the registrar, of the pro-
ceedings before the council or committee thereof, the evidence
taken, the report of the council or committee thereof and all
decisions, findings and orders of the council or committee
thereof in the matter.
I'm, tue
(5) Except as otherwise provided, appeals under this section
shall be in accordance with the practice in appeals from the
decision or order of a judge of the Supreme Court.
48
21
(6) Upon the hearing of an appeal under this section the^'"''®"
Court of Appeal may make such order as the court deems
proper or may refer the matter or any part thereof back to
the council with such directions as the court deems proper.
(7) The Court of Appeal may make such order as to the '^°^^^
costs of the appeal as the court deems proper. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 28 (4), amended.
OFFENCES
27. — (1) Every person, other than a member or a licensee, °g*J|o^|*'
who,
(a) takes and uses orally or otherwise the title "Pro-
fessional Engineer" or "Registered Professional
Engineer" or uses any addition to or abbreviation of
either such titles, or any words, name or designation
that will lead to the belief that he is a professional
engineer, a member or a licensee or, except as per-
mitted by section 2, uses the title or designation
"engineer" in such a manner as will lead to the belief
that he is a professional engineer, a member or a
licensee;
(6) advertises, holds himself out, or conducts himself in
any way or by anj' means as a member or a licensee;
or
(c) engages in the practice of professional engineering,
is guilty of an oflfence. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 30, amended.
(2) Every person who, ^^^'^
(a) wilfully procures or attempts to procure registration
under this Act for himself or for another person by
making, producing or causing to be made or produced
any fraudulent representation or declaration either
verbal or written ;
{b) knowingly makes any false statement in any applica-
tion or declaration signed or filed by him under this
Act,
is guilty of an offence. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 33, part,
amended.
48
22
ptStner?' (^^ Where a partnership, association of persons or corpor
a«Boolatione **°" '''^^ ^^^ "° Subsisting certificate of authorization,
and
corporations , > . .....
(a) practises professional engineering;
(b) uses orally or otherwise any name, title, description
or designation that will lead to the belief that it is
entitled to practise professional engineering; or
(c) advertises, holds itself out or conducts itself in any
way or in such manner as to lead to the belief that
it is entitled to practise professional engineering,
every member of the partnership, every member of the asso-
ciation of persons, or the corporation and every director there-
of, is guilty of an offence.
Idem
(4) Where a partnership, association of persons or corpora-
tion that has a subsisting certificate of authorization practises
professional engineering in contravention of this Act, ever>'
member of the partnership, every member of the association
of persons, or the corporation and every director thereof,
is guilty of an offence.
Penalties
(5) Every person, member of a partnership, member of an
association of persons, and every corporation and director
thereof, who is guilty of an offence under this section is, on
summary conviction, liable to a fine of not more than $1,000
or to imprisonment for a term of not more than six months,
or to both. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, ss. 31, 33, part, amended.
Umitation (^j \;q proceedings shall be commenced for a contravention
proceedings of any of the provisions of this section after two years from
the date of the commission of such contravention. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 35, amended.
LIMITATION OF .\CTIONS
Limitation
of actions
28. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2, an action
against a member or a licensee for negligence or malpractice
in connection with professional services requested of him or
rendered by him or under his direction or control shall be
commenced within and not later than twelve months after
the cause of action arose.
Extension
(2) The court in which an action mentioned in subsection 1
has been or may be brought may extend the period of limita-
tion specified therein either before or after it has expired if
the court is satisfied that to do so is just.
48
Section 28. This new section implements Recommendations 29,
30 and 31 of the McRuer Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
48
23
(3) This section does not apply to proceedings under Pj°®,^"j°'
section 25. New. disciplinary
proceedings
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
29.— (1) Notwithstanding section 4, the president, the ^S^n*™ ""^
vice-presidents and the elected councillors holding office when
this Act comes into force shall continue to hold office until
after the first annual election after this Act comes into force.
(2) Notwithstanding subsections 4 and 5 of section 4, at^^^^J^j
the first election of councillors after this Act comes into force, election
one councillor-at-large shall be elected for a two-year term
and one councillor-at-large shall be elected for a one-year
term and there shall be elected from each of the five regions
mentioned in subsection 5 of section 4 one regional councillor
for a two-year term and one regional councillor for a one-year
term. New.
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 6 of section 4, all councillors members'^
who have been appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in
Council and are holding office when this Act comes into force
shall continue to hold office for the term designated in the
order in council by which they were appointed. New.
MISCELLANEOUS
30. The Professional Engineers Act is repealed. c^'fo?,' ^^^°'
repealed
31. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by ^jg^u"^"'^*
the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
32. This Act may be cited as The Professional Engineers short title
Act, 1968-69.
48
I
00
<~. <»
o"^
§.3-
2
^i:
w
5 a
^
tA.
fi o
C/l
X
>
PI;
H
3 5>
3*^
'^.
' '
u
>3
I -^
»<9
5 <«>
a
3 at
- s
3" a
vO
ON
00
BILL 48
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
{Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sectiok Pace
INTERPRETATION I. 2 1
THE ASSOCIATION 3 3
THE COUNCIL 4-10 4
MEMBERSHIP 11-16 9
LICENSING 17-19 11
PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS 20 13
EXAMINATIONS 21 14
REGISTRAR 22. 23 15
HEARINGS, UPON APPLICATIONS 24 16
DISCIPLINARY 25 16
APPEALS 26 20
OFFENCES 27 21
LIMITATION OF ACTIONS 28 23
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 29 23
MISCELLANEOUS 30-32 23
Explanatory Notes
General — At the 1968 Session of the Legislature, Bill 42 was intro-
duced which represented the first comprehensive revision of The Profes-
sional Engineers Act which was first passed in 1922. Bill 42 was not
proceeded with in view of the publication at that time of the Report of the
Royal Commission Inquiry into Civil Rights.
The changes made in this revision are designed to facilitate the
.Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of Ontario in the
administration of its affairs and to bring the -Act up to date in substance
and form.
Most of the differences between this Bill and Bill 42 are changes to
confcjrm to the recommendations of the McRuer Report.
48
BILL 48 1968-69
The Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
INTERPRETATION
1. In this Act, uti??"'
(a) "Association" means the Association of Professional
Engineers of the Province of Ontario ;
(b) "by-law" means a by-law of the Association;
(c) "chapter" means a group of members constituted
and governed by by-law;
(d) "council" means the council of the Association;
(c) "graduate" means a graduate of a university or other
educational institution in a course in any branch of
engineering or science, the practice of which con-
stitutes professional engineering and which is rec-
ognized by the council;
(/) "licence" means a licence to practise professional
engineering issued under this Act;
(g) "licensee" means a person who holds a subsisting
licence ;
(h) "member" means a member of the Association;
(i) "practice of professional engineering" means the
doing of one or more acts of advising on, reporting
on, designing of or supervising of the construction
of, all public utilities, industrial works, railways,
tramways, bridges, tunnels, highways, roads, canals,
harbour works, lighthouses, river improvements,
wet docks, dry docks, floating docks, dredges,
J
rklB
cranes, drainage works, irrigation works, wa
works, water purification plants, sewerage worl
sewage disposal works, incinerators, hydraulic works,
power transmission systems, steel, concrete or re-
inforced concrete structures, electric lighting sys-
tems, electric power plants, electric machinery,
electric or electronic apparatus, electrical or elec-
tronic communication systems or equipment, mineral
property, mining machinery, mining development,
mining operations, gas or oil developments, smelters,
refineries, metallurgical machinery, or equipment or
apparatus for carrying out such operations, mach-
inery, boilers or their auxiliaries, steam engines,
hydraulic turbines, pumps, internal combustion
engines or other mechanical structures, chemical or
metallurgical machinery, apparatus or processes,
or aircraft, and generally all other engineering works
including the engineering works and installations
relating to airports, airfields or landing strips or
relating to town and community planning;
(j) "professional engineer" means a person who is a
member or licensee;
(k) "region" means a geographical area of Ontario as
defined by by-law;
(/) "register" means the record of registrants main-
tained by the registrar;
(m) "registrant" means a person recorded in the register
as a member, licensee, an assistant to a professional
engineer, a graduate or an undergraduate;
(n) "registrar" means the registrar of the Association;
(o) "regulation" means a regulation of the Association;
(p) "undergraduate" means a student enrolled at but
not graduated from a university or other educational
institution in a course in any branch of engineering
or science, the practice of which constitutes profes-
sional engineering and that is recognized by the
council. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 1, amended.
nSii^nl^ed 2* Nothing in this Act prevents,
(a) any person from performing his duties in the Cana-
dian Armed Forces;
48
Section 2— Clause «. The exemption relating to mining work ii
revised. Provision is made in section 11 (6) for admission to membership
in the Association of persons who are engaged in this field.
48
(b) any member or licensee of the Ontario Association of
Architects under The Architects Act or any employee R-|-0. i960
of such member or licensee acting under the direction
and responsibility of such member or licensee from
performing professional engineering services in the
course of any work undertaken or proposed to be
undertaken by such member or licensee as an
architect;
(c) any person who holds a certificate of qualification
under The Operating Engineers Act from practising ^-fs^- ^^^°
or designating himself as an operating engineer;
{d) any person from practising as a bacteriologist,
chemist, geologist, mineralogist or physicist;
(e) any person from advising on or reporting on any
mineral property or prospect;
(/) any person from operating, executing or supervising
any works as owner, contractor, superintendent,
foreman, inspector or master,
or requires any such person to become registered or licensed
under this Act in order to do any such thing. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 2, amended.
THE ASSOCIATION
3. — (1) The body politic and corporate known as the ^„^^?,"='*"9"
Association ol Professional Engineers of the Province of
Ontario" incorporated under The Professional Engineers Act, ^^^^- "■ ^^
1922 is hereby continued.
(2) All persons who are members of the Association when Members
this Act comes into force or who hereafter are admitted as
members constitute the Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 3 (1), amended.
(3) The objects of the Association are, objects
(a) to regulate the practice of professional engineering
and to govern the profession in accordance with this
Act, the regulations and the by-laws;
(b) to establish and maintain standards of knowledge
and skill among its members; and
(c) to establish and maintain standards of professional
ethics among its members,
m order that the public interest may be served and protected.
New.
48
Head offlce
(4) The head office of the Association shall be at the city
of Toronto.
Property
(5) The Association may purchase, acquire or take by
gift, devise or bequest for the purposes of the Association and
the furtherance of its objects, but for no other purposes or
objects, any real or personal property, and may sell, mortgage,
lease or otherwise dispose of anv such property. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 3 (4, 5).
THE COUNCIL
Council
4. — (1) There shall be a council which shall consist of a
president, a first vice-president, a second vice-president, an
immediate past president, two elected councillors-at-Iarge,
ten elected regional councillors and five appointed councillors,
all of whom shall be members and residents of Ontario.
an?'vice- (2) The president and the vice-presidents shall have such
presidents qualifications as are prescribed by by-law and shall be elected
annually by vote of the members. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 8 (1-3), amended.
CounclUors-
at-large
(3) One councillor -at-large shall be elected each year for a
two-year term by vote of the members. New.
Regional
councillors
(4) There shall be elected from each of the five regions
established and defined by by-law two regional councillors,
one to be elected from each region each year for a two-year
term by vote of the members who are recorded as residents in
that region at the time the election is held.
^oun^c'niore (^) The five appointed councillors shall be appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council for a term of three years
and shall be qualified respectively in the following fields of
engineering:
1. Civil.
2. Mechanical, Aeronautical and Industrial.
3. Electrical.
4. Chemical and Metallurgical.
5. Mining and Geology. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 8
(5, 6), amended.
48
1
Section 4 — Subsection 4. The method of electing ten of the coun-
cillors is changed from a branch basis which is the basis in the present
Act to a geographical basis.
48
Subsections 6, 7. These new provisions implement Recommendations
2 and 7 of the McRuer Report (page 1209 of Volume 3).
48
(6) In addition to the councillors mentioned in subsection 1 . ^o^Jnciiior
the Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint as coun- '^egai^^^^^^
cillors,
(a) a person who is not a member; and
(b) a person who is a barrister and solicitor of at least
ten years standing at the bar of Ontario,
both of whom are residents of Ontario.
(7) Persons apfjointed under subsection 6 shall serve for'^®'''"
a term of three years but are eligible for re-appointment.
(8) Where the president, a vice-president or a councillor ^^'=*°°'®*
resigns, is absent from three consecutive meetings of the
council, becomes incapacitated or dies, the office may be
declared vacant by the council, and, if such office should be
declared vacant, except in a case of a councillor appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council, the council shall fill the
vacancy in such manner as is provided by by-law, and in the
case of a vacancy in the office of a councillor appointed by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council, the Lieutenant Governor in
Council may fill the vacancy by appointment of a person of
the same class as the councillor causing the vacancy. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 8 (6, 7), amended.
(9) No person shall be appointed or elected to the council ^o^^^'^'o"
unless he is a Canadian citizen or other British subject, and canadianB
no person shall continue to hold any such office if he ceases to
be so qualified. New.
5. The council, frltsnrer:
secretary,
,,,,,. . , , executive
(a) shall appomt a registrar and a treasurer; and director
(b) may appoint a secretary, an executive director and
such other officials as the council deems fit,
and any two or more of such offices may be held by one
person. New.
6. No action or other proceedings for damages shall be^f^Qu'^Ji]
instituted against the council, or any member or official of^^^lj.^"**
the council or any person appointed by the council for any
act done in good faith in the performance or intended perform-
ance of any duty or in the exercise or in the intended exercise
of any power under this Act, a regulation or a by-law, or
for any neglect or default in the performance or exercise in
good faith of any such duty or power. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 29, amended.
48
Reguiatiom 7, — (j) j^i^ council may make regulations respecting any
matter that is outside the scope of the power to pass by-laws
specified in section 8 and, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing,
(a) prescribing the scope and conduct of examinations
of candidates for registration;
(b) prescribing the form of the summons referred to in
subsection 10 of section 25;
(c) respecting the practice and procedure for hearings
held under this Act;
(d) defining "professional misconduct" for the purpose
of this Act and the regulations;
(e) defining classes of specialists in the various fields of
engineering;
(/) prescribing the qualifications required of specialists
or any class thereof;
(g) providing for the designation of specialists upon
application and examination or otherwise, for the
suspension or revocation of such designations, and
for the regulation and prohibition of the use of
terms, titles or designations by professional engineers
indicating specialization in any field of engineering;
(h) regulating and prohibiting the use of terms, titles
or designations by professional engineers in indepen-
dent practice.
Approvals (2) No regulation is effective,
(a) until it has been submitted to the memljers for
approval by means of a letter ballot returnable
within thirty days after the mailing thereof and it
has been approved by a majority of those voting
within the prescribed time; and
(6) until it has been approved by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council. New.
By-laws 8. — (1) The council may pass by-laws relating to the
administrative and domestic affairs of the Association, and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(a) respecting the determination and modification of the
boundaries of regions and the determination of
48
Sections 7 and 8. These sections implement Recommendations 25
and 26 of the McRuer Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
48
f
regions in which members shall be deemed to reside
for the purposes of the election of councillors;
(b) prescribing procedures for the nomination and elec-
tion of the councillors and the nomination and
election of the president and the vice-presidents and
the qualifications necessary to hold any such office;
(c) prescribing the duties of the councillors and rules
governing their conduct;
(d) respecting the remuneration and reimbursement of
members of the council;
(e) respecting the calling, holding and conduct of meet-
ings of the council and the Association ;
(/) providing for the establishment and regulation of
chapters ;
(g) respecting the management of the property of the
Association ;
(h) providing for the borrowing of money on the credit
of the Association and the charging, mortgaging,
hypothecating or pledging of any of the real or
personal property of the Association to secure any
money borrowed or other debt or any other obliga-
tion or liability of the Association ;
(i) respecting the application of the funds of the Asso-
ciation, and the investment and re-investment of
any of its funds not immediately required in any
investments that may from time to time be autho-
rized investments for joint stock insurance companies
and cash mutual insurance corporations under TAe ^-SjO. i960,
Corporations Act;
ij) defining the composition and functions of the board
of examiners;
(k) providing for the establishment of scholarships,
bursaries and prizes;
(/) providing for the appointment of committees of the
council and defining their composition and functions;
(w) providing for the closing of the register and the
restriction of recording changes of addresses of the
registrants for a period of time not exceeding forty-
48
8
eight hours, exclusive of Sundays and holidays,
immediately preceding any meeting of the members
or any election ;
(«) respecting the registration of members and the
recording of licensees, graduates, undergraduates
and assistants to professional engineers;
(o) for maintaining a system for the recording of regis-
trants, their residence addresses and the regions in
which they are resident and for the recording of the
names of official representatives of partnerships,
associations of persons or corporations;
(p) providing for services to encourage and assist mem-
bers in the development of their professional com-
petence and conduct and in carrying on the practice
of professional engineering;
(g) fixing and providing for levying and collecting or
remitting annual and other fees, levies and assess-
ments;
(r) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(5) respecting all other things that are deemed necessary
or convenient for the attainment of the objects of
the Association and the efficient conduct of its
business.
Approval (2) No by-law is effective until it has been submitted to the
members for approval by means of a letter ballot returnable
within thirty days after the mailing thereof and unless it has
been approved by a majority of those voting within the
prescribed time. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 5, cl. a, amended.
conBtruction ^3) ^g between a registrant and the Association, the ruling
of the council on the construction and interpretation of any
by-law is final. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 4 (2), amended.
ethtc8°'^ ®- — (1) The council shall prepare and publish from time to
time a code of ethics containing standards of conduct designed
for the protection of the public, which standards members
and licensees must subscribe to and follow in the practice
of professional engineering.
Copies (2) Copies of the code of ethics shall be sent to the members
and licensees and shall be available free of charge to members
of the public who apply therefor. Xew.
48
.. Section 9. This new section implements Recommendation 9 of the
McRuer Report (page 1209 of Volume 3).
48
Section 11. In clause </ of subsection 1 the experience requirement
is increased from five to six years to conform with the requirement in all
other provinces of Canada.
Provision is also made for the admission in certain circumstances of
persons who do not reside in Ontario.
48
10. The council may authorize participation by the Asso- councif of
ciation in the activities of the Canadian Council of Profes- ProfesBionai
. c TiT Hiugineers
sional Engineers, as a constituent association thereot. New.
MEMBERSHIP
11. — (1) Any applicant for membership who, tion'fSr*"
membership
(a) resides,
(i) in Ontario,
(ii) out of Ontario and is employed for an in-
definite period as a full-time employee of an
employer having works or facilities in Ontario
and is required by the terms of his employ-
ment to practise professional engineering in
respect of such works or facilities or has a
place of employment in Ontario and practises
or proposes to practise professional engineer-
ing in Ontario on a full-time basis;
(b) is twenty-one or more years of age;
(c) has passed the examinations prescribed by the coun-
cil or is exempted therefrom pursuant to subsection
3 or 6;
(d) has had six or more years of experience in engineering
work satisfactory to the council ; and
(e) provides satisfactory evidence of good character,
shall be admitted as a member by the council.
(2) Each applicant for membership shall submit upon the ^J^J'j^'J^^i^J
prescribed form evidence of his educational qualifications and
engineering experience, information as to his residence and at
least three references as to his character and engineering
experience, and he may be required by the council to verify
the statements set out in his application by affidavit. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 10 (1, 2), amended.
(3) The council may exempt an applicant from any of the ac'^dem^o'^
examinations mentioned in clause c of subsection 1 if the »"«• other
■1 ■ r 1 • • 1- qualinca-
council IS of the opinion that the applicant has adequate tions
academic and other qualifications. New.
48
10
Credit for
time spent
at a
university
(4) Where the applicant is a graduate, upon presenting
evidence of the actual time during which he was under instruc-
tion as an undergraduate in a university, the council shall
grant him the time spent under such instruction in reduction
of the six-year period of engineering experience required by
clause d of subsection 1, but only in so far as the total exemp-
tion granted does not exceed four years. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 10 (4), amended.
Board of
examiners
to consider
applications
(5) The council may for the purpose of subsection 3 or 4
require the board of examiners to consider and make recom-
mendations to the council with respect to any applications
for exemption, including an application for exemption of
a graduate in honours science. New.
Saving (6) The council shall exempt from the examinations men-
tioned in clause c of subsection 1 any person who resides in
Ontario on the day this Act comes into force and who has
been engaged in the performance of any engineering work
specified in clause e of section 2 of The Professional Engineers
Act, being chapter 309 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario,
1960, for a period or periods of not less than six years in the
aggregate, if such person submits to the council, within one
year from the day this Act comes into force, satisfactory
evidence of having been so engaged. New.
Admission
of members
of other
associations
Students
and
assistants
12. The council may, upon application and satisfactory
proof of residence, admit as a member any person who resides
in Ontario, or who resides out of Ontario under the circum-
stances set out in subclause ii of clause a of subsection 1 of
section 1 1 , and who furnishes satisfactory proof,
(a) that he is a member of an association of professional
engineers in another province or a territory of
Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association and requirements for membership no
less exacting than those in effect in Ontario; or
{b) that he is a member of an association of professional
engineers in another part of the Commonwealth or
in the United States of America that has objects
similar to those of the Association and requirements
for membership no less exacting than those in effect
in Ontario.
13. — (1) I*ersons who are engaged as assistants to profes-
sional engineers in categories recognized by the council and
graduates and undergraduates who have not completed the
period of engineering experience required by this .'Xct and who
contemplate applying for membership on the completion of
the period of engineering experience may, upon application in
48
11
the prescribed form, be recorded in the register but not as
members of the Association until fully qualified, and upon
being so recorded are subject to the control of the council
in accordance with this Act, the regulations and the by-laws.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 13, amended.
(2) Any registrant whose name is recorded in the register °f®^^'^^g
pursuant to subsection 1 may, upon application, have his
name deleted from the register. "^PB
14. — (1) The annual fee from a registrant shall be deemed ■^"""^' ^^^
to be a debt due to the Association and is recoverable from
him in the name of the Association in any court of competent
jurisdiction. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 24, amended.
(2) Where the annual fee is not paid within six months ^^ "^gm ^f
from the date upon which it became due, the treasurer shall annual fee
send a written notice of such default by prepaid mail addressed
to the registrant's last address as shown on the register, and,
if payment is not made within one month thereafter, the
registrar, upon the direction of the council, shall delete or
cause the name of the registrant to be deleted from the
register, and thereupon the registrant ceases to be a member,
a licensee, an assistant to a professional engineer, or a graduate
or undergraduate recorded pursuant to section 13, as the case
may be. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 25 (1), amended.
15. Any member who intends to withdraw from the prac- ^®^'*"*"
tice of professional engineering and whose fees are paid up
shall send written notice thereof to the registrar, whereupon
the registrar shall delete his name from the register. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 25 (2), amended.
16. Any person who ceased to be a member under sub-R«^tora-
section 2 of section 14, upon payment of the fees owing at the
time he ceased to be a member and the fee for the current
year, or any person whose name has been deleted from the
register under section 15, upon payment of the fee for the
current year, and, in either case, upon production of evidence
of good character satisfactory to the council, shall, upon the
direction of the council, have his name restored on the register.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 25 (3), amended.
LICENSING
IT. — (1) The registrar may upon application issue a licence f^e'rfoe/ to
to any person who resides in Canada but not in Ontario and ^aSciatfons
who furnishes satisfactory proof that he is a member of anofoti^er
c r ■ , ■ ■ . provinces
association ot professional engineers in another province or a
territory of Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association.
48
12
Issue of
lioencea to
consulting
specialists
(2) Any person who does not reside in Canada but who in
the opinion of the council is a consulting specialist in a held
of professional engineering who has had not less than ten yean
experience in the practice of his profession, or who furnishes
satisfactory evidence that he has qualifications at least equal
to those required for registration as a professional engineer
in Ontario, may, with the approval of the council, be issued a
licence.
Issue of
licences to
perBons
from
provinces
without
associations
(3) Any person practising or proposing to practise pro-
fessional engineering who resides in a territory of Canada in
which there is no association of professional engineers that
has objects similar to those of the Association, may, with the
approval of the council, be issued a licence.
Practise by
applicant
for a
licence
(4) Where an applicant for a licence fails to obtain it
promptly for any reason unrelated to his professional capacity
or his own neglect, he may practise professional engineering
in Ontario for a period of not more than three months without
a licence.
Licence to
be issued
by the
registrar
(5) The registrar shall issue a licence in the prescribed form
to any person entitled thereto and shall specify therein the
work upon which and the name of the employer in Ontario by
whom the holder of the licence is to be employed and the
period for which it is issued, but in no case shall the period
extend beyond the end of the calendar year in which the
licence is issued. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, ss. 14, 22 (4), amended.
Additional
conditions
(6) The council may direct that any licence issued under
subsection 2 shall, in addition to the conditions mentioned
in subsection 5, contain a condition that the licensee may
practise professional engineering in Ontario only in collabora-
tion with a member who shall sign and seal any plans and
gpecifications together with the licensee. New.
Where
licence not
required
18. Any person who is employed as a professional engineer
by a public service corporation carrying on an interprovincial
undertaking or by the Government of Canada and who is by
reason of his employment required to practise professional
engineering in a province or territory of Canada other than
that of his residence may practise professional engineering in
Ontario without a licence, but he shall on demand of the
council furnish satisfactory evidence that he is a member of an
association of professional engineers in another province or a
territory of Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 15, amended.
Seals,
mennbers
19. — (1) Every member shall have a seal of a design
approved by the council, the impression of which shall contain
48
1
Section 20. The provisions respecting the practice of professional
engineering by partnerships, associations and corporations are revised
in order to ensure a greater degree of control.
48
13
the name of the engineer and the words "Registered Profes-
sional Engineer" and "Province of Ontario". R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 16, amended.
(2) Every licensee shall have a seal of a design approved Jj^l^'^^g
by the council, the impression of which shall contain the
name of the licensee and the words "Licensed Professional
Engineer" and "Province of Ontario".
(3) All final drawings, specifications, plans, reports and f n^"u|g'"of
other documents involving the practice of professional en-^*^'
gineering when issued shall bear the signature and seal of the
professional engineer who prepared or approved them. New.
PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS
20. — (1) No partnership, association of persons or cor- prohibited
poration as such shall be a member or a licensee, or shall, by partner-
^ ,.,,,. . . r • 1 ships and
except as authorized by this section, practise professional corporations
engineering.
(2) A partnership, association of persons or corporation certifloatea
that holds a certificate of authorization may, in its own name, ^M'^°"za-
practise professional engineering,
(a) if one of its principal or customary functions is to
engage in the practice of professional engineering;
and
{b) if the practice of professional engineering is done
under the responsibility and supervision of a member
of the partnership or the association of persons, a
director of the corporation, or a full-time employee
of the corporation, who in any case is a member; or
(c) if the practice of professional engineering is done
under the responsibility and supervision of a member
of the partnership or the association of persons, a
director of the corporation, or a full-time employee
of the corporation, who in any case is a licensee,
provided that the practice of professional engineer-
ing is restricted to the work specified in the licence
of the licensee. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 18, amended.
(3) A partnership, association of persons or corporation Applications
that desires a certificate of authorization shall submit to the certificates
registrar an application in the prescribed form containing,
(a) the names and addresses of all its partners, members,
officers or directors, as the case may be;
14
(b) the names of all its partners, members of associa-
tions of persons, directors of corporations, or full-
time employees of corporations, as the case may be,
who are the members or licensees who will be in
charge of professional engineering on its behalf;
(c) from among the names specified under clause b the
name or names of its official representative or repre-
sentatives whose duty it is to ensure that this Act.
and the regulations and the by-laws are complied
with by the partnership, the association of persons
or the corporation, as the case may be,
and shall, whenever there is a change in the particulars given
in its application, give notice of the change to the registrar
within thirty days after the effective date of the change.
Jertiflcates ^^^ '^ subsection 3 is complied with, the registrar shall
issue to the applicant a certificate of authorization.
1 pso facto
revocation
of
certificate
(5) Where the holder of a certificate of authorization ceases
to have any official representative, the certificate is ipso facto
revoked, and the pcirtnership, association of persons or cor-
poration shall not practise professional engineering until a
new certificate of authorization is issued.
Reprimand
of licensee,
etc.
(6) Where the council finds that the holder of a certificate
of authorization has failed to observe any of the provisions
of this section or has been guilty of conduct that would, in
the case of a member or licensee, have been professional mis-
conduct, the council may reprimand the holder or suspend or
revoke the certificate of authorization.
o/'8''8.''?4,'°25. (7) Sections 24. 25 and 26 apply mutatis mutandis to the
^^ refusal to issue a certificate of authorization and to the
revocation or suspension of a certificate of authorization.
New.
Board
Central
examining
board
EXAMINATIONS
21. — (1) The council shall appoint annually a board of
examiners. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 19, amended.
(2) The council may establish conjointly with the council
of any association in one or more of the provinces or terri-
tories of Canada that has objects similar to those of the Asso-
ciation a central examining board and may delegate to the
central examining board all or any of the powers of the council
respecting the examination of candidates for admission as
members, but any examinations conducted by the central
examining board shall be held in at least one place in Ontario.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 21, amended.
48
15
REGISTRAR
22. — (1) The registrar shall register in a system of record- J^^f^^^^r"
ing approved by the council the names of the members, the "jembers,
licensees, the assistants to professional engineers, and the
graduates and the undergraduates. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 22 (5), amended.
(2) The registrar shall keep the register correct and in Register
accordance with this Act, the regulations and the by-laws, correct
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 23, amended.
(3) The certificate of the registrar respecting- the registra- ^y'dence
tion of a person is prima facie evidence of the facts certified membership
to therein. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 27, amended.
(4) The registrar shall send to the Lieutenant Governor in^^*^*®'"'*'
Council quarterly as of the last days of March, June, Septem-
ber and December in each year a report containing, with
respect to the immediately preceding three-month period,
the names of the persons,
(a) who have been granted partial exemption from
examinations;
{b) who have been granted no exemption from examina-
tions;
(c) who have been refused permission to write examina-
tions; or
{d) who have not been admitted to membership in the
Association, because,
(i) their experience in engineering work was not
satisfactory to the Council, or
(ii) they did not provide satisfactory evidence of
good character,
giving, in each case, the reason for the decision, together with
such further information and particulars with respect to such
matters as the Lieutenant Governor in Council may require.
23. — (1) The registrar shall issue to each member admitted certifloate
to the Association a certificate of membership signed by the membership
president or a vice-president and by the registrar, and bearing
the seal of the Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 23 (1),
amended.
(2) Every member shall keep his certificate of membership fo%'e'"°*'®
prominently displayed in his place of business. R.S.O. l960,'*'3P'ayed
c. 309, s. 22 (1).
48
16
HEARINGS, UPON APPLICATIONS
where"' ^'^' — ^^^ Where an applicant for membership or a licence
application has met the academic and experience requirements, or an
for mem- ,. , . r i ■ < ■ ■
bership, etc., appucant lor restoration of his name on the register has paid
re use ^^^ required fees and has produced the required evidence of
good character, and his application is refused, the council
shall, upon the written request of the applicant received by
the registrar within fifteen days of the receipt by the applicant
of written notice of the refusal, conduct a hearing of the matter.
hearfng' °^ (2) Section 25 applies mutatis mutandis to any hearing
conducted under this section except that upon any such hav-
ing the council may make findings of fact by such standards
of proof as are commonly relied upon by reasonable and
prudent men in the conduct of their own affairs. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 26, amended.
Powers of
oounoll to
dUcipUne
members
HEARINGS, DISCIPLINARY
25.— (1) Subject to subsection 2, where the council finds
that a person who is a member or licensee is guilty of pro-
fessional misconduct or has obtained registration as a member
or has been issued a licence by reason of misrepresentation
by such person, the council may by order do one or more of
the following:
1. Reprimand such person and, if considered proper,
direct that the fact of the reprimand be recorded on
the register.
2. Suspend the membership or licence of such person for
such time as the council considers proper and direct
that the re-instatement of such membership or licence
on the termination of such suspension be subject
to such conditions, if any, as the council considers
proper.
3. Direct that the imposition of any penalty be sus-
pended or postponed for such period and upon such
terms as the council considers proper and that at
the end of such period and upon the compliance with
such terms any penalty be remitted.
4. Direct that the membership or licence of such person
be cancelled and that the name of such person be
removed from the register.
5. Direct that the decision of the council be published
in detail or in summary in the official journal of the
Association or in such other manner or medium as
the council considers appropriate in any particular
case.
48
Section 24 — Subsection 1. This new provision implements Recom-
mendation 22 of the McRuer Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
Subsection 2. This subsection implements Recommendation 14 of
the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Section 25 — Subsection 1. The provisions of the Act dealing with
disciplme are revised in order to bring them into line with Recommendations
8, 16, 17, 19 and 20 of the McRuer Report (pages 1209-1211 of Volume 3)
and also to set out more explicitly the powers of the council when dealing
with disciphnary matters.
48
Subsection 4. This new provision implements Recommendation 11
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Subsection 5. This new provision implements Recommendation 12
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Subsection 6. This new provision implements Recommendation 35
of the McRuer Report (page 1262 of Volume 3).
Subsection 7. This new provision implements Recommendation' IS
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
48
•
17
6. Direct that, where it appears that the proceedings
were unwarranted, such costs as to the council seem
just be paid by the Association to the member or
licensee whose conduct was the subject of such
proceedings.
(2) The council shall not take any action under subsection 1 an<i"hilring
unless,
(a) a complaint under oath has been filed with the
registrar and a copy thereof has been served on the
person whose conduct is being investigated;
(b) the person whose conduct is being investigated
has been served with a notice of the time and place
of the hearing; and
(c) the council has heard evidence of or on behalf of
the complainant and, if the person whose conduct is
being investigated appears at the hearing and so
requests, has heard his evidence or evidence on his
behalf and has reached the decision that he is guilty.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (1, 2), amended.
(3) Any person presiding at a hearing may administer t^°,j^®gj°rn
oaths to witnesses and require them to give evidence under «"''«°«®
oath. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (1, 2, 3), amended.
I
" (4) If the person whose conduct is being investigated fails Appear '°
to appear in answer to the notice at the time and place ap-
pointed, the hearing may be conducted in his absence.
(5) Hearings shall be held in camera, but if the person whose hlaHng""^
conduct is being investigated requests otherwise by a notice ^.° ^f ^^^^
in writing delivered to the registrar before the day fixed for
the hearing, the council shall conduct the hearing in public
or otherwise as it thinks proper.
(6) The council may adjourn any hearing at any time and merits'^"'
from time to time.
(7) A person whose conduct is being investigated, if ^f*p®e°son°^
present in person at the hearing, has the right to be repre- beinp in-
sented by counsel or agent, to adduce evidence and to make
submissions, and any such person may be compelled to attend
and give evidence in the manner provided in subsection 10,
but such person shall be advised of his right to object to answer
any question under section 9 of The Evidence Ad and section 5 f.fi^' ^^^°'
of the Canada Evidence Act. ^fo?- "^^'
18
evidence"' ^^^ ^^^ °''^' evidence submitted at a hearing shall be taken
R.8.O. I960, down in writing or by any other method authorized by The
°- "' Evidence Act.
Rules of
evidence
(9) The rules of evidence applicable in civil proceedings
are applicable at hearings, but at a hearing members of the
council may take notice of generally recognized technical or
scientific facts or opinions within the specialized knowledge
of members of the council if the person whose conduct is
being investigated has been informed before or during the
hearing of any such matters noticed and he has been given
an opportunity to contest the material so noticed.
Summons
to witness
(10) The president, a vice-president, the immediate past
president or the registrar may, and the registrar upon applica-
tion of a person whose conduct is being investigated shall,
issue a summons in the form prescribed by regulation, com-
manding the attendance and examination of any person as a
witness, and the production of any document the production
of which could be compelled at the trial of an action, to
appear before the council at the time and place mentioned in
the summons and stating that failure to obey the summons
will render the person liable to imprisonment on an applica-
tion to the Supreme Court, but the person whose attendance
is required is entitled to the like conduct money and payment
for expenses and loss of time as upon attendance as a witness
at a trial in the Supreme Court.
FallureTof
witness to
appear, etc.
(11) If any person,
(a) on being duly summoned to appear as a witness
makes default in attending; or
(b) being in attendance as a witness refuses to take an
oath legally required to be taken, or to produce any
document in his power or control legally required
to be produced by him, or to answer any question
which he is legally required to answer; or
(c) does any other thing which would, if the council had
been a court of law having power to commit for
contempt, have been contempt of that court,
the person presiding at the hearing may certify the offence
of that person under his hand to the Supreme Court and the
court may thereupon inquire into the alleged offence and
after hearing any witnesses who may be produced against
or on behalf of the person charged with the offence, and after
hearing any statements that may be offered in defence, punish
or take steps for the punishment of that person in the like
manner as if he had been guilty of contempt of court.
48
Subsection 9. This new provision implements Recommendations 13
and 44 of tlie McRuer Report (pages 1210 and 1263, respectively, of
Volume 3).
Subsection 10. This new provision takes into account Recommen-
dations 151, 152, 169, 170, 172, 173 and 174 of the McRuer Report (pages
1278, 1280 and 1281, respectively, of Volume 3).
Subsection 11. This new provision is designed to implement Recom-
mendations 174 and 179 of the McRuer Report (page 1281 of Volume 3).
It is based upon the corresponding provisions of the Tribunals of Inquiry
(Evidence) Act, 1921 of the United Kingdom (see page 444 of Volume 1).
48
Subsection 12. This provision implements Recommendation 42 of
the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3).
Subsection 13. This provision implements Recommendations 45 and
47 of the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3).
Subsection 14. This provision implements Recommendation 48 of
the McRuer Report (page 1263 of Volume 3). The proviso has been added.
Subsection 15. This provision implements Recommendation 10 of
the McRuer Report (pages 1209-10 of Volume 3).
48
19
(12) At a hearing the complainant and the person whose ^^^'"'"f-
.. ti i*t •! tion SLiici
conduct is being investigated have the right to examine thecross-
„ , , , -11 • examination
Witnesses called by them respectively, and to cross-examine
the witnesses opposed in interest.
(13) The decision taken after a hearing shall be in writing decisions
and shall contain or be accompanied by the reasons for the
decision in which are set out the findings of fact and the
conclusions of law, if any, based thereon, and a copy of the
decision and the reasons therefor, together with a notice to
the person whose conduct is being investigated of his right of
appeal, shall be served upon him within thirty days after the
date of the decision.
(14) A record shall be compiled for every hearing consist- Record
ing of the complaint and the notice referred to in subsection 2,
any intermediate rulings or orders made in the course of the
proceedings, a transcript of the oral evidence, if a transcript
has been prepared, such documentary evidence and things
as were received in evidence and the decision and the reasons
therefor, provided that documents and things received in
evidence may be released to the persons tendering them when
all appeals have been finally disposed of or the right to appeal
has terminated.
(15) Any document required to be served under this Act f g^u'^^gntg
upon a person whose conduct is being investigated shall be
served personally upon him, but where it appears that service
cannot be effected personally, the document may be served
by mailing a copy thereof in a registered letter addressed to
him at his last known residence or office address as shown by
the records of the Association, and service shall be effected
not less than ten days before the date of the hearing or the
event or thing required to be done, as the case may be, and
proof by affidavit of the service is sufficient.
(16) Where a member or licensee has been suspended from Reinstate-
• • It- • 1 r II ™6nt after
practising under this section, he may, upon payment of all suspension
fees and other costs owing by him to the Association, apply to
the council to be re-instated as a member or licensee, as the
case may be, and the council may terminate the suspension
of such member or licensee upon such terms as it considers
proper.
(17) A person whose membership or licence has been Re- . .
cancelled under this section may apply to the council for after
membership or for a licence, as the case may be, and the
council shall, subject to subsection 18, hear the application
and make such order as it considers proper and may include
as a term of any such order such conditions as the council
li48
20
Idem
Idem
considers proper to be fulfilled before the applicant is ad-
mitted to membership or granted a licence or to be observed
by such member or licensee thereafter,
(18) Except with the consent of the council, no application
under subsection 17 shall be heard before the expiry of two
years from the date of the cancellation of membership or
licence or the date of the final dispxjsition of any appeal.
(19) Upon a hearing for admission to membership or for
the granting of a licence under subsection 17, the council
shall follow, in so far as practicable, the procedure provided
for in the case of a complaint under this section, and a fornn
member or licensee has the same right of appeal from an
order made by the council under subsection 17 as is provided
in section 26.
Committee (20) The council may appoint a committee to act for and
of council • , 1 ,/• , r r , /- , e t
on Its behalf composed of not fewer than five members of the
council, one of whom shall be the president, a vice-president
or the immediate past president, and may delegate to the
committee all or any of its powers and duties under this
section upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the council
considers proper, and a decision or order of the committee
is the decision or order of the council. New.
Practice
pending
appeal
(21) Except in the case of professional misconduct con-
stituting incompetence on the part of the person whose
conduct was investigated, the suspension or cancellation of
the membership or licence of a person whose conduct was
investigated under this section does not become effective until
any appeal has been finally disposed of or the right of appeal
has terminated. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (5), amended.
APPEALS
Appeal 26. — (1) Any person whom the council has refused to
register for membership or whose name the council has
refused to restore on the register or to whom the council has
refused to issue a licence or who has been reprimanded or
whose membership or licence is suspended or cancelled may
appeal from the order of refusal, reprimand, suspension or
cancellation to the Court of Apf)eal within fifteen days from
the day upon which he is served with the order of refusal,
reprimand, suspension or cancellation.
Certified
copies of
papers
(2) Upon the request of any person desiring to appeal and
upon payment of the cost thereof, the registrar shall furnish
such person with a certified copy of all proceedings, evidence,
reports, orders and papers received as evidence by the council
48
Subsection 21. This provision implements Recommendation 21 of
the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
Section 26. This appeal section implements Recommendation 23
of the McRuer Report (page 1210 of Volume 3).
48
21
and any committee thereof appointed pursuant to subsection
20 of section 25 in dealing with and disposing of the matter
complained of.
(3) If the appellant fails to pay the cost of the certified ^*"'^'^«gj'°
copy and the cost of such additional copies of the evidence as
may be reasonably required for the purposes of the appeal
within fifteen days after written demand from the registrar,
the appeal shall be deemed to be abandoned.
(4) An appeal under this section shall be by motion, notice p^Joo^^JJ^'j.^
of which shall be served upon the registrar, and the record
shall consist of a copy, certified by the registrar, of the pro-
ceedings before the council or committee thereof, the evidence
taken, the report of the council or committee thereof and all
decisions, findings and order of the council or committee
thereof in the matter.
(5) Except as otherwise provided, appeals under this section Practice
shall be in accordance with the practice in appeals from the
decision or order of a judge of the Supreme Court.
(6) Upon the hearing of an appeal under this section the°'"'^«"
Court of Appeal may make such order as the court deems
proper or may refer the matter or any part thereof back to
the council with such directions as the court deems proper.
(7) The Court of Appeal may make such order as to the ^°^'*
costs of the appeal as the court deems proper. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 28 (4), amended.
OFFENCES
27. — (1) Every person, other than a member or a licensee, ?£?"S!^'
who,
(fl) takes and uses orally or otherwise the title "Pro-
fessional Engineer" or "Registered Professional
Engineer" or uses any addition to or abbreviation of
either such titles, or any words, name or designation
that will lead to the belief that he is a professional
engineer, a member or a licensee or, except as per-
mitted by section 2, uses the title or designation
"engineer" in such a manner as will lead to the belief
that he is a professional engineer, a member or a
licensee;
{b) advertises, holds himself out, or conducts himself in
any way or by any means as a member or a licensee;
or
48
Idem
22
(c) engages in the practice of professional engineering,
is guilty of an offence. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 30, amended.
(2) Every person who,
(a) wilfully procures or attempts to procure registration
under this Act for himself or for another person by
making, producing or causing to be made or produced
any fraudulent representation or declaration either
verbal or written;
(b) knowingly makes any false statement in any applica-
tion or declaration signed or filed by him under this
Act,
is guilty of an offence. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 33, pari,
amended.
partner-' (^^ Where a partnership, association of persons or corpora-
ships, tion that has no subsisting certificate of authorization,
associations "
and
corporations (^^ practises professional engineering;
(b) uses orally or otherwise any name, title, description
or designation that will lead to the belief that it is
entitled to practise professional engineering; or
(c) advertises, holds itself out or conducts itself in any
way or in such manner as to lead to the belief that
it is entitled to practise professional engineering,
every member of the partnership, every member of the asso-
ciation of persons, or the corporation and every director there-
of, is guilty of an offence.
^'**™ (4) Where a partnership, association of persons or corpora-
tion that has a subsisting certificate of authorization practises
professional engineering in contravention of this Act, every
member of the partnership, every member of the association
of persons, or the corporation and every director thereof,
is guilty of an offence.
Penalties (5) Every person, member of a partnership, member of an
association of persons, and every corporation and director
thereof, who is guilty of an offence under this section is, on
summary conviction, liable to a fine of not more than $1,000
or to imprisonment for a term of not more than six months,
or to both. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, ss. 31, 33, part, amended.
Umitation ^5) \q proceedings shall be commenced for a contravention
proceedings of any of the provisions of this section after two years from
the date of the commission of such contravention. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 35, amended.
48
I
Section 28. This new section implements Recommendation* 29,
30 and 31 of the McRuer Report (page 1211 of Volume 3).
48
23
LIMITATION OF ACTIONS
28. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2, an action J'f''^^^?'^Jj°"
against a member or a licensee for negligence or malpractice
in connection with professional services requested of him or
rendered by him or under his direction or control shall be
commenced within and not later than twelve months after
the cause of action arose.
(2) The court in which an action mentioned in subsection 1 Extension
has been or may be brought may extend the period of limita-
tion specified therein either before or after it has expired if
the court is satisfied that to do so is just.
(3) This section does not apply to proceedings under Rj°®,l."j°'
section 25. New. disciplinary
proceedings
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
29. — (1) Notwithstanding section 4, the president, the ^embers of
vice-presidents and the elected councillors holding office when
this Act comes into force shall continue to hold office until
after the first annual election after this Act comes into force.
(2) Notwithstanding subsections 4 and 5 of section 4, atf'™* ,
the first election of councillors after this Act comes into force, election
one councillor-at-large shall be elected for a two-year term
and one councillor-at-large shall be elected for a one-year
term and there shall be elected from each of the five regions
mentioned in subsection 4 of section 4 one regional councillor
for a two-year term and one regional councillor for a one-year
term. New.
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 6 of section 4, all councillors members^
who have been appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in
Council and are holding office when this Act comes into force
shall continue to hold office for the term designated in the
order in council by which they were appointed. New.
MISCELLANEOUS
30. The Professional Engineers Act is repealed. ^lo?." ^^^*''
repealed
31. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by Sent"^""^"
the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
32. This Act may be cited as The Professional Engineers ^''°'"* '"'^
Act, 1968-69.
48
>3
>
3
0«
a
3 tr
I -- I i I
O o
00
s
BILL 48
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Qxjeen's Printer
BILL 48 1968-69
The Professional Engineers Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
INTERPRETATION
1 T ^u- A ^ Interpre-
1. In this Act, tation
(a) "Association" means the Association of Professional
Engineers of the Province of Ontario;
(b) "by-law" means a by-law of the Association;
(c) "chapter" means a group of members constituted
and governed by by-law;
(d) "council" means the council of the Association;
(e) "graduate" means a graduate of a university or other
educational institution in a course in any branch of
engineering or science, the practice of which con-
stitutes professional engineering and which is rec-
ognized by the council;
(/) "licence" means a licence to practise professional
engineering issued under this Act;
(g) "licensee" means a person who holds a subsisting
licence ;
(h) "member" means a member of the Association;
(i) "practice of professional engineering" means the
doing of one or more acts of advising on, reporting
on, designing of or supervising of the construction
of, all public utilities, industrial works, railways,
tramways, bridges, tunnels, highways, roads, canals,
harbour works, lighthouses, river improvements,
wet docks, dry docks, floating docks, dredges,
48
cranes, drainage works, irrigation works, water-
works, water purification plants, sewerage works,
sewage disposal works, incinerators, hydraulic works,
power transmission systems, steel, concrete or re-
inforced concrete structures, electric lighting sys-
tems, electric power plants, electric machinery,
electric or electronic apparatus, electrical or elec-
tronic communication systems or equipment, mineral
property, mining machinery, mining development,
mining operations, gas or oil developments, smelters,
refineries, metallurgical machinery, or equipment or
apparatus for carrying out such operations, mach-
inery, boilers or their auxiliaries, steam engines,
hydraulic turbines, pumps, internal combustion
engines or other mechanical structures, chemical or
metallurgical machinery, apparatus or processes,
or aircraft, and generally all other engineering works
including the engineering works and installations
relating to airports, airfields or landing strips or
relating to town and community planning;
(j) "professional engineer" means a person who is a
member or licensee;
(k) "region" means a geographical area of Ontario as
defined by by-law;
(/) "register" means the record of registrants main-
tained by the registrar;
(m) "registrant" means a person recorded in the register
as a member, licensee, an assistant to a professional
engineer, a graduate or an undergraduate;
(«) "registrar" means the registrar of the Association;
(o) "regulation" means a regulation of the Association;
(p) "undergraduate" means a student enrolled at but
not graduated from a university or other educational
institution in a course in any branch of engineering
or science, the practice of which constitutes profes-
sional engineering and that is recognized by the
council. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 1, amzuded.
noTlnlrted 2. Nothing in this Act prevents.
(a) any person from performing his duties in the Cana-
dian Armed Forces;
48
(b) any member or licensee of the Ontario Association of
Architects under The Architects Act or any employee R-S.o. i960,
of such member or licensee acting under the direction "'
and responsibility of such member or licensee from
performing professional engineering services in the
course of any work undertaken or proposed to be
undertaken by such member or licensee as an
architect;
(c) any person who holds a certificate of qualification
under The Operating Engineers Act from practising ^-fs"' ^^®°'
or designating himself as an operating engineer;
(d) any person from practising as a bacteriologist,
chemist, geologist, mineralogist or physicist;
(e) any person from advising on or reporting on any
mineral property or prospect;
(/) any person from operating, executing or supervising
any works as owner, contractor, superintendent,
foreman, inspector or master,
or requires any such person to become registered or licensed
under this Act in order to do any such thing. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 2, amended.
THE ASSOCIATION
3. — (1) The body politic and corporate known as the ^Q^^°('j|2^'°"
"Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of"""
Ontario" incorporated under The Professional Engineers Act, ^^^a, c. 59
1922 is hereby continued.
(2) All persons who are members of the Association when Members
this Act comes into force or who hereafter are admitted as
members constitute the Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 3 (1), amended.
(3) The objects of the Association are, objects
(a) to regulate the practice of professional engineering
and to govern the profession in accordance with this
Act, the regulations and the by-laws;
(b) to establish and maintain standards of knowledge
and skill among its members; and
(c) to establish and maintain standards of professional
ethics among its members,
in order that the public interest may be served and protected.
New.
48
Head offloe
(4) The head office of the Association shall be at the city
of Toronto.
Property
(5) The Association may purchase, acquire or take by
gift, devise or bequest for the purposes of the Association and
the furtherance of its objects, but for no other purposes or
objects, any real or personal property, and may sell, mortgage,
lease or otherwise dispose of any such property. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 3 (4, 5).
THE COUNCIL
CounoU 4^ — (J) There shall be a council which shall consist of a
president, a first vice-president, a second vice-president, an
immediate past president, two elected councillors-at-large,
ten elected regional councillors and five appointed councillors,
all of whom shall be members and residents of Ontario.
President
and vice-
presidents
CouncUlors-
at-Iarge
Regional
councillors
Appointed
councillors
(2) The president and the vice-presidents shall have such
qualifications as are prescribed by by-law and shall be elected
annually by vote of the members. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 8 (1-3), amended.
(3) One councillor-at-large shall be elected each year for a
two-year term by vote of the members. New.
(4) There shall be elected from each of the five regions
established and defined by by-law two regional councillors,
one to be elected from each region each year for a two-year
term by vote of the members who are recorded as residents in
that region at the time the election is held.
(5) The five appointed councillors shall be appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council for a term of three years
and shall be qualified respectively in the following fields of
engineering:
1. Civil.
2. Mechanical, Aeronautical and Industrial.
3. Electrical.
4. Chemical and Metallurgical.
5. Mining and Geology. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 8
(5, 6), amended.
48
(6) In addition to the councillors mentioned in subsection 1, ^o^ifncjnor;
the Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint as coun-'egai
-' ^^ councillor
cillors,
(a) a person who is not a member ; and
(6) a person who is a barrister and solicitor of at least
ten years standing at the bar of Ontario,
both of whom are residents of Ontario.
(7) Persons appointed under subsection 6 shall serve for'^®"'™
a term of three years but are eligible for re-appointment.
(8) Where the president, a vice-president or a councillor Vacancies
resigns, is absent from three consecutive meetings of the
council, becomes incapacitated or dies, the office may be
declared vacant by the council, and, if such office should be
declared vacant, except in a case of a councillor appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council, the council shall fill the
vacancy in such manner as is provided by by-law, and in the
case of a vacancy in the office of a councillor appointed by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council, the Lieutenant Governor in
I Council may fill the vacancy by appointment of a person of
I the same class as the councillor causing the vacancy. R.S.O.
** 1960, c. 309, s. 8 (6, 7), amended.
(9) No person shall be appointed or elected to the council councillors
\ unless he is a Canadian citizen or other British subject, and Canadians
I I no person shall continue to hold any such office if he ceases to
' be so qualified. Ne:w.
5. The council Registrar,
"• ^ "^ LUUHi,u, treasurer,
secretary,
/■,,,,. . , , executive
\a) shall appoint a registrar and a treasurer; and director
(6) may appoint a secretary, an executive director and
i such other officials as the council deems fit,
and any two or more of such offices may be held by one
person. New.
6. No action or other proceedings for damages shall be ^^^g^^'*^;!
instituted against the council, or any member or official of oncers and
., ., . , , , ., r members
tne council or any person appointed by the council for any
act done in good faith in the performance or intended perform-
ance of any duty or in the exercise or in the intended exercise
of any power under this Act, a regulation or a by-law, or
for any neglect or default in the performance or exercise in
good faith of any such duty or power. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 29, amended.
48
Resuiations 7, — (j) jhe council may make regulations respecting any
matter that is outside the scope of the power to pass by-laws
specified in section 8 and, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing,
(a) prescribing the scope and conduct of examinations
of candidates for registration ;
(b) prescribing the form of the summons referred to in
subsection 10 of section 25;
(c) respecting the practice and procedure for hearings
held under this Act ;
(d) defining "professional misconduct" for the purpose
of this Act and the regulations;
(e) defining classes of specialists in the various fields of
engineering;
(/) prescribing the qualifications required of specialists
or any class thereof;
(i) providing for the designation of specialists upon
application and examination or otherwise, for the
suspension or revocation of such designations, and
for the regulation and prohibition of the use of
terms, titles or designations by professional engineers
indicating specialization in any field of engineering;
(h) regulating and prohibiting the use of terms, titles
or designations by professional engineers in indepen-
dent practice.
Approvals (2) No regulation is effective,
(a) until it has been submitted to the members for
approval by means of a letter ballot returnable
within thirty days after the mailing thereof and it
has been approved by a majority of those voting
within the prescribed time; and
(b) until it has been approved by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council. New.
By-iawe 8. — (1) The council may pass by-laws relating to the
administrative and domestic affairs of the Association, and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(a) respecting the determination and modification of the
boundaries of regions and the determination ol
48
regions in which members shall be deemed to reside
for the purposes of the election of councillors ;
(b) prescribing procedures for the nomination and elec-
tion of the councillors and the nomination and
election of the president and the vice-presidents and
the qualifications necessary to hold any such office;
(c) prescribing the duties of the councillors and rules
governing their conduct;
(d) respecting the remuneration and reimbursement of
members of the council;
(e) respecting the calling, holding and conduct of meet-
ings of the council and the Association ;
(/) providing for the establishment and regulation of
chapters;
(g) respecting the management of the property of the
Association ;
(A) providing for the borrowing of money on the credit
of the Association and the charging, mortgaging,
hypothecating or pledging of any of the real or
personal property of the Association to secure any
money borrowed or other debt or any other obliga-
tion or liability of the Association ;
(i) respecting the application of the funds of the Asso-
ciation, and the investment and re-investment of
any of its funds not immediately required in any
investments that may from time to time be autho-
rized investments for joint stock insurance companies
and cash mutual insurance corporations under Thef-^f'-''-^^^-
Corporations Act;
(j) defining the composition and functions of the board
of examiners;
(k) providing for the establishment of scholarships,
bursaries and prizes;
(/) providing for the appointment of committees of the
council and defining their composition and functions;
(m) providing for the closing of the register and the
restriction of recording changes of addresses of the
registrants for a period of time not exceeding forty-
48
8
eight hours, exclusive of Sundays and holidays,
immediately preceding any meeting of the members
or any election ;
(n) respecting the registration of members and the
recording of licensees, graduates, undergraduate*
and assistants to professional engineers;
(o) for maintaining a system for the recording of regis-
trants, their residence addresses and the regions in
which they are resident and for the recording of the
names of official representatives of partnerships,
associations of persons or corporations;
(p) providing for services to encourage and assist mem-
bers in the development of their professional com-
petence and conduct and in carrying on the practice
of professional engineering;
(q) fixing and providing for levying and collecting o"-
remitting annual and other fees, levies and asse-
ments;
(r) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(s) respecting all other things that are deemed necessary
or convenient for the attainment of the objects of
the Association and the efficient conduct of its
business.
Approval (2) No by-law is effective until it has been submitted to the
members for approval by means of a letter ballot returnable
within thirty days after the mailing thereof and unless it has
been approved by a majority of those voting within the
prescribed time. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 5, ci. a, amended.
Construction (3) ^g between a registrant and the Association, the ruling
of the council on the construction and interpretation of an
by-law is final. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 4 (2), amended.
fth'ics°'^ 9. — (1) The council shall prepare and publish from time to
time a code of ethics containing standards of conduct designed
for the protection of the public, which standards members
and licensees must subscribe to and follow in the practice
of professional engineering.
Copies ^2) Copies of the code of ethics shall be sent to the members
and licensees and shall be available free of charge to members
of the public who apply therefor. New.
48
i
10. The council may authorize participation by the Asso- councif of
ciation in the activities of the Canadian Council of Profes- Professional
, . . ■ ■ I /• ST Engineers
sional Engineers, as a constituent association thereot. New.
MEMBERSHIP
11.— (1) Any applicant for membership who, Uon'fo?*"
membership
(o) resides,
(i) in Ontario,
(ii) out of Ontario and is employed for an in-
definite period as a full-time employee of an
employer having works or facilities in Ontario
and is required by the terms of his employ-
ment to practise professional engineering in
respect of such works or facilities or has a
place of employment in Ontario and practises
or proposes to practise professional engineer-
ing in Ontario on a full-time basis:
ib) is twenty-one or more years of age;
(c) has passed the examinations prescribed by the coun-
cil or is exempted therefrom pursuant to subsection
3 or 6;
{d) has had six or more years of experience in engineering
work satisfactory to the council ; and
(e) provides satisfactory evidence of good character,
shall be admitted as a member by the council.
(2) Each applicant for membership shall submit upon the ^ J'jij'i^"^®;"^
prescribed form evidence of his educational qualifications and
engineering experience, information as to his residence and at
least three references as to his character and engineering
experience, and he may be required by the council to verify
the statements set out in his application bv affidavit. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 10 (1, 2), awewc/erf.
(3) The council may exempt an applicant from any of the ^Jj^^^^^"""
examinations mentioned in clause c of subsection 1 if the »"<* other
•1 • r I • • 1' qualiflca-
council IS oi the opinion that the applicant has adequate tions
academic and other qualifications. New.
48
10
Credit for
time spent
at a
university
(4) Where the applicant is a graduate, upon presentin/
evidence of the actual time during which he was under instru
tion as an undergraduate in a university, the council shall
grant hiin the time spent under such instruction in reduction
of the six-year period of engineering experience required by
clause d of subsection 1, but only in so far as the total exemp-
tion granted does not exceed four years. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 10 (4), amended.
Board of
examiners
to consider
applications
(5) Tlie council may for the purpose of subsection 3 or 4
require the board of examiners to consider and make recom-
mendations to the council with respect to any applications
for exemption, including an application for exemption of
a graduate in honours science. New.
Saving
Admission
of members
of other
associations
(6) The council shall exempt from the examinations men-
tioned in clause c of subsection 1 any person who resides in
Ontario on the day this Act comes into force and who has
been engaged in the performance of any engineering work
specified in clause e of section 2 of The Professional Engineers
Act, being chapter 309 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario,
1960, for a period or periods of not less than six years in the
aggregate, if such person submits to the council, within one
year from the day this Act comes into force, satisfactory
evidence of having been so engaged. New.
12. The council may, upon application and satisfactory
proof of residence, admit as a member any person who resides
in Ontario, or who resides out of Ontario under the circum-
stances set out in subclause ii of clause a of subsection 1 of
section 11, and who furnishes satisfactory proof,
(a) that he is a member of an association of professional
engineers in another province or a territory of
Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association and requirements for membership no
less exacting than those in effect in Ontario; or
{b) that he is a member of an association of professional
engineers in another part of the Commonwealth or
in the United States of America that has objects
similar to those of the Association and requirements
for membership no less exacting than those in effect
in Ontario.
.Students
and
assistants
13. — (1) Persons who are engaged as assistants to profes-
sional engineers in categories recognized by the council and
graduates and undergraduates who have not completed the
period of engineering exjjerience required by this .Act and who
contemplate applying for membership on the completion of
the period of engineering experience may, upon application in
48
11
the prescribed form, be recorded in the register but not as
members of the Association until fully qualified, and upon
being so recorded are subject to the control of the council
in accordance with this Act, the regulations and the by-laws.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 13, amended.
(2) Any registrant whose name is recorded in the register °f®^®J^^g"g
pursuant to subsection 1 may, upon application, have his
name deleted from the register.
14. — (1) The annual fee from a registrant shall be deemed •*-"""^' f»®
to be a debt due to the Association and is recoverable from
him in the name of the Association in any court of competent
jurisdiction. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 24, amended.
(2) Where the annual fee is not paid within six months pa°y"ment of
from the date upon which it became due, the treasurer shall »"""»' fee
send a written notice of such default by prepaid mail addressed
to the registrant's last address as shown on the register, and,
if payment is not made within one month thereafter, the
registrar, upon the direction of the council, shall delete or
cause the name of the registrant to be deleted from the
register, and thereupon the registrant ceases to be a member,
a licensee, an assistant to a professional engineer, or a graduate
or undergraduate recorded pursuant to section 13, as the case
may be. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 25 (1), amended.
15. Any member who intends to withdraw from the prac- ^on'g*"*"
tice of professional engineering and whose fees are paid up
shall send written notice thereof to the registrar, whereupxjn
the registrar shall delete his name from the register. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 25 (2), amended.
16. Any person who ceased to be a member under sub- Jjestora-
section 2 of section 14, upon payment of the fees owing at the
time he ceased to be a member and the fee for the current
year, or any person whose name has been deleted from the
register under section 15, upon payment of the fee for the
current year, and, in either case, upon production of evidence
of good character satisfactory to the council, shall, upon the
direction of the council, have his name restored on the register.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 25 (3), amended.
LICENSING
17. — (1) The registrar may upon application issue a licence ii^6"m;es to
to any person who resides in Canada but not in Ontario and ^ISciaUons
who furnishes satisfactory proof that he is a member of an of o^p^^e^g^
association of professional engineers in another province or a
territory of Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association.
48
12
Isaue of
licences to
consulting
•peclalUts
(2) Any person who does not reside in Canada but who in
the opinion of the council is a consulting specialist in a field
of professional engineering who has had not less than ten years
experience in the practice of his profession, or who furnishes
satisfactory evidence that he has qualifications at least equal
to those required for registration as a professional engineer
in Ontario, may, with the approval of the council, be issued a
licence.
Issue or
licences to
persons
from
provinces
without
associations
(3) Any person practising or proposing to practise pro-
fessional engineering who resides in a territory of Canada in
which there is no association of professional engineers that
has objects similar to those of the Association, may, with the
approval of the council, be issued a licence.
Practise by
applicant
for a
licence
(4) Where an applicant for a licence fails to obtain it
promptly for any reason unrelated to his professional capacity
or his own neglect, he may practise professional engineering
in Ontario for a period of not more than three months without
a licence.
Licence to
be issued
by the
registrar
(5) The registrar shall issue a licence in the prescribed form
to any person entitled thereto and shall specify therein the
work upon which and the name of the employer in Ontario by
whom the holder of the licence is to be employed and the
period for which it is issued, but in no case shall the period
extend beyond the end of the calendar year in which the
licence is issued. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, ss. 14, 22 (4), amended.
Additional
condition
(6) The council may direct that any licence issued under
subsection 2 shall, in addition to the conditions mentioned
in subsection 5, contain a condition that the licensee may
practise professional engineering in Ontario only in collabora-
tion with a member who shall sign and seal any plans and
specifications together with the licensee. New.
Where
licence not
required
18. Any person who is employed as a professional engineer
by a public service corporation carrying on an interprovincial
undertaking or by the Government of Canada and who is by
reason of his employment required to practise professional
engineering in a province or territory of Canada other than
that of his residence may practise professional engineering in
Ontario without a licence, but he shall on demand of the
council furnish satisfactory evidence that he is a member of an
association of professional engineers in another province or a
territory of Canada that has objects similar to those of the
Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 15, amended.
Seals,
members
19. — (1) Every member shall have a seal of a design
approved by the council, the impression of which shall contain
48
i
13
the name of the engineer and the words "Registered Profes-
sional Engineer" and "Province of Ontario". R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 16, amended.
(2) Every licensee shall have a seal of a design approved JiceJJ^eeg
by the council, the impression of which shall contain the
name of the licensee and the words "Licensed Professional
Engineer" and "Province of Ontario".
(3) All final drawings, specifications, plans, reports andfn^"ugg™f
other documents involving the practice of professional en-^^^'
gineering when issued shall bear the signature and seal of the
professional engineer who prepared or approved them. New.
PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS
20. — (1) No partnership, association of persons or cor- P™^{j[j'j^jij
poration as such shall be a member or a licensee, or shall, by partner-
,.,,,. . . r • . ships and
except as authorized by this section, practise professional corporations
engineering.
(2) A partnership, association of persons or corporation o®""*'""^'®"
that holds a certificate of authorization may, in its own name, tj^',}'"'''^*"
practise professional engineering,
(a) if one of its principal or customary functions is to
engage in the practice of professional engineering;
and
(b) if the practice of professional engineering is done
under the responsibility and supervision of a member
of the partnership or the association of persons, a
director of the corporation, or a full-time employee
of the corporation, who in any case is a member; or
(c) if the practice of professional engineering is done
under the responsibility and supervision of a member
of the partnership or the association of persons, a
director of the corporation, or a full-time employee
of the corporation, who in any case is a licensee,
provided that the practice of professional engineer-
ing is restricted to the work specified in the licence
of the licensee. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 18, amended.
(3) A partnership, association of persons or corporation ^pp"°^*'°"8
that desires a certificate of authorization shall submit to the certificates
registrar an application in the prescribed form containing,
(a) the names and addresses of all its partners, members,
officers or directors, as the case may be;
48
u
(b) the names of all its partners, members of aaaoci .
tions of persons, directors of corporations, or full-
time employees of corporations, as the case may be,
who are the members or licensees who will be in
charge of professional engineering on its behalf;
(c) from among the names specified under clause b tlie
name or names of its official representative or repre-
sentatives whose duty it is to ensure that this Act,
and the regulations and the by-laws are complied
with by the partnership, the association of persons
or the corporation, as the case may be,
and shall, whenever there is a change in the particulars given
in its application, give notice of the change to the registrar
within thirty days after the effective date of the change.
oertifloatos (^^ ^^ subsection 3 is complied with, the registrar shall
issue to the applicant a certificate of authorization.
1 pso facto
revocation
of
certificate
(5) Where the holder of a certificate of authorization ceases
to have any official representative, the certificate is ipso facto
revoked, and the partnership, association of persons or cor-
poration shall not practise professional engineering until a
new certificate of authorization is issued.
Reprimand
of licensee,
etc.
Application
of 88. 24, 25,
26
(6) Where the council finds that the holder of a certificate
of authorization has failed to observe any of the provisions
of this section or has been guilty of conduct that would, in
the case of a member or licensee, have been professional mis-
conduct, the council may reprimand the holder or suspend or
revoke the certificate of authorization.
(7) Sections 24, 25 and 26 apply mutatis mutandis to the
refusal to issue a certificate of authorization and to the
revocation or suspension of a certificate of authorization.
New.
EXAMINATIONS
Board
Central
examining
board
21. — (1) The council shall appoint annually a board of
examiners. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 19, amended.
(2) The council may establish conjointly with the council
of any association in one or more of the provinces or terri-
tories of Canada that has objects similar to those of the Asso-
ciation a central examining board and may delegate to the
central examining board all or any of the powers of the council
resjjecting the examination of candidates for admission as
members, but any examinations conducted by the central
examining board shall be held in at least one place in Ontario.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 21, amended.
48
I
15
REGISTRAR
22. — (1) The registrar shall register in a system of record- J^^feco^r^
ing approved by the council the names of the members, the JJ^'"''®™'
licensees, the assistants to professional engineers, and the
graduates and the undergraduates. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309,
s. 22 (5), amended.
(2) The registrar shall keep the register correct and in ^^g'^'^""
accordance with this Act, the regulations and the by-laws, correct
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 23, amended.
(3) The certificate of the registrar respecting the registra- ^c^''^®'^''®
tion of a person is prima facie evidence of the facts certified membership
to therein. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 27, amended.
(4) The registrar shall send to the Lieutenant Governor in ^'^^^'j®'''^
Council quarterly as of the last days of March, June, Septem-
ber and December in each year a report containing, with
respect to the immediately preceding three-month period,
the names of the persons,
(a) who have been granted partial exemption from
examinations;
(6) who have been granted no exemption from examina-
tions;
(c) who have been refused permission to write examina-
tions; or
{d) who have not been admitted to membership in the
Association, because,
(i) their experience in engineering work was not
satisfactory to the Council, or
(ii) they did not provide satisfactory evidence of
good character,
giving, in each case, the reason for the decision, together with
such further information and particulars with respect to such
matters as the Lieutenant Governor in Council may require.
23. — (1) The registrar shall issue to each member admitted Certmoate
to the Association a certificate of membership signed by the membership
president or a vice-president and by the registrar, and bearing
the seal of the Association. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 23 (1),
amended.
(2) Every member shall keep his certificate of membership foha^"^^^
prominently displayed in his place of business. R.S.O. i960, displayed
c. 309, s. 22 (1).
48
16
HEARINGS, UPON APPLICATIONS
24. — (1) Where an applicant for membership or a licence
has met the academic and experience requirements, or aa
Hearing
where
application
bership. etc., applicant for restoration of his name on the register has paid
re uee ^^^ required fees and has produced the required evidence of
good character, and his application is refused, the council
shall, upon the written request of the applicant received by
the registrar within fifteen days of the receipt by the applicant
of written notice of the refusal, conduct a hearing of the matter.
Conduct of
hearing
(2) Section 25 applies mutatis mutandis to any hearing
conducted under this section except that upon any such hear-
ing the council may make findings of fact by such standards
of proof as are commonly relied upon by reasonable and
prudent men in the conduct of their own affairs. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 26, amended.
Powers of
council to
discipline
members
HEARINGS, DISCIPLINARY
25. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, where the council finds
that a person who is a member or licensee is guilty of pro-
fessional misconduct or has obtained registration as a member
or has been issued a licence by reason of misrepresentation
by such person, the council may by order do one or more of
the following:
1. Reprimand such person and, if considered proper,
direct that the fact of the reprimand be recorded on
the register.
2. Suspend the membership or licence of such person for
such time as the council considers proper and direct
that the re-instatement of such membership or licence
on the termination of such suspension be subject
to such conditions, if any, as the council considers
proper.
3. Direct that the imposition of any penalty be sus-
pended or postponed for such period and upon such
terms as the council considers proper and that at
the end of such period and upon the compliance with
such terms any penalty be remitted.
4. Direct that the membership or licence of such person
be cancelled and that the name of such person be
removed from the register.
5. Direct that the decision of the council be published
in detail or in summary in the official journal of the
Association or in such other manner or medium as
the council considers appropriate in any particular
case.
48
17
6. Direct that, where it appears that the proceedings
were unwarranted, such costs as to the council seem
just be paid by the Association to the member or
licensee whose conduct was the subject of such
proceedings.
(2) The council shall not take any action under subsection 1 and'heaHng
unless,
(a) a complaint under oath has been filed with the
registrar and a copy thereof has been served on the
person whose conduct is being investigated;
(b) the person whose conduct is being investigated
has been served with a notice of the time and place
of the hearing; and
./c) the council has heard evidence of or on behalf of
the complainant and, if the person whose conduct is
being investigated appears at the hearing and so
requests, has heard his evidence or evidence on his
behalf and has reached the decision that he is guilty.
R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (1,2), amended.
ih (3) Any person presiding at a hearing may administer ^"i^^^^J^'orn
oaths to witnesses and require them to give evidence under ®^'''^"<^^
oath. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (1, 2, 3), amended.
(4) If the person whose conduct is being investigated fails |'^p'ga'"j? '°
to appear in answer to the notice at the time and place ap-
pointed, the hearing may be conducted in his absence.
(5) Hearings shall be held in camera, but if the f)erson whose hlariSgs"^'^^
conduct is being investigated requests otherwise by a notice \° ^®,^®,.'^
in writing delivered to the registrar before the day fixed for
the hearing, the council shall conduct the hearing in public
or otherwise as it thinks proper.
(6) The council may adjourn any hearing at any time and ^ents'^"
from time to time.
(7) A person whose conduct is being investigated, if ^/p^erson'^^
present in person at the hearing, has the right to be repre- being in-
sented by counsel or agent, to adduce evidence and to make
submissions, and any such person may be compelled to attend
and give evidence in the manner provided in subsection 10,
but such person shall be advised of his right to object to answer r.s.o. i960.
any question under section 9 of The Evidence Act and section 5 °- i^s'
of the Canada Evidence Act. ^fo?' ^^^^•
48
18
evidence"' (8) The Oral evidence submitted at a hearing shall be taken
R.s.o. I960, down in writing or by any other method authorized by Tke
"■ ^^^ Evidence Act.
Rules of
evidence
(9) The rules of evidence applicable in civil proceedings
are applicable at hearings, but at a hearing members of the
council may take notice of generally recognized technical or
scientific facts or opinions within the specialized knowledge
of members of the council if the person whose conduct is
being investigated has been informed before or during the
hearing of any such matters noticed and he has been given
an opportunity to contest the material so noticed.
Summons
to witness
(10) The president, a vice-president, the immediate past
president or the registrar may, and the registrar upon applica-
tion of a person whose conduct is being investigated shall,
issue a summons in the form prescribed by regulation, com-
manding the attendance and examination of any person as a
witness, and the production of any document the production
of which could be compelled at the trial of an action, to
appear before the council at the time and place mentioned in
the summons and stating that failure to obey the summons
will render the person liable to imprisonment on an applica-
tion to the Supreme Court, but the person whose attendance
is required is entitled to the like conduct money and payment
for expenses and loss of time as upon attendance as a witness
at a trial in the Supreme Court.
Failure of
witness to
appear, etc.
(11) If any person,
(a) on being duly summoned to appear as a witness
makes default in attending; or
(b) being in attendance as a witness refuses to take an
oath legally required to be taken, or to produce any
document in his power or control legally required
to be produced by him, or to answer any question
wliich he is legally required to answer; or
(c) does any other thing which would, if the council had
been a court of law having power to commit for
contempt, have been contempt of that court,
the person presiding at the hearing may certify the offence
of that person under his hand to the Supreme Court and the
court may thereupon inquire into the alleged offence and
after hearing any witnesses who may be produced against
or on behalf of the person charged with the offence, and after
hearing any statements that may be offered in defence, punish
or take steps for the punishment of that person in the like
manner as if he had been guilty of contempt of court.
48
19
(12) At a hearing the complainant and the person whose ^J^^jJJj^-
conduct is being investigated have the right to examine the cross-
„ , , , . , , . examination
Witnesses called by them respectively, and to cross-examine
the witnesses opposed in interest.
(13) The decision taken after a hearing shall be in writing Decisions
and shall contain or be accompanied by the reasons for the
decision in which are set out the findings of fact and the
conclusions of law, if any, based thereon, and a copy of the
decision and the reasons therefor, together with a notice to
the person whose conduct is being investigated of his right of
appeal, shall be served upon him within thirty days after the
date of the decision.
(14) A record shall be compiled for every hearing consist- ^^°°''''
ing of the complaint and the notice referred to in subsection 2,
any intermediate rulings or orders made in the course of the
proceedings, a transcript of the oral evidence, if a transcript
has been prepared, such documentary evidence and things
as were received in evidence and the decision and the reasons
therefor, provided that documents and things received in
evidence may be released to the persons tendering them when
all appeals have been finally disposed of or the right to appeal
has terminated.
(15) Any document required to be served under this Act f o^^'^® °(g
upon a person whose conduct is being investigated shall be
served personally upon him, but where it apf)ears that service
cannot be effected personally, the document may be served
by mailing a copy thereof in a registered letter addressed to
him at his last known residence or office address as shown by
the records of the Association, and service shall be effected
not less than ten days before the date of the hearing or the
event or thing required to be done, as the case may be, and
proof by affidavit of the service is sufficient.
(16) Where a member or licensee has been suspended from Reinstate-
. . 1 , • • , f 1, ment after
practising under this section, he may, upon payment of all suspension
fees and other costs owing by him to the Association, apply to
the council to be re-instated as a member or licensee, as the
case may be, and the council may terminate the suspension
of such member or licensee upon such terms as it considers
proper.
(17) A person whose membership or licence has been Re^. ^.^^
cancelled under this section may apply to the council for after
membership or for a licence, as the case may be, and the ""^
council shall, subject to subsection 18, hear the application
and make such order as it considers proper and may include
as a term of any such order such conditions as the council
m
48
20
Idem
Idem
considers proper to be fulfilled before the applicant is ad-
mitted to membership or granted a licence or to be observed
by such member or licensee thereafter.
(18) Except with the consent of the council, no application
under subsection 17 shall be heard before the expiry of two
years from the date of the cancellation of membership or
licence or the date of the final disposition of any appeal.
(19) Upon a hearing for admission to membership or for
the granting of a licence under subsection 17, the council
shall follow, in so far as practicable, the procedure provided
for in the case of a complaint under this section, and a former
member or licensee has the same right of appeal from an
order made by the council under subsection 17 as is provided
in section 26.
Committee (20) The council may appoint a committee to act for and
of council • I I If If f I /-
on Its behalf composed of not fewer than five members of the
council, one of whom shall be the president, a vice-president
or the immediate past president, and may delegate to the
committee all or any of its powers and duties under this
section upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the council
considers proper, and a decision or order of the committee
is the decision or order of the council. New.
Practice
pending
appeal
(21) Except in the case of professional misconduct con-
stituting incompetence on the part of the person whose
conduct was investigated, the suspension or cancellation of
the membership or licence of a person whose conduct was
investigated under this section does not become effective until
any appeal has been finally disposed of or the right of appeal
has terminated. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 28 (5), amended.
APPEALS
Appeal 26.— (1) Any person whom the council has refused to
register for membership or whose name the council has
refused to restore on the register or to whom the council has
refused to issue a licence or who has been reprimanded or
whose membership or licence is suspended or cancelled may
appeal from the order of refusal, reprimand, suspension or
cancellation to the Court of Appeal within fifteen days from
the day upon which he is served with the order of refusal,
reprimand, suspension or cancellation.
Certified
copies of
papers
(2) Upon the request of any person desiring to appeal and
upon payment of the cost thereof, the registrar shall furnish
such person with a certified copy of all proceedings, evidence,
reports, orders and papers received as evidence by the council
48
21
and any committee thereof appointed pursuant to subsection
20 of section 25 in dealing with and disposing of the matter
complained of.
(3) If the appellant fails to pay the cost of the certified ^a" ocfBts"
copy and the cost of such additional copies of the evidence as
may be reasonably required for the purposes of the appeal
within fifteen days after written demand from the registrar,
the appeal shall be deemed to be abandoned.
(4) An appeal under this section shall be by motion, notice ^^g"®"*"™
of which shall be served upon the registrar, and the record
shall consist of a copy, certified by the registrar, of the pro-
ceedings before the council or committee thereof, the evidence
taken, the report of the council or committee thereof and all
decisions, findings and order of the council or committee
thereof in the matter.
(5) Except as otherwise provided, appeals under this section Practice
shall be in accordance with the practice in appjeals from the
decision or order of a judge of the Supreme Court.
(6) Upon the hearing of an appeal under this section theO"""**"
Court of Appeal may make such order as the court deems
proper or may refer the matter or any part thereof back to
the council with such directions as the court deems proper.
(7) The Court of Appeal may make such order as to the °°**'
costs of the appeal as the court deems proper. R.S.O. 1960,
c. 309, s. 28 (4), amended.
OFFENCES
27. — (1) Every person, other than a member or a licensee, °!I?!?°?''
who,
(a) takes and uses orally or otherwise the title "Pro-
fessional Engineer" or "Registered Professional
Engineer" or uses any addition to or abbreviation of
either such titles, or any words, name or designation
that will lead to the belief that he is a professional
engineer, a member or a licensee or, except as per-
mitted by section 2, uses the title or designation
"engineer" in such a manner as will lead to the belief
that he is a professional engineer, a member or a
licensee;
(6) advertises, holds himself out, or conducts himself in
any way or by any means as a member or a licensee;
or
48
22
(c) engages in the practice of professional engineerii;.
is guilty of an offence. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 30, amended.
''^*'" (2) Every person who,
(a) wilfully procures or attempts to procure registration
under this Act for himself or for another person by
making, producing or causing to be made or produced
any fraudulent representation or declaration either
verbal or written;
(6) knowingly makes any false statement in any applica-
tion or declaration signed or filed by him under this
Act,
is guilty of an offence. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, s. 33, part,
amended.
pannlT-' (^) Where a partnership, association of persons or corpora-
aMociationB ''°" ^^^^ ^^® "° Subsisting certificate of authorization,
and
corporations (^^ practises professional engineering;
(b) uses orally or otherwise any name, title, description
or designation that will lead to the belief that it is
entitled to practise professional engineering; or
(c) advertises, holds itself out or conducts itself in any
way or in such manner as to lead to the belief that
it is entitled to practise professional engineering,
every member of the partnership, every member of the asso-
ciation of persons, or the corporation and every director there-
of, is guilty of an offence.
^''*™ (4) Where a partnership, association of persons or corpora-
tion that has a subsisting certificate of authorization practises
professional engineering in contravention of this Act, every
member of the partnership, every member of the association
of persons, or the corporation and every director thereof,
is guilty of an offence.
Penaltle*
(5) Every person, member of a partnership, member of an
association of persons, and every corporation and director
thereof, who is guilty of an offence under this section is, on
summary conviction, liable to a fine of not more than $1,000
or to imprisonment for a term of not more than six months,
or to both. R.S.O. 1960, c. 309, ss. 31, 33, part, amended.
Umitation (5^ n^q proceedings shall be commenced for a contravention
proceedings of any of the provisions of this section after two years from
the date of the commission of such contravention. R.S.O.
1960, c. 309, s. 35, amended.
48
23
LIMITATION OF ACTIONS
28. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2, an action Limitation
, ,. I- ,. of actions
against a member or a licensee for negligence or malpractice
in connection with professional services requested of him or
rendered by him or under his direction or control shall be
commenced within and not later than twelve months after
the cause of action arose.
(2) The court in which an action mentioned in subsection 1 Extension
has been or may be brought may extend the period of limita-
tion specified therein either before or after it has expired if
the court is satisfied that to do so is just.
(3) This section does not apply to proceedings under °°*» "j°'
section 25. New. disciplinary
proceedings
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
29. — (1) Notwithstanding section 4, the president, the ^^e'nbers of
vice-presidents and the elected councillors holding office when
this Act comes into force shall continue to hold office until
after the first annual election after this Act comes into force.
(2) Notwithstanding subsections 4 and 5 of section 4, atl'^^^^j
the first election of councillors after this Act comes into force, election
one councillor-at-large shall be elected for a two-year term
and one councillor-at-large shall be elected for a one-year
term and there shall be elected from each of the five regions
mentioned in subsection 4 of section 4 one regional councillor
for a two-year term and one regional councillor for a one-year
term. New.
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 6 of section 4, all councillors members'*
who have been appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in
Council and are holding office when this Act comes into force
shall continue to hold office for the term designated in the
order in council by which they were appointed. New.
MISCELLANEOUS
30. The Professional Engineers Act is repealed. ^"369," ^^^°'
repealed
31. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by ment"*"'^*'
the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
32. This Act may be cited as The Professional Engineers ^^°^^ t't'e
Act, 1968-69.
48
2:
a
>
so
H
C
3
_ 3
On
2
>3
D
a
00
3" a
BILL 49
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Securities Act, 1966
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
Self-explanatory.
49
BILL 49 1968-69
An Act to amend The Securities Act, 1966
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Securities Act, 1966 is amended by adding thereto i966, o. 142.
the following section : amended
6a. Every registered broker, broker-dealer, investment Security
dealer or sub-broker-dealer shall maintain a bond or
insurance that would indemnify all persons from all
loss of securities or of moneys for investment held
by the broker, broker-dealer, investment dealer or
sub-broker-dealer due to his defalcation, fraud or
bankruptcy and shall furnish the Director with proof
and particulars of the bonding or insurance.
2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of September. S^^f™®""^"
1969. ^'
3. This Act may be cited as The Securities Amendment Act, ^^°^^ ""»
1968-69.
49
2
s
c
r
S
>
z
(m
>3
I
1
s
a.
a
D
«
I?"
"I
a
O
BILL 50
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The County Judges Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendments increase the junior judges in Carleton County from
one to two and in York County from ten to fourteen.
50
BILL 50 1968-69
An Act to amend The County Judges Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 2 of The County Judges^-^:^-^^^^'
Act, as re-enacted by section 1 of The County Judges ^we«rf-^i9^8^c^22,^
ment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "Carleton" in the amended
second line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) A junior judge may be appointed for the county ■'^y^'o^
court of each of the counties of Lincoln and Welland
and for the district court of each of the districts of
Cochrane, Sudbury and Thunder Bay.
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 77. B. 2
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 2 is amended by (1968^^^22^
inserting after "of" where it occurs the third time in the amended
second line "Carleton", so that the subsection shall read as
follows:
(2) Two junior judges may be appointed for the county ''^*'^
court of each of the counties of Carleton, Essex and
Wentworth.
(3) Subsection 4 of the said section 2 is amended by ^^ f^'^g^l''*''
striking out "Ten" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof ^1968^^^22^
"Fourteen", so that the subsection shall read as follows: amended
(4) Fourteen junior judges may be appointed for the"'®'"
county court of the county of York.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Se^t""*"'^'
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The County Judges A mendment short title
Act, 1968-69.
SO
00
2
90
S
>
S.
I
a'
?
n
3
•**
c<»
5c
<«
o
4.
r-f
rr
a
M
I-*
■c
BILL 50
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The County Judges Act
Mr. Wishart
{Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
I'KINTED AND PUBLISHED BY FRANK FOGG, QiKF.n's I'KIMEK
Explanatory Note
The amendments increase the junior judges in Carleton County from
one to two and in York County from ten to fourteen.
50
BILL 50 1968-69
An Act to amend The County Judges Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows: f
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 2 of The County Judges f-^f-^^^^^'
Act, as re-enacted by section 1 of The County Judges ^wew(/- (isss.c. 22^
ment Act, 1968, is amended b\' striking out "Carleton" in the amended
second line, so that the subsection shall read as follows;
(1) A junior judge may be appointed for the county J""'o''
court of each of the counties of Lincoln and Welland
and for the district court of each of the districts of
Cochrane, Sudbury and Thunder Bay.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 2 is repealed and the^f7°6.^l''°'
following substituted therefor: s.^i^^subs^a.
re-enacted
(2) Two junior judges may be appointed for the county idem
court of the Regional Municipality of Ottawa-
Carleton and of each of the counties Essex and
Wentworth. "^Pl
(3) Subsection 4 of the said section 2 is amended by J^-^^o^i^^o.
striking out "Ten" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof (isss, 6. 22,
ill- '1 1 1 I • I 11 1 r ., S. 1), subs. 4,
fourteen , so that the subsection shall read as follows: amended
(4) Fourteen junior judges may be appointed for the ''''^'"
county court of the county of York.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal meSt™*""^"
A.ssent.
! 3. This Act ma\- be cited as The County Judges Amendment si^oTt title
! Act, 1968-69.
,50
■o
oo
O"
^
^*J
1
t\>
n
3
>^
5.
1
I"
to
O
rf
jr
51
2
a.
S'
O
3-
1
1
»«
On
(^
»-•
»a
BILL 50
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The County Judges Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 50 1968-69
An Act to amend The County Judges Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 2 of The County Judges ^ff-^^l^^'
Act, as re-enacted by section 1 of The County Judges Amend-'(ia6S.%.22,
ment Act, 1968, is amended by striking out "Carleton" in theamiAded*' ^
second line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) A junior judge may be appointed for the county 'unior
court of each of the counties of Lincoln and Welland ^""^^^^
and for the district court of each of the districts of
Cochrane, Sudbury and Thunder Bay.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 2 is repealed and the^ ?i°s.^2^°'
following substituted therefor: (1968, i. 22,
8. 1). subs. 2,
re-enacted
(2) Two junior judges may be appointed for the county idem
court of the Regional Municipality of Ottawa-
Carleton and of each of the counties of Essex and
Wentworth.
(3) Subsection 4 of the said section 2 is amended b>- H-s.o. i960,
striking out "Ten" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof Uses, ^c. 22.
"Fourteen", so that the subsection shall read as follows: aminded^' ■*'
(4) Fourteen junior judges may be appointed for the ''^«™
county court of the county of York.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment'"*"''^"
Assent.
3.
This Act may be cited as The County Judges Amendment ^i^on title
Act, 1968-69
50
s
3
(A
a
>
-Ti
Q
2
f?
3-
=1
c
w
-1
3
to
>3
v;
>:
O
S
Is)
a
1-^
a
IK)
O
pr
QO
a
BILL 51
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Workmen's Compensation Act
Mr. Jackson
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment provides that a total disability allowance paid to a
workman will not be reduced where his disability becomes partial until
suitable employment is reasonably available.
51
BILL 51 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Workmen's Compensation Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Section 41 of The Workmen's Compensation Act, as^fg^g^lj'
i amended by section 5 of The Workmen's Compensation ^OTf«<i- amended
ment Act, 1962-63, is further amended by adding thereto the
1 following subsection :
(2) Where a workman is in receipt of an allowance in ''^®'"
respect of a temporary total disability that becomes a
temporary partial disability, the reduced compensa-
tion referred to in subsection 1 shall commence from
the time employment in a suitable employment or
business becomes reasonably available.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment"*"*^*
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Workmen' s Compensation short tuie
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
5*
X
>
n
8
I.
?
?
n
I. I S I
BILL 52
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Child Welfare Act, 1965
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Priniuk
EXPLANATORV NOTE
The Bill prevents children leaving the Province for adoption unless
adoption opportunities have been exhausted in Ontario and tne adoptinf
home meets Ontario standards.
52
BILL 52 1968-69
An Act to amend The Child Welfare Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Child Welfare Act, 1965 is amended by adding i965oi4,
.1 . .1 f It • • ° amended
thereto the followmg section :
84a. A children's aid society shall not place a child for^^^'tf^g
adoption and no interim custody order or adoption ^^tsfde
order shall be made where the adopting parents O"tario
are ordinarily resident outside of Ontario unless,
(a) the availability of the child for adoption has
been advertised at least once each week for
sixteen weeks in a newspaper having general
circulation throughout Ontario and at least
two months have elapsed since the sixteenth
publication ;
{b) there is no prospect of adopting parents being
found who are ordinarily resident in Ontario
and otherwise qualified; and
(c) the qualifications of the adopting parents
have been investigated by the children's aid
society personally by its own staff and meet
the standards required for adoptions in
Ontario.
2. Section 1 does not apply to adoption orders in respect Application
of children placed for adoption before this Act comes into°
force.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Roval Commence-
Assent. "'^"*
4. This Act may be cited as The Child Welfare ^mew<i- short title
ment Act, 1968-69.
52
2
w
»
c
r
se
>
z
?
3"
s.
ft
3 !:•
5r
I lot.
s
3- 3
o
00
>
n
BILL 53
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
17 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Securities Act, 1966
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment requires that shareholders of public corporations be
notified of material changes in the corporate affairs that affect the value
of the shares.
53
BILL 53 1968-69
An Act to amend The Securities Act, 1966
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. The Securities Act, 1966 is amended by adding thereto am ®,id4d*^'
the following section :
129o. — (1) Where a material change or development occurs matertai*^
in the affairs of a corporation, the directors shall ''•'""^es
cause a notice giving the particulars of the change to
be sent to each registered shareholder as soon as is
practicable but not later than the tenth day of the
month immediately following the month in which
the change occurs.
(2) For the purposes of subsection 1, a material change or institutes
development includes, material
change
(o) an actual or proposed change in the control of
the corporation ;
{b) an actual or proposed acquisition or disposi-
tion of material assets;
(c) any proposed take-over, merger, consolida-
tion, amalgamation or reorganization;
{d) any material discoveries, changes or develop-
ments in the corporation's resources, tech-
nology, products or contracts that would
materially increase or decrease the earnings
of the corporation ;
(e) any proposed change in capital structure, in-
cluding stock splits or stock dividends;
53
if) any indicated increase or decrease of earnii
of more than recent average size and a
changes in dividends;
(g) any other change in the affairs of the cor-
poration that could reasonably be expected to
affect materially the value of the share.
Short title 2. This Act may be cited as The Securities Amendment
Act, 1968-69.
53
30
C/3
a
c
r
S
>
z
a.
3'
I.
n
O"
I * I
BILL 54
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Medical Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1 . A lay member is added to the composition
of the Council of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario
to be appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
Subsection 2. Complementary to subsection 1.
Section 2. The lay member of the Council is to be one of the five-
member discipline committee.
54
BILL 54 1968-69
An Act to amend The Medical Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 3 of The Medical Act iso.'234,'8. 3, '
amended by adding thereto the following paragraph: l^lAded
lo. One member who is not a legally qualified medical Member
practitioner, to be appointed by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council.
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 3 is amended by in- ^fs?,' s.^f?'
serting after "subsection 1" in the first and second lines I^I^J*^^
"other than the member appointed by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council", so that the subsection shall read as
follows :
(3) Every member of the Council appointed under sub- but^n^''*™
section 1 other than the member appointed by the^°g^^i.
Lieutenant Governor in Council shall be a legally t'o^ers
qualified medical practitioner resident in Ontario.
2. Subsection 1 of section 34 of The Medical Act, as rt-fl^l^H'
enacted by section 1 of The Medical Amendment Act, iP(52-(5J, (i|62^63.
is amended by inserting after "Council" in the second line subs.' i,
"one of whom shall be the member who is not a legally
qualified medical practitioner", so that the subsection shall
read as follows:
(1) The Council shall appoint five members of the ^'^'^mitte^e
Council, one of whom shall be the member who is
not a legally qualified medical practitioner, as a
committee to be known as the discipline committee
for the purpose of exercising the disciplinary func-
tions designated by this Act.
3. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the Sent"*"''^"
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
54
I
Short titte 4. This Act may be cited as The Medical Amendment Act,
1968-69.
54
C/3
X
r.
r
>
a
>3
11
1 1
BILL 55
2nd Sp;ssion, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Department of Correctional Services Act, 1968
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
EXPLANATOSY NOTB
Self-explanatory.
53
BILL 55 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Department of Correctional
Services Act, 1968
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. l^he Department of Correctional Services Act, 196S is amelided^"'
amended by adding thereto the following section :
20a. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may establish conjugal
a conjugal visiting programme under which persons programme
detained in a correctional institution or any class
thereof may, under such terms and conditions as
are specified, receive visits from the husbands or
wives of such persons for the purpose of continuing
or resuming their marital relations.
2. Subsection 1 of section 34 of The Department of Co/-- ^ "34; '■ ""•
rectional Services Act, 1968 is amended by adding thereto the^^t'fi' ,
. ' J ry amendecl
followmg clause:
{ca) establishing and governing the conjugal visiting
programme referred to in section 20a.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Ro>al ment"'*""^"
Assent.
4. This Act may be cited as The Departmevt of Correctional short title
Services Amendment Act, 1968-69.
55
00
X
r.
r
S
>
z
s
9r>
S
n
cr
"1
c
>3
3- 5.
On
■O
BILL 56
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Apprenticeship and Tradesmen's
Qualification Act, 1964
Mr. Bales
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
These provisions are designed to clarify the intent of the Act as to the
persons who may work in, or be employed in, a certified trade.
56
BILL 56 1968-69
An Act to amend The Apprenticeship and
Tradesmen's Qualification Act, 1964
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 10 of The Apprenticeship andl^\'^- °- ^•
Tradesmen's Qualification Act, 1964 is repealed and the fol-8ubs.'2,
, . 1 • 1 1 f re-enacted
lowing substituted therefor:
(2) No person, other than an apprentice or a person of 3l^^^^°^1^\°
class that is exempt from this section or a person » certified
referred to in subsection 3, shall work or be employed
in a certified trade unless he holds a subsisting cer-
tificate of qualification in the certified trade.
(2a) No person shall employ any person, other than an \^l^°^l *'"*
apprentice or a person of a class that is exempt from employed in
this section or a person referred to in subsection 3, trade
in a certified trade unless the person employed holds
a subsisting certificate of qualification in the cer-
tified trade.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal men\"'*"'^°"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Apprenticeship (i«</ short title
Tradesmen's Qualification Amendment Act, 1968-69.
56
00
PS
>
r
I
a'
s
a.
a.
rr
n
e
BILL 56
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Apprenticeship and Tradesmen's
Qualification Act, 1964
Mr. Bales
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 56 1968-69
An Act to amend The Apprenticeship and
Tradesmen's Qualification Act, 1964
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 10 of The Apprenticeship and^^^^' °- ^'
Tradesmen's Qualification Act, 1964 is repealed and the fol-^ubs.'z
lowing substituted therefor:
(2) No person, other than an apprentice or a person of a ma'y°worr?n
class that is exempt from this section or a person » certified
referred to in subsection 3, shall work or be employed
in a certified trade unless he holds a subsisting cer-
tificate of qualification in the certified trade.
(2a) No person shall employ any person, other than an p^'"^°^| ''''°
apprentice or a person of a class that is exempt from employed in
, . . .,.,._» certified
this section or a person referred to in subsection 3, trade
in a certified trade unless the person employed holds
a subsisting certificate of qualification in the cer-
tified trade.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment"*"°*"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Apprenticeship ow<Z short title
Tradesmen's Qualification Amendment Act, 1968-60.
56
00
s
7)
00
>
r
2
2
sr
•15
n
.^ ^ - ^ ^ ?
Si SI = I
KJ >3 — ?C
3
» 3
BILL 57
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Human Tissue Act, 1962-63
Mr. Burr
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The amendment permits the use of a donor's body
without the authorization of next of kin where he dies outside a hospital.
Sections 2 and 3. The amendments permit the use of a body of a
person who is not a donor to be authorized by the nearest class of next of
kin who are available, notwithstanding that persons in a closer relationship
exist but are not available.
57
BILL 57 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Human Tissue Act, 1962-63
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 3 of The Human Tissue Act, 1962-63 is repealed J^||"®g^' 3
and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
3. Where a donor dies in a place other than a hospital, ^u^tsfde
the first person who has knowledge of the death and hospital
also that the deceased is a donor shall immediately
notify the coroner who may authorize and require
that the body be handed over to such hospital or
other institution as the coroner designates as appro-
priate for the purposes of the donor's request.
2. Section 4 of The Human Tissue Act, 1962-63 is amended ^^||"^^-.
by adding thereto the following subsection : amended '
(2) Where the person required to give the authorization where not
referred to in subsection 1 is not available within the
time necessary for effective use of the body, the next
succeeding person referred to in subsection 1 who is
available may give the authorization.
3. Section 4a of The Human Tissue Act, 1962-63, as enacted ^^^i'*^^-.
, , ' c. oy, 8. 4a
by section 1 of The Human Tissue Amendment Act, 1967, isdse?, o. as,
amended by adding thereto the following subsection: amended
(3) Where the person required to give the authorization where not
r , . , . . . •, . . . , . , available
referred to in subsection 1 is not available within the
time necessary for effective use of the body, the next
succeeding person referred to in subsection 1 who is
available may give the authorization.
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commence-
- -^ ■' ment
Assent.
5. This Act may be cited as The Human Tissue /I wcwd- s'>°''* "*'«
ment Act, 1968-69.
57
o
00
w
CO
c
a.
1
I I
3
99
a*
■-I
w «^
^ >:
- I
3-
It
I
c
3
»
8
c
>
i
BILL 58
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Securities Act, 1966
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
In addition to the liability of an insider to compensate a perton or
company for direct loss suffered as a result of use of confidential informa-
tion in the manner specified, the Bill makes it an offence to so use such
information.
5S
BILL 58 1968-69
An Act to amend The Securities Act, 1966
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 113 of The Securities Act, 1966 lulls';- ^'^^•
is amended by adding at the end thereof "and in addition isl'^l^j^d
guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is liable to
a fine of not more than $1,000", so that the subsection shall
read as follows:
(1) Every insider of a corporation or associate or affiliate of ^ns\der8
of such insider, who, in connection with a trans-
action relating to the capital securities of the corpora-
tion, makes use of any specific confidential informa-
tion for his own benefit or advantage that, if
generally known, might reasonably be expected to
affect materially the value of such securities, is liable
to compensate any person or company for any direct
loss suffered by such person or company as a result
of such transaction, unless such information was
known or ought reasonably to have been known to
such person or company at the time of such trans-
action, and is also accountable to the corporation
for any direct benefit or advantage received or
receivable by such insider, associate or affiliate, as
the case may be, as a result of such transaction and
in addition is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not more than SI, 000.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment"*""*'
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Securities .^mewrfwewi short title
Act, 1968-69.
58
OS
2
»
op
c
r
S
z
s.
a
a
A.
n
O"
e
p
«5
5- F^ a
BILL 59
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Mental Health Act, 1967
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill requires that where a person charged with or convicted of an
offence is ordered to attend a psychiatric facility for examination, he be
examined by at least one psychiatrist.
59
BILL 59 1968-69
An Act to amend The Mental Health Act, 1967
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 14 of The Mental Health Act, 1967^^11- "• 5i,
is amended by adding at the end thereof "and the person subs.' i,
shall be examined by at least one psychiatrist", so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
(1) Where a judge or magistrate has reason to believe q"^^®^^^
that a person who appears before him charged with «^!""'"at'°"
or convicted of an offence suffers from mental dis-
order, the judge or magistrate may order the person
to attend a psychiatric facility for examination, and
the person shall be examined by at least one
psychiatrist.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Sent"^^"''*"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Mental Health Amendment short tuie
Act, 1968-69.
59
7)
Vi
X
r.
r
s
>
n
cr
Vj
t>s>
c ^»
a.
1
s &
>3
j«
■'^ §'
1
1
5 1
3
3- 3-
o
3-
It
3
^
C
»
BILL 60
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Partnerships Registration Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
Self-explanatory.
60
BILL 60 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Partnerships Registration Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Partnerships Registration Act is amended by adding R^|-0- i^eo-
thereto the following sections: amended
CENTRAL REGISTRY
16. Notwithstanding anything in this Act or in The central
Limited Partnerships Act, the Lieutenant Governor r, go. i960,
in Council may make regulations providing for the'^-^^^
establishment of a central registry of all declarations,
certificates and records under this Act and under
The Limited Partnerships Act and may in the regu-
lations make provision,
(a) for the filing in the central registry of declara-
tions under this Act and certificates under
The Limited Partnerships Act in respect of any
registry division ;
(b) respecting the books and records to be kept in
the central registry;
(c) requiring the payment of fees to the Registrar
of Partnerships upon the performance of any
official function under this Act;
(d) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(e) providing for the microfilming of declarations
and certificates filed in the central registry;
(/) governing the custody and destruction of
declarations and certificates filed in the central
registry.
60
Regiatrar of
PartDM'-
■hlps
17. — (1) There shall be a Registrar of PartnerBhi|)8 who,
subject to subsection 2, shall be appointed b\ the
Lieutenant Governor in Council.
Idem
Deputies
(2) Until such time as a Registrar of Partnerships i>
appointed under subsection 1, the registrar for the
registry- division of Toronto is ex officio the Registrar
of I^artnerships and shall act under the direction of
the Inspector of Legal Offices.
(3) The Registrar of Partnerships may designate one or
more persons on the staff of his office to act on his
behalf.
Functions
(4) It shall be the function of the Registrar of Partner-
ships to su[)ervise the operation of the central
registry and the centralization of records under this
Act.
Seal
(5) The Registrar of Partnerships shall have a seal of
office in such form as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council approves.
Location
of central
registry
18. The central registry may be located in such place
the Lieutenant Governor in Council orders and until
such an order is made shall be operated in conjunction
with the registry- office for the registry division of
Toronto.
Commence- 2. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
Short title
3. This Act may be cited as The Partnerships Registration
Amendment Act, 1Q68-69.
60
20
X
>
-i
3
ft. _
S
5|
BILL 60
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Partnerships Registration Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 60 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Partnerships Registration Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Partnerships Registration Act is amended by adding R-|0- 1960,
thereto the following sections: amended
CENTRAL REGISTRY
16. Notwithstanding anything in this Act or in F/te Central
Limited Partnerships Act, the Lieutenant Governorp^ go. igeo,
in Council may make regulations providing for the "• ^^^
establishment of a central registry of all declarations,
certificates and records under this Act and under
The Limited Partnerships Act and may in the regu-
lations make provision,
(a) for the filing in the central registry of declara-
tions under this Act and certificates under .
The Limited Partnerships Act in respect of any
registry division ;
(b) respecting the books and records to be kept in
the central registry;
(c) requiring the payment of fees to the Registrar
of Partnerships upon the performance of any
ofificial function under this Act ;
(d) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(c) providing for the microfilming of declarations
and certificates filed in the central registry ;
(/) governing the custody and destruction of
declarations and certificates filed in the central
registry.
60
Registrar of
Partner-
ships
17. — (1) There shall be a Registrar of Partnerships who,
subject to subsection 2, shall be appointed by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council.
Idem
(2) Until such time as a Registrar of Partnerships is
appointed under subsection 1, the registrar for the
registry division of Toronto is ex officio the Registrar
of Partnerships and shall act under the direction of
the Inspector of Legal Offices.
Deputies (3) fhe Registrar of Partnerships may designate one or
more persons on the staff of his office to act on his
behalf.
Functions
(4) It shall be the function of the Registrar of Partner-
ships to supervise the operation of the central
registry and the centralization of records under this
Act.
Seal
(5) The Registrar of Partnerships shall have a seal of
office in such form as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council approves.
Location
of central
registry
18. The central registry may be located in such place as
the Lieutenant Governor in Council orders and until
such an order is made shall be operated in conjunction
with the registry office for the registry division of
Toronto.
Commence-
ment
2. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
Short title
3. This Act may be cited as The Partnerships Registration
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
60
00
2
X
en
n
>
H
"V
T)
2
n
a-
3-
1
c
1
■1
c
K>
?0
><
>3
><
§=
pr
1
O
I
1
sr
4
o>
vO
o
vO
BILL 61
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Commissioners for taking
Affidavits Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1. The amendment would add controllers
and aldermen of municipalities other than cities, (e.g., the boroughs of
Metropolitan Toronto), as ex officio commissioners.
Subsection 2. The chairman, vice<hairman and secretary-trea»urer
>f improvement districts are added as ex officio commissioners.
Section 2. The provision repealed makes commissionen officer*
of the Supreme Court.
Section 3. The amendment removes the words limiting the taking
of affidavits to court actions, thus permitting the taking of affidavits re-
(|uired by a statute and states the present practice of making limited
.ippointments.
61 _
I
BILL 61 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Commissioners for taking Affidavits Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 4 of section 2 of The Commissioners for^f^g}^^^'
taking Affidavits Act is amended by striking out "city" in the|^|^^^^
third line and inserting in lieu thereof "municipality", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
(4) The head of every municipal council, the reeve of^^^^^j°^j
every town, every deputy reeve and every controller councils,
and alderman of a municipality is ex officio a com-
missioner for taking affidavits in the county or
district in which the municipality is situate.
(2) The said section 2, as amended by section 1 of The^-^^-^^^^^'
Commissioners for taking Affidavits Amendment Act, 1964, is amended
further amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(5) The chairman, vice-chairman and secretary-treasurer '"^pJ"^®"
of every improvement district are ex officio com- districts
missioners for taking affidavits in the county or
district in which the improvement district is situate.
2. Section 4 of The Commissioners for taking Affidavits Act^-f^^^^^^'
is repealed. repealed
3. Subsection 1 of section 6 of The Commissioners for taking^ 'f^'^^^^'
Affidavits Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor : ^^.^^j^^'j^^j
(1) The Lieutenant Governor may by commission em-ment "
power any person of the age of twenty-one years or^j^i^nera
over to administer oaths and take affidavits author-
ized by law within or outside Ontario or subject to
such limits as to duration, territory or purpose as
the Lieutenant Governor specifies in the appoint-
ment.
61
vaUdafed" ** ^^^ chairmen, vice-chairmen and secretary-treasurers
of improvement districts and the controllers and aldermen
of municipalities other than cities shall be deemed to have
always been ex officio commissioners for taking affidavits.
Commence-
ment
5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 5. 'fhig Act may be cited as The Commissioners for taking
Affidavits Amendment Act, 1968-69.
61
Section 4. The amendment in section 1 of the Bill removes doubts
that exist as to the capacity of the officials named to take affidavits.
This section would remove doubts as to the validity of oaths taken in the
past in a mistaken interpretation of the law.
61
o
o
00
H
I
»0
>3
a
»9
a-
c
I 5
>i
o
BILL 61
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Commissioners for taking
Affidavits Act
Mr. Wishart
(Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1. The amendment would add controllera
and aldermen of municipalities other than cities, (e.g., the boroughs of
.Metropolitan Toronto), as ex officio commissioners.
Subsection 2. The chairman, vice-chairman and secretary-treasurer
if improvement districts are added as ^.v officio commissioners.
m:cik)N 2. The provision repealed makes commissioners officers
il I he Supreme Court.
Mxiio.N ^. The .iniendnicnt removes the words limiting the taking
it .il'lidavils to court actions, thus permitting the taking of affidavits re-
i|iiired by a statute and states the present practice of making limited
.ippointnients.
f>l
BILL 61 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Commissioners for taking Affidavits Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 4 of section 2 of The Commissioners foi' ^■^^■^^'■^^°-
taking Affidavits Act is repealed and the following substituted siibs '4.'
therefor :
(4) The head of every municipal council, the reeve of^®^^®j°g,
every town, every deputy reeve and every controller councils,
and alderman of a municipality is ex officio a coin-
missioner for taking afifidavits in the county, dis-
trict or regional municipality in which the muni-
cipality is situate. "^P8
(2) The said section 2, as amended by section 1 of yVfeJ^s-O- i|6o,
Commissioners for taking Affidavits Amendment Act, 1964, is amended '
further amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(5) The chairman, vice-chairman and secretary-treasurer improve-
r • 1- • n- ■ ment
01 every improvement district are ex officio com- districts
missioners for taking affidavits in the county or
district in which the improvement district is situate.
2. Section 4 of The Commissioners for taking Affidavits ^'''^■|g°g^4^°'
is repealed. repealed
3. Subsection 1 of section 6 of The Commissioners for taking R.s.o. i960.
Affidavits Act is reijealed and the following substituted therefor: subs.' x.
re-enacted
(1) The Lieutenant Governor may by commission em-^ent'"*
power any person of the age of twenty-one years or ^''j^^j^^^^j.^
over to administer oaths and take affidavits author-
ized by law within or outside Ontario or subject to
such limits as to duration, territory or purpose as
the Lieutenant Governor specifies in the appoint-
ment.
61
vafidated* ■*' '''*-' ^hairiKe". vice-cliairmeii and secretary-treasurers
of improvement districts and the controllers and aldermen
of municipalities other than cities shall be deemed to have
always been ex officio commissioners for taking affidavits.
Commence- g^ -j-|^jj. ^^.j ^q^^^ [j^^q force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title Q, 'f ^jg Act may be cited as The Commissioners for taking
Affidavits Amendment Act, 1968-69.
61
Section 4. The amendment in section 1 of the Bill removes doubts
that exist as to the capacity of the officials named to take affidavits.
This section would remove doubts as to the validity of oaths taken in the
past in a mistaken interpretation of the law.
61
S <5
5- a.
2
X
3!
>
H
n
T
cr
s.
s
a;
a
ft.
e
1
a.
5-
O
1
•<
Cm
a'
3"
i
BILL 61
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Commissioners for taking
Affidavits Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 61 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Commissioners for taking Affidavits Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 4 of section 2 of The Commissioners for ^■fP-^%^°-
taking Affidavits Act is repealed and the following substituted subs 4
therefor:
(4) The head of every municipal council, the reeve of^®*'J^j°^i
-coun
etc.
every town, every deputy reeve and every controller c°""'=*'S'
and alderman of a municipality is ex officio a com-
missioner for taking affidavits in the county, dis-
trict or regional municipality in which the muni-
cipality is situate.
(2) The said section 2, as amended by section 1 of T^he'^-^^-^^^^°-
Commissioners for taking Affidavits Amendment Act, 1964, is amended'
further amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(5) The chairman, vice-chairman and secretary-treasurer ^pJ"^*"
of every improvement district are ex officio com- districts
missioners for taking affidavits in the county or
district in which the improvement district is situate.
2. Section 4 of The Commissioners for taking Affidavits Act^-f^g^^^^'
is repealed. repealed
3. Subsection 1 of section 6 of The Commissioners for taking"^-^^-^^^^^-
Affidavits Act isrtneaXed and the following substituted therefor :subs.'i,
re-enacted
(1) The Lieutenant Governor may by commission em-^P^t'"''
power any person of the age of twenty -one years o"" missioners
over to administer oaths and take affidavits author-
ized by law within or outside Ontario or subject to
such limits as to duration, territory or purpose as
the Lieutenant Governor specifies in the appoint-
ment.
61
vafida'ed* ** ^^^ chairmen, vice-chairmen and secretary-treasurers
of improvement districts and the controllers and aldermen
of municipalities other than cities shall be deemed to have
always been ex officio commissioners for taking affidavits.
Commence- g^ jj^jg ^j,j comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 5, Xhis Act may be cited as The Commissioners for lakint
Affidavits Amendment Act, 1968-69.
61
o
01
>
JO
H
'n
•^
2:
a*
cr
n
Ui
"1
c
t>*
c
>^
n
a.
?0
-5
Jo
•5
ft.
3'
0
i.
a
0X1
1
a
CM
1
o\
0
0
0
s
BILL 62
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Consolidation and Revision
of the Statutes
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
This Act will authorize the preparation and publication of the Revised
Statutes of Ontario, 1970 in a manner similar to the current revision, the
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1960.
62
BILL 62 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Consolidation
and Revision of the Statutes
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Warner Cox Alcombrack, one of Her Majesty's sioners?
Counsel, and Arthur Norman Stone, one of Her Alajesty's^'^'n't'"'
Counsel, Legislative Counsel and Associate Legislative
Counsel respectively, or such other person or persons as the
Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint, are hereby
appointed commissioners under the direction of the Minister
of Justice and Attorney General to consolidate and revise
the public general statutes of Ontario in accordance with this
Act.
/t\ TL • • J i_ • .remunera-
(2) Ihe commissioners and such persons as may assist iton
them shall be paid such remuneration for their services under
this Act, out of the moneys voted by the Legislature for the
purposes of this Act, as the Lieutenant Governor in Council
may fix.
2. The commissioners shall examine the Revised Statutes
of Ontario, 1960, and the public general statutes of Ontario
enacted after the 31st day of December, 1960, and before the
1st day of August, 1970, and shall arrange, consolidate and
revise such statutes in accordance with this Act.
3. In the performance of their duties under this Act, the
commissioners may omit any enactment that is not of general
application or that is obsolete, may alter the numbering and
arrangement of any enactment, may make such alterations in
language and punctuation as are requisite to obtain a uniform
mode of expression, and may make such amendments as are
necessary to bring out more clearly what is deemed to be the
intention of the Legislature or to reconcile seemingly incon-
sistent enactments or to correct clerical, grammatical or typo-
graphical errors.
62
Printed roll
Appendices
Schedules
4. As soon as the commissioners report the completion of
the consolidation and revision authorized by this Act, the
Lieutenant Governor may cause a printed roll thereof, attested
by his signature and countersigned by the Minister of Justice
and Attorney General, to be deposited in the office of the Clerk
of the Assembly.
5. There shall be appended to the roll,
(a) an appendix marked "Apjxjndix A", similar in form
to Appendix A appended to the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1960, containing certain Imperial Acts and
parts of Acts relating to property and civil rights
that were consolidated in The Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1897, Volume III, pursuant to chapter 13
of the Statutes of Ontario, 1902, that are not re-
pealed by the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 and
are in force in Ontario subject thereto; and
(b) an appendix marked "Apjjendix B", similar in foriH
to Appendix B apjjended to the Revised Statutes
of Ontario, 1960, containing certain Imperial statutes
and statutes of Canada relating to the constitution
and boundaries of Ontario.
6. — (1) There shall be appended to the roll,
(a) a schedule marked "Schedule A", similar in form to
Schedule A appended to the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1960, showing the Acts contained in the
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1960 and the other
Acts that are repealed in whole or in part from the
day Ufjon which the Revised Statutes of Ontario,
1970 take effect and the extent of such repeal; and
(6) a schedule marked "Schedule B", similar in form to
Schedule B appended to the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1960, showing the Acts and parts of Acts
that are repealed, superseded and consolidated in the
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 and showing also
the portions of the Revised Statutes of Ontario,
1960 and Acts passed thereafter that are not con-
solidated.
men'ti'o?/or (^^ ^^^ mention of an Act or a part thereof in a schedule
an Act in shall not be construed as a declaration that the Act or part
Bohedules . . i-i,f i ••*
was or was not in force immediately betore the coming into
Proclama-
tion
force of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970.
7.— (1) After the deposit of the roll pursuant to section 4,
the Lieutenant Governor may by proclamation declare the
62
day upon which the roll will come into force and have effect
as law by the designation "Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970".
(2) On and after the day so proclaimed, the roll shall be pr'i^ciaraa-
in force and effect by the said designation to all intents as*'°"
though the same were expressly embodied in and enacted by
this Act to come into force and have effect on and after that
day, and on and after that day all the enactments in the
several Acts and parts of Acts in Schedule A thereto shall be
repealed to the extent mentioned in the third column of the
schedule.
8. Any reference in an unrepealed and unconsolidated Act to%epeaied
or in an instrument or document to an Act or enactment re- ^r^e" Acts
pealed and consolidated shall, after the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1970 come into force, be held, as regards any sub-
sequent transaction, matter or thing, to be a reference to the
Act or enactment in the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970
having the same effect as such repealed and consolidated Act
or enactment.
9. Copies of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 as^r°nttd by
printed by the Queen's Printer shall be received as evidence ^^^^^1.*^^
of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 in all courts and be evidence
places whatsoever.
10. — (1) The laws relating to the distribution of thet?dn*of"
printed copies of the sessional statutes do not apply to the"""'®*
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, but the latter shall be
distributed as the Lieutenant Governor in Council directs.
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make a list'''®™
of the persons and classes of persons to whom the Revised
Statutes of Ontario, 1970 may be distributed free of charge
and may fix the price at which copies may be sold by the
Queen's Printer.
11. This Act shall be printed with the Revised Statutes ^J'lfe^'"
of Ontario, 1970 and is subject to the same rules of construe- p^jJ.^'®^
tion as the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970. Rs.o. 1970
12. A chapter of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970^57 4"'*
may be cited and referred to in any Act, proceeding, instru- °''®''
ment or document whatever either by its title as an Act or
by using the expression "Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970,
chapter ", or the abbreviation "R.S.O. 1970, c.
adding in each case the number of the particular chapter.
13. This Act mav be cited as The Statutes Revision ^rf, ^''°'"* ""*
1968-69.
62
I
?
2
»
a
>
3
ex.
I
7
cr
c
<5
15 1
IP9
F »
s-
a.
c
BILL 62
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Consolidation and Revision
of the Statutes
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 62 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Consolidation
and Revision of the Statutes
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Warner Cox Alcombrack, one of Her Majesty's sioneref
Counsel, and Arthur Norman Stone, one of Her Majesty's life'nf"*'
Counsel, Legislative Counsel and Associate Legislative
Counsel respectively, or such other person or persons as the
Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint, are hereby
appointed commissioners under the direction of the Minister
of Justice and Attorney General to consolidate and revise
the public general statutes of Ontario in accordance with this
Act.
(2) The commissioners and such persons as may assist uon
them shall be paid such remuneration for their services under
this Act, out of the moneys voted by the Legislature for the
purposes of this Act, as the Lieutenant Governor in Council
may fix.
2. The commissioners shall examine the Revised Statutes
of Ontario, 1960, and the public general statutes of Ontario
enacted after the 31st day of December, 1960, and before the
1st day of August, 1970, and shall arrange, consolidate and
revise such statutes in accordance with this Act.
3. In the performance of their duties under this Act, the
commissioners may omit any enactment that is not of general
application or that is obsolete, may alter the numbering and
arrangement of any enactment, may make such alterations in
language and punctuation as are requisite to obtain a uniform
mode of expression, and may make such amendments as are
necessary to bring out more clearly what is deemed to be the
intention of the Legislature or to reconcile seemingly incon-
sistent enactments or to correct clerical, grammatical or typo-
graphical errors.
62
Printed roll 4, ^g goon as the commissioners rejxirt the completion of
the consolidation and revision authorized by this Act, the
Lieutenant Governor may cause a jjrinted roll thereof, attested
by his signature and countersigned by the Minister of Justii
and Attorney General, to be deix)sited in the office of the TIcrK
of the Assembly.
Appendices 5^ jj^^^g g,^^,l i^^ appended to the roll,
(a) an apjiendix marked "Apjiendix A", similar in form
to Apjjendix A appended to the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1960, containing certain Imperial Acts and
parts of Acts relating to proj^erty and civil rights
that were consolidated in The Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1897, Volume III, pursuant to chapter 1^
of the Statutes of Ontario, 1902, that are not f
pealed by the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 an
are in force in Ontario subject thereto; and
(b) an appendix marked "Appendix B", similar in for;
to Appendix B appended to the Revised Statut"
of Ontario, 1960, containing certain Imperial statute
and statutes of Canada relating to the constitutiui.
and boundaries of Ontario.
schedules 6.— (1) There shall be apjiended to the roll,
(a) a schedule marked "Schedule A", similar in form to
Schedule A apj>ended to the Revised Statutes ot
Ontario, 1960, showing the Acts contained in tli'
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1960 and the othi ;
Acts that are repealed in wiiole or in part from the
day upon which the Revised Statutes of Ontario,
1970 take efTect and the extent of such repeal; and
ib) a schedule marked "Schedule B", similar in form to
Schedule B appended to the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1960, showing the Acts and fjarts of Acts
tliat arc repealed, sui)erseded and consolidated in the
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 and showing also
the ])ortions of the Revised Statutes of Ontario,
1960 and Acts passed thereafter that are not con-
solidated.
KiTe. t ui 12) The mention of an Act or a part thereof in a schedu!'
mention ol ^ 1 • 1 1 \
an Art in shall not l)c construed as a declaration that the Act or par
was or was not in force immediately before the coming into
force of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970.
schedules
Proclama-
tion
7. — (1 ) After tiie de[X)sit of the roll imrsuant to section 4,
the Lieutenant (Governor ma\' by proclamation declare the
day upon which the roll will come into force and have effect
as law by the designation "Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970".
(2) On and after the day so proclaimed, the roll shall bCpropfama-
in force and effect by the said designation to all intents as*^'"^"
though the same were expressly embodied in and enacted by
this Act to come into force and have effect on and after that
day, and on and after that day all the enactments in the
several Acts and parts of Acts in Schedule A thereto shall be
repealed to the extent mentioned in the third column of the
schedule.
8. Any reference in an unrepealed and unconsolidated .^ct to^reffea'ied
or in an instrument or document to an Act or enactment re- J^ rme" Acts
pealed and consolidated shall, after the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1970 come into force, be held, as regards any sub-
sequent transaction, matter or thing, to be a reference to the
Act or enactment in the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970
having the same effect as such repealed and consolidated Act
or enactment.
9. Copies of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 as^rlntldby
printed by the Queen's Printer shall be received as evidence ^^^^^'^j.^^
of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 in all courts and ''e evidence
places whatsoever.
10.— (1) The laws relating to the distribution of the uon'of ""
printed copies of the sessional statutes do not apply to the''°'^'^*
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, but the latter shall be
distributed as the Lieutenant Governor in Council directs.
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council ma>- make a list '''®"^
of the persons and classes of persons to whom the Revised
Statutes of Ontario, 1970 may be distributed free of charge
and may fix the price at which copies may be sold by the
Queen's Printer.
11. This Act shall be printed with the Revised Statutes ^o'^^'^e^"'
of Ontario, 1970 and is subject to the same rules of construe- (^.'j'jjj''"*
tion as the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970. R.s.o. 1970
12. A chapter of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970 J^°;j'4''*«
may be cited and referred to in any Act, proceeding, instru-^'*®^
ment or document whatever either by its title as an Act or
by using the expression "Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970,
chapter ", or the abbreviation "R.S.O. 1970, c.
adding in each case the number of the particular chapter.
13. This Act may be cited as The Statutes Revision ^c/, ^''°''* ""^
1968-69.
e.i
00
58
>
H
11
t;
2
O"
IT
u.
■-t
c
li*
1
C
3*
s.
■1
g.
P
•5
to
^
^
>:
1
to
o
I
o
S'
p-
a'
*-*
Ov
o
o
o
s
s
BILL 63
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
\n Act to provide for the Consolidation and Revision of
the Regulations
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
This Act will aiithori/e the preparation and publication of the Re% ised
Regulations of Ontario, 1970 which will contain all the living regulations in
consolidated and revised form that have been filed under The Regulationi
Act up to the end of 1970.
63
BILL 63 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Consolidation
and Revision of the Regulations
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Warner Cox Alcombrack, one of Her Majesty's sioners.
Counsel, and William Russell Anderson, one of Her Majesty's m'y'ru'"''
Counsel, Legislative Counsel and Registrar of Regulations
respectively, or such other person or persons as the Lieu-
tenant Governor in Council may appoint, are hereby appointed
commissioners under the direction of the Minister of Justice
and Attorney General to consolidate and revise in accordance
with this Act the regulations filed under The Regulations Act.^/t:^' ^^'^°'
(2) The commissioners and sucli persons as may assist tio""'"^'^''
them shall be paid such remuneration for their services under
this Act, out of the moneys voted by the Legislature for the
purposes of this Act, as the Lieutenant Governor in Council
may fix.
2. The commissioners shall examine the Revised Regu- '^"*'®'*
lations of Ontario, 1960, and the regulations filed under The
Regulations Act after the 1st day of January, 1961, and before
the 31st day of December, 1970, and shall arrange, consolidate
and revise such regulations in accordance with this Act.
3. In the performance of their duties under this Act, the ^°**'"^
commissioners may omit any regulation that is obsolete, may
alter the numbering and arrangement of any regulation, may
make such alterations in language and punctuation as are
requisite to obtain a uniform mode of expression, and may
make such amendments as are necessary to bring out more
clearly what is deemed to be the intention of the authority
that made the regulation or to reconcile seemingly inconsistent
provisions or to correct clerical, grammatical or typographical
errors.
63
fo'^'be"' '^°" *• ^* ^*'°" "^ ^^^ commissioners report the completion of
deposited the Consolidation and revision, the Lieutenant Governor may
with Clerk • ■ n i , • i ■ ■ • .
of Anaembiy causc a prmted roll thereof, attested by his signature and
countersigned by the Minister of Justice and Attorney
General, to be deposited in the office of the Clerk of thr
Assembly.
Prociama- 5. — (1) After the deposit of the roll pursuant to section 4,
the Lieutenant Governor may by proclamation declare the
day upon which the roll will come into force and have effect
as law by the designation "Revised Regulations of Ontario.
1970".
^^""^ (2) On and after the day so proclaimed, all regulations
and parts of regulations not contained in the roll are revoked.
printwi by ®* ^opi<^s of the Revised Regulations of Onterio, 1970 as
Queen's
Printer t
be
evidence
Queen's printed by the Queen's Printer shall be received as evidence
be_^ of the regulations as consolidated and revised under this
Act in all courts and places whatsoever.
^f'copi'M '°" 7.— (1) The Revised Regulations of Ontario, 1970 shall be
distributed as the Lieutenant Governor in Council directs.
Idem (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make a list
of the persons and classes of persons to whom the Revised
Regulations of Ontario, 1970 may be distributed free of charge
and may fix the price at which copies may be sold by the
Queen's Printer.
Thu^Act 8. This Act shall be printed with the Revised Regulations
printed with of Ontario, 1970 and is subject to the same rules of construc-
tion as the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970.
uo^smly*" 9. Regulations in the Revised Regulations of Ontario.
be cited J970 may be cited and referred to as "Revised Regulations of
Ontario, 1970, Regulation ", or the abbreviation "R.R.O.
1970, Reg. ", adding in each case the number of the
particular regulation.
Short title ^Q j^jg ^^^ j^^y ^^ j,jjgj j^g ■pf^g Rggulations Revision Ad,
1968-69.
63
1
B
>
X
3
>:
S
ft.
3'
cr
I Si
= I.
9«
I
BILL 63
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Consolidation and Revision of
the Regulations
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 63 1968-69
An Act to provide for the Consolidation
and Revision of the Regulations
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Warner Cox Alcombrack, one of Her Majesty's sioners,^
Counsel, and William Russell Anderson, one of Her Majesty's me"?!"' "*"
Counsel, Legislative Counsel and Registrar of Regulations
respectively, or such other person or persons as the Lieu-
tenant Governor in Council may appoint, are hereby appointed
commissioners under the direction of the Minister of Justice
and Attorney General to consolidate and revise in accordance
with this Act the regulations filed under The Regulations Act. ^•fig' ^®®°'
(2) The commissioners and such persons as may assisl uo™""®"^^'
them shall be paid such remuneration for their services under
this Act, out of the moneys voted by the Legislature for the
purposes of this Act, as the Lieutenant Governor in Council
may fix.
2. The commissioners shall examine the Revised Regu- °"*'**
lations of Ontario, 1960, and the regulations filed under The
Regulations Act after the 1st day of January, 1961, and before
the 31st day of December, 1970, and shall arrange, consolidate
and revise such regulations in accordance with this Act.
3. In the performance of their duties under this Act, the p°*«''8
commissioners may omit any regulation that is obsolete, may
alter the numbering and arrangement of any regulation, may
make such alterations in language and punctuation as are
requisite to obtain a uniform mode of expression, and may
make such amendments as are necessary to bring out more
clearly what is deemed to be the intention of the authority
that made the regulation or to reconcile seemingly inconsistent
provisions or to correct clerical, grammatical or typographical
errors.
63
To^'Se*'' '■°" 4. As soon as the commissioners report the completion of
''IP^*^'.***, the consolidation and revision, the Lieutenant Governor i; ■
with Clerk . , ,, , , i i ■ • •
of Assembly causc a printed roll thereof, attested by his signature
countersigned by the Minister of Justice and Attor
General, to be deposited in the office of the Clerk of
Assembly.
I'rociama- 5. — (1) After the defxjsit of the roll pursuant to section 4,
the Lieutenant Governor may by proclamation declare the
day upon which the roll will come into force and have effect
as law by the designation "Revised Regulations of Ontario,
1970".
Idem
(2) On and after the day so proclaimed, all regulat;
and parts of regulations not contained in the roll are revoLt^i
Copj^^ by ®* Copies of the Revised Regulations of Ontario, 1970 at
Queen's printed by the Queen's Printer shall be received as evidenc*
be of the regulations as consolidated and revised under this
Act in all courts and places whatsoever.
i'f'fo'"pi'e"s"°" 7.— (1) The Revised Regulations of Ontario. 1970 shall b«
distributed as the Lieutenant Governor in Council directs
Idem (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make a lis!
of the jjersons and classes of persons to whom the Revisetl
Regulations of Ontario, 1970 may be distributed free of charge
and may fix the price at which copies may be sold by the
Queen's Printer.
t'o^be'^^' 8. This .^ct shall be printed with the Revised R^ulatiom
printed with of Ontario, 1970 and is subject to the same rules of construe-
R.R.O. 1970 . , „ ■ 1 <- c r^ ■ ,n^r,
tion as the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970.
t?onsmly'*" »• Regulations in the Revised Regulations of Ontario
be , ited 197Q „,3y tjg j^ite^j and referred to as "Revised Regulations ol
Ontario, 1970, Regulation ", or the abbreviation "R.R.O
1970, Reg. ", adding in each case the number of the
particular regulation.
sb^rt title jQ^ YWis Act may be cited as The Regulations Revision .1'
1Q6S-6Q.
63
i
s
<'
s
>
SB
H
-r,
•^
^
n
A
a-
cr
ft)
s:
C
•n
SI
K^
?c
v;
tc
v:
3=
rr
1.
o
1
CM
1
3-
zr
s'
o
o
«
^o
9;
0^
BILL 64
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Summary Convictions Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment permits a warrant of committal for default in pay-
ment of a fine to be executed by peace officers anywhere in Ontario.
64
BILL 64 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Summary Convictions Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Summary Convictions Act is amended b\ adding ^-^gO- 1^*""'
thereto the following section: amended
12a. A warrant for committal upon default in payment of ^"'defauft
a fine or of money ordered to be paid may be issued j^" gn^"*®"'
and executed according to its terms in the same
manner as a warrant for the arrest of an accused
under Part XIV of the Criminal Code (Canada). c^|i"(can.)
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commence-
. . -^ ■' ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Summary Convictions short title
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
64
(/I
S
>
X
H
8
0«
a
a.
ft.
= 1
^ a
o
BILL 64
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Summary Convictions Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 64 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Summary Convictions Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Summary Convictions Act is amended by adding ^IgOi^^o,
thereto the following section: amended
12a. A warrant for committal upon default in payment of ^°"5efauu
a fine or of money ordered to be paid may be issued J^*}. g*^™®"'
and executed according to its terms in the same
manner as a warrant for the arrest of an accused
under Part XIV of the Criminal Code (Canada). Jfli'^can.)
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commence-
, ■' ■' ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Summary Convictions short title
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
64
00
(A
15
Ti
2
fl>
cr
n
a.
c
C
4
tn
1^
o
1
1-^
CM
^
^
1-^
5
3
3-
=r
?;
•o
3
vO
95
BILL 65
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Change of Name Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendments ensure more reliable information necessary for
amending vital statistics records in Ontario or other jurisdictions as a
result of a change of name order.
65
BILL 65 1968-69
An Act to amend The Change of Name Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 3 of section 12 of The Change of Name ^c^R.s.o. i960.
c 49 8 12
is amended by striking out "and" at the end of clause a, by subs.' 3,'
adding "and" at the end of clause b and by adding thereto *™®"''®''
the following clause:
(c) where practicable, a certificate of the registration of
the birth of the applicant and of each other person
whose name may be changed as a result of the appli-
cation and a certificate of the registration of the
marriage where the spouse is named in the applica-
tion.
2.— (1) Section 17 of The Change of Name Act is amended Rs.o^ i960,
by inserting after "affidavit" in the third line "and any amended
certificate of registration of birth or marriage or the par-
ticulars contained therein", so that the section shall read as
follows:
17. The clerk of the court shall enter the order and certmed
copy to
transmit a certified copy of the order, together with a Registrar
duplicate original of the application and of the
verifying affidavit and any certificate of registration
of birth or marriage or the particulars contained
therein, to the Registrar General.
(2) The said section 17 is further amended by adding R|gO^i960,
thereto the following subsection: amended
(2) Where the Registrar General receives a certificate ^^^^^^^^es
of birth or marriage under subsection 1 , the Registrar
General shall,
65
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 419
(a) where the certificate was issued in respect of
a birth or marriage that was registered in
Ontario, re-issue the certificate in accordance
with section 27 of The Vital Statistics Ad,
without payment of any fee therefor, and wvi
the re-issued certificate to the applicant
(6) where the certificate was issued in respect ol
a birth or marriage that was registered out-
side Ontario, return the certificate to the
applicant.
Application
3. This Act applies in respect of applications for change of
name made after three months after this Act comes into force.
Commence-
ment
4c, This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
5. This Act may be cited as The Change of Name Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
65
*
00
S
>
X
H
a.
W9
a*
"n
C
S Cm
8
3
BILL 65
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Change of Name Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published bv Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 65 1968-69
An Act to amend The Change of Name Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 3 of section 12 of The Change of Name ^c^Rs.o. i960.
c 49 s, 12
is amended by striking out "and" at the end of clause a, bysiibs.'a,'
adding "and" at the end of clause h and by adding thereto*™*"'^®**
the following clause:
(c) where practicable, a certificate of the registration of
the birth of the applicant and of each other person
whose name may be changed as a result of the appli-
cation and a certificate of the registration of the
marriage where the spouse is named in the applica-
tion.
2. — (1) Section 17 of The Change of Name Act is amended R|gO^i^60,
by inserting after "affidavit" in the third line "and any amended
certificate of registration of birth or marriage or the par-
ticulars contained therein", so that the section shall read as
follows:
17. The clerk of the court shall enter the order andcertifled
transmit a certified copy of the order, together with a Registrar
duplicate original of the application and of the
verifying affidavit and any certificate of registration
of birth or marriage or the particulars contained
therein, to the Registrar General.
(2) The said section 17 is further amended by adding R-lgO^^^^"-
thereto the following subsection : amended
(2) Where the Registrar General receives a certificate ^®'"fl"a°Qg 1
of birth or marriage under subsection 1, the Registrar
General shall,
65
R.S.O. 1960.
0. 419
(a) where the certificate was issued in respect nf
a birth or marriage that was registered ii
Ontario, re-issue the certificate in accopl
with section 27 of The Vital Slatislic
without payment of any fee therefor, and send
the re-issued certificate to the applicant;
(6) where the certificate was issued in respect of
a birth or marriage that was registered out-
side Ontario, return the certificate to the
applicant.
Application 3^ This Act applies in respect of applications for change of
name made after three months after this Act comes into force
Commence-
ment
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
5. This Act may be cited as The Change of Name Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
65
00
a
>
H
•11
"r)
2
n
n
cr
I:
1
c
>3
rsj
>3
v;
tfO
3-
I
O
5.
CM
"^
3-
a
sr
O
79
1^
»q
^
a
O
>o
o
s
s
BILL 66
i 2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Matrimonial Causes Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment provides that the disbursements of the Official
Guardian in investigating and reporting on matters affecting children
when there is a divorce action will be paid by the parties and not by the
province.
66
BILL 66 1968-69
An Act to amend The Matrimonial Causes Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows;
1. Subsection 7 of section 6 of The Matrimonial Causes Act^-2^'\^^'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ?e-enacted
(7) The petitioner in an action for divorce shall pay the ^elfts'^of
disbursements incurred by the Official Guardian in official
, , . , , Guardian
an mvestigation in respect of the action and the
Official Guardian shall not file his report of the
investigation with the court until such disburse-
ments have been paid.
(7a) The disbursements of the Official Guardian payable me^n'ts™!"
under subsection 7 shall be deemed to be costs in- «=°??^ '"
I • I • f 1 action
curred in the action for the purposes of any award
as to costs by the judge.
2. This Act applies to investigations in respect of actions Application
for the dissolution of marriage commenced after this Act
comes into force.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Sent""*""*'
Assent.
4. This Act may be cited as The Matrimonial Causes Short title
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
66
o
9°
t/l
>
H
Nj
n
V
§. £{ '=i
I I.
at t
a
a
»«
3
■O
o
BILL 66
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Matrimonial Causes Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 66 1968-69
An Act to amend The Matrimonial Causes Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 7 of section 6 of The Matrimonial Causes -^c^^fsi'sfl?'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ?e-enacted
(7) The petitioner in an action for divorce shall pay the ^^^n'^ts'^of
disbursements incurred by the Official Guardian in official
r I • Guardian
an mvestigation in respect ot the action and the
Official Guardian shall not file his report of the
investigation with the court until such disburse-
ments have been paid.
(7fl) The disbursements of the Official Guardian payable mefnts'as'
under subsection 7 shall be deemed to be costs in- action"
curred in the action for the purposes of any award
as to costs by the judge.
2. This Act applies to investigations in respect of actions Appiioation
for the dissolution of marriage commenced after this Act
comes into force.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal menV"*"*'*'
Assent.
4. This Act may be cited as The Matrimonial Causes sh°ri titio
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
66
•n ^
SB
>
H
O
>3
s
a.
S'
V9
cr
c
fill
■c
I
BILL 67
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Deserted Wives' and Children's Maintenance Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The provision repealed provides that the amount a father may be
ordered to pay for the maintenance of each deserted child shall not exceed
$20 a week.
67
BILL 67 1968-69
An Act to amend The Deserted Wives' and
Children's Maintenance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 2 of The Deserted Wives' a«<^^fo5' 8^1°'
Children's Maintenance Act is repealed. subs. 2
1*6 p6 £1160
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment""*"*^*"
.Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Deserted Wives' aM<f short title
Children's Maintenance Amendment Act, 1968-69.
67
00
s
a.
?0
(/I
s
X
a
»0
I I 5 11
a
BILL 67
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Deserted Wives' and Children's Maintenance Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 67 1968-69
An Act to amend The Deserted Wives' and
Children's Maintenance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 2 of The Deserted Wives' and^-f^-l^^-
Children's Maintenance Act is repealed. subs. 2
^ repealed
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Sent™*""*"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Deserted Wives' and short title
Children's Maintenance Amendment Act, 1968-69.
67
s
2
"Tl
2
2
■1
(m
p
n
^a
•>«
n
a-
s.
o
1
•5
a
InJ
5^0
_
>3
>i
3-
S
a.
3-
1.
1
3
s
O
5:
IT
a'
c^
o
>o
o
vO
s
BILL 68
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Jurors Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment increases the maximum number of petit jurors who
may be summoned at a Supreme Court sittings in the Regional Munici-
pality of Ottawa-Carleton from 225 to 350. This compares with 800 in
York County, 350 in Wentworth County and 225 in other counties.
68
BILL 68 1968-69
An Act to amend The Jurors Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
i
1. Subsection 1 of section 52 of The Jurors Act, as amended ^^^q?- ^^A°'
. c. i.ti\i, s* Oa,
by section 1 of The Jurors Amendment Act, 1961-62, is further^ubs. i
111 -1 • II 1)1 . , r , , , amended
amended by strikmg out and at the end of clause b, by
adding "and" at the end of clause c and by adding thereto
the following clause:
{d) in the Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton,
350,
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Sent"*""*'
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Jurors Amendment ^c/, short titio
1968-69.
68
00
>3
X
>
SB
^
1
SB
S
ft.
8
0«
^ 5-
BILL 68
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Jurors Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 68 1968-69
An Act to amend The Jurors Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 52 of The Jurors Act, as amended ^fgg ■a^^5^2''
by section 1 of The Jurors Amendment Act, 1961-62, is further subs, i
, . , amended
amended by stnkmg out "and" at the end of clause b, by
adding "and" at the end of clause c and by adding thereto
the following clause:
{d) in the Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton,
350,
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal meSt"*°°*"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Jurors Amendment ylc/, short title
1968-69.
68
I/)
B
>
SO
H
2
n
o
I.
7
cr
c
§1 .n i I
NO
BILL 69
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Judicature Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
r 'U'
Explanatory Note
The amendment gives the Chief Justice of Ontario, instead of the
Lieutenant Governor in Council, the duty of fixing the date for the annual
meeting of the council of judges of the Supreme Court.
69
BILL 69 1968-69
An Act to amend The Judicature Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 112 of The Judicature Act ^s^'f^'sfxiz
amended bv striking out "Lieutenant Governor in Council" »"''«• !•.
° . . . amended
in the fourth line and inserting in lieu thereof "Chief Justice
of Ontario", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) A council of the judges of the Supreme Court, oiCo^iuiHof
which due notice shall be given to all of them, shall
assemble at least once in every year on such da\- as
is fixed by the Chief Justice of Ontario for the pur-
pose of considering the operation of this Act and of
the rules and the working of the offices and the
arrangements relative to the duties of the officers of
the court, and of enquiring and examining into any
defects that appear to exist in the system of proce-
dure or the administration of justice in the Supreme
Court or in any other court or by any other authority.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Ro\al Commence-
. -' - ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Judicature Amendment Act, short title
1968-69.
69
2
»
(A
X
>
^
I £
1
3
F a"
BILi 69
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Judicature Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 69 1968-69
An Act to amend The Judicature Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 112 of The Judicature Act is^f9°/.^i^i°i
amended by striking out "Lieutenant Governor in Council" |^s^^i^^
in the fourth line and inserting in lieu thereof "Chief Justice
of Ontario", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) A council of the judges of the Supreme Court, of jj,dgeg" °'^
which due notice shall be given to all of them, shall
assemble at least once in every year on such day as
is fixed by the Chief Justice of Ontario for the pur-
pose of considering the operation of this Act and of
the rules and the working of the offices and the
arrangements relative to the duties of the officers of
the court, and of enquiring and examining into any
defects that appear to exist in the system of proce-
dure or the administration of justice in the Supreme
Court or in any other court or by any other authority.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^e'^t'"®"*'^"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Judicature Amendment Act, ^'^°'"* *^'"®
1968-69.
69
00
2
X
I/i
n
>I1
2:
2
n
p
I:
=r
1
«5
K)
>3
»-•
^
1
0
1
—
».
*■
•».
cr
^
-0
^
l-»
»
<^
0
0
0
s
:*
BILL 70
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act respecting the Department of Justice
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Feank Fogg, Qieen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill continues the Department of the Attorney General aa the
Department of Justice and vests in the Minister of Justice and Attorney
General the functions set out in section 6 of the Bill. The functions,
heretofore unwritten, are made statutory as recommended by the Royal
Commission on Civil Rights.
70
BILL 70 1968-69
An Act respecting the Department of Justice
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, l^ltoT'-
(a) "Department" means the Department of Justice;
(b) "Minister" means the Minister of Justice and
Attorney General.
2. — (1) The department of the public service heretofore ^^^p"'-
known as the Department of the Attorney General is con- continued
tinued under the name "Department of Justice".
(2) The Minister shall preside over and have charge of thell^havr
Department. charge
3. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint M^Sister
a Deputy Minister of Justice and Deputy Attorney General
who shall be the deputy head of the Department.
(2) Such ofificers, clerks and servants may be appointed ^^^^
under The Public Service Act, 1961-62 as are required fromi96i-62.
time to time for the proper conduct of the business of the
Department.
4. The moneys required for the purposes of the Depart- required by
ment shall be paid out of the moneys appropriated therefor ^epart-
by the Legislature.
5. The Minister, Functions
(a) is the Law Officer of the Executive Council;
(b) shall see that the administration of public affairs is
in accordance with the law;
70
(c) shall superintend all matters connected with im-
administration of justice in Ontario;
(d) shall perform the duties and have the powers that
belong to the Attorney General and Solicitor General
of England by law or usage, so far as thos< '
and powers are applicable to Ontario, and ;il
perform tlie duties and have the [>owers that, u|
the time of the British North America Act, l.-,;,
came into effect, belonged to the offices of tht
Attorney General and Solicitor General in
provinces of Canada and Upper Canada and win
under the provisions of that Act, are within the scope
of the [X)wers of the Legislature;
(e) shall advise the Government upon all matters of law
connected with legislative enactments and upon all
matters of law referred to him by the Government;
(/) shall advise the Government upon all matters of a
legislative nature and superintend all Government
measures of a legislative nature;
(g) shall advise the heads of the departments and
agencies of Government upon all matters of law con-
nected with such departments and agencies;
(h) shall conduct and regulate all litigation for and
against the Crown or any department or agency of
Government in respect of any subject within the
authority or jurisdiction of the Legislature;
(t) shall superintend all matters connected with judicial,
registry and land titles offices:
(j) shall perform such other functions as are assigned to
him by the Legislature or by the Lieutenant Gover-
nor in Council.
of*deparV-°" ®' I^he Lieutenant Governor in Council may designate any
legal'*' employee in any department or agency of Government who is
°?J<=®™a8 ,a member of the bar of Ontario to be an employee of the
employees of f j
Department Department and thereuf>on such employee becomes an em-
ployee of the Department.
i^pSrt*' 7. The Minister after the close of each year shall submit to
the Lieutenant Governor in Council an annual report upon
the affairs of the Department and shall then lay the report
before the Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next
ensuing session.
70
8. After this section comes into force, all annual reports ^lf^%^ '"^
required to be submitted to the Lieutenant Governor, theother^^
Lieutenant Governor in Council or the Assembly by the
Minister or an official of the Department under any other
Act shall be deemed to be included in the report submitted
under section 7 and need not be submitted in accordance with
such other Act.
9.-~(l) This Act, except section 8, comes into force on theCommenoe-
day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 8 comes into force on a day to be named by the ^'*®'"
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
10. This Act may be cited as The Department of Justice s"'"'' ""«
Act, 1968-69.
70
s
H
I.
cr
ft. q *»
I 5 I
3
»«
F 3
NO
o-
I
BILL 70
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act respecting the Department of Justice
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Qieen's Printer
BILL 70 1968-69
An Act respecting the Department of Justice
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, tatlon''""
(a) "Department" means the Department of Justice;
(b) "Minister" means the Minister of Justice and
Attorney General.
2. — (1) The department of the public service heretofore ^|p^''*-
known as the Department of the Attorney General is con- continued
:inued under the name "Department of Justice".
(2) The Minister shall preside over and have charge of the l^'harV
Department. charee
3.— (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint MlSuter
I Deputy Minister of Justice and Deputy Attorney General
vho shall be the deputy head of the Department.
(2) Such officers, clerks and servants may be appointed ^'^'^
inder The Public Service Act, 1961-62 as are required from i96i-^62,
ime to time for the proper conduct of the business of the°"
Department.
4. The moneys required for the purposes of the Depart- req°uired by
nent shall be paid out of the moneys appropriated therefor Slgt'^*'
)y the Legislature. ^"^
5. The Minister, Functions,
(a) is the Law Officer of the Executive Council;
{b) shall see that the administration of public affairs is
in accordance with the law;
70
(c) shall superintend all matters connected with the
administration of justice in Ontario;
(d) shall perform the duties and have the powtrs th...
belong to the Attorney General and Solicitor General
of England by law or usage, so far as thost
and powers are applicable to Ontario, and a!-
perform the duties and have the jx)wers that, up to
the time of the British North America Act, 1867
came into effect, belonged to the offices of the
Attorney General and Solicitor General in t
provinces of Canada and Upper Canada and whic. .
under the provisions of that Act, are within the scope
of the powers of the Legislature;
(e) shall advise the Government upon all matters of law
connected with legislative enactments and uixjn all
matters of law referred to him by the Government:
(/) shall advise the Government upon all matters of a
legislative nature and superintend all Government
measures of a legislative nature;
(g) shall advise the heads of the departments and
agencies of Government upon all matters of law con-
nected with such departments and agencies;
(h) shall conduct and regulate all litigation for and
against the Crown or any department or agency of
Government in respect of any subject within the
authority or jurisdiction of the Legislature;
(t) shall superintend all matters connected with judicial,
registry and land titles offices:
(j) shall ijerform such other functions as are assigned
him by the Legislature or by the Lieutenant Gover-
nor in Council.
?f*d'e*part-°" ®' I 'le Lieutenant Governor in Council may designate a;
mental employee in any department or agency of Government who
officers as a member of the bar of Ontario to be an employee of the
employees of ■ . ,
Department Department and thereufx)n such employee becomes an em-
plo\'ee of the Department.
^pon' '7- 1 li^' -Minister after the close of each year shall submit to
the L^ieutenant Governor in Council an annual repwrt upon
the affairs of the Department and shall then lay the repwrt
before the Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next
ensuing session.
70
8. After this section comes into force, all annual reports P^f^®"* '"^
required to be submitted to the Lieutenant Governor, the otter
Lieutenant Governor in Council or the Assembly by the
Minister or an official of the Department under any other
Act shall be deemed to be included in the report submitted
under section 7 and need not be submitted in accordance with
such other Act.
9. — (1) This Act, except section 8, comes into force on the ^°^j'"®"°*"
day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 8 comes into force on a day to be named by the '**®"'
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
10. This Act may be cited as The Department of Justice s^ort title
Act, 1968-69.
70
o
9°
2:
t/)
a
>
3- S.
II f I
^ a „
o a.
•4.
a
c
3-
>3
8
BILL 71
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Fines and Forfeitures Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
r JJIH
l>ni; ^/nci'l <(VT hn-iina <■
Explanatory Note
The amendment is to implement a recommendation of the Royal
Commission Inquiry into Civil Rights and prohibits the payment of any
portion of a fine to persons acting as informers or prosecutors.
71
BILL 71 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Fines and Forfeitures Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assemblj' of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 2 of The Fines and Forfeitures Act is repealed J^i4^- ^^|°'
and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted'
2. — (1) Where a fine has been imposed for a contraven- ^e^^ery of
tion of an Act of the Legislature or a regulation by action
made thereunder and no other provision is made for
its recovery, it is recoverable with costs by a civil
action at the suit of the Crown.
(2) Notwithstanding anj- general or special Act, no fine^o fines
J /• • r . , . payable to
recovered tor a contravention of an Act of the informer
Legislature or a by-law or regulation made there- ""^ '"^°*^°"'°'^
under or any part of such fine shall be paid to a person
acting as an informer or a prosecutor.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commenoe-
Assent. ' "^^"*
3. This Act may be cited as The Fines and Forfeitures ^^"'^ ""*
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
71
s
2
a
Is
■3 *
F a'
BILL 71
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Fines and Forfeitures Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Hit
BILL 71 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Fines and Forfeitures Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 2 of The Fines and Forfeitures Ad is repealed ^■f43-g^2°'
and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted'
2. — (1) Where a fine has been imposed for a contraven- R«^°^®''y °^
tion of an Act of the Legislature or a regulation t^y action
made thereunder and no other provision is made for
its recovery, it is recoverable with costs by a civil
action at the suit of the Crown.
(2) Notwithstanding any general or special Act, no line ^^ aSilf to
recovered for a contravention of an Act of themformer
J . , , , , . , or prosecutor
Legislature or a by-law or regulation made there-
under or any part of such fine shall be paid to a person
acting as an informer or a prosecutor.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Ro\al commence-
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Fines and Forfeitures ^^ort title
Amendment Act, 196S-69.
71
2:
K
>
H
2
V
5.
2
3-
"a
n
cr
c
F 5-
BILL 72
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Cemeteries Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Qieen's Printer
Explanatory Note
Self-explanatory.
72
BILL 72 1968-69
An Act to amend The Cemeteries Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 78 of The Cemeteries Act isRs.o. i960,
. . c 47 s 78
amended by inserting at the commencement thereof "Subject siibs.' i,
to subsection 3", so that the subsection shall read as follows:*""^"
(1) Subject to subsection 3, no body shall be cremated ^g°tffl®aj|
unless a certificate in the prescribed form, signed by a
coroner of the municipality in which the death took
place, has been deposited with the owner, which
certificate shall contain the statement that the cause
of death has been definitely ascertained and that
there exists no reason for further inquiry or examina-
tion.
(2) The said section 78 is amended by adding thereto the^f-^\^^°'
following subsection : amended'
(3) Where a coroner has investigated the circumstances''''^''"^
of a death and has issued his warrant to bury the
body, the certificate mentioned in subsection 1 need
not be filed.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Roval commence-
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Cemeteries Amendment^^°'^^ ^'^^^
Act, 1968-69.
72
2:
X
r
t\J
cr
c
■3
BILL 73
2kd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to regulate the Procurement and to provide for the
Welfare of Animals used in Teaching and Research
Mr. Stewart
TORONTO
Prinird and Plblishkd by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to regulate the procurement of animaU used
in teaching and research and to provide for their welfare.
The principal provisions of the Bill include the following:
1. Dealers who supply animals to research facilities are required to
be licensed, and research facilities are required to be registered.
2. The qualifications to be met by an applicant for a licence as a
dealer are specified, and grounds for suspending or revolting
licences are set out.
3. The Research .Animal Dealer Licence Review Board is established
and is empowered to direct the granting, refusal, revocation or
suspension of a licence as a dealer. An appeal is provided to a
justice of the Court of Appeal from an order of the Review Boiird
refusing to grant or suspending or revoking a licence.
4. The operator of a pound is required, except in certain specified
circumstances, to sell any unclaimed dog or cat that is in the pound
to a dealer or operator of a research facility within specified time
limits.
5. The purchase of animals for use in a re.search facility other than
from a licensed dealer or from the operator of a pound is pro-
hibited except in specified circumstances.
6. Inspection of dealers' premises and research facilities is provided
fur alonj; with other ancillary matters.
7.^
BILL 73 1968-69
An Act to regulate the Procurement and
to provide for the Welfare of Animals used
in Teaching and Research
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, Interpre-
' tation
(a) "animal" means a live, non-human vertebrate;
(b) "dealer" means a person who, for consideration,
supplies animals to a research facility or to another
such person;
(c) "Director" means the Director of the Veterinary
Services Branch of the Department of Agriculture
and Food ;
(d) "foal" means a young horse;
(e) "inspector" means an inspector appointed under
this Act;
(/) "Minister" means the Minister of Agriculture and
Food;
(g) "pound" includes premises that are used for the
detention, maintenance or disposal of dogs or cats
that,
(i) have been abandoned,
(ii) have strayed,
(iii) have been imjjounded pursuant to a by-law
of a municipality, or
(iv) have been left by the owner at the premises
to be disposed of by the operator thereof;
73
(h) "redemption period" means that period of time
within which the owner of a dog or cat that has been
impounded in a pound has the right to redeem it;
(i) "regulations" means the regulations made under
this Act;
(j) "research" means the use of animals in connection
with studies, investigation and teaching in any field
of knowledge, and, without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, includes the use of animals for the
Ijerformance of tests, the diagnosis of disease and the
production and testing of preparations intended for
use in the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of any
disease or condition;
(k) "research facility" means premises on which animals
are used in research and includes premises used in
connection therewith for the collecting, assembling,
breeding or maintaining of animals and includes
farms on which pregnant mares are kept for the
production of urine;
(0 "Review Board" means the Research Animal Dealer
Licence Review Board;
R.S.O. I960,
c. 416
(m) "veterinarian" means a person registered under The
Veterinarians Act.
LICENCES
Dealer
required
to be
licensed
2. — (1) No person shall commence or continue to be a
dealer without a licence as a dealer from the Director unless
he is exempt under this Act or the regulations.
Saving as to
certain
sales
1961-62,
c. 48
(2) A dealer is exempt from subsection 1 respecting the
sale of cattle, fish, goats, horses, poultry, reptiles, sheep,
swine or game animals or fur-bearing animals as defined in
The Game and Fish Act, 1961-62, but in all other respects he is
subject to the provisions of this Act and the regulations.
SeSti^or (^^ ^o person shall be granted a licence as a dealer unless
licensing j^p
(a) is experienced in the proper care and handling of
animals;
73
(b) possesses all pens, cages, compounds, vehicles, tools,
implements, buildings and dietary materials neces-
sary to properly care for and handle animals on his
premises;
(c) has not been convicted of an oflfence relating to
cruelty, maltreatment or neglect of animals under
any Act; and
(d) does not employ or have associated with him in
connection with his operations as a dealer any person
who has been convicted of an offence relating to
cruelty, maltreatment or neglect of animals under
any Act.
(4) A licence as a dealer may be suspended or revoked orrevoc'a"
where ''°" °f
**'"*='^*^' licence
(a) the dealer has not properly maintained any of the
facilities, equipment or materials referred to in
clause b of subsection 3; or
(6) the dealer or any person employed by him or asso-
ciated with him in connection with his operations as
a dealer has been convicted of an offence,
(i) under this Act or the regulations, or
(ii) relating to cruelty, maltreatment or neglect of
animals under any other Act.
3.— (1) A board to be known as the "Research Animal ^e?»f •■,«*»
Dealer Licence Review Board ' is hereby established and shall ueaier
consist of not fewer than three persons appointed by the Review
Lieutenant Governor in Council, none of whom shall be mem- established
hers of the public service in the employ of the Department of
Agriculture and Food, and who shall hold office during
pleasure.
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint one chairman
f, , fiT-»'T-» . -^t* and vice-
ot the members of the Review Board as chairman and another chairman
of the members as vice-chairman.
(3) A majority of the members of the Review Board con-Quo"""™
stitutes a quorum.
(4) The members of the Review Board shall receive such uoS'""^™"
remuneration and expenses as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council determines.
73
Issue of
licence
4c. — (1) Subject to subsection 10, the Director shall issue a
licence as a dealer to an applicant therefor unless, in his
opinion, the applicant does not comply with subsection 3 of
section 2.
Reference
to Review
Board board where,
(2) The Director shall direct a reference to the Review
Notice of
reference
(a) he is of the opinion that an applicant for a licence at
a dealer does not comply with subsection 3 of sec-
tion 2 ; or
(b) in the case of a licensee, he is of the opinion that
clause a or clause b of subsection 4 of section 2
applies.
(3) The Director shall direct a reference to the Review
Board by giving the chairman of the Review Board and the
applicant or licensee, as the case may be, notice in writing
thereof and the notice shall be served upon the applicant or
licensee either jjersonally or b\- registered mail addressed to
the applicant or licensee at his last known address.
notice"'* °^ (^^ ■^ notice under subsection 3 shall specify the grounds
on which the reference has been directed.
Withdrawal
of reference
Notification
of hearing
Time of
hearing
(5) Where an applicant or licensee who has received a
notice under subsection 3 adduces proof, within ten days of
service of the notice, to the satisfaction of the Director that
he complies with subsection 3 of section 2 or is not a licensee
to whom clause a or clause b of subsection 4 of section 2 applies,
the Director shall withdraw the reference and shall thereupon
notify the applicant or licensee, as the case may be, and the
chairman of the Review Board accordingly.
(6) I'pon receipt of a notice under subsection 3, the chair-
man of the I^eview Board shall fix a time, date and place at
which the Review Board will hear the matter and shall there-
upon notify the applicant or licensee thereof either personally
or by registered mail addressed to the applicant or licensee
at his last known address.
(7) I'nless withdrawn pursuant to subsection 5, the Review
Board shall hold a hearing on a reference directed to it under
subsection 2 not less than fifteen days and not more than
thirty days after service of the notice referred to in sub-
section 3.
Rights of
person
affected
(8) l-'ver\ j>erson whose licence or right to be licensed may
be affected by a hearing under this Act is entitled to hear the
evidence, cross-e.vamine, call witnesses, present argument and
Ix; rei^roseiitcd b\ counsel or an agent at the hearing.
73
(9) The Review Board may, after the hearuig referred to ^ev^w °^
in subsection 7, order tlie Director not to issue a licence or Board
may order the Director to suspend or revoke a licence where,
in the opinion of the Review Board, the applicant does not
comply with subsection 3 of section 2 or is a licensee to whom
clause a or 6 of subsection 4 of section 2 applies and shall
otherwise order that the licence be issued or that the licence
remain in full force and effect and the Director shall comply
with an order of the Review Board.
(10) The Director shall not issue a licence to any person j^^gnoe
who formerly held a licence as a dealer and whose licence [^°*^°
was revoked less than one year before the date of the appli-
cation.
(11) Notice of the order of the Review Board made under deci8^on°
subsection 9, together with reasons in writing for its decision Bo^rd^'^*
shall be served forthwith upon the person whose licence or
right to be licensed is affected thereby in the manner pre-
scribed for service of a notice in subsection 3.
5. — (1) A person who has been refused a licence or whose ^p"®*'
licence has been suspended or revoked may appeal the order
of the Review Board to a justice of appeal of the Court of
Appeal.
(2) Every appeal under subsection 1 shall be by notice ofapp^i"
motion served upon the Director and the chairman of the
Review Board within thirty days of the service of the notice
referred to in subsection 1 1 of section 4, and the practice and
procedure in relation to the appeal shall be the same as on an
appeal from a judgment of a judge of the Supreme Court in
an action.
(3) The chairman of the Review Board shall certify to^^^appeai
the Registrar of the Supreme Court,
(a) the notices referred to in subsections 3, 6 and 11 of
section 4;
(b) the order of the Review Board together with written
reasons for its decision ; and
(c) all written submissions to the Review Board and
other material including documentary evidence
received by it in connection with the hearing.
(4) Where an appeal is taken under this section, the judge j?d*|""o°''
may substitute his opinion for that of the Review Board and appeal
may by his order confirm, revoke or modify the order of the
73
Order of
JudK«
flnal
Review Board and may direct the Director to take such
action as the Director may be authorized or required to take
under this Act and as the judge deems proper, and thereupon
the Director shall act accordingly.
(5) The order of the judge is final.
RESEARCH FACILITIES
Reeearob
facility
required
to be
registered
6. No person shall operate a research facility unless the
research facility is registered in accordance with the regu-
lations.
Purcbase
of animal
7. Subject to section 10, no person shall purchase an animal
for use in a research facility from an>' person other than
from a dealer who is,
(o) the holder of a licence as a dealer; or
(b) exempt under this Act or the regulations from the
provisions of subsection 1 of section 2 respecting
the animal.
INSPECTORS
Appoint-
ment of
obief
inspector
and
inspectors
8. — (1) The Minister may appoint a chief inspector and
such other inspectors as he deems necessary, and, notwith-
standing any other Act, such inspectors have exclusive
authority to initiate proceedings to enforce the provisions of
this Act and the regulations.
Certiflcate
of appoint-
ment
(2) The production by an inspector of a certificate of his
appointment purporting to be signed by the Minister is
admissible in evidence as prima facie proof of his appointment
without further proof of the signature or authority of the
Minister.
iMpectors C-^) Subject to subsections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, an inspector
may, for the purpose of carrying out his duties under this Act,
(a) enter any premises, car, truck or other conveyance
in which he believes on reasonable and probable
grounds there are animals that are used, or that are
intended to be used, in research and inspect the
premises, car, truck or other conveyance, any
facilities or equipment therein and any animal
therein ;
(b) enter any pound and inspect the pound, any facilities
or equipment therein and any animal therein; and
73
I
(c) demand the production or furnishing by the owner
or custodian of any books, records, documents or
extracts therefrom relating to animals that,
(i) are in a pound, or
(ii) he believes on reasonable and probable
grounds are used or intended to be used in
research.
(4) Except under the authority of a warrant under section f^eKn^
14 of The Summary Convictions Act, an inspector shall not R.s.o. i960,
enter any part of a dwelling without the consent of the owner''' ^^'
or tenant unless,
(o) the occupant is a licensed dealer; and
{b) he has reasonable grounds for believing that the
occupant is maintaining in such part animals that
are used or intended to be used in research.
(5) An inspector shall exercise his powers under sub-^5f°
section 3 only between sunrise and sunset unless authorized ^"^^^^jg^^
by a justice by warrant under section 14 of The Summary^'""^^ ^
Convictions Act to execute the warrant at night.
(6) Where an inspector demands the production or furnish- and'*"''"°"
ing of books, records, documents or extracts therefrom, theP^o*"-
person having custody thereof shall produce or furnish them o? records,
to the inspector and the inspector may detain them for the^'""
purpose of photocopying them provided such photocopying
is carried out with reasonable dispatch, and the inspector
shall forthwith thereafter return them to the person who
produced or furnished them.
(7) Where a book, record, document or extract has been ^^j;"^/'*-
photocopied under subsection 6, a photocopy purporting to Pi'otocopy
be certified by the Minister, or a person thereunto authorized
by the Minister, to be a copy made pursuant to subsection 6
is admissible in evidence and has the same probative force
as the original document would have had if it had been proven
in the ordinary way.
(8) Where an inspector makes a demand under clause c of j^e*"""" *°
subsection 3, the demand shall be in writing and shall include '"^'""b
a statement of the nature of the investigation and the general
nature of the books, records, documents or extracts required.
(9) The Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to iot Vklpiy
Animals Act, 1955 does not apply in respect of animals in the
possession of a licensed dealer or the operator of a registered
research facility.
73
Obutruotion 9, \q person shall hinder or obstruct an inspector in the
Inspector course of his duties or furnish him with false information or
refuse to furnish him with information.
POUNDS
p«riod"''"°" ***• — (^) Subject to subsection 2, the redemption |)eriod
shall be forty -eight hours, or such longer period as the regu
lations prescribe.
Idem
(2) The operator of a pound may fix a redemption (period
that is longer than the redemption period prescribed by or
under this Act upon filing notice in writing thereof with the
Director, and no such redemption period shall be changed
except with the approval in writing of the Director.
Sale of dog
or cat in a
pound
required
Time
within
which sale
to be made
(3) Except where,
(a) the dog or cat has been redeemed by the person who
was the owner of the dog or cat before it came into
possession of the operator of the pound;
(b) the person who owned the dog or cat before it came
into the possession of the operator of the pound has
requested in writing that the dog or cat be destroyed ;
(c) the dog or cat has been sold or disposed of by gift
to a bona fide purchaser or donee,
(i) as a pet,
(ii) for use in hunting, or
(iii) for working purposes;
(d) the opjerator of the pound has satisfied all requests
from operators of research facilities or from dealers
for a dog or cat, as the case may be; or
(e) an inspector has ordered that the dog or cat be
destroyed pursuant to subsection 7,
the ojjerator of a pound shall sell to the operator of a research
facility or to a dealer who has so requested, any dog or cat
that is in the pound, and the operator of the pound is not
required to be licensed as a dealer in respect of such sale.
(4) The sale of a dog or cat to the operator of a research
facility or to a dealer shall be made,
(a) where the dog or cat has been impounded, within
five days after the redemption period has expired ; or
73
(b) where the dog or cat has not been impounded, within
five days after the dog or cat came into possession
of the operator of the pound.
(5) The price at which the operator of a pound shall sell prfoe'Tt""
a dog or cat to the operator of a research facility or to a dealer ^r^Jat '*°*
under subsection 3 shall not, |^,^' ^°
(a) where no maximum price has been prescribed in the
regulations respecting the dog or cat, exceed a price
that is reasonable having regard to all the circum-
stances; or
(b) exceed the maximum price prescribed in the regu-
lations respecting the dog or cat.
(6) The operator of a pound shall satisfy a request from the JjJi'e "^"^ °^
operator of a research facility for a dog or cat in priority to requests
a similar request from a dealer.
(7) An inspector or veterinarian may order a dog or cat destruction
to be destroyed where the dog or cat, °l ^°f
(a) is in a pound, on a dealer's premises or in a research
facility ;
(b) has not, where it is in a pound, been redeemed by its
owner within the redemption period ; and
(c) may not be suitable for use in research by reason of
ill health, injury, malnutrition, excessive age or
other infirmity.
(8) This section does not apply to an animal that by reason Certain ** *°
of being suspected of being infected with any communicable *"''"*'*
disease is confined in a pound pursuant to The Public Healthff^i'^^^'^-
Act or the Animal Contagious Diseases Act (Canada). r.s.c. 1952,
FOALS
11. — (1) The operator of a research facility who keeps disposition
pregnant mares for the production of urine shall not sell or"*^*^*®'*
dispose of by gift or otherwise a foal that is less than ninety
days old unless,
(a) the dam thereof has died; or
(b) the dam thereof is sold or otherwise disposed of
with the foal to the same person.
(2) The owner of a foal referred to in subsection 1 may Jf^oa""*'""
destroy the foal.
73
10
OFFENCES
Offence 12. — (1) Every person who contravenes any of the pro-
visions of this Act, other than subsection 6 of section 10, or the
regulations, other than a regulation made under clause i, j, k
or / of section 13, is guilty of an offence and on summary con-
viction is liable for a first offence to a fine of not more than
$500 or to imi)risonment for a term of not more than three
months, or to both, and for a subsequent oflence to a fine of
not less than $500 and not more than $1,000 or to imprison-
ment for a term of not more than six months, or to both.
Idem (2) Every person who contravenes the provisions of 8ul>-
section 6 of section 10 or of a regulation made under clauM
i,j, k or I oi section 13, is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable for a first offence to a fine of not more than
$25 and for a subsequent offence to a line of not less than $25
and not more than $100.
REGULATIONS
Regulations ^3^ 'p|^g Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu-
lations,
(a) providing for the manner of issuing licences, |>re
scribing their duration and the fees payable therefdi
(b) prescribing procedures for hearings under section 4
(c) prescribing the facilities and equipment to be pro-
vided by a dealer, the operator of a research farilit \
or a |X)und or any class thereof:
(d) prescribing standards for the health, welfare and caff
of animals, or any class thereof, in a research facilit
on a dealer's premises or in a pound ;
(e) prescribing facilities and equipment for the trans-
portation of animals that are used or are intended to
be used by a research facility;
(/) providing for the registration of research facilities,
prescribing the fees payable therefor and prescribing
terms and conditions for such registration that are
related to the care of animals;
(g) classifying research facilities, requiring the operators
of any class of research facilit>- to provide for the
services of a veterinarian in connection with the
care of animals in the research facility and prescrib-
ing the terms and conditions on which such services
shall be provided in respect of any such class;
73
11
(h) requiring the establishment of animal care com-
mittees in connection with research facilities, provid-
ing for their composition and requiring any such
committee to be responsible for co-ordinating and
reviewing,
(i) the activities and procedures,
(ii) the standards of care and facilities, and
(iii) the training and qualifications of personnel
that are engaged in the care of animals,
in the research facility in connection with which it
is established;
(f) prescribing the records to be made and kept by the
operator of a research facility, a dealer or the
operator of a pound, or any class thereof, and pre-
scribing the places at which such records shall be
kept;
(J) prescribing methods for the identification of animals;
(k) subject to subsection 1 of section 10, prescribing the
redemption period in respect of dogs or cats or any
class thereof;
(/) determining from time to time the maximum prices
that shall be paid for dogs or cats or any class thereof
by the operators of research facilities or by dealers
to the operators of pounds and determining different
prices for different parts of Ontario;
(m) providing for the exemption from this Act or the
regulations, or any provision thereof, of any person
or class oi persons, or any animal or class of animals
and prescribing the terms and conditions therefor:
(«) prescribing forms and jjroviding for their use;
(o) respecting any matter necessary or advisable to
carry out effectively the purpose of this Act.
14. The moneys required for the purposes of administering ^°"®''*
this Act shall, until the 31st day of March, 1969, be paid out
of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, and thereafter shall be
paid out of the moneys appropriated therefor by the Legis-
lature.
16. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by ^"^['j™^"''*"
the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
16. This Act may be cited as The Research Animals Act,^^""^ ^'"^
1968-69.
73
00
>
W
H
a
»0
I.
>3
7
or
I il
a
P* a'
O
o
•rJo
BILL 74
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
1 Act to amend The Ontario Society for the Prevention of
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printkd and I'l'blished by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Self-explanatory.
Section 2. Repeals sections 12, 13 and 14 of the Act and enacts in
lieu thereof sections 12, 13, 14, 14a, I4b, Mcand 14<f that provide as follows:
Section 12 provides for entry into a building or place under the
authority of a warrant issued by a justice of the peace authorizing the
inspection of such building or place and all animals found therein for
the purptjse of ascertaining whether any animal therein is in distress.
Under the Act as now constituted, entry may be effected without
a warrant.
74
BILL 74 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 1 of The Ontario Society for the Prevention o/isss, o. 68,
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 is repealed and the following re-enacted
substituted therefor:
1. In this Act, J^tfoi?"-
(a) "animal" includes a domestic fowl or a bird
that is kept as a pet;
(b) "Board" means the Animal Care Review
Board ;
(c) "distress" means the state of being in need of
proper care, food or shelter or being injured,
sick or in pain or suffering or being abused
or subject to undue or unnecessary hardship,
l)rivation or neglect;
(d) "veterinarian" means a person registered
under The Veterinarians Act. ^f ie' ^^^*''
2. Sections 12, 13 and 14 of The Ontario Society for the^^^^'^^^^^'
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 are repealed and re'-enacte'd
the following substituted therefor:
12. — (1) Where a justice of the peace is satisfied by in-^rant
formation on oath in Form 1 that there are reason-
able grounds for believing that there is in any
building or place, other than a public place, an
animal that is in distress, he ma^' at any time issue
a warrant in Form 2 under his hand authorizing an
inspector or an agent of the Society named therein
to enter therein either by himself or accompanied
74
by a veterinarian and inspect the building or plac '
and all animals found therein for the purpose ui
ascertaining; whether there is therein any animal in
distress.
Authority of
veterinarian
to inspect
animals
(2) A veterinarian who has entered a building or plai
with an insjjector or an agent of the Society pursuaiu
to a warrant issued under subsection 1 may examine
any animal in the building or place for the purpoee
of ascertaining whether the animal is in distress.
When
warrant
to be
executed
(3) Kvery warr.int issued under subsection 1 shall be
executed between sunrise and sunset unless the
justice by the warrant authorizes the inspector or an
agent of the .Society to execute it at night.
Authority
to supply
necessaries
to animals
(4) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
entered any building or place pursuant to this Act
and finds therein an animal in distress he may, in
addition to any other action he is authorized to tak<
under this .Act, supply the animal with food, care oi
treatment.
Order to
owner of
animals,
etc.
13. — (1) Where an insj)ector or an agent of the Society has
reasonable grounds for believing that an animal is in
distress and the owner or custodian of the animal is
present or ma\- be found promptly, the inspector or
agent may order the owner or custodian to.
(a) take such action as may, in the opinion of the
inspector or agent, be necessary to relieve the
animal of its distress; or
(b) have the animal examined and treated by a
veterinarian at the expense of the owner or
custodian.
Order to
be ill
writing
(2) Evcr\- order under subsection 1 shall be in writing
and shall have printed or written thereon the pro-
visions of subsections 1 and 2 of section 14c.
Service
of order
(3) F£very order under subsection 1 shall be served upon
the owner or custodian personalh- or by registered
mail addressed to the owner or custodian at his last
known place of address.
Tune for
compliance
with order
(4) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society makes
an order under subsection 1 he shall specify in the
order the time within which any action required by
the order shall be jjerformed.
74
Section 13 provides for the making of orders to the owners or custo-
dians of animals that are in distress and for reinspection of such
animals to ensure compliance with orders made in respect thereof.
74
Section 14 provides for,
(a) the removal of an animal under the conditions set forth therein
from the building or place where it is; and
(6) the destruction of an animal under the conditions set forth therein.
74
(5) Every person who is served with an order under sub- ^'**°*
section 3 shall comply with the order in accordance
with its terms until such time as it may be modified,
confirmed or revoked and shall thereafter comply
with the order as modified or confirmed.
(6) Where an order made under subsection 1 remains A"'*^?'""^
in force, building or
place, etc.
(o) respecting an animal that was in a public
place at the time the order was made; or
(b) respecting an animal that was inspected pur-
suant to a warrant issued under section 12,
an inspector or an agent of the Society may, for the
purpose of determining whether the order has been
complied with, enter without a warrant any building
or place in which the animal is located and inspect
the animal and the building or place where the
animal is kept and, if, in his opinion, the order has
been complied with, he shall revoke the order by
notice in writing served forthwith upon the owner or
custodian in the manner prescribed for service of an
order in subsection 3.
14.^ — (1) An inspector or an agent of the Society may re-po^^j^^
move an animal from the building or place where it i8°f animal
and take possession thereof on behalf of the Society
for the purpose of providing it with food, care or
treatment to relieve its distress where,
(a) a veterinarian has examined the animal and
has advised the inspector or agent in writing
that the health and well-being of the animal
necessitates its removal ;
(b) the inspector or agent has inspected the
animal and has reasonable grounds for be-
lieving that the animal is in distress and the
owner or custodian of the animal is not
present and cannot be found promptly; or
(c) an order respecting the animal has been made
under section 13 and the order has not been
complied with.
(2) An inspector or an agent of the Society may destroy Jf~nimai°°
an animal,
(o) with the consent of the owner; or
74
(b) where a veterinarian has examined the
animal and has advised the inspector or agent
in writing that the animal is ill or injured and,
in his opinion, is incapable of being so cured
or healed as to live thereafter without suf-
fering.
'*°*''^ (3) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
removed or destroyed an animal under subsection 1
he shall forthwith notify the owner or custodian of
the animal, if known, of his action by notice in
writing served upon the owner or custodian in the
manner prescribed for service of an order in sub-
section 3 of section 13.
of^wner for *^- — (^) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
expenses provided an animal with food, care or treatment, the
Society may serve u])on the owner or custodian of
the animal a statement of account respecting the
food, care or treatment by mailing the same by
registered mail to the owner or custodian at his last
known place of address and the owner or custodian is,
subject to subsection 6 of section 14c, thereupon
liable for the amount specified in the statement of
account.
^°^®f (2) Where the owner or custodian refuses to pay an
account for which he is liable under subsection 1
within five days after service of the statement of
account or where the owner or custodian, after
reasonable inquiry, cannot be found, the Society may
sell or dispose of the animal and reimburse itself out
of the proceeds, holding the balance in trust for the
owner or other person entitled thereto.
^stabuehed ^^^- — '^'^ '^ board to be known as the Animal Care Review
Board is hereby established and shall consist of not
fewer than three [Dersons who shall be appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council and shall hold
office during pleasure.
vice-"^"^^" '■^' ^^*^ Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint
chairman one of the iiiemlxjrs of the Board as chairman and
another of the members as vice-chairman.
'^"°''""' (3) A majority of the members of the Board constitutes
a (juoruin.
Remunera-
tion of
members
(4) The members of the Board shall receive such re-
muneration and exi)enses as the Lieutenant Governor
in Council determines.
74
Section 14a provides for the collection by the Society of the expenses
incurred by it in providing an animal in distress with food, care or
treatment.
Section 146 provides for the establishment of the Animal Care Review-
Board .
74
Section 14c provides for a review by the Board of orders made under
the Act and the removal of animals.
74
14c. — (1) Where the owner or custodian of any animal ^Pg^^'^.^
deems himself aggrieved by an order made under
subsection 1 of section 13 or by the removal of an
animal under subsection 1 of section 14, he may,
within five days of receiving notice of the order or
removal, appeal against the order or request the
return of the animal by notice in writing to the chair-
man of the Board.
(2) Where, in the opinion of the owner or custodian of j^pp"°**'°"
an animal in respect of which an order has been made, of^°r^*r°°
the animal has ceased to be in distress, the owner or
custodian may apply to the Board to have the order
revoked by notice in writing to the chairman of the
Board.
(3) Within five days of the receipt of a notice under sub- h^° "ii? °^
section 1 or 2, the chairman of the Board shall,
(o) fix a time, date and place at which the Board
will hear the matter; and
(b) notify the Society and the person who issued
the notice of the time, date and place fixed
under clause a either personally or by regis-
tered mail addressed to the Society at its
head office and to the person who issued the
notice at his last known place of address.
(4) The date fixed for a hearing shall be not more than h'earlne
ten days after the receipt of a notice under sub-
section 1 or 2.
(5) At a hearing, the Society and the owner or custodian ^^"^^^^^^
are entitled to hear the evidence, cross-examine, call
witnesses, present argument and be represented by
counsel or an agent.
(6) After a hearing or, with the consent of the Society Jf'g®^^^
and the person who issued the notice under sub-
section 1 or 2, without a hearing, the Board may,
(a) respecting an order made under subsection 1
of section 13, confirm, revoke or modify the
order appealed against;
(b) respiecting the removal of an animal under
subsection 1 of section 14, order that the
animal be returned to the owner or custodian
and may make an order in the same terms as
an order may be made under subsection 1 of
section 13; or
74
Notice of
decision
Inspector,
etc., not
f>erBonally
iable
1955, c. 58,
amended
(c) order that the whole or any part of the oo>
of complying with an order or providing food,
care or treatment to an animal be paid by the
Society.
(7) Notice of the decision of the Board made under sub-
section 6, together with reasons in writing for it>;
decision, shall be served forthwith upon the Sociei
and the owner or custodian in the manner prescrib*
for service of a notice in subsection 3.
lid. No inspector or agent of the Society and no veterin-
arian or member of the Board is personally liable for
anything done by him in good faith under or pur-
porting to be under the authority of this Act.
3. 'J'he Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals Act, 1955 is amended by adding thereto the following
forms:
FORM 1
The Ontario Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
{Section 12(1))
Information to Obtain a Warrant
I'mviiice of Ontario
County of
The information of , of
ill the County (or District, etc.) of :'. taken the
day of in the year ,
liefore nic a Justice of the Peace for
the County (or District, etc.) of «h(i
«iys that he has reasonable grounds for believing that there is an
.iniinai in distress o[i the premises of ....
of in the Couiity (or District, etc.) of
( here add the grounds for belief, whaleier they may be).
Wherefore (he) prays that a warrant may be granted to him
(and to a veterinarian of the
itf in the County (or DislricI, etc.) of )
to iiis|iect the premises of the said
and all animals found therein for the purpose of ascertaining
whether there is therein any animal in distress.
Sworn, etc.
J .P. for ( A'awc of County nr District)
Section Hd is self-explanatory.
Section 3. Complementary to section 12 of the Act, as re-enacted by
section 2 of the Bill.
74
FORM 2
The Ontario Society Jor the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
(Section 12 U))
Warrant
Province of Ontario
County of
To , an inspector or
an agent of The Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals (and to ,
aveterinarian of the of
in the County (or District, etc.) of )
Whereas it appears on the oath of
of the of in the County
(or District, etc.) of that there are
reasonable grounds for believing that there is an animal in distress
on the premises of of the
in the County (or District, etc.) of This
is therefore to authorize you to enter between the hours of (as the
Justice directs) into the said premises and to inspect the premises
and all animals found therein for the purpose of ascertaining
whether there is therein any animal in distress.
Dated at , in the said County (or District,
etc.) of this day of ,
in the year
J . P. for ( Name of County or District)
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^"J^j""*""*"
Assent.
5. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Society for //je Short title
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Amendment Act, 1968-69.
74
s
s
>
73
>3
^
s --
5 Si
>3 '^ ^
I il
o
o I.
>;^
3 0
si
o'
s
BILL 74
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
Act to amend The Ontario Society for the Prevention of
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
Mr. Wishart
{Reprinted for consideration by the Agriculture and Food Committee)
TORONTO
Printed and Published bv Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Self-explanatory.
Sec I ION 1. Repeals sections 12, 13 and 14 of the Act and enacts in
(ieii thcrcol sfc tioiis 12, 13, 14, 14a, 146, 14f and 14(/th,it provide as follows:
Section 12 provides for ciitr\ into a building or place for the inspection
of animals in distress.
74
BILL 74 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Section 1 of The Ontario Society for the Prevention o/^^^s, c 68.
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 is repealed and the following re-enacted
substituted therefor:
I. In this Act, Ja"tfo,?™-
(a) "animal" includes a domestic fowl or a bird
that is kept as a pet;
{b) "Board" means the Animal Care Review
Board ;
(c) "distress" means the state of being in need of
proper care, water, food or shelter or being
injured, sick or in pain or suffering or being
abused or subject to undue or unnecessary
hardship, privation or neglect;
(d) "veterinarian" means a person registered
under The Veterinarians Act. "lie
R.S.O. I960,
58.
2. Sections 12, 13 and 14 of The Ontario Society for the'^^^^'[-^^
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 are repealed and re-enacted
the following substituted therefor:
12. — (1) Where a justice of the peace is satisfied by in-^a"ant
formation on oath in Form 1 that there are reason-
able grounds for believing that there is in any
building or place, other than a public place, an
animal that is in distress, he may at any time issue
a warrant in Form 2 under his hand authorizing an
inspector or an agent of the Society named therein
to enter therein either by himself or accompanied
74
by a veterinarian and inspect the building or place
and all animals found therein for the purpose of
ascertaining whether there is therein any animal in
distress.
Entry
without
warrant
Authority of
veterinarian
to inBpoct I
animals
(2) Where an inspector or agent of the Society observes
an animal in immediate distress, he may enter,
without warrant, any premises, building or place
other than a dwelling place either by himself or
accompanied by a veterinarian for the purposes of
subsections 3 and 5 and sections 13 and 14. "^N
(3) A veterinarian who has entered a building or place
with an insjiector or an agent of the Society may
examine any animal in the building or place for the
jiurpose of ascertaining whether the animal is in
distress.
When
warrunt
to Iw
exei uted
(4) Every warrant issued under subsection 1 shall be
executed between sunrise and sunset unless the
justice by the warrant authorizes the inspector or an
agent of the Society to execute it at night.
Authority
to supply
necessaries
to animals
(5) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
entered any building or place pursuant to this Act
and finds therein an animal in distress he may, in
addition to any other action he is authorized to take
under this Act, supply the animal with food, care or
treatment.
Order to
owner of
aniinalB.
et.-.
13. — (1) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
reasonable grounds for believing that an animal is in
distress and the owner or custodian of the animal is
present or may be found promptly, the inspector or
agent may order the owner or custodian to,
(a) take such action as may, in the opinion of the
inspector or agent, be necessary to relieve the
animal of its distress; or
(b) have the animal examined and treated by a
veterinarian at the expense of the owner or
custodian.
Order ti
be in
writing
(2) Every order under subsection 1 shall be in writing
and shall have printed or written thereon the pro-
visions of subsections 1 and 2 of section 14c.
Service
of order
(3) Every order under subsection 1 shall be served upon
the owner or custodian personally or by registered
mail addressed to the owner or custodian at his last
known place of address.
74
Section 13 provides for the making of orders to the owners or custo-
dians of animals that are in distress and for re-inspection of such
animals to ensure compliance with orders made in respect thereof.
74
Section 14 provides for,
(a) the removal of an animal under the conditions set forth therein
from the building or place where it is; and
(6) the destruction of an animal under the conditions set forth therein.
74
(4) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society makes J^'™«,[°^^g
an order under subsection 1 he shall specify in the with order
order the time within which any action required by
the order shall be performed.
(5) Every person who is served with an order under sub- idem
section 3 shall comply with the order in accordance
with its terms until such time as it may be modified,
confirmed or revoked and shall thereafter comply
with the order as modified or confirmed.
Authority
to enter
building or
place, etc.
(6) Where an order made under subsection 1 remains in
force, an inspector or an agent of the Society may, for
the purpose of determining whether the order htis been
complied with, enter without a warrant any building
or place in which the animal is located and inspect
the animal and the building or place where the
animal is kept and, if, in his opinion, the order has
been complied with, he shall revoke the order by
notice in writing served forthwith upon the owner or
custodian in the manner prescribed for service of an
order in subsection 3.
14. — (1) An inspector or an agent of the Society may re- ^*^'g^,j,„
move an animal from the building or place where it is o*" an'mai
and take possession thereof on behalf of the Society
for the purpose of providing it with food, care or
treatment to relieve its distress where,
(a) a veterinarian has e.xamined the animal and
has advised the inspector or agent in writing
that the health and well-being of the animal
necessitates its removal;
(b) the inspector or agent has inspected the
animal and has reasonable grounds for be-
lieving that the animal is in distress and the
owner or custodian of the animal is not
present and cannot be found promptly; or
(c) an order respecting the animal has been made
under section 13 and the order has not been
complied with.
(2) An inspector or an agent of the Societv may destroy Destruction
. , • ■' ■'of animal
an anmial.
(a) with the consent of the owner; or
74
(b) where a veterinarian has examined the
animal and has advised the insi)ector or agent
in writing that the animal is ill or injured and,
in his opinion, is incai)able of being so cured
or healed as to live thereafter without suf-
fering.
No""> (3) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
removed or destroyed an animal under subsection 1
he shall forthwith notify the owner or custodian of
the animal, if known, of his action by notice in
writing served upon the owner or custodian in the
manner prescribed for service of an order in sub-
section 3 of section 13.
o'r'o'wne^ for 14a.— (1) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
oxpeiiBes provided an animal with food, care or treatment, the
Society may serve upon the owner or custodian of
the animal a statement of account respecting the
food, care or treatment by mailing the same by
registered mail to the owner or custodian at his last
known place of address and the owner or custodian is,
subject to subsection 6 of section 14c, thereupon
liable for the amount sf)ecified in the statement of
account.
toaeu (2) W'here the owner or custodian refuses to pay an
account for which he is liable under subsection 1
within five days after service of the statement of
account or where the owner or custodian, after
reasonable inquiry, cannot be found, the Society may
sell or dispose of the animal and reimburse itself out
of the proceeds, holding the balance in trust for the
owner or other i^erson entitled thereto.
^'."'r,' i, , 146. — (1) .-\ board to be known as the .Animal Care Review
Board is hereby established and shall consist of not
fewer than three persons who shall be appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council and shall hold
office during pleasure.
Chairman, (2) ihe Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint
chairman one of the members of the Board as chairman and
another of the members as vice-chairman.
Quorum ^3^ j^ majority of the members of the Board constitutes
a (lucrum.
Remunera (4^ -j-,,^ members of the Board shall receive such re-
members muneration and expenses as the Lieutenant Governor
in Council determines.
74
Section 14a provides for the collection by the Society of the expenses
incurred by it in providing an animal in distress with food, care or
treatment.
Section 146 provides for the establishment of the Animal Care Review
Board.
74
Section 14c provides for a review by the Board of orders made under
the Act and the removal of animals.
74
14c. — (1) Where the owner or custodian of any animal t^Pgoaru
deems himself aggrieved by an order made under
subsection 1 of section 13 or by the removal of an
animal under subsection 1 of section 14, he may,
within five days of receiving notice of the order or
removal, appeal against the order or request the
return of the animal by notice in writing to the chair-
man of the Board.
(2) Where, in the opinion of the owner or custodian of ^pp'^'^^^'o"
an animal in respect of which an order has been made, revocation
the animal has ceased to be in distress, the owner or
custodian may apply to the Board to have the order
revoked by notice in writing to the chairman of the
Board.
(3) Within five days of the receipt of a notice under sub- ^a^jif "^
section 1 or 2, the chairman of the Board shall,
(a) fix a time, date and place at which the Board
will hear the matter; and
(b) notify the Society and the person who issued
the notice of the time, date and place fixed
under clause a either personally or by regis-
tered mail addressed to the Society at its
head office and to the person who issued the
notice at his last known place of address.
(4) The date fixed for a hearing shall be not more than hearing
ten days after the receipt of a notice under sub-
section 1 or 2.
(5) At a hearing, the Society and the owner or custodian Procedure
. , , , 1 ' • , . ,, tit hearing
are entitled to hear the evidence, cross-examine, call
witnesses, present argument and be represented by
counsel or an agent.
(6) After a hearing or, with the consent of the Society Pf°g®^*^^
and the person who issued the notice under sub-
section 1 or 2, without a hearing, the Board may,
(a) respecting an order made under subsection 1
of section 13, confirm, revoke or modify the
order appealed against;
(b) respecting the removal of an animal under
subsection 1 of section 14, order that the
animal be returned to the owner or custodian
and may make an order in the same terms as
an order may be made under subsection 1 of
section 13; or
74
(c) order that the whole or any part of the cost
of complying with an order or providing food,
care or treatment to an animal be paid by the
55ociety.
Notice of
decision
(7) Notice of the decision of the Board made under sub-
section 6, together with reasons in writing for its
decision, shall be served forthwith uix)n the Society
and the owner or custodian in the manner prescribed
for service of a notice in subsection 3.
Appeal
lid — (1) The Society or the owner or custodian may appeal
the decision of the Board to a judge of the county
or district court of the county or district in which
the animal was at the time the order or seizure
was made.
Notice of
appeal
(2) The appeal shall be made by filing a notice of appeal
with the clerk of the court and serving a copy thereof
on the other parties before the Board within fifteen
da\s after the notice of the Board's decision is served
on the appellant under subsection 7 of section 14c.
Date ol
heariiiK
(3) The appellant or any person served with notice of
appeal may, upon at least two days notice to each
of the other parties, apply to the judge to fix a date
for the hearing of the appeal.
liei ision
(4) The appeal shall be a hearing de novo and the judge
may rescind, alter or confirm the decision of the
Board and make such order as to costs as he con-
siders appropriate, and the decision of the judge
is final. "^H
I nspet^tor.
etc.. not
personally
liahle
\4e. No inspector or agent of the Society and no veterin-
arian or member of the Board is personally liable for
anything done by him in good faith under or pur-
porting to be under the authority of this Act.
1955. c. 08.
amended
3. i'he Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelly to
Animals Act, 1955 is amended b\' adding thereto the following
forms:
74
Section lid provides for an appeal from the Animal Care Review
Board.
Section 14« is self-explanatory.
Section 3. Complementary to section 12 of the Act, as re-enacted by
section 2 of the Bill.
74
FORM 1
The Ontario Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
{Section 12(1))
Information to Obtain a Warrant
Province of Ontario
County of
The information of of
in the County (or District, etc.) of taken the
day of in the year ,
before me, a Justice of the Peace for
the County (or District, etc.) of who
says that he has reasonable grounds for believing that there is an
animal in distress on the premises of
'.'.... in the County (or District, etc.) of
(here add the grounds for belief, whatever they may be).
Wherefore (he) prays that a warrant may be granted to him
(and to a veterinarian of the
of in the County (or District, etc.) of )
to inspect the premises of the said
and all animals found therein for the purpose of ascertaining
whether there is therein any animal in distress.
Sworn, etc.
J. P. for ( Name of County or District)
74
FORM 2
The Ontario Society for the Preventicn
oj Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
(Section 12 (1) )
Warrant
Province of Ontario
County of
To an inspector or
an agent of The Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals (and to ,
aveterinarian of the of
in the County (or District, etc.) of )
Whereas it appears on the oath of
of the of in the County
(or District, etc.) of that there are
reasonable grounds for believing that there is an animal in distress
on the premises of of the
in the County (or District, etc.) of ;t-. This
is therefore to authorize you to enter between the hours of (as the
Justice directs) into the said premises and to inspect the premises
and all animals found therein for the purpose of ascertaining
whether there is therein any animal in distress.
Dated at in the said County (or District,
etc.) of this day of
in the year
J. P. for ( A^ame of County or District)
ment"^*""*" ** ^^'® ^^* comcs into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 5. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Amendment Act, 1968-69.
74
o
o
00
2 'el-
s'-•
^ sr
« S.
i ^"
I/)
a
>
H
z
•*!
o
«
^
o-
I:
n
3
ft-
1
c
tt.
^
>3
*<
5=
I
3'
0
3-
1
3
CMS
yo
0
»0
9'
>
3
3
S.
ST :
I
8.
BILL 74
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
Act to amend The Ontario Society for the Prevention of
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
Mr. Wishart
{Reprinted as amended by the Agriculture and Food Committee \
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Self-explanatory.
Section 2. Repeals sections 12, 13 and 14 of the Act and enacts in
lieu thereof sections 12, 13, 14, 14o, 146, 14c and HJthat provide as follows:
Section 12 provides for entry into a building or place for the inspection
of animals in distress.
74
BILL 74 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 1 of The Ontario Society for the Prevention oyiass, o.sx.
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 is repealed and the following re-e'nacted
substituted therefor:
1. In this Act, tatllfn ™
(a) "animal" includes a domestic fowl or a bird
that is kept as a pet;
{b) "Board" means the Animal Care Review
Board ;
(c) "distress" means the state of being in need of
proper care, water, food or shelter or being
injured, sick or in pain or suffering or being
abused or subject to undue or unnecessary
hardship, privation or neglect;
((f) "veterinarian" means a person registered
under The Veterinarians Act. c.'t'ii
R.S.O. 196U,
2. Sections 12, 13 and 14 of The Ontario Society for <^ess^.^f2-i'4?^'
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 are repealed and ''®-®"'^'^'«<*
the following substituted therefor:
12. — (1) Where a justice of the peace is satisfied by in- warrant
formation on oath in Form 1 that there are reason-
able grounds for believing that there is in any
building or place, other than a public place, an
animal that is in distress, he may at any time issue
a warrant in Form 2 under his hand authorizing an
inspector or an agent of the Society named therein
to enter therein either by himself or accompanied
74
by a veterinarian and inspect the building or place
and all animals found therein for the purpose of
ascertaining whether there is therein any animal in
distress.
Entry
without
warrant
(2) Where an inspector or agent of the Society observes
an animal in immediate distress, he may enter,
without warrant, any premises, building or place
other than a dwelling place either by himself or
accompanied by a veterinarian for the purposes of
subsections 3 and 5 and sections 13 and 14. "^Pl
Authority of
veterinarian
to Inspect I
animals
(3) A veterinarian who has entered a building or place
with an inspector or an agent of the Society may
examine any animal in the building or place for the
purpose of ascertaining whether the animal is in
distress.
When
warrant
to be
exeiiited
(4) Every warrant issued under subsection 1 shall be
executed between sunrise and sunset unless the
justice by the warrant authorizes the inspector or an
agent of the Society to execute it at night
Authority
to supply
necessaries
to animals
(5) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
entered any building or place pursuant to this Act
and finds therein an animal in distress he may, in
addition to any other action he is authorized to take
under this Act, supply the animal with food, care or
treatment.
Order to
owner of
animals,
etc.
13. — (1) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
reasonable grounds for believing that an animal is in
distress and the owner or custodian of the animal is
present or may be found promptly, the inspector or
agent may order the owner or custodian to,
(a) take such action as may, in the opinion of the
inspector or agent, be necessary to relieve the
animal of its distress; or
(b) have the animal examined and treated by a
veterinarian at the expense of the owner or
custodian.
Order to
be iti
writini;
(2) Every order under subsection 1 shall be in writing
and sliall have printed or written thereon the pro-
visions of subsections 1 and 2 of section 14c.
Service
of order
(3) Ever\ order under subsection 1 shall be served uix>n
the owner or custodian personally or by registered
mail addressed to the owner or custodian at his last
known place of address.
74
Section 13 provides for the making of orders to the owners or custo-
dians of animals that are in distress and for re-inspection of such
animals to ensure compliance with orders made in respect thereof.
74
Section 14 provides for,
(o) the removal of an animal under the conditions set forth therein
from the building or place where it is; and
(6) the destruction of an animal under the conditions set forth therein.
74
(4) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society makes JJ^pifance
an order under subsection 1 he shall specify in the with order
order the time within which any action required by
the order shall be performed.
(5) Every person who is served with an order under sub- idem
section 3 shall comply with the order in accordance
with its terms until such time as it may be modified,
confirmed or revoked and shall thereafter comply
with the order as modified or confirmed.
Authority
to enter
building or
place, etc.
(6) Where an order made under subsection 1 remains in
force, an inspector or an agent of the Society may, for
the purpose of determining whether the order has been
complied with, enter without a warrant any building
or place in which the animal is located and inspect
the animal and the building or place where the
animal is kept and, if, in his opinion, the order has
been complied with, he shall revoke the order by
notice in writing served forthwith upon the owner or
custodian in the manner prescribed for service of an
order in subsection 3.
14.— (1) An inspector or an agent of the Society may re- J^g'^ggf,on
move an animal from the building or place where it \s°^ animal
and take possession thereof on behalf of the Society
for the purpose of providing it with food, care or
treatment to relieve its distress where,
(a) a veterinarian has examined the animal and
has advised the inspector or agent in writing
that the health and well-being of the animal
necessitates its removal ;
(b) the inspector or agent has inspected the
animal and has reasonable grounds for be-
lieving that the animal is in distress and the
owner or custodian of the animal is not
present and cannot be found promptly; or
(c) an order respecting the animal has been made
under section 13 and the order has not been
complied with.
(2) An inspector or an agent of the Society may destroy Destruction
an animal,
(a) with the consent of the owner; or
74
Notice
(b) where a veterinarian has examined the
animal and has advised the inspector or agent
in writing that the animal is ill or injured and,
in his opinion, is incapable of being so cured
or healed as to live thereafter without suf-
fering.
(3) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
removed or destroyed an animal under subsection 1
he shall forthwith notify the owner or custodian of
the animal, if known, of his action by notice in
writing served upon the owner or custodian in the
manner prescribed for service of an order in sub-
section 3 of section 13.
Liubility
of owner for
expenses
14c. — (1) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
provided an animal with food, care or treatment, the
Society may serve upon the owner or custodian of
the animal a statement of account respecting the
food, care or treatment by mailing the same by
registered mail to the owner or custodian at his last
known place of address and the owner or custodian is,
subject to subsection 6 of section 14c, thereupon
liable for the amount specified in the statement of
account.
I'ower
to sell
(2) Where the owner or custodian refuses to pay an
account for which he is liable under subsection 1
within five days after service of the statement of
account or where the owner or custodian, after
reasonable inquiry, cannot be found, the Society may
sell or dispose of the animal and reimburse itself out
of the proceeds, holding the balance in trust for the
owner or other (person entitled thereto.
Board
estubllshed
14&. — (1) A board to be known as the Animal Care Review
Board is hereby established and shall consist of not
fewer than three persons who shall be appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council and shall hold
office during pleasure.
Chairman,
vice-
chairman
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint
one of the members of the Board as chairman and
another of the members as vice-chairman.
Quorum
Remunera-
tion of
members
(3) A majority of the members of the Board constitutes
a quorum.
(4) The members of the Board shall receive such re-
muneration and expenses as the Lieutenant Governor
in Council determines.
74
Section Ha provides for the collection by the Society of the expenses
incurred by it in providing an animal in distress with food, care or
treatment.
Section 146 provides for the establishment of the Animal Care Review
Board.
74
Section 14e provides for a review by the Board of order* made under
the Act and the removal of animals.
74
14c. — (1) Where the owner or custodian of any animal ^Pg®^'^^
deems himself aggrieved by an order made under
subsection 1 of section 13 or by the removal of an
animal under subsection 1 of section 14, he may,
within five days of receiving notice of the order or
removal, appeal against the order or request the
return of the animal by notice in writing to the chair-
man of the Board.
(2) Where, in the opinion of the owner or custodian of^PP"°^"°"
an animal in respect of which an order has been made, o®^(frd%'r°"
the animal has ceased to be in distress, the owner or
custodian may apply to the Board to have the order
revoked by notice in writing to the chairman of the
Board.
(3) Within five days of the receipt of a notice under sub- h^earing"'^
section 1 or 2, the chairman of the Board shall,
(a) fix a time, date and place at which the Board
will hear the matter; and
(6) notify the Society and the person who issued
the notice of the time, date and place fixed
under clause a either personally or by regis-
tered mail addressed to the Society at its
head office and to the person who issued the
notice at his last known place of address.
(4) The date fixed for a hearing shall be not more than fearlnV
ten days after the receipt of a notice under sub-
section 1 or 2.
(5) At a hearing, the Society and the owner or custodian Procedure
are entitled to hear the evidence, cross-examine, call
witnesses, present argument and be represented by
counsel or an agent.
(6) After a hearing or, with the consent of the Society Pf^g^^'^
and the person who issued the notice under sub-
section 1 or 2, without a hearing, the Board may,
(a) respecting an order made under subsection 1
of section 13, confirm, revoke or modify the
order appealed against;
(ft) respecting the removal of an animal under
subsection 1 of section 14, order that the
animal be returned to the owner or custodian
and may make an order in the same terms as
an order may be made under subsection 1 of
section 13; or
74
(c) order that the whole or any part of the cost
of complying with an order or providing food,
care or treatment to an animal be paid by the
Society.
Notice of
deotston
(7) Notice of the decision of the Board made under sub-
section 6, together with reasons in writing for its
decision, shall be served forthwith upon the Society
and the owner or custodian in the manner prescribed
for service of a notice in subsection 3.
Appeal j^ — ^jj The Society or the owner or custodian may appeal
the decision of the Board to a judge of the county
or district court of the county or district in which
the animal was at the time the order or seizure
was made.
Notice of
apponl
(2) The appeal shall be made by filing a notice of appeal
with the clerk of the court and serving a copy thereof
on the other parties before the Board within fifteen
days after the notice of the Board's decision is served
on the appellant under subsection 7 of section 14c.
Date or
hearing
(3) The appellant or any person served with notice of
appeal may, upon at least two days notice to each
of the other parties, apply to the judge to fix a date
for the hearing of the appeal.
Decision
(4) The appeal shall be a hearing de novo and the judge
may rescind, alter or confirm the decision of the
Board and make such order as to costs as he con-
siders appropriate, and the decision of the judge
is final. "^Pl
Inspector,
etc., not
personally
liable
lie. No inspector or agent of the Society and no veterin-
arian or member of the Board is personally liable for
anything done by him in good faith under or pur-
porting to be under the authority of this Act.
1955, c. 58,
amended
3. The Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals Act, 1955 is amended by adding thereto the following
forms :
74
Section lAd provides for an appeal from the Animal Care Review
Board.
Section 14e is self-explanatory.
Section 3. Complementary to section 12 of the Act, as re-enacted by
section 2 of the Bill.
74
FORM 1
The Ontario Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
(Section 12(1))
Information to Obtain a Warrant
Province of Ontario
County of
The information of of
in tlie County (or District, etc.) of taken the
day of in the year ,
before nie, a J ustice of the Peace for
the County (or District, etc.) of who
says that he has reasonable grounds for believing that there is an
animal in distress on the premises of
of in the County (or District, etc.) of
(here add the grounds for belief, whatever they may be).
Wherefore (he) prays that a warrant may be granted to him
(and to a veterinarian of the
of in the County (or District, etc.) of )
to inspect the premises of the said
and all animals found therein for the purpose of ascertaining
whether there is therein any animal in distress.
Sworn, etc.
J .P. for ( Name of County or District)
74
FORM 2
The Ontario Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals Aa, 1955
(Section U (/) }
Wabbant
Province of Ontario
County of
To an inspector or
an agent of The Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals (and to
aveterinarian of the 4ff
in the County (or District, etc.) ef )
Whereas it ap[>ears on the oath of
of the of in the County
(or District, etc.) of that there are
reasonable grounds for believing that there is an animal in distrew
on the premises of of the
in the County (or District, etc.) of This
is therefore to authorize you to enter between the hours of (as the
Justice directs) into the said premises and to inspect the premises
and all animals found therein for the purpose of ascertaining
whether there is therein any animal in distress.
Dated at , in the said County (or District,
etc.) of this day of ,
in the year
J . P. for ( Name of County or District)
Commence- ^ -pj^jg ^j,j coiTies into fofcc on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 5, ihis ,^ct may be cited as The Ontario Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Amendment Act, 1968-69,
74
I
^
r
S
8 ti-
S.
c
a
a.
a,
V;
2
s
>
H
2:
"»]
o
«
<
a*
s:
2ndR
ember
l|
1
eadin
12th
^ 1
»a
i
3-
(»
0
§2.
\t
3 ■< '
3 o '
" §•;
tn 2
tn 3
r»
o'
s
BILL 74
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
L Act to amend The Ontario Society for the Prevention of
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 74 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 1 of The Ontario Society for the Prevention o/i^^^' ^- s"-
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 is repealed and the following re-enacted .
substituted therefor:
1 I J.I.- A 4. Interpre-
1. In this Act, tation
(c) "animal" includes a domestic fowl or a bird
that is kept as a pet;
(b) "Board" means the Animal Care Review
Board ;
(c) "distress" means the state of being in need of
proper care, water, food or shelter or being
injured, sick or in pain or suffering or being
abused or subject to undue or unnecessary
hardship, privation or neglect;
(d) "veterinarian" means a person registered
under The Veterinarians Act. c.'4i6"
2. Sections 12, 13 and 14 of The Ontario Society for thel^^^^_\;
58,
4,
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955 are repealed and re-enacted
the following substituted therefor:
12. — (1) Where a justice of the peace is satisfied by in-^®^^^°^t
formation on oath in Form 1 that there are reason-
able grounds for believing that there is in any
building or place, other than a public place, an
animal that is in distress, he may at any time issue
a warrant in Form 2 under his hand authorizing an
inspector or an agent of the Society named therein
to enter therein either by himself or accompanied
74 • V
by a veterinarian and inspect the building or place
and all animals found therein for the purpose of
ascertaining whether there is therein any animal in
distress.
Entry
without
warrant
(2) Where an inspector or agent of the Society observes
an animal in immediate distress, he may enter,
without warrant, any premises, building or place
other than a dwelling place either by himself or
accompanied by a veterinarian for the purposes of
subsections 3 and 5 and sections 13 and 14.
Authority of
veterinarian
to inspect
animals
(3) A veterinarian who hats entered a building or place
with an inspector or an agent of the Society may
examine any animal in the building or place for the
purpose of ascertaining whether the animal is in
distress.
When
warrant
to be
exe<'Uted
(4) Every warrant issued under subsection 1 shall be
executed between sunrise and sunset unless the
justice by the warrant authorizes the inspector or an
agent of the Society to execute it at night.
Authority
to supply
necessaries
to animals
(5) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
entered any building or place pursuant to this .Act
and finds therein an animal in distress he may, in
addition to any other action he is authorized to take
under this Act, supply the animal with food, care or
treatment.
Order to
owner of
animals,
etc.
13. — (1) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
reasonable grounds for believing that an animal is in
distress and the owner or custodian of the animal is
present or may be found promptly, the inspector or
agent may order the owner or custodian to,
(o) take such action as may, in the opinion of the
inspector or agent, be necessary to relieve the
animal of its distress; or
(b) have the animal examined and treated by a
veterinarian at the expense of the owner or
custodian.
Order to
be in
writing
(2) Every order under subsection 1 shall be in writing
and shall have printed or written thereon the pro-
visions of subsections 1 and 2 of section 14c.
Service
of order
(3) Every order under subsection 1 shall be served upon
the owner or custodian personally or by registered
mail addressed to the owner or custodian at his last
known place of address.
74
(4) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society makes oompifanie
an order under subsection 1 he shall specify in the w'th order
order the time within which any action required by
the order shall be performed.
(5) Every person who is served with an order under sub- idem
section 3 shall comply with the order in accordance
with its terms until such time as it may be modified,
confirmed or revoked and shall thereafter comply
with the order as modified or confirmed.
(6) Where an order made under subsection 1 remains in ^"enter'^
force, an inspector or an agent of the Society may, ^or ''[^^'^,^'"^8^°''
the purpose of determining whether the order has been
complied with, enter without a warrant any building
or place in which the animal is located and inspect
the animal and the building or place where the
animal is kept and, if, in his opinion, the order has
been complied with, he shall revoke the order by
notice in writing served forthwith upon the owner or
custodian in the manner prescribed for service of an
order in subsection 3.
14. — (1) An inspector or an agent of the Society may re-p^J^ion
move an animal from the building or place where it is °'' an'mai
and take jiossession thereof on behalf of the Society
for the purpose of providing it with food, care or
treatment to relieve its distress where,
(a) a veterinarian has examined the animal and
has advised the inspector or agent in writing
that the health and well-being of the animal
necessitates its removal ;
(b) the inspector or agent has inspected the
animal and has reasonable grounds for be-
lieving that the animal is in distress and the
owner or custodian of the animal is not
present and cannot be found promptly; or
(c) an order respecting the animal has been made
under section 13 and the order has not been
complied with.
(2) An inspector or an agent of the Society may destroy Destruntion
an animal,
(a) with the consent of the owner; or
74
(6) where a veterinarian has examined the
animal and has advised the inspector or agent
in writing that the animal is ill or injured and,
in his opinion, is incapable of being so cured
or healed as to live thereafter without suf-
fering.
Not!e« (3) Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
removed or destroyed an animal under subsection 1
he shall forthwith notify the owner or custodian of
the animal, if known, of his action by notice in
writing served uj)on the owner or custodian in the
manner prescribed for service of an order in sub-
section 3 of section 13.
of* wner for ^^" — ^^^ Where an inspector or an agent of the Society has
experiBes provided an animal with food, care or treatment, the
Society may serve upon the owner or custodian of
the animal a statement of account respecting the
food, care or treatment by mailing the same by
registered mail to the owner or custodian at his last
known place of address and the owner or custodian is,
subject to subsection 6 of section 14c, thereupon
liable for the amount specified in the statement of
account.
Power
to Rell
(2) Where the owner or custodian refuses to pay an
account for which he is liable under subsection 1
within five days after service of the statement of
account or where the owner or custodian, after
reasonable inquiry, cannot be found, the Society may
sell or dispose of the animal and reimburse itself out
of the proceeds, holding the balance in trust for the
owner or other jierson entitled thereto.
""T',' ,. ^ 146. — (1) A board to be known as the Animal Care Review
Board is hereby established and shall consist of not
fewer than three jiersons who shall be appointed by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council and shall hold
office during pleasure.
chBirman, (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint
ihairman one of the members of the Board as chairman and
another of the members as vice-chairman.
(.^Udrum
(3) A majority of the members of the Board constitutes
a quorum.
nemui.ern- ^4) jj^^. members of the Board shall receive such re-
n.pmt.prs niunefation and expenses as the Lieutenant Governor
in Council determines.
14c. — (1) Where the owner or custodian of any animal ^"goaVd
' deems himself aggrieved by an order made under
subsection 1 of section 13 or by the removal of an
animal under subsection 1 of section 14, he may,
within five days of receiving notice of the order or
removal, appeal against the order or request the
return of the animal by notice in writing to the chair-
man of the Board.
(2) Where, in the opinion of the owner or custodian of^PP"'^*"°"
an animal in respect of which an order has been made, ™^o° d*er°"
the animal has ceased to be in distress, the owner or
custodian may apply to the Board to have the order
revoked by notice in writing to the chairman of the
Board.
(3) Within five days of the receipt of a notice under sub- h'earin'g"'^
section 1 or 2, the chairman of the Board shall,
(a) fix a time, date and place at which the Board
will hear the matter; and
(b) notify the Society and the person who issued
the notice of the time, date and place fixed
under clause a either personally or by regis-
tered mail addressed to the Society at its
head office and to the person who issued the
notice at his last known place of address.
(4) The date fixed for a hearing shall be not more than bearing
ten days after the receipt of a notice under sub-
section 1 or 2.
(5) At a hearing, the Society and the owner or custodian I'rocedure
are entitled to hear the evidence, cross-examine, call
witnesses, present argument and be represented by
counsel or an agent.
(6) After a hearing or, with the consent of the Society ^'^g*™^
and the person who issued the notice under sub-
section 1 or 2, without a hearing, the Board may,
(a) respecting an order made under subsection 1
of section 13, confirm, revoke or modify the
order appealed against;
(b) respecting the removal of an animal under
subsection 1 of section 14, order that the
animal be returned to the owner or custodian
and may make an order in the same terms as
an order may be made under subsection 1 of
section 13; or
74
(c) order that the whole or any part of the cost
of complying with an order or providing food,
care or treatment to an animal be paid by the
Society.
d«ct»ion*' ^^^ Notice of the decision of the Board made under sub-
section 6, together with reasons in writing for its
decision, shall be served forthwith upon the Society
and the owner or custodian in the manner prescribed
for service of a notice in subsection 3.
Appeal j^ — (jj Yhe Society or the owner or custodian may appeal
the decision of the Board to a judge of the county
or district court of the county or district in which
the animal was at the time the order or seizure
was made.
a'°'ea? "' ^^^ ^^^ appeal shall be made by filing a notice of appeal
with the clerk of the court and serving a copy thereof
on the other parties before the Board within fifteen
days after the notice of the Board's decision is served
on the appellant under subsection 7 of section 14f.
h'eaVln'^ (^^ ^^^ appellant or any person served with notice of
appeal may, upon at least two days notice to each
of the other parties, apply to the judge to fix a date
for the hearing of the appeal.
Lie. iBion ^4j yj^g appeal shall be a hearing de novo and the judge
may rescind, alter or confirm the decision of the
Board and make such order as to costs as he con-
siders appropriate, and the decision of the judge
is final.
etc."nor' ^4^- ^o inspector or agent of the Society and no veterin-
n*w"' """^ arian or member of the Board is personally liable for
anything done by him in good faith under or pur-
porting to be under the authority of this Act.
iHc:,, . -..s, 3 jfig Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals Act, 1055 is amended by addmg thereto the following
forms:
74
I
FORM 1
The Ontario Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1955
{Section 12(1))
Information to Obtain a Warrant
rovince of Ontario
County of
The information of , of
in the County (or District, etc.) of taken the
day of in the year
before me, a Justice of the Peace for
the County {or District, etc.) of who
says that he has reasonable grounds for believing that there is an
animal in distress on the premises of
of in the County (or District, etc.) of
{here add the grounds for belief, whatever they may be).
Wherefore (he) prays that a warrant may be granted to him
{and to a veterinarian of the
of in the County {or District, etc.) of )
to inspect the premises of the said
and all animals found therein for the purpose of ascertaining
whether there is therein any animal in distress.
Sworn, etc.
J . P. for ( Name of County or District)
74
FORM 2
The Ontario Society for the Preventicn
of Cruelly to Animals Act, 1955
(Section J2 (J) )
Warbant
Province of Ontario
County of
To an inspector or
an agent of The Ontario Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals (and to ,
a veterinarian of the 4^
in the County {or District, etc.) of )
Whereas it appears on the oath of
of the of in the County
(or District, etc.) of that there are
reasonable grounds for believing that there is an animal in distress
on the premises of of the
in the County (or District, etc.) of This
is therefore to authorize you to enter bet«'een the hours of (as the
Justice directs) into the said premises and to inspect the premises
and all animals found therein for the purpose of ascertaining
whether there is therein any animal in distress.
Dated at , in the said County (or District,
etc.) of this day of ,
in the year
J . P. for ( Name of County or District)
Commence-
ment
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 5. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Amendment Act, 1968-69.
74
i
I
o
00
(/I
X
>
50
-J
D
c
r,
fc
s
2
i:
o
A
5
(T
I:
1
c
^
>3
><
^
to
I
3
»o
Vt)
»tj
r, i
"I •
c :
b ;
3 ■-
5 :
n _
BILL 75
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Separate Schools Act
Mr. Martel
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
EXPLANATOKY NOTE
The Bill would permit a non-Catholic ratepayer whose spouse is
Roman Catholic to elect to be a separate school supporter.
75
BILL 75 1968-69
An Act to amend The Separate Schools Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 47 of The Separate Schools Act, as amended by ^feg ■g'; 4^7°'
section 7 of The Separate Schools Amendment Act, 1962-63, is amended
further amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(36) Any person paying rates in a separate school zone Election
who is not a Roman Catholic but whose spouse is spouse is
Roman Catholic may elect by notice in writing given catholic
to the clerk of the municipality on or before the 30th ""atepayer
day of September in any year to be a separate school
supporter and for the purposes of this Act and The
Assessment Act such person shall be deemed to be aRS.o. i960,
separate school supporter for the following year and
every subsequent year until the election is revoked
in the same manner as that in which it was made.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commenoe-
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Separate Schools Amend- ^^'"'^ ""«
ment Act, 1968-69.
75
2:
>
H
r
3-
I
ft. » !fi
>J "*= ^
8
BILL 76
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pension Benefits Act, 1965
Mr. MacNaughton
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The amendment prohibits withdrawal of contributions from a plan,
except voluntary additional contributions or upon termination of employ-
ment or of the plan.
76
BILL 76 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Pension Benefits Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 21 of J'he Pension Benefits Act.lJl^"-^^'
1965 is amended by adding thereto the following clause: |"''|,iled
(c) an employee shall not withdraw any part of his con-
tributions, not including voluntary additional con-
tributions, paid under the plan in respect of service
in Ontario or in a designated province on or after the
qualification date, other than after,
(i) the termination of his employment, or
(ii) the termination or winding up of the plan,
prior to his attaining retirement age and in circum-
stances where he is not entitled to a deferred life
annuity under subsection 1.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Roval commence-
« . ■' ■' ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Pension Benefits Amend-^^°'^^ ""^
ment Act, 1968-69.
76
2
1^
>
o
2;
>
c
o
X
H
o
z
So
1 1=1
a
OX)
I
3
^
BILL 76
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pension Benefits Act, 1965
Mr. MacNaughton
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 76 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Pension Benefits Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 21 of The Pension Benefits Act,l^2i'.^'^^'
1965 is amended by adding thereto the following clause: l^lnded
(c) an employee shall not withdraw any part of his con-
tributions, not including voluntary additional con-
tributions, paid under the plan in respect of service
in Ontario or in a designated province on or after the
qualification date, other than after,
(i) the termination of his employment, or
(ii) the termination or winding up of the plan,
prior to his attaining retirement age and in circum-
stances where he is not entitled to a deferred life
annuity under subsection 1.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commeiue-
. •' -^ ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Pension Benefits Amend-^^°'^^ ''*'®
ment Act, 1968-69.
76
s
>
o
Z
>
c
o
s
H
o
z
5»
i\i
c
-^ I K I. § I
I
3
(»
c
e
(/I
BILL 77
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Police Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Fkank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notb
The Bill prohibits police officers tapping the telephone of any person
for the purpose of overhearing conversations transmitted to or from it,
except upon the authorization of a judge of the Supreme Court. Penalties
are provided for a breach of the provision.
77
BILL 77 1968-69
An Act to amend The Police Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. The Police Act is amended by adding thereto the follow- ^fa'^; ^^^°'
ing section : amended
47a. — (1) In this section, "tap" or "tapping" when used J^^'i^JP""*-
in relation to the telephone of any person, means to
overhear or record or to attempt to overhear or
record by any attachment, device or other means
whatever, other than the unaided human ear, con-
versation transmitted to or from such telephone, by
any person who is not a party to the conversation.
(2) No member of a police force shall tap the telephone 0"^'*^^^^^^
of any person, except under the authority of an to tap
J J J u *• 5 telephone
order made under subsection 3.
(3) A member of a police force may apply ex parte to a^^j^Jfge'""
judge of the Supreme Court for an order authorizing
him to tap the telephone of a person named and
identified in the application.
(4) Where the judge is satisfied by such affidavit or ^[jj^^^l^^^
other evidence as is adduced before him that the *^pp\"8 °''
telephone
tapping of the telephone of the named and identified of named
person will afTord evidence of a contravention of the 1953-54,
Criminal Code (Canada) or of the provisions of any"'
other statute of Canada or Ontario, for which con-
travention is punishable by imprisonment, he may
on such terms and conditions and with such limita-
tions as to him seem fit, authorize the member of the
police force named in the order to tap the telephone
of the named and identified person, and for that
purpose to utilize such attachment or device or
employ such other methods as are specified in the
order.
77
Otren(«
(5) A member of a police force who contravenes sub-
section 2 is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000
or to imprisonment for a term of not more than two
years, or to both.
Commence-
ment
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
3. This Act may be cited as The Police Amendment Act,
1968-69.
00
in
a
c
s
>
a.
cr
C
P
-I
><
o
3
I 11
in
O
BILL 78
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Tobacco Tax Act, 1965
Mr. White
TORONTO]
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The tax on each cigarette purchased by a consumer is increased from
three-tenths of 1 cent to four-tenths of 1 cent.
78
BILL 78 1968-69
I
An Act to amend The Tobacco Tax Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 of I'he Tobacco^^^
Tax Act, 1965, as re-enacted by section 1 of The TobaccosubB. i
Tax Amendment Act, 1968, is repealed and the followings. i) ci.'a, '
substituted therefor: re-enacted
(a) four-tenths of 1 cent on every cigarette purchased
by him.
2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force onment"*""*"
the 5th day of March, 1969.
3. This Act may be cited as The Tobacco Tax Amendment ^^°'^^ ""«
Act, 1968-69.
78
o
00
2
X
X
>3
5c
s
ft.
2
3 Si
o
8
r
c
©•
BILL 78
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Tobacco Tax Act, 1965
Mr. White
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 78 1968-69
An Act to amend The Tobacco Tax Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 of The Tobacco ^^^^- ^
Tax Act, 1965, as re-enacted by section 1 of The Tobacco BubB. i
• • flQGS C 137
Tax Amendment Act, 1968, is repealed and the following s. i) ci. a,
substituted therefor: re-enacted
(a) four-tenths of 1 cent on every cigarette purchased
by him.
2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force onment"'"'*'
the 5th day of March, 1969.
3. This Act may be cited as The Tobacco Tax Amendment ^^°^^ *'"®
Act, 1968-69.
78
Explanatory Notes
General. The administration of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61
and The Hospitals Tax Act was transferred to the Minister of Revenue by
The Department of Revenue Act, 196S. In addition, during the last year,
for greater economy and efficiency, the Hospitals Tax Branch was inte-
grated with the Retail Sales Tax Branch. The majority of the amend-
ments contained in this Bill reflect the organizational changes mentioned
in that the pertinent provisions of The Hospitals Tax Act have been
incorporated into The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 and the respon.sibility
and duties under the latter Act are transferred to the Minister of Revenue.
The Hospitals Tax Act will be repealed. In addition, the base of the retail
sales tax is broadened to include transient accommodation.
The following notes are explanations of the amendments except those
that reflect the organizational changes.
Section 1 — Subsection 1. The provisions of The Hospitals Tax Act
referring to a tax on a purchaser of a ticket to a place of amusement are
transferred to The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61. The amendment provides
for this transfer and it is self-explanatory.
.Subsection 2. Reference to the Comptroller of Revenue is deleted.
The primary responsibility for this Act is placed on the Minister of Revenue.
Subsection 3. The definition of "fair value" is amended to apply to
a taxable service.
Subsection 5. The amendment for clarification refers to metropolitan
.Tnd regional municipal corporations. The interpretation section is
broadened to define place of amusement and price of admission both of
which were defined in similar terms in The Hospitals Tax Act.
79
BILL 79 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) Paragraph 1 of section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax J.^|?;i^i,
Act, 1960-61 is repealed and the following substituted there- P^^-^^'^jg^
for:
1. "admission" includes entry to a place of amusement
where any charge is made or fee is collected before
or after entry.
1960-61,
(2) Paragraph 2 of the said section 1 is repealed. v&t^'z,' ^'
repealed
(3) Clause a of paragraph 5 of the said section 1 is repealed c.^^g'i^^s. i,
and the following substituted therefor: EfLv,^- ♦l-^"-
(a) the price for which the tangible personal property
or the taxable service was purchased, including the
value in terms of Canadian money of services ren-
dered and things exchanged and other considerations
accepted by the vendor or person from whom the
tangible personal property passed or taxable services
were rendered as the price or on account of the price
of the tangible personal property purchased or
taxable service received.
(4) Paragraph 6 of the said section 1, as re-enacted byc.^U'lh.
subsection 1 of section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment "^fl^^^^^'
Act, 1961-62, is repealed and the following substituted there- c- i26b.'i,
f„r. ^"bs- !)•
'"'• re-enacted
6. "Minister" means Minister of Revenue.
(5) Paragraph 7 of the said section 1 is repealed and thcc.^li^^.'i,
following substituted therefor: ?e"enacted
79
cc'.^i?i,*98*'' ^- "ptTson", ill addition to its meaning in The Inter-
pretation Act, includes Her Majesty in right of
Ontario, a municipal corporation, including a metro-
politan or regional municipal corporation, or a local
board thereof, as defined in The Department of
Municipal Affairs Act, and any board, commission
or authority established under any Act of the
Legislature.
la. "place of amusement" means a premises or place,
whether enclosed or not, where a cinematograph or
moving picture machine or similar apparatus is
operated, or where a theatrical performance, car-
nival, circus, side show, menagerie, concert, rodeo,
exhibition, horse race, athletic contest or other
performance is staged or held, and to which ad-
mission is granted upon payment of a price of
admission through the sale of tickets or otherwise.
lb. "price of admission" includes every charge made to
or fee collected from a purchaser by a vendor before
or after admission to a place of amusement.
1960-61.
c. 91. 8. 1,
,. „^ „ j^ (6) Paragraph 8 of the said section 1, as re-enacted by sub-
P^gglgg section 1 of section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
subB^n'^' ^'^'' ^'^'^^'^•^' is repealed and the following substituted there-
re-enacted for:
8. "purchaser" means a consumer or person who ac-
quires tangible personal property anywhere, or who
acquires or receives a taxable service at a sale in
Ontario, for his own consumption or use, or for the
consumption or use in Ontario of other persons at
his expense, or on behalf of or as agent for a prin-
cipal who desires to acquire such property or service
for consumption or use in Ontario by such principal
or other persons at his ex[x;nse and includes a person
who purchases admission for himself to a place of
amusement, or a person for whom admission to a
place of amusement is purchased by another person.
laoo-Gi
c. 91, s. 1,
J. ,ji g 1 (7) Clause a of paragraph 1 1 of the said section 1 is amended
par^ ii. [jy adding at the end thereof "or renders to another person a
amended taxable service", so that the clause shall read as follows:
((j) any transfer of title or possession, exchange, barter,
lease or rental, conditional or otherwise, including a
sale on credit or where the price is payable by in-
stalments, or any other contract whereby at a price
70
Subsection 6. The definition of a "purchaser" is broadened to include
a person who acquires or receives a taxable service and a person who
purchases admission to a place of amusement. The latter incorporates
the provision previously contained in The Hospitals Tax Ad.
Subsection 7. The definition of "sale" is broadened to include the
rendering of a service to another person.
79
Subsection 8. Reference to telephone and telegraph fservice is
deleted from the definition of "tangible personal property . TTiese are
included in the definition of a taxable service.
Subsection 9. Taxable service is defined.
Subsection 10. Transient accommodation is defined.
Subsection 11. The definition of vendor is broadened to include
persons who provide taxable services and persons who operate places of
amusement. The latter incorporates a similar provision previously con-
tained in The Hospitals Tax Act.
79
or other consideration a person delivers to another
person tangible personal property or renders to
another person a taxable service.
(8) Paragraph 13 of the said section 1, as re-enacted byj^l^-^g^'^
section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is par. is'
repealed and the following substituted therefor: c iss', s. i),
re-enacted
13. "tangible personal property" means property that
can be seen, weighed, measured, felt or touched, or
that is in any way perceptible to the senses, and
includes natural or manufactured gas.
(9) The said section 1 is amended by adding thereto thej.^|i;"'i
following paragraph: amended '
15. "taxable service" means,
(a) telephone services, including long distance
calls;
{b) telegraph services; and
(c) transient accommodation.
(10) Paragraph 16 of the said section 1 is repealed and the^.^g^^^s^.'!,
following substituted therefor: par. w.
re-enacted
16. "transient accommodation" means the provision of
lodging in hotels, motels, hostels, apartment houses,
lodging houses, boarding houses, clubs and other
similar accommodation, whether or not a member-
ship is required for the lodging, but does not include
lodging let for a continuous period of one month or
more or lodging in a lodging house, rooming house,
or boarding house, if such house has accommodation
for less than four tenants.
(11) Paragraph 18 of the said section 1 is repealed and theJ9|o-6i.^
following substituted therefor : par. is", '
re-enacted
18. "vendor" means a person who, in the ordinary
course of his business,
{a) sells tangible personal property;
{b) sells or renders a taxable service ; or
(c) operates a place of amusement.
79
1960-61. 2.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax
B. 2. subs 1, Act, 1960-61, as amended by subsection 1 of section 2 of The
re-enacted n ■, c , „~ . , . .«^^ ■ ■ • • •
Ketatl oales lax Amendment Act, 1966, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
Tax on
purchaser,
of tangible
personal
property
(1) Every- purchaser of tangible personal propert
except the classes thereof referred to in subsection lu,
shall pay to Her Majesty in right of Ontario a tax
in respect of the consumption or use thereof, coi:
puted at the rate of 5 per cent of the fair valu
thereof.
of liquor,
beer, wine,
meals
(la) Every purchaser of the following classes of tangible-
personal property shall pay to Her Majesty in right
of Ontario a tax in respect of the consumption or
use thereof computed at the rate of 10 per cent of
the fair value thereof:
1. liquor, beer or wine;
2. prepared meals sold at a price of over $2.50.
of taxable
service
(16) Every purchaser of a taxable service shall pay to
Her Majesty in right of Ontario a tax in respei
thereof computed at the rate of 5 per cent of the
fair value thereof.
of admission
to place of
amusement
(Ic) Every purchaser of admission to a place of amuse-
ment shall pay to Her Majesty in right of Ontario a
tax on the price of admission as follows:
Price of Admission
Tax
More than 75 cents and not more than 84 cents — 6 cents
" " g4 " " " " " 90 " 7 "
t» tl Qr\ t! t, (» I, If Q-y If Q »»
and where the price of admission is more than 92
cents, a tax at the rate of 10 per cent, calculated
ufion the price of admission.
lyfiO-iii.
c. ni, s. 2.
subs. 2.
re-ena'ted
When tax
payable
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 2 is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(2) -A purchaser shall pay the tax imposed by this Act
at the time of the sale.
ici60-r, 1.
■.. . Ill , s. 12
SUtlS, -1.
ainenued
(3) Subsection 4 of the said section 2 is amended by
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in
lieu tliereof "Minister".
79
Section 2 — Subsection 1. Under subsection la, the rate of tax im-
posed on a purchaser of liquor, beer, wine and meals over $2.50 is increased
from 5 per cent to 10 per cent and the exemption on meals consumed off
the premises is removed. In part, this incorporates a provision of The
Hospitals Tax Act. Subsection 16 imposes a tax at the rate of 5 per cent
on a purchaser of a taxable service. Subsection \c incorporates a similar
provision previously contained in The Hospitals Tax Act.
Subsection 2. The amendment is intended to clarify the meaning of
the subsection.
79
Subaection 4. The subsection repealed was redundant.
Subsection 5. Although the administration of this Act was trans-
ferred to the Minister of Revenue, the Treasurer of Ontario will continue
to receive moneys payable to Her Majesty the Queen under this Act.
Subsection 6. The additional subsection is for clarification purposes.
Subsection 8. Where exempt property is put to a taxable use, it will
be taxable at that time.
Section 3 — Subsection 1. The amendment is complementary to
sections 1 and 2 of the Bill.
79
(4) Subsection 5 of the said section 2, as amended by sub- J^|^"^g^'2
section 2 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment^^^^'-^-^
A ,n^^ ■ I 1 repealed
Ad, 1966, IS repealed.
(5) Subsection 6 of the said section 2, as amended by sub-i9|^"^g^'2
section 1 of section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment b^^b! e'
Act, 1965, is further amended by inserting after "Treasurer"
in the fifth line "of Ontario".
(6) The said section 2 is amended by adding thereto thec^|°^^g^-2,
following subsection: amended'
(6a) Where a person has paid an amount under this Act '''®™
as tax that is not payable as tax under this Act,
the Treasurer of Ontario may refund such amount
upon receipt of satisfactory evidence that the amount
was wrongfully paid.
(7) Subsection 7 of the said section 2, as amended by sub- J^9i]®gV2,
section 3 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ■^ct,^^^^J^^
1964 and subsection 3 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax
Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by striking out
"Comptroller" in the ninth line and inserting in lieu thereof
"Minister".
(8) The said section 2 is amended by adding thereto thec^9i'^8^.'2,
following subsection: amended
(10) Where tangible personal property has been pur-^empt
chased exempt from the tax imposed by this Act, "u^'t^J*'^
and the tangible personal property is subsequently taxable use
put to a taxable use, the purchaser shall pay the tax
imposed by this Act on the fair value of the tangible
personal property at the time of change of use.
3. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Taxl^^x^^.'s.
Act, 1960-61 is repealed and the following substituted therefor : ^^.^^n^c'ted
(1) No vendor shall sell any tangible personal projjerty ^*/}^fj.^
or taxable services or operate a place of amusement
unless he has been granted upon his application a
permit for each place in Ontario where he transacts
business and such permit is in force at the time of the
sale.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 3 is amended by striking c^gi^^gVs.
out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof !"^|^|'j
"Minister".
79
1960-01.
c. 81. B. 3,
subs. 3,
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 3, as amended by sec-
tion 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is further
amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and
in the amendment of 1964 and inserting in lieu thereof in
each instance "Minister".
c** 9 1^8^ '3 (^) Subsection 4 of the said section 3 is amended by striking
*"'**.?,. out "Comptroller" in the second line and inserting in lieu
amended • r ,,, i- • ,.
thereof M mister .
1960-61,
V. 91. 8. 4.
re-enacted
4. Section 4 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
Sales in
Ijulk.
K.S.O. 1960.
f. 43
Idenn
4. — (1) No person shall dispose of his stock through a
sale in bulk as defined in The Bulk Sales Act without
first obtaining a certificate in duplicate from the
Minister that all taxes collectable or payable by
such person have been paid.
(2) Every person purchasing stock through a sale in
bulk as defined in The Bulk Sales Act shall obtain
from the person selling such stock the duplicate copy
of the certificate furnished under subsection 1, and,
if he fails to do so, he is responsible for payment to
the Treasurer of Ontario of all taxes collectable or
payable by the person thus disposing of his stock
through a sale in bulk.
moo-Gi,
c. '.n. s. :,.
pars. 1.2.
re-enarted
5. — (1) Paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 5 of The Retail Sales
Tax Act, 1960-61 are repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
1. food products for human consumption except
candies and other confections and soft drinks;
2. iirepared meals sold at a price of S2.50 or less.
1!)G0-01,
c. id, 8. .1,
par. 9.
all! en tied
(2) Paragraph 9 of the said section 5, as amended by sub-
section 3 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act,
1066, is further amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
amendment of 1966 and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1060-151,
c. 91, s. r>
par. 10,
amended
(3) Paragraph 10 of the said section 5, as amended by sub-
section 4 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act,
1966, is further amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
amendment of 1966 and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
(4) Paragraph 12 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by
subsection 1 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
1960-Gl,
r. 91, s.
par. 12
1^.2. fi\ih&. i). Act, 1967, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
second line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
79
Section 4. The section is revised for clarification purposes.
Section 5 — Subsection 1. Food products continue to be exempt and
the exemption limit for prepared meals is raised from $1.50 to $2.50.
79
Subsection 10. The exemption on production machinery is removed.
79
(5) Paragraph 16 of the said section 5 is amended by strik- J^^o-^g'^^'g
ing out "Treasurer" in the second line and inserting in lieu p^'"^J'^6^^
thereof "Minister".
(6) Paragraph 18 of the said section 5 is amended by J^l^'^g'-g
striking out "Treasurer" in the second line and inserting in ^^''^nd^ed
lieu thereof "Minister".
(7) Paragraph 24 of the said section 5, as re-enacted bycisi's.'s,
subsection 6 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ^^qqq^
Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the^^^l^g,®; ^^
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". amended
(8) Paragraph 25 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by c^|°;®s^;5,
subsection 6 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ^^^g^^
Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in theo. iss. s. 3,
second line and inserting in lieu thereof ' Mmister . amended
(9) Paragraph 37 of the said section 5, as re-enacted bye. si's. '5,
subsection 8 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ^il'^i'
Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the first ^'^^l^g)^- ^•
line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". amended
(10) Paragraph 38 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by J^li'^s'l's,
subsection 4 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ^^^^^^^^2.
Act, 1961-62 and amended bv subsection 2 of section 2 of '^^ i^e, s. 3.
- _ . , . subs. 4).
The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1967, is repealed. repealed
(11) Paragraph 39 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by^^y^'^g^'g
subsection 4 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment p?':-?^„^
Act, 1961-62 and amended by subsection 3 of section 2 ofc. 126 s. 3,
The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1967 , is further amended amended
by striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
(12) Paragraph 44 of the said section 5, as enacted by J^li'^s^.'s,
subsection 7 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Vll^^%2
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the''- i^e^s- 3-
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". amended
(13) Paragraph 45 of the said section 5, as re-enacted byj^l^^^g^/g
subsection 7 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendmenfp^^^*^^^
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" and c. 126, s.' a,
' • ^ cj subs 1 )
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". ameAded
(14) Paragraph 48 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by J^|^'^s^'5_
subsection 8 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ^^^^^f^^ '
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in thee. 126, s.'a,
second line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". amended
79
cJ'oi^'bVb, (^^) Paragraph 50 of the said section 5 is amended b
amended striicing out "by the glass", so that the paragraph shall read
as follows:
50. draft beer sold on licensed premises.
1960-61,
par.^51; ^' (^^^ Paragraph 51 of the said section 5 is repealed.
repealed
c^'gi^sVs (^^) Paragraph 53 of the said section 5, as enacted by
V^.^^^'i-r. subsection 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
c. 126, 8. 3, Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
amended first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
0. 91, B. 5,
par. 56
(1961-62,
c. 126. 6. 3,
subs. 9),
amended
(18) Paragraph 56 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Act, 1961-62 and amended by subsection 10 of section 3 of
The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended
by striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
c. 91, 8. 5,
par. 57
(1961-62.
c. 126, s. 3,
subs. 9),
amended
(19) Paragraph 57 of the said section 5, as enacted by sub-
section 9 of section 3 of 'The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Act, 1961-62 and amended by subsection 11 of section 3 of
The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended
by striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61.
f. 91, 6. 5,
par. 58,
(1961-62,
r. 126. 6. 3,
subs. 9),
amended
(20) Paragraph 58 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
second line and in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof
in each instance "Minister".
(21) Paragraph 59 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
second line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister"
1960-61,
f. 91. 8. 5,
par. 59
(1961-62, ^ ,, . .
(.. 126. B. 3. Act, 1961-62, is amended by stnkmg out "Treasurer m the
BUbs. 9), JO
amended
1960-61,
c. 91, 8. 5,
par. 61
(1964,
c. 104. s. 4),
amended
(22) I'aragraph 61 of the said section 5, as enacted by
section 4 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964 and
amended by subsection 12 of section 3 of The Retail Sales
Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by striking out
"Treasurer" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof
"Minister".
1960-61,
c. 91. s. 5,
par. 65
(1966,
. . i:i,S. s. 3,
subs. 14).
amended
{2i) Paragraph 65 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 14 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Act. 1066, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" and
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
79
Subsection 15. Draft beer whether or not sold by the glass in licensed
premises continues to be exempt.
Subsection 16. The amendment is complementary to the repeal of
The Hospitals Tax Act.
79
Subsection 24. The amendment is intended to clarify the Act and is
complementary to section 2.
Section 6— Subsection 2. The provisions contained in this amend-
ment are similar to those contained in The Hospitals Tax Act.
I
(24) The said section 5 is amended by adding thereto the J^|°"^g^g
following subsections: amended ■
(2) The purchaser of tangible personal property pur- Exceptions
chased to provide a taxable service is not exempt from
the tax imposed by this Act.
(3) No taxable service is exempt from the tax imposed idem
by this Act by reason of the fact that the tangible
personal property used in providing the taxable
service is tangible personal property in respect of
which tax imposed by this Act has been paid.
6.— (1) Section 5b of The Retail Sales Tax Act, ^ 960-6 l.l^^-^l-^^
as enacted by section 4 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment d^^^-^^.
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the amended
third line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
(2) The said section 56 is further amended by adding c^l^f^l^s*
thereto the following subsections: c. i26 8'4),
° amended
(2) Where special circumstances exist, whether of a idem
religious, charitable or educational nature or other-
wise, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may, upon
application of the vendor made to the Minister at
least ten days before the tax would otherwise be
payable, exempt the purchaser from the payment and
the vendor from collection of the tax imposed by
subsection Ic of section 2.
(3) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Minister idem
that the tax calculated on the price of admission to
a place of amusement at or in which an entertain-
ment has been held for the purpose of raising funds
for religious, charitable or educational purposes was
collected and paid to Her Majesty in right of Ontario
in accordance with subsection \c of section 2, and
where the vendor files with the Minister a statement,
verified by his afifidavit, giving in detail all receipts
and expenses in connection with the entertainment
and the receipt of the organization to which the
proceeds were donated acknowledging receipt of the
proceeds is attached thereto, and where the Minister
is satisfied that the organization is one the operations
of which are carried on exclusively for religious,
charitable or educational purposes or for any com-
bination of such purposes, there may be paid to the
organization an amount equal to that proportion of
the tax so collected and paid which the proceeds
acknowledged as received by the organization bear
to the gross amount received by the vendor as the
price of admission to such place of amusement.
79
10
Canadian (4) Where application of the vendor is made to the
rormanc«8 Minister at least ten days before the tax imposed by
subsection Ic of section 2 would otherwise be pay-
able and the Minister is satisfied that the performen
in a theatrical or musical performance in a place of
amusement are residents of Canada performing under
the management of a person resident in Canada and
that the performance will not be presented with the
showing of a motion picture or with a carnival,
circus, side show, menagerie, rodeo, exhibition, horse
race, athletic contest or other performance, the
Minister may, in his absolute discretion, exempt the
purchaser from the payment and the vendor from
the collection of the tax imposed by subsection Ic of
section 2.
1960-6^1,^ 7. Subsection 1 of section 6 of The Retail Sales Tax Ad,
^"'^^i .. 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the fint
amended . . . . .' . .
line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
l^^'^ti. »• Section 7 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is amended
amended ' ^y inserting after "Treasurer" in the fifth line "of Ontario".
V'fi'^l's. 9- Section 8 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is amendefl
amended \yy inserting after "Treasurer" in the second line "of Ontari<
1%VI'9. lO- Subsection 1 of section 9 of The Retail Sales Tax Aa,
anl'ended 1960-61, as amended by section 5 of The Retail Sales Tax
Amendment Act, 1961-62, is further amended by striking out
"Treasurer" in the first line and in the fourth line and insert-
ing in lieu thereof in each instance "Minister".
1060-61,
c. ni, 8. 10,
subs. 1,
amended
11.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 10 of The Retail Sales Tax
Act, 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Comptroller" in
the first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
J"9i''8''io (^) Subsection 2 of the said section 10, as enacted by
f^oli" section 6 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is
104', 8. 6). amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the second line
amended
and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
^""iji.'y.ii, 12. Subsection 2 of section 12 of The Retail Sales Tax Act,
'^^ini' . -[ 1960-61, as re-enacted bv section 7 of The Retail Sales Tax
subs, 2 Amendment Act, 1964, is amended bv striking out "Treasurer
in the first line and in the eleventh line and inserting in lieu
thereof in each instance "Minister".
amended
o°9i;'y.i3, 13-— (1) Subsection 1 of section 13 of The Retail Sales
^"^^'^;„H Tax Act. 1060-61 is repealed and the following substituted
re-enacted *^ *^
therefor:
Section 13 — Subsection 1. The amendment is complementary to
sections 1, 2 and 3 of the Bill.
79
11
(1) Where a vendor fails to make a return or a remittance ^f^tlx^'"®"'
as required under this Act or if his returns are not collected
substantiated by his records, the Minister may make
an assessment of the tax collected by such vendor
for which he has not accounted and such assessed
amount shall thereupon be deemed to be the tax
collected by the vendor.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 13 is amended by J^|i]^g^'i3_
striking out "Comptroller" in the seventh line and in the|'^|^^^j
eighth line and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance
"Minister".
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 13 is amended byj^^|i^^g';'i3^
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting '^^^^Q^ded
lieu thereof "Minister".
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in subs.' 4
,. , r I,..,. • ,, II • • I- ii^T' ..amended
lieu thereof Minister and by inserting after Ireasurer
(4) Subsection 4 of the said section 13 is amended byi96o-6i
■iking out "Comptroller ii
u thereof "Minister" and
in the fifth line "of Ontario".
(5) Subsection 6 of the said section 13 is amended by J^|j'®g^'^g
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in^ubs.e,
lieu thereof "Minister".
(6) Subsection 8 of the said section 13 is amended by c. 91^ s.'is,
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting inl'^ln^ed
lieu thereof "Minister".
14. Subsection 2 of section 14 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1^1°,'^} ,-
c. yl, 8. 14,
1960-61 is amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the first subs. 2
line, in the third line and in the eleventh line and inserting
in lieu thereof in each instance "Minister".
15. Section 15 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61, Sisl^f{^l-i^_
re-enacted by section 6 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment '■^^,^}-^^' „.
. - c. 126, 8. b) ,
Act, 1961-62 and amended by section 8 of The Retail Sales a-mended
Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is further amended by striking out
"Comptroller" in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof
"Minister".
16. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 17 of The Retail Sales Taxl^^{^^'^^^
Act, 1960-61, as amended by section 4 of The Retail Sales ^''^^' f^
T A , . . r , . . amended
lax Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by striking out
"Treasurer" in the fourth line and inserting in lieu thereof
"Minister".
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 17 is amended by J^|^;®s^;i7^
striking out "Comptroller" in the second line and inserting |';^t'|;^|^j
in lieu thereof "Minister".
79
12
1960-61,
o. 91. 8. 17.
8Ube. 3,
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 17 is amended by
striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in lieu
thereof "Minister".
c^at^s.is, 17.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 18 of The Retail SaUs Tax
subs' 1 yif-i 1Q60-61 is amended bv striking out "Treasurer" in the
amended , . , ,. ■ • i 'i i- i ■ • ■ i- i c
third hne and m the seventh line and inserting in lieu thereof
in each instance "Minister".
?"?u "s^'is ^^) Subsection 2 of the said section 18 is amended by
8ui)8.'2 striking out "Treasurer" in the second line and inserting
amended . ,. " , , ,,,,. . ,, "
in lieu thereof .Minister .
J^o^'^'^'is. (^) Subsection 3 of the said section 18 is amended by
amended Striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and "Comptroller"
in the second line and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance
"Minister".
(4) Subsection 5 of the said section 18 is amended by
iking out "Treasurer" in the fifth line and inserting in
1960-61.
0. 91. 8. 18.
811 bs. 5. <£tri
amended »i" _ ^
lieu thereof ".Minister .
J^lji'l^'is (^) Subsection 6 of the said section 18 is amended by
subs' 6, striking out "Treasurer" in the second line and inserting in
amended " ,,,,• • ti
lieu thereof .Minister .
l^fi'^ti^, 18- Subsection 1 of section 19 of The Retail Sales Tax Act,
^"''^ i ,, 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the first
amended . . .• f i*-\c' • tt
line and inserting in lieu thereof Minister .
19. Subclause iv of clause c of subsection 3 of section 20
1960-61,
subs. 3, of 'ij,g Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is amended by striking
subii. iv. out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof
amended .,■> .• • n
Minister .
1960-61.
<■. 91. s. 21.
amended
20. Section 21 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is
amended b>- striking out "Treasurer" in the third line and
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
l96o-(;i,
.-. 91, s. 24.
subs. 1.
amended
21.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 24 of The Retail Sales Tax
Act, 1060-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
,^,-'?i'i'^s^'.,4 (2) Subsection 2 of the said section 24 is amended by
sui..-;. 2, " strikinc; out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in
amended J' . ■; „
hcu thereof Minister .
1960-61.
c. 91. s, 24,
subs. 3.
an^ended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 24, as amended by
section 5 oi The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is
further amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the first
line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
79
Section 23. The rates of interest on amounts payable to or to be
remitted to the Treasurer will be such as are prescribed by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council from time to time.
13
(4) Subsection 4 of the said section 24 is amended by J^gi"*y^'24
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting ins"b8.'4
lieu thereof "Minister" and by striking out "Office of the
Comptroller of Revenue" in the fifth and sixth lines and
inserting in lieu thereof "Department of Revenue".
(5) Subsection 5 of the said section 24 is amended by J^|°"^g-';'24_
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting '^'^^^nded
lieu thereof "Minister".
(6) Subsection 6 of the said section 24 is amended by J^|i'^s';'24,
subs. 6,
amended
Striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in^"''^-^
lieu thereof "Minister" and by striking out "Office of the
Comptroller of Revenue" in the third and fourth lines and
inserting in lieu thereof "Department of Revenue".
(7) Subsection 7 of the said section 24 is amended ^Y I^I'^b,' zi
striking out "Office of the Comptroller of Revenue" in the''"''^- !• .
,. , . . .... , , amended
fourth fine and mserting m lieu thereof Department of
Revenue" and by striking out "Comptroller" in the sixth line
and in the seventh line and inserting in lieu thereof in each
instance "Minister".
22. Section 26 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 '^^l^f^-^l' 26,
amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and amended
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
23.— (1) Section 27 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-6 ll^f{^l- 21.
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
27. — (1) Any amount payable or to be remitted to the^"'®™®*
Treasurer of Ontario under this Act bears interest,
at such rate as is prescribed by the regulations, from
the day on which such amount should have been
paid or remitted to the Treasurer of Ontario to the
day of payment or until thirty days following the day
on which a notice of assessment is mailed under sub-
section 4 or 6 of section 13, whichever is the earlier
date.
(2) The amount due as shown by a notice of assessment ^''^'"
made under subsection 4 or 6 of section 13 shall, if
it is not paid within thirty days from the day of
mailing of the notice of assessment, bear interest,
at such rate as is prescribed by the regulations,
calculated from thirty days after the day of mailing
of the notice of assessment until the day of payment.
24.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 28 of The Retail Sales Taxl%\-^1'
Act, 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Comptroller" insubs.'!.'
+U c i 1- 1 ■ . ... ■ ..,,....,, , , amended
the hrst fine and msertmg m lieu thereof "Minister and by
inserting after "Treasurer" in the seventh line "of Ontario".
79
28,
14
l^Vi'.V.'2S. (^) Subsection 2 of the said section 28 is amended
amerided inserting after "Treasurer" in the first line "of Ontario".
1960-Cl,
c. 91, 8. 28.
EubB. :i,
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 28 is amended by
inserting after "Treasurer" in the sixth line "of Ontario".
c^9i;";29. 25.— (1) Clause a of subsection 1 of section 29 of The Retail
8J"JB. 1. Sales Tax Ad, 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer"
amended in the first line and in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof
in each instance "Minister".
(2) Clause b of subsection 1 of the said section 29 is amended
1960-61,
c. 91, 8. 29, ^-' . -. ;_-. 7 . _
subs. 1, by striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in
amended Ijeu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
C-. 91,
6. 29,
subs. 2,
amended
(3) Subsection 2 of the said section 29 is amended by
striking out "Treasurer or the Comptroller" in the third line
and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister" and by striking out
"Treasurer or of any officer of the Office of the Comptroller
of Revenue" in the eighth and ninth lines and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister or of any officer of the Department of
Revenue".
i9t;o-6i.
V. 91.
S. 31.
subs. 1.
amended
26. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 31 of The Retail Sales Tax
Act, 1060-61, as amended by section 6 of The Retail Sales Tax
Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by striking out
"Comptroller" in the first line and in the fourth line and
inserting in lieu thereof in each instance "Minister", by
inserting after "Treasurer" in the second line "of Ontario"
and by striking out "Treasurer" in the third line and inserting
in lieu thereof "Minister".
19fi0-61.
1 . 91, s. 31,
subs. 2,
amended
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 31 is amended by
inserting after "Treasurer" in the second line "of Ontario"
and b>' striking out "Comptroller" in the third line and insert-
ing in lieu thereof "Minister".
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 31, as enacted by
section 11 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964, '»
l9(:o-6i,
I. 91, s. 31,
subs. 3
(19«4, . . J
^"^ Jh !''• amended b\- inserting after "Treasurer" in the fifth Ime and
in the seventh line "of Ontario" and by striking out "Treas-
urer" in the eiglith line and in the fourteenth line and inserting
in lieu thereof in each instance "Minister".
Amended
.^"rti'^s'si ^^^ Subsection 4 of the said section 31, as enacted by
subs.' 4 section 11 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is
r. km', b. 11), amended b>' striking out "Treasurer" in the third line and in
the eighth line and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance
"Minister" and by inserting after "Treasurer" in the sixth
line and in tiie seventh line "of Ontario".
79
Section 29 — Subsection 2. Authority is provided to make regula-
tions to prescribe the rates of interest for the purposes of section 27.
Complementary to section 23 of the Bill.
79
IS
27.— (1) Subsection 3 of section 35 of The Retail Sa/esisgo-ei
Tax Act, 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Comptroller" subs, a
in the first line and in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof
in each instance "Minister".
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 35 is amended by J^|°"®g-^'3g
striking out "Comptroller" in the second line and inserting in^"*^^- *• ,
,. , . ,,,,. . ,, ^ amended
lieu thereof Afmister .
(3) Subsection 7 of the said section 35 is amended by J^|°'®g^'35
subs.' 7,
amended
inserting after "Treasurer" in the second line "of Ontario". ''"''s. 7
28. Section 36 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 isisso-ei
amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the third line and amended
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
29.— (1) Clause c of subsection 2 of section 39 of TAe J^|°;';^;39,
Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is repealed and the following ^J***^^- 2'
substituted therefor: re-enacted
(c) authorizing or requiring the Deputy Minister or
any other officer of the Department of Revenue to
exercise any power or perform any duty conferred
or imposed upon the Minister by this Act.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 39, as amended by J^g°'®g-^'39
section 12 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964 and|'^^s^^^^
section 7 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is
further amended by adding thereto the following clause:
(h) prescribing the rates of interest payable on amounts
payable to or to be remitted to the Treasurer of
Ontario under this Act.
30. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of April, 1969.
Commence-
31. This Act may be cited as The Retail Sales Tax Amend- ^^""^ ""*
ment Act, 1968-69.
79
9»
J8
I:
1
s
Sc
>a
1
I
V*.
St
H
8
3
M
»«
(%
sr
3
2
r
BILL 79
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61
Mr. White
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 79 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. — (1) Paragraph 1 of section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax\^li]^s.x,
Act, 1960-61 is repealed and the following substituted there- P^^n^'^tgd
for:
1. "admission" includes entry to a place of amusement
where any charge is made or fee is collected before
or after entry.
1960-61,
c. 91.8. 1,
(2) Paragraph 2 of the said section 1 is repealed. par. 2
repealed
(3) Clause a of paragraph 5 of the said section 1 is repealed c^^g'i^^a. i_
and the following substituted therefor: r^-enacted"'
(a) the price for which the tangible personal property
or the taxable service was purchased, including the
value in terms of Canadian money of services ren-
dered and things exchanged and other considerations
accepted by the vendor or person from whom the
tangible personal property passed or taxable services
were rendered as the price or on account of the price
of the tangible personal property purchased or
taxable service received.
(4) Paragraph 6 of the said section 1, as re-enacted byc^|i"|^i.
subsection 1 of section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment J'f96f.62.
Act, 1961-62, is repealed and the following substituted there-^- 126, s. 1,
r BU OS • i- / t
tor: re-enacted
6. "Minister" means Minister of Revenue.
(5) Paragraph 7 of the said section 1 is repealed and the c. 91" s.'i.
following substituted therefor: ?e"na'cted
79
cc'.^iBi.^ss"' ^- "pt-'i'son", in addition to its meaning in The Inter-
pretation Act, includes Her Majesty in right of
Ontario, a municipal corporation, including a metro-
politan or regional municipal corporation, or a local
board thereof, as defined in The Department of
Municipal Affairs Act, and any board, commission
or authority established under any Act of the
Legislature.
7a. "place of amusement" means a premises or place,
whether enclosed or not, where a cinematograph or
moving picture machine or similar apparatus is
operated, or where a theatrical performance, car-
nival, circus, side show, menagerie, concert, rodeo,
exhibition, horse race, athletic contest or other
performance is staged or held, and to which ad-
mission is granted upon payment of a price of
admission through the sale of tickets or otherwise.
7b. "price of admission" includes every charge made to
or fee collected from a purchaser by a vendor before
or after admission to a place of amusement.
c.^9i"*^8^.'i, (6) Paragraph 8 of the said section 1, as re-enacted by sub-
fuie^-es section 1 of section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Bubs'n ^' ^^^' ^^'52-(}J, is repealed and the following substituted there-
re-enatted for:
8. "purchaser" means a consumer or person who ac-
quires tangible personal property anywhere, or who
acquires or receives a taxable service at a sale in
Ontario, for his own consumption or use, or for the
consumption or use in Ontario of other persons at
his exp>ense, or on behalf of or as agent for a prin-
cipal who desires to acquire such property or service
for consumption or use in Ontario by such principal
or other persons at his expense and includes a person
who purchases admission for himself to a place of
amusement, or a pierson for whom admission to a
place of amusement is purchased by another person.
c^li V.i, (7) Clause a of paragraph 1 1 of the said section 1 is amended
par^ 11, {jy adding at the end thereof "or renders to another person a
amended taxable service", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(a) any transfer of title or possession, exchange, barter,
lease or rental, conditional or otherwise, including a
sale on credit or where the price is payable by in-
stalments, or any other contract whereby at a price
79
or other consideration a person delivers to another • :
person tangible personal property or renders to :•
another person a taxable service.
(8) Paragraph 13 of the said section 1, as re-enacted by J^l^'^g";-^
section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, isP"-J^3
repealed and the following substituted therefor: c. i38, s. i),
•^ re-enacted
13. "tangible personal property" means property that
can be seen, weighed, measured, felt or touched, or
that is in any way perceptible to the senses, and
includes natural or manufactured gas.
(9) The said section 1 is amended by adding thereto thec^|°^®B^'i_
following paragraph : amended
15. "taxable service" means,
(fl) telephone services, including long distance
calls;
(b) telegraph services; and
(c) transient accommodation.
(10) Paragraph 16 of the said section 1 is repealed and thecf|i^®s'^'i_
illowincr siihstil-iitpd thprefnr- P**"- 1^; _,
re-enacted
following substituted therefor:
16. "transient accommodation" means the provision of
lodging in hotels, motels, hostels, apartment houses,
lodging houses, boarding houses, clubs and other
similar accommodation, whether or not a member-
ship is required for the lodging, but does not include
lodging let for a continuous period of one month or
more or lodging in a lodging house, rooming house,
or boarding house, if such house has accommodation
for less than four tenants.
(11) Paragraph 18 of the said section 1 is repealed and the J^l^-^^i',
following substituted therefor : par- is', '
re-enacted
18. "vendor" means a jjerson who, in the ordinary
course of his business,
(a) sells tangible personal property;
{b) sells or renders a taxable service; or
(c) operates a place of amusement.
79
1960-61,
0. 91,
s. 2, Bubs. 1,
re-enacted
2. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax
Act, 1960-61, as amended by subsection 1 of section 2 of The
Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
Tax on
purchaser,
of tangible
personal
property
(1) Every purchaser of tangible personal property,
except the classes thereof referred to in subsection lo,
shall pay to Her Majesty in right of Ontario a tax
in respect of the consumption or use thereof, com-
puted at the rate of 5 per cent of the fair value
thereof.
of liquor,
beer, wine,
meals
(la) Every purchaser of the following classes of tangible
personal property shall pay to Her Majesty in right
of Ontario a tax in respect of the consumption or
use thereof computed at the rate of 10 per cent of
the fair value thereof:
1. liquor, beer or wine;
2. prepared meals sold at a price of over $2.50.
of taxable
lerviue
(16) Every purchaser of a taxable service shall pay to
Her Majesty in right of Ontario a tax in respect
thereof computed at the rate of 5 per cent of the
fair value thereof.
of admission
to place of
amusement
(Ic) Every purchaser of admission to a place of amuse-
ment shall pay to Her Majesty in right of Ontario a
tax on the price of admission as follows:
Price of Admission
Tax
More than 75 cents and not more than 84 cents —
84
90
90
92
6 cents
7 "
8 "
and where the price of admission is more than 92
cents, a tax at the rate of 10 per cent, calculated
upon the price of admission.
lycio-Gi,
I'. <il. 8. 2.
fiubs. 2.
re-enarted
When tax
payable
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 2 is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(2) A purchaser shall pay the tax imposed by this Act
at the time of the sale.
I'JGd-tU.
c. f)i. s. i;
subs. l.
aineiuied
(3) Subsection 4 of the said section 2 is amended by
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in
lieu tliereof "Minister".
"y
(4) Subsection 5 of the said section 2, as amended by sub- J^|^"^g^'2
section 2 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax Ame^idment^^^^' ^-
,,-,--• 11 r6p6B.l©Q.
Act, 1966, IS repealed.
(5) Subsection 6 of the said section 2, as amended by sub- J^|^"^g^'2
section 1 of section 1 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ^^^s. e,
• r 1 111* • r liT^ 11 amended
Ad, 1965, IS further amended by msertmg after Ireasurer
in the fifth line "of Ontario".
(6) The said section 2 is amended by adding thereto the J^|i"®g^'2,
following subsection: amended'
(6a) Where a person has paid an amount under this Act^'^®'"
as tax that is not payable as tax under this Act,
the Treasurer of Ontario may refund such amount
upon receipt of satisfactory evidence that the amount
was wrongfully paid.
(7) Subsection 7 of the said section 2, as amended by sub- J.^9i'^^b^.'2,
section 3 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ^c/,|'^|nJ^d
1964 and subsection 3 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax
Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by striking out
"Comptroller" in the ninth line and inserting in lieu thereof
"Minister".
(8) The said section 2 is amended by adding thereto the c. 9i^ s.'2,
following subsection: amended
(10) Where tangible personal property has been pur-^empt
chased exempt from the tax imposed by this Act, ^u't^U)^'^
and the tangible personal property is subsequently taxable use
put to a taxable use, the purchaser shall pay the tax
imposed by this Act on the fair value of the tangible
personal property at the time of change of use.
3.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Taxl^fi". 3,
Act, 1960-61 is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ^^.^^nac'ted
(1) No vendor shall sell any tangible personal property p|rm,°g
or taxable services or operate a place of amusement
unless he has been granted upon his application a
permit for each place in Ontario where he transacts
business and such permit is in force at the time of the
sale.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 3 is amended by striking J^li'l^s^'a,
out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof I'^lnl^^
"Minister".
79
1960-61.
o. 91, a. 3.
■UbB. 3,
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 3, as amended by sec-
tion 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is further
amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and
in the amendment of 1964 and inserting in lieu thereof in
each instance "Minister".
1960-61.
c. 91. B. a.
subs. 4,
amended
(4) Subsection 4 of the said section 3 is amended by striking
out "Comptroller" in the second line and inserting in lieu
thereof "Alinister".
1960-61,
• •. 91. 8. 4
re-enautea
4. Section 4 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
Sales In
bulk.
R.S.O. 1960,
o. 43
—(I) No person shall dispose of his stock through a
sale in bulk as defined in The Bulk Sales Act without
first obtaining a certificate in duplicate from the
Minister that all taxes collectable or payable by
such person have been paid.
Idem
(2) Every person purchasing stock through a sale in
bulk as defined in The Bulk Sales Act shall obtain
from the person selling such stock the duplicate copy
of the certificate furnished under subsection 1, and,
if he fails to do so, he is responsible for payment to
the Treasurer of Ontario of all taxes collectable or
payable by the person thus disposing of his stock
through a sale in bulk.
11)00-61.
c. !)1. a. 5.
pars. 1. 2.
re-enacted
3. — (1) Paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 5 of I'he Retail Sales
Tax Act, 1960-61 are repealed and the following substituted
therefor :
19G0-61,
■ . 91. 8. 5.
par. U.
amended
1. food products for human consumption except
candies and other confections and soft drinks;
2. prepared meals sold at a price of $2.50 or less.
(2) Paragraph 9 of the said section 5, as amended by sub-
section 3 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act,
1966, is further amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
amendment of 1966 and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
lUBU-UI,
o. 91. s. 5.
par. 10.
amended
(3) Paragraph 10 of the said section 5, as amended by sub-
section 4 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act,
1966, is further amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
amendment of 1966 and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
(4) Paragraph 12 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by
subsection 1 of section 2 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
1960-61,
L-. 91. 8. 5.
par. 12
(1967, c. 88. . -T- .. • u
A. 2. suhB.i). Act, 1967, is amended by strikmg out "Treasurer in the
amended ... , . .... . e ii\ f • i»
second Ime and inserting in lieu thereoi Minister .
79
f
(5) Paragraph 16 of the said section 5 is amended by strik-i^^o'^gi'g
ing out "Treasurer" in the second line and inserting in lieu par. ie,
,-,,,,..,, ° amended
thereoi Minister .
(6) Paragraph 18 of the said section 5 is amended hyl^fl'^^-^
striking out "Treasurer" in the second line and inserting in par. is '
,. , r nil*- • II amended
heu thereof "Minister .
^ (7) Paragraph 24 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by c.^oi'^s^.'b.
subsection 6 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment ffgel*
Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the ^;, ^p^lf • ^'
/•••••• SUDS. \i) ,
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". amended
(8) Paragraph 25 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by,';^|i;®/'5^
subsection 6 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment '^^^^^^
Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the <>• i^s', s. 3,
second line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". amended
(9) Paragraph 37 of the said section 5, as re-enacted byc^|?;^B^.'5,
subsection 8 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax A mendment ffgeej
Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the first J-^^^s'.s. 3.
|. . . . , ., , SUDS, o/i
line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". amended
(10) Paragraph 38 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by "|°;^b^;5_
subsection 4 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment "^^^^^^^ '
Act, 1961-62 and amended by subsection 2 of section 2 of "• i26 s.'3,
The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1967, is repealed. repealed
(11) Paragraph 39 of the said section 5, as re-enacted by^^l^-^^^'g
subsection 4 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax A mendment par- 39' '
Act, 1961-62 and amended by subsection 3 of section 2 of c i26, 8.'3.
The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1967, is further amended Im^'eAdid
by striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
(12) Paragraph 44 of the said section 5, as enacted byc!'|°""'5_
subsection 7 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment p}^q^_%2 '
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the<^- i26, s.'3.
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". Imeiided
(13) Paragraph 45 of the said section 5, as re-enacted byi^l^-^^^'g
subsection 7 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment v^^ M
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" and c. 126, s.' 3.
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". ImenJid
(14) Paragraph 48 of the said section 5, as re-enacted byJ^^o-^/'g
subsection 8 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendmenti'^^- 48'
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the c 126', s.' 3,
second line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister". ImeJld
79
o?9ilV.'6. (^^^ Paragraph 50 of the said section 5 is amended by
amended Striking out "by the glass", so that the paragraph shall read
as follows:
1860-61,
o. 91, a. fi,
par. SI,
repealed
1960-61,
c. 91. B. 5,
par. 53,
(1961-62,
c. 126, 8. 3,
subs. 9),
amended
50. draft beer sold on licensed premises.
(16) Paragraph 51 of the said section 5 is repealed.
(17) Paragraph 53 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
c. 91, 8. 6,
par. 66
(1961-62,
c. 126. 8. 3,
subs. 9),
amended
(18) Paragraph 56 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Act, 1961-62 and amended by subsection 10 of section 3 of
The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended
by striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
c. 91, 8. 5,
par. 57
(1961-62,
c. 12G. 8. 3,
subs. 9).
amended
(19) Paragraph 57 of the said section 5, as enacted by sub-
section 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Act, 1961-62 and amended by subsection 11 of section 3 of
The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended
by striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
c. 91. 8. 5,
par. 58,
(1961-62,
c. 126, 8. 3,
subs. 9),
amended
(20) Paragraph 58 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
second line and in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof
in each instance "Minister". ^
(21) Paragraph 59 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 9 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
second line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
f. 91. s. 5.
par. 59
(1961-62,
( . 126. s. 3, Act, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer m the
subs. 9). J a
amended
1960-61,
o. 91. s, 5,
par. 61
(1964,
c. 104, s. 4),
amended
(22) Paragraph 61 of the said section 5, as enacted by
section 4 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964 and
amended by subsection 12 of section 3 of The Retail Sales
Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by striking out
"Treasurer" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof
"Minister".
(23) Paragraph 65 of the said section 5, as enacted by
subsection 14 of section 3 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment
1960-61.
r. 91. s. 5,
par. 65
c.'iss. 8. 3, Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" and
imended' inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
79
i
(24) The said section 5 is amended by adding thereto the J^l^-^g^'^
following subsections : amended ■
(2) The purchaser of tangible personal property pur- E''''®p''°"^
chased to provide a taxable service is not exempt from
the tax imposed by this Act.
(3) No taxable service is exempt from the tax imposed idem
by this Act by reason of the fact that the tangible
personal property used in providing the taxable
service is tangible personal property in respect of
which tax imposed by this Act has been paid.
6.— (1) Section 5b of The Retail Sales Tax Act, I960-61,^^eo-6i
^ , C. 91, S. DO
as enacted by section 4 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Ci-^Gi -62,
. . . c 126 8. 4)
Ad, 1961-62, is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the amended
third line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
(2) The said section Sb is further amended by adding ^^l^i^ |-2^*
thereto the following subsections: c. 126, s.'4),
amended
(2) Where special circumstances exist, whether of a idem
religious, charitable or educational nature or other-
wise, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may, upon
application of the vendor made to the Minister at
least ten days before the tax would otherwise be
payable, exempt the purchaser from the payment and
the vendor from collection of the tax imposed by
subsection \c of section 2.
(3) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Minister idem
that the tax calculated on the price of admission to
a place of amusement at or in which an entertain-
ment has been held for the purpose of raising funds
for religious, charitable or educational purposes was
collected and paid to Her Majesty in right of Ontario
in accordance with subsection \c of section 2, and
where the vendor files with the Minister a statement,
verified by his affidavit, giving in detail all receipts
and expenses in connection with the entertainment
and the receipt of the organization to which the
proceeds were donated acknowledging receipt of the
proceeds is attached thereto, and where the Minister
is satisfied that the organization is one the operations
of which are carried on exclusively for religious,
charitable or educational purposes or for any com-
bination of such purposes, there may be paid to the
organization an amount equal to that proportion of
the tax so collected and paid which the proceeds
acknowledged as received by the organization bear
to the gross amount received by the vendor as the
price of admission to such place of amusement.
79
10
Canadian
per-
formances
(4) Where application of the vendor is made to the
Minister at least ten days before the tax impoaed by
subsection Ic of section 2 would otherwise be pay-
able and the Minister is satisfied that the performers
in a theatrical or musical performance in a place of
amusement are residents of Canada performing under
the management of a person resident in Canada and
that the performance will not be presented with the
showing of a motion picture or with a carnival,
circus, side show, menagerie, rodeo, exhibition, home
race, athletic contest or other performance, the
Minister may, in his absolute discretion, exempt the
purchaser from the payment and the vendor from
the collection of the tax imposed by subsection U ol
section 2.
1960-61,
c. 91, 8. 6,
subs. 1,
amended
7. Subsection 1 of section 6 of The Retail Sales Tax Act,
1960-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the first
line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61.
0. 91, s. 7,
amended
8. Section 7 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is amended
by inserting after "Treasurer" in the fifth line "of Ontario".
1960-61,
c. 91, e. 8.
amended
0. Section 8 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is amended
by inserting after "Treasurer" in the second line "of Ontario".
1960-61,
c. 91, 8. 9,
subs. 1,
amended
lO. Subsection 1 of section 9 of The Retail Sales Tax Act,-
1960-61, as amended by section 5 of The Retail Sales Tax
Amendment Act, 1961-62, is further amended by striking out
"Treasurer" in the first line and in the fourth line and insert-
ing in lieu thereof in each instance "Minister".
l^TiX'io. 11-— (1) Subsection 1 of section 10 of The Retail Sales Tax
a'mend^ed ^^'' ^^^0-61 is amended by striking out "Comptroller" in
the first line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 10, as enacted by
section 6 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is
1960-61,
c. 91, 8. 10.
subs. 2
1 .104'. 8. 6), amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the second line
and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1960-61.
1-. 91. 8. 12,
(19U4.
c. 104. 8. 7),
subs. 2,
amended
12. Subsection 2 of section 12 of The Retail Sales Tax Act,
1960-61, as re-enacted by section 7 of The Retail Sales Tax
Amendment Act, 1964, is amended by striking out "Treasurer"
in the first line and in the eleventh line and inserting in lieu
thereof in each instance "Minister".
13.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 13 of The Retail Saks
1960-61,
c 91 8 13 — "- V - -' ~ — — — ~ —
?ienacted ^'^^ ^^'' ^^60-61 is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
79
11
(1) Where a vendor fails to make a return or a remittance ^f\^^"^^^*'
as required under this Act or if his returns are notco'ieoted
substantiated by his records, the Minister may maice
an assessment of the tax collected by such vendor
for which he has not accounted and such assessed
amount shall thereupon be deemed to be the tax
collected by the vendor.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 13 is amended by g^|°"®g-';'^3
striking out "Comptroller" in the seventh line and in the|"^|^2,
eighth line and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance
"Minister".
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 13 is amended byl^fl'^g-j^^
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in|'^|j^^'j
lieu thereof "Minister".
(4) Subsection 4 of the said section 13 is amended byi^eo-ei,
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in subs.' 4.
lieu thereof "Minister" and by inserting after "Treasurer"
in the fifth line "of Ontario".
(5) Subsection 6 of the said section 13 is amended by J^^0"^g^'^3
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in subs. 6
,., r ,,,-•• .1 amended
lieu thereoi Minister .
(6) Subsection 8 of the said section 13 is amended by J^li'^s'^'is,
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in|'i^|n|ed
lieu thereof "Minister".
14. Subsection 2 of section 14 of The Retail Sales Tax ^c<. J^li'^a'' i4
1960-61 is amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the first subs. 2,
,. . , 1 ■ 1 .. 1-1 1 11- I • • amended
line, in the third line and in the eleventh line and inserting
in lieu thereof in each instance "Minister".
15. Section 15 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61, as J«|0;*;i;i5
re-enacted by section 6 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment '^^^,%i-^^-„.
. ■' c. 126, 8. 6),
Act, 1961-62 and amended by section 8 of The Retail 5a/e5 amended
Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is further amended by striking out
"Comptroller" in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof
"Minister".
16.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 17 of The Retail Sales Tax l^^-^^- j^j
Act, 1960-61, as amended by section 4 of The Retail Sales ^»^^'}''^
-r A 1 A ■ r , amended
lax Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by striking out
"Treasurer" in the fourth line and inserting in lieu thereof
"Minister".
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 17 is amended by cl'gi^^s^.'iT,
striking out "Comptroller" in the second line and inserting |'^^g^;[|^^
in lieu thereof "Minister".
79
12
o.*9?'*bVi7 ^^^ Subsection 3 of the said section 17 is amended by
ameAded Striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in lieu
thereof "Minister".
J^I^V.is. 17.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 18 of The Retail Sales Tax
amended ^^^' ^^<^0-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
third line and in the seventh line and inserting in lieu thereof
in each instance "Minister".
c^fui^.xs, (2) Subsection 2 of the said section 18 is amended by
amended Striking out "Treasurer" in the second line and inserting
in lieu thereof ".Minister".
c^ai^^si'is, (3) Subsection 3 of the said section 18 is amended by
amended Striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and "Comptroller"
in the second line and inserting in lieu thereof in each instancr
"Minister".
J^o^.^bVis, (4) Subsection 5 of the said section 18 is amended by
amended Striking out "Treasurer" in the fifth line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
c^l^^s^'is (^) Subsection 6 of the said section 18 is amended by
Buiis. 6 striking out "Treasurer" in the second line and inserting in
amended ,.,,,,,,..,,
lieu thereof iMmister .
c!'9i;''8^.i9, 18. Subsection 1 of section 19 of The Retail Sales Tax Ad,
amended 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the first
line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
e^li ^'/^o, 1^' Subclause iv of clause c of subsection 3 of section 20
subs. 3, of y/jg Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is amended by striking
Bubc'i iv out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof
amended , ■> .• ■ >.
.Minister .
1960-61,
V. 91, 8, 21,
amended
20. Section 21 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is
amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the third line and
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
c^9i;V.'24, 21.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 24 of The Retail Sales Tax
Bubs. 1, Ad 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the
amended ' . -' ~. . . ,,
first line and inserting in lieu thereof ".Minister .
J^9i *'b''24 (2) Subsection 2 of the said section 24 is amended by
subs.'2, striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in
amended ,-, r ,,,,.. ,,
lieu thereot .Minister .
1960-61.
c. 91, s. 24,
BUbB. 3,
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 24, as amended by
section 5 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is
further amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the first
line and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
13
(4) Subsection 4 of the said section 24 is amended ^Y 1^1°'^^.' 24
striicing out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in subs. 4
lieu thereof "Minister" and by striking out "Office of the
Comptroller of Revenue" in the fifth and sixth lines and
inserting in lieu thereof "Department of Revenue".
(5) Subsection 5 of the said section 24 is amended by p^|°^^g';'24_
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in|^|^|^d
lieu thereof "Minister".
(6) Subsection 6 of the said section 24 is amended by c^9i^^g';'24,
striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and inserting in|^|nded
lieu thereof "Minister" and by striking out "Office of the
Comptroller of Revenue" in the third and fourth lines and
inserting in lieu thereof "Department of Revenue".
(7) Subsection 7 of the said section 24 is amended byl^fi'^s.'24
striking out "Office of the Comptroller of Revenue" in the«"ba.7
II- 1 • • • 1- 1 r iir^ amended
fourth hne and msertmg m lieu thereof Department of
Revenue" and by striking out "Comptroller" in the sixth line
and in the seventh line and inserting in lieu thereof in each
instance "Minister".
22. Section 26 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 isI^^-^I'^q
amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the first line and ""^e"*!®**
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
23.— (1) Section 27 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 l^lf^^l' 27,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
27.— (1) Any amount payable or to be remitted to the !"'«''«»'
Treasurer of Ontario under this Act bears interest,
at such rate as is prescribed by the regulations, from
the day on which such amount should have been
paid or remitted to the Treasurer of Ontario to the
day of payment or until thirty days following the day
on which a notice of assessment is mailed under sub-
section 4 or 6 of section 13, whichever is the earlier
date.
(2) The amount due as shown by a notice of assessment i'^^'"
made under subsection 4 or 6 of section 13 shall, if
it is not paid within thirty days from the day of
mailing of the notice of assessment, bear interest,
at such rate as is prescribed by the regulations,
calculated from thirty days after the day of mailing
of the notice of assessment until the day of payment.
24.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 28 of The Retail Sales Taxl^lf^l^^^^
Act, 1960-61 is amended bv striking out "Comptroller" insubs.'i'
*u c j_ !• • • - .' ,. , ,,,,,.... . . amended
the first hne and msertmg m lieu thereof Minister and by
inserting after "Treasurer" in the seventh line "of Ontario".
79
14
c^9° V'28 (2) Subsection 2 of the said section 28 is amended I.
Bub«."2. inserting after "Treasurer" in the first line "of Ontario",
amended "
i^si "b'^s ("^^ Subsection 3 of the said section 28 is amended b;
Bubs.'a inserting after "Treasurer" in the sixth line "of Ontario",
amended "
c®9°;V.'29. 25.— (1) Clause a of subsection 1 of section 29 of The ReUi
subs.' 1. Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Treasurer
amended in the first line and in the fifth line and inserting in lieu therci.
in each instance "Minister".
c*9i'V'29 (2) Clause 6 of subsection 1 of the said section 29 is amended
eubs.'i, by striking out "Treasurer" in the first line and inserting in
amended Heu thereof "Minister".
1960-61,
c. ai,
s. 29,
subs. 2,
amended
(3) Subsection 2 of the said section 29 is amended by
striking out "Treasurer or the Comptroller" in the third line
and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister" and by striking out
"Treasurer or of any officer of the Office of the Comptroller
of Revenue" in the eighth and ninth lines and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister or of any officer of the Department of
Revenue".
1960-61,
c. 91,
B. 31,
Bubs. 1,
amended
26. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 31 of The
Act, 1960-61, as amended by section 6 of The
Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended
"Comptroller" in the first line and in the
inserting in lieu thereof in each instance
inserting after "Treasurer" in the second 1
and by striking out "Treasurer" in the third I
in lieu thereof "Minister".
Retail Sales Tax
Retail Sales Tax
by striking out
fourth line and
"Minister", by
ne "of Ontario"
ine and inserting
c^9i V'3i ^') Subsection 2 of the said section 31 is amended b>
subs.'2, inserting after "Treasurer" in the second line "of Ontario'
amended , , ., . ,,„ .1 >t . 1 . • 1 i- ■ j •
and by strikmg out Comptroller m the third line and insert-
ing in lieu thereof ".Minister".
J"y°]'y'3i (3) Subsection 3 of the said section 31, as enacted by
{i96i^ section 11 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is
c. 104', 8. 11). amended by inserting after "Treasurer" in the fifth line and
amended . , , ,- .. r ,x • ,, , t •, • n^r
in the seventh line of Ontario and by striking out 1 reas-
urer" in the eighth line and in the fourteenth line and inserting
in lieu thereof in each instance ".Minister".
o''9i"''b''3i ('^^ Subsection 4 of the said section 31, as enacted by
subs.' 4 section 11 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964, is
. 104', 8. 11). amended by striking out "Treasurer" in the third line and in
~ " ° the eighth, line and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance
"Minister" and by inserting after "Treasurer" in the sixth
line and in the seventh line "of Ontario".
amended
79
IS
27.— (1) Subsection 3 of section 35 of The Retail 5aZes isgo-ei,
Tax Act, 1960-61 is amended by striking out "Comptroller" s^hs. 3
in the first line and in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof
in each instance "Minister".
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 35 is amended by J^|i;^s^'35
striking out "Comptroller" in the second line and inserting in |'^J'g,-^^gjj
lieu thereof "Minister".
(3) Subsection 7 of the said section 35 is amended by J^lj'^'/'gg
inserting after "Treasurer" in the second line "of Ontario". |"^^j:^J^j
28. Section 36 of The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 '^^l^f{^^'zQ
amended by striking out "Comptroller" in the third line and amended
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
29.— (1) Clause c of subsection 2 of section 39 of Thel^f{^l-a^,
Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61 is repealed and the following ^J'''^®- ^'
substituted therefor: re-enacted
(c) authorizing or requiring the Deputy Minister or
any other officer of the Department of Revenue to
exercise any power or perform any duty conferred
or imposed upon the Minister by this Act.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 39, as amended by J|'|°"g-^;39
section 12 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1964 ands"t>8.'2
' amended
section 7 of The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1966, is
further amended by adding thereto the following clause:
(h) prescribing the rates of interest payable on amounts
payable to or to be remitted to the Treasurer of
Ontario under this Act.
30. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of April, 1969. ^InT^""^'
31. This Act may be cited as The Retail Sales Tax Amend- ^^°'^ ""^
ment Act, 1968-69.
79
2
s
H
n
o
ST
2
"1
o
a
2
H a.
o
H
y
(♦
n
^5
H =
») -
X =
s
I
BILL 80
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to repeal The Hospitals Tax Act
Mr. White
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The pertinent provisions of the Act have been incorporated into
The Retail Sales Tax Act, 1960-61.
80
BILL 80 1968-69
An Act to repeal The Hospitals Tax Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Hospitals Tax Act, The Hospitals Tax Amendment^^-f:^:^
Act, 1961-62 and The Hospitals Tax Amendment Act, 1964 l^H:^^-
are repealed. i964.'c. 4o,
repealed
2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of April, 1969. m?nt"*"°*'
3. This Act may be cited as The Hospitals Tax Repeal short title
Act, 1968-69.
960,
80
5>
a.
a'
»0
2
3-
BILL 80
2nd Session, 28th Legisi^ture, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to repeal The Hospitals Tax Act
Mr. White
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 80 1968-69
An Act to repeal The Hospitals Tax Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. l^he Hospitals Tax Act, The Hospitals Tax Amendment^'f^:^^^^-
Act, 1961-62 and The Hospitals Tax Amendment Act, lC64l^ll-.^'^'
are repealed. i964.'c. 40,
•^ repealed
2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of April, 1969. ^ent™*"''*'
3. This Act may be cited as The Hospitals Tax Repeal short title
Act, 1968-69.
80
■o
a
H
■^
2
•1
Uj
tsj
w
»-,
3-
a.
g.
3*
a.
to
5*
>^
>:
1^
S'
1
1
5
4.
vO
3
o
s
1'
o
o
^0
o
BILL 81
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Residential Property Tax Reduction Act, 1968
Mr. McKeough
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 . The amendment makes provision for land being separately
assessed in 1969 for the purposes of the Act.
Section 2. — Subsection 1. The amendment requires every taxpayer
to pay not less tlian 50 per cent of the taxes levied on his property.
81
BILL 81 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Residential Property Tax Reduction Act,
1968
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 1 of The Residential Property l^f^^^^^^^^'
Tax Reduction Act, 1968 is amended by striking out "\^(>T' a-mended
in the third line and in the eighth line and inserting in lieu
thereof in each instance "1968" and by striking out "1968"
in the fourth line and inserting in lieu thereof "1969", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
(2) Where any person who has an interest as owner oroY^and""'
tenant in any land believes that any part or parts of fle^l^slfoiiw
such land should have been separately assessed in ^ave been
1 • , separately
the year 1968, he may apply m the year 1969 to assessed
the treasurer of the local municipality, and, if the
treasurer is satisfied that this is the case, he may so
certify, and thereupon such part or parts of such
land shall be deemed to have been separately
assessed in the year 1968 for the purposes of this Act.
2.— (1) Section 2 of The Residential Property Tax i?erfMc- ises.c. iis,
tion Act, 1968 is amended by striking out "the amount" in amended
the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof "50 per cent", so
that the section shall read as follows:
2. Notwithstanding any general or special Act, every ^f^'^""'"""
local municipality shall reduce the municipal taxes J^xes'^'"^'
required to be paid in each year by the amount that
is produced by the application of the equalized mill
rate to $2,000 of the assessment of any residential
property or 50 per cent of the total of the municipal
taxes on such residential property, whichever is the
' lesser, provided that where taxes are levied under
section 53 of The Assessment Act, the reduction tOc.'23
81
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 23
be made under this section shall be the proportion
of the reduction that would otherwise be made under
this section that the number of months remaining
in the year, after such levy bears to the number 12,
and such reduction shall, for the purposes of section 3,
be deemed to be made on the date that the payment
of the first instalment of taxes is required to be made
by by-law passed under section 120 of The Assess-
ment Act.
1968
R. 2.
amended
118.
(2) The said section 2 is further amended by adding thereto
the following subsection:
Re tenanU
of Crown
property,
etc.
(2) Where a payment in lieu of taxes is made to a local
municipality by the Crown in right of Ontario or
any agency thereof or The Hydro-Electric Power
Commission of Ontario in any year in respect of
residential property, the Crown, agency or Com-
mission shall reduce the payment in lieu of taxes by
the amount that a tenant thereof would otherwise
be entitled to under this Act if the residential
property were liable to taxation at the mill rate
that was used in the calculation of such payment in
lieu of taxes and shall pay or allow as a reduction
in rent such amount to the tenant.
1968.0.118. 3. Section 5 of The Residential Property Tax Reduction
amended Ad^ jQ^g jg amended by adding thereto the following sub-
section :
Payment of
amount of
reduotion
allowed
tenants of
Crown
(3) Every local municipality may apply to the Depart-
ment requesting that it be reimbursed for the amount
by which payments to it in lieu of taxes have been
reduced by the Crown in right of Canada or Ontario
and any agency thereof and The Hydro-Electri
Power Commission of Ontario for the purpose oi
paying or allowing as a reduction in rent to tenants
of the Crown, agency or Commission amounts that
such tenants would otherwise be entitled to under
this Act if the residential properties occupied by
them were liable to taxation at the mill rate that was
used in the calculation of such payment in lieu of
taxes, and the Treasurer of Ontario shall pay to the
municipality the total amount of such reductions.
1968, o. 118,
B. 8, subs. 1,
repealed
Reduction
of taxes re
tenants of
Crown, etr,.
in 1968
4. Subsection 1 of section 8 of The Residential Property
Tax Reduction Act, 1968 is repealed.
5. The Treasurer of Ontario is authorized to reimburse in
the year 1969 the Crown in right of Canada or any agenc)
81
Subsection 2. The amendment confers on tenants of residential
property of the Crown in right of Ontario or Tne Hydro-Electric Power
Commission of Ontario the same benefits as received by otlier tenants in
Ontario. This provision is made retroactive to include the year 1968.
Section 3. The amendment provides for payment to municipalities
by the Province of moneys withheld out of payments in lieu of taxes for
the purpose of conferring on Crown tenants like benefits under the Act.
Section 4. The repealed provisions are no longer necessary in light
of the addition of subsection 3 to section 5 of the Act.
Section 5. The provision authorizes the Treasurer of Ontario to
make reimbursement for moneys paid or allowed to tenants of the Crown
or The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario in respect of the
taxation year 1968 in order that such tenants receive the same benefits
under the Act as other tenants generally.
81
thereof, any agency of the Crown in right of Ontario, The
Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario or a local
municipality for any amounts that are or have been paid or
allowed as a reduction in rent to tenants of the Crown in right
of Canada or any agency thereof, or of any agency of the
Crown in right of Ontario, or of The Hydro-Electric Power
Commission of Ontario equal to the amounts that such
tenants would otherwise have been entitled to under this Act
in respect of the year 1968 had the residential properties
occupied by them been liable to taxation at the mill rate that
was used in the calculation of the payment in lieu of taxes
made in respect of such properties.
6. — (1) This Act, except subsection 2 of section 2, shall beCommence-
deemed to have come into force on the 1st day of January,
1969,
(2) Subsection 2 of section 2 shall be deemed to have come ^'**'"
into force on the 13th day of June, 1968.
7. This Act may be cited as The Residential Property Tax^^°^^ ""«
Reduction Amendment Act, 1968-69.
81
-0-
3i
OO
X
n
w
o
r:
s
3
»<9
£ -^
I -- I
o
H'
X :
/Ci
c •
o .
5''
3 ;
>i
Si
BILL 81
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Residential Property Tax Reduction Act, 1968
Mk. McKeough
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 81 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Residential Property Tax Reduction Act,
1968
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 1 of The Residential Property l^f^^^^l^^'
Tax Reduction Act, 1968 is amended by striking out "\9()T' amen<i<iA
in the third line and in the eighth line and inserting in lieu
thereof in each instance "1968" and by striking out "1968"
in the fourth line and inserting in lieu thereof "1969", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
(2) Where any person who has an interest as owner or of ^|nd '^'^'^'
tenant in any land believes that any part or parts of f^e^l^liouici
such land should have been separatelv assessed in ^^^'^ t)een
,„, 1 • I ' separately
the 3ear 1968, he may apply m the year 1969 to assessed
the treasurer of the local municipality, and, if the
treasurer is satisfied that this is the case, he may so
certify, and thereupon such part or parts of such
land shall be deemed to have been separately
assessed in the year 1968 for the purposes of this Act.
2.— (1) Section 2 of The Residential Property Tax Reduc-l^l^-<'-^^»-
tion Act, 1968 is amended by striking out "the amount" in amended
the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof "50 per cent", so
that the section shall read as follows:
2. Notwithstanding any general or special Act, every Jr®'^"'"''''"
local municipality shall reduce the municipal taxes {^"ei"'***'
required to be paid in each year by the amount that
is produced by the application of the equalized mill
rate to $2,000 of the assessment of any residential
property or 50 per cent of the total of the municipal
taxes on such residential property, whichever is the
lesser, provided that where taxes are levied under
section 53 of The Assessment Act, the reduction ton. '23 ' '
81
R.S.O. 19ti0,
o. 23
be made under this section shall be the proportion
of the reduction that would otherwise lie made under
this section that the number of months remaining
in the year, after such levy lx;ars to the number 12,
and such reduction shall, for the purposes of section 3,
be deemed to be made on the date that the payment
of the first instalment of taxes is required to be made
by by-law p>assed under section 120 of The Assess-
ment Act.
1968. c. 118, (2) The said section 2 is further amended by adding thereto
amended the following subsection:
Re tenants
of Crown
property,
etc.
(2) Where a payment in lieu of taxes is made to a local
municipality by the Crown in right of Ontario or
any agency thereof or The Hydro-Electric Power
Commission of Ontario in any year in respect of
residential property, the Crown, agency or Com-
mission shall reduce the payment in lieu of taxes by
the amount that a tenant thereof would otherwise
be entitled to under this Act if the residential
property were liable to taxation at the mill rate
that was used in the calculation of such payment in
lieu of taxes and shall pay or allow as a reduction
in rent such amount to the tenant.
1968. ,-.118. 3. Section 5 of 7"Ae Residential Property Tax Reduction
amended Aff, 196fi is amended by adding thereto the following sub-
section :
Payment of
amount of
reduction
allowed
tenants of
Crown
(3) Every local municipality may apply to the Depart-
ment requesting that it be reimbursed for the amount
by which payments to it in lieu of taxes have been
reduced by the Crown in right of Canada or Ontario
and any agency thereof and The Hydro-Electric
I'ower Commission of Ontario for the purpose of
paying or allowing as a reduction in rent to tenants
of the Crown, agency or Commission amounts that
such tenants would otherwise be entitled to under
this Act if the residential properties occupied by
them were liable to taxation at the mill rate that was
used in tlie calculation of such payment in lieu of
taxes, and the Treasurer of Ontario shall pay to the
municipality the total amount of such reductions.
IL'ti.S, . , US,
s. 8. suli.s. 1.
repealed
4. Subsection 1 of section 8 of The Residential Property
Tax Reduction Act, 1968 is repealed.
Redu< tion
tenants of 5. The Treasurer of Ontario is authorized to reimburse in
in'^i'it's * '^" the \ear 1969 the Crown in right of Canada or any agency
81
thereof, any agency of the Crown in right of Ontario, The
■Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario or a local
Imunicipality for any amounts that are or have been paid or
[allowed as a reduction in rent to tenants of the Crown in right
'of Canada or any agency thereof, or of any agency of the
Crown in right of Ontario, or of The Hydro-Electric Power
Commission of Ontario equal to the amounts that such
tenants would otherwise have been entitled to under this Act
in respect of the year 1968 had the residential properties
occupied by them been liable to taxation at the mill rate that
was used in the calculation of the payment in lieu of taxes
made in respect of such properties.
6. — (1) This Act, except subsection 2 of section 2, shall betJommence
deemed to have come into force on the 1st dav of Januarv,
1969.
(2) Subsection 2 of section 2 shall be deemed to have come ''^®'"
into force on the 13th day of June, 1968.
7. This Act may be cited as The Residential Property YaxS^"""' title
Reduction Amendment Act, 1968-69.
81
o
1
n
o
c
o
s
>>
2
2;
5"
I:
9i
o
5"
sr
0\
ia.
1
s-
1.
On
s
o
a'
o
^
o
s
§
•<
H
2.
c
o
5'
3
>1
n :
00 '
BILL 82
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
Printed and Pubi.ishkd by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill removes the prohibition against twisting life insurance
policies.
82
BILL 82 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 330 of The Insurance Act is amended by striking R-S.o. i960,
out "induces, directly or indirectly, an insured to lapse, s.' 330'
forfeit or surrender for cash, or for paid up or extended^™*" *
insurance, or for other valuable consideration, his contract
of life insurance with one insurer in order to effect a contract
of life insurance with another insurer or" in the second, third,
fourth, fifth and sixth lines, so that the section shall read
as follows:
330. A person licensed as an agent for life insurance J^^l'se
under this Act who makes a false or misleading coercion,
statement or representation in the solicitation or
negotiation of insurance, or coerces or proposes,
directly or indirectly, to coerce a prospective buyer
of life insurance through the influence of a business
or a professional relationship or otherwise, to give
a preference in respect to the placing of life in-
surance that would not be otherwise given in the
efl"ecting of a life insurance contract, is guilty of
an offence.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commence-
A m6nt
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Insurance Amendment ^^°'^^^^^^°
Act, 1968-69.
82
o
o
00
v:
C/5
B
r;
r
>
Z
U4
3
n to
(^
a.
3- *»
55
Jfl
- 3:
1
s
a
ndtng
1th, 1969
BILL 83
2nd Session, 28th Legislatukk, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Corporations Tax Act
Mr. White
TORONTO
Printf.d and Published by Frank Fo(;g, Qvekn's Printer
EXPLANATOKV NOTKS
Section 1 — Subsection I. This amendment increases the rate of
capital tax from one-twentieth of 1 per cent to one-tenth of 1 per cent
calculated on taxable paid-up capital.
Subsection 2. In the new subsection la, except as otherwise provided,
every corporation having a permanent establishment in Ontario shall pay
a niiiiiiiiuni paid-up capital tax of $50.
.Subsection ,?. This amendment is consequent upon the repeal of
section 12 and provides for the piiyment of the special taxes in addition
to income tax.
.Subsection 4. This amendment increases the rate upon which deduc-
tions from tax on paid-up capital may be made from one-twentieth of
1 per cent to one-tenth of 1 per cent of taxable paid-up capital used out-
ride Ont.irio .ind roniplcments the general rate mcrea.se in capital tax.
S,?
BILL 83 1968-69
I An Act to amend The Corporations Tax Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 — (1) Subsection 1 of section 5 of The Corporations 'fax^^-jg^
R.H.O. I960,
5,
Act is amended by striking out "one-twentieth" in the third l"^^*^^^^
and fourth lines and inserting in lieu thereof "one-tenth",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) Except as in this section otherwise provided, every i^'J^'^^.^i''
corporation that has a permanent establishment in capital tax
Ontario shall for every fiscal year of the corporation
pay a tax of one-tenth of 1 per cent calculated on
its taxable paid-up capital.
(2) The said section 5 is amended by adding thereto the J^-^gO^i^so.
following subsection: amended '
(la) Notwithstanding subsection 3, the tax payable under ^|."''"""'
this section shall in no case be less than $50 except
as provided in subsection 17.
(3) Subsection 2 of the said section 5 is repealed and the'^fg^^^l**"-
following substituted therefor: .subs.' 2 '
^ re-enacted
(2) The tax imposed by this section is not payable by Exceptions
any corporation that is liable to a tax under section 7,
8, 9, 10, 11 or 13.
(4) Subsection 3 of the said section 5 is amended by ^■73*^8^5^"'
striking out "one-twentieth" in the third line and inserting I'^^^ii^^^^
in lieu thereof "one-tenth", so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
l)edu( tions
from tax on
(3) There may be deducted from the tax otherwise paid-up
,,. . 11- ■ r capital,
payable by a corporation under this section for a allocation
II 1 ^ I .. .. ii r < of taxable
fiscal year an amount equal to one-tenth of 1 jier paid-up
capital
83
(cnt of that |>ortion of the taxable |>aid-up capital
which is deemed to be used by the corporation in
the fiscal year in each jurisdiction outside Ontario.
^la^H^t^"' (^^ Subsection 17 of the said section 5 is re|)ealed and the
Bubg.' 17, ■ following substituted therefor:
re-enaiteU "
^''"'" (17) Except as provided in section 58, every cor[X)ration
referred to in clauses b, c, d, e, ea, /, g, h, j, k, o and p
of subsection 37 of section 4 shall, in lieu of the
taxes payable under subsections 1 and la, pay a
tax of S5.
Idem
(IS) Kver\ cori)oration referred to in clauses a, «, / and
m of subsection 37 of section 4, subsection 1 of
section 45, and includinfi^ a co-operative corporation
shall, in lieu of the tax payable under subsection 1,
pay a tax of S50.
H.so liHKi, 2. Section 6 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended by
rppenipti ' section 4 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1961-62
and section 5 of The Corporations J'ax Amendment Act, 196f(,
is repealed.
u..s.(). ii»t;o.
I'. 7a. 8. 12.
repealed
R.S.O. 1!»6(>.
c. 73. 8. 42,
subs. 1.
amended
3. Section 12 of The Corporations Tax Act is rejiealed.
4. Subsection 1 of section 42 of The Corporations Tax Act
is amended by striking out "or 5" in the first line, so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
I'ersonai
corporatiuns
exempt
(1) No tax is payable under section 4 by a corporation
for a fiscal \ear during which it was a jjersonal
corporation.
'•' -.s's""'-!" '*' ^I'l^section 1 of section 45 of The Corporations Tax Act
siibs.' i. is amended by striking out "or 5" in the first line, so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
Non-
resident-
owned
inveslMiciu
< orpora-
tions. tii.\
exempt
K.s.o. iiiiui. o. Subsection 1 of section 46 of The Corporations Tax Act
subB. 1, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-ena'ted
( 1 ) .No tax is [payable under section 4 by a corporation
for a fiscal year during which it was a non-resident-
ownefl investment corporation.
F'ttreiRn
lousiness
corpora-
tions, tax
exempt
(1) No tax is payable under section 4 by a corporation
for a fiscal \ear during which it was a foreign busi-
ness cor]X)ration.
H.SO.1960, 7, Subsection 4 of section 48 of The Corporations Tax Act
subs 4. is reix'aled.
repealed
83
Subsection 5. The new subsection 17 incorporates a provision
previously contained in section 6, which is now being repealed. In the
new subsection 18, the corporations referred to previously paid a place
of business tax of between $20 to $50. They will now be re<|uired to pay a
Hat rate of $50.
SiiCTlON 2. .Section 6 of the Act is repealed so that the tax on places
of business formerly levied under that section no longer applies.
Section ,3, Section 12 is repealed thereb\ removing the deductibility
of income tax from capital tax and the special taxes payable by certain
corporations.
.Section 4. This amendment is consequent upoji the repeal of section 6
and the amendment to section 5 whereby a personal corporation becomes
liable to a tax of $50 under that section and is removed from liability
under section 6 by virtue of its repeal.
Sections 5, 6 .\nd 7. Complementary to section 4.
83
Skc 1 1(>\ 8. rhi!) aineiidineiit is consequent upon the repeal of MCtion 6
and the ainendnient to section 5 whereby certain corporations became
liiible to a tax of $5 or S5(), as the case may be, under that section and are
removed from luibilily under section 6 by virtue of its repeiil.
Skction 9. These amendments add subsection 2a to section 74 to
provide that a corporation whose fiscal year commenced after the 15th
day of March, 1969, must, with respect to that fiscal year, commence
IJiiymeiit of its tax in six equal instalments, the first of whi<h is due in
the third month of the fiscal year in respect of which the tax is payable
and the remaininK instalments are payable at regular two-month intervals
thereafter. The amendment also adds subsections 4 and 5 to section 74
the purpose of which is to require a corporation to pay the capital tax or
other speciiil taxes that became payable by virtue of the repeal of section 12
in full on or l)efore the day on which its fourth quarterly instalment be-
comes piiyable for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which it is
required to commence bi-monthly instalment payments. Subsection 3 of
section 74 is re-enacted to include <i reference to the provision of the
sec'tion whercl)\ corp<jrations are required to pa> taxes in bi-monthly
instalments.
S3
8. Subsection 1 of section 58 of The Corporations Tax Act^^-^^-^^^f'-
is amended by striking out "subsection 17 of section 5" in subs, i,
the second and third lines and by striking out "8 of section 6"
in the third and fourth lines and inserting in lieu thereof
"17 of section 5", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) Where a corporation to which the exemptions pro- of''^'<,'t ^o°"
vided by subsection 37 of section 4 and the specially '^^''}Vi1.„^'"^'
reduced tax provided by subsection 17 of section 5
would otherwise apply is prescribed by regulation,
such exemptions and specialh' reduced tax do not
apply.
0. — (1) Section 74 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended ^fs^s^Y^"'
li>y section 9 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, /PtJZamended
knd section 36 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968,
is further amended by adding thereto the following sub-
section :
(2a) Notwithstanding subsection 2, every corporation on J^^^*^g°J
which a tax is imposed by this Act, the fiscal year
of which commenced after the 15th day of March,
1969, shall pa\' to the Treasurer of Ontario,
(a) on or before the fifteenth day of each of the
third, fifth, seventh, ninth and eleventh
months of the fiscal year in respect of which
the tax is payable and on or before the
fifteenth day of the first month of the fiscal
year following that in respect of which the
tax is payable, an instalment equal to one-
sixth of the tax payable as estimated by it
at the rates for the taxation year on,
(i) its estimated taxable income and
other subject of tax for the fiscal \ear,
or
(ii) its taxable income and other subject
of tax for the immediately preceding
fiscal year: and
{b) on or before the last day on which a return
is required to be delivered under subsection 1
of section 71, the balance, if any, of the tax
payable as estimated by it on the return for
the fiscal year.
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 74 is repealed and thee 73, s. '74, '
following substituted therefor: re-enaVted
83
|**35|i'"' (3) NotwithstandiiiK subsections 2 and 2a and subject
to subsection 7 of section 75, where for the purpoaet
of this section any corporation estimates the amount
of tax payable for a fiscal year to be less than $81,
the corporation may, instead of paying the instal-
ments rec|uircd b\ sulisection 2 or 2a, pay such tax
on or before the fifteenth day of the first month of
the fiscal year following that in respect of which
the tax is payable.
J^7;"g'74"' (3) The siiid section 74 is further amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsections:
'''*'" (4) Notwithstanding subsection 2, every corjxjration,
except those corporations to which the provisions
of section 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 apply, the fiscal year of
which commenced prior to the 15th day of March,
1969, and ends on or after the 15th day of March,
1969, shall, in addition to any instalment of tax
otherwise payable on or before the fifteenth day of
the second month following the close of such fiscal
year, pay the balance or whole of the aipital tax
remaining unpaid as imjxjsed by this Act based on
a rate of one-tenth of 1 per cent of the taxable
paid-up capital as it stood at the close of such fiscal
year.
'''^"^ (5) Notwithstanding subsection 2, every corporation to
which the provisions of section 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 apply,
the fiscal year of which commenced prior to the
15th day of March, 1969, and ends on or after the
15th day of March, 1969, shall, in addition to any
instalment of tax otherwise payable on or before
the fifteenth day of the second month following the
close of such fiscal year, pay the balance or whole
of the ta.xes payable under those sections remaining
unpaid, determined on the amount of mileage or
other subject referred to in the said sections in
respect of which the amount of tax is to be as-
certained as such mileage or other subject of tax
stood at the close of such fiscal year.
R.s c)^i;^i;o, lo. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 75 of The Corporations
Bube. i. Tax Act, as amended by subsection 1 of section 37 of The
Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended
by striking out "the rate of 9 per cent per annum" in the
tighth line and in the amendment of 1968 and inserting in
lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations",
so tH.it the siihsertion shall read as follows:
Section 10 — Subsection 1. Subsection 1 of section 75 is amended
by substituting "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations" for "the
rate of 9 per cent per annum", to permit the rate of interest to be applied
under the subsection to be prescribed by the regulations.
83
.Siil)se<li<iii 2. .Siil>settioii 2 of se<'tiun 75 is re-tiiacted 1j\ including
a reference to subsections 2a, 4 and 5 of section 74 by virtue of tlie addition
of those subsections to section 74 and by substituting "such rate as is
prescribed by the regulations" for "9 per cent per annum", to permit
the rate of interest to be applied under subsections 2, 2a, 4 and 5 to be
prescril>ed l)\- the regulations.
Six HON II — Subsection 1. Subsection 3 of section 78 is amended
by substituting "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations" for "the
rate of 4 per cent per annum", to permit the rate of interest allowed under
the >.ul)s«ti(iii to be prescril)ed by the regulations.
Siiliscclidii 2. Sul)se<tion 4 of section 78 is amended b\ substituting
">uili rate as is prescribed by the ref;ulations" for "7 per cent instead of
at 4 [XT cent", to perniil the rate of interest allowed under the suljsection
ti> lie picM rilie<l li\ ihc rei;ulatioiis.
,S,i
(1) Where the amount paid on account of tax P^Y'ible ^'J^'j^^^J'^J^
by a corporation for a fiscal year before the expira-
tion of the time allowed for delivering of the return
of the corporation under section 71 is less than the
amount of tax payable for the fiscal year, the cor-
fxjration liable to pay the tax shall pay interest on
the difference between those two amounts from the
expiration of the time for delivering the return to
the date of payment at such rate as is prescribed
b>- the regulations.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 75, as amended by ^•^y'^^g^^l^'
subsection 2 of section 37 of The Corporations 'fax Amend- T^*^-^/.^.
ment Art, 106^, is repealed and the followmg substituted
therefor :
(2) Where a corporation is required b\" subsection 2, ''*«">
2a, 4 or 5 of section 74 to pa\" a part or instalment of
tax and it has failed to pay all or any part thereof as
required, the corporation, in addition to the interest
payable under subsection 1, shall pay interest, at
such rate as is prescribed b\' the regulations, on the
amount it failed to pay from the day on or before
which it was reciuired to make the payment to the
day of payment or the beginning of the ])eric)d in
respect of which it becomes liable to pay interest
thereon under subsection 1, whichever is earlier.
11. — (1) Subsection 3 of section 78 of The Corporations^- j-^-^^^'^-
Tax Act, as amended b\' subsection 3 of section 40 of The^^^- ^- .
/-• ■ A ' • I- 1 amended
Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 196S, is further amended
by striking out "the rate of 4 per cent per annum" in the
third line and in the amendment of 1968 and inserting in
lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations",
so that the first five lines of the subsection shall read as
follows:
(3) Where an amount in respect of an overpayment is ^"g®";®®' °"
refunded or applied under this section on other payments
liability, interest at such rate as is prescribed by
the regulations shall be paid or applied thereon for
the period commencing with the latest of,
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 78, as amended by ^-Ig^g^^l"'
subsection 4 of section 40 of The Corporations Tax Amend-^^^^- }■
A ,,,^r,-r , ... ... ..- amended
ment Act, 1968, is further amended by striking out 7 per
cent instead of at 4 per cent" in the amendment of 1968 and
inserting in lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the
regulations", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
83
'*'•'" (4) Where by a decision of the Minister under section 79
or by a decision of a court it is finally determined
that the tax payable under this Act by a cor|X)ration
for a fiscal year is less than the amount assessed
by the assessment under section 76 to which ob-
jection was made or from which the apiKsal was
taken and the decision makes it appear that there
has been an overpaynjent for the fiscal year, the
interest jjayable under subsection 3 on that over-
payment shall Ix; computed at such rate as is pre-
scribed by the regulations.
"fa?;'?!"' *2. Section 99 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended
amended by section 54 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968,
is further amended b\ adding; thereto the following clause:
(/) prescribing rates of interest for the purposes of
F'art \.
"73°8.\oo!' 13* Section 100 of The Corporations Tax Act is repealed.
repealed
AjPPiioation 14.— (1) Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 apply with
resi^ect to fiscal years ending on or after the 15th day of
March, 1969.
Ideii)
(2) Subsection 2 of section 9 applies with res|)ect to fiscal
\ears commencing after the 15th day of March, 1969.
'''*"' (3) Subsection 2 of section 10 with respect to the reference
to subsection 2a applies to fiscal years commencing after the
15th da\ of March, 1969, and with respect to the reference
to subsections 4 and 5 applies to fiscal years commencing
before the 15th day of March, 1969, and ending on or after
the 15th dav of March, 1969.
ComineiK c-
nient
15. (1) This .Act, except .sections 10 and 11, comes into
force on the day it receives Ro>al .Assent.
'''<'"' (2) Sections 10 and 11 come into force on the 15th day of
.April, 1969.
Short litie
IG. Ihis .Act nui\ Ik" cited as The Corporations Tax Amend-
ment Act. 106S-60.
S.i
Section 12. Section 99 of the Act is amended by adding clause/
thereto, to permit the rates of interest imposed or credit interest allowed
under the Act to be prescribed by the regulations.
Section 13. Section 100 was a transitional provision enacted in 1967
to cover all corporations whose fiscal years did not coincide with the
1957 calendar year and is no longer required.
83
I
00
Cm
a.
I. 3- Si
I. 1^1
a
BILL 83
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Corporations Tax Act
Mr. White
{Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published dy Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1. This amendment increases the rate of
capital tax from one-twentieth of 1 per cent to one-tenth of 1 per cent
calculated on taxable paid-up capital.
Subsection 2. In the new subsection la, except as otherwise provided,
every corporation having a permanent establishment in Ontario shall pay
a minimum paid-up capital tax of $50.
Subsection 3. This amendment is consequent upon the repeal of
section 12 and provides for the payment of the special taxes in addition
to income tax.
Subsection 4. This amendment increases the rate upon which deduc-
tions from tax on paid-up capital may be made from one-twentieth of
1 per cent to one-tenth of 1 per cent of taxable paid-up capital used out-
side Ontario and complements the general rate mcrease in capital tax.
83
BILL 83 1968-69
An Act to amend The Corporations Tax Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1 — (1) Subsection 1 of section 5 of The Corporations Taxfj^g^%^°-
Act is amended by striking out "one- twentieth" in the third I'^^j^^J^^j
and fourth lines and inserting in lieu thereof "one-tenth",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) Except as in this section otherwise provided, every R^*6^ of
corporation that has a permanent establishment in capital tax
Ontario shall for every fiscal year of the corporation
pay a tax of one-tenth of 1 per cent calculated on
its taxable paid-up capital.
(2) The said section 5 is amended by adding thereto the^|^o^i|60.
following subsection: amended ■
(la) Notwithstanding subsection 3, the tax payable under ^ai""""""
this section shall in no case be less than $50 except
as provided in subsection 17.
(3) Subsection 2 of the said section 5 is repealed and the^-^3°^^|®°'
following substituted therefor: subs. 2
° re-enacted
(2) The tax imposed by this section is not payable by Exceptions
any corporation that is liable to a tax under section 7,
8, 9, 10, 11 or 13.
(4) Subsection 3 of the said section 5 is amended by^fs^g^l^"'
striking out "one-twentieth" in the third line and inserting |'^|^^^j
in lieu thereof "one-tenth", so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
Deductions
from tax on
(3) There may be deducted from the tax otherwise paid-up
payable by a corporation under this section for a allocation
CI ^ 1^ ^i.uri of taxable
fiscal year an amount equal to one-tenth of 1 per paid-up
capital
83
cent of that portion of the taxable paid-up capital
which is deemed to be used by the corporation in
the fiscal year in each jurisdiction outside Ontario.
?'73°8^5*'*' (^^ Subsection 17 of the said section 5 is repealed and the
»ub8.i7 ■ following substituted therefor:
re-enacted " . / .
'«'"'" (17) Except as provided in section 58, every corporation
referred to in clauses b, c, d, e, ea,f, g, h,j, k, o and p
of subsection 37 of section 4 shall, in lieu of the
taxes payable under subsections 1 and la, pay a
tax of S5.
Idem (18) Every corporation referred to in clauses t, / and m
of subsection 37 of section 4 and subsection 1 of
section 45 shall, in lieu of the tax payable under
subsection 1, pay a tax of $50. "^H
R.s.o. i9f.o 2. Section 6 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended by
repealed ' section 4 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1961-62
and section 5 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968,
is repealed.
? T-Pa^'il" ^' Section 12 of The Corporations Tax Act is repealed.
repealed
R.S.O. 1960, 4. Subsection 1 of section 42 of The Corporations Tax Act
subs.' 1.' is amended by striking out "or 5" in the first line, so that the
amended subsection sliall read as follows:
I'crsonai ( 1 ) \o tax is payable under section 4 by a corporation
corporations ', . ,.,. ,
exempt for a fiscal year dunng which it was a personal
corporation.
R.s.o. i!»r,o. 5. Subsection 1 of section 45 of The Corporations Tax Act
siibR.' 1, is amended by striking out "or 5" in the first line, so that the
amended
subsection shall read as follows:
resident (1 ) No tax is jiavable under section 4 by a corporation
invesfment for ^ fiscal year during which it was a non-resident-
owned investment corporation.
rorpora-
tions. tax
exempt
R.S.O. iiM-.d 6. Subsection 1 of section 46 of The Corporations Tax Act
siibs. 1.' is repeaicti and the following substituted therefor:
re-enai te(i
ForeiRn^ (1 ) \o tax is payable under section 4 by a corjioration
corpora for a fiscal vear during which it was a foreign busi-
tlons. tax '^.
exempt ness corjxjration.
R.s.o. 1060. 7. Subsection 4 of section 48 of The Corporations Tax Act
c. 73, 8. 4S, .
subs. 4. IS rci:)ealecl.
repealed
Subsection 5. The new subsection 17 incorporates a provision
previously contained in section 6, which is now being repealed. In the
new subsection 18, the corporations referred to previously paid a place
of business tax of between $20 to $50. They will now be required to pay a
flat rate of $50.
Section 2. Section 6 of the Act is repealed so that the tax on places
of business formerly levied under that section no longer applies.
Section 3. Section 12 is repealed thereby removing the deductibility
of income tax from capital tax and the special taxes payable by certain
corporations.
Section 4. This amendment is consequent upon the repeal of section 6
and the amendment to section 5 whereby a personal corporation becomes
liable to a tax of $50 under that section and is removed from liability
under section 6 by virtue of its repeal.
Sections 5, 6 and 7. Complementary to section 4.
83
Secction 8. This amendment iscunitequent upon the repeal of section 6
and the amendment to section 5 whereby certain corporations became
liable to a tax of $5 or $50, as the case may be, under that section and are
removed from liability under section 6 by virtue of its repeal.
StxTlON 9. These amendments add subsection 2a to section 74 to
provide that a corporation whose fiscal year commenced after the 15th
day of March, 1969, must, with respect to that fiscal year, commence
p;iyment of its tax in six equal instalments, the first of which is due in
the third month of the fiscal ye;ir in respect of which the tax is payable
and the remainin); instalments are payable at regular two-month intervals
thereafter. The amendment also adds subsections 4 and 5 to section 74
the purpose of which is to require a corporation to pay the capital tax or
other special taxes that became payable by virtue of the repeal of section 12
in full on or before the day on which its fourth quarterly instalment be-
comes payable for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which it is
rec^uired to commence bi-monthly instalment payments. Subsection 3 of
section 74 is re-enacted to include a reference to the provision of the
section whereby corporations are required to pay taxes in bi-monthly
instalments.
83
8. Subsection 1 of section 58 of J'he Corporations Tax ^ci^-^gOg^H"-
is amended by striking out "subsection 17 of section 5" in subs." i
. . . . f . . amended
the second and third lines and by striking out "8 of section 6 '
in the third and fourth lines and inserting in lieu thereof
"17 of section 5", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) Where a corporation to which the exemptions pro- ^/'^ct*"°°
vided by subsection 37 of section 4 and the specially ^^^j.^j^^'j^j^^"""'"
reduced tax provided by subsection 17 of section 5
would otherwise apply is prescribed by regulation,
such exemptions and specially reduced tax do not
apply.
9. — (1) Section 74 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended ^fa^g^Y^"'
by section 9 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, /9(57 amended
and section 36 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968,
is further amended by adding thereto the following sub-
section:
(2a) Notwithstanding subsection 2, every corporation on ^a^^^nt
which a tax is imposed by this Act, the fiscal year
of which commenced after the 15th day of March,
1969, shall pay to the Treasurer of Ontario,
(a) on or before the fifteenth day of each of the
third, fifth, seventh, ninth and eleventh
months of the fiscal year in respect of which
the tax is payable and on or before the
fifteenth day of the first month of the fiscal
year following that in respect of which the
tax is payable, an instalment equal to one-
sixth of the tax payable as estimated by it
at the rates for the taxation year on,
(i) its estimated taxable income and
other subject of tax for the fiscal year,
or
(ii) its taxable income and other subject
of tax for the immediately preceding
fiscal year; and
{b) on or before the last day on which a return
is required to be delivered under subsection 1
of section 71, the balance, if any, of the tax
payable as estimated by it on the return for
the fiscal year.
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 74 is repealed and thecTS, s. 74,'
following substituted therefor: ?e-enac'ted
83
oi^"' (^) Notwithstanding subsections 2 and 2a and subject
to subsection 7 of section 75, where for the purposes
of this section any corporation estimates the amount
of tax payable for a fiscal year to be less than |300,
the corfxiration may, instead of paying the instal-
ments required by subsection 2 or 2a, pay such tax
on or before the fifteenth day of the first month of
the fiscal year following that in resjiect of which
the tax is payable.
?'73?8.^74?' (^) "^^ said section 74 is further amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsections:
'•'•'" (4) Notwithstanding subsection 2, ever>' corporation,
except those corix)rations to which the provisions
of section 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 apply, the fiscal year of
which commenced prior to the 15th day of March,
1969, and ends on or after the 15th day of March,
1969, shall, in addition to any instalment of tax
otherwise payable on or before the fifteenth day of
the second month following the close of such fiscal
year, pay the balance or whole of the capital tax
remaining unpaid as imjiosed by this Act based on
a rate of one-tenth of 1 per cent of the taxable
paid-u|) capital as it stood at the close of such fiscal
year.
^<**"» (5) Notwithstanding subsection 2, every corporation to
which the provisions of section 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 apply,
the fiscal year of which commenced prior to the
15th day of March, 1969, and ends on or after the
15th day of March, 1969, shall, in addition to any
instalment of tax otherwise payable on or before
the fifteenth day of the second month following the
close of such fiscal year, pay the balance or whole
of the taxes payable under those sections remaining
unpaid, determined on the amount of mileage or
other subject referred to in the said sections in
respect of which the amount of tax is to be as-
certained as such mileage or other subject of tax
stood at the close of such fiscal year.
R.s.o. I960. 10. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 75 of The Corporations
subB.'i,' Tax Act, as amended by subsection 1 of section 37 of The
amen e Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended
by striking out "the rate of 9 per cent per annum" in the
eighth line and in the amendment of 1968 and inserting in
lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
83
Section 10 — Subsection 1. Subsection 1 of section 75 is amended
by substituting "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations" for "the
rate of 9 per cent per annum", to permit the rate of interest to be applied
under the subsection to be prescribed by the regulations.
83
Subsection 2. Subsection 2 of section 75 is re-enacted by including
a reference to subsections 2a, 4 and 5 of section 74 by virtue of the addition
of those subsections to section 74 and by substituting "such rate as is
prescribed by the regulations" for "9 per cent per annum", to permit
the rate of interest to be applied under subsections 2, 2a, 4 and 5 to be
prescribed by the regulations.
Section 11 — Subsection 1. Subsection 3 of section 78 is amended
by substituting "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations" for "the
rate of 4 per cent per annum", to permit the rate of interest allowed under
the subsection to be prescribed by the regulations.
Subsection 2. Subsection 4 of section 78 is amended by substituting
"such rate as is prescribed by the regulations" for "7 per cent instead of
at 4 per cent", to permit the rate of interest allowed under the subsection
to be prescribed by the regulations.
83
(1) Where the amount paid on account of tax payable '^'^^j^l'^""
by a corporation for a fiscal year before the expira-
tion of the time allowed for delivering of the return
of the corporation under section 71 is less than the
amount of tax payable for the fiscal year, the cor-
poration liable to pay the tax shall pay interest on
the difference between those two amounts from the
expiration of the time for delivering the return to
the date of payment at such rate as is prescribed
by the regulations.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 75, as amended by ^fg^g^^l"'
subsection 2 of section 37 of The Corporations Tax ■4''*«'^<^- re-enacted
ment Act, 1968, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor :
(2) Where a corporation is required by subsection 2, '^*'"
2a. 4 or 5 of section 74 to pay a part or instalment of
tax and it has failed to pay all or any part thereof as
required, the corporation, in addition to the interest
payable under subsection 1, shall pay interest, at
such rate as is prescribed by the regulations, on the
amount it failed to pay from the day on or before
which it was required to make the payment to the
day of payment or the beginning of the period in
respect of which it becomes liable to pay interest
thereon under subsection 1, whichever is earlier.
11. — (1) Subsection 3 of section 78 of The Corporations f'^^g^^g'^-
Tax Act, as amended by subsection 3 of section 40 of ^^^|"^ended
Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended
by striking out "the rate of 4 per cent per annum" in the
third line and in the amendment of 1968 and inserting in
lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations",
so that the first five lines of the subsection shall read as
follows:
(3) Where an amount in respect of an overpayment is over™^* °"
refunded or applied under this section on other payments
liability, interest at such rate as is prescribed by
the regulations shall be paid or applied thereon for
the period commencing with the latest of.
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 78, as amended by^
S.O. I960,
73, 8. 78,
subsection 4 of section 40 of The Corporations Tax Amend-^^^^- ^-^
' amended
ment Act, 1968, is further amended by striking out "7 per
cent instead of at 4 per cent" in the amendment of 1968 and
inserting in lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the
regulations", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
83
''*•'" (4) Where by a decision of the Minister under section 7''
or by a decision of a court it is finally determined
that the tax payable under this Act by a corporation
for a fiscal year is less than the amount asaesaed
by the assessment under section 76 to which ob-
jection was made or from which the appeal waa
taken and the decision makes it appear that there
has been an overpayment for the fiscal year, the
interest payable under subsection 3 on that over-
payment shall be computed at such rate as is pre-
scribed by the regulations.
" Ts'i.'ll"' *2. Section 99 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended
amended by section 54 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968,
is further amended by adding thereto the following clause:
(J) prescribing rates of interest for the purposes of
Part \'.
^ 73°8/ioo!' 13. Section 100 of The Corporations Tax Act is repealed.
repealed
Amplication 14.— (1) Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 apply with
respect to fiscal rears ending on or after the ISth day of
March, 1969.
'''*'" (2) Subsection 2 of section 9 ajiplies with respect to fiscal
years commencing after the 15th day of M.irch, 1969.
!'!•'" (3) Subsection 2 of section 10 with respect to the referem
to subsection la applies to fiscal years commencing after the
15th day of March, 1969, and with respect to the reference
to subsections 4 and 5 applies to fiscal years commencing
before the 15th day of March. 1969, and ending on or after
the 15th day of March, 1969.
Commence- 15. -(1) This .Act, except sections 10 and 11, comes into
force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
ide'ii (2) Sections 10 and 11 come into force on the 15th day of
April, 1969.
Short title j^j^ J ijjg .^^.j i^j.j^ 1^ j,j(^pj j,g if^g Corporations Tax Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
•^i
Section 12. Section 99 of the Act is amended by adding clause/
thereto, to permit the rates of interest imposed or credit interest allowed
under the Act to be prescribed by the regulations.
Section 13. Section 100 was a transitional provision enacted in 1967
to cover all corporations whose fiscal years did not coincide with the
1957 calendar year and is no longer required.
83
o
00
a-
3 ^
^ o
^^
s
2
2
<*J
t\J
■1
>>«
:j
o
a
n
b)
a.
=•
ft.
3*
•^
^
„.
>3
^^
>)
2
a.
a'
1
yQ
o
0^
o
o
o>
o
vO
H
9-
>
BILL 83
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Corporations Tax Act
Mr. White
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 83 1968-69
An Act to amend The Corporations Tax Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 — (1) Subsection 1 of section 5 of The Corporations Tax^fg^g^l^"'
Act is amended by striking out "one-twentieth" in the third |"^^|j^J^^ij
and fourth lines and inserting in lieu thereof "one-tenth",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) Except as in this section otherwise provided, every ^'J^'«^°i''
corporation that has a permanent establishment in capital tax
Ontario shall for every fiscal year of the corporation
pay a tax of one-tenth of 1 per cent calculated on
its taxable paid-up capital.
(2) The said section 5 is amended by adding thereto the^lgO- 1|6°'
following subsection : amended ■
(la) Notwithstanding subsection 3, the tax payable under ^^"'™"™
this section shall in no case be less than $50 except
as provided in subsection 17.
(3) Subsection 2 of the said section 5 is repealed and the^-^g-^g^l®"-
following substituted therefor: subs.' 2 '
° re-enacted
(2) The tax imposed by this section is not payable by Exceptions
any corporation that is liable to a tax under section 7,
8, 9, 10, 11 or 13.
(4) Subsection 3 of the said section 5 is amended by^fg^g-^lf*'
striking out "one-twentieth" in the third line and inserting l^^l^^^^j
in lieu thereof "one-tenth", so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
Deductions
from tax on
(3) There may be deducted from the tax otherwise paid-up
payable by a corporation under this section for a allocation
fiscal year an amount equal to one-tenth of 1 per paid-up
capital
83
cent of that portion of the taxable paid-up capital
which is deemed to l)e used by the corporation in
the fiscal year in each jurisdiction outside Ontario.
o^'73°B^5^°' ^^) Subsection 17 of the said section 5 is rej^ealed and the
subs.' 17. ■ following substituted therefor:
ro-enacted °
Idem
(17) Except as provided in section 58, every corporation
referred to in clauses b, c, d, e, ea, f, g, h, j, k, o and p
of subsection 37 of section 4 shall, in lieu of the
taxes payable under subsections 1 and la, pay a
tax of $5.
Idem
(18) Every corporation referred to in clauses i, I and m
of subsection 37 of section 4 and subsection 1 of
section 45 shall, in lieu of the tax payable under
subsection 1, pay a tax of S50.
R. so. I960, 2. Section 6 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended by
c 73 8 6 •
repealed ' section 4 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1961-62
and section 5 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968,
is repealed.
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 73, 8. 12.
repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 73, 8. 42,
subs. 1.
amended
3. Section 12 of The Corporations Tax Act is repealed.
4. Subsection 1 of section 42 of The Corporations Tax Act
is amended by striking out "or 5" in the first line, so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
Personal
corporations
exempt
(1) No tax is payable under section 4 by a corporation
for a fiscal year during which it was a personal
corporation.
i^ s.o I960, 5. Subsection 1 of section 45 of The Corporations Tax Act
subs. 1, IS amended by stnkmg out "or 5" m the first Ime, so that the
amended , . , ,, , /■ ,,
subsection shall read as follows:
Non- /4\x' • II I -it
resident- (1) .\o tax IS payable under section 4 by a corporation
iiuestment for a fiscal year during which it was a non-resident-
ti'ons^Tax owned investment corporation.
exempt
^ ?i° ^^1°' 0» Subsection 1 of section 46 of The Corporations Tax Act
C. 7o, 8. 4d, , , ,
subs. 1, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Foreign
business
corpora-
tions, tax
exempt
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 73, 8. 48,
subs. 4,
repealed
(1) No tax is payable under section 4 by a corporation
for a fiscal year during which it was a foreign busi-
ness corporation.
7. Subsection 4 of section 48 of The Corporations Tax Act
is repealed.
83
8. Subsection 1 of section 58 of The Corporations Tax ^ct^-^-^-^^^^'
is amended by striking out "subsection 17 of section 5" in^^s^j^^^
the second and third lines and by striking out "8 of section 6"
in the third and fourth lines and inserting in lieu thereof
"17 of section 5", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) Where a corporation to which the exemptions pro- ^/'^ct*to°°
vided by subsection 37 of section 4 and the specially por^^tj^ns^""^'
reduced tax provided by subsection 17 of section 5
would otherwise apply is prescribed by regulation,
such exemptions and specially reduced tax do not
apply.
9. — (1) Section 74 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended f"73°B^74°'
by section 9 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, iP(J7 amended
and section 36 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968,
is further amended by adding thereto the following sub-
section :
(2o) Notwithstanding subsection 2, every corporation on ^a^y^g°t
which a tax is imposed by this Act, the fiscal year
of which commenced after the 15th day of March,
1969, shall pay to the Treasurer of Ontario,
(a) on or before the fifteenth day of each of the
third, fifth, seventh, ninth and eleventh
months of the fiscal year in respect of which
the tax is payable and on or before the
fifteenth day of the first month of the fiscal
year following that in respect of which the
tax is payable, an instalment equal to one-
sixth of the tax payable as estimated by it
at the rates for the taxation year on,
(i) its estimated taxable income and
other subject of tax for the fiscal year,
or
(ii) its taxable income and other subject
of tax for the immediately preceding
fiscal year; and
{b) on or before the last day on which a return
is required to be delivered under subsection 1
of section 71, the balance, if any, of the tax
payable as estimated by it on the return for
the fiscal year.
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 74 is repealed and thee. '73. a. 74."
following substituted therefor: re-enao'ted
83
(3) Notwithstanding subsections 2 and 2a and subject
to subsection 7 of section 75, where for the purposes
of this section any corporation estimates the amount
of tax payable for a fiscal year to be less than $300,
the corporation may, instead of paying the instal-
ments required by subsection 2 or 2a, pay such tax
on or before the fifteenth day of the first month of
the fiscal year following that in respect of which
the tax is payable.
c!^'73°8.^74°' (^) ^^^ ^'^ section 74 is further amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsections:
'•**■" (4) Notwithstanding subsection 2, every corporation,
except those corporations to which the provisions
of section 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 apply, the fiscal year of
which commenced prior to the 15th day of March,
1969, and ends on or after the 15th day of March,
1969, shall, in addition to any instalment of tax
otherwise payable on or before the fifteenth day of
the second month following the close of such fiscal
year, pay the balance or whole of the capital tax
remaining unpaid as imposed by this Act based on
a rate of one-tenth of 1 per cent of the taxable
paid-up capital as it stood at the close of such fiscal
year.
Idem (5) Notwithstanding subsection 2, every corporation to
which the provisions of section 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 apply,
the fiscal year of which commenced prior to the
15th day of March, 1969, and ends on or after the
15th day of March, 1969, shall, in addition to any
instalment of tax otherwise payable on or before
the fifteenth day of the second month following the
close of such fiscal year, pay the balance or whole
of the taxes payable under those sections remaining
unpaid, determined on the amount of mileage or
other subject referred to in the said sections in
respect of which the amount of tax is to be as-
certained as such mileage or other subject of tax
stood at the close of such fiscal year.
R.S.O.1960. lo. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 75 of The Corporations
siibs'i.' ' ' lax Act, as amended by subsection 1 of section 37 of The
amended Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended
by striking out "the rate of 9 per cent per annum" in the
eighth line and in the amendment of 1968 and inserting in
lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations",
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
83
(1) Where the amount paid on account of tax payable J^*^^?|*j.°J
by a corporation for a fiscal year before the expira-
tion of the time allowed for delivering of the return
of the corporation under section 71 is less than the
amount of tax payable for the fiscal year, the cor-
poration liable to pay the tax shall pay interest on
the difference between those two amounts from the
expiration of the time for delivering the return to
the date of payment at such rate as is prescribed
by the regulations.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 75, as amended byf'j^g^r^f^-
subsection 2 of section 37 of The Corporations Tax ■^'w^'^- re-enacted
ment Act, 1968, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
I
(2) Where a corporation is required by subsection 2, ^^^"^
2a. 4 or 5 of section 74 to pay a part or instalment of
tax and it has failed to pay all or any part thereof as
required, the corporation, in addition to the interest
payable under subsection 1, shall pay interest, at
such rate as is prescribed by the regulations, on the
amount it failed to pay from the day on or before
which it was required to make the payment to the
day of payment or the beginning of the period in
respect of which it becomes liable to pay interest
thereon under subsection 1, whichever is earlier.
11. — (1) Subsection 3 of section 78 of The Corporations ^■^^■^^r^f'-
Tax Act, as amended by subsection 3 of section 40 of The^"^^' ?• ^
Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended
by striking out "the rate of 4 per cent per annum" in the
third line and in the amendment of 1968 and inserting in
lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the regulations",
so that the first five lines of the subsection shall read as
follows :
(3) Where an amount in respect of an overpayment is^"*®^^^'""
refunded or applied under this section on other payments
liability, interest at such rate as is prescribed by
the regulations shall be paid or applied thereon for
the period commencing with the latest of.
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 78, as amended by^fg^g^ll"-
subsection 4 of section 40 of The Corporations Tax .4 wend- subs.' 4,'
ment Act, 1968, is further amended by striking out "7 per
cent instead of at 4 per cent" in the amendment of 1968 and
inserting in lieu thereof "such rate as is prescribed by the
regulations", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
83
Idsm
(4) Where by a decision of the Minister under section 79
or by a decision of a court it is finally determined
that the tax payable under this Act by a corporation
for a fiscal year is less than the amount assessed
by the assessment under section 76 to which ob-
jection was made or from which the appeal was
taken and the decision makes it appear that there
has been an overpayment for the fiscal year, the
interest payable under subsection 3 on that over-
payment shall be computed at such rate as is pre-
scribed by the regulations.
fia^'e^tV' ^^' Section 99 of The Corporations Tax Act, as amended
amended by section 54 of The Corporations Tax Amendment Act, 1968,
is further amended by adding thereto the following clause:
(J) prescribing rates of interest for the purposes of
Part V.
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 73, B. 100.
repealed
Application
of Act
13. Section 100 of The Corporations Tax Act\s repealed.
14. — (1) Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 apply with
respect to fiscal years ending on or after the 15th day of
March, 1969.
Idem
(2) Subsection 2 of section 9 applies with respect to fiscal
years commencing after the 15th day of March, 1969.
Idem
Commence-
ment
Idem
Short title
(3) Subsection 2 of section 10 with respect to the reference
to subsection 2a applies to fiscal years commencing after the
15th day of March, 1969, and with respect to the reference
to subsections 4 and 5 applies to fiscal years commencing
before the 15th day of March, 1969, and ending on or after
the 15th day of March, 1969.
15. — (1) This Act, except sections 10 and 11, comes into
force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 10 and 11 come into fwce on the 15th day of
April, 1969.
16. This .Act may be cited as The Corporations Tax Amende
ment Act, 1968-69.
83
00
H
n
II s I
BILL 84
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to repeal The Public Finance Companies'
Investments Act, 1966
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fcxjg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Act to be repealed requires companies raising money from the
public for investment to furnish certain information to the Registrar
under The Loan and Trust Corporations Act. The necessary information
is now furnished under The Securities Act, 1966.
84
BILL 84 1968-69
An Act to repeal The Public Finance
Companies' Investments Act, 1966
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Public Finance Companies' Investments Act, /9(J(5 isee, c 124,
* repealed
is repealed.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^ent""*"*^*'
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Public Finance Companies ^^°^^ ''"^
Investments Repeal Act, 1968-69.
84
o
00
s
H
JO
p;
?!
a
a.
a'
9«
S
a.
2
3- **
a
o
gg .
3 J
» c
>?
o
BILL 84
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to repeal The Public Finance Companies'
Investments Act, 1966
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 84 1968-69
An Act to repeal The Public Finance
Companies' Investments Act, 1966
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Public Finance Companies' Investments Act, /9(5(Ji9i56 <• 124,
is repealed.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal me!?t"^"''^"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Public Finance Companies' ^^°''* ""^
Investments Repeal Act, 1968-69.
84
oo
2
50
o
l-J
PS
n
S- g
a.
a
l\i
*«.
'-;
a
n
Co
3-
6.
3*
•*».
Isj
>:
»_^
>t
«^
3-
I
CM
1
^^
a'
_
a'
fa
O
0^
o
s
s
O:
0 .
3 .
■5 ;
»
2. <
c !
". (
=1
to '
3 ;
BILL 85
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Credit Unions Act
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The amendment prohibits a corporation from becoming
a member of a credit union unless a majority of the members or holden
of voting shares are also members of the credit union.
4
Section 2. The provision for designating beneficiaries is deleted.
The provision for paying money on deposit directly to the beneficiariet
of a deceased member is amended to increase the maximum to $1,250 and
to include payment for shares.
85
BILL 85 1968-69
An Act to amend The Credit Unions Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Section 23 of The Credit Unions Act is repealed and the^-^9°g^||°'
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
23. — (1) A corporation may become a member of a credit Corporate
union where,
(a) in the case of a corporation having share
capital, the persons holding equity shares
carrying at least 51 per cent of the voting
rights attached to all equity shares of the
corporation for the time being outstanding
are members of that credit union;
(b) in the case of a corporation without share
capital, at least 51 per cent of the members
of the corporation are members of that credit
union.
(2) A credit union shall not make a loan to a member Loans to
. • • 1 . . ■ II corporate
that IS a corporation unless the loan is approved by members
a joint meeting of the board of directors, the credit
committee and the supervisory committee of the
credit union.
2.— (1) Sections 40 and 41 of The Credit Unions Act aref-^g°s^ll°'
repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted;
repealed
40. — (1) Where a member of a credit union dies, the^f^y^™^^'
directors may pay, re deceased
■' t^ ■> ' member
(a) an amount not exceeding $1,250 out of the
amount on deposit in the name of the de-
ceased or for the shares of the deceased; and
85
(b) an amount not exceeding $1,250 out of an\
money that is received by the credit union
under any policy of insurance on the life of
the deceased,
to any person who the directors are satisfied, by
statutory declaration attested to not sooner than
thirty days after the death, is entitled.
pa'y^ment ^^^ ^ payment made under subsection 1 discharges any
obligation of the credit union or its directors in
respect of the money paid but does not affect the
right of any other person claiming to be entitled to
recover such money from the person to whom it was
paid.
s^a?e8'fn ""^ (^) Where a member of a credit union dies holding
*'^"*' shares or money on deposit in his name in trust for
a named beneficiary, the credit union may pay the
amount of such shares or dejxisit to the executor or
administrator of the estate of the deceased member,
subject to the trusts or, where there is no executor
or administrator, to the beneficiary or, where the
beneficiary is an infant, to his parent or guardian.
.Application (2) The repeal of section 40 of The Credit Unions Act by
c, Vg ■ subsection 1 shall not be construed to invalidate any nomina-
tion made under that section before this section comes into
force.
^.fo^s."!"' ^' Subsection 6 of section 53 of The Credit Unions Act is
subs. G repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enaited '^ "
of'menTbp"rs (^^ -^ Credit union that is a member of a league may by
for ifiiKiie l)y-law provide for a yearly assessment of each of
its members of an amount fixed by the by-law, which
amount shall be paid to the league to assist in its
financing.
" Ts^s.^so"' ■*• Section 59 of The Credit Unions Act is amended by
amended adding thereto the following subsection:
mea'nmiai (4' Notwithstanding subsections 2 and 3, any credit
union that is in default of filing the annual state-
ment reciuired by section 49 is liable on summary
conviction to a fine of not more than S5 for each day
such default continues.
85
siatenienl
Section 3. The amendment removes the maximum on the amount
that can be levied by a credit union for payment to a credit union league.
Section 4. The amendment provides a maximum fine for failure to
file annual statements of $5 for each day the statement is overdue.
85
5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment™*"*^*'
Assent.
6. This Act may be cited as The Credit Unions Amendment ^^°^^ "t'e
Act, 1968-69.
85
00
2
58
o
z
H
P)
n
I
r\i
■«•
1
n
is.
>3
N^
^
1
04
a-
1
a
i
BILL 85
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Credit Unions Act
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 85 1968-69
An Act to amend The Credit Unions Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 23 of The Credit Unions Act is repealed and the^f9°8^||°'
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
23. — (1) A corporation may become a member of a credit ^°^°^^^«
union where,
{a) in the case of a corporation having share
capital, the persons holding equity shares
carrying at least 51 per cent of the voting
rights attached to all equity shares of the
corporation for the time being outstanding
are members of that credit union;
(6) in the case of a corporation without share
capital, at least 51 per cent of the members
of the corporation are members of that credit
union.
(2) A credit union shall not make a loan to a member L^o^a^nsto^
that is a corporation unless the loan is approved by members
a joint meeting of the board of directors, the credit
committee and the supervisory committee of the
credit union.
2.— (1) Sections 40 and 41 of The Credit Unions Act are ^fg^s.^^S"'
repealed and the following substituted therefor : s^'li,^'^*^'^ '
repealed
40. — (1) Where a member of a credit union dies, the ^^^^1^®^^,^
directors may pay, re deceased
J t- J ^ member
(a) an amount not exceeding $1,250 out of the
amount on deposit in the name of the de-
ceased or for the shares of the deceased; and
85
(6) an amount not exceeding $1,250 out of any
money that is received by the credit union
under any policy of insurance on the life of
the deceased,
to any person who the directors are satisfied, by
statutory declaration attested to not sooner than
thirty days after the death, is entitled.
Effect of
payment
(2) A payment made under subsection 1 discharges any
obligation of the credit union or its directors in
respect of the money paid but does not affect the
right of any other person claiming to be entitled to
recover such money from the person to whom it was
paid.
Deposits or
shares in
trust
(3) Where a member of a credit union dies holding
shares or money on deposit in his name in trust for
a named beneficiary, the credit union may pay the
amount of such shares or deposit to the executor or
administrator of the estate of the deceased member,
subject to the trusts or, where there is no executor
or administrator, to the beneficiary or, where the
beneficiary is an infant, to his parent or guardian.
Application (2) The repeal of section 40 of The Credit Unions Act by
c. 79 '^^^^' subsection 1 shall not be construed to invalidate any nomina-
tion made under that section before this section comes into
force.
R.so^ineo, 3. Subsection 6 of section 53 of The Credit Unions Aa is
subs. 6. repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-ena<ted °
Assessment
of members
for league
(6) A credit union that is a member of a league may by
by-law provide for a yearly assessment of each of
its members of an amount fixed by the by-law, which
amount shall be paid to the league to assist in its
financing.
" fi°B.*59?' •*• Section 59 of Tlie Credit Unions Act is amended by
amended adding thereto the following subsection:
Failure to
file annual
statement
(4) Notwithstanding subsections 2 and 3, any credit
union that is in default of filing the annual state-
ment required by section 49 is liable on summary
conviction to a fine of not more than $5 for each day
such default continues.
85
I
5. This Act comes into force on the dav it receives Royal commence-
. -J ment
Assent.
6. This Act may be cited as The Credit Unions Amendment ^^°^^ ""s
Act, 1968-69.
85
00
?0
o
H
w
f^
Ui
s^
tvj
•n
»^
p
^
s.
n
S-
SI
^4
to
to
<o
N*
S^
pr
i.
ON
1
0^
ST
1
1— •
**.
a'
<5;
a
»«
3'
>0
o
o
s
s
BILL 86
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Loan and Trust Corporations Act
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
'UINTEI) AND I'UIU.ISHFD HY FRANK FOGG, QuEEN's PkINIER
Explanatory Note
The amendment deletes the requirement that 90 per cent of the per-
manent capital stock must be subscribed and paid in before a by-law to
increase the permanent capital stock can be passed. The requirements
for approval of such a by-law by the shareholders and the Lieutenant
Governor in Council are retained.
,S6
BILL 86 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Loan and Trust Corporations Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 58 of The Loan and Trust Cor-^f^z'a^ss'
porations Act is amended by striking out "at anv time after s"bsi.
■^ • 1 I 1 1 ' 1 -1 1 amended
90 per cent of its permanent capital stock has been subscribed
and 90 per cent thereof paid in, but not sooner" in the second,
third and fourth lines, so that the subsection shall read as
follows :
(1) The directors of any provincial corporation may byi"creaseof
,, .,,,. . . permanent
by-law provide for the increase of its permanent capital
capital stock to an amount that the directors con-
sider requisite.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^en\'^*'"*
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Loan and Trust Corpora- ^'^°'^^ ''"®
tions Amendment Act, 1968-69.
86
o
o
00
O
■z
90
PI
a
1.
Si
:^
t-*
?0
3
CM
3
3-
It
3
»
c
B
r.i
^
BILL 86
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Loan and Trust Corporations Act
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 86 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Loan and Trust Corporations Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 58 of The Loan and Trust Cor-^-^A^P^^'
C. ^£i£i, o. OS I
porations Act is amended by striking out "at any time after subsi
^_ , . • 1 1 1 . 1 -1 . amended
90 per cent of its permanent capital stock has been subscribed
and 90 per cent thereof paid in, but not sooner" in the second,
third and fourth lines, so that the subsection shall read as
follows :
(1) The directors of any provincial corporation may by increase of
by-law provide for the increase of its permanent capital
capital stock to an amount that the directors con-^ "^
sider requisite.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^e^t'"^"'^*
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Loan and Trust Corpora- ^*^°''' ""^
tions Amendment Act, 1968-69,
86
n
70
o
z
H
»
P)
W
>3
§
2:
o
to
5«
2
- I
p
s
a
c
r.
0
^
BILL 87
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Producers, Processors,
Distributors and Consumers Food Council Act, 1962-63
Mr. Stewart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
Self-explanatory.
87
BILL 87 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Producers,
Processors, Distributors and Consumers
Food Council Act, 1962-63
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 6 of section 2 of The Ontario Producers, \^^^'^^'2_
Processors, Distributors and Consumers Food Council ^^'•I'^ended
1962-63, is amended by inserting after "such" in the first
line "remuneration and", so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
(6) The members of the Food Council shall receive such H'o^and'^*'
remuneration and expenses as the Lieutenant Gover- expenses
nor in Council determines.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment™*""*
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Producers, ^^on title
Processors, Distributors and Consumers Food Council Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
87
H
M
>
pa
H
>3
I ?l
a
»«
-O:
' o '
§.-" =
g ft;
o cr ■
Zi c :
fTj ^
^ z
* p -
<o a :
o2 .
3 ;
(t ^
S 0
BILL 87
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Producers, Processors,
Distributors and Consumers Food Council Act, 1962-63
Mr. Stewart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 87 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Producers,
Processors, Distributors and Consumers
Food Council Act, 1962-63
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 6 of section 2 of The Ontario Producers, ^^'^^^^■^
Processors, Distributors and Consumers Food Council /Ic/, ^ubs.e
1962-63, is ainended by inserting after "such" in the first
line "remuneration and", so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
(6) The members of the Food Council shall receive such S®'"""?'"'^"
^ ' ^ ^ tion and
remuneration and expenses as the J^ieutenant Gover- expenses
nor in Council determines.
2. This Act comes into force on the dav it receives Roval Commence-
ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Producers, «hort title
Processors, Distributors and Consumers Food Council Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
87
in
•^
>
'-J
TJ
t\l
u
>
n_
3
<
?L.
—
a.
~J
>:
3c
So
p-
a.
3*
1
-^
a'
-^
a'
Ov
»o
^O
»0
o 5i
3" a.
o
a
2 ft?
=: c r
>2 -
o 3 ^
■ s; "
3§.5
3 ^
2 n
3 S'
BILL 88
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
Mr. Young
TORONTO
Printkd and Plbi.isiiki) hv Frank F(k;c;, Qukkn's Printer
Explanatory Note
etion of the (
arporation to
corporation.
The deletion of the clause would permit officers and employees of a
municipal corporation to be elected as meml>ers of the council of the
88
BILL 88 1968-69
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Clause e of subsection 1 of section 35 of The Municipal o.'2i9,' a. 35,'
A . ■ I t subs. 1,
Act IS repealed. ci. e,
repealed
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal menV"*""*
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Municipal .4 wentf wen/ short title
Act, 1968-69.
o
S
o
r;
o
^si
s
■n
n
3"
9. I
a
BILL 89
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Conservation Authorities Act, 1968
Mr. Simonett
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The amendment is to make it clear that the Act applies
to an improvement district.
Section 2. Self-explanatory.
8<)
BILL 89 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Conservation Authorities Act, 1968
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Clause h of section 1 of The Conservation Authorities ^^^^' ?■ l^'
8. 1. cl. h.
Act, 1968 is amended by striking out "or township" in the amended
first and second lines and inserting in lieu thereof "township
or improvement district", so that the clause shall read as
follows:
(h) "municipality" means a city, town, village, township
or improvement district, and includes a band under
the Indian Act (Canada) that is permitted to control, ^•f4§- ^^^"^^
manage and expend its revenue moneys under sec-
tion 68 of that Act.
2. The Conservation Authorities Act, 1968 is amended by^^^^^g^J^'
adding thereto the following section :
ia. — (1) Where a regional municipality has been estab- ^®8'P'?a'
1-111 -1 • • i- 1 r 1 munici-
Iished, the regional municipality, on and after the paiity to
. , , CI r ■ ■ 11-11 act in place
1st asLV ot January after it is established, of local
munici-
palities
(o) shall act in the place of the local municipalities
within the regional municipality for the pur-
pose of appointing representatives to attend a
meeting for the establishment or enlargement
of a conservation authority or the amalgama-
tion of conservation authorities and for such
j purpose may appoint representatives in the
I numbers to which the local municipalities
would otherwise have been entitled; and
(6) shall be a participating municipality in the
place of such of the local municipalities within
the regional municipality as are wholly or
partly within the area under the jurisdiction
89
of a conservation authority and shall appoint
to each such authority the number of mem-
bers to which the local municipalities would
otherwise have been entitled as participating
municipalities.
Present
members
when
regional
munici-
pality
established
(2) When a regional municipality is established,' tfie
members of an authority then holding office who
were ap]X)inted by a local municipality wholly or
partly within the regional municijjality shall con-
tinue to hold office until their re8|)ective terms of
office expire and shall be deemed to have been
appointed by the regional municipality.
Ottawa-
Carleton
(3) For the purposes of subsections 1 and 2, The Regional
Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton shall be deemed to
have been established on the 31st day of December,
1969.
8.^26,' siibe.' 1. ^' Clause b of subsection 1 of section 26 of The Conservation
amended Authorities Act, 1968 is amended by striking out "restricting
and" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof "prohibiting
or", so that the clause shall read as follows:
{b) prohibiting or regulating the straightening, changing,
diverting or interfering in any way with the existing
channel of a river, creek, stream or watercourse.
Coniineiue-
ment
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
5. This Act may be cited as The Conservation Authorities
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
89
Section 3. The amendment substitutes the word "prohibiting" for
"restricting" in relation to the power to make regulations as set out in
clause b.
89
S
2
(A
i
o
I I ? I
^ ^
BILL 89
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Conservation Authorities Act, 1968
Mr. Simonett
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Qui;f,n's Pkintkk
BILL 89 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Conservation Authorities Act, 1968
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Clause h of section 1 of The Conservation Authorities ^^^^- 9- j^^-
Act, 1968 is amended by striking out "or township" in the amended'
first and second lines and inserting in lieu thereof "township
or improvement district", so that the clause shall read as
follows:
{h) "municipality" means a city, town, village, township
or improvement district, and includes a band under
the Indian Act (Canada) that is permitted to control, ^•f49- ^^^^'
manage and expiend its revenue moneys under sec-
tion 68 of that Act.
2. The Conservation Authorities Act, 196S is amended by^m^nded^'
adding thereto the following section :
ia. — (1) Where a regional municipality has been estab- Regional
lished, the regional municipality, on and after thepaiityto
1st day of January after it is established, of local
raunici-
pallties
(a) shall act in the place of the local municipalities
within the regional municipality for the pur-
pose of appointing representatives to attend a
meeting for the establishment or enlargement
of a conservation authority or the amalgama-
tion of conservation authorities and for such
purpose may appoint representatives in the
numbers to which the local municipalities
would otherwise have been entitled; and
{b) shall be a participating municipality in the
place of such of the local municipalities within
the regional municipality as are wholly or
partly within the area under the jurisdiction
89
2
of a conservation authority and shall ap|x>int
to each such authority the numl)er of mem-
bers to which the local municipalities would
otherwise have been entitled as participating
municipalities.
Present
membere
when
regional
munici-
pality
eetabllBbed
Ottawa-
Carleton
(2) When a regional municipality is established, the
members of an authority then holding office who
were apjwinted by a local municipality wholly cm-
partly within the regional municipality shall con-
tinue to hold office until their resj^ective terms of
office expire and shall be deemed to have been
appointed by the regional municipalitv .
(3) For the purposes of subsections 1 and 2, The Regional
Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton shall be deemed to
have been established on the 31st day of December,
1969.
s.^ll.Bubs.' 1, 3. Clause b of subsection 1 of section 26 of The Conservation
amended Authorities Act, 1968 is amended by striking out "restricting
and" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof "prohibiting
or", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(b) prohibiting or regulating the straightening, changing,
diverting or interfering in any way with the existing
channel of a river, creek, stream or watercourse.
Commence-
ment
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
.Assent.
Short title
5. This Act may be cited as The Conservation Authorities
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
89
S3
00
r,
c
B
>
S^*
tSi
•~
n_
3
o
a
n
«i
R.
=r
a.
or
*«.
H^
>:
to
>3
«-k
^
0)
1
1
00
s-
1
V*.
«*.
**.
o
s
vO
a
«
3
o
s
0
s
>
c
I*
3-
0
BILL 90
2nd Session, 28th Legislature/Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Hospital Labour Disputes
Arbitration Act, 1965
Mr. Bales
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fo(;(;, Queen's Printer
EXPLANATORV NOTES
Section 1 — Subsection 1. These amendments expressly extend ths
scope of the Act to cover nursing homes and homes for the aged.
Subsection 2. This new provision is designed to ensure that a laundry,
power plant, etc., that services more than one hospital and nothing else,
is covered by the Act.
.Skction 2. The provision is obsolete. It is therefore repealed.
Sections 3 and 4. These amendments are designed to expedite th«
arbitration procedures under the Act.
90
BILL 90 1968-69
An Act to amend The Hospital Labour
Disputes Arbitration Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Clause a of subsection 1 of section 1 of The Hospital l^ff^^i^*^i
Labour Disputes Arbitration Act, 1965 is amended by inserting ^'^^1^^^^
after "sanatorium" in the first and second lines "nursing
home" and by adding at the end thereof "and includes a
home for the aged", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(a) "hospital" means any hospital, sanitarium, sana-
torium, nursing home or other institution operated
for the observation, care or treatment of persons
afiflicted with or suffering from any physical or
mental illness, disease or injury or for the observa-
tion, care or treatment of convalescent or chronically
ill persons, whether or not it is granted aid out of
moneys appropriated by the Legislature and whether
or not it is operated for private gain, and includes a
home for the aged.
(2) The said section 1 is amended by adding thereto the 1"^^' '^^ ■^s.
following subsection : amended
(3) A central laundry or a central heating plant or a^'eaung'^'
central power plant that is operated exclusively for ^^^l^ *"'*
more than one hospital shall be deemed to be a plants
hospital for the purposes of this Act.
2. Subsection 3 of section 2 of The Hospital Labour i?w- g.^lfeubs* I'.
putes Arbitration Act, 1965 is repealed. repealed
3. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 4 of The Hospital Labour 1^^^^^^*^
Disputes Arbitration Act, 1965 is amended by striking out amended
"thirty-five" in the second line and inserting in lieu thereof
"seven", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
90
Arbitration
(1) Subject to subsection 2, if the parties have not made
a collective agreement within seven days after tlie
day on which the Minister informed the parties or
released the reijort as mentioned in section 3, the
matters in dispute between them shall be decided by
arbitration in accordance with this Act.
1965, c. 48.
a. 4, subs. 2,
amended
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 4 is amended by
striking out "thirty-five" in the second line and inserting in
lieu thereof "seven" and by striking out "ninety" in the
fourth line and inserting in lieu thereof "thirty", so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
Extension
of 7-day
period
(2) The parties by agreement in writing may extend the
l^eriod of seven days mentioned in subsection 1 for
one or more further jieriods of time, not exceeding a
total of thirty da> s, and thereafter any further ex-
tension may be made onK' with the consent of the
Minister.
s.^lfBubs**', ■*• Subsection 1 of section 5 of The Hospital Labour Dis-
amended putes Arbitration Act, 1965 is amended by striking out
"thirty-five" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof
"seven", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
Board of
arbitration,
appoint-
ment of
members
representing
parties
(1) Within seven days after the period of seven days
mentioned in section 4 and any extension thereof
has elapsed, each of the parties shall appoint to a
board of arbitration a member who hais indicated his
willingness to act.
Commence-
ment
5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
6. This Act may be cited as The Hospital Labour Disputes
Arbitration Amendment Act, 1968-69.
90
2
9)
00
>
r
s
»«
III
o
3-
n
3-8 >
?;'"o -
•^ 0) c
>o Dc.
BILL 90
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Hospital Labour Disputes
Arbitration Act, 1965
Mr. Bales
T O R O iN T O
Pkintkd and Published bv Frank Foog, Quken's Printer
BILL 90 1968-69
An Act to amend The Hospital Labour
Disputes Arbitration Act, 1965
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Clause a of subsection 1 of section 1 of The IIospilall^l^^^^^f{^
Labour Disputes Arbitration Act, 1965 is amended by inserting °|^^^^gj
after "sanatorium" in the first and second lines "nursing
home" and by adding at the end thereof "and includes a
home for the aged", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(a) "hospital" means any hospital, sanitarium, sana-
torium, nursing home or other institution operated
for the observation, care or treatment of persons
afflicted with or suffering from any physical or
mental illness, disease or injury or for the observa-
tion, care or treatment of convalescent or chronically
ill persons, whether or not it is granted aid out of
moneys appropriated by the Legislature and whether
or not it is operated lor private gain, and includes a
home for the aged.
(2) The said section 1 is amended by adding thereto the^^J^' °- ■*^'
following subsection : amended
(3) A central laundry or a central heating plant or ''i-he&iinz^^'
central power plant that is operated exclusively for plants and
more than one liospital shall be deemed to be a plants
hospital for the purposes of this Act.
2. Subsection 3 of section 2 of The Hospital Labour Dis-l^2°BuhB.^i.
putes Arbitration Act, 1965 is repealed. repealed
3. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 4 of The Hospital Labour l^2^^^^^\
Disputes Arbitration Act, 1965 is amended by striking out amended
"thirty-five" in the second line and inserting in lieu thereof
"seven", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
90
Arbitration
(1) Subject to subsection 2, if the parties have not made
a collective agreement within seven days after the
day on which the Minister informed the parties or
released the rejwrt as mentioned in section 3, the
matters in dispute between them shall be decided by
arbitration in accordance with this Act.
1965, c. 48,
s. 4, subs. 2,
amended
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 4 is amended by
striking out "thirty-five" in the second line and inserting in
lieu thereof "seven" and by striking out "ninety" in the
fourth line and inserting in lieu thereof "thirty", so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
Extension
of 7-day
period
(2) The parties by agreement in writing may extend the
period of seven days mentioned in subsection 1 for
one or more further [)eriods of time, not exceeding a
total of thirty days, and thereafter any further ex-
tension may be made only with the consent of the
Minister.
1965. c. 48.
8. 5. subs. 1,
amended
Board of
arbitration,
appoint-
ment or
members
representing
parties
4. Subsection 1 of section 5 of The Hospital Labour Dis-
putes Arbitration Act, 1965 is amended by striking out
"thirty-five" in the first line and inserting in lieu thereof
"seven", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(1) Within seven days after the period of seven days
mentioned in section 4 and any extension thereof
has elapsed, each of the parties shall appoint to a
board of arbitration a member who has indicated his
willingness to act.
I
SelTt"^^"*^^ 5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Sliort title
6. This Act may be cited as The Hospital Labour Disputes
Arbitration Amendment Act, 1968-69.
90
00
>
r
P)
•: I -- 1 f I
■O
BILL 91
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Heritage Foundation Act, 1967
Mr. Auld
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1. The objecU of the Foundation are ex-
tended to include property of recreational, aesthetic or scenic interest as
well as of historical or architectural interest.
Subsection 2. The change is complementary to subsection 1 and
permits support by the Foundation of projects of organizations having
other principal functions.
91
BILL 91 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Heritage Foundation Act, 1967
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Clause a of section 7 of The Ontario Heritage ^^^''■^^■^^'
Foundation Act, 1967 is amended by striking out "anda'nended'
architectural" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof
"architectural, recreational, aesthetic or scenic", so that the
clause shall read as follows:
(o) to receive, acquire by purchase, donation or lease,
hold, preserve, maintain, reconstruct, restore and
manage property of historical, architectural, rec-
reational, aesthetic or scenic interest for the use,
enjoyment and benefit of the people of Ontario.
(2) Clause b of the said section 7 is repealed and theis^T.c 65,
following substituted therefor: re-e'nacteii
{b) to support and contribute to the acquisition, holding,
preservation, maintenance, reconstruction, restora-
tion and management of property of historical,
architectural, recreational, aesthetic or scenic interest
by municipalities or organizations for the use, en-
joyment and benefit of the people of Ontario; and
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Roval commence-
, ■" ' ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Heritage Founda- ^''°'"' ""^
tion Amendment Act, 1968-69.
91
s
2
>
G
5
t\>
>3
I
2
sr **
I I
* a'
i'
9
a
pi
f» ■
5'.
3 :
BILL 91
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Heritage Foundation Act, 1967
Mr. Auld
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 91 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Heritage Foundation Act, 1967
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Clause a of section 7 of The Ontario Heritage l^^'^ '^f - ^^'
Foundation Act, 1967 is amended by striking out "and amended
architectural" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof
"architectural, recreational, aesthetic or scenic", so that the
clause shall read as follows:
(a) to receive, acquire by purchase, donation or lease,
hold, preserve, maintain, reconstruct, restore and
manage property of historical, architectural, rec-
reational, aesthetic or scenic interest for the use,
enjoyment and benefit of the people of Ontario.
(2) Clause b of the said section 7 is repealed and the i^st, c. 65.
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
{b) to support and contribute to the acquisition, holding,
preservation, maintenance, reconstruction, restora-
tion and management of property of historical,
architectural, recreational, aesthetic or scenic interest
by municipalities or organizations for the use, en-
joyment and benefit of the people of Ontario; and
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
» , ■' ■' ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Heritage Founda-^^°^^ """
tion Amendment Act, 1968-69.
^^
2
S
2
90
o
3-
3
o
zr
a.
2"
>3
C>a
>:
1-^
^5
>
3^
1
1
00
1.
g
3
i
3
i
«
3
15 =
O i
c :
a.:
rf -
5" -
3 -
>^
BILL 92
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Complementary to section 16 of the Bill.
Section 2. The amendment corrects a typographical error.
Section 3. The amendment permits the Superintendent to make ex-
ceptions to the prescribed rate of interest that is used in computing the
reserve in respect of life insurance policies.
Section 4. The amendment limits the insurer's right to terminate
the contract for non-payment of premium to only those cases where the
promise to pay is a bill of exchange or promissory note.
92
BILL 92 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Paragraph 8 of section 1 of The Insurance Act is re-R?-0- i9?o-
. . ^" 190, 8. 1,
pealed. par. 8
repealed
2. Clause c of subsection 4 of section 62 of The Insurance^f^- 1^^^-
Act is amended by striking out "matured" in the second line^^bs. 4 ci. c,
and inserting in lieu thereof "unmatured", so that the clause
shall read as follows:
(c) the full amount of the legal reserve in respect of
each unmatured life insurance contract as set out in
the schedule of contract legal reserves.
3. Paragraph 1 of subsection 2 of section 80 of The .^«- '^fgo' g^lo'
surance Act, as re-enacted by section 4 of The Insurance ^^^^?-^^\,
c 64 6 4)
Amendment Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following sub-Biibs.'2,'
Stituted therefor: re-e'na'oted
1. The rate of interest assumed shall not exceed the
rate prescribed in Schedule D, except that where
upon the application of a company the Superin-
tendent is satisfied that a higher rate is appropriate
for a particular class of policy issued by the company,
the Superintendent may authorize the assumption
of such higher rate of interest as the Superintendent
specifies, and the Superintendent may withdraw his
authorization at any time.
4. Subsection 3 of section 97 of The Insurance Act is^'fgo.'s.^g?;
amended by striking out "or any promise to pay" in the first|^|j^^^jj
and second lines and by striking out "or other promise to pay"
in the fourth line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
92
Where
note or
cheque for
premium
not
honoured
(3) Where a cheque, bill of exchange or promissory note
is given, whether originally or by way of renewal,
for the whole or part of any premium and the
cheque, bill of exchange or promissory note is not
honoured according to its tenor, the insurer may
terminate the contract forthwith by giving written
notice by registered mail.
l^i9o'«^98' ** Action 98 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsection :
Furnishinc
of forms
not an
admission
(3) The furnishing by an insurer of forms to make proof
of loss shall not be taken to constitute an admission
by the insurer that a valid contract is in force or
that the loss in question falls within the insurance
provided by the contract.
^.'iMB^iii ^' Statutory condition 15 in section 111 of The Insurance
c*mi 16 ^^^ '^ repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Notice 15. Any written notice to the insurer may be
delivered at, or sent by registered mail to, the chief
agency or head office of the insurer in the Provinc-e. Written notice may
be given to the insured named in the contract by letter personally de-
livered to him or by registered mail addressed to him at his latest post
office address as notified to the insurer. In this condition, the expression
"registered" means registered in or outside Canada.
R.S.O. I960,
o. 190, 8. 119.
Bubs. 2 amended
re-enacted
1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
7. Subsection 2 of section 119 of The Insurance Act, as
by section 7 of The Insurance Amendment Act,
Insurance
on premium
note plan
R.S.O. 1960.
0. 71
(2) No licensed insurer shall carry on, on the premium
note plan, any class of insurance other than fire,
livestock and weather insurance but a mutual in-
surance company, without guarantee capital stock
incorporated for the purpose of undertaking con-
tracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan,
may also insure for the classes of insurance as
specified in subsection 13 of section 151 of The Cor-
porations Act.
^.'iw'a^izi ®' Section 131 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsection:
Mutual
insurance
corporations
(4) A mutual insurance corporation without guarantee
capital stock incorporated under subsection 3 of
section 150 of The Corporations Act shall be deemed
to be an insurer of the same class under subsection 1
and under subsection 4 of section 132.
? fgo 8^'i*32 ®* Section 132 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsections:
92
Section 5. The amendment ensures that the mere supplying of proof
of loss forms does not constitute an admission.
Section 6. The statutory condition is reworded to make the language
uniform with that adopted by other provinces.
Sections 7, 8 and 9. The powers of fire mutual insurance corpora-
tions are extended to undertake liability insurance in respect of the persons
and property insured against lire and provision is made for reinsurance.
92
Section 10. The amendment is for the purpose of uniform language
in all insurance contracts in Canada.
Section 11. The amendments increase the minimum automobile
public liability coverage from $35,00() to $50,000 and all the increase is
added to the priority given claims for bodily injury or death.
92
(4a) No mutual insurance corporation without guarantee ^®^|^[^"°®
capital stock incorporated to transact fire insurance '"s^rance
on the premium note plan shall undertake contracts
of weather insurance unless all liability for loss in
excess of $100 on any risk covered by weather in-
surance is reinsured with a licensed weather company
or a mutual insurance corporation without guarantee
capital stock incorporated pursuant to subsection 3
of section 150 of The Corporations Act. <^fi°' ^^^°'
(46) The reinsurance requirement under subsection ia ''^""^
with respect to weather insurance does not ap|)ly
to a mutual fire insurance corporation without
guarantee capital stock that is restricted by its
licence to insuring the plant and stock of millers and
grain dealers used in connection with the grain
trade, and the dwellings, outbuildings and contents
thereof owned by such millers and grain dealers or
their employees, against fire and any other class or
classes of insurance set out in section 27.
10. Subcondition 8 of statutory condition 4 in section 204 ^■fr.'i^- ^^^P:
of ihe Insurance Act, as re-enacted bv section 11 of '/"/je fiaee, o. 7i,
. ' .8 11)
Insurance Amendment Act, 1066, is amended b>' striking outstat.
"independent" in the seventh line and inserting in lieu thereof subcond. s.
"independently", so that the subcondition shall read as'*"'*"''®'*
follows :
In Case of (8) In the event of disagreement as to the nature
Disagreement and extent of the repairs and replacements required,
or as to their adequacy, if effected, or as to the amount
payable in respect of any loss or damage, those questions shall be deter-
mined by appraisal as provided under The Insurance Art before there can
be recovery under this contract, whether the right to reco\cr on the
contract is disputed or not, and independently of all other questions.
There shall be no right to an appraisal until a specific demand therefor is
made in writing and until after proof of loss has been delivered.
11. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 216 of The Insurance Act,^f^2'i°2iii
as re-enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, (isee.'cl ti.'
1966, is amended by striking out "$35,000" in the third line subs. i.
and inserting in lieu thereof "$50,000", so that the subsection *"'^"''^'*
shall read as follows:
(1) Every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle lia-iJ^ij^j||'j^"'"
biiity policy insures, in respect of any one accident, under
to the limit of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest
and costs, against liability resulting from bodily
injury to or the death of one or more persons and
loss of or damage to property.
policy
92
(2) Clause a of subsection 2 of the said section 216 is
R.S.O. I960.
I'. 1»0, a. 216
(1966. 0. 71. amended by striking out "$30,000" in the second line and
Hube. 2. ci. u. inserting in lieu thereof "S45,000", so that the clause shall
amended , . ,,
read as follows:
(a) claims against the insured arising out of bodily
injury or death have priority to the extent of $45,000
over claims arising out of loss of or damage to
[)roi)erty ; and
1^ fiJo B^^'lie ^^^ Subsection 3 of the said section 216 is amended by
asjec.'c. 71, striking out "$35,000" in the third line and in the fifth line
subs. 3. and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance "$50,000", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
Minimum
limits
where
separate
limits
designated
(3) The insurer may. instead of specifying a limit in the
[wlicy for an inclusive amount, sijecify a limit of
liability of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest and
costs, against liability resulting from bodily injury
to or the death of one or more persons and a limit
of liability of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest
and costs, against liability for loss of or damage to
property.
R.S.O. 1960
1^. 190.
8. 2266
(1966. r. 71,
8. 11).
subs. 2,
amended
12. Subsection 2 of section 2266 of The Insurance Act, as
enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966,
is amended by striking out "by" in the seventh line and by
striking out "referred to" in the tenth line and inserting in
lieu thereof "of the same type as is sjiecified", so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
Release b.v
claimant
R.S.O. 1960,
(•. 1.S8
(2) Where an insurer makes a payment under a contract
of insurance referred to in subsection 1, the payment
constitutes, to the extent of such payment, a release
by the insured |)erson or his personal representatives
of any claim that the insured person or his personal
representatives or any person claiming through or
under him or by virtue of The Fatal Accidents Act
may have against the insurer and any other person
who may be liable to the insured person or his
personal representatives if that other person is in-
sured under a contract of the same type as is sjjecified
in subsection 1, but nothing in this subsection pre-
cludes an insurer from demanding, as a condition
precedent to payment, a release to the extent of the
|)ayment from the [)erson insured or his personal
representatives or any other person.
92
Sections 12 and 13. The amendments are for the purpose of making
the language uniform with other jurisdictions and make no change in
principle.
92
Section 14. The amendment supplies a cross-reference originally
omitted in error.
Section 15. The amendment adopts a uniform provision recom-
mended by The Association of Supenntendents of Insurance of the
Provinces of Canada.
92
13. Subsection 2 of section 226c of The Insurance Act, as^-^g^- ^^^*''
enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, •'^'^'^. q|||' ^^
is amended by striking out "by" in the seventh line, so thats. xi)',
the subsection shall read as follows: amended
(2) Where an insurer makes a payment under a contract ^almant''^
of insurance to which subsection 1 refers, the pay-
ment constitutes, to the extent of such payment, a
release by the insured person or his personal repre-
sentatives of any claim that the insured person or his
personal representatives or any person claiming
through or under him or by virtue of The Fatal^/f^' ^^^°'
Accidents Act may have against the insurer and any
other person who may be liable to the insured per-
son or his personal representatives if that other per-
son is insured under a contract of the same type as
is specified in subsection 1, but nothing in this sub-
section precludes an insurer from demanding, as a
condition precedent to payment, a release to the
extent of the payment from the person insured or
his personal representatives or any other person.
14. Section 226e of The Insurance Act, as enacted by sec-^-^g^- ^^^°'
tion 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended »■ 226e
. . . , ,, . ,, . , , ,. ,, ,, (1966,0.71,
by insertmg alter section in the second line 226rt , sos. id,
that the section shall read as follows: ""
226e. Any person insured by but not named in a contract ^n^amg"/
to which section 226a, 2266 or 226c applies may re-'"^"'"®'^
cover under the contract in the same manner and to
the same extent as if named therein as the insured,
and for that purpose shall be deemed to be a party
to the contract and to have given consideration
therefor.
15. Section 226^ of The Insurance Act, as enacted by ^"fgo; ^^^°'
section 1 1 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended \\qII\ j^
by adding thereto the following subsection: s. id!
^ amended
(3) "Rateable proportion"as used in subsection 2 means, ^ro'port'km
deflned
(o) if there are two insurers liable and each has
the same policy limits, each of the insurers
shall share equally in any liability, expense,
loss or damage;
(b) if there are two insurers liable with different
policy limits, the insurers shall share equally
up to the limit of the smaller policy limit;
92
(c) if there are more than two insurers liable,
clauses a and b apply mutatis mutandis.
ffw "'°' 16.— (1) Subject to subsection 3, Part VII of The Insurance
r*"^ 2^7' 281^ ■^^'' '^^ amended by section 7 of The Insurance Amendment
re-enacted 'Act, 1961-62 and section 13 of The Insurance Amendment Act,
1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
PART vn
Accident and Sickness Insi'rance
tatS?**" 227. In this Part,
(a) "application" means a written application for in-
surance or for the reinstatement of insurance;
(6) "beneficiary" means a person designated or ap-
pointed in a contract or by a declaration, other than
the insured or his personal representative, to whom
or for whose benefit insurance money payable in the
event of death by accident is to be paid;
(c) "blanket insurance" means that class of group in-
surance that covers loss arising from specific hcizards
incident to or defined by reference to a particular
activity or activities;
{d) "contract" means a contract of insurance;
(«) "court" means the Supreme Court, or a judge thereof;
(/) "creditor's group insurance" means insurance ef-
fected by a creditor whereby the lives or well-being,
or the lives and well-being, of a number of his
debtors are insured severally under a single contract;
(f) "declaration" means an instrument signed by the
insured,
(i) with respect to which an endorsement is made
on the policy, or
(ii) that identifies the contract, or
(iii) that describes the insurance or insurance
fund or a jiart thereof,
92
Section 16. The Accident and Sickness Part is re-enacted to adopt
the uniform provisions recommended by The Association of Superinten-
dents of Insurance of the Provinces of Canada. The principle changes
include:
1. provision for group insurance;
2. revision of provisions respecting the capacity of minors as bene-
ficiaries and the inclusion of trustee provisions similar to those
in Part V respecting life insurance;
3. provisions respecting beneficiaries of insurance moneys payable
by reason of death or accident;
4. provisions respecting designation of beneficiaries are expanded
and made similar to those in Part V respecting life insurance.
92
in which he designates or alters or revokes the
designation of his personal representative or a bene-
ficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit shall be
paid the insurance money which is payable in the
event of death by accident;
(h) "family insurance" means insurance whereby the
lives or well-being, or the lives and well-being, of
the insured and one or more persons related to him
by blood, marriage or adoption are insured under a
single contract between an insurer and the insured ;
(i) "group insurance" means insurance other than
creditor's group insurance and family insurance,
whereby the lives or well-being, or the lives and
well-being, of a number of persons are insured
severally under a single contract between an insurer
and an employer or other person ;
if) "group person insured" means a person who is
insured under a contract of group insurance and
upon whom a right is conferred by the contract, but
does not include a jjerson who is insured thereimder
as a person dependent ujion or related to him:
(k) "instrument" includes a will;
(/) "insurance" means accident insurance, sickness in-
surance, or accident insurance and sickness insurance;
(w) "insured",
(i) in the case of group insurance means, in the
provisions of this Part relating to the designa-
tion of beneficiaries or of personal representa-
tives as recipients of insurance money and
their rights and status, the group person
insured, and
(ii) in all other cases means the person who makes
a contract with an insurer;
(w) "person insured" means a person in respect of an
accident to whom, or in respect of whose sickness,
insurance money is payable under a contract, but
does not include a group person insured;
(o) "will" includes a codicil.
92
8
Add
Jf Pi
art
Exceptions
Qroup
Insurance
Issue of
policy
Exceptions
Contents
of policy
228. (1) Notwithstanding any agreement, condition or
stipulation to the contrary', this Part applies to contracts
made in Ontario.
(2) This Part does not apply to,
(a) accidental death insurance; or
(b) creditor's group insurance; or
(c) disability insurance; or
(</) insurance provided under section 226a, 226i or 226c.
229. In the case of a contract of group insurance made with
an insurer authorized to transact insurance in Ontario at the
time the contract was made, this Part applies in determining,
(a) the rights and status of beneficiaries and personal
representatives as recipients of insurance money, if
the group person insured was resident in Ontario at
the time he became insured; and
(b) the rights and obligations of the group person in-
sured if he was resident in Ontario at the time he
became insured.
230. .\n insurer entering into a contract shall issue a policy.
231. — (1) This section does not apply to,
(a) a contract of group insurance; or
(6) a contract made by a fraternal society.
(2) An insurer shall set forth the following particulars in
the policy:
1. The name or a sufficient description of the insured
and of the person insured.
2. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the insurance money payable and the
conditions under which it becomes payable.
3. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the premium and the period of grace, if
any, within which it inay be paid.
4. The conditions ujxjn which the contract may be
reinstated if it lapses.
92
5. The term of the insurance or the method of deter-
mining the day upon which the insurance com-
mences and terminates.
232. In the case of a contract of group insurance, an contents
insurer shall set forth the following particulars in the policy : policy
1. The name or a sufficient description of the insured.
2. The method of determining the group persons insured
and persons insured.
3. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the insurance money payable and the
conditions under which it becomes payable.
4. The period of grace, if any, within which the premium
may be paid.
5. The term of the insurance or the method of deter-
mining the day upon which the insurance com-
mences and terminates.
233. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2, in the case of Jf°g*®"*'
a contract of group insurance an insurer shall issue for delivery certifloate
by the insured to each group person insured a certificate or
other document in which are set forth the following par-
ticulars :
1. The name of the insurer and a sufficient identification
of the contract.
2. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of insurance on the group person insured
and on any person insured.
3. The circumstances under which the insurance ter-
minates, and the rights, if any, upon such termina-
tion of the group person insured and of any person
insured.
(2) This section does not apply to a contract of blanket ^*°^p*'°°
insurance or to a contract of group insurance of a non-renew-
able type issued for a term of six months or less.
234. — (1) Subject to section 235 and except as otherwise ^r=^°|jj'°j^„
provided in this section, the insurer shall set forth in the
policy every exception or reduction affecting the amount
payable under the contract, either in the provision affected
by the exception or reduction, or under a heading such as
"Exceptions" or "Reductions".
92
10
Idem
Idem
(2) Where the exception or reduction aflfects only one pro-
vision in the policy it shall be set forth in that provision.
(3) Where the exception or reduction is contained in an
endorsement, insertion or rider, the endorsement, insertion or
rider shall, unless it affects all amounts payable under the
contract, make reference to the provisions in the policy affected
by the exception or reduction.
Idem
(4) The exception or reduction mentioned in section 247
need not be set forth in the policy.
Idem
(5) This section does not apply to a contract made by a
fraternal society.
statutory
conditions
235. Subject to section 236, the conditions set forth in this
section shall be deemed to be part of every contract other
than a contract of group insurance, and shall be printed on or
attached to the policy forming part of such contract with the
heading "Statutory Conditions".
STATUTORY CONDITIONS
The 1. — (1) The application, this f)olicy, any document
Contract attached to this policy when issued, and any amend-
ment to the contract agreed upon in writing after the
policy is issued, constitute the entire contract, and no agent has authority
to change the contract or waive any of its provisions.
Waiver (2) The insurer shall be deemed not to have waived
any condition of this contract, either in whole or in
part, unless the waiver is clearly expressed in writing signed by the
insurer.
Copy of (3) The insurer shall, upon request, furnish to the
Application insured or to a claimant under the contract a copy of
the application.
Material 2. No statement made by the insured or person
Facts insured at the time of application for this contract
shall be used in defence of a claim under or to avoid
this contract unless it is contained in the application or any other written
statements or answers furnished as evidence of insurability.
Changes in
Occupation
3. — (1) If after the contract is issued the person
insured engages for compensation in an occupation
that is classified by the insurer as more hazardous than
that stated in this contract, the liability under this contract is limited to
the amount that the premium paid would have purchased for the more
hazardous occupation according to the limits, classification of risks and
premium rates in use by the insurer at the time the person insured engaged
in the more hazardous occupation.
(2) If the person insured changes his occupation from that stated in
this contract to an occupation classified by the insurer as less hazardous
and the insurer is so advised in writing, the insurer shall either,
(o) reduce the premium rate; or
(b) issue a policy for the unexpired term of this contract at the lower
rate of premium applicable to the less hazardous occupation.
92
11
according to the limits, classification of risks, and premium rates used by
the insurer at the date of receipt of advice of the change in occupation,
and shall refund to the insured the amount by which the unearned premium
on this contract exceeds the premium at the lower rate for the unexpired
term.
Relation of 4. Where the benefits for loss of time payable here-
Earnings to under, either alone or together with benefits for loss of
Insurance time under another contract, including a contract of
group accident insurance or group sickness insurance
or of both and a life insurance contract providing disability insurance,
exceed the money value of the time of the person insured, the insurer is
liable only for that proportion of the benefits for loss of time stated in this
policy that the money value of the time of the person insured bears to
the aggregate of the benefits for loss of time payable under all such con-
tracts and the excess premium, if any, paid by the insured shall be returned
to him by the insurer.
Termination 5. The insured may terminate this contract at any
by Insured time by giving written notice of termination to the
insurer by registered mail to its head office or chief
agency in the Province, or by delivery thereof to an authorized agent of
the insurer in the Province, and the insurer shall upon surrender of this
policy refund the amount of premium paid in excess of the short rate
premium calculated to the date of receipt of such notice according to the
table in use by the insurer at the time of termination.
Termination 6. — (1) The insurer may terminate this contract at
by Insurer any time by giving written notice of termination to
the insured and by refunding concurrently with the
giving of notice the amount of premium paid in excess of the pro rata
premium for the expired time.
(2) The notice of termination may be delivered to the insured, or it
may be sent by registered mail to the latest address of the insured on the
records of the insurer.
(3) Where the notice of termination is delivered to the insured, five
days notice of termination shall be given; where it is mailed to the insured,
ten days notice of termination shall be given, and the ten days shall begin
on the day following the date of mailing of notice.
Notice and 7. — (1) The insured or a person insured, or a bene-
Proof of ficiary entitled to make a claim, or the agent of anv of
Claim them, shall
(a) give written notice of claim to the insurer,
(i) by delivery thereof, or by sending it by registered mail to
the head office or chief agency of the insurer in the Prov-
ince, or
(ii) by delivery thereof to an authorized agent of the insurer
in the Province,
not later than thirty days from the date a claim arises under the
contract on account of an accident, sickness or disability;
(b) within ninety days from the date a claim ari.ses under the con-
tract on account of an accident, sickness or disability, furnish
to the insurer such proof as is reasonably possible in the cir-
cumstances of the happening of the accident or the commence-
ment of the sickness or disability, and the loss occasioned thereby,
the right of the claimant to receive payment, his age, and the age
of the beneficiary if relevant; and
92
12
(c) if !>o required by the insurer, furnish a siitisfactory certificate at
to the cause or nature of the accident, sickness or disability for
which claim may be made under the contract and as to the dura-
tion of such disability.
Failure to (2) Failure to give notice of claim or furnish proof
Give Notice of claim within the time prescribed by this statutory
or Proof condition does not invalidate the claim if the notice
or pr(X)f is given or furnished as soon as reasonably
possible, and in no event later than one year from the date of the accident
or the date a claim arises under the contract on account of sickness or
disability if it is shown that it was not reasonably possible to give notice
or furnish prrxjf within the time so prescribed.
Insurer to 8. 'i'he insurer shall furnish forms for proof of claim
Fumisli within fifteen days after receiving notice of claim.
Forms for but where the claimant has not received the forms
Proof of within that time he may submit his proof of claim
Claim in the form of a written statement of the cause or
nature of the accident, sickness or disability giving
rise to the claim and of the extent of the loss.
Rights of 9. As a condition precedent to recovery of insurance
Examination moneys under this contract,
(a) the claimant shall afford to the insurer an opportunity to examine
the person of the person insured when and so often as it reason-
ably requires while the claim hereunder is pending, and
(6) in the ca.se of death of the person insured, the insurer may require
an autopsy subject to any law of the applicable jurisdiction
relating to autopsies.
When Moneys 10. All moneys payable under this contract, other
Payable Other than benefits for loss of time, shall be paid by the
Than for Loss insurer within sixty days after it has received proof
of Time of claim.
When Loss 11. The initial benefits for loss of time shall tie paid
of Time by the insurer within thirty days after it has received
Benefits proof of claim, and payment shall be made thereafter
Payable in accordance with the terms of the contract but not
less frequently than once in each succeeding sixty
days while the Insurer remains liable for the payments if the person insured
when required to do so furnishes before payment proof of continuing
disability.
Limitation 12. .\n action or proceeding against the insurer for
of Actions the recovery of a claim under this contract shall not be
commenced more than one year after the date tiie
insurance money became payable or would have become payable if it
had been a valid claim.
236.-
-(1) Where a statutory condition is not applicable
)enefits provided by the contract it may be oi
from the policy or varied so that it will be applicable.
Omission or
conditions to the benefits provided by the contract it may be omitted
Idem (2) Statutory conditions 3, 4 and 9 may be omitted from
the policy if the contract does not contain any provisions
resijecting the matters dealt with therein.
92
13
(3) Statutory conditions 5 and 6 shall be omitted from the '''®'"
policy if the contract does not provide that it may be ter-
minated by the insurer prior to the expiry of any period for
which a premium has been accepted.
(4) Statutory conditions 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9, and subject to^*^®""
the restriction in subsection 5, statutory condition 7, may be
varied but, if by reason of the variation the contract is less
favourable to the insured, a person insured or a beneficiary
than it would be if the condition had not been varied, the
condition shall be deemed to be included in the policy in the
form in which it appears in section 235.
(5) Clauses a and b of paragraph 1 of statutory condition 7^''®™
may not be varied in policies providing benefits for loss of time.
(6) Statutory conditions 10 and 11 may be varied by short- ^^^^
ening the periods of time prescribed therein, and statutory
condition 12 may be varied by lengthening the period of time
prescribed therein.
(7) The title of a statutory condition shall be reproduced '''®'"
in the policy along with the statutory condition, but the
number of a statutory condition may be omitted.
(8) In the case of a contract made by a fraternal society, fraternal ^^
society
(a) the following provision shall be printed on every
policy in substitution for paragraph 1 of statutory
condition 1 :
The 1. — (1) This policy, the Act or instrii-
Contract ment of incorporation of the society, its
constitution, by-laws and rules, and the
amendments made from time to time to any of them, the
application for the contract and the medical statement of the
applicant, constitute the entire contract, and no agent has
authority to change the contract or waive any of its provisions.
and
{b) statutory condition 5 shall not be printed on the
policy.
237. In the case of a policy of accident insurance of a non- ^°J^<'j® "J^
renewable type issued for a term of six months or less or in condition*
relation to a ticket of travel, the statutory conditions need not
be printed on or attached to the policy if the policy contains
the following notice printed in conspicuous tyfje:
"Notwithstanding any other provision herein con-
tained, this contract is subject to the statutory con-
ditions in The Insurance Act respecting contracts of R-S-O. i960,
accident insurance.
92
14
Termination
for non-
renewal
premium
238. — (1) Where a policy evidencing a contract or a certi-
payment of ficate evidencing the renewal oi a contract is delivered to the
initial or ,,..., . .
insured and the initial premium or in the case of a renewal
certificate the renewal premium therefor has not been fully
paid,
(a) the contract or the renewal thereof evidenced by
the certificate is as binding on the insurer as if such
premium had been paid although delivered by an
officer or an agent of the insurer who did not have
authority to deliver it; and
(b) the contract may be terminated for the non-payment
of the premium by the insurer upon ten days notice
of termination given in writing to the insured and
mailed postage prepaid and registered to the latest
address of the insured on the records of the insurer
and the ten days shall begin on the day following
the date of mailing such notice.
Exception
(2) This section does not apply to a contract of group
insurance or to a contract made by a fraternal society.
Right
where
premium
unpaid
239. — (1) An insurer may,
(a) deduct unpaid premiums Irom an amount that it is
liable to pay under a contract; or
(b) sue the insured for unpaid premiums.
Where
cheque or
note for
premium
not paid
(2) Where a cheque or other bill of exchange or a promissory
note or other written promise to [jay is given for the whole or
part of a premium and payinent is not made according to its
tenor the premium or jiart thereof shall be deemed never to
have been paid.
Exception
(3) Clause a of subsection 1 does not apply to a contract
of group insurance.
Idem
(4) This section does not apply to a contract made by a
fraternal society.
Insurable
interest
240. Without restricting the meaning of the expression
"insurable interest", a person has an insurable interest in his
own life and well-being and in the life and well-being of.
(a) his child or grandchild;
(b) his spouse;
92
15
(c) any person upon whom he is wholly or in part
dependent for, or from whom he is receiving, support
or education;
(d) his officer or employee ; and
(e) any person in whom he has a pecuniary interest.
241. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, where at the time a con- Lack of
tract would otherwise take effect, the insured has no insurable interest
interest, the contract is void.
(2) A contract is not void for lack of insurable interest, Exceptions
(a) if it is a contract of group insurance; or
(b) if the person insured has consented in writing to the
insurance.
(3) Where the person insured is under the age of sixteen ^r'ni^nors
years, consent to the insurance may be given by one of his
parents or by a person standing in loco parentis to him.
POLICIES ON LIVES OF MINORS
242. — (1) Except in respect of his rights as beneficiary, a of*,'J,^°'^^
minor who has attained the age of sixteen years has the
capacity of a person of the age of twenty-one years,
(c) to make an enforceable contract; and
(b) in respect of a contract.
(2) A beneficiary who has attained the age of eighteen years of^mlnor'
has the capacity of a person of the age of twenty-one years beneficiary
to receive insurance money payable to him and to give a
valid discharge therefor.
MISREPRESENTATION .\NI) NON-DISCLOSURE
243. — (1) An applicant for insurance on his own behalf °igg,^gg°
and on behalf of each person to be insured, and each jjerson
to be insured, shall disclose to the insurer in any application,
on a medical examination, if any, and in any written state-
ments or answers furnished as evidence of insurability, every
fact within his knowledge that is material to the insurance
and is not so disclosed by the other.
(2) Subject to sections 244 and 247, a failure to disclose, or J^j,\og® '°
a misrepresentation of, such a fact renders a contract voidable
by the insurer.
92
16
Uroup
insurance
failure to
disrioae
(3) In the case of a contract of group insurance, a failure
to disclose or a misrepresentation of such a fact with respect
to a group person insured or a person insured under the con-
tract does not render the contract voidable, but if evidence of
insurability is si)ecificaUy requested by the insurer, the insur-
ance in resi)ect of such a person is, subject to section 244,
voidable by the insurer.
I'himy'"^' 244.— (1) Subject to section 247 and except as provided in
subsection 2,
(a) where a contract, including renewals thereof, except
a contract of group insurance, has been in eflfect
continuously for two years with respect to a person
insured, a failure to disclose or a misrepresentation of
a fact with resjject to that person required by section
243 to be disclosed does not, except in the case of
fraud, render the contract voidable;
(b) where a contract of group insurance, including
renewals thereof, has been in effect continuously for
two years with respect to a group person insured or a
person insured, a failure to disclose or a misrepre-
sentation of a fact with respect to that group person
insured or person insured required by section 243 to
be disclosed does not, except in the case of fraud,
render the contract voidable with respect to that
group person insured or person insured.
Exception (2) Where a claim arises from a loss incurred or a dis-
ability beginning before a contract, including renewals thereof,
has been in force for two years with respect to the person in
respect of whom the claim is made, subsection 1 does not
apply to that claim.
Application
ol^ incontest-
ability to
reinstate-
ment
245. Sections 243 and 244 apply mutatis mutandis to a
failure at the time of reinstatement of a contract to disclose
or a misrepresentation at that time, and the period of two
years to which reference is made in section 244 commences
to run in respect of a reinstatement from the date of rein-
statement.
Pre-existing
fonditions
246. Where a contract contains a general exception or
reduction with respect to pre-existing disease or physical
conditions and the person insured or group person insured
sufTers or has suffered from a disease or physical condition
that existed Ijefore the date the contract came into force with
respect to that person and the disease or physical condition
is not by name or specific description excluded from the
insurance resjiecting that person.
92
17
(a) the prior existence of the disease or physical condition
is not, except in the case of fraud, available as a
defence against liability in whole or in part for a
loss incurred or a disability beginning after the con-
tract, including renewals thereof, has been in force
continuously for two years immediately prior to the
date of loss incurred or commencement of disability
with respect to that person; and
(b) the existence of the disease or physical condition is
not, except in the case of fraud, available as a defence
against liability in whole or in part if the disease or
physical condition was disclosed in the application
for the contract.
247. — (1) Subject to subsections 2 and 3, if the age of the J^g^^jta'^^gg
person insured has been misstated to the insurer then, at the
option of the insurer, either,
(a) the benefits payable under the contract shall be
increased or decreased to the amount that would have
been provided for the same premium at the correct
age ; or
(b) the premium may be adjusted in accordance with
the correct age as of the date the person insured
became insured.
(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance, if there •s^g'^***(?"
a misstatement to the insurer of the age of a group person '" group
. r ., , , insurance
msured or person msured, the provisions, if any, of the
contract with respect to age or misstatement of age shall
apply.
(3) Where the age of a person affects the commencement or Jovlrnf^
termination of the insurance, the true age governs.
BENEFICIARIES
248. — (1) Unless otherwise provided in the policy, an Designation
insured may in a contract or by a declaration designate his beneficiary
personal representative or a beneficiary to receive insurance
money payable in the event of death by accident, and may
from time to time alter or revoke the designation by declara-
tion.
(2) A designation in an instrument purporting to be a will j^^^^^,i^'°"
is not ineffective by reason only of the fact that the instrument "'"
is invalid as a will or that the designation is invalid as a
bequest under the will.
(3) A designation in a will is of no effect against a designa- ^"orities
tion made later than the making of the will.
92
18
Revocation
(4) If a desi(;natioii is contained in a will and subsequently
the will is revoked by o})eration of law or otherwise, the
designation is thereby revoked.
Meaning of
"heirs", etc.
Death of
benefleiary
''*^'" (5) If a designation is contained in an instrument that
purports to l)e a will and subsequently the instrument, if it
had been valid as a will would have been revoked by operation
of law or otherwise, the designation is thereby revoked.
249. — (1) A designation in favour of the "heirs", "next-
of-kin" or "estate", or the use of words of like import in a
designation shall be deemed to be a designation of the per-
sonal representative.
(2) Where a beneficiary predeceases the person insured or
group person insured, as the case may be, and no disposition
of the share of the deceased beneficiary in the insurance money
is jjrovided in the contract or by declaration, the share is
]3ayable,
(a) to the surviving beneficiary; or
(b) if there is more than one surviving beneficiary, to
the surviving beneficiaries in equal shares; or
(c) if there is no surviving beneficiary, to the insured
or group person insured, as the case may be, or his
personal representative.
(3) A beneficiary designated under section 248 may upon
the death by accident of the person insured or group person
insured enforce for his own benefit, and a trustee appointed
pursuant to section 250 may enforce as trustee, the payment
of insurance money payable to him, and the payment to the
beneficiary or trustee discharges the insurer to the extent of
the amount paid, but the insurer may set up any defence that
it could have set up against the insured or his personal
representative.
benlnctary"^ 250. An insured may in a contract or by a declaration
apjKjint a trustee for a beneficiary, and may alter or revoke
the appointment by a declaration.
Right to
sue
Doi uments
affecting
title
251. — (1) Until an insurer receives at its head or principal
office in Canada an instrument or an order of any court of
competent jurisdiction affecting the right to receive insurance
money, or a notarial copy or a copy verified by statutory
declaration of any such instrument or order, it may make
payment of the insurance money and shall be as fully dis-
charged to the extent of the amount paid as if there were no
such instrument or order.
92
I
19
(2) Subsection 1 does not affect the rights or interests of^^'^''"^
any person other than the insurer.
(3) Where an assignee of a contract gives notice in writing ^^2j"®|^ ^^
of the assignment to the insurer at its head or principal office
in Canada he has priority of interest as against,
(a) any assignee other than one who gave notice earlier
in like manner; and
(6) a beneficiary.
(4) Where a contract is assigned unconditionally and other- ^||Jged*to
wise than as security, the assignee has all the rights and be insured
interests given by the contract and by this Part to the insured,
and shall be deemed to be the insured.
(5) A provision in a contract to the effect that the rights or Prohibition
• r , ■ , • I r r against
interests of the msured, or m the case of a contract of group assignment
insurance the group person insured, are not assignable, is valid.
251a. — (1) Where a beneficiary is designated, any insurance insurance
money payable to him is not, from the time of the happening from
of the event upon which it becomes payable, part of the estate
of the insured, and is not subject to the claims of the creditors
of the insured.
(2) While there is in effect a designation of beneficiary in ^j^*^^^^^*^'
favour of any one or more of a spouse, child, grandchild orf™'" seizure
parent of the person insured or group person insured, the
rights and interests of the insured in the insurance money and
in the contract so far as either relate to accidental death
benefits are exempt from execution or seizure.
2516. A group person insured may, in his own name, enforce ^er*8on
a right given by a contract to him, or to a person insured ^"J^^f^™^!^
thereunder as a person dependent upon or related to him, rights
subject to any defence available to the insurer against him or
such person insured or against the insured.
251c. Unless a contract or a declaration otherwise provides, f^lifeous
where a person insured or group person insured and a bene- deaths
ficiary die at the same time or in circumstances rendering it
uncertain which of them survived the other, the insurance
money is payable in accordance with subsection 2 of section
249 as if the beneficiary had predeceased the person insured
or group person insured.
25 Id. — (1) Where the insurer admits liability for the insur- ?^^™®JJJ^
ance money or any part thereof, and it appears to the insurer
that,
(a) there are adverse claimants; or
92
20
(b) the whereabouts of the person entitled is unknown;
or
(c) there is no person capable of giving or authorized to
give a valid discharge therefor who is willing to do so,
the insurer may apply ex parte to the court for an order for
payment of money into court, and the court may upon such
notice, if any, as it deems necessary, make an order accord-
ingly.
Costs of
proceedings
(2) The court may fix without taxation the costs incurred
upon or in connection with any application or order made
under subsection 1, and may order the costs to be paid out of
the insurance money or by the insurer or otherwise as it deems
just.
^r'insurer (^) ^ payment made pursuant to an order under subsection
1 discharges the insurer to the extent of the payment.
Where
beneficiary
a minor
251c. — (1) Where an insurer admits liability for insurance
mone>' payable to a minor and there is no person capable of
giving and authorized to give a valid discharge therefor who is
willing to do so, the insurer may at any time after thirty days
from the date of the happening of the event upon which the
insurance money becomes payable, pay the money less the
applicable costs mentioned in subsection 2 into court to the
credit of the minor.
Costs
(2) The insurer may retain out of the insurance money for
costs incurred upon payment into court under subsection 1,
the sum of SIO where the amount does not exceed $1,000, and
the sum of S15 in other cases, and payment of the remainder
of the money into court discharges the insurer.
Procedure
(3) No order is necessary for payment into court under
subsection 1, but the accountant or other proper officer shall
receive the money upon the insurer filing with him an affidavit
showing the amount payable and the name, date of birth and
residence of the minor, and upon such payment being made the
insurer shall forthwith notify the Official Guardian and
deliver to him a copy of the affidavit.
Beneficiary
under
disability
251/. Where it appears that a representative of a bene-
ficiary who is under disability may under the law of the
domicile of the beneficiary accept payments on behalf of the
beneficiary, the insurer may make payment to the represen-
tative and any such payment discharges the insurer to the
extent of the amount paid.
92
21
25lg. Notwithstanding that insurance money is payable to^^y'"®"'*
a person, the insurer may if the contract so provides, but|xceeding
subject always to the rights of an assignee, pay an amount
not exceeding $2,000 to,
(a) a relative by blood or connection by marriage of a
person insured or the group person insured; or
(b) any person appearing to the insurer to be equitably
entitled thereto by reason of having incurred expense
for the maintenance, medical attendance or burial
of a person insured or the group person insured, or to
have a claim against the estate of a person insured
or the group person insured in relation thereto,
and an>- such payment discharges the insurer to the extent of
the amount paid.
25lh. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, insurance money is p^y'J^g"^'^^
payable in Ontario.
(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance, insurance ^^"^IPj^p"
money is payable in the province or territory of Canada inins"™"**
which the group person insured was resident at the time he
became insured.
(3) Unless a contract otherwise provides, a reference '^o"a™
therein to dollars means Canadian dollars whether the con-
tract b}' its terms provides for payment in Canada or else-
where.
(4) Where a person entitled to receive insurance money is outside"'
not domiciled in Ontario the insurer may pay the insurance On'af'o
money to that person or to any person who is entitled to
receive it on his behalf by the law of the domicile of the
payee and any such payment discharges the insurer to the
extent of the amount paid.
(5) Where insurance money is by the contract payable persoifai' ^''
to a person who has died or to his personal representative and repreeenta-
such deceased person was not at the date of his death domiciled
in Ontario, the insurer may pay the insurance money to the
personal representative of such person appointed under the
law of his domicile, and any such payment discharges the
insurer to the extent of the amount paid.
25 h'. Regardless of the place where a contract was made, Ontario'"
a claimant who is a resident of Ontario may bring an action
in Ontario if the insurer was authorized to transact insurance
in Ontario at the time the contract was made or at the time
the action is brought.
92
22
Insurer
f living
nformation
Undue
prominence
Relief
from
forfeiture
Presump-
tion against
agency
Application
2Slj. An insurer does not incur any liability for any default,
error or omission in giving or withholding information as to
any notice or instrument that it has received and that affect*
the insurance money.
25 lA. The insurer shall not in the policy give undue prom-
inence to any provision or statutory condition as compared to
other provisions or statutor>' conditions, unless the effect of
that provision or statutory condition is to increase the pre-
mium or decrease the benefits otherwise provided for in the
policy.
251/. Where there has been imperfect compliance with a
statutory condition as to any matter or thing to be done or
omitted by the insured, person insured or claimant with
respect to the loss insured against and a consequent forfeiture
or avoidance of the insurance in whole or in part, and any
court before which a question relating thereto is tried deems
it inequitable that the insurance should be forfeited or avoided
on that ground, the court may relieve against the forfeiture or
avoidance on such terms as it deems just.
251m. No officer, agent, employee or servant of the insurer,
and no person soliciting insurance, whether or not he is an
agent of the insurer shall, to the prejudice of the insured,
I>erson insured or group i)erson insured, be deemed to be the
agent of the insured or of the person insured or group j^erson
insured in respect of any question arising out of the contract.
(2 J Part \'II of The Insurance Act, as re-enacted by sub-
section 1, applies to contracts made or renewed after this
section conies into force.
'•'*'" (3) In the case of contracts made before this section comes
into force and in effect on the day this section comes into
force,
(a) sections 227, 228, 229, 230, 237, 240, 241, 242, 246
and sections 248 to 251m of The Insurance Act, as
re-enacted by this section, apply; and
(6) sections 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 242 and 245 of The
Insurance Act, as they existed immediately before
this section comes into force, continue to apply.
R.s.o. I960. 17.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 315 of The Insurance Act
c. 190.6. 315, . . , 1 ■ f ,. • I • J 1 /
Bub8. 2. IS reijealed and the followmg substituted thereior:
re-enacted
(2) Licences so issued shall be of three classes, that is,
(o) licences for life insurance, or life and accident
insurance, or life and accident and sickness
insurance; or
Classes of
licences
92
Section 17 — Subsection 1. The classes of licences are renamed to
conform better to present practices.
Subsection 2. The fixing of the fee for revival of a salesman's licence
I is left to the Schedule where it is prescribed as $2.
92
Section 18. The fixing of the fee for revival of a salesman's licence is
left to the Schedule where it is fixed at $2.
Section 19. The amendments provide separate fees for agents,
brokers or adjusters who are corporations.
'>2
23
(b) licences for accident and sickness insurance; or
(c) licences for all classes of insurance other than
life insurance.
(2) Subsection 6 of the said section 315 is amended by ^f9§;g';^3^i°5
striking out "a fee of $1" in the seventh line and inserting in|"^g;|j^^
lieu thereof "the prescribed fee".
18. Subsection 6 of section 316 of The Insurance Act is^-fg^'i^aie
amended by striking out "a fee of $1" in the eighth line and|^|^6^^
inserting in lieu thereof "the prescribed fee".
19.— (1) Item 12 of Schedule A to The Insurance Act is^fgO- i^eO'
amended by adding thereto the following clause: sched. a,
amended
(d) where the applicant is a corporation 25
(2) Clause c of item 13 of the said Schedule A, as re-^fg'^- ^^^°'
enacted by subsection 2 of section 6 of The Insurance y4mew<f-^ched. a,
4 ■ 11.-.1- 1- Item 13
ment Act, 1968, is repealed and the following substituted (i968, c. 58.
, r s. 6. subs. 2),
therefor: oi. c,
re-enacted
(c) where the applicant is a corporation 25
(d) for transfer or revival of a licence 2
(e) all other applicants 25
(3) Item 14 of the said Schedule A is repealed and theRS^O- i^6o>
following substituted therefor: sched! a,
^ item 14,
re-enacted
14. Licences for insurance brokers and renewals thereof
whether corporate or otherwise 25
(4) Item 17 of the said Schedule A is repealed and the^fgo; '^^"'
following substituted therefor: Hem'i'7'^i
re-enacted
17. Licences under subsection 19 of section 315 in the name of a
transportation company authorizing its ticket salesmen
to act as agent for travel accident insurance, livestock
insurance or baggage insurance, and renewals thereof. ... 25
20.— (1) This Act, except sections 1, 11 and 16, comes into^^^t'"^'"^"
force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 1 and 16 come into force on a day to be named '''^"^
by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
(3) Section 1 1 comes into force on the 1st day of September, ^''*'"
1969.
21. This Act may be cited as The Insurance Amendment ^^°^^ •'*'*
Act, 1968-69.
92
s
JO
o
m
M
1=
ST
u<
tN»
« K.
n
s.
§.
-r •>
J"
<0
>3
- &)
c
Wo
1
3
»0
tading
9th, 19(5
3
n
n
>
>o
BILL 92
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
Mr. Rowntree
{Reprinted as amended by the Legal and Municipal Committee)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Complementary to section 16 of the Bill.
Section 2. The amendment corrects a typographical error.
Section 3. The amendment permits the Superintendent to make ex-
ceptions to the prescribed rate of interest that is used in computing the
reserve in respect of life insurance policies.
Section 4. The amendment limits the insurer's right to terminate
the contract for non-payment of premium to only those cases where the
promise to pay is a bill of exchange or promissory note.
92
BILL 92 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Paragraph 8 of section 1 of The Insurance Act is re-f^-fiO- i^fO'
pealed. par. s.
'^ repealed
2. Clause c of subsection 4 of section 62 of The Insurance^f^-lJ^^-
Act is amended by striking out "matured" in the second line^ubs^^ ci. c,
and inserting in lieu thereof "unmatured", so that the clause
shall read as follows:
(c) the full amount of the legal reserve in respect of
each unmatured life insurance contract as set out in
the schedule of contract legal reserves.
3. Paragraph 1 of subsection 2 of section 80 of The -^w-^fg^.'s.^lo'
surance Act, as re-enacted by section 4 of The Insurance (}^^^-^^-
Amendment Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following sub-subs.2.'
StitUted therefor: re-e'na'oted
1. The rate of interest assumed shall not exceed the
rate prescribed in Schedule D, except that where
upon the application of a company the Superin-
tendent is satisfied that a higher rate is appropriate
for a particular class of policy issued by the company,
the Superintendent may authorize the assumption
of such higher rate of interest as the Superintendent
specifies, and the Superintendent may withdraw his
authorization at any time.
4. Subsection 3 of section 97 of The Insurance Act is ^igo,' s.^l?,'
amended by striking out "or any promise to pay" in the first |^|j^|^|j
and second lines and by striking out "or other promise to pay"
in the fourth line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
92
Where
note or
cheque for
premium
not
honoured
(3) Where a cheque, bill of exchange or promissory note
is given, whether originally or by way of renewal,
for the whole or part of any premium and the
cheque, bill of exchange or promissory note is not
honoured according to its tenor, the insurer may
terminate the contract forthwith by giving written
notice by registered mail.
^loo^sa' ®* ^^t'°" ^^ °f ^*' Insurance Act is amended by adding
ainended ' thereto the following subsection :
Furnishing
of forms
not an
admission
(3) The furnishing by an insurer of forms to make proof
of loss shall not be taken to constitute an admission
by the insurer that a valid contract is in force or
that the loss in question falls within the insurance
provided by the contract.
^isoB^^m ®' Statutory condition 15 in section 111 of The Insurance
ccmd 15 "^^^ '® reijealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Notice 15. Any written notice to the insurer may be
delivered at, or sent by registered mail to, the chief
agency or head office of the insurer in the Province. Written notice may
be given to the insured named in the contract by letter personally de-
livered to him or by registered mail addressed to him at his latest post
office address as notified to the insurer. In this condition, the expression
"registered" means registered in or outside Canada.
o^fso e^^m '^' Subsection 2 of section 119 of The Insurance Act, as
re enacted ^"1^"*^^ by section 7 of The Insurance Amendment Act,
1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Insurance
on premium
note plan
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 71
(2) No licensed insurer shall carry on, on the premium
note plan, any class of insurance other than fire,
livestock and weather insurance but a mutual in-
surance company, without guarantee capital stock
incorporated for the purpose of undertaking con-
tracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan,
may also insure for the classes of insurance as
specified in subsection 13 of section 151 of The Cor-
porations Act.
o"i^'e^i3i ^' Section 131 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsection:
Mutual
insurance
corporations
(4) A mutual insurance corporation without guarantee
capital stock incorporated under subsection 3 of
section 150 of The Corporations Act shall be deemed
to be an insurer of the same class under subsection 1
and under subsection 4 of section 132.
^fgo /\^32 ®' Section 132 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsections:
92
Section 5. The aniendnient ensures that the mere supplying of proof
of loss forms does not constitute an admission.
Section 6. The statutory condition is reworded to make the language
uniform with that adopted by other provinces.
Sections 7, 8 and 9. The powers of fire mutual insurance corpora-
tions are extended to undertake liability insurance in respect of the persons
and property insured against fire and provision is made for reinsurance.
92
Section 10. The amendment is for the purpose of uniform language
in all insurance contracts in Canada.
Sr.ciiuN 11. The amendments increase the minimum automobile
public liability coverage from $35,000 to $50,000 and all the increase is
added to the priority given claims for bodily injury or death.
92
(4a) No mutual insurance corporation without guarantee ^^i^la^her'^
capital stock incorporated to transact fire insurance insurance
on the premium note plan shall undertake contracts
of weather insurance unless all liability for loss in
excess of $100 on any risk covered by weather in-
surance is reinsured with a licensed weather company
or a mutual insurance corporation without guarantee
capital stock incorporated pursuant to subsection 3
of section 150 of The Corporations Act. ff°- 19«°-
(46) The reinsurance requirement under subsection 4a ids'"
with respect to weather insurance does not apply
to a mutual fire insurance corporation without
guarantee capital stock that is restricted by its
licence to insuring the plant and stock of millers and
grain dealers used in connection with the grain
trade, and the dwellings, outbuildings and contents
thereof owned by such millers and grain dealers or
their employees, against fire and any other class or
classes of insurance set out in section 27.
10. Subcondition 8 of statutory condition 4 in section 204RS.O. i960,
of The Insurance Act, as re-enacted by section 11 of 7'Ae (1966.' c. 7i,
. - . B 11)
Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by striking outstat.
"independent" in the seventh line and inserting in lieu thereof gSbcond. 8,
"independently", so that the subcondition shall read as*™®"'^®''
follows :
In Case of (8) In the event of disagreement as to the nature
Disagreement and extent of the repairs and replacements required,
or as to their adequacy, if effected, or as to the amount
payable in respect of any loss or damage, those questions shall be deter-
mined by appraisal as provided under The Insurance Act before there can
be recovery under this contract, whether the right to recover on the
contract is disputed or not, and independently of all other questions.
There shall be no right to an appraisal until a specific deniard therefor is
made in writing and until after proof of loss has been deli\ercd.
11. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 216 of The Insurance ^c^ RS-0.^i9M^
as re-enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, (1966,' c'. 7i.
• • • S 1 1)
1966, IS amended by striking out "$35,000" in the third lineaubs. i,
and inserting in lieu thereof "$50,000", so that the subsection *'"^"'^*'*
shall read as follows:
(1) Every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle lia- ,'^inimum
..,.,.. . , . , liability
buity policy insures, m respect of any one accident, under
to the limit of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest ^^ "'^
and costs, against liability resulting from bodily
injury to or the death of one or more persons and
loss of or damage to property.
92
(2) Clause a of subsection 2 of the said section 216 is
R.S.O. 1960,
••. 190,8. 216
(1966, c. 71, amended by striking out "$30,000" in the second line and
Hubs. 2,ci. o. inserting in lieu thereof "$45,000", so that the cbuse shall
amended , , ,,
read as follows:
(a) claims against the insured arising out of bodily
injury or death have priority to the extent of $45,000
over claims arising out of loss of or damage to
jjroperty ; and
(3; Subsection 3 of the said section 216 is amended by
R..S.O. 1960.
o. 190, 8. 216
(1966, c. 71, striking out "$35,000" in the third line and in the fifth line
siibs. 3, and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance "$50,000", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
amended
Minimum
limits
where
separate
limits
designated
(3) The insurer may, instead of specifying a limit in the
policy for an inclusive amount, sp)ecify a limit of
liability of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest and
costs, against liability resulting from bodily injury
to or the death of one or more [jersons and a limit
of liability of at least SS0,000, exclusive of interest
and costs, against liability for loss of or damage to
property.
R..S.(). 1960.
c. lUO,
8. 2266
(1966, ( . 71,
8. 11),
subs. 2,
amended
12. Subsection 2 of section 2266 of The Insurance Act, as
enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966,
is amendecl by striking out "b\ " in the seventh line and by
striking out "referred to" in the tenth line and inserting in
lieu thereof "of the same type as is specified", so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
Release by
claimant
n..S.O. I960,
.-. 1.38
(2) Where an insurer makes a payment under a contract
of insurance referred to in subsection 1, the jiayment
constitutes, to the extent of such (jayment, a release
by the insured person or his personal representatives
of any claim that the insured person or his personal
representatives or any |)erson claiming through or
under him or by virtue of The Fatal Accidents Act
may have against the insurer and any other jjerson
who may be liable to the insurcxl jierson or his
jiersonal representatives if that other jjerson is in-
sured under a contract of the same type as is specified
in subsection 1, but nothing in this subsection pre-
cludes an insurer from demanding, as a condition
precedent to payment, a release to the extent of the
payment from the person insured or his personal
representatives or any other ix;rson.
92
Sections 12 and 13. The amendments are for the purpose of making
the language uniform with other jurisdictions and make no change in
principle.
92
Section 14. The amendment supplies a cross-reference originally
omitted in error.
Section IS. The amendment adopts a uniform provision recom-
mended by The Association of Supermtendents of Insurance of the
Provinces of Canada.
92
13. Subsection 2 of section 226c of The Insurance Act, as^-^g^- ^^^°'
enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, ^^^^t^agf'
is amended by striking out "by" in the seventh line, so thats. id!
the subsection shall read as follows: amended
(2) Where an insurer makes a payment under a contract ^IJ^nt''^
of insurance to which subsection 1 refers, the pay-
ment constitutes, to the extent of such payment, a
release by the insured person or his personal repre-
sentatives of any claim that the insured person or his
personal representatives or any person claiming
through or under him or by virtue of The Fatal^-f^- ^^^'^'
Accidents Act may have against the insurer and any
other person who may be liable to the insured per-
son or his personal representatives if that other per-
son is insured under a contract of the same type as
is specified in subsection 1, but nothing in this sub-
section precludes an insurer from demanding, as a
condition precedent to payment, a release to the
extent of the payment from the person insured or
his personal representatives or any other person.
14. Section 226e of The Insurance Act, as enacted by sec-^-^g^- ^^^°-
tion 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended s. 226e
by inserting after "section" in the second line "226a", sos. id!
that the section shall read as follows:
226e. Any person insured by but not named in a contract ^^^a^g"^^
to which section 226a, 2266 or 226c applies may re-'"^"™<^
cover under the contract in the same manner and to
the same extent as if named therein as the insured,
and for that purpose shall be deemed to be a party
to the contract and to have given consideration
therefor.
15. Section 226j of The Insurance Act, as enacted by ^-fgo; ^^^°'
section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended !;^^^-' „,
, , , ( 19oD, C. 71,
by adding thereto the following subsection: s. ii),
° amended
(3) "Rateable proportion"as used in subsection 2 means, ^ro'portUjn
deflned
(a) if there are two insurers liable and each has
the same policy limits, each of the insurers
shall share equally in any liability, expense,
loss or damage;
{b) if there are two insurers liable with different
policy limits, the insurers shall share equally
up to the limit of the smaller policy limit;
92
(c) if there are more than two insurers liable,
clauses a and b apply mutatis mutandis.
"loo." "*"■ 1®*— (1) Subject to subsection 3. Part VII of The Insurance
P^rt^^" Act, as amended by section 7 of The Insurance Amendment
re-enacted Act, 1961-62 and section 13 of The Insurance Amendment Act,
1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
PART VII
Accident and Sickness Insurance
Jatio''n'^ 227. In this Part,
(a) "application" means a written application for in-
surance or for the reinstatement of insurance;
(6) "beneficiary" means a person designated or ap-
pointed in a contract or by a declaration, other than
the insured or his fjersonal representative, to whom
or for whose benefit insurance money payable in the
event of death by accident is to be paid;
(c) "blanket insurance" means that class of group in-
surance that covers loss arising from specific hazards
incident to or defined by reference to a particular
activity or activities;
(d) "contract" means a contract of insurance;
(c) "court" means the Supreme Court, or a judge thereof;
(/) "creditor's group insurance" means insurance ef-
fected by a creditor whereby the lives or well-being,
or the lives and well-being, of a number of his
debtors are insured severally under a single contract;
(g) "declaration" means an instrument signed by the
insured,
(i) with respect to which an endorsement is made
on the policy, or
(ii) that identifies the contract, or
(iii) that describes the insurance or insurance
fund or a part thereof,
92
SiccTioN 16. The Accident and Sickness Part is re-enacted to adopt
the uniform provisions recommended by The Association of Superinten-
dents of Insurance of the Provinces of Canada. The principal changes
include:
1. provision for group insurance;
2. revision of provisions respecting the capacity of minors as bene-
ficiaries and the inclusion of trustee provisions similar to those
in Part V respecting life insurance;
3. provisions respecting beneficiaries of insurance moneys payable
by reason of death or accident;
4. provisions respecting designation of beneficiaries are expanded
and made similar to those in Part V respecting life insurance.
92
in which he designates or alters or revokes the
designation of his personal representative or a bene-
ficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit shall be
paid the insurance money which is payable in the
event of death by accident;
(h) "family insurance" means insurance whereby the
lives or well-being, or the lives and well-being, of
the insured and one or more persons related to him
by blood, marriage or adoption are insured under a
single contract between an insurer and the insured;
(i) "group insurance" means insurance other than
creditor's group insurance and family insurance,
whereby the lives or well-being, or the lives and
well-being, of a number of persons are insured
severally under a single contract between an insurer
and an employer or other person;
ij) "group person insured" means a person who is
insured under a contract of group insurance and
upon whom a right is conferred by the contract, but
does not include a person who is insured thereunder
as a person dependent upon or related to him;
(k) "instrument" includes a will;
(/) "insurance" means accident insurance, sickness in-
surance, or accident insurance and sickness insurance;
(w) "insured",
(i) in the case of group insurance means, in the
provisions of this Part relating to the designa-
tion of beneficiaries or of personal representa-
tives as recipients of insurance money and
their rights and status, the groujj person
insured, and
(ii) in all other cases means the person who makes
a contract with an insurer;
(w) "person insured" means a person in respect of an
accident to whom, or in respect of whose sickness,
insurance money is payable under a contract, but
does not include a group person insured ;
(o) "will" includes a codicil.
92
8
Applici
of J'art
art
Exceptloiu
Group
insurance
Issue of
policy
Exceptions
Contents
of policy
228. — (1) NotwithstandinR any agreement, condition or
stipulation to the contrary, this Part applies to contracts
made in Ontario.
(2) This Part does not apply to,
(a) accidental death insurance; or
(b) creditor's group insurance; or
(c) disability insurance; or
(d) insurance provided under section 226a, 226b or 226c.
229. In the case of a contract of group insurance made with
an insurer authorized to transact insurance in Ontario at the
time the contract was made, this Part applies in determining,
(a) the rights and status of beneficiaries and personal
representatives as recipients of insurance money, if
the group person insured was resident in Ontario at
the time he became insured; and
(b) the rights and obligations of the group person in-
sured if he was resident in Ontario at the time he
became insured.
230. .An insurer entering into a contract shall issue a policy.
231. — (1) This section does not apply to.
(a) a contract of group insurance; or
(b) a contract made by a fraternal society.
(2) An insurer shall set forth the following particulars in
the ix)licy:
1. The name or a sufficient description of the insured
and of the person insured.
2. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the insurance money payable and the
conditions under which it becomes payable.
3. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the premium and the period of grace, if
any, within which it may be paid.
4. The conditions upon which the contract may be
reinstated if it lapses.
92
5. The term of the insurance or the method of deter-
mining the day upon which the insurance com-
mences and terminates.
232. In the case of a contract of group insurance, an Contents
insurer shall set forth the following particulars in the policy : poiW
1. The name or a sufficient description of the insured.
2. The method of determining the group persons insured
and persons insured.
3. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the insurance money payable and the
conditions under which it becomes payable.
4. The period of grace, if any, within which the premium
may be paid.
5. The term of the insurance or the method of deter-
mining the day upon which the insurance com-
mences and terminates.
233. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2, in the case of J/""*®"**
a contract of group insurance an insurer shall issue for delivery certiflcate
by the insured to each group person insured a certificate or
other document in which are set forth the following par-
ticulars:
1. The name of the insurer and a sufficient identification
of the contract.
2. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of insurance on the group person insured
and on any person insured.
3. The circumstances under which the insurance ter-
minates, and the rights, if any, upon such termina-
tion of the group person insured and of any person
insured.
(2) This section does not apply to a contract of blanket ^''°®p"°"
insurance or to a contract of group insurance of a non-renew-
able type issued for a term of six months or less.
234. — (1) Subject to section 235 and except as otherwise ^r*°|^J'°j^nB
provided in this section, the insurer shall set forth in the
policy every exception or reduction affecting the amount
payable under the contract, either in the provision affected
by the exception or reduction, or under a heading such as
"Exceptions" or "Reductions".
92
10
Idem
Idem
Idem
(2) Where the exception or reduction affects only one pro-
vision in the policy it shall be set forth in that provision.
(3) Where the exception or reduction is contained in an
endorsement, insertion or rider, the endorsement, insertion or
rider shall, unless it affects all amounts payable under the
contract, make reference to the provisions in the policy affected
by the exception or reduction.
(4) The exception or reduction mentioned in section 247
need not be set forth in the policy.
Idem
(5) This section does not apply to a contract made by a
fraternal society.
statutory
oondltlona
235. Subject to section 236, the conditions set forth in this
section shall be deemed to be part of every contract other
than a contract of group insurance, and shall be printed on or
attached to the policy forming part of such contract with the
heading "Statutory Conditions".
STATUTORY CONDITIONS
The 1. — (1) The application, this policy, any document
Contract attached to this policy when issued, and any amend-
ment to the contract agreed upon in writing after the
policy is issued, constitute the entire contract, and no agent has authority
to change the contract or waive any of its provisions.
Waiver (2) The insurer shall be deemed not to have waived
any condition of this contract, either in whole or in
part, unless the waiver is clearly expressed in writing signed by the
insurer.
Copy of (3) The insurer shall, upon request, furnish to the
Application insured or to a claimant under the contract a copy of
the application.
IViaterial 2. No statement made by the insured or person
Facts insured at the time of application for this contract
shall be used in defence of a claim under or to avoid
this contract unless it is contained in the application or any other written
statements or answers furnished as evidence of insurability.
Changes in
Occupation
3. — (1) If after the contract is issued the person
insured engages for compensation in an occupation
that is classified by the insurer as more hazardous than
that stated in this contract, the liability under this contract is limited to
the amount that the premium paid would have purchased for the more
hazardous occupation according to the limits, classification of risks and
premium rates in use by the insurer at the time the person insured engaged
in the more hazardous occupation.
(2) If the person insured changes his occupation from that stated in
this contract to an occupation classified by the insurer as less hazardous
and the insurer is so advised in writing, the insurer shall either,
(o) reduce the premium rate; or
(b) issue a policy for the unexpired term of this contract at the lower
rate of premium applicable to the less hazardous occupation.
92
11
according to the limits, classification of risks, and premium rates used by
the insurer at the date of receipt of advice of the change in occupation,
and shall refund to the insured the amount by which the unearned premium
on this contract exceeds the premium at the lower rate for the unexpired
term.
Relation of 4. Where the benefits for loss of time payable here-
Earnings to under, either alone or together with benefits for loss of
Insurance time under another contract, including a contract of
group accident insurance or group sickness insurance
or of both and a life insurance contract providing disability insurance,
exceed the money value of the time of the person insured, the insurer is
liable only for that proportion of the benefits for loss of time stated in this
policy that the money value of the time of the person insured bears to
the aggregate of the benefits for loss of time payable under all such con-
tracts and the excess premium, if any, paid by the insured shall be returned
to him by the insurer.
Termination 5. The insured may terminate this contract at any
by Insured time by giving written notice of termination to the
insurer by registered mail to its head office or chief
agency in the Province, or by delivery thereof to an authorized agent of
the insurer in the Province, and the insurer shall upon surrender of this
policy refund the amount of premium paid in excess of the short rate
premium calculated to the date of receipt of such notice according to the
table in use by the insurer at the time of termination.
Termination 6. — (1) The insurer may terminate this contract at
by insurer any time by giving written notice of termination to
the insured and by refunding concurrently with the
giving of notice the amount of premium paid in excess of the pro rata
premium for the expired time.
(2) The notice of termination may be delivered to the insured, or it
may be sent by registered mail to the latest address of the insured on the
records of the insurer.
(3) Where the notice of termination is delivered to the insured, five
days notice of termination shall be given; where it is mailed to the insured,
ten days notice of termination shall be given, and the ten days shall begin
on the day following the date of mailing of notice.
Notice and 7. — (1) The insured or a person insured, or a bene-
Proof of ficiary entitled to make a claim, or the agent of any of
Claim them, shall
(a) give written notice of claim to the insurer,
(i) by delivery thereof, or by sending it by registered mail to
the head office or chief agency of the insurer in the Prov-
ince, or
(ii) by delivery thereof to an authorized agent of the insurer
in the Province,
not later than thirty days from the date a claim arises under the
contract on account of an accident, sickness or disability;
(6) within ninety days from the date a claim arises under the con-
tract on account of an accident, sickness or disability, furnish
to the insurer such proof as is reasonably possible in the cir-
cumstances of the happening of the accident or the commence-
ment of the sickness or disability, and the loss occasioned thereby,
the right of the claimant to receive payment, his age, and the age
of the beneficiary if relevant; and
92
12
(c) if so required by the insurer, furnish a satisfactory certificate as
to the cause or nature of the accident, sickness or disability for
which claim may be made under the contract and as to the dura-
tion of such disability.
Failure to (2) Failure to give notice of claim or furnish proof
Give Notice of claim within the time prescribed by this statutory
or Proof condition does not invalidate the claim if the notice
or proof is given or furnished as soon as reasonably
possible, and in no event later than one year from the date of the accident
or the date a claim arises under the contract on account of sickness or
disability if it is shown that it was not reasonably possible to give notice
or furnish proof within the time so prescribed.
Insurer to 8. The insurer shall furnish forms for proof of claim
Furnisll within fifteen days after receiving notice of claim,
Forms for but where the claimant has not received the forms
Proof of within that time he may submit his proof of claim
Ciaim in the form of a written statement of the cause or
nature of the accident, sickness or disability giving
rise to the claim and of the extent of the loss.
Rigiits of 9. As a condition precedent to recovery of insurance
Examination moneys under this contract,
(a) the claimant shall afford to the insurer an opportunity to examine
the person of the person insured when and so often as it reason-
ably requires while the claim hereunder is pending, and
(b) in the case of death of the person insured, the insurer may require
an autopsy subject to any law of the applicable jurisdiction
relating to autopsies.
Wiien Moneys 10. All moneys payable under this contract, other
Payable Otiier than benefits for loss of time, shall be paid by the
Tlian for Loss insurer within sixty days after it has received proof
of Time of claim.
Wiien Loss 11. The initial benefits for loss of time shall be paid
of Time by the insurer within thirty days after it has received
Benefits proof of claim, and payment shall be made thereafter
Payable in accordance with the terms of the contract but not
less frequently than once in each succeeding sixty
days while the insurer remains liable for the payments if the person insured
when required to do so furnishes before payment proof of continuing
disjibility.
Limitation 12. An action or proceeding against the insurer for
of Actions the recovery of a claim under this contract shall not bt
commenced more than one year after the date the
insurance money became payable or would have become payable if it
had been a valid claim.
Omission or 236. — (1) Where a statutory condition is not applicable
conditions to the benefits provided by the contract it may be omitted
from the policy or varied so that it will be applicable.
Idem (2) Statutory conditions 3, 4 and 9 may be omitted from
the policy if the contract does not contain any provisions
respecting the matters dealt with therein.
92
13
(3) Statutory conditions 5 and 6 shall be omitted from the ''<*«'»
policy if the contract does not provide that it may be ter-
minated by the insurer prior to the expiry of any period for
which a premium has been accepted.
(4) Statutory conditions 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9, and subject to'"*^'"
the restriction in subsection 5, statutory condition 7, may be
varied but, if by reason of the variation the contract is less
favourable to the insured, a person insured or a beneficiary
than it would be if the condition had not been varied, the
condition shall be deemed to be included in the policy in the
form in which it appears in section 235.
(5) Clauses a and b of paragraph 1 of statutory condition 7 ''*®'°
may not be varied in policies providing benefits for loss of time.
(6) Statutory conditions 10 and 11 may be varied by short- ^'*®'"
ening the periods of time prescribed therein, and statutory
condition 12 may be varied by lengthening the period of time
prescribed therein.
(7) The title of a statutory condition shall be reproduced ''"'"
in the policy along with the statutory condition, but the
number of a statutory condition may be omitted.
(8) In the case of a contract made by a fraternal society, fraternal ^'
society
(a) the following provision shall be printed on every
policy in substitution for paragraph 1 of statutory
condition 1 :
The 1. — (1) This policy, the Act or instni-
Contract ment of incorporation of the society, its
constitution, by-laws and rules, and the
amendments made from time to time to any of them, the
application for the contract and the medical statement of the
applicant, constitute the entire contract, and no agent has
authority to change the contract or waive any of its provisions.
and
(b) statutory condition 5 shall not be printed on the
policy.
237. In the case of a policy of accident insurance of a non-|:J°^j,<^°''
renewable type issued for a term of six months or less or in conditions
relation to a ticket of travel, the statutory conditions need not
be printed on or attached to the policy if the policy contains
the following notice printed in conspicuous type:
"Notwithstanding any other provision herein con-
tained, this contract is subject to the statutory con-
ditions in The Insurance Act respecting contracts of RS.o. i960,
accident insurance.
92
14
Termination
for non
renewal
premium
238. — (1) Where a policy evidencing a contract or a certi-
payment of ficate evidencing the renewal ol a contract is delivered to the
initial or . j i i • • • i • i , ,
insured and the initial premium or in the case of a renewal
certificate the renewal premium therefor has not been fully
paid,
(a) the contract or the renewal thereof evidenced by
the certificate is as binding on the insurer as if such
premium had been paid although delivered by an
officer or an agent of the insurer who did not have
authority to deliver it; and
(b) the contract may be terminated for the non-payment
of the premium by the insurer upon ten days notice
of termination given in writing to the insured and
mailed ix)stage prepaid and registered to the latest
address of the insured on the records of the insurer
and the ten days shall begin on the day following
the date of mailing such notice.
Exception (2) This section does not apply to a contract of group
insurance or to a contract made by a fraternal society.
Right
where
premium
unpaid
239. — (1) An insurer may,
(a) deduct unpaid premiums from an amount that it is
liable to pay under a contract; or
(b) sue the insured for unpaid premiums.
Where
cheque or
note for
premium
not paid
(2) Where a cheque or other bill of exchange or a promissory
note or other written promise to pay is given for the whole or
part of a premium and payment is not made according to its
tenor the premium or part thereof shall be deemed never to
have been paid.
Exception
(3) Clause a of subsection 1 does not apply to a contract
of group insurance.
Idem
(4) This section does not apply to a contract made b}- a
fraternal society.
Insurable
interest
240. Without restricting the meaning of the expression
"insurable interest", a person has an insurable interest in his
own life and well-l)eing and in the life and well-being of,
(a) his child or grandchild;
(b) his spouse;
92
15
(c) any person upon whom he is wholly or in part
dependent for, or from whom he is receiving, support
or education;
(d) his officer or employee; and
(e) any person in whom he has a pecuniary interest.
241. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, where at the time a con-i^ack of^
tract would otherwise take effect, the insured has no insurable interest
interest, the contract is void.
(2) A contract is not void for lack of insurable interest, Exceptions
(a) if it is a contract of group insurance; or
(b) if the person insured has consented in writing to the
insurance.
(3) Where the person insured is under the age of sixteen of°minor8
years, consent to the insurance may be given by one of his
parents or by a person standing in loco parentis to him.
POLICIES ON LIVES OF MINORS
242.- — (1) Except in respect of his rights as beneficiary, aof'mlnore
minor who has attained the age of sixteen years has the
capacity of a person of the age of twenty-one years,
(a) to make an enforceable contract; and
(6) in respect of a contract.
(2) A beneficiary who has attained the age of eighteen years Jf'mlnor
has the capacity of a person of the age of twenty-one years beneficiary
to receive insurance money payable to him and to give a
valid discharge therefor.
MISREPRESENTATION AND NON-DISCLOSURE
243. — (1) An applicant for insurance on his own behalf ^^g^'i^se"
and on behalf of each person to be insured, and each person
to be insured, shall disclose to the insurer in any application,
on a medical examination, if any, and in any written state-
ments or answers furnished as evidence of insurability, every
fact within his knowledge that is material to the insurance
and is not so disclosed by the other.
(2) Subject to sections 244 and 247, a failure to disclose, or J^jJi^/g^g "^^
a misrepresentation of, such a fact renders a contract voidable
by the insurer.
92
16
Oroup
insurance
rtillure to
diBclow
(3) In the case of a contract of group insurance, a failure
to disclose or a misrepresentation of such a fact with respect
to a group i>erson insured or a j^erson insured under the con-
tract does not render the contract voidable, but if evidence of
insurability is specifically requested by the insurer, the insur-
ance in res|>ect of such a jjerson is, subject to section 244,
voidable by the insurer.
awur***' ^^' — ^^^ Subject to section 247 and except as provided in
subsection 2,
(a) where a contract, including renewals thereof, except
a contract of group insurance, has been in effect
continuously for two years with respect to a person
insured, a failure to disclose or a misrepresentation of
a fact with respect to that person required by section
243 to be disclosed does not, except in the case of
fraud, render the contract voidable;
(b) where a contract of group insurance, including
renewals thereof, has been in effect continuously for
two years with respect to a group person insured or a
person insured, a failure to disclose or a misrepre-
sentation of a fact with respect to that group person
insured or person insured required by section 243 to
be disclosed does not, except in the case of fraud,
render the contract voidable with respect to that
group person insured or person insured.
Exception (2) Where a claim arises from a loss incurred or a dis-
ability beginning before a contract, including renewals thereof,
has been in force for two years with respect to the person in
respect of whom the claim is made, subsection 1 does not
apply to that claim.
Application
of incontest-
ability to
reinstate-
ment
245. Sections 243 and 244 apply mutatis mutandis to a
failure at the time of reinstatement of a contract to disclose
or a misrepresentation at that time, and the period of two
years to which reference is made in section 244 commences
to run in respect of a reinstatement from the date of rein-
statement.
Pre-existing
conditions
246. Where a contract contains a general exception or
reduction with respect to pre-existing disease or physical
conditions and the person insured or group person insured
suffers or has suffered from a disease or physical condition
that existed before the date the contract came into force with
respect to that person and the disease or physical condition
is not by name or specific description excluded from the
insurance respecting that f>erson,
92
17
(a) the prior existence of the disease or physical condition
is not, except in the case of fraud, available as a
defence against liability in whole or in part for a
loss incurred or a disability beginning after the con-
tract, including renewals thereof, has been in force
continuously for two years immediately prior to the
date of loss incurred or commencement of disability
with respect to that person; and
(b) the existence of the disease or physical condition is
not, except in the case of fraud, available as a defence
against liability in whole or in part if the disease or
physical condition was disclosed in the application
for the contract.
247.— (1) Subject to subsections 2 and 3, if the age of the MJsstate-^^
"person insured has been misstated to the insurer then, at the
option of the insurer, either,
(a) the benefits payable under the contract shall be
increased or decreased to the amount that would have
been provided for the same premium at the correct
age; or
(b) the premium may be adjusted in accordance with
the correct age as of the date the person insured
became insured.
(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance, if there 's^^t'of®™
a misstatement to the insurer of the age of a group person !" group
. r •/■ .. 1 insurance
insured or person msured, the provisions, if any, of the
contract with respect to age or misstateinent of age shall
apply.
(3) Where the age of a person affects the commencement or governs*
termination of the insurance, the true age governs.
BENEFICIARIES
248. — (1) Unless otherwise provided in the policy, an ^f®^'*^"*"°"
insured may in a contract or by a declaration designate his heneflciary
personal representative or a beneficiary to receive insurance
money payable in the event of death by accident, and may
from time to time alter or revoke the designation by declara-
tion.
(2) A designation in an instrument purporting to be a will in®fnvaUd°°
is not ineffective by reason only of the fact that the instrument win
is invalid as a will or that the designation is invalid as a
bequest under the will.
(3) A designation in a will is of no effect against a designa- Pfo^ties
tion made later than the making of the will.
92
18
Ravoostlon
(4) If a designation is contained in a will and subsequently
the will is revoked by operation of law or otherwise, the
designation is thereby revoked.
Id«m
(5) If a designation is contained in an instrument that
pur|X)rts to be a will and subsequently the instrument, if it
had been valid as a will would have been revoked by operation
of law or otherwise, the designation is thereby revoked.
Death of
boneflciary
•"^X-'etr 249.— (1) A designation in favour of the "heirs", "next-
of-kin" or "estate", or the use of words of like import in a
designation shall be deemed to be a designation of the per-
sonal representative.
(2) Where a beneficiary predeceases the person insured or
group person insured, as the case may be, and no disposition
of the share of the deceased beneficiary in the insurance money
is provided in the contract or by declaration, the share is
payable,
(o) to the surviving beneficiary; or
(b) if there is more than one surviving beneficiary, to
the surviving beneficiaries in equal shares; or
(c) if there is no surviving beneficiary, to the insured
or group person insured, as the case may be, or his
personal representative.
(3j A beneficiary designated under section 248 may upon
the death by accident of the person insured or group person
insured enforce for his own benefit, and a trustee appointed
I)ursuant to section 250 may enforce as trustee, the payment
of insurance money payable to him, and the payment to the
beneficiary or trustee discharges the insurer to the extent of
the amount paid, but the insurer may set up any defence that
it could have set up against the insured or his personal
representative.
lUnlmTary'^ 250. An insured may in a contract or by a declaration
appoint a trustee for a beneficiary, and may alter or revoke
the apjK)intment by a declaiation.
Right to
sue
JJoL-uments
affecting
title
251. — (1) Until an insurer receives at its head or principal
office in Canada an instrument or an order of any court of
coinijetent jurisdiction affecting the right to receive insurance
nione\", or a notarial copy or a copy verified by statutory
declaration of any such instrument or order, it may make
pa\nient of the insurance money and shall be as fully dis-
charged to the extent of the amount paid as if there were no
such instrument or order.
92
19
(2) Subsection 1 does not affect the rights or interests of^^^'"^
any person other than the insurer.
(3) Where an assignee of a contract gives notice in writing ass^noe **'
of the assignment to the insurer at its head or principal office
in Canada he has priority of interest as against,
(a) any assignee other than one who gave notice earlier
in like manner; and
(b) a beneficiary.
(4) Where a contract is assigned unconditionally and other- ^llJgJ^®^^
wise than as security, the assignee has all the rights and be insured
interests given by the contract and by this Part to the insured,
and shall be deemed to be the insured.
(5) A provision in a contract to the effect that the rights or Prohibition
. ^i.,., f. f against
interests oi the insured, or in the case oi a contract oi group assignment
insurance the group person insured, are not assignable, is valid.
251a. — (1) Where a beneficiary is designated, any insurance insurance
money payable to him is not, from the time of the happening from
of the event upon which it becomes payable, part of the estate
of the insured, and is not subject to the claims of the creditors
of the insured.
(2) While there is in effect a designation of beneficiary in^j^"^^*"*
favour of any one or more of a spouse, child, grandchild or from seizure
parent of the person insured or group person insured, the
rights and interests of the insured in the insurance money and
in the contract so far as either relate to accidental death
benefits are exempt from execution or seizure.
2516. A group person insured may, in his own name, enforce p/^oS
a right given by a contract to him, or to a person insured ^f^j;^^^
thereunder as a person dependent upon or related to him, rights
subject to any defence available to the insurer against him or
such person insured or against the insured.
251c. Unless a contract or a declaration otherwise provides, fa^e'ous
where a person insured or group person insured and a bene- deaths
ficiary die at the same time or in circumstances rendering it
uncertain which of them survived the other, the insurance
money is payable in accordance with subsection 2 of section
249 as if the beneficiary had predeceased the person insured
or group person insured.
25 W. — (1) Where the insurer admits liability for the insur- [^^y'^^JJJj
ance money or any part thereof, and it appears to the insurer
that,
(a) there are adverse claimants; or
92
20
(b) the whereabouts of the person entitled is unknown;
or
(c) there is no person capable of giving or authorized to
give a valid discharge therefor who is willing to do so,
the insurer may apply ex parte to the court for an order for
payment of money into court, and the court may upon such
notice, if any, as it deems necessary, make an order accord-
ingly.
Costs of
proceed IngB
(2) The court may fix without taxation the costs incurred
upon or in connection with any application or order made
under subsection 1, and may order the costs to be paid out of
the insurance money or by the insurer or otherwise as it deems
just.
oftnsurer ^^^ ^ payment made pursuant to an order under subsection
1 discharges the insurer to the extent of the payment.
Where
beneficiary
a minor
251tf. — (1) Where an insurer admits liability for insurance
mone>' payable to a minor and there is no person capable of
giving and authorized to give a valid discharge therefor who is
willing to do so, the insurer may at any time after thirty days
from the date of the happening of the event upon which the
insurance money becomes payable, pay the money less the
applicable costs mentioned in subsection 2 into court to the
credit of the minor.
Costa
(2) The insurer may retain out of the insurance money for
costs incurred upon payment into court under subsection 1,
the sum of SIO where the amount does not exceed $1,000, and
the sum of $15 in other cases, and payment of the remainder
of the money into court discharges the insurer.
Procedure
(3) Xo order is necessary for payment into court under
subsection 1, but the accountant or other proper officer shall
receive the money upon the insurer filing with him an affidavit
showing the amount payable and the name, date of birth and
residence of the minor, and upon such payment being made the
insurer shall forthwith notify the Official Guardian and
deliver to him a copy of the affidavit.
Beneficiary
under
disability
251/. Where it appears that a representative of a bene-
ficiar\' who is under disability may under the law of the
domicile of the beneficiary accept payments on behalf of the
beneficiary, the insurer may make payment to the represen-
tative and an\ such payment discharges the insurer to the
extent of the amount paid.
92
21
251g. Notwithstanding that insurance money is payable to^*^™*"*®
a person, the insurer may if the contract so provides, t)Ut||ceeding
subject always to the rights of an assignee, pay an amount
not exceeding $2,000 to,
(a) a relative by blood or connection by marriage of a
person insured or the group person insured ; or
(b) any person appearing to the insurer to be equitably
entitled thereto by reason of having incurred expense
for the maintenance, medical attendance or burial
of a person insured or the group person insured, or to
have a claim against the estate of a person insured
or the group person insured in relation thereto,
and any such payment discharges the insurer to the extent of
the amount paid.
25lh. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, insurance money 's payment
payable in Ontario.
(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance, insurance ^r*group"
money is payable in the province or territory of Canada in insurance
which the group person insured was resident at the time he
became insured.
(3) Unless a contract otherwise provides, a reference i^o'iars
therein to dollars means Canadian dollars whether the con-
tract by its terms provides for payment in Canada or else-
where.
(4) Where a person entitled to receive insurance money iSpu^jlJI"'
not domiciled in Ontario the insurer may pay the insurance Ontario
money to that person or to any person who is entitled to
receive it on his behalf by the law of the domicile of the
payee and any such payment discharges the insurer to the
extent of the amount paid.
(5) Where insurance money is by the contract payable pg^^Jnai' '"
to a person who has died or to his personal representative and representa-
such deceased person was not at the date of his death domiciled
in Ontario, the insurer may pay the insurance money to the
personal representative of such person appointed under the
law of his domicile, and any such payment discharges the
insurer to the extent of the amount paid.
25 h'. Regardless of the place where a contract was made, ^"'j'^r'io'"
a claimant who is a resident of Ontario may bring an action
in Ontario if the insurer was authorized to transact insurance
in Ontario at the time the contract was made or at the time
the action is brought.
92
22
Insurer
f;ivlng
nrormation
Undue
prominence
Relief
from
forfeiture
Presump-
tion against
agency
25 Ij. An insurer does not incur any liability for any default,
error or omission in giving or withholding information as to
any notice or instrument that it has received and that afTects
the insurance money.
25 li. The insurer shall not in the iK>licy give undue prom-
inence to any provision or statutory condition as compared to
other provisions or statutory conditions, unless the effect of
that provision or statutory condition is to increase the pre-
mium or decrease the benefits otherwise provided for in the
policy.
251/. Where there has been imperfect compliance with a
statutory condition as to any matter or thing to be done or
omitted by the insured, person insured or claimant with
respect to the loss insured against and a consequent forfeiture
or avoidance of the insurance in whole or in part, and any
court before which a question relating thereto is tried deems
it inequitable that the insurance should be forfeited or avoided
on that ground, the court may relieve against the forfeiture or
avoidance on such terms as it deems just.
25 Iw. No officer, agent, employee or servant of the insurer,
and no person soliciting insurance, whether or not he is an
agent of the insurer shall, to the prejudice of the insured,
person insured or group person insured, be deemed to be the
agent of the insured or of the person insured or group person
insured in respect of any question arising out of the contract.
Application (2) Part V'll of The Insurance Act, as re-enacted by sub-
I section 1, applies to contracts made after this section comes
into force.
'<**"■ (3) In the case of contracts made before this section comes
into force and in effect on the day this section comes into
force,
(a) sections 227, 228, 229, 230, 237, 240, 241, 242, 246
and sections 248 to 251w of The Insurance Act, as
re-enacted by this section, apply; and
(b) sections 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 242 and 245 of The
Insurance Act, as they existed immediately before
this section comes into force, continue to apply.
^fgO-g'Hffs 17.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 315 of The Insurance Act
re-enacted '^ repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Licences so issued shall be of three classes, that is,
(a) licences for life insurance, or life and accident
insurance, or life and accident and sickness
insurance; or
Classes of
iicencea
92
Section 17 — Subsection 1. The classes of licences are renamed to
conform better to present practices.
Subsection 2. The fixing of the fee for revival of a salesman's licence
is left to the Schedule where it is prescribed as $2.
92
Section 18. The fixing of the fee for revival of a salesman's licence is
left to the Schedule where it is fixed at (2.
Section 19. The amendments provide separate fees for agents,
brokers or adjusters who are corporations.
92
23
(b) licences for accident and sickness insurance; or
(c) licences for all classes of insurance other than
life insurance.
(2) Subsection 6 of the said section 315 is amended by ^•fgog-';^^^^
striking out "a fee of $1" in the seventh line and inserting iii|'^g^^^j
lieu thereof "the prescribed fee".
18. Subsection 6 of section 316 of The Insurance Act is^fgo.g'l^a^i'e,
amended by striking out "a fee of $1" in the eighth line 'ind|^|j^^^^
inserting in lieu thereof "the prescribed fee".
19.— (1) Item 12 of Schedule A to The Insurance Act is^fgO; i^"'"'
amended by adding thereto the following clause: uem^i2^'
amended
(d) where the applicant is a corporation 25
(2) Clause c of item 13 of the said Schedule A, as re- ^fgO; ^seo.
enacted by subsection 2 of section 6 of The Insurance ^'"^"'^■^gm^i's^'
ment Act, 1968, is repealed and the following substituted (laes. c. 58.
, , ' " s. 6, subs. 2),
therefor: ci. c,
re-enacted
(c) where the applicant is a corporation 25
(d) for transfer or revival of a licence 2
(e) all other applicants 25
(3) Item 14 of the said Schedule A is repealed and the ^•f99- ^^^°'
following substituted therefor: sched! a,
" item 14,
re-enacted
14. Licences for insurance brokers and renewals thereof
whether corporate or otherwise 25
.R.S.O. 1960,
(4) Item 17 of the said Schedule A is repealed and the^jgo'
' " Sched! .
item 17
re-enacted
following substituted therefor: uem^i?'^
17. Licences under subsection 19of section 315 in the nameof a
transportation company authorizing its ticket salesmen
to act as agent for travel accident insurance, livestock
insurance or baggage insurance, and renewals thereof. . . 25
20.— (1) This Act, except sections 1, 11 and 16, comes into^,";^/"*""*''
force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 1 and 16 come into force on a day to be named '**®'"
by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
(3) Section 11 comes into force on the 1st day of September, '''®""
1969.
21. This Act may be cited as The Insurance Amendment ^^°^^ ^^^^^
Act, 1968-69.
92
00
s
a-
IS.
.•3
•E
3"^
2
w
O
z
H
n
I"
•1
Ei»
o
a
=r
&.
KJ
^
0^
1
«*.
,_^
a
o
»«
Ov
>o
n
BILL 92
2nd Session, 2Sth Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
Mr. Rowntree
(Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank 1o(;g. Qli;i;n's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Complementary to section 16 of the Bill.
Section 2. The amendment corrects a typographical error.
Section 3. The amendment permits the Superintendent to make ex-
ceptions to the prescribed rate of interest that is used in computing the
reserve in respect of life insurance policies.
92
BILL 92 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Paragraph 8 of section 1 of The Insurance Act is re- RS.o. i960.
, , c. 190, 8. 1,
pealed. par. 8
repealed
2. Clause c of subsection 4 of section 62 of The Insurance b,.s^. lam.
Act is amended by striking out "matured" in the second lineaiibs. 4, ci. c,
and inserting in lieu thereof "unmatured", so that the clause*'"*"
shall read as follows:
(c) the full amount of the legal reserve in respect of
each unmatured life insurance contract as set out in
the schedule of contract legal reserves,
3. Paragraph 1 of subsection 2 of section 80 of The In-ff^o-^^eo.
surance Act, as re-enacted by section 4 of The Insurance ns62-63.
.0 64 8 4)
Amendment Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following sub- subs.' 2,'
stituted therefor: re^'na'cted
1. The rate of interest assumed shall not exceed the
rate prescribed in Schedule D, except that where,
upon the application of a company and upon the
recommendation of the Superintendent, the Lieu-
tenant Governor in Council is satisfied that a higher
rate is appropriate for a particular class of policy
issued by the company, the Lieutenant Governor in
Council may by order authorize the assumption of
such higher rate of interest as the Lieutenant Gov-
ernor in Council specifies in the order, and the
Lieutenant Governor in Council may by order with-
draw his authorization at any time and an order of
the Lieutenant Governor in Council under this
paragraph shall be deemed to be a regulation within
the meaning of The Regulations Act. "'^i^'349" ^^^°'
92
?' 190.' 8.^9?' ■*• Subsection 3 of section 97 of The Insurance Act is
amended amended by striking out "or any promise to pay" in the first
and second lines and by striking out "or other promise to pay"
in the fourth line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
note'or (^) Where a cheque, bill of exchange or promissory note
cheque for jg given, whether originally or by way of renewal,
premium r , , i / • ■■
not for the whole or part of any premium and the
honoured , i -n /• i ■
cheque, bill of exchange or promissory note is not
honoured according to its tenor, the insurer may
terminate the contract forthwith by giving written
notice by registered mail.
(^ foo' i.^gs] 5. Section 98 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsection :
Furnishing (3) Xhe furnishing by an insurer of forms to make proof
of forms ^ ' ,11.1 • 1 • •
not an of loss shall Hot be taken to constitute an admission
admission , , • , i- > • ■ r
by the insurer that a valid contract is in force or
that the loss in question falls within the insurance
provided by the contract.
f.'iioB^iii ®' Statutory condition IS in section 111 of The Insurance
comi 15 ^''^ '^ repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Notice 15. Any written notice to the insurer may be
delivered at, or sent by registered mail to, the chief
agency or head office of the insurer in the Province. Written notice may
be given to the insured named in the contract by letter personally de-
livered to him or by registered mail addressed to him at his latest post
office address as notified to the insurer. In this condition, the expression
"registered" means registered in or outside Canada.
^fsos'Tig '^' Subsection 2 of section 119 of The Insurance Act, as
subs. 2 "amended by section 7 of The Insurance Amendment Act,
re-6nact©c[ ,
1962-63, IS repealed and the following substituted therefor:
on^premium (^^ ^° licensed insurer shall carry on, on the premium
note plan note plan, any class of insurance other than fire,
livestock and weather insurance but a mutual in-
surance company, without guarantee capital stock
incorporated for the purpose of undertaking con-
tracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan,
may also insure for the classes of insurance as
R.s^o. I960, specified in subsection 13 of section 151 of The Cor-
porations A ct.
^.'h^'s^isi. 8. Section 131 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsection:
Mutual
insurance
(4) A mutual insurance corporation without guarantee
(orporations capital stock incorporated under subsection 3 of
section 150 of The Corporations Act shall be deemed
to be an insurer of the same class under subsection 1
and under subsection 4 of section 132.
92
Section 4. The amendment limits the insurer's right to terminate
the contract for non-payment of premium to only those cases where the
promise to pay is a bill of exchange or promissory note.
Section 5. The amendment ensures that the mere supplying of proof
of loss forms does not constitute an admission.
Section 6. The statutory condition is reworded to make the language
uniform with that adopted by other provinces.
Sections 7, 8 and 9. The powers of fire mutual insurance corpora-
tions are extended to undertake liability insurance in respect of the persons
and property insured against fire and provision is made for reinsurance.
92
Section 10. The amendment is for the purpose of uniform language
in all insurance contracts in Canada.
Section 11. The amendments increase the minimum automobile
public liability coverage from $35,000 to $50,000 and all the increase is
added to the priority given cl.iims for bodily injury or death.
92
9. Section 132 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding ^-^^O-gi^^^^o^
thereto the following subsections: amended
(4a) No mutual insurance corporation without guarantee ^®jj|^[^^°«
capital stock incorporated to transact fire insurance insurance
on the premium note plan shall undertake contracts
of weather insurance unless all liability for loss in
excess of $100 on any risk covered by weather in-
surance is reinsured with a licensed weather company
or a mutual insurance corporation without guarantee
capital stock incorporated pursuant to subsection 3
of section 150 of The Corporations Act. n.'?! ' ^^^°'
(46) The reinsurance requirement under subsection Aa idem
with respect to weather insurance does not ajiply
to a mutual fire insurance corporation without
guarantee capital stock that is restricted by its
licence to insuring the plant and stock of millers and
grain dealers used in connection with the grain
trade, and the dwellings, outbuildings and contents
thereof owned by such millers and grain dealers or
their employees, against fire and any other class or
classes of insurance set out in section 27.
10. Subcondition 8 of statutory condition 4 in section 2QA^-f^- ^^^^^
of The Insurance Act, as re-enacted by section 11 of TAefisse.'c. 7i,
Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by striking outstat.
"independent" in the seventh line and inserting in lieu thereof subcond. 8,
"independently", so that the subcondition shall read as*"'®'"'®'*
follows :
In Case of (8) In the event of disagreement as to the nature
Disagreement and extent of the repairs and replacements required,
or as to their adequacy, if effected, or as to the amount
payable in respect of any loss or damage, those questions shall be deter-
mined by appraisal as provided under The Insurance Act before there can
be recovery under this contract, whether the right to recover on the
contract is disputed or not, and independently of all other questions.
There shall be no right to an appraisal until a specific demand therefor is
made in writing and until after proof of loss has been delivered.
11. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 216 of The Insurance Act,^^-^- ^^oie
as re-enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, (1966.' c. 7i,
• s 1 1)
1966, IS amended by striking out "$35,000" in the third line subs, i,
and inserting in lieu thereof "$50,000", so that the subsection*"'®"''®''
shall read as follows:
(1) Every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle lia- Ji^bii^y "^
bility policy insures, in respect of any one accident, under
to the limit of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest
and costs, against liability resulting from bodily
injury to or the death of one or more persons and
loss of or damage to property.
92
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 190, a. 216
(2) Clause a of subsection 2 of the said section 216 is
(1966.0:71: amended by striking out "S30,000" in the second line and
...K. o ,., . :„„„»:.,„ :„ i:„.. »u 1 "$45 qoo", so that the clause shall
■uba. 2, ci. «. inserting in lieu thereof
amended , , ,,
read as follows
(a) claims against the insured arising out of bodily
injury or death have priority to the extent of $45,000
over claims arising out of loss of or damage to
property ; and
^fioa^iie (^) Subsection 3 of the said section 216 is amended by
usee: o. 71. striking out "$35,000" in the third line and in the fifth line
•iibs. 3. and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance "$50,000", so
that the subsection shall read as follows:
Minimum
limits
where
separate
limits
designated
(3) The insurer may, instead of specifying a limit in the
policy for an inclusive amount, specify a limit of
liability of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest and
costs, against liability resulting from bodily injury
to or the death of one or more persons and a limit
of liability of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest
and costs, against liability for loss of or damage to
property.
R.S.O. I960.
o. 190,
8. 226»
(1966, c. 71.
a. 11).
subs. 2.
amended
12. Subsection 2 of section 226b of The Insurance Act, as
enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966,
is amended b>' striking out "by" in the seventh line and by
striking out "referred to" in the tenth line and inserting in
lieu thereof "of the same type as is specified", so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
Release by-
claimant
R.S.O. 1960.
.-. 138
(2) Where an insurer makes a payment under a contract
of insurance referred to in subsection 1, the payment
constitutes, to the extent of such payment, a release
by the insurcKi i)erson or his jiersonal representatives
of any claim that the insured person or his personal
representatives or any ]x;rson claiming through or
under him or by virtue of The Fatal Accidents Act
may have against the insurer and any other person
who may be liable to the insured i:)erson or his
personal representatives if that other [person is in-
sured under a contract of the same t\pe as is sjjecified
in subsection 1, but nothing in this subsection pre-
cludes an insurer from demanding, as a condition
precedent to payment, a release to the extent of the
l)a\inent from the person insured or his jxirsonal
rejircscntativ-es or any other person.
92
Sections 12 and 13. The amendments are for the purpose of making
the language uniform with other jurisdictions and make no change in
principle.
92
Section 14. The amendment supplies a cross-reference originally
omitted in error.
Section 15. The amendment adopts a uniform provision recom-
mended by The .-Xssociation of Supermtendents of Insurance of the
Provinces of Canada.
92
I
13. Subsection 2 of section 226c of The Insurance Act, as^-^g^- ^^^'^^
enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, ■'^'^'5. q|||' ^^
is amended by striking out "by" in the seventh line, so thats. ix)'.^
the subsection shall read as follows: amended
(2) Where an insurer makes a payment under a contract ^Ij^lnt''-^
of insurance to which subsection 1 refers, the pay-
ment constitutes, to the extent of such payment, a
release by the insured person or his personal repre-
sentatives of any claim that the insured person or his
personal representatives or any person claiming
through or under him or by virtue of The Fatal ^-\^- ^^'^°'
Accidents Act may have against the insurer and any
other person who may be liable to the insured per-
son or his personal representatives if that other per-
son is insured under a contract of the same type as
is specified in subsection 1, but nothing in this sub-
section precludes an insurer from demanding, as a
condition precedent to payment, a release to the
extent of the payment from the person insured or
his personal representatives or any other person.
14. Section 226e of The Insurance Act, as enacted by sec-^-^g^- ^^^^'
tion 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended S;226<
1 • • r .. • i> • 1 ,1- ii->^^ .1 (1966,0.71,
by inserting after section in the second line 226a , sob. id.
that the section shall read as follows:
226e. Any person insured by but not named in a contract J'n^a^g"/
to which section 226a, 226b or 226c applies may re-'"^"™''
cover under the contract in the same manner and to
the same extent as if named therein as the insured,
and for that purpose shall be deemed to be a party
to the contract and to have given consideration
therefor.
15. Section 2267 of The Insurance Act, as enacted by ^fgo; ^^^°'
section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended ^;^|||^^ .-^
by adding thereto the following subsection: s. id!
(3) "Rateable proportion"as used in subsection 2 means, pro'port'ix)n
defined
(a) if there are two insurers liable and each has
the same policy limits, each of the insurers
shall share equally in any liability, expense,
loss or damage;
(6) if there are two insurers liable with different
policy limits, the insurers shall share equally
up to the limit of the smaller policy limit;
92
(c) if there are more than two insurers liable,
clauses a and b apply mutatis mutandis.
« fgO; I860' 16.— (1) Subject to subsection 3, Part VII of The Insurance
Part VII jict, as amended by section 7 of The Insurance Amendment
re-enacted 'Act, 1961-62 and Section 13 of The Insurance Amendment Act,
1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
PART VII
Accident and Sickness Insurance
mi^n^* 227. In this Part,
(a) "application" means a written application for in-
surance or for the reinstatement of insurance;
{b) "beneficiary" means a person designated or ap-
pointed in a contract or by a declaration, other than
the insured or his personal representative, to whom
or for whose benefit insurance money payable in the
event of death by accident is to be paid ;
(c) "blanket insurance" means that class of group in-
surance that covers loss arising from specific hazards
incident to or defined by reference to a particular
activity or activities;
{d) "contract" means a contract of insurance;
(e) "court" means the Supreme Court, or a judge thereof;
(/) "creditor's group insurance" means insurance ef-
fected by a creditor whereby the lives or well-being,
or the lives and well-being, of a number of his
debtors are insured severally under a single contract;
{g) "declaration" means an instrument signed by the "
insured,
(i) with respect to which an endorsement is made
on the policy, or
(ii) that identifies the contract, or
(iii) that describes the insurance or insurance
fund or a part thereof,
92
Section 16. The Accident and Sickness Part is re-enacted to adopt
the uniform provisions recommended by The Association of Superinten-
dents of Insurance of the Provinces of Canada. The principal changes
include:
1. provision for group insurance;
2. revision of provisions respecting the capacity of minors as bene-
ficiaries and the inclusion of trustee provisions similar to those
in Part V respecting life insurance;
3. provisions respecting beneficiaries of insurance moneys payable
by reason of death or accident;
4. provisions respecting designation of beneficiaries are expanded
and made similar to those in Part V respecting life insurance.
92
in which he designates or alters or revokes the
designation of his personal representative or a bene-
ficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit shall be
paid the insurance money which is payable in the
event of death by accident;
(h) "family insurance" means insurance whereby the
lives or well-being, or the lives and well-being, of
the insured and one or more persons related to him
by blood, marriage or adoption are insured under a
single contract between an insurer and the insured;
(i) "group insurance" means insurance other than
creditor's group insurance and family insurance,
whereby the lives or well-being, or the lives and
well-being, of a number of persons are insured
severally under a single contract between an insurer
and an employer or other person;
(i) "group person insured" means a person who is
insured under a contract of group insurance and
upon whom a right is conferred by the contract, but
does not include a person who is insured thereunder
as a person dependent upon or related to him;
{k) "instrument" includes a will;
(/) "insurance" means accident insurance, sickness in-
surance, or accident insurance and sickness insurance;
(m) "insured",
(i) in the case of group insurance means, in the
provisions of this Part relating to the designa-
tion of beneficiaries or of personal representa-
tives as recipients of insurance money and
their rights and status, the group person
insured, and
(ii) in all other cases means the person who makes
a contract with an insurer;
(w) "person insured" means a person in respect of an
accident to whom, or in respect of whose sickness,
insurance money is payable under a contract, but
does not include a group person insured;
(o) "will" includes a codicil.
92
8
o(''Pa«"°° 228.— (1) Notwithstanding any agreement, condition or
stipulation to the contrary, this Part apphcs to contracts
made in Ontario.
Exceptions (2) This Part does not apply to,
(o) accidental death insurance; or
(b) creditor's group insurance; or
(c) disability insurance; or
(d) insurance provided under section 226a, 2266 or 226c.
insurance 229. In the case of a contract of group insurance made with
an insurer authorized to transact insurance in Ontario at the
time the contract was made, this Part applies in determining,
(a) the rights and status of beneficiaries and personal
representatives as recipients of insurance money, if
the group person insured was resident in Ontario at
the time he became insured; and
(b) the rights and obligations of the group person in-
sured if he was resident in Ontario at the time he
became insured.
po'ikV'^ 230. An insurer entering into a contract shall issue a policy.
Exceptions 231.— (1) This section does not apply to.
(a) a contract of group insurance; or
(b) a contract made by a fraternal society.
of°poUcy (2^ ^" insurer shall set forth the following particulars in
the policy:
1. The name or a sufficient description of the insured
and of the person insured.
2. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the insurance money payable and the
conditions under which it becomes payable.
3. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the premium and the jieriod of grace, if
any, within which it ma\' be paid.
4. The conditions upon which the contract may be
reinstated if it lapses.
92
5. The term of the insurance or the method of deter-
mining the day upon which the insurance com-
mences and terminates.
232. In the case of a contract of group insurance, an ^"g^^^l^
insurer shall set forth the following particulars in the policy : po'icy
1. The name or a sufficient description of the insured.
2. The method of determining the group persons insured
and persons insured.
3. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the insurance money payable and the
conditions under which it becomes payable.
4. The period of grace, if any, within which the premium
may be paid.
5. The term of the insurance or the method of deter-
mining the day upon which the insurance com-
mences and terminates.
233. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2, in the case of o/'group'
a contract of group insurance an insurer shall issue for delivery certificate
by the insured to each group person insured a certificate or
other document in which are set forth the following par-
ticulars :
1. The name of the insurer and a sufficient identification
of the contract.
2. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of insurance on the group person insured
and on any person insured.
3. The circumstances under which the insurance ter-
minates, and the rights, if any, upon such termina-
tion of the group person insured and of any person
insured.
(2) This section does not apply to a contract of blanket ^^°®p*'°"
insurance or to a contract of group insurance of a non-renew-
able type issued for a term of six months or less.
234. — (1) Subject to section 235 and except as otherwise ^r^^||J'°("^n
provided in this section, the insurer shall set forth in the
policy every exception or reduction affecting the amount
payable under the contract, either in the provision affected
by the exception or reduction, or under a heading such as
"Exceptions" or "Reductions".
92
10
Idem
(2) Where the exception or reduction affects only one pro-
vision in the policy it shall be set forth in that provision.
Idem
Idem
(3) Where the exception or reduction is contained in an
endorsement, insertion or rider, the endorsement, insertion or
rider shall, unless it affects all amounts payable under the
contract, make reference to the provisions in the policy affected
by the exception or reduction.
(4) The exception or reduction mentioned in section 247
need not be set forth in the policy.
Idem
(5) This section does not apply to a contract made by a
fraternal society.
statutory
conditions
235. Subject to section 236, the conditions set forth in this
section shall be deemed to be part of every contract other
than a contract of group insurance, and shall be printed on or
attached to the policy forming part of such contract with the
heading "Statutory Conditions".
STATUTORY CONDITIONS
The 1. — (1) The application, this policy, any document
Contract attached to this policy when issued, and any amend-
ment to the contract agreed upon in writing after the
policy is issued, constitute the entire contract, and no agent has authority
to change the contract or waive any of its provisions.
Waiver (2) The Insurer shall be deemed not to have waived
any condition of this contract, either in whole or in
part, unless the waiver is clearly expressed in writing signed by the
insurer.
Copy of (3) The insurer shall, upon request, furnish to the
Application insured or to a claimant under the contract a copy of
the application.
Material 2. .\o statement made by the insured or person
Facts insured at the time of application for this contract
shall be used in defence of a claim under or to avoid
this contract unless it is contained in the application or any other written
statements or answers furnished as evidence of insurability.
CKianges in
Occupation
3. — (1) If after the contract is issued the person
insured engages for compensation in an occupation
that is classilied by the insurer as more hazardous than
that stated in this contract, the liability under this contract is limited to
the amount that the premium paid would have purchased for the more
hazardous occuixation according to the limit,s, classification of risks and
premium rates in use by the insurer at the time the person insured engaged
in the more hazardous occupation.
(2) If the person insured changes his occupation from that stated in
this contract to an occupation classified by the insurer as less hazardous
and the insurer is so advised in writing, the insurer shall either,
(a) reduce. the premium rate; or
(6) issue a policy for the unexpired term of this contract at the lower
rate of premium applicable to the less hazardous occupation.
92
n
according to the limits, classification of risks, and premium rates used by
the insurer at the date of receipt of advice of the change in occupation,
and shall refund to the insured the amount by which the unearned premium
on this contract exceeds the premium at the lower rate for the unexpired
term.
Relation of 4. Where the benefits for loss of time payable here-
Earnings to under, either alone or together with benefits for loss of
Insurance time under another contract, including a contract of
group accident insurance or group sickness insurance
or of both and a life insurance contract providing disability insurance,
exceed the money value of the time of the person insured, the insurer is
liable only for that proportion of the benefits for loss of time stated in this
policy that the money value of the time of the person insured bears to
the aggregate of the benefits for loss of time payable under all such con-
tracts and the excess premium, if any, paid by the insured shall be returned
to him by the insurer.
Termination 5. The insured may terminate this contract at any
by Insured time by giving written notice of termination to the
insurer by registered mail to its head office or chief
agency in the Province, or by delivery thereof to an authorized agent of
the insurer in the Province, and the insurer shall upon surrender of this
policy refund the amount of premium paid in excess of the short rate
premium calculated to the date of receipt of such notice according to the
table in use by the insurer at the time of termination.
Termination 6. — (1) The insurer may terminate this contract at
by Insurer any time by giving written notice of termination to
the insured and by refunding concurrently with the
giving of notice the amount of premium paid in excess of the pro rata
premium for the expired time.
(2) The notice of termination may be delivered to the insured, or it
may be sent by registered mail to the latest address of the insured on the
records of the insurer.
(3) Where the notice of termination is delivered to the insured, five
days notice of termination shall be given; where it is mailed to the insured,
ten days notice of termination shall be given, and the ten days shall begin
on the day following the date of mailing of notice.
Notice and 7. — (1) The insured or a person insured, or a bene-
Proof of ficiary entitled to make a claim, or the agent of any of
Claim them, shall
(a) give written notice of claim to the insurer,
(i) by delivery thereof, or by sending it by registered mail to
the head office or chief agency of the insurer in the Prov-
ince, or
(ii) by delivery thereof to an authorized agent of the insurer
in the Province,
not later than thirty days from the date a claim arises under the
contract on account of an accident, sickness or disabilit)-;
(6) within ninety days from the date a claim arises under the con-
tract on account of an accident, sickness or disability, furnish
to the insurer such proof as is reasonably possible in the cir-
cumstances of the happening of the accident or the commence-
ment of the sickness or disability, and the loss occasioned thereby,
the right of the claimant to receive payment, his age, and the age
of the beneficiary if relevant; and
92
12
(c) if so required by the insurer, furnish a satisfactory certificate a»
to the cause or nature of the accident, sickness or disability for
which claim may be made under the contract and as to the dura-
tion of such disability.
Failure to (2) Failure to give notice of claim or furnish proof
Give Notice of claim within the time prescribed by this statutory
or Proof condition does not invalidate the claim if the notice
or proof is given or furnished as sooti as reasonably
possible, and in no event later than one year from the date of the accident
or the date a claim arises under the contract on account of sickness or
disability if it Is shown that it was not reasonably possible to give notice
or furnish proof within the time so prescribed.
Insurer to 8. The insurer shall furnish forms for proof of claim
Furnish within fifteen days after receiving notice of claim,
Forms for but where the claimant has not received the forms
Proof of within that time he may submit his prool of claim
Claim in the form of a written statement of the cause or
nature of the accident, sickness or disability giving
rise to the claim and of the extent of the loss.
Rights of 9. As a condition precedent to recovery of insurance
Examination moneys under this contract,
(a) the claimant shall afford to the insurer an opportunity to examine
the person of the person insured when and so often as it reason-
ably requires while the claim hereunder is pending, and
(b) in the case of death of the person insured, the insurer may require
an autopsy subject to any law of the applicable jurisdiction
relating to autopsies.
When Moneys 10. All moneys payable under this contract, other
Payable Other than benefits for loss of time, shall be paid by the
Than for Loss insurer within sixty days after it has received proof
of Time of claim.
When Loss 11. The initial benefits for loss of time shall be paid
of Time by the insurer within thirty days after it has received
Benefits proof of claim, and payment shall be made thereafter
Payable in accordance with the terms of the contract but not
less frequently than once in each succeeding sixty
days while the insurer remains liable for the payments if the person insured
when required to do so furnishes before payment proof of continuing
flisiibilitx .
Limitation 12. .\n action or proceeding against the insurer for
of Actions the recovery of a claim under this contract shall not be
commenced more than one year after the date the
insiir.inre nioiie\' became payable or would have become payable if it
had been a valid claim.
Omission or 236. — (1) Where a statutory condition is not applicable
conditions to the benefits provided by the contract it may be omitted
from the policy or varied so that it will be applicable.
Idem (2) Statutory conditions 3, 4 and 9 may be omitted from
the policy if the contract does not contain any provisions
respecting the matters dealt with therein.
92
13
(3) Statutory conditions 5 and 6 shall be omitted from the ^'i®™
policy if the contract does not provide that it may be ter-
minated by the insurer prior to the expiry of any period for
which a premium has been accepted.
(4) Statutory conditions 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9, and subject to^'^^™
the restriction in subsection 5, statutory condition 7, may be
varied but, if by reason of the variation the contract is less
favourable to the insured, a person insured or a beneficiary
than it would be if the condition had not been varied, the
condition shall be deemed to be included in the policy in the
form in which it appears in section 235.
(5) Clauses a and b of paragraph 1 of statutory condition 7 ''**'"
may not be varied in policies providing benefits for loss of time.
(6) Statutory conditions 10 and 11 may be varied by short- ^'^^'^
ening the periods of time prescribed therein, and statutory
condition 12 ma>' be varied by lengthening the period of time
prescribed therein.
(7) The title of a statutory condition shall be reproduced ^^^"^
in the policy along with the statutory condition, but the
number of a statutory' condition may be omitted.
(8) In the case of a contract made by a fraternal society, fraternal *^^
society
(a) the following provision shall be printed on every
policy in substitution for paragraph 1 of statutory
condition 1:
The 1. — (1) This policy, the Act or iiistni-
Contract ment of incorporation of the society, its
constitution, by-laws and rules, and the
amendments made from time to time to an\- of them, the
application for the contract and the medical statement of the
applicant, constitute the entire contract, and no agent has
authority to change the contract or waive any of its provisions.
and
(b) statutory condition 5 shall not be printed on the
policy.
237. In the case of a policy of accident insurance of a non-^°^jj<^^^°f
renewable type issued for a term of six months or less or in conditions
relation to a ticket of travel, the statutory conditions need not
be printed on or attached to the policy if the policy contains
the following notice printed in conspicuous type:
"Notwithstanding any other provision herein con-
tained, this contract is subject to the statutory con-
ditions in The Insurance Act respecting contracts ofRS-o.i96o
accident msurance.
92
14
Termination
for non-
f>ayment of
nitlal or
renewal
premium
238. — (1) Where a policy evidencing a contract or a certi-
ficate evidencing the renewal of a contract is delivered to the
insured and the initial premium or in the case of a renewal
certificate the renewal premium therefor has not been fully
paid,
(a) the contract or the renewal thereof evidenced by
the certificate is as binding on the insurer as if such
premium had l^een paid although delivered by an
officer or an agent of the insurer who did not have
authority to deliver it; and
(ft) the contract may be terminated for the non-payment
of the premium by the insurer upon ten days notice
of termination given in writing to the insured and
mailed postage prepaid and registered to the latest
address of the insured on the records of the insurer
and the ten days shall begin on the day following
the date of mailing such notice.
Exception (2) This Section does not apply to a contract of grouj)
insurance or to a contract made by a fraternal society.
Right
where
premium
unpaid
239.^(1) An insurer may,
(a) deduct unpaid premiums from an amount that it is
liable to pay under a contract; or
(b) sue the insured for unpaid premiums.
Where
(heque or
note for
premium
not paid
(2) Where a cheque or other bill of exchange or a promissory
note or other written promise to pay is given for the whole or
part of a premium and payment is not made according to its
tenor the premium or part thereof shall be deemed never to
have been paid.
Ex. eption
(3) Clause a of subsection 1 does not apply to a contract
of group insurance.
Idem
(4) This section does not apply to a contract made by a
fraternal society.
Insurable
interei-t
240. Without restricting the meaning of the expression
"insurable interest", a person has an insurable interest in his
own life and well-being and in the life and well-being of.
(a) his.child or grandchild;
(b) his spouse;
92
15
(c) any person upon whom he is wholly or in part
dependent for, or from whom he is receiving, support
or education;
(d) his officer or employee ; and
(e) any person in whom he has a pecuniary interest.
241. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, where at the time a con- Lack- of
f. ,. . insurable
tract would otherwise take effect, the insured has no insurable interest
interest, the contract is void.
(2) A contract is not void for lack of insurable interest. Exceptions
(a) if it is a contract of group insurance; or
(b) if the person insured has consented in writing to the
insurance.
(3) Where the person insured is under the age of sixteen of°^^inor8
years, consent to the insurance may be given by one of his
parents or by a person standing in loco parentis to him.
POLICIES ON LIVES OF MINORS
242. — (1) Except in respect of his rights as beneficiary, aof^PjInors
minor who has attained the age of sixteen years has the
capacity of a person of the age of twenty-one years,
(a) to make an enforceable contract; and
(b) in respect of a contract.
(2) A beneficiary who has attained the age of eighteen years of^mTnor
has the capacity of a person of the age of twenty-one years beneficiary
to receive insurance money payable to him and to give a
valid discharge therefor.
MISREPRESENTATION AND NON-DISCLOSURE
243. — (1) An applicant for insurance on his own behalf ^g%ge°
and on behalf of each person to be insured, and each person
to be insured, shall disclose to the insurer in any application,
on a medical examination, if any, and in any written state-
ments or answers furnished as evidence of insurability, every
fact within his knowledge that is material to the insurance
and is not so disclosed by the other.
(2) Subject to sections 244 and 247, a failure to disclose, or J^p|J,sg'°
a misrepresentation of, such a fact renders a contract voidable
by the insurer.
92
16
insurance ^^^ '" ^'^^ ^^^ °^ ^ Contract of group insurance, a failure
failure to to disclosc or a misrepresentation of such a fact with respect
to a group person insured or a person insured under the con-
tract does not render the contract voidable, but if evidence of
insurability is specifically requested by the insurer, the insur-
ance in resjject of such a person is, subject to section 244,
voidable by the insurer.
abm"***' ^^' — ^'^ Subject to section 247 and except as provided in
subsection 2,
(a) where a contract, including renewals thereof, except
a contract of group insurance, has been in effect
continuously for two years with respect to a person
insured, a failure to disclose or a misrepresentation of
a fact with respect to that person required by section
243 to be disclosed does not, except in the case of
fraud, render the contract voidable;
(b) where a contract of group insurance, including
renewals thereof, has been in effect continuously for
two years with respect to a group person insured or a
person insured, a failure to disclose or a misrepre-
sentation of a fact with respect to that group person
insured or jierson insured required by section 243 to
be disclosed does not, except in the case of fraud,
render the contract voidable with respect to that
group person insured or person insured.
Eiception (2) Where a claim arises from a loss incurred or a dis-
ability beginning before a contract, including renewals thereof,
has been in force for two years with resjject to the person in
respect of whom the claim is made, subsection 1 does not
apply to that claim.
o/'mconVeJt- 245. Sections 243 and 244 apply mutatis mutandis to a
ability to failure at the time of reinstatement of a contract to disclose
rci riBi St©-
ir.ent or a misrepresentation at that time, and the period of two
years to which reference is made in section 244 commences
to run in respect of a reinstatement from the date of rein-
statement.
Pre-existing 246. Where a contract contains a general exception or
conditions . . . ° ,. l • i
reduction with resiDCCt to pre-existmg disease or physical
conditions and the person insured or group person insured
suffers or has suffered from a disease or physical condition
that existed before the date the contract came into force with
respect to that person and the disease or physical condition
is not by name or specific description excluded from the
insurance respecting that person,
92
17
(a) the prior existence of the disease or physical condition
is not, except in the case of fraud, available as a
defence against liability in whole or in part for a
loss incurred or a disability beginning after the con-
tract, including renewals thereof, has been in force
continuously for two years immediately prior to the
date of loss incurred or commencement of disability
with respect to that person ; and
(b) the existence of the disease or physical condition is
not, except in the case of fraud, available as a defence
against liability in whole or in part if the disease or
physical condition was disclosed in the application
for the contract.
247. — (1) Subject to subsections 2 and 3, if the age of the ^'^'^^j'^^j.®-
person insured has been misstated to the insurer then, at the
option of the insurer, either,
(a) the benefits payable under the contract shall be
increased or decreased to the amount that would have
been provided for the same premium at the correct
age; or
{b) the premium may be adjusted in accordance with
the correct age as of the date the person insured
became insured.
(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance, if there is ^g'^^^'^'f*"
a misstatement to the insurer of the age of a group person I" group
. , . r^ r in8uranc6
msured or person insured, the provisions, if any, of the
contract with respect to age or misstatement of age shall
apply.
(3) Where the age of a person affects the commencement or True age
. . r , °. "^ governs
termination of the msurance, the true age governs.
BENEFICIARIES
248.— (1) Unless otherwise provided in the policy, an ^f««'8°»"°°
insured may in a contract or by a declaration designate his beneficiary
personal representative or a beneficiary to receive insurance
money payable in the event of death by accident, and may
from time to time alter or revoke the designation by declara-
tion.
(2) A designation in an instrument purporting to be a will i^^nvaiid""
is not ineffective by reason only of the fact that the instrument ^'W
is invalid as a will or that the designation is invalid as a
bequest under the will.
(3) A designation in a will is of no effect against a designa- P"°"*'88
tion made later than the making of the will.
92
18
Idam
Meaning of
"heirs", etc.
Death of
beneficiary
Revocation ^4^ jf jj designation is contained in a will and subsequently
the will is revoked by oijeration of law or otherwise, the
designation is thereby revoked.
(5) If a designation is contained in an instrument that
purixjrts to be a will and subsequently the instrument, if it
had been valid as a will would have been revoked by operation
of law or otherwise, the designation is thereby revoked.
249. — (1) A designation in favour of the "heirs", "next-
of-kin" or "estate", or the use of words of like import in a
designation shall be deemed to be a designation of the per-
sonal representative.
(2) Where a beneficiary predeceases the person insured or
group person insured, as the case may be, and no disposition
of the share of the deceased beneficiary in the insurance money
is provided in the contract or by declaration, the share is
payable,
(a) to the surviving beneficiary; or
(b) if there is more than one surviving beneficiary, to
the surviving beneficiaries in equal shares; or
(c) if there is no surviving beneficiary, to the insured
or group person insured, as the case may be, or his
personal representative.
(3) A beneficiary designated under section 248 may upon
the death by accident of the person insured or group person
insured enforce for his own benefit, and a trustee appointed
pursuant to section 250 may enforce as trustee, the payment
of insurance money payable to him, and the payment to the
beneficiary or trustee discharges the insurer to the extent of
the amount paid, but the insurer may set up any defence that
it could have set up against the insured or his personal
representative.
be'^nefldary'^ 250. An insured may in a contract or by a declaration
appoint a trustee for a beneficiary, and may alter or revoke
the appointment by a declaration.
Right to
sue
DocumentB
affecting
title
251. — (1) Until an insurer receives at its head or principal
office in Canada an instrument or an order of any court of
conijjetent jurisdiction affecting the right to receive insurance
money, or a notarial copy or a copy verified by statutorj'
declaration of any such instrument or order, it may make
payment of the insurance money and shall be as fully dis-
charged to the extent of the amount paid as if there were no
such instrument or order.
92
19
(2) Subsection 1 does not affect the rights or interests of^*^'"*
any person other than the insurer.
(3) Where an assignee of a contract gives notice in writing ^^^'j^'"*!^ °^
of the assignment to the insurer at its head or principal office
in Canada he has priority of interest as against,
(a) any assignee other than one who gave notice earlier
in like manner; and
(b) a beneficiary.
(4) Where a contract is assigned unconditionally and other- dUmed'to
wise than as security, the assignee has all the rights and be insured
interests given by the contract and by this Part to the insured,
and shall be deemed to be the insured.
(5) A provision in a contract to the effect that the rights o^'f^jjig^t'"""
interests of the insured, or in the case of a contract of group assignment
insurance the group person insured, are not assignable, is valid.
251a. — (1) Where a beneficiary is designated, any insurance insurance
money payable to him is not, from the time of the happening from
of the event upon which it becomes payable, part of the estate
of the insured, and is not subject to the claims of the creditors
of the insured.
(2) While there is in effect a designation of beneficiary in ^jj°'J^^^t°'
favour of any one or more of a spouse, child, grandchild or from seizure
parent of the person insured or group person insured, the
rights and interests of the insured in the insurance money and
in the contract so far as either relate to accidental death
benefits are exempt from execution or seizure.
2516. A group person insured may, in his own name, enforce j^e'rson
red
rcing
a right given by a contract to him, or to a person insured ^"J^^^^'
thereunder as a person dependent upon or related to him, rights
subject to any defence available to the insurer against him or
such person insured or against the insured.
251c. Unless a contract or a declaration otherwise provides, f^Sjous
where a person insured or group person insured and a bene- deaths
ficiary die at the same time or in circumstances rendering it
uncertain which of them survived the other, the insurance
money is payable in accordance with subsection 2 of section
249 as if the beneficiary had predeceased the person insured
or group person insured.
25ld. — (1) Where the insurer admits liability for the insur- J^^'^^ym^fJ^^
ance money or any part thereof, and it appears to the insurer
that,
(a) there are adverse claimants; or
92
20
(b) the whereabouts of the person entitled is unknown;
or
(c) there is no person capable of giving or authorized to
give a valid discharge therefor who is willing to do so,
the insurer may apply ex parte to the court for an order for
payment of money into court, and the court may upon such
notice, if any, as it deems necessary, make an order accord-
ingly.
Costs of
proceedings
(2) The court may fix without taxation the costs incurred
upon or in connection with any application or order made
under subsection 1, and may order the costs to be paid out of
the insurance money or by the insurer or otherwise as it deems
just.
©(■'insurer ^^^ ^ payment made pursuant to an order under subsection
1 discharges the insurer to the extent of the payment.
Where
beneficiary
a minor
25 le. — (1) Where an insurer admits liability for insurance
money payable to a minor and there is no person capable of
giving and authorized to give a valid discharge therefor who is
willing to do so, the insurer may at any time after thirty days
from the date of the happening of the event upon which the
insurance money becomes payable, pay the money less the
applicable costs mentioned in subsection 2 into court to the
credit of the minor.
Costs
(2) The insurer may retain out of the insurance money for
costs incurred upon payment into court under subsection 1,
the sum of SIO where the amount does not exceed S1,000, and
the sum of $15 in other cases, and payment of the remainder
of the money into court discharges the insurer.
Procedure
(3) No order is necessary for payment into court under
subsection 1, but the accountant or other proper officer shall
receive the money upon the insurer filing with him an affidavit
showing the amount payable and the name, date of birth and
residence of the minor, and upon such payment being made the
insurer shall forthwith notify the Official Guardian and
deliver to him a copy of the affidavit.
Heneflciary
under
disability
251/. Where it appears that a representative of a bene-
hciar\- who is under disability may under the law of the
domicile of the beneficiary accept payments on behalf of the
beneficiary, the insurer may make payment to the represen-
tative and an\- such payment discharges the insurer to the
extent of the amount paid.
92
21
251g. Notwithstanding that insurance money is payable to ^^j*'"^®"'^
a person, the insurer may if the contract so provides, but|xceeding
subject always to the rights of an assignee, pay an amount
not exceeding $2,000 to,
(a) a relative by blood or connection by marriage of a
person insured or the group person insured ; or
(b) any person appearing to the insurer to be equitably
entitled thereto by reason of having incurred expense
for the maintenance, medical attendance or burial
of a person insured or the group person insured, or to
have a claim against the estate of a person insured
or the group person insured in relation thereto,
and any such payment discharges the insurer to the extent of
the amount paid.
25lh. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, insurance money iSpav'j^e°/t
payable in Ontario.
(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance, insurance ^r'^lroip"
money is payable in the province or territory of Canada in'nsuranco
which the group person insured was resident at the time he
became insured.
(3) Unless a contract otherwise provides, a reference '^o'la'"^
therein to dollars means Canadian dollars whether the con-
tract by its terms provides for payment in Canada or else-
where.
(4) Where a person entitled to receive insurance money is^^j^g^^g"'
not domiciled in Ontario the insurer may pay the insurance Ontario
money to that person or to any person who is entitled to
receive it on his behalf by the law of the domicile of the
payee and any such payment disciiarges the insurer to the
extent of the amount paid.
(5) Where insurance money is by the contract payable pg^soif^i' '°
to a person who has died or to his personal representative and representa-
such deceased person was not at the date of his death domiciled
in Ontario, the insurer may pay the insurance money to the
personal representative of such person appointed under the
law of his domicile, and any such payment discharges the
insurer to the extent of the amount paid.
25U. Regardless of the place where a contract was made, Ontario'"
a claimant who is a resident of Ontario may bring an action
in Ontario if the insurer was authorized to transact insurance
in Ontario at the time the contract was made or at the time
the action is brought.
92
22
Insurer
fflvlnt
In formation
Undue
prominence
Relief
from
forfeiture
Preeump-
tion against
agency
25lj. An insurer does not incur any liability for any default,
error or omission in giving or withholding information as to
any notice or instrument that it has received and that affects
the insurance money.
25 life. The insurer shall not in the policy give undue prom-
inence to any provision or statutory condition as compared to
other provisions or statutory conditions, unless the effect of
that provision or statutory condition is to increase the pre-
mium or decrease the benefits otherwise provided for in the
policv
251/. Where there has been imperfect compliance with a
statutory condition as to any matter or thing to be done or
omitted by the insured, person insured or claimant with
respect to the loss insured against and a consequent forfeiture
or avoidance of the insurance in whole or in part, and any
court before which a question relating thereto is tried deems
it inequitable that the insurance should be forfeited or avoided
on that ground, the court may relieve against the forfeiture or
avoidance on such terms as it deems just.
251m. No officer, agent, employee or servant of the insurer,
and no person soliciting insurance, whether or not he is an
agent of the insurer shall, to the prejudice of the insured,
person insured or group jierson insured, be deemed to be the
agent of the insured or of the person insured or group person
insured in respect of any question arising out of the contract.
Application (2) Part \II of The Insurance Act, as re-enacted by sub-
section 1, applies to contracts made after this section comes
into force.
'''*"' (3) In the case of contracts made before this section comes
into force and in effect on the day this section comes into
force,
(a) sections 227, 228, 229, 230, 237, 240, 241, 242, 246
and sections 248 to 251»z of The Insurance Act, as
re-enacted by this section, apply; and
(b) sections 230, 231, 232. 233, 235, 242 and 245 of The
Insurance Act, as they e.xisted immediately before
this section comes into force, continue to apply.
^.'tilo' iriii. 17.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 315 of The Insurance Act
re-eliacted '^ repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Classes of
licem es
(2) Licences so issued shall be of three classes, that is,
{a) licences for life insurance, or life and accident
insurance, or life and accident and sickness
insurance; or
92
Section 17 — Subsection 1. The classes of licences are renamed to
conform better to present practices.
Subsection 2. The fixing of the fee for revival of a salesman's licence
is left to the Schedule where it is prescribed as $2.
92
Section 18. The fixing of the fee for revival of a saletman's licence i*
left to the Schedule where it is fixed at $2.
Section 19. The amendmeiUs provide separate fees for agents,
brokers or adjusters who are corporations.
92
23
(b) licences for accident and sickness insurance; or
(c) licences for all classes of insurance other than
life insurance.
(2) Subsection 6 of the said section 315 is amended by ^f90g^''3^i''5_
striking out "a fee of $1" in the seventh line and inserting in|^|n|4(j
lieu thereof "the prescribed fee".
18. Subsection 6 of section 316 of The Insurance Act is^fgo.s^.^s^ie,
amended by striking out "a fee of $1" in the eighth line and|^|^6^^
inserting in lieu thereof "the prescribed fee".
19.— (1) Item 12 of Schedule A to The Insurance Act is l^f g'g; i^*^"'
amended by adding thereto the following clause: Uem'i'2^'
amended
(d) where the applicant is a corporation 25
(2) Clause c of item 13 of the said Schedule A, as re-^fgO; ^^so,
enacted by subsection 2 ot section 6 of The Insurance Amend- f°J^^^^^'
ment Act, 1968, is repealed and the following substituted (ibes. o. ss.
, , B. 6, BUbs. 2),
therefor: oi. c,
re-enacted
(c) where the applicant is a corporation 25
(d) for transfer or revival of a licence 2
(e) all other applicants 25
(3) Item 14 of the said Schedule A is repealed and the Rs^o- 1960,
following substituted therefor: sched! a.
* item 14,
re-enacted
14. Licences for insurance brokers and renewals thereof
whether corporate or otherwise 25
(4) Item 17 of the said Schedule A is repealed and the ^f g^; ^^'^°'
following substituted therefor: Uem'iV'^i'
re-enacted
17. Licences under subsection 19 of section 315 in the name of a
transportation company authorizing its ticket salesmen
to act as agent for travel accident insurance, livestock
insurance or baggage insurance, and renewals thereof. ... 25
20.— (1) This Act, except sections 1, 11 and 16, comes into S°X*"''*"
force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 1 and 16 come into force on a day to be named '''®™
by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
(3) Section 11 comes into force on the 1st day of September, '''®'"
1969.
21. This Act may be cited as The Insurance Amendment ^^°^^ "*'^
Act, 1968-69.
92
a-
I !^
*• 2.
o
S
a.
2
7
o
'A
H
n
PI
2
2
Vi
V
•i
Ji*
^
h^
s.
n
ar
g.
o
Si
>i
t-J
5a
H^
^
I.
3-
O
O
a
1
a
3 '"■
ii
BILL 92
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
Mr. Rowntree
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 92 1968-69
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Paragraph 8 of section 1 of The Insurance Act is re-RS.o. i960,
, J " '^ o. 190, 8. 1,
pealed. par. 8.
repealed
2. Clause c of subsection 4 of section 62 of The Insurance Rs.o. i960.
Act is amended by striking out "matured" in the second linesubs^i. j;i. c.
and inserting in lieu thereof "unmatured", so that the clause "^
shall read as follows:
amended
(c) the full amount of the legal reserve in respect of
each unmatured life insurance contract as set out in
the schedule of contract legal reserves,
3. Paragraph 1 of subsection 2 of section 80 of The -'^M-f fg^-^^fg'
surance Act, as re-enacted by section 4 of The Insurance d9e2-63.
Amendment Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following sub-siibs.'l,' "
stituted therefor: ?e%nacted
1. The rate of interest assumed shall not exceed the
rate prescribed in Schedule D, except that where,
upon the application of a company and upon the
recommendation of the Superintendent, the Lieu-
tenant Governor in Council is satisfied that a higher
rate is appropriate for a particular class of policy
issued by the company, the Lieutenant Governor in
Council may by order authorize the assumption of
such higher rate of interest as the Lieutenant Gov-
ernor in Council specifies in the order, and the
Lieutenant Governor in Council may by order with-
draw his authorization at any time and an order of
the Lieutenant Governor in Council under this
paragraph shall be deemed to be a regulation within
the meaning of The Regulations Act. ^-fi^- ^^®°-
92
"■?6o;i.®9?: *• Subsection 3 of section 97 of The
■mBiided amended by striking out "or any promise to pay'
and second lines and by striking out "or other promise to pay"
in the fourth line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
Insurance Act is
in the first
Where
note or
cheque for
premium
not
honoured
R.8.O. 1960,
o. 190. 8. 98.
amended
(3) Where a cheque, bill of exchange or promissory note
is given, whether originally or by way of renewal,
for the whole or part of any premium and the
cheque, bill of exchange or promissory note is not
honoured according to its tenor, the insurer may
terminate the contract forthwith by giving written
notice by registered mail.
5. Section 98 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
thereto the following subsection :
R.S.O. 1960.
o. 190, 8. Ill,
Stat.
cond. 15,
re-enacted
Kurnishins! (3) Xhe furnishing by an insurer of forms to make proof
of forms ^ ' ,11,1 • 1 ■ .
not an of loss shall not be taken to constitute an admission
admission i , ■ i i- , ■ ■ r
by the insurer that a valid contract is in force or
that the loss in question falls within the insurance
provided by the contract.
6. Statutory condition 15 in section 111 of The Insurance
Act is re[jealed and the following substituted therefor:
Notice 15. .'\ny written notice to the insurer may be
delivered at, or sent by registered mail to, the chief
agency or head office of the insurer in the Province. Written notice may
be given to the insured named in the contract by letter personally de-
livered to him or by registered mail addressed to him at his latest post
office address as notified to the insurer. In this condition, the expression
"registered" means registered in or outside Canada.
?^ 190 s^^n'g '^' Subsection 2 of section 119 of The Insurance Act, as
subs. i2 amended by section 7 of The Insurance Amendment Act,
re-enacted .-,-^,. ■< .i,-,i • ,• ,, r
1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
on^premium ^^^ ^'° licensed insurer shall carry on, on the premium
note plan notc plan, any class of insurance other than fire,
livestock and weather insurance but a mutual in-
surance company, without guarantee capital stock
incor|X)rated for the purpose of undertaking con-
tracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan,
may also insure for the classes of insurance as
specified in subsection 13 of section 151 of The Cor-
porations Act.
<^ Too, s';^i3'i, 8* Section 131 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding
amended thereto the following subsection:
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 71
Mutual
insurance
corporations
(4) A mutual insurance corporation without guarantee
capital stock incor(X)rated under subsection 3 of
section 150 of The Corporations Act shall be deemed
to be an insurer of the same class under subsection 1
and under subsection 4 of section 132.
92
0. Section 132 of The Insurance Act is amended by adding J^-^^^-gi^^^g"^
thereto the following subsections: amended
(4c) No mutual insurance corporation without guarantee J^«'^|^j'"g^°®
capital stock incorporated to transact fire insurance '"durance
on the premium note plan shall undertake contracts "
of weather insurance unless all liability for loss in
excess of $100 on any risk covered by weather in-
surance is reinsured with a licensed weather company
or a mutual insurance corporation without guarantee
capital stock incorporated pursuant to subsection 3
of section 150 of The Corporations Act. c.'ii
(4&) The reinsurance requirement under subsection 4a idem
with respect to weather insurance does not apply
to a mutual fire insurance corporation without
guarantee capital stock that is restricted by its
licence to insuring the plant and stock of millers and
grain dealers used in connection with the grain
trade, and the dwellings, outbuildings and contents
thereof owned by such millers and grain dealers or
their employees, against fire and any other class or
classes of insurance set out in section 27.
10. Subcondition 8 of statutory condition 4 in section ^^^f^ls?2oi
of The Insurance Act, as re-enacted by section 11 of T/ie 'i966, c. 7i,
Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by striking outstat
coriQ 4
"independent" in the seventh line and inserting in lieu thereof subcond. 8.
"independently", so that the subcondition shall read as"""
follows:
In Case of (8) la the event of disagreement as to the nature
Disagreement and extent of the repairs and replacements required,
or as to their adequacy, if effected, or as to the amount
payable in respect of any loss or damage, those questions shall be deter-
mined by appraisal as provided under The Insurance Act before there can
be recovery under this contract, whether the right to recover on the
contract is disputed or not, and independently of all other questions.
There shall be no right to an appraisal until a specific demand therefor is
made in writing and until after proof of loss has been delivered.
11. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 216 of The Insurance Act, ^-^^2' s^iid
as re-enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, (iaee.'r. 7i,
1966, is amended by striking out "$35,000" in the third linesiibs. i,
and inserting in lieu thereof "$50,000", so that the subsection^""®"
shall read as follows:
(1) Every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle lia-Ji^'biiJty"'
bility policy insures, in respect of any one accident, "^Jj^y
to the limit of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest
and costs, against liability resulting from bodily
injury to or the death of one or more persons and
loss of or damage to property.
92
^.'loo^a^iie (2) Clause a of subsection 2 of the said section 216 is
<|988''°-7i. amended by striking out "$30,000" in the second line and
•ub». 2 oi. «, inserting in lieu thereof "$45,000", so that the clause shall
read as follows:
(a) claims against the insured arising out of bodily
injury or death have priority to the extent of $45,000
over claims arising out of loss of or damage to
property ; and
R.S.O. I960
(1. 190. s. 216
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 216 is amended by
<19«6. <'•■'>; striking out "$35,000" in the third line and in the fifth line
and inserting in lieu thereof in each instance "$50,000", so
subs. 3
amended
that the subsection shall read as follows:
Minimum
limits
where
separate
limits
designated
(3) The insurer may, instead of specifying a limit in the
policy for an inclusive amount, specify a limit of
liability of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest and
costs, against liability resulting from bodily injury
to or the death of one or more persons and a limit
of liability of at least $50,000, exclusive of interest
and costs, against liability for loss of or damage to
property.
R.S.O. I960,
c. 190.
s. 226b
(1966, c. 71.
s. 11).
subs. 2.
amended
12. Subsection 2 of section 226i of The Insurance Act, as
enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966,
is amended by striking out "by" in the seventh line and by
striking out "referred to" in the tenth line and inserting in
lieu thereof "of the same type as is specified", so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
Release by
claimant
R.S.O. 1960.
V. i:<H
(2) Where an insurer makes a payment under a contract
of insurance referred to in subsection 1, the payment
constitutes, to the extent of such payment, a release
by the insured person or his personal representatives
of any claim that the insured person or his personal
representatives or any person claiming through or
under him or by virtue of The Fatal Accidents Act
may have against the insurer and any other person
who may be liable to the insured person or his
personal representatives if that other person is in-
sured under a contract of the same type as is specified
in subsection 1, but nothing in this subsection pre-
cludes an insurer from demanding, as a condition
precedent to payment, a release to the extent of the
paj'ment from the person insured or his personal
representatives or any other person.
92
13. Subsection 2 of section 226c of The Insurance Act, as^fg°-i8s°'
enacted by section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, ■'^<^<^. qUI'o 71
is amended by striking out "by" in tiie seventh line, so thats. id! '
the subsection shall read as follows: amended
(2) Where an insurer makes a payment under a contract ^I'^nt'''
of insurance to which subsection 1 refers, the pay-
ment constitutes, to the extent of such payment, a
release by the insured person or his personal repre-
sentatives of any claim that the insured person or his
personal representatives or any person claiming
through or under him or by virtue of The Fatal^/f^- ^^^°-
Accidents Act may have against the insurer and any
other person who may be liable to the insured per-
son or his personal representatives if that other per-
son is insured under a contract of the same type as
is specified in subsection 1, but nothing in this sub-
section precludes an insurer from demanding, as a
condition precedent to payment, a release to the
extent of the payment from the person insured or
his personal representatives or any other person.
14. Section 226e of The Insurance Act, as enacted by sec-^-^g^- ^^^°'
tion 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended 8;226i
, • • r 11 * >» • t If tt'^'^y tl (1900, C. 71,
by insertmg after section m the second hne 22oa , sob. id,
that the section shall read as follows:
226e. Any person insured by but not named in a contract Jg^amecf
to which section 226a, 226b or 226c applies may re-'"^""'^'*
cover under the contract in the same manner and to
the same extent as if named therein as the insured,
and for that purpose shall be deemed to be a party
to the contract and to have given consideration
therefor.
15. Section 226i of The Insurance Act, as enacted by ^fgo," ^^®°'
section 11 of The Insurance Amendment Act, 1966, is amended ^^|||-'j. ^^
by adding thereto the following subsection: s. id!
(3) "Rateable proportion"as used in subsection 2 means, ^ro'portion
deSned
(a) if there are two insurers liable and each has
the same policy limits, each of the insurers
shall share equally in any liability, expense,
loss or damage;
(6) if there are two insurers liable with different
policy limits, the insurers shall share equally
up to the limit of the smaller policy limit;
92
(c) if there are more than two insurers liable,
clauses a and b apply mutatis mutandis.
^m' "®°' 1®-— (1) Subject to subsection 3. Part VII of The Insurance
r''2^7'26i) ^''^' ^^ amended by section 7 of The Insurance Amendment
r»-inaoted 'Act, 1961-62 and section 13 of The Insurance Amendment Act,
1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
PART VII
Accident and Sickness Insurance
t'atufn^'- 227. In this Part.
(fl) "application" means a written application for in-
surance or for the reinstatement of insurance;
(b) "beneficiary" means a person designated or ap-
pointed in a contract or by a declaration, other than
the insured or his personal representative, to whom
or for whose benefit insurance money payable in the
event of death by accident is to he paid;
(c) "blanket insurance" means that class of group in-
surance that covers loss arising from specific hazards
incident to or defined by reference to a particular
activity or activities;
{d) "contract" means a contract of insurance;
(e) "court" means the Supreme Court, or a judge thereof;
(/) "creditor's group insurance" means insurance ef-
fected by a creditor whereby the lives or well-being,
or the lives and well-being, of a number of hit
debtors are insured severally under a single contract;
(g) "declaration" means an instrument signed by the
insured,
(i) with respect to which an endorsement is made
on the policy, or
(ii) that identifies the contract, or
(iii) that describes the insurance or insurance
fund or a part thereof,
92
in which he designates or alters or revokes the
designation of his personal representative or a bene-
ficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit shall be
paid the insurance money which is payable in the
event of death by accident;
Qi) "family insurance" means insurance whereby the
lives or well-being, or the lives and well-being, of
the insured and one or more persons related to him
by blood, marriage or adoption are insured under a
single contract between an insurer and the insured ;
(i) "group insurance" means insurance other than
creditor's group insurance and family insurance,
whereby the lives or well-being, or the lives and
well-being, of a number of persons are insured
severally under a single contract between an insurer
and an employer or other person;
(i) "group person insured" means a person who is
insured under a contract of group insurance and
upon whom a right is conferred by the contract, but
does not include a person who is insured thereunder
as a person dependent upon or related to him;
(k) "instrument" includes a will;
(/) "insurance" means accident insurance, sickness in-
surance, or accident insurance and sickness insurance;
(w) "insured",
(i) in the case of group insurance means, in the
provisions of this Part relating to the designa-
tion of beneficiaries or of personal representa-
tives as recipients of insurance money and
their rights and status, the group person
insured, and
(ii) in all other cases means the person who makes
a contract with an insurer;
(n) "person insured" means a person in respect of an
accident to whom, or in respect of whose sickness,
insurance money is payable under a contract, but
does not include a group person insured;
(o) "will" includes a codicil.
92
8
AppUoatlon
of Pa
Part
Exoeptlona
Group
insurance
Issue of
policy
Exceptions
Contents
of policy
228. — (1) Notwithstanding any agreement, condition or
stipulation to the contrary, this Part applies to contracts
made in Ontario.
(2) This Part does not apply to,
(a) accidental death insurance; or
(b) creditor's group insurance; or
(c) disability insurance; or
(d) insurance provided under section 226a, 2266 or 226c.
229. In the case of a contract of group insurance made with
an insurer authorized to transact insurance in Ontario at the
time the contract was made, this Part applies in determining,
(a) the rights and status of beneficiaries and jiersonal
representatives as recipients of insurance money, if
the group person insured was resident in Ontario at
the time he became insured; and
(b) the rights and obligations of the group person in-
sured if he was resident in Ontario at the time he
became insured.
230. .An insurer entering into a contract shall issue a policy.
231. — (1) This section does not apply to,
(a) a contract of group insurance; or
(b) a contract made by a fraternal society.
(2; An insurer shall set forth the following particulars in
the policy:
1. The name or a sufficient description of the insured
and of the person insured.
2. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the insurance money payable and the
conditions under which it becomes payable.
3. Tlie amount or the method of determining the
amount of the premium and the period of grace, if
any, within which it may be paid.
4. The conditions upon which the contract may be
reinstated if it lapses.
92
5. The term of the insurance or the method of deter-
mining the day upon which the insurance com-
mences and terminates.
232. In the case of a contract of group insurance, an Contents
insurer shall set forth the following particulars in the policy: po"oy
1. The name or a sufficient description of the insured.
2. The method of determining the group persons insured
and persons insured.
3. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of the insurance money payable and the
conditions under which it becomes payable.
4. The period of grace, if any, within which the premium
may be paid.
5. The term of the insurance or the method of deter-
mining the day upon which the insurance com-
mences and terminates.
Contents
group
233. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2, in the case of ^f
a contract of group insurance an insurer shall issue for delivery certiiicate
by the insured to each group person insured a certificate or
other document in which are set forth the following par-
ticulars:
1. The name of the insurer and a sufficient identification
of the contract.
2. The amount or the method of determining the
amount of insurance on the group person insured
and on any person insured.
3. The circumstances under which the insurance ter-
minates, and the rights, if any, upon such termina-
tion of the group person insured and of any person
insured.
(2) This section does not apply to a contract of blanket ^'''^®"*'°"
insurance or to a contract of group insurance of a non-renew-
able type issued for a term of six months or less.
234.— (1) Subject to section 235 and except as otherwise ^^''redSrtto.i
provided in this section, the insurer shall set forth in the
policy every exception or reduction affecting the amount
payable under the contract, either in the provision affected
by the exception or reduction, or under a heading such as
"Exceptions" or "Reductions".
92
10
Idem
Idem
Idem
(2) Where the exception or reduction affects only one pro-
vision in the policy it shall be set forth in that provision.
(3) Where the exception or reduction is contained in an
endorsement, insertion or rider, the endorsement, insertion or
rider shall, unless it aflfects all amounts payable under the
contract, make reference to the provisions in the policy affected
by the exception or reduction.
(4) The exception or reduction mentioned in section 247
need not be set forth in the policy.
Idem
(5) This section does not apply to a contract made by a
fraternal society.
statutory
condition*
235. Subject to section 236, the conditions set forth in this
section shall be deemed to be part of every contract other
than a contract of group insurance, and shall be printed on or
attached to the fxjlicy forming part of such contract with the
heading "Statutory Conditions".
STATUTORY CONDITIONS
The 1. — (1) The application, this policy, any document
Contract attached to this policy when issued, and any amend-
ment to the contract agreed upon in writing after the
policy is issued, constitute the entire contract, and no agent has authority
to change the contract or waive any of its provisions.
Waiver (2) The insurer shall be deemed not to have waived
any condition of this contract, either in whole or in
part, unless the waiver is clearly expressed in writing signed by the
insurer.
Copy of (3) The insurer shall, upon request, furnish to the
Application insured or to a claimant under the contract a copy of
the application.
Material 2. No statement made by the insured or person
Facts insured at the time of application for this contract
shall be used in defence of a claim under or to avoid
this contract unless it is contained in the application or any other written
statements or answers furnished as evidence of insurabilitv.
Changes in
Occupation
3. — (1) If after the contract is issued the person
insured engages for compensation in an occupation
that is classified by the insurer as more hazardous than
that stated in this contract, the liability under this contract is limited to
the amouTit that the premium paid would have purchased for the more
haz:irdons (xrcupation according to the limits, classification of risks and
premium rates in use by the insurer at the time the person insured engaged
in the more hazardous occupation.
(2) If the person insured changes his occupation from that stated in
this contract to an occupation classified by the insurer as less hazardous
and the insurer is so advised in writing, the insurer shall either,
(a) reduce the premium rate; or
(/) ) issue a p<;)lir\- for the unexpired term of this contract at the lower
r.ite of premium applicable to the less hazardous occupation.
92
u
according to the limits, classification of risks, and premium rates used by
the insurer at the date of receipt of advice of the change in occupation,
and shall refund to the insured the amount by which the unearned premium
on this contract exceeds the premium at the lower rate for the unexpired
term.
Relation of 4. Where the benefits for loss of time payable here-
Earnings to under, either alone or together with benefits for loss of
Insurance time under another contract, including a contract of
group accident insurance or group sickness insurance
or of both and a life insurance contract providing disability insurance,
exceed the money value of the time of the person insured, the insurer is
liable only for that proportion of the benefits for loss of time stated in this
policy that the money value of the time of the person insured bears to
the aggregate of the benefits for loss of time payable under all such con-
tracts and the excess premium, if any, paid by the insured shall be returned
to him by the insurer.
Termination 5. The insured may terminate this contract at any
by Insured time by giving written notice of termination to the
insurer by registered mail to its head office or chief
agency in the Province, or by delivery thereof to an authorized agent of
the insurer in the Province, and the insurer shall upon surrender of this
policy refund the amount of premium paid in excess of the short rate
premium calculated to the date of receipt of such notice according to the
table in use by the insurer at the time of termination.
Termination 6. — (1) The insurer may terminate this contract at
by insurer any time by giving written notice of termination to
the insured and by refunding concurrently with the
giving of notice the amount of premium paid in excess of the pro rata
premium for the expired time.
(2) The notice of termination may be delivered to the insured, or it
may be sent by registered mail to the latest address of the insured on the
records of the insurer.
(3) Where the notice of termination is delivered to the insured, five
days notice of termination shall be given; where it is mailed to the insured,
ten days notice of termination shall be given, and the ten days shall begin
on the day following the date of mailing of notice.
Notice and 7. — (1) The insured or a person insured, or a bene-
Proof of ficiary entitled to make a claim, or the agent of any of
Claim them, shall
(a) give written notice of claim to the insurer,
(i) by delivery thereof, or by sending it by registered mail to
the head office or chief agency of the insurer in the Prov-
ince, or
(ii) by delivery thereof to an authorized agent of the insurer
in the Province,
not later than thirty days from the date a claim arises under the
contract on account of an accident, sickness or disability;
(i) within ninety days from the date a claim arises under the con-
tract on account of an accident, sickness or disability, furnish
to the insurer such proof as is reasonably possible in the cir-
cumstances of the happening of the accident or the commence-
ment of the sickness or disability, and the loss occasioned thereby,
the right of the claimant to receive payment, his age, and the age
of the beneficiary if relevant; and
92
12
(c) if so required by the insurer, fiiriiish a satisfactory certificate aa
to the cause or nature of the accident, sickness or disability for
which claim may be made under the contract and as to the dura-
tion of such disability.
Failure to (2) Failure to give notice of claim or furnish proof
Give Notice of claim within the time prescribed by this statutory
or Proof condition does not invalidate the claim if the notice
or proof is given or furnished as soon as reasonably
possible, and in no event later than one year from the date of the accident
or the date a claim arises under the contract on account of siclcncM or
disability if it is shown that it was not reasonably possible to give notice
or furnish proof within the time so prescribed.
Insurer to 8. The insurer shall furnish forms for proof of claim
Furnish within fifteen days after receiving notice of claim,
Forms for but where the claimant has not received the forms
Proof of within that time he may submit his proof of claim
Claim in the form of a written statement of the cause or
nature of the accident, sickness or disability giving
rise to the claim and of the extent of the loss.
Riglits of 9. .As a condition precedent to recovery of insurance
Examination moneys under this contract,
(a) the claimant shall afford to the insurer an opportunity to examine
the person of the person insured when and so often as it reason-
ably requires while the claim hereunder is pending, and
(b) in the case of death of the person insured, the insurer may require
an autopsy subject to any law of the applicable jurisdiction
relating to autopsies.
Wfien Moneys 10. .-Ml moneys payable under this contract, other
Payable Other than benefits for loss of time, shall be paid by the
Than for Loss insurer within sixty days after it has received proof
of Time of claim.
When Loss 11. The initial benefits for loss of time shall be paid
of Time by the insurer within thirty days after it has received
Benefits proof of claim, and payment shall be made thereafter
Payable in accordance with the terms of the contract but not
less frequently than once in each succeeding sixty
days while the insurer remains liable for the payments if the person insured
when required to do so furnishes before payment proof of continuing
disability.
Limitation 12. .\n action or proceeding against the insurer for
of Actions the recovery of a claim under this contract shall not be
commenced more than one year after the date the
insurance money became payable or would have become payable if it
had been a valid claim.
236. — (1) Where a statutory condition is not applicable
to the benefits provided by the contract it may be omitted
from the policy or varied so that it will be applicable.
Idem (2) Statutory conditions 3, 4 and 9 may be omitted from
the policy if the contract does not contain any provisions
respecting the matters dealt with therein.
92
13
(3) Statutory conditions 5 and 6 siiall be omitted from the ^"^®'"
policy if the contract does not provide that it may be ter-
minated by the insurer prior to the expiry of any period for
which a premium has been accepted.
(4) Statutory conditions 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9, and subject to^**®™
the restriction in subsection 5, statutory condition 7, may be
varied but, if by reason of the variation the contract is less
favourable to the insured, a person insured or a beneficiary
than it would be if the condition had not been varied, the
condition shall be deemed to be included in the policy in the
form in which it appears in section 235.
(5) Clauses a and h of paragraph 1 of statutory condition 7 ^*^®'"
may not be varied in policies providing benefits for loss of time.
(6) Statutory conditions 10 and 11 may be varied by short- ^*^®™
ening the periods of time prescribed therein, and statutory
condition 12 may be varied by lengthening the period of time
prescribed therein.
(7) The title of a statutory condition shall be reproduced ^^""
in the policy along with the statutory condition, but the
number of a statutory condition may be omitted.
(8) In the case of a contract made by a fraternal society, fj-aternai ^^
society
(a) the following provision shall be printed on every
policy in substitution for paragraph 1 of statutory
condition 1 :
The 1. — (1) This policy, the Act or instni-
Contract ment of incorporation of the society, its
constitution, by-laws and rules, and the
amendments made from time to time to any of them, the
application for the contract and the medical statement of the
applicant, constitute the entire contract, and no agent has
authority to change the contract or waive any of its provisions.
and
(6) statutory condition 5 shall not be printed on the
policy.
237. In the case of a policy of accident insurance of a non- Notice of
renewable type issued for a term of six months or less or in conditions
relation to a ticket of travel, the statutory conditions need not
be printed on or attached to the policy if the policy contains
the following notice printed in conspicuous type:
"Notwithstanding any other provision herein con-
tained, this contract is subject to the statutory con-
ditions in The Insurance Act respecting contracts of R-S-O. i960,
accident insurance.
92
14
Termination
for non-
payment of
Initial or
renewal
premium
238.^ — (1) Where a policy evidencing a contract or a certi-
ficate evidencing the renewal ot a contract is delivered to the
insured and the initial premium or in the case of a renewal
certificate the renewal premium therefor has not been fully
paid,
(a) the contract or the renewal thereof evidenced by
the certificate is as binding on the insurer as if such
premium had been paid although delivered by an
officer or an agent of the insurer who did not have
authority to deliver it; and
(A) the contract may be terminated for the non-payment
of the premium by the insurer upon ten days notice
of termination given in writing to the insured and
mailed postage prepaid and registered to the latest
address of the insured on the records of the insurer
and the ten days shall begin on the day following
the date of mailing such notice.
Exception
(2) This section does not apply to a contract of group
insurance or to a contract made by a fraternal society.
Right
where
premium
unpaid
239. — (1) An insurer may,
(a) deduct unpaid premiums from an amount that it is
liable to pay under a contract; or
(6) sue the insured for unpaid premiums.
Where
cheque or
note for
premium
not paid
(2) Where a cheque or other bill of exchange or a promissory
note or other written promise to pay is given for the whole or
part of a premium and payment is not made according to its
tenor the premium or part thereof shall be deemed never to
have been paid.
Exception
(3) Clause a of subsection 1 does not apply to a contract
of group insurance.
Idem
(4) This section does not apply to a contract made by a
fraternal society.
Insurable
interest
240. Without restricting the meaning of the expression
"insurable interest", a person has an insurable interest in his
own life and well-being and in the life and well-being of,
(a) his child or grandchild;
(6) his spouse;
92
15
(c) any person upon whom he is wholly or in part
dependent for, or from whom he is receiving, support
or education;
(d) his officer or employee; and
(e) any person in whom he has a pecuniary interest.
241. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, where at the time a con- Lack of
tract would otherwise take effect, the insured has no insurable interest
interest, the contract is void.
(2) A contract is not void for lack of insurable interest, Exceptions
(a) if it is a contract of group insurance; or
(b) if the person insured has consented in writing to the
insurance.
(3) Where the person insured is under the age of sixteen '^P"^.®"',
^ ^ *^ . , ° of minors
years, consent to the msurance may be given by one of his
parents or by a person standing in loco parentis to him.
POLICIES ON LIVES OF MINORS
242. — (1) Except in respect of his rights as beneficiary, aof^j^nore
minor who has attained the age of sixteen years has the
capacity of a person of the age of twenty-one years,
(a) to make an enforceable contract; and
(b) in respect of a contract.
(2) A beneficiary who has attained the age of eighteen years ^f^^^no?
has the capacity of a person of the age of twenty-one years beneficiary
to receive insurance money payable to him and to give a
valid discharge therefor.
MISREPRESENTATION AND NON-DISCLOSURE
243. — (1) An applicant for insurance on his own behalf ^^"^'^4°
and on behalf of each person to be insured, and each person
to be insured, shall disclose to the insurer in any application,
on a medical examination, if any, and in any written state-
ments or answers furnished as evidence of insurability, every
fact within his knowledge that is material to the insurance
and is not so disclosed by the other.
(2) Subject to sections 244 and 247, a failure to disclose, or J^j},"J,7g •^°
a misrepresentation of, such a fact renders a contract voidable
by the insurer.
92
16
Group
Inaurano*
failure to
disclose
(3) In the case of a contract of group insurance, a failure
to disclose or a misrepresentation of such a fact with respect
to a group person insured or a person insured under the con-
tract does not render the contract voidable, but if evidence of
insurability is specifically requested by the insurer, the insur-
ance in respect of such a person is, subject to section 244,
voidable by the insurer.
abfuty**'" ^^' — ^^^ Subject to section 247 and except as provided in
subsection 2,
(a) where a contract, including renewals thereof, except
a contract of group insurance, has been in effect
continuously for two years with respect to a person
insured, a failure to disclose or a misrepresentation of
a fact with respect to that person required by section
243 to be disclosed does not, except in the case of
fraud, render the contract voidable;
(b) where a contract of group insurance, including
renewals thereof, has been in effect continuously for
two years with resjject to a group person insured or a.^
jjerson insured, a failure to disclose or a misrepre-
sentation of a fact with respect to that group person |
insured or person insured required by section 243 toj
be disclosed does not, except in the case of fraud,*
render the contract voidable with respect to that
group person insured or person insured.
Exception (2) Where a claim arises from a loss incurred or a dis- i
ability beginning before a contract, including renewals thereof,
has been in force for two years with respect to the person in
respect of whom the claim is made, subsection 1 does not ;
apply to that claim.
of incontest-
ability to
reinstate-
ment
245. Sections 243 and 244 apply mutatis mutandis to aj
failure at the time of reinstatement of a contract to disclose
or a misrepresentation at that time, and the period of two
years to which reference is made in section 244 commences i
to run in respect of a reinstatement from the date of rein-|
statement.
^''®L*.Jl*''"' 246. Where a contract contains a general exception or
conditions . . . ° ,. , • i
reduction with respect to pre-existing disease or physical
conditions and the person insured or group person insured
suffers or has suffered from a disease or physical condition
that existed before the date the contract came into force with
respect to that person and the disease or physical condition
is not by name or specific description excluded from the
insurance respecting that person,
92
17
(a) the prior existence of the disease or physical condition
is not, except in the case of fraud, available as a
defence against liability in whole or in part for a
loss incurred or a disability beginning after the con-
tract, including renewals thereof, has been in force
continuously for two years immediately prior to the
date of loss incurred or commencement of disability
with respect to that person; and
(b) the existence of the disease or physical condition is
not, except in the case of fraud, available as a defence
against liability in whole or in part if the disease or
physical condition was disclosed in the application
for the contract.
247.— (1) Subject to subsections 2 and 3, if the age of the ^^'sst^te-^^
person insured has been misstated to the insurer then, at the
option of the insurer, either,
(a) the benefits payable under the contract shall be
increased or decreased to the amount that would have
been provided for the same premium at the correct
age; or
(b) the premium may be adjusted in accordance with
the correct age as of the date the person insured
became insured.
(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance, if there is ment'of'age
a misstatement to the insurer of the age of a group person I" group
.r .^ f , insurance
insured or person msured, the provisions, if any, of the
contract with respect to age or misstatement of age shall
apply.
(3) Where the age of a person affects the commencement or True age
^ . . r , ■ , governs
termination of the insurance, the true age governs.
BENEFICIARIES
248.— (1) Unless otherwise provided in the policy, an ^f«8'8°»"°°
insured may in a contract or by a declaration designate his benefloiary
personal representative or a beneficiary to receive insurance
money payable in the event of death by accident, and may
from time to time alter or revoke the designation by declara-
tion.
(2) A designation in an instrument purporting to be a will inTnvaad°°
is not ineffective by reason only of the fact that the instrument ''"'
is invalid as a will or that the designation is invalid as a
bequest under the will.
(3) A designation in a will is of no effect against a designa- P"°""®*
tion made later than the making of the will.
92
IX
Revocation
(4) If a designation is contained in a will and subsequently
the will is revoked by o|)eration of law or otherwise, the
designation is thereby revoked.
Idam
(5) If a designation is contained in an instrument that
purports to be a will and subsequently the instrument, if it
had been valid as a will would have been revoked by operation
of law or otherwise, the designation is thereby revoked.
Death of
beneficiary
■TetA-.'etc. 249.— (1) A designation in favour of the "heirs", "next-
of-kin" or "estate", or the use of words of like import in a
designation shall be deemed to be a designation of the per-
sonal representative.
(2) Where a beneficiary predeceases the person insured or
group person insured, as the case may be, and no disposition
of the share of the deceased h)eneficiary in the insurance money
is provided in the contract or by declaration, the share is
payable,
(a) to the surviving beneficiary; or
(b) if there is more than one surviving beneficiary, to
the surviving beneficiaries in equal shares; or
(c) if there is no surviving beneficiary, to the insured
or group person insured, as the case may be, or his
personal representative.
(3) A beneficiary designated under section 248 may upon
the death by accident of the i>erson insured or group person
insured enforce for his own benefit, and a trustee appointed
pursuant to section 250 may enforce as trustee, the payment
of insurance money payable to him, and the payment to the
beneficiary or trustee discharges the insurer to the extent of
the amount paid, but the insurer may set up any defence that
it could have set up against the insured or his personal
representative.
beneflctary'^ 250. An insured may in a contract or by a declaration
appoint a trustee for a beneficiary, and may alter or revoke
the appointment by a declaration.
Right to
sue
Documents
afTecting
title
251. — (1) Until an insurer receives at its head or principal
otitice in Canada an instrument or an order of any court of
com]>etent jurisdiction affecting the right to receive insurance
mone\,-, or a notarial copy or a copy verified by statutory
declaration of any such instrument or order, it may make
pa\ inent of the insurance money and shall be as fully dis-
charged to the extent of the amount paid as if there were no
such instrument or order.
92
19
(2) Subsection 1 does not affect the rights or interests of^*^'"^
any person other than the insurer.
(3) Where an assignee of a contract gives notice in writing aseig'i^le °^
of the assignment to the insurer at its head or principal ofifice
in Canada he has priority of interest as against,
(a) any assignee other than one who gave notice earlier
in like manner; and
(6) a beneficiary.
(4) Where a contract is assigned unconditionally and other- ^^j^ed'to
wise than as security, the assignee has all the rights and be insured
interests given by the contract and by this Part to the insured,
and shall be deemed to be the insured.
(5) A provision in a contract to the effect that the rights or Prohibition
interests of the insured, or in the case of a contract of group assignment
insurance the group person insured, are not assignable, is valid.
251a. — (1) Where a beneficiary is designated, any insurance insurance
money payable to him is not, from the time of the happening from
of the event upon which it becomes payable, part of the estate
of the insured, and is not subject to the claims of the creditors
of the insured.
(2) While there is in effect a designation of beneficiary in ^jt'emcT'
favour of any one or more of a spouse, child, grandchild or from seizure
parent of the person insured or group person insured, the
rights and interests of the insured in the insurance money and
in the contract so far as either relate to accidental death
benefits are exempt from execution or seizure.
2516. A group person insured may, in his own name, enforce pereon
a right given by a contract to him, or to a person hisured ^"Jj^f^J^^^i^
thereunder as a person dependent upon or related to him, rights
subject to any defence available to the insurer against him or
such person insured or against the insured.
251c. Unless a contract or a declaration otherwise provides, jtj'^g'Jjug
where a person insured or group person insured and a bene- deaths
ficiary die at the same time or in circumstances rendering it
uncertain which of them survived the other, the insurance
money is payable in accordance with subsection 2 of section
249 as if the beneficiary had predeceased the person insured
or group person insured.
25ld. — (1) Where the insurer admits liability for the insur- P^ynnent^
ance money or any part thereof, and it appears to the insurer
that,
(o) there are adverse claimants; or
92
20
(b) the whereabouts of the person entitled is unknown ;
or
(c) there is no person capable of giving or authorized to
give a valid discharge therefor who is willing to do so,
the insurer may apply ex parte to the court for an order for
payment of money into court, and the court may upon such
notice, if any, as it deems necessary, make an order accord-
ingly.
Costsjof
proceedings
(2) The court may fix without taxation the costs incurred
upon or in connection with any application or order made
under subsection 1, and may order the costs to be paid out of
the insurance money or by the insurer or otherwise as it deems
just.
of'tnaurer ^^^ ^ payment made pursuant to an order under subsection
1 discharges the insurer to the extent of the payment.
Where
beneficiary
a minor
251e. — (1) Where an insurer admits liability for insurant
money payable to a minor and there is no person capable
giving and authorized to give a valid discharge therefor who i
willing to do so, the insurer may at any time after thirty day
from the date of the happening of the event upon which th«
insurance money becomes payable, pay the money less th
applicable costs mentioned in subsection 2 into court to thi
credit of the minor.
Costs
(2) The insurer may retain out of the insurance money fo
costs incurred uix)n payment into court under subsection 1,1
the sum of $10 where the amount does not exceed SI, 000, and|
the sum of §15 in other cases, and payment of the remainde
of the money into court discharges the insurer.
I'rocedure
(3) No order is necessary for payment into court under
subsection 1, but the accountant or other proper officer shall
receive the money upon the insurer filing with him an affidavit
showing the amount payable and the name, date of birth and
residence of the minor, and upon such payment being made the
insurer shall forthwith notify the Official Guardian and
deliver to him a copy of the affidavit.
Heneflclary
under
disability
251/. Where it appears that a representative of a bene-
ficiary who is under disability may under the law of the
domicile of the beneficiary accept payments on behalf of the
beneficiary, the insurer may make payment to the represen-
tative and any such payment discharges the insurer to the
extent of the amount paid.
92
21
25lg. Notwithstanding that insurance money is payable to^^y""®"'*
a person, the insurer may if the contract so provides, but||ceediiur
subject always to the rights of an assignee, pay an amount
not exceeding $2,000 to,
(a) a relative by blood or connection by marriage of a
person insured or the group person insured ; or
(b) any person appearing to the insurer to be equitably
entitled thereto by reason of having incurred expense
for the maintenance, medical attendance or burial
of a person insured or the group person insured, or to
have a claim against the estate of a person insured
or the group person insured in relation thereto,
and any such payment discharges the insurer to the extent of
the amount paid.
251^. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, insurance money iSp^yl^e"/!
payable in Ontario.
(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance, insurance ^^''|P3'i°p"
money is payable in the province or territory of Canada in insurance
which the group person insured was resident at the time he
became insured.
(3) Unless a contract otherwise provides, a reference dollars
therein to dollars means Canadian dollars whether the con-
tract by its terms provides for payment in Canada or else-
where.
(4) Where a person entitled to receive insurance money 'is^^^%^*'
not domiciled in Ontario the insurer may pay the insurance 0"t"'°
money to that person or to any person who is entitled to
receive it on his behalf by the law of the domicile of the
payee and any such payment discharges the insurer to the
extent of the amount paid.
(5) Where insurance money is by the contract payable pereSnai* '°
to a person who has died or to his personal representative and If Pq®^®"'*'
such deceased person was not at the date of his death domiciled
in Ontario, the insurer may pay the insurance money to the
personal representative of such person appointed under the
law of his domicile, and any such payment discharges the
insurer to the extent of the amount paid.
25 It. Regardless of the place where a contract was made, ^°'t "r'lo "
a claimant who is a resident of Ontario may bring an action
in Ontario if the insurer was authorized to transact insurance
in Ontario at the time the contract was made or at the time
the action is brought.
92
22
Insurer
f living
nformatton
Undue
prominence
Reiier
from
forfeiture
('resump-
tion against
agency
25\j. An insurer does not incur any liability for any default,
error or omission in giving or withholding information as to
any notice or instrument that it has received and that affects
the insurance money.
251fe. The insurer shall not in the policy give undue prom-
inence to any provision or statutory condition £is compared to
other provisions or statutory conditions, unless the effect of
that provision or statutory condition is to increase the pre-
mium or decrease the benefits otherwise provided for in the
policv
251/. Where there has been imperfect compliance with a
statutory condition as to any matter or thing to be done or
omitted by the insured, person insured or claimant with
respect to the loss insured against and a consequent forfeiture
or avoidance of the insurance in whole or in part, and any
court before which a question relating thereto is tried deems
it inequitable that the insurance should be forfeited or avoided
on that ground, the court ma^- relieve against the forfeiture or
avoidance on such terms as it deems just.
251m. No officer, agent, employee or servant of the insurer,
and no person soliciting insurance, whether or not he is an
agent of the insurer shall, to the prejudice of the insured,
person insured or group person insured, be deemed to be the
agent of the insured or of the jjerson insured or group person
insured in resjiect of any question arising out of the contract.
Application (2) Part \'1I of The Insurance Act, as re-enacted by sub-
section 1, applies to contracts made after this section comes
into force.
•''*'" (3) In the case of contracts made before this section comes
into force and in effect on the day this section comes into
force,
(«) sections 227, 228, 229. 230, 237, 240, 241, 242, 246
and sections 248 to 251ot of The Insurance Act, as
re-enacted by this section, apply; and
(b) sections 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 242 and 245 of The
Insurance Act, as they existed immediately before
this section comes into force, continue to apply.
" iYo B^.^sTs. 17.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 315 of The Insurance Act
Biihs. 2 jg repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted ' °
(2) Licences so issued shall be of three classes, that is,
(a) licences for life insurance, or life and accident
insurance, or life and accident and sickness
insurance; or
Classes of
licences
<)'
23
(b) licences for accident and sickness insurance; or
(c) licences for all classes of insurance other than
life insurance.
(2) Subsection 6 of the said section 315 is amended by (^•i'9og';''3^"g
striking out "a fee of $1" in the seventh line and inserting in|'^|^^^jj
lieu thereof "the prescribed fee".
18. Subsection 6 of section 316 of The Insurance Act is^fgos'Titi,
amended by striking out "a fee of $1" in the eighth line and |^|j-^^'^j
inserting in lieu thereof "the prescribed fee".
19.— (1) Item 12 of Schedule A to The Insurance Act is.^-^g^^; '''*^"-
amended by adding thereto the following clause: item''i2^'
amended
{d} where the applicant is a corporation 25
(2) Clause c of item 13 of the said Schedule A, as re- '^^gg- ^"'''^'
enacted by subsection 2 of section 6 of The Insurance Amend- p^'-^'^-^-
ment Act, 1968, is repealed and the following substituted (19B8. c ss.
, , ' ' " 8. 6. subs. 2),
therefor : ci. «,
re-enacted
(c) where the applicant is a corporation 25
(d) for transfer or revival of a licence 2
(e) all other applicants 25
(3) Item 14 of the said Schedule A is repealed and the^'.^ '^g"- 1"*^"'
following substituted therefor: sohed! a,
° item 14,
re-enacted
14. Licences for insurance brokers and renewals thereof
whether corporate or otherwise 25
(4) Item 17 of the said Schedule A is repealed and the ^ ig"; '•"^"'
following substituted therefor: Hem'1'7^'
re-enacted
17. Licences under subsection 19 of section 315 in the name of a
transportation comp.uiy authorizing its ticket salesmen
to act as agent for travel accident insurance, livestock
insurance or baggage insurance, and renewals thereof. ... 25
20.— (1) This Act, except sections 1, 11 and 16, comes into fj^^'^V"^""'*"
force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 1 and 16 come into force on a day to be named '''®'"
by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
(3) Section 11 comes into force on the 1st day of September, ''^®'"
1969.
21. This Act may be cited as The Insurance Amendment ^^^""'^ '^''^'''
Ad, 1968-69.
92
00
s
7i
o
z
PS
w
n
2
S
s
Vj
"1
t\»
Si
K,«
p
2
rt
a
n
b^
-«^
(^
=r
A.
sr
«^
~J
>B
KJ
>:
_>
«=
3-
1
I
vO
1.
**,
•♦.
O
s
0^
2
(I
c
■n
S
o
BILL 93
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Homes for Special Care Act, 1964
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The proposed amendment authorizes regulations to be made re-
specting the location of homes for special care.
93
BILL 93 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Homes for Special Care Act, 1964
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Clause a of section 7 of The Homes for Special Care Act, i96*. °- 39.
1964 is amended by inserting after "construction" in the first amended'
line "location", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(a) their construction, location, alteration, equipment,
safety, maintenance and repair.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment™*""^^'
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Homes for Special Care ^^""^ ""®
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
93
?-«'
2
so
o
£
s:
a n to
ft. 3- ~
I I I
a
a
1
n
ft
>
BILL 93
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Homes for Special Care Act, 1964
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
PrINIRD AM) FUBLISIIKD UY FkANK PoCG, QuEEn's PkINTER
BILL 93 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Homes for Special Care Act, 1964
HP2R MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Clause a of section 7 of The Homes for Special Care Act,^^^'^-^-^-
1964 is amended by inserting after "construction" in the first amended
line "location", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(a) their construction, location, alteration, equipment,
safety, maintenance and repair.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Jj^gjJt"®"''®"
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Homes for Special Care^^'"'^ ""®
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
93
o
00
7i
o
z
o
« ^
■1
<VJ
Si
^^
r;
S
0
'-.
3-
=1.
3-
♦^
C^
?c
t>j
r
W
S
0
(-r
a.
=r
a.
^'
■
s°
0
w
>o
»Q
0
Ov
0
0
tfi'
O;
» :
^
BILL 94
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pharmacy Act
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The clause deleted makes the Act subject to any Act of the Parliament
of Canada. The clause is redundant in so far as the Parliament of Canada
has jurisdiction.
94
BILL 94 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pharmacy Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
R.S.O. I960.
1. Clause a of section 2 of The Pharmacy Act is repealed, ci.^o^,^' *' ^'
repealed
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commence-
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Pharmacy A mendment s*^ort mie
Act, 1968-69.
94
M^ .U
n i
a
•<
s
o
z
o
a.
I i.
2
to ^
I I
,2 - <S
1
>3
BILL 94
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pharmacy Act
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 94 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pharmacy Act
HF;R majesty, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
R.S.O. I960,
1. Clause a of section 2 of The Pharmacy Act is repealed, ci.^i*,^' ^' "'
repealed
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Ro\ al commeiue-
-' - ment
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Pharmacy Ame?tdmevt^^°''t i'tie
Act, 1068-69.
94
— "t
- a
zr a.
C>i
>:
^
X
1
_
a'
o
»«
o
5" »
a
BILL 95
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Nursing Homes Act, 1966
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
ExPLANATORV Notes
Section 1. The new provision provides for relocation of residents
in an unlicensed nursing home.
Section 2. A general penalty is provided for contraventions of the
Act.
Section 3. The proposed amendment authorizes regulations to be
ni.ide respecting the location of nursing homes.
95
BILL 95 1968-69
An Act to amend The Nursing Homes Act, 1966
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Nursing Homes Act, 1966 is amended by adding ^^^g^^^f^^^^'
thereto the following sections:
10a. Where a nursing home is operating without a licence, unHcensId
each resident therein shall arrange to vacate the home
nursing home as soon as it is practicable and the
Minister shall assist in finding appropriate alterna-
tive accommodation.
11a. Any person who contravenes any provision of this p^"^"-*'
Act or the regulations for which no penalty is other-
wise provided, except section 10a, is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine
of not more than $1,000.
2. Clause c of subsection 1 of section 12 of The Nursing^^^'°<^-^^-
Homes Act, 1966, is amended by inserting after "establish- ci. c'
ment" in the first line "location", so that the clause shall read
as follows:
(c) respecting the construction, establishment, location,
alteration, safety, equipment, maintenance and
repair of nursing homes.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ^"^j'"®"'^®'
Assent.
4. This Act may be cited as The Nursing Homes Amend-^^°^^ ""'
ment Act, 1968-69.
95
AAl<
n
2
a
3
z
o
Cm
a
9«
a
2
3-
O
W
n
3
0 0
ii
1 a.
BILL 95
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Nursing Homes Act, 1966
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Fkank Fogg, Queen's Printer
II a
2
so
D
o
z
a
^ ^
2* **• 5*
O-
Z
^>
01 -■
« a
BILL 95
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Nursing Homes Act, 1966
Mr. Dvmond
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 95 1968-69
An Act to amend The Nursing Homes Act, 1966
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Nursiyig Homes Act, 1966 is amended by adding ^^^g^^J^-^^^'
thereto the following sections:
10a. Where a nursing home is operating without a licence, uni'-^gn'^l^
each resident therein shall arrange to vacate the home
nursing home as soon as it is practicable and the
Minister shall assist in finding a])propriate alterna-
tive accommodation.
11a. Any person who contravenes an\- provision of this ^^"^"'y
Act or the regulations for which no penalty is other-
wise provided, e.xcejDt section 10a, is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine
of not more than $1,000.
2. Clause c of subsection 1 of section 12 of The .VMry/wp ^^^e, c. 99,
Homes Act, 1966, is amended bv inserting after "establish- ci. c,
,, • , r 1- m ' ,,' 1 11 1 11 .amended
nient in the hrst line location , so that the clause shall read
as follows:
(c) respecting the construction, establishment, location,
alteration, safety, equipment, maintenance and
repair of nursing homes.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal ment"^"'^^'
Assent.
4. This Act may be cited as The Nursing Homes Amend-^^°'^^ '"'^
ment Act, 1968-69.'
95
I
o
00
D
•<
o
z
o
a. a- ft. =r ♦-
I s I I i.
O OS Ov
»9
3 '
W 1
x:
O I
3 i
S:
>!
5 <
BILL 96
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pesticides Act, 1967
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section K The definitions of "land extermination" and "structural
extermination" are amended to include prevention and to clarify the
intention that termite extermination is the function of a structural ex-
terminator.
Section 2. Members and officers of the Pesticides Advisory Board
are exempted from personal liability for anything done in good faith under
the Act or regulations.
96
BILL 96 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pesticides Act, 1967
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) Clause g of section 1 of The Pesticides Act, 1967 isl^V/^uJ*'
amended by inserting after "destruction" in the first Hne*""*"^^^
"prevention", and by adding at the end thereof "but does not
include the destruction, prevention or control of termites",
so that the clause shall read as follows :
(g) "land extermination" means the destruction, pre-
vention or control on or over land of insects, vermin,
birds, rodents or other pests, fungi or vegetation by
the use of any toxic or noxious substance but does
not include the destruction, prevention or control
of termites.
(2) Clause / of the said section 1 is amended by inserting ^^^'^■^J^-,''^'
after "destruction" in the first line "prevention", and by "tended
adding at the end thereof "and includes the destruction, pre-
vention or control of termites", so that the clause shall read
as follows:
(/) "structural extermination" means the destruction,
prevention or control in, on or adjacent to a building
or vehicle, of insects, vermin, birds, rodents or other
pests or fungi, by the use of any toxic or noxious
substance and includes the destruction, prevention
or control of termites.
2. Section 5 of The Pesticides Act, 1967 is amended by^.^lj' <=• ''^•
adding thereto the following subsection: amended
(5) No member of the Board or officer of the Board is^awnty'
personally liable for anything done by him in good
faith under, or purporting to be under, the authority
of this Act or the regulations.
96
Commence. 3. fhis Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 4. This Act may be cited as The Pesticides Amendment
Act, 1968-69.
96
2
P8
3
>
n
r*
0
»
2
"^ i
Si»
tsj
^ ^
E.
S.
1.
S- '^
?0
s.
IsJ ^
3-
a
tading
0th, 19
(t
(?>
n
«o
1
BILL 96
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pesticides Act, 1967
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
PrINTK.D and ruHLISHlI) BY I'KANK Fo(:(i, Qt;EKN's PRINTER
BILL 96 1968-69
An Act to amend The Pesticides Act, 1967
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) Clause g of section 1 of The Pesticides Act, 1967 \sl^V/c\: J^'
amended by inserting after "destruction" in the first line '^"'®"**®"^
"prevention", and by adding at the end thereof "but does not
include the destruction, prevention or control of termites",
so that the clause shall read as follows:
(g) "land extermination" means the destruction, pre-
vention or control on or over land of insects, vermin,
birds, rodents or other pests, fungi or vegetation by
the use of any toxic or noxious substance but does
not include the destruction, prevention or control
of termites.
(2) Clause / of the said section 1 is amended by inserting i^^'^'^^f'-j''''*'
after "destruction" in the first line "prevention", and by amended'
adding at the end thereof "and includes the destruction, pre-
vention or control of termites", so that the clause shall read
as follows:
(/) "structural extermination" means the destruction,
prevention or control in, on or adjacent to a building
or vehicle, of insects, vermin, birds, rodents or other
pests or fungi, by the use of any toxic or noxious
substance and includes the destruction, prevention
or control of termites.
2. Section 5 of The Pesticides Act, 1967 is amended hyl^f/ "■''*•
adding thereto the following subsection : amended
(5) No member of the Board or officer of the Board isj^l^ff;^^'
personally liable for anything done by him in good
faith under, or purporting to be under, the authority
of this Act or the regulations.
96
00
c
><
S
O
z
o
i>
2
>;
b"
■1
Ji'
;;
o
s
o
-^
R.
3-
(^
=r
S=
Ui
>:
SJ
3-
1
o
ST
**.
vO
a
^^
;i
^A
o
»0
sC
»0
-O
o
o
o
o
BILL 97
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act respecting The Department of Health
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
The Bill codifies the functions of the Department of Health, hereto-
fore unwritten.
97
BILL 97 1968-69
An Act respecting The Department of Health
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, l-lt^r-
(a) "Department" means the Department of Health;
(b) "Deputy Minister" means the Deputy Minister of
Health;
(c) "Minister" means the Minister of Health.
2. — (1) The department of the public service known as ^n^fnued "*
the Department of Health is continued.
(2) The Minister shall preside over and have charge of theto have"^
Department. ''^"««
(3) The Deputy Minister shall be the chief medical officer ^i^iPj'/t^r
for Ontario and he shall perform such duties as are assigned
to him by the Lieutenant Governor in Council or the
Minister.
(4) Such officers, clerks and servants may be appointed staff
under The Public Service Act, 1961-62 as are required from i96i-62,
time to time for the proper conduct of the business of the
Department.
3. The Minister is responsible for the administration of tion'o? aoS"
this Act and any other Acts that are assigned to him by the
provisions thereof or by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
4.— (1) The Minister shall, ^"litVr
Minister
(a) advise the Government in respect of the health of
the people of Ontario;
97
(b) oversee and promote the health and the physical
and mental well-beinK of the people of Ontario.
'''•°' (2) The Minister in exercising his |x)wers and carrying out
his duties and functions under this Act,
(a) shall inquire into and determine the health facilities,
services and jjersonnel required to meet the health
needs of the people of Ontario;
(6) may recommend to the Government the methods
and programs by which the health needs of the
(Xiople of Ontario can be met;
(c) shall ijromote and assist in the development of
adequate health resources, both human and material,
in Ontario;
(d) ma\ initiate or promote research and planning
studies into matters relating to the health needs of
the Province of Ontario.
for'pr^fBion 5. The Minister, with the approval of the Lieutenant
facntfies! Governor in Council, may on behalf of the Government of
«*<'• Ontario make agreements with municipalities or other i^ersons
or cor[X)rations respecting the provision of health facilities,
services or personnel referred to in clause a of subsection 2 of
section 4.
Grants
6. The Minister may, out of the moneys appropriated by
the Legislature therefor,
(fl) make grants to universities and any non-profit
organizations for research and training of persons
for the health sciences field in such amounts and
u|K)n such terms and conditions as the regulations
prescribe;
{b) provide bursiiries and loans for educational and
training puriKDses in resp)ect of health to such persons,
in such amounts and ujxjn such terms and conditions
as the regulations prescribe;
(r) make grants for developing health resources to such
(Xjrsons and organizations and upon such terms and
conditions as the regulations prescribe;
(d) convene conferences and conduct seminars and edu-
cational programs respecting health matters.
97
7. — (1) There shall be a senior advisory body to the gJJJ^'JJIJ
Government and to the Minister on health matters, known as of Health
the Ontario Council of Health, consisting of the Deputy
Minister who shall be chairman and such other persons
numbering not fewer than sixteen, as are appointed members
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
(2) It is the duty of the Council to advise the Government Duties
and the Minister on health matters and needs of the people of
Ontario and to perform such other duties as are referred to it
by the Minister or the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council or the Minister ^PP°i^^-
may appoint committees to perform such advisory functions a^^'^ry^^
as are considered necessary or desirable in order to assist the
Minister in the discharge of his duties.
8. The Minister may, statutics
information
(a) collect such information and statistics respecting
health resources, facilities and services and any other
matters relating to the health needs or conditions
affecting the public as are deemed necessary or
advisable ;
(b) publish any information collected under clause a.
9. The Minister after the close of each year shall submit Annual
^, . . report
to the Lieutenant Governor in Council an annual report upon
the affairs of the Department and shall then lay the report
before the Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next
ensuing session.
10. After this section comes into force, all annual reports jjJcfude'* '°
required to be submitted to the Lieutenant Governor, theot'^e'"
Lieutenant Governor in Council or the Assembly by the
Minister or an official of the Department under any other
Act shall be deemed to be included in the report submitted
under section 9 and need not be submitted in accordance with
such other Act.
11. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu- ^^8"'*"°"^
lations providing for the payment of grants, bursaries and
loans for the purposes of section 6.
12. — (1) This Act, except sections 9 and 10, comes into ^°^t'"«"°«-
force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 9 and 10 come into force on a day to be named ''*®'"
by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
13. This Act may be cited as The Department of Health s^"""* ""o
Act, 1968-69.
97
a
•<
s.
o
z
o
a
s
a.
>:
2
R.
a'
a
IM3
n •
rt f
o '
BILL 97
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act respecting The Department of Health
Mr. Dymond
TORONTO
Pkintki) and Published by Frank Kcx;g, Qukkn's I'rintf.r
BILL 97 1968-69
An Act respecting The Department of Health
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, jnterpre-
(a) "Department" means the Department of Health;
(b) "Deputy Minister" means the Deputy Minister of
Health ;
(c) "Minister" means the Minister of Health.
2. — (1) The department of the public service known as J^^^fnu?d "*
the Department of Health is continued.
(2) The Minister shall preside over and have charge of the to have*^
Department. ''^"^^
(3) The Deputy Minister shall be the chief medical officer ^^gj^t^r
for Ontario and he shall perform such duties as are assigned
to him bj' the Lieutenant Governor in Council or the
Minister.
(4) Such officers, clerks and servants may be appointed staff
under The Public Service Act, J 96 J -62 as are required from i96i-62.
time to time for the proper conduct of the business of the
Department.
3. The Minister is responsible for the administration oi^^^^^^^^^
this Act and any other Acts that are assigned to him by the
provisions thereof or by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
4.— (1) The Minister shall, 5,VJ5i^?e?''
(a) advise the Government in respect of the health of
the people of Ontario;
97
(b) oversee and promote the health and the physical
and mental well-being of the people of Ontario.
''**'" (2) The Minister in exercising his powers and carrying out
his duties and functions under this Act,
(a) shall inquire into and determine the health facilities,
services and personnel required to meet the health
needs of the people of Ontario;
(b) may recommend to the Government the methods
and programs by which the health needs of the
people of Ontario can be met;
(c) shall promote and assist in the development of
adequate health resources, both human and material,
in Ontario;
(d) may initiate or promote research and planning
studies into matters relating to the health needs of
the Province of Ontario.
for'pro^iiion *• The Minister, with the approval of the Lieutenant
faoulti'M! Governor in Council, may on behalf of the Government of
"'°- Ontario make agreements with municipalities or other persons
or corporations respecting the provision of health facilities,
services or personnel referred to in clause a of subsection 2 of
section 4.
Qrants
6. The Minister may, out of the moneys appropriated by
the Legislature therefor,
(fl) make grants to universities and any non-profit
organizations for research and training of persons
for the health sciences field in such amounts and
upon such terms and conditions as the regulations
prescribe ;
(b) provide bursaries and loans for educational and
training purposes in respect of health to such persons,
in such amounts and upon such terms and conditions
as the regulations prescribe;
(c) make grants for developing health resources to such
persons and organizations and upon such terms and
conditions as the regulations prescribe;
(d) convene conferences and conduct seminars and edu-
cational programs respecting health matters.
97
7. — (1) There shall be a senior advisory body to the g^J^'^jj'}
Government and to the Minister on health matters, known as of Health
the Ontario Council of Health, consisting of the Deputy
Minister who shall be chairman and such other persons
numbering not fewer than sixteen, as are appointed members
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
(2) It is the duty of the Council to advise the Government °'^*'e*
and the Minister on health matters and needs of the people of
Ontario and to perform such other duties as are referred to it
by the Minister or the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council or the Minister ^ppoint-
may appoint committees to perform such advisory functions a^^'^ry^^^
as are considered necessary or desirable in order to assist the
Minister in the discharge of his duties.
8. The Minister may, 1^^*""°"
information
(a) collect such information and statistics respecting
health resources, facilities and services and any other
matters relating to the health needs or conditions
affecting the public as are deemed necessary or
advisable ;
(b) publish any information collected under clause a.
9. The Minister after the close of each year shall submit ^^"""f'
x-^ • /^ •! 1 report
to the Lieutenant Governor in Council an annual report upon
the affairs of the Department and shall then lay the report
before the Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next
ensuing session.
10. After this section comes into force, all annual reports ,°of^e'* *°
required to be submitted to the Lieutenant Governor, the o^'^e^j.^
Lieutenant Governor in Council or the Assembly by the
Minister or an official of the Department under any other
Act shall be deemed to be included in the report submitted
under section 9 and need not be submitted in accordance with
such other Act.
11. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu- ^**"'**'°"'
lations providing for the payment of grants, bursaries and
loans for the purposes of section 6.
12.— (1) This Act, except sections 9 and 10, comes into S°™t'"«"<'*-
force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 9 and 10 come into force on a day to be named '•*""
by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
13. This Act may be cited as The Department of Health ^^°^ ""•
Act, 1968-69.
97
2
V
«<
>
"2 ^»
00 >)
2
S"
to
o
o
z
o
"^ a _ ^
BILL 98
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Dog Tax and Live Stock and Poultry Protection Act
Mr. Stewart
TORONTO
Printed and Publishkd by Frank Foiu;, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notk
The piirfK)se of the Bill is:
1. To increase from $10 to J25 the annual tax payable by the owner
of a kennel of pure-bred dogs.
2. To clarify the intent that such owner is not required to pay any
further tax or licence fees in respect of such dogs.
3. To enlarge the authority to make regulations.
98
BILL 98 1968-69
An Act to amend The Dog Tax and Live Stock
and Poultry Protection Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) Clause b of section 1 of The Dog Tax and Liveffi°;^^^°'
Stock and Poultry Protection Act is amended by inserting after ^i^^^^^^
"Agriculture" in the first line "and Food".
(2) The said section 1 is amended by adding thereto the^fj^.'s^i^'
following clauses: amended'
(d) "pure-bred" means,
(i) registered or eligible for registration in the
register of The Canadian Kennel Club, In-
corporated, or
(ii) of a class designated as pure-bred in the
regulations;
(e) "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act.
2. Subsection 5 of section 2 of The Dog Tax and Live Stock ^-f^^.iseo,
and Poultry Protection Act is repealed. subs, b,'
repealed
3. The Dog Tax and Live Stock and Poultry Protection Actf^ffl- ^^^°'
is amended by adding thereto the following sections: amended
5a. The owner of a kennel of dogs that are pure-bred t*" °r ^
° r 1 kennel of
shall pay an annual ta.x of $25 to the treasurer of the pure-bred
municipality as a tax upon the kennel, and he is not
liable to pay in respect of such pure-bred dogs any
tax under section 2 or any licence fee under a by-law
passed pursuant to section 5.
98
Re«uiHtion« g^ 'i^e Lieutenant Governor in Council may make
regulations designating as pure-bred any class or
classes of dogs.
Commence. 4. p^is Act shall be deemed to have come into force on
the 1st day of January, 1969.
Short title 5^ -pi^ig ^j,j ,^^.jy jjg ^.jj^ ^g jf^^ p^^ .j,^^ ^^ j^.^^ ^^^^
and Poultry Protection Amendment Act, 196S-60.
98
s
C/3
I
s
ft.
"1
O
O
S'k :
BILL 98
2xD Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Dog Tax and Live Stock and Poultry Protection Act
Mr. Stewart
TORONTO
Printed and Fubhsiikd by Frank Fogg, Quken's Frimicr
BILL 98 1968-69
An Act to amend The Dog Tax and Live Stock
and Poultry Protection Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) Clause b of section 1 of The Dog Tax and Live^_fi^;i^^°'
Stock and Poultry Protection Act is amended by inserting after ^'^^Ij^jg^
"Agriculture" in the first line "and Food".
(2) The said section 1 is amended by adding thereto the^ff^g^'^^/^'
following clauses: amended'
(d) "pure-bred" means,
(i) registered or eligible for registration in the
register of The Canadian Kennel Club, In-
corporated, or
(ii) of a class designated as pure-bred in the
regulations;
(e) "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act.
2. Subsection 5 of section 2 of The Dog Tax and Live Stock ff^^-^^^'^'
and Poultry Protection Act is repealed. subs. 5
3. The Dog Tax and Live Stock and Poultry Protection Act^ff^- ^^^°'
is amended by adding thereto the following sections: amended
5a. The owner of a kennel of dogs that are pure-bred i^^nne"of
shall pay an annual tax of $25 to the treasurer of the pure-bred
municipality as a tax upon the kennel, and he is not
liable to pay in respect of such pure-bred dogs any
tax under section 2 or any licence fee under a by-law
passed pursuant to section 5.
98
Regulations g^ -j-f,^. J jeutpnant Governor in Council may make
regulations designating as pure-bred any class or
classes of dogs.
ment""""*" *• This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on
the 1st day of January, 1969.
.Short title x tl- \ ^ i • .
5. 1 his Act may be cited as Jhe Dog Tax and Live Slock
and Poultry Protection Amendment Act, 196fi-6'K
98
21
SB
H
PI
X
H
R. —
>
£^
•c
Nj
tf
•n
k^
"1
s
n.
ii
^
a.
=r
«^
j3-
a
o
3-
S
3
s
a*
O O I
§95 I
BILL 99
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act
Mr. Auld
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogc, Queen's Printer
EXPLANATOKY NOTES
Section 1. The amendment permits the transfer of jurisdiction to
the Commission of roads now untler the jurisdiction of the Department
of Highways and provides for the division of responsibility where a road
is assumed by agreement with a municipality or the Department of
Highways.
99
BILL 99 1968-69
An Act to amend
The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assemblj' of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 9 of The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act^fjO. i960,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
9. — (1) Notwithstanding any general or special Act, '^'*^'"'*^*
the Lieutenant Governor in Council may from time
to time vest any highway,
(a) under the jurisdiction and control of the
Department of Highways; or
(b) under the jurisdiction of a municipality,
in the Commission and thereafter the Commission
has exclusive jurisdiction over the highway.
(2) The Commission and the Minister of Highways or Ae'"®ement8
the Commission and any municipality may enter
into agreement as to the acquisition by the Com-
mission or by the municipality of any highway or
any land therefor or as to the establishing, laying
out, opening, grading, paving, altering, constructing,
reconstructing, maintaining or repairing of any high-
way, including the cost or the apportionment of the
cost of the same and the payment thereof.
(3) Where by an agreement made under subsection 2, Liability
(a) the Minister of Highways undertakes to main-
tain and repair a highway, section 33 of 7"/fe R'-^-O- 1960,
Highway Improvement Act applies in respect
of the highway; and
99
R.s.o. laeo,
c. 249
(b) a municipality undertakes to maintain and
repair a highway, section 443 of J'he Municipal
Act applies in resjject of the highway,
and no action arising out of the dut>- to maintain
and repair the highway lies against the Commission.
Indemnity (4) Where the Crown or a municijjal corporation is
liable for damages sustained b> any j)erson by reason
of failure to maintain or re|)air a highway under the
jurisdiction of the Commission, the Commission
shall indemnify the Crown or the municipal cor-
jxjration, as the case may be, for all damages and
costs incurred in respect of such liability.
Appli< ation
R.S.O. 1960.
o. 172:
1968, f. 75
(5) The Highway Traffic Act and The Motorized Snow
Vehicles Act, 1968 and the regulations made there-
under, apply to any highway or f)ortion thereof under
the jurisdiction of the Commission and designated
under subsection 1 of section 10 as if such highway
or ])ortion thereof is the King's Highway.
f'2Ti's^io' ^' Subsection 2 of section 10 of The St. iMwrence Parks
siibs. 2, Commission Act is repealed and the following substituted
re-enacted ^, r
therefor:
Application
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 171.8. 38
(2) Section 38 of The Highway Improvement Act applies
mutatis mutandis to any portion of any of the high-
ways, roads, boulevards or parkways designated
under subsection 1 and for such purpose any refer-
ence in the said section 38 to Minister or Department
shall be deemed to be a reference to the Commission.
R-^-o. I960. 3. The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act is amended by
amended adding thereto the following section :
Scenic-
areaK
lOo. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may by
regulation designate as a scenic area such land in the
vicinity of any highway designated under subsection
1 of section 10 as is specified in the regulation.
Restri< ted
areas
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 296
(2) Subject to the approval of the Lieutenant Governor
in Council, the Commission may, in respect of land
within a scenic area, by regulation, exercise any of
the powers conferred upon councils of municipalities
by section 30 of The Planning Act without the
approval of the Ontario .Municij^al Board.
Conflict of
regulations
and by-lawj;
(3) In tiie event of conflict between a regulation made
under subsection 2 by the Commission and a by-law
passed under section 30 of The Planning Act, or a
yy
Section 2. The amendment adopts the same controls over a con-
trolled access highway of the Commission as apply to those of the Depart-
ment of Highways.
Section 3. The new provision empowers the Commission to exercise
similar controls over land adjoining its controlled access roads as a county
may exercise in respect of county roads under section 64 of The Highway
Improvement A ct.
99
Section 4. The new provision permits the Commission to close roads
and removes its liability for non-repair of roads in its jurisdiction, other
than controlled access ronds.
SiXTiON 5- Sulsection 1. Complementary to aection 3 of the Bill.
.Subsection 2. The amendment would permit different regulations for
different parts of the Parks.
99
predecessor thereof, by the municipality in which
the land is situate, the regulation made by the Com-
mission prevails to the extent of such conflict, but in
all other respects the by-law passed by the muni-
cipality remains in full force and effect.
4. The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act is amended by ^l^^- ^^®''-
adding thereto the following section : amended
11a. No civil action shall be brought against the Crown, ^^er^han
the Commission or any of the servants or agents of ^""gg^'^g^^jg
the Crown including a minister of the Crown or any
member, officer or employee of the Commission in
respect of misfeasance, nonfeasance or negligence in
connection with the construction, maintenance,
repair or closing of a road under the jurisdiction of
the Commission other than a highway designated
under subsection 1 of section 10, but this section
does not apply to an action based on contract
between the parties to the action for the construc-
tion, maintenance or use of such road.
5.— (1) Clause / of subsection 1 of section 17 of Theffj^;^^^^-
St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act is amended by striking |"^»^i^oi./,
out "or within one-quarter mile of any part thereof", in the
fourth line, so that the clause shall read as follows:
(/) prohibiting or regulating and governing the erection,
posting up or other display of notices, signs, sign
boards and other advertising devices in the Parks.
(2) The said section 17 is amended by adding thereto the^|-0- is^o.
following subsection: amended
(la) Any regulation made under subsection 1 may be ^'^®'"
general or particular in its application.
6. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
Assent.
7. This Act may be cited as The St. Lawrence Parks Com- short title
mission Amendment Act, 1968-69.
99
o
w
>
c
r
o
2
JJ'
^
>~>
1.
o
sr
is.
s-
tsi
J^
1
1
i
a
3
?
0
3
>
BILL 99
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act
Mr. Auld
{Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by P'rank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The amendment permits the transfer of jurisdiction to
the Commission of roads now uncier the jurisdiction of the Department
of Highways and provides for the division of responsibility where a road
is assumed by agreement with a municipality or the Department of
Highways.
99
BILL 99 1968-69
An Act to amend
The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 9 of The St. Lawrence Parks Commission ■^ct^-^j^B^i^'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
9. — (1) Notwithstanding any general or special Act, Highways
the Lieutenant Governor in Council may from time
to time vest any highway,
{a) under the jurisdiction and control of the
Department of Highways; or
(b) under the jurisdiction of a municipality,
in the Commission and thereafter the Commission
has exclusive jurisdiction over the highway.
(2) The Commission and the Minister of Highways or •A-8™®'"*"^*^
the Commission and any municipality may enter
into agreement as to the acquisition by the Com-
mission or by the municipality of any highway or
any land therefor or as to the establishing, laying
out, opening, grading, paving, altering, constructing,
reconstructing, maintaining or repairing of any high-
way, including the cost or the apportionment of the
cost of the same and the payment thereof.
(3) Where by an agreement made under subsection 2, Liability
(a) the Minister of Highways undertakes to main-
tain and repair a highway, section 33 of The ^■\^- ^^^°-
Highway Improvement Act applies in respect
of the highway; and
99
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 249
(b) a municipality undertakes to maintain and
repair a highway, section 443 of The Municipal
Act applies in res[)ect of the highway,
and no action arising out of the duty to maintain
and repair the highway lies against the Commission.
Indemnity (4) Where the Crown or a municipal corjwration is
liable for damages sustained by any jjerson by reason
of failure to maintain or repair a highway under the
jurisdiction of the Commission, the Commission
shall indemnify the Crown or the municijjal cor-
poration, as the case may be, for all damages and
costs incurred in respect of such liability.
Application
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 172;
1968. c. 75
(5) The Highway Traffic Act and The Motorized Snow
Vehicles Act, 1968 and the regulations made there-
under, apply to any highway or portion thereof under
the jurisdiction of the Commission and designated
under subsection 1 of section 10 as if such highway
or portion thereof is the King's Highway.
R.s.o.^1060, 2. Subsection 2 of section 10 of The St. Lawrence Parks
subs. 2.' ' Commisiion Act is repealed and the following substituted
re-enacted ., c
therefor:
Application
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 171,8. 38
(2) Section 38 of The Highway Improvement Act applies
mutatis mutandis to any portion of any of the high-
ways, roads, boulevards or parkways designated
under subsection 1 and for such purpose any refer-
ence in the said section 38 to Minister or Department
shall be deemed to be a reference to the Commission.
R.S.O. I960, 3. The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act is amended by
c 279 . .
amended adding thereto the following Section : . .,.
Scenic
areas
10a. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may by
regulation designate as a scenic area such land in the
vicinity of any highway designated under subsection
1 of section 10 as is specified in the regulation.
Restricted
areas
R.S.O. I960,
c. 296
Conflict of
regulations
and by-laws
(2) Subject to the approval of the Lieutenant Governor
in Council, the Commission ma\', in respect of land
within a scenic area, by regulation, exercise any of
the powers conferred upon councils of municipalities
by section 30 of The Planning Act without the
approval of the Ontario Municipal Board.
(3) In the event of conflict between a regulation made
under subsection 2 by the Commission and a by-law
passed under section 30 of The Planning Act, or a
9Q
Section 2. The amendment adopts the same controls over a con-
trolled access highway of the Commission as apply to those of the Depart-
ment of Highways.
Section 3. The new provision empowers the Commission to exercise
similar controls over land adjoining its controlled access roads as a county
may exercise in respect of county roads under section 64 of The Highway
Improvement Act.
99
Section 4 — Subsection 1. Complementary to section 3 of the Bill.
Subsection 2. The amendment would permit different regulations for
different parts of the Parks.
99
predecessor thereof, by the municipaUty in which
the land is situate, the regulation made by the Com-
mission prevails to the extent of such conflict, but in
all other respects the by-law passed by the muni-
cipality remains in full force and effect.
4. — (1) Clause / of subsection 1 of section 17 of T^^e^fj°-^^^°'
St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act is amended by strikingsubs. i,ci./.
out or within one-quarter mile oi any part thereoi , in the
fourth line, so that the clause shall read as follows:
(/) prohibiting or regulating and governing the erection,
posting up or other display of notices, signs, sign
boards and other advertising devices in the Parks.
(2) The said section 17 is amended by adding thereto the Rs.o. i960.
,,,.,. J b g 279.8. 17.
following subsection : amended
(la) Any regulation made under subsection 1 may be'''*'"
general or particular in its application.
6. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commence-
■' ■' ment
Assent.
6. This Act may be cited as The St. Lawrence Parks Com- short title
mission Amendment Act, 1968-69.
99
1^
*■ S
o a.
s
2
w
>
c:
r
o
5*
2
b*
n
t\J
k^
2
d
s
o
C>9
n.
■3-
a.
3-
•*
1
*4,
0!
1
o
3-
?0
1
s
a'
a
IK>
\0
»«
»Q
3 a
o
>
BILL 99
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act
Mr. Auld
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 99 1968-69
An Act to amend
The St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 9 of The St. Lawrence Parks Commission ^ct^fj^-^^^^'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted'
9. — (1) Notwithstanding any general or special Act, "''^'•'^^y*
the Lieutenant Governor in Council may from time
to time vest any highway,
(a) under the jurisdiction and control of the
Department of Highways; or
(b) under the jurisdiction of a municipality,
in the Commission and thereafter the Commission
has exclusive jurisdiction over the highway.
(2) The Commission and the Minister of Highways or ■*^s'"*«'"*"*"
the Commission and any municipality may enter
into agreement as to the acquisition by the Com-
mission or by the municipality of any highway or
any land therefor or as to the establishing, laying
out, opening, grading, paving, altering, constructing,
reconstructing, maintaining or repairing of any high-
way, including the cost or the apportionment of the
cost of the same and the payment thereof.
(3) Where by an agreement made under subsection 2, Liability
(a) the Minister of Highways undertakes to main-
tain and repair a highway, section 33 of jT^eR-s^o- isso.
Highway Improvement Act applies in respect
of the highway; and
99
R.S.O. 1960.
0. 249
(b) a municipality undertakes to maintain and
repair a highway, section 443 of The Municipal
Act applies in respect of the highway,
and no action arising out of the duty to maintain
and repair the highway lies against the Commission.
Indemnity (4) VVhcre the Crown or a municipal corjxjration is
liable for damages sustained by any person by reason
of failure to maintain or repair a highway under the
jurisdiction of the Commission, the Commission
shall indemnify the Crown or the municipal cor-
poration, as the case may be, for all damages and
costs incurred in respect of such liability.
Applioation
of
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 172;
1968. c. 75
(5) The Highway Traffic Act and The Motorized Snow
Vehicles Act, J 968 and the regulations made there-
under, apply to any highway or jxjrtion thereof under
the jurisdiction of the Commission and designated
under subsection 1 of section 10 as if such highway
or portion thereof is the King's Highway.
Rs-o. I960. 2. Subsection 2 of section 10 of The St. Lawrence Parks
C. 279. 8. 10, _, . . . 1 1 r It • 1 •
Buhs. 2, Commisston Act is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
re-enacted
Application
of
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 171,8.38
(2) Section 38 of The Highway Improvement Act applies
mutatis mutandis to any portion of any of the high-
ways, roads, boulevards or parkways designated
under subsection 1 and for such purpose any refer-
ence in the said section 38 to Minister or Department
shall be deemed to be a reference to the Commission.
R.S.O. 1960, 3. The St. Laurence Parks Commission Act is amended by
0^279 . . .
amencied adding thereto the following section:
Scenic
areas
10a.
— (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may by
regulation designate as a scenic area such land in the
vicinity of any highway designated under subsection
1 of section 10 as is specified in the regulation.
Restricted
areas
R.S.O.
c. 296
1960,
Conflict of
regulations
and !>y-la\vs
(2) Subject to the approval of the Lieutenant Governor
in Council, the Commission may, in respect of land
within a scenic area, by regulation, exercise any of
the powers conferred upon councils of municipalities
by section 30 of The Planning Act without the
ai^i^roval of the Ontario Municipal Board.
(3) In the event of conflict between a regulation made
under subsection 2 by the Commission and a by-law
passed under section 30 of The Planning Act, or a
99
predecessor thereof, by the municipality in which
the land is situate, the regulation made by the Com-
mission prevails to the extent of such conflict, but in
all other respects the by-law passed by the muni-
cipality remains in full force and effect.
4. — (1) Clause / of subsection 1 of section 17 of The^f^^'}^,^-?'
St. Lawrence Parks Commission Act is amended by striking su bs. i.ci./.
,, . , . -If . <■., • , '^ amended
out or withm one-quarter mile of any part thereof , m the
fourth line, so that the clause shall read as follows:
(/) prohibiting or regulating and governing the erection,
posting up or other display of notices, signs, sign
boards and other advertising devices in the Parks.
(2) The said section 17 is amended by adding thereto the Rso. i960.
. . -" o ^^ 279 s. 17
following subsection : amended
(la) Any regulation made under subsection 1 may be^^em
general or particular in its application.
5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal commence-
, ment
Assent.
6. This Act may be cited as The St. Lawrence Parks Com- short title
mission Amendment Act, 1968-69.
99
H
3"
n
>
C
r
o
c
<-^
^sl
3
;;
o
a
o
ft
Ct.
SP
ft.
3-
?
<c
C*J
>3
tsj
3-
S
(A
s
o
1-^
■■
ft.
l-f
ft.
ar
**.
o
3'
1 ■
s
.
c^
0^
vO
»o
>o
o
?0
3
n
n
"n
7T
U)
o
o
a
o
3
>
BILL 100
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Coroners Act
Mr. Shulman
TORONTO
F'rinted and Published by Frank Foc.g, Queen's Printer
KXPLANATORY NOTE
The amendment provides that the jurisdiction of a coroner extends
throughout OnUirio and that where a coroner's appointment is revoked
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council he is entitled to a hearing before
the Public Service Grievance Board.
100
BILL 100 1968-69
An Act to amend The Coroners Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 1 of The Coroners Act, as^lg^g^j*^"
re-enacted by subsection 1 of section 1 of The Coroners Amend- (i9t>6. c. 27,
S 1 SUDS 1)
ment Act, 1966, is repealed and the following substituted siibs. 1.
^, .- re-enacted
tnerelor :
(Ij The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint ^pPj'"J"
such coroners as he deems necessar\- who, subject to coroners
subsections 2, 3 and 4, shall hold office during
pleasure.
R.S.O. I960.
(2) The said section 1 is amended b\ adding thereto the (i|66*c^27.
following subsections: amended' ^*'
(4) Where the appointment of a coroner is revoked b\- procedure
the Lieutenant Governor in Council, the grievance
procedure established bv regulations made under
The Public Service Act, 1961-62 apjjlies to thei^ei-^ea.
coroner as though he were a person employed in the
public service, and the revocation of his appoint-
ment does not become final.
(a) until the time limited for delivering an appli-
cation for a hearing to the Public Service
Grievance Board has expired : or
{b) where an application to the Public Service
Grievance Board is delivered, until the report
of the Board has been considered b>- the
Lieutenant Governor in Council.
(5) Every coroner has jurisdiction throughout Ontario. •^'"''^'^"^■''°"
(3) Subsection 5 of section 1 of The Coroners Act, as enacted Application
by subsection 2, applies to every coroner holding office on the
day this Act comes into force.
100
? to'^b's"" '^' Subscftioii 1 of section 3 of J'he Coroners Art is amended
sub*. 1 hy striking out "for" in the fourth line and inserting in lieu
amended , . . ,
thereof "residing in", so that the subsection shall read as
follows:
^'*>iei' (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may apiK)tnt a
uoronera. ^ ' , ■ , / •
appoint coroner, to Ix; known as chief coroner, for any city
having a population of more than 100, (K)0, who shall
have control over the coroners residing in the city
and who shall have such other jwwers and |)erform
such other duties as the regulations prescribe.
menV"^'"*^ 3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short talc ^^ pi^jg j^^^ 1^^.^^. ^^ j,jjp^ jjg -j'jjg (Coroners Amendment Act,
J066-69.
100
I
>
3
>
n
r»
^*
5-*
N4
Cm
l\»
0
W
2
a
n ST
^
A.
ft.
ar ^
V)
>3
>:
hj 53
c.
I
1
i 1
a-'
s
a'
n
>
»o
9^
3 "*
n
2
3
ft
3
BILL 101
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act, 1961-62
Mr. Haskett
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Subsection 5 authorizes the Minister to defend an action
in the name of a deceased person and to assert a counterclaim on behalf of
the estate of a deceased person.
Section 2. The amendments will permit payments out of the Fund up
to a total amount of $50,000 for damages occasioned in Ontario by any
one uninsured motor vehicle arising out of any one accident.
101
BILL 101 1968-69
An Act to amend The Motor Vehicle
Accident Claims Act, 1961-62
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Section 7 of The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act,],^^^^^^-^
1961-62, as amended by section 5 of The Motor Vehicle Acci-^^^'^'^"'^ '
dent Claims Amendment Act, 1964 and section 1 of The Motor
Vehicle Accident Claims Amendment Act, 1968, is further
amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(5) Where a deceased person, if living, would be the J/fend^fnt
defendant or the defendant in the action dies and
the personal representative, if any, of the deceased
person does not defend the action and no adminis-
trator ad litem is appointed, the Minister may
exercise the rights and take the action referred to
in subsection 2 in the name of the deceased and
may assert a counterclaim on behalf of the estate
of the deceased.
2.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 22 of The Motor Vehiclel^W^l' 22.
Accident Claims Act, 1961-62 is repealed and the following ^^"^^j^-^i^'j^^
substituted therefor:
(1) In respect of any application under section 5 or 6 payable
for payment of damages arising out of motor vehicle ''''°'" ^""'^
accidents occurring in Ontario on or after the 1st
day of September, 1969, and subject to subsection 4,
the Minister shall not pay out of the Fund more
than the total amount of $50,000 exclusive of costs,
for all damages on account of injury or death to one
or more persons, or loss of or damage to property
occasioned in Ontario by any one uninsured motor
vehicle and arising out of any one accident, pro-
vided that any claims arising out of any loss of or
damage to property shall have priority over any
101
claims arising out of any bodily injury or death to
the extent of $5,000, but in any event the Minister
shall not pay out of the Fund more than a total of
$5,000 in respect of all claims arising out of the loss
of or damage to property occasioned by any one
uninsured vehicle and arising out of any one ac-
cident.
'''®'" (Ic) In respect of applications under section 5 or 6 for
payment of damages arising out of motor vehicle
accidents occurring in Ontario on or after the 1st
day of October, 1962, and before the 1st day of
September, 1969, and subject to subsection 4, the
Minister shall not pay out of the Fund more than
the total amount of $35,000, exclusive of costs, for
all damages on account of injury to one or more
persons, death of one or more persons, loss of
property and damage to property arising out of
any one accident, and, where in any one accident
damages result from bodily injury or death and loss
of or damage to property, the claims arising out of
such loss of or damage to property have priority
over claims arising out of such bodily injury or
death to the extent of 85,000, and in any event the
Minister shall not pay out of the Fund more than a
total amount of $5,000 in respect of all claims
arising out of loss of or damage to property in any
one accident.
l^t\,^8.'22. (2) Subsection 4 of the said section 22 is amended by
amended Striking out clause fl, by relettering clause b as clause c, by
relettering clause c as clause d and by adding thereto the
following clauses:
(a) arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring in
Ontario on or after the 1st day of September, 1969,
more than 850,000, exclusive of costs, for all damages
on account of injury to one or more persons and the
death of one or more persons occasioned b>' any one
uninsured motor vehicle and arising out of any one
accident; or
(6) arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring in
Ontario on or after the 1st day of October, 1962, and
before the 1st day of September, 1969, more than
the total amount of 835,000, exclusive of costs, for
all damages on account of injury to one or more
persons and the death of one or more persons arising
out of any one accident; or
101
3. — (1) This Act, except section 2, comes into force on the^°™™®"oe-
day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 2 comes into force on the 1st day of September, ^''®'"
1969.
4. This Act may be cited as The Motor Vehicle ^ccwiew< short title
Claims Amendment Act, 1968-69.
101
00
2
X
>
?0
I
tv
P
n
fc^
3
o
to
?4.
sr
♦^
1^
hj
:^
1
1
3
1-^
>:
O f
n t
S£
Of
3
CO .
>'
o >
r :
Si
O I
to :
BILL 101
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act, 1961-62
Mr. Haskktt
r O R O N T o
1'kinii:d and rum.isHi;!) nv Frank Foci., QLi;t;N's 1'kimi;k
BILL 101 1968-69
An Act to amend The Motor Vehicle
Accident Claims Act, 1961-62
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 7 of The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims ■A.cl,^^^'^^^'-;^
1961-62, as amended by section 5 of The Motor Vehicle Acci-^™^'^'^^^
dent Claims Amendment Act, 1964 and section 1 of The Motor
Vehicle Accident Claims Amendment Act, 1968, is further
amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(5) Where a deceased person, if living, would be the d^el'end^ant
defendant or the defendant in the action dies and
the personal representative, if any, of the deceased
person does not defend the action and no adminis-
trator ad litem is appointed, the Minister may
exercise the rights and take the action referred to
in subsection 2 in the name of the deceased and
may assert a counterclaim on behalf of the estate
of the deceased.
2. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 22 of 'The Motor Vehicle l%\]^g' 22,
Accident Claims Act, 1961-62 is repealed and the following ^^^^•^^■jgj
substituted therefor:
(1) In respect of any application under section 5 or 6 payable
for payment of damages arising out of motor vehicle '^'"°'" i^"nd
accidents occurring in Ontario on or after the 1st
day of September, 1969, and subject to subsection 4,
the Minister shall not pay out of the Fund more
than the total amount of $50,000 exclusive of costs,
for all damages on account of injury or death to one
or more persons, or loss of or damage to property
occasioned in Ontario by any one uninsured motor
vehicle and arising out of any one accident, pro-
vided that any claims arising out of any loss of or
damage to property shall have priority over any
101
claims arising out of any bodily injur\' or death to
the extent of S5,00(), but in any event the Minister
shall not [)a>- out of the Fund more than a total of
85,000 in res|)ect of all claims arising out of the loss
of or damage to proi)ert\' cKxasioned by any one
uninsured vehicle and arising out of any one ac-
cident. '''' i
'^^'" (la) In respect of applications under section 5 or 6 for
pa\nient of damages arising out of motor vehicle
accidents occurring in Ontario on or after the Ist
da\- of Octol)cr, 1962, and before the 1st day of
Se|)tcmbcr, 1969, and subject to subsection 4, the
Minister shall not pa\' out of the Fund more than
the total amount of 835,000, exclusive of costs, for
all damages on account of injury to one or more
l^crsons, doatli of one or more jjersons, loss of
|)roperty and damage to |)ropert\ arising out of
any one accident, and, where in any one accident
damages result from bodily injury or death and loss
of or damage to pro|K'rly, the claims arising out of
such loss of or damage to profierty have priority
over claims arising out of such bodily injury or
death to the extent of 85,000, and in any event the
Minister shall not pa> out of the I'und more than a
total amount of 85,000 in res|)ect of all claims
arising out of loss of or damage to pro|)erty in any
one accident.
c!'84^'8~.'i;2, (^' Subsection 4 of the siiid section 22 is amended b\
amended Striking out clausc 0, by relettering clause b as clause c, by
relettering clause c as clause cl and b\- adding thereto the
following clauses:
(a) arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring in
Ontario on or after the 1st day of September, 1969,
more than 850,000, exclusive of costs, for all damages
on account of injur\- to one or more |)ersons and the
death of one or more i)ersons occasioned by any one
uninsured motor vehicle and arising out of any one
accident; or
(6 1 arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring in
Ontario on or after the 1st day of October, 1962, and
before the 1st da>- of September, 1969, more than
the total amount of 835,000, exclusive of costs, for
all damages on account of injur\ to one or more
])cr,sons and the death of one or more persons arising
out of aii\ one accident; or
1(11
3. — (1) This Act, except section 2, comes into force on the ^°5^j"^^"<^«-
day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 2 comes into force on the 1st day of September, ^''®'"
1969.
4. This Act may be cited as The Motor Vehicle Accident ^^°''^ ^'^^^
Claims Amendment Act, 1968-69.
101
\0
00
t/i
M
■rr
1\>
I
4^
\0
O
NO
>
3
CD
>
BILL 102
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Registry Act
Mr. Wishart
r o R o N T o
'KIMID and PUBI.ISHKI) BV I'RANK FOGC, QuKEN's I'kINIKK
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Complementary to section 3 of the Bill.
Section 2. The amendment confirms existing practice.
Section 3. The amendment authorizes names for registry divisions
to be fixed by regulation.
Section 4. The duties of the Inspector of Legal Offices relating to
the registry system are vested in a new office called the Director of Land
Registration.
102
BILL 102 1968-69
An Act to amend The Registry Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
960,
1. Section 1 of The Registry Act, as re-enacted by section 1 ^l;?- ^^/
of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by adding (1966,' o! i36,
thereto the following clause: amended
(aa) "Director" means the Director of Land Registration
appointed under section 3.
2. The Registry Act is amended by adding thereto the ^I^O- 1^^"'
following section : amended
la. The Minister of Justice and Attorney General is f J'g'Jife''^ °^
responsible for the administration of this Act. Attorney
' General
3. Subsection 2 of section 4 of The Registry Act, as re-Rso. i960,
c. 348 8 4
enacted by section 3 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1964sub8.2
and amended by section 1 of The Registry Amendment Act, a. 3).''''
1965, is further amended by striking out "or" at the end of'""®"''®''
clause c, by adding "or" at the end of clause d in the amend-
ment of 1965, and by adding thereto the following clause:
(e) designate the names by which registry divisions
shall be known.
4. The Registry Act is amended by adding thereto the Rs.o. i960,
following sections: amended
6a. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council ma>' ap- ^j.'^j^J^^'"
point a barrister or solicitor to be the Director of Registration
Land Registration.
(2) The Director of Land Registration has genera! Duties
supervision and control over registry offices and the
system for registration therein.
102
'''•'" (3; Any reference in this Act to the Inspector or to the
Insjiector of Legal Offices shall be deemed to be a
reference to the Director of Land Registration.
^''' (4) The Director of Land Registration shall have a seal
of office in such form as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council approves.
DirMto"*of ^^ '^*^ Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint
fet"fl., .. „ <^n Assistant Director of I^ind Registration, and the
Registration • i i n i i • •
person so appomted shall act under the supervision
of the Director of Land Registration or shall act as
Director in the absence of the Director, and when so
acting the Assistant Director of Land Registration
has the [jowers and shall perform the duties of the
Director of Land Registration under this or any
other Act.
^fis'i^ii' *•"(!) Subsection 4 of section 31 of The Registry Act, as
(i966,'c.' 136, re-enacted by section 8 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
subs! 4, is amended by striking out "or" at the end of clause d, by
amen e adding "or" at the end of clause e and by adding thereto the
following clause:
(J) to a licence of occupation for the purpose of a pipe
1964, c. 74 line as defined in The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964,
if the licence is accompanied by an affidavit of the
licensee or his solicitor or, where the licensee is a
corporation, an officer of or solicitor for the cor-
poration stating that the land affected by the licence
is to be used for that purpose, or to any instrument
affecting a registered licence of occupation.
R.S.O. 1960,
(igtle'c i?)6 (2) The said section 31 is amended by adding thereto the
^■^''■^ J following subsections:
amended ^
lui^regrstyred ^^) "^ noticc of an unregistered instrument or of an
' merest interest or claim dejiendent upon or arising out of an
unregistered instrument shall not be registered under
this -Act.
^"^"'^^^ (7) Notwithstanding subsections 2 and 6, a notice of,
(a) a lease;
(b) a sublease;
(c) an assignment of a lease;
(d) a mortgage of a lease;
(e) an assignment of the lessor's interest in a
lease; or
102
Section 5 — Subsection 1. The amendment permits the registration
of licences of occupation of Crown lands in registry divisions for pipe
line purposes.
Subsection 2. The amendments permit registration of notice of leases
and certain dealings with leases in place of registration of the original,
but ensure that other notices resembling memorials of instruments can not
be registered.
102
SEcriON 6. The section repealed prescribes the maximum dimensions
of instruments for registration, provision is made in section 14 of the Bill
to prescribe the maximums by regulation in the same manner as the
mininnnii dimensions.
Skctios 7. The amendments add instruments executed on behalf of
the Government of Canada and certificates of municipal tax credits to
those exempted from the requirement to have aflfidavits of execution.
Si-XTioN 8 — Subsection 1. The amendment permits the age of a
Ruaraiitor on a mortgage to be proved in the same manner as the age of
a mortgagor.
Subsection 2. The amendment requires the affidavit of marital
^itatus where the female party does not join for the purpose of barring
dower.
102
i
(J) a determination or surrender of a lease,
may be registered if it complies with the regulations.
6. Section 32 of The Registry Act, as re-enacted by section ^^/i^'sl^i^'
of The Registry Amendment Act, 1964, is repealed. s?^9)f' ^' ^°^'
repealed
7. — (1) Clause d of subsection \a of section 34 of The^f^^'s^ii'
Registry Act, as enacted by section 11 of The Registry Amend-^}^^^- -^".q,
ment Act, 1964, is amended by adding at the end thereof s- ii)i ci. d, '
"or of Canada", so that the clause shall read as follows:
{d) an instrument that purports to be executed by an
officer of the Government of Ontario or of Canada.
(2) Subsection la of the said section 34 is amended by RS.o. i960,
, ,. , , r ir ■ ■ C. .348,8. 34,
addmg thereto the toUowmg clause: subs, la
(1964, c. 102,
8. 11),
ip) a notice or certificate under subsection 5 of section 2 '""«"''®''
of The Municipal and School Tax Credit Assistance^^^''' "-'■ ^^
Act, 1967.
8.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 52 of The Registry Act, asR|^o.^i9^6^o,
re-enacted by subsection 1 of section 18 of The Registry (iseel ciae,
Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "stating subs' i).
whether he" in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof "orlmlnded
by any other person executing the mortgage stating whether
such guarantor or surety", so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
(2) On and after the 1st day of January, 1967, where aOuarantor,
person executes a mortgage as a guarantor or surety,
the mortgage shall not be registered unless there is
made on or securely attached to it an afifidavit by
such person or by any other person executing the
mortgage stating whether such guarantor or surety
was of the full age of twenty-one years at the time
he executed the mortgage. r s o i960
c.'348,'s. 52 '
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 52 is repealed and thes. 18,' '
following substituted therefor: lubs! 5."
re-enacted
(5) A deed, conveyance, mortgage, lease, release or quit^J'J^*'^"
claim that is made by a man and in which a woman marriage
joins as his wife shall not be registered unless there
is made on or securely attached to it an affidavit by
such man or woman, or, if the document is executed
by an attorney, by that attorney, deposing that they
were married to one another at the time of execution
of the instrument.
102
o!'348 B* M°' ®' Section 53 of The Registry Act, as amended by section 4
amended of The Registry Amendment Act, 1965 and section 19 of The
Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by adding
thereto the following subsection:
Additional
exemptions
(6) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, by regu-
lation, designate corjx)rations to which this section
does not apply, in addition to those set out in sub-
section 4.
10. Section 58a of The Registry Act, as enacted by section
R.S.O. 1960.
o. 348, s. 58a
(1966. 0.136. 24 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is repealed and the
re-enacted following substituted therefor:
Consent
under 1958.
c. 29 (Can.)
58a. — (1) An instrument referred to in subsection 6 of
section 58 shall not be registered unless the consent
under the Estate Tax Act (Canada) is registered in
the same manner as the consent or general certificate
of the Treasurer of Ontario.
Idem
(2) Subsection 1 applies only,
(a) where the death of the deceased person occurred
after the 31st day of December, 1958; and
{b) where the instrument referred to in subsection 6 of
section 58 is tendered for registration on or after
the day on which this section comes into force.
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 348,8. 73,
amended
11. Section 73 of The Registry Act, as amended by section
30 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1962-63, section 32 of
The Registry Amendment Act, 1966 and section 8 of The
Registry Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended by adding
thereto the following subsection :
Oas and
oil leases
(9) Where an instrument purporting to surrender a
registered gas or oil lease has been registered for ten
or more years, the registrar shall, wherever the gas
or oil lease and any instrument dealing exclusively
with the gas or oil lease appear on any abstract
index in his office, draw a line in red ink through all
such entries and shall initial the same and the lands
described in the lease are validly discharged there-
from.
^■348s^.^8*o°' *2. Section 80 of The Registry Act, as amended by section
amended 35 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended
by adding thereto the following subsection :
Registration
deemed
notice
(4) The registration of a notice under subsection 7 of
section 31 or under section 136 or a declaration
102
Section 9. The amendment authorizes regulations to add further
corporations to those exempted from the requirement to have affidavits
as to powers in mortmain upon registration.
SectionTIO. The provision added would qualify land in Ontario to
be exempted from the provision of the Estate Tax Act (Canada) imposing
a lien for taxes.
Section 11. The amendment requires ruling ofl of surrendered gas
and oil leases in the same manner as discharged mortgages.
Section 12. The amendment assures that registration of,
1. notices respecting leases;
2. notices reviving claims of interests for the purposes of Part III;
and
3. declarations describing lands affected by an instrument,
constitutes constructive notice in the same manner as the registration of
instruments.
102
Section 13. The provision amended provides for the conditions that
may he attached to the withdrawal of a restraining order. Planning
boards have been superseded by committees of adjustment with respect
to by-laws under section 26 of The Planning Act and the reference is
amended to agree with the change.
Section 14. Complementary to section 6 of the Bill.
Section 15. Self-explanatory.
Section 16. The amendment exempts deposited plans from the re-
quirement to microfilm in the same manner as registered plans are
exempted under section 55 of the Act.
102
I
under subsection 2 of section 33 constitutes regis-
tration of the instrument referred to in the notice
or declaration for the purposes of subsection 1 of
this section.
13. Clause a of subsection 4 of section 96 of The Registry ^f^2'i^9e'
Act, as re-enacted by section 37 of The Registry Amendment '^^^^-^^^
Act, 1962-63, is amended by striking out "planning board" siibs. i, '
in the first and second lines and inserting in lieu thereof amended
"committee of adjustment" and by inserting after "be" in
the third line "attached to or", so that the clause shall read
as follows:
(a) may require the consent of the committee of ad-
justment or the Minister of Municipal Affairs to be
attached to or endorsed on the instrument if the
land is affected by a by-law under section 26 of The^-^^o. igeo,
_, . . c. 296
Planntng Act; or
14. Clause h of subsection 1 of section 126 of The Registry ^f^2'B^i24
Act, as re-enacted by section 48 of The Registry Amendment ^}^%^-^^-
Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted there- k. 48),'
c subs. 1,
for: (1. h.
re-enaoted
Qi) prescribing the minimum and maximum dimensions
of instruments tendered for registration.
15. The Registry Act is amended by adding thereto the ^I^O- ^s^*^-
following section: amended
126a. Notwithstanding any provision of this Act or of '" 'l^'jf ''°"
The Land Titles Act, the Lieutenant Governor in fgifs^t^y '^
Council may make regulations for standardizing records and
, i-ii"i 1- n- 1 procedures
the procedures m land titles and registry oirices and r.s.o. i960,
for integrating the records in combined land titles*'- ^°*
and registry offices, and may limit the application
of any provision of the regulations to one or more
registry or land titles divisions.
16. Subsection 4 of section 130 of The Registry Act, as re-^-f^g ■g^'^^a'Jj
enacted by subsection 3 of section 51 of The Registry Amend- ^^^^■^'^^ ^3g
ment Act, 1966, is amended by inserting after "document" »■ si.
in the first line "other than a plan of survey", so that the sub- amended
section shall read as follows:
(4) The registrar shall record every document other than Recording
a plan of survey deposited under this Part at full
length by means of photographic film reproduction.
102
^I^gg^ias ^'^' Subsection 2 of section 135 of The Registry Act, as
(i96«"<=- 188. enacted by section 52 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
subs. '2. is amended by adding thereto the following clause:
amended jo o
{ba) a claim of a corporation authorized to construct or
operate a railway, including a street railway or
incline railway, in respect of lands acquired by the
corporation after the 1st day of January, 1930, and,
(i) owned or used for the purposes of a right-of-
way for railway lines, or
(ii) abutting such right-of-way.
?i48.' s.^iss !*• Subsection 1 of section 136 of The Registry Act, as
(i3|6. <=• 138. enacted by section 52 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
subs.'i, is amended by inserting at the commencement thereof "Sub-
ject to subsection 6 of section 31", so that the subsection shall
read as follows:
of^noUce' °" (1) Subject to subsection 6 of section 31, a person having
°'^^'*"" a claim against land that is not barred under section
135 or a person on his behalf may register in the
proper registry office a notice, wiiich shall set forth
the claimant's full name and address, a local descrip-
tion of the land and a detailed statement of the claim
verified by the affidavit of the person registering
the notice.
(\ 348,8;T37 1®' Section 137 of The Registry Act, as enacted by section
8^52?' ^' ^^^' ^^ °^ ^^^ Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by insert-
amended ing after "those" in the second line "of Part I or Part II or",
so that the section shall read as follows:
x>tI\&\\° ^^^- Where there is any conflict between the provisions of
over other this Part and those of Part I or Part II or of any
provisions, i a i • , , i
Other Act or any regulation made thereunder or any
rule of law, the provisions of this Part prevail.
Commence- 20.— (1) This Act, except sections 1,4, 10 and 17, comes
into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
''•»"' (2) Sections 1,4, 10 and 17 come into force on a day to be
named by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
Short title 21. This .^ct may be cited as The Registry Amendment Act,
1968-69.
102
Section 17. The interest of a railway company in its lands for
rights-of-way is exempted from the 40-year limit in a similar manner
to highways.
Section 18. Complementary to section 5 of the Bill
Section 19. The amendment ensures that the remainder of The
Registry Act does not affect the validity of the 40- year root of title.
102
u>
s
>
3
>3
I I
F 8:
BILL 102
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Registry Act
Mr. WlSHART
(Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Ko(.(;, Quken's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Complementary to section 3 of the Bill.
Section 2. The amendment confirms existing practice.
Section 3. The amendment authorizes names for registry divisions
to be fixed by regulation.
Section 4. The duties of the Inspector of Legal Offices relating to
the registr\- system are vested in a new office called the Director of Land
Kegistration.
lOJ
BILL 102 1968-69
An Act to amend The Registry Act
HIiR MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 1 of The Reeistrv Act, as re-enacted h\ section 1 h.s.o. isieo,
- (■ 348 8 1
of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is amended b\- adding (1966,' o. ise,
thereto the following clause: ii'mended
{aa) "Director" means the Director of Land Registration
appointed under section 6a.
2. The Registry Act is amended by adding tliereto the^'.^-^^^- '^®°'
following section : amended
la. The Minister of Justice and Attorney General is .^i'g'^jf4*'^^'J
responsible for the administration of this Act. Attorney
■^ Cieneral
3. Subsection 2 of section 4 of The Registry Act, as re- R.^t>. isRO,
enacted by section 3 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1 064 1'uhs- 2
and amended by section 1 of The Registry Amendment Act,s.
1965, is further amended by striking out "or" at the end of'
clause c, by adding "or" at the end of clause d in the amend-
ment of 1965, and h\ adding thereto the following clause:
r amended
(e) designate the names by which registr\- divisions
shall be known.
4. The Registry Act is amended b>- adding thereto the^^ .^-O- lot^o.
following sections: amended
6a. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council ma\- iip- ,',}'5®and'^
point a barrister or solicitor to be the Director of Keitistration
Land Registration.
(2) The Director of Land Registration has general iJutics
supervision and control over registry offices and the
system for registration therein.
102
fdoin
Seal
Assistant
Uirector of
Land
Kegistration
(3) Any reference in this Act to the Ins|)ector or to the
Insixictor of Legal Offices shall be deemed to be a
reference to the Director of I^iid Kegistration.
(4) The Director of Land Registration shall have a seal
of office in such form as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council approves.
66. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may ap|x>int
an Assistant Director of Land Registration, and the
l>erson so appointed shall act under the sui)ervision
of the Director of Land Registration or shall act as
Director in the absence of the Director, and when so
acting the Assistant Director of Land Registration
has the powers and shall perform the duties of the
Director of I^nd Registration tinder this or any
other Act.
1904.
^'^AH a^^i' *• — (^^ Stibsection 4 of section 31 of The Registry Act, as
(1966, <■. 186. re-enacted by section 8 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
sui.s'. 4. is amended by striking out "or" at the end of clause d, by
adding "or" at the end of clause e and by adding thereto the
following clause:
(/) to a licence of occupation for the purjxjse of a pipe
line as defined in The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964,
if the licence is accompanied by an affidavit of the
licensee or his solicitor or, where the licensee is a
corporation, an officer of or solicitor for the cor-
poration stating that the land affected by the licence
is to be used for that purpose, or to any instrument
affecting a registered licence of occupation.
(2) The said section 31 is amended by adding thereto the
following subsections:
R.K.O. I960.
<•. .■!4X, 8. ,S1
(1966. f. 136.
s. 8).
amended
Xotic-e of
unregistered
interest
(6) .A notice of an unregistered instrument or of an
interest or claim dependent U|X)n or arising out of an
unregistered instrument shall not be registered under
this .Act.
(7 1 .Notwithstanding subsections 2 and 6, a notice of,
(rt) a lease;
{b) a sublease:
(c) an assignment of a lease;
{d) a mortgage of a lease;
(e) an assignment of the lessor's interest in a
lease; or
102
Sections — Subsection 1. The amendment permits the registration
of licences of occupation of Crown lands in registry divisions for pipe
line purposes.
Subsection 2. The amendments permit registration of notice of leases
and certain dealings with leases in place of registration of the original,
but ensure that other notices resembling memorials of instruments can not
be registered.
102
Section 6. The section repealed prescribes the maximum dimensions
of instruments for registration. Provision is made in section 14 of the Bill
to prescribe the maximums by regulation in the s;ime manner as the
minimum dimensions.
Skction 7. The amendments add instruments executed on behalf of
the Government of Canada and certificates of municipal tax credits to
those exempted from the requirement to have affidavits of execution.
Section 8 — Subsection 1. The amendment permits the age of a
guarantor on a mortgage to be proved in the same manner as the age of
;i mortgagor.
status
dower
Subsection 2. The amendment requires the affidavit of marital
lis where the female party does not join for the purpose of barring
lOJ
(/) a determination or surrender of a lease,
may be registered if it complies with the regulations.
6. Section 32 of The Registry Act, as re-enacted by section 9 J^fig ■8-';''3''2°'
of The Registry Amendment Act, 1964, is repealed. s^9)'*' °' ^^^'
repealed
7. — (1) Clause d of subsection \a of section 34 of Thef-'^^-^^.f^-
Registry Act, as enacted by section 11 of The Registry Amend-^^^^- ^".qo
mevt Act, 1964, is amended by adding at the end thereof «■ id! <i. d"'
"or of Canada", so that the clause shall read as follows:
{d) an instrument that purports to be executed by an
officer of the Government of Ontario or of Canada.
(2) Subsection \a of the said section 34 is amended by RS.o. i960,
. o 348 8 34
adding thereto the following clause: subs, io
a964, c. 102,
s. 11),
{p) a notice or certificate under subsection 5 of section 2^""®"''®''
of The Municipal and School Tax Credit Assistance ^^^'^- "■ ^*'
Act, 1967.
8.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 52 of The Registry Act, asK|^o.^i9M,
re-enacted by subsection 1 of section 18 of The Registry (wee'. c'.vse.
Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "statingsiibs.' i),
whether he" in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof "or amended
by any other person executing the mortgage stating whether
such guarantor or surety", so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
(2) On and after the 1st dav of Januarv, 1967, where a c;uarantor,
person executes a mortgage as a guarantor or surety,
the mortgage shall not be registered unless there is
made on or securely attached to it an affidavit by
such person or by any other person executing the
mortgage stating whether such guarantor or surety
was of the full age of twenty-one years at the time
he executed the mortgage. r s o i960
c. 348, s. 52 '
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 52 is repealed and thes. is,' '
following substituted therefor: subs! 5.'
re-enacted
(5) A deed, conveyance, mortgage, lease, release or quit^^™^*^'''
claim that is made by a man and in which a woman mafiage
joins as his wife shall not be registered unless there
is made on or securely attached to it an affidavit by
such man or woman, or, if the document is executed
by an attorney, by that attorney, deposing that they
were married to one another at the time of execution
of the instrument.
102
^.fia.a.^M' ®* Section 53 of The Registry Act, as amended by section 4
amended of The Registry Amendment Act, 1965 and section 19 of The
Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by adding
thereto the following subsection :
Additional
exemptions
(6) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, by regu-
lation, designate corjxjrations to which this section
does not apply, in addition to those set out in sub-
section 4.
J^l'^^ „^^(fjj''j lO. Section 58a of The Registry Act, as enacted by section
'^24?' ''^'^^ ^^ of ^^* Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is rei^ealed and the
re-eiia(te<i following substituted therefor:
Consent
under 1958.
<■. 29 (Can.)
58a.— (1) An instrument referred to in subsection 6 of
section 58 shall not be registered unless the consent
under the Estate Tax Act (Canada) is registered in
the same manner as the consent or general certificate
of the Treasurer of Ontario.
Idem
(2) Subsection 1 applies only,
(a) where the death of the deceased person occurred
after the 31st day of December, 1958; and
(b) where the instrument referred to in subsection 6 of
section 58 is tendered for registration on or after
the da>' on which this section comes into force.
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 348. s. 73.
amended
11. Section 73 of The Registry Act, as amended by section
30 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1962-63, section 32 of
The Registry Amendment Act, 1966 and section 8 of The
Registry Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended by adding
thereto the following subsection :
Oas and
oil leases
(9) Where an instrument purporting to surrender a
registered gas or oil lease has been registered for ten
or more years, the registrar shall, wherever the gas
or oil lease and any instrument dealing exclusively
with the gas or oil lease appear on any abstract
index in his oHice, draw a line in red ink through all
such entries and shall initial the same and the lands
described in the lease are validly discharged there-
from.
f^'348 s^'so' ^^' Section 80 of The Registry Act, as amended by section
amended 35 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended
by adding thereto the following subsection:
Registration
deemed
notice
(4) The registration of a notice under subsection 7 of
section 31 or under section 136 or a declaration
lOJ
Section 9. The amendinent authorizes regulations to add further
corporations to those exempted from the requirement to have affidavits
as to powers in mortmain upon registration.
Section 10. The provision added would qualify land in Ontario to
be exempted from the provision of the Estate Tax Act (Canada) imposing
a lien for taxes.
Section 11. The amendment requires ruling ofT of surrendered gas
and oil leases in the same manner as discharged mortgages.
Section 12. The amendment assures that registration of,
1. notices respecting leases;
2. notices reviving claims of interests for the purposes of Part III;
and
3. declarations describing lands affected by an instrument,
constitutes constructive notice in the same manner as the registration of
instruments.
102
Section 13. The provision amended provides for the conditions that
may be attached to the withdrawal of a restraining order. I'lanning
boards have been superseded by committees of adjustment with respect
to by-laws under section 26 of^ The Planning Act and the reference is
amended to agree with the change.
Section 14. Complementary to section 6 of the Bill.
Sechox 15. Self-explanatory.
Section 16. The amendment exempts deposited plans from the re-
quirement to microfilm in the same manner as registered plans are
exempted under section 55 of the Act.
A
102
under subsection 2 of section 33 constitutes regis-
tration of the instrument referred to in the notice
or declaration for the purposes of subsection 1 of
this section.
13. Clause a of subsection 4 of section 96 of The ^^egistryf^^-^^^'i^ae'
Act, as re-enacted by section 37 of The Registry Amendment '^J-^^^^^^\
Act, 1962-63, is amended by striking out "planning board" subs. 4,
in the first and second lines and inserting in lieu thereof amended
"committee of adjustment" and by inserting after "be" in
the third line "attached to or", so that the clause shall read
as follows:
(a) may require the consent of the committee of ad-
justment or the Minister of Municipal Affairs to be
attached to or endorsed on the instrument if the
land is affected by a bv-law under section 26 of The^-^:2- ^^^°'
•' - c, 29()
Planning A ct; or
14. Clause h of subsection 1 of section 126 of The Regi'<l>'y^/-ii^'i.^i26
Act, as re-enacted by section 48 of The Registry ^wewrfmew/ (i'J|2-63,
Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted there- a- 48),'
for: ci. *,
re-enaited
{h) prescribing the minimum and maximum dimensions
of instruments tendered for registration.
15. The Registry Act is amended by adding thereto lhe^|4°- 1'*'^"'
following section : amended
126a. Notwithstanding any provision of this Act or of o?*i^|'J"°°
The Land Titles Act, the Lieutenant Governor in J^'^fg^j^j?**
Council may make regulations for standardizing records and
•' 1 ■ /v- J procedures
the procedures in land titles and registry offices and r.s.o. i960,
for integrating the records in combined land titles'^' "°^
and registry offices, and may limit the application
of any provision of the regulations to one or more
registry or land titles divisions.
16. Subsection 4 of section 130 of The Registry Ad, as rtt-f-^i^-^^^^o.
enacted by subsection 3 of section 51 of The Registry A mend- ^^'^l^*^ ^gg
ment Act, 1966, is amended by inserting after "document" s-^|i. .^^
in the first line "other than a plan of survey", so that the sub- amended
section shall read as follows:
(4) The registrar shall record every document other than
a plan of survey deposited under this Part at full
length by means of photographic film reproduction.
Recording
102
?^348 ^"""'5 *''• Subsection 2 of section 135 of The Registry Act, as
<i968'ci''«. enacted by section 52 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
8ui>8. 2. is amended by adding thereto the following clause:
amended
(ba) a claim of a corporation authorized to construct or
operate a railway, including a street railway or
incline railway, in respect of lands acquired by the
corporation after the 1st day of January, 1930, and,
(i) owned or used for the purposes of a right-of-
way for railway lines, or
(ii) abutting such right-of-way.
^'■ii" s^'ist; ^^' Subsection 1 of section 136 of The Registry Act, as
<i96«. c. i3(i, enacted by section 52 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
siibs'i. is amended by inserting at the commencement thereof "Sub-
ject to subsection 6 of section 31", so that the subsection shall
read as follows:
of^notke ' " (1) Subject to subsection 6 of section 31, a person having
"^'^'*"" a claim against land that is not barred under section
135 or a person on his behalf may register in the
proper registry office a notice, which shall set forth
the claimant's full name and address, a local descrip-
tion of the land and a detailed statement of the claim
verified by the affidavit of the person registering
the notice.
?'h48*, s'^Kfy 1®* Section 137 of The Registry Act, as enacted by section
8^52?' ^' ^^^' ^- ^^ ^^^ Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by insert-
amended ing after "those" in the second line "of Part I or Part II or'
so that the section shall read as follows:
p^e'^vai'° ^^^- ^ 'i^''^ there is any conflict between the provisions of
over other this Part and those of Part 1 or Part 11 or of any
provisions, i . . . , , ■
other .'\ct or any regulation made thereunder or any
rule of law, the provisions of this Part prevail.
I
Comiiienc e
ment
20. — (1) This Act, except sections 1,4, 10 and 17, comes
into force on tiie day it receives Roval Assent.
'''^"' (2) Sections 1, 4, 10 and 17 come into force on a day to be
named by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
Short title 21. This Act may be cited as The Registry Amendment Act,
1968-69.
102
p
I
Section 17. The interest of a railway company in its lands for
rights-of-way is exempted from the 40-year limit in a similar manner
to highwa>s.
Skction 18. Complementary to .section 5 of the Bill
Section 19. The amendment ensures that the remainder of The
Registry Act does not affect the validity of the 40- year root of title.
102
o
OS
a "^
2. 2
a
Co
a
a-
X
>
O ?J
2
I. ? I ? I
3
BILL 102
B'
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Registry Act
Mr. Wishart
TORON TO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogc;, Queen's Printer
i
BILL 102 1968-69
An Act to amend The Registry Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Section 1 of The Registry Act, as re-enacted by section 1 ^IjO- i",^"-
of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by adding (ioee,' c! i36,
thereto the following clause: amended
{aa) "Director" means the Director of Land Registration
appointed under section 6a.
2. The Registry Act is amended by adding thereto the ^f^g- ^*'^^'
following section : amended
la. The Minister of Justice and Attorney General is ^'g'j|^^*^„°J
responsible for the administration of this Act. Attorney
^ General
3. Subsection 2 of section 4 of The Registry Act, as re- RS.o. i960,
enacted by section 3 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1964B\ihB. 2 '
and amended by section 1 of The Registry Amendment Act,s. 3),''^' "'
1965, is further amended by striking out "or" at the end of*"'*"''*'^
clause c, by adding "or" at the end of clause d in the amend-
ment of 1965, and by adding thereto the following clause:
(e) designate the names by which registry divisions
shall be known.
4. The Registry Act is amended by adding thereto the R|-0- 1960,
following sections: amended
6a. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may ap-^'^^^^""
point a barrister or solicitor to be the Director of Registration
Land Registration.
(2) The Director of Land Registration has general Duties
suf)ervision and control over registry offices and the
system for registration therein.
102
Idem
Seal
(3) Any reference in this Act to the Inspector or to the
Inspector of Legal Offices shall be deemed to be a
reference to the Director of Land Registration.
(4) The Director of Land Registration shall have a seal
of office in such form as the Lieutenant Governor in
Council approves.
Dlre*ct'o"'of ^*- ^^^ Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint
ReBfetration ^" Assistant Director of Land Registration, and the
I^erson so apixjinted shall act under the supervision
of the Director of Land Registration or shall act as
Director in the absence of the Director, and when so
acting the Assistant Director of Land Registration
has the powers and shall perform the duties of the
Director of Land Registration under this or any
other Act.
^'34? 8°3i*' ^' — (^) Subsection 4 of section 31 of The Registry Act, as
(1966,' c. 136, re-enacted by section 8 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
subs'. 4, is amended by striking out "or" at the end of clause d, by
adding "or" at the end of clause e and by adding thereto the
following clause:
(/) to a licence of occupation for the purjxjse of a pipe
1964, c. 74 line as defined in The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964,
if the licence is accompanied by an affidavit of the
licensee or his solicitor or, where the licensee is a
corporation, an officer of or solicitor for the cor-
poration stating that the land affected by the licence
is to be used for that purpose, or to any instrument
affecting a registered licence of occupation.
R.S.O. 1960,
a966,'o'. 136, (2) The said section 31 is amended by adding thereto the
arifended following subscctions:
unregfstered (6) '^ notice of an unregistered instrument or of an
'"♦«'^«''*' interest or claim dependent upon or arising out of an
unregistered instrument shall not be registered under
this Act.
'"'^""''* (7) .\otwithstanding subsections 2 and 6, a notice of,
(a) a lease;
(6) a sublease;
(c) an assignment of a lease;
(</) a mortgage of a lease;
(e) an assignment of the lessor's interest in a
lease; or
102
(/) a determination or surrender of a lease,
may be registered if it complies with the regulations.
6. Section 32 of The Registry Act, as re-enacted by section 9 ^.fiila^zz'
of The Registry Amendment Act, 1964, is repealed. i^9)f ' ""■ ^°^'
repealed
7. — (1) Clause d of subsection la of section 34 of The^;^^-^^^^'
Registry Act, as enacted by section 11 of The Registry Amend-^^^^-^ c''io2
ment Act, 1964, is amended by adding at the end thereof s. id! ci. rf, '
"or of Canada", so that the clause shall read as follows:
{d) an instrument that purports to be executed by an
officer of the Government of Ontario or of Canada.
(2) Subsection la of the said section 34 is amended by R-s.o. i960,
c 348 B 34
adding thereto the following clause: subs, io
(1964,0.102,
8. 11),
{p) a notice or certificate under subsection 5 of section 2 ^'"^"ded
of The Municipal and School Tax Credit Assistances^'"'' '^- ^^
Act, 1967.
8.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 52 of The Registry Act, s^sff-O-i^eo,
re-enacted by subsection 1 of section 18 of The Registry (issa'. c . ise ,
Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by striking out "stating subs' d,
whether he" in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof "or amended
by any other person executing the mortgage stating whether
such guarantor or surety", so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
(2) On and after the 1st day of January, 1967, where a^^uarantor,
person executes a mortgage as a guarantor or surety,
the mortgage shall not be registered unless there is
made on or securely attached to it an affidavit by
such person or by any other person executing the
mortgage stating whether such guarantor or surety
was of the full age of twenty-one years at the time
he executed the mortgage. r s o i960
c.'348,'s. 52 '
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 52 is repealed and thes. is,' '
following substituted therefor: subs! 5,'
re-enacted
(5) A deed, conveyance, mortgage, lease, release or quit ^g'^^''^''
claim that is made by a man and in which a woman marriage
joins as his wife shall not be registered unless there
is made on or securely attached to it an affidavit by
such man or woman, or, if the document is executed
by an attorney, by that attorney, deposing that they
were married to one another at the time of execution
of the instrument.
102
^'iis'a^is' ®* Section 53 of The Registry Act, as amended by section 4
amended of The Registry Amendment Act, 1965 and section 19 of The
Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended by adding
thereto the following subsection:
^xempuons (6) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, by regu-
lation, designate corporations to which this section
does not ajjply, in addition to those set out in sub-
section 4.
c*'34?'8'^58'a ^^' Section 58a of The Registry Act, as enacted by section
(1966.' c. 136. 24 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is repealed and the
re-enacted following substituted therefor:
i?nderi958. S^'^- — (1) An instrument referred to in subsection 6 of
c. 29 (Can.) scctiou 58 shall not be registered unless the consent
under the Estate Tax Act (Canada) is registered in
the same manner as the consent or general certificate
of the Treasurer of Ontario.
^''*'"' (2) Subsection 1 applies only,
(a) where the death of the deceased person occurred
after the 31st day of December, 1958; and
(b) where the instrument referred to in subsection 6 of
section 58 is tendered for registration on or after
the day on which this section comes into force.
riis's^'?;"' 1^' Section 73 of The Registry Act, as amended by section
amended'" 30 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1962-63, section 32 of
The Registry Amendment Act, 1966 and section 8 of The
Registry Amendment Act, 1968, is further amended by adding
thereto the following subsection:
oifteases (^) Where an instrument purporting to surrender a
registered gas or oil lease has been registered for ten
or more years, the registrar shall, wherever the gas
or oil lease and any instrument dealing exclusively
with the gas or oil lease appear on any abstract
index in his office, draw a line in red ink through all
such entries and shall initial the same and the lands
described in the lease are validly discharged there-
from.
^:m8 s^'so' ^^■^' Section 80 of The Registry Act, as amended by section
amended 35 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is further amended
b>- adding thereto the following subsection:
Registration (4) Tile registration of a notice under subsection 7 of
notire section 31 or under section 136 or a declaration
102
under subsection 2 of section 33 constitutes regis-
tration of tfie instrument referred to in tVie notice
or declaration for the purposes of subsection 1 of
this section.
13. Clause a of subsection 4 of section 96 of The Registry ^^f^^.'i.^de'
Act, as re-enacted by section 37 of The Registry Amendment '~^^^^^^^'.^^,
Act, 1962-63, is amended by striking out "planning board" subs, i,
in the first and second lines and inserting in lieu thereof amended
"committee of adjustment" and by inserting after "be" in
the third line "attached to or", so that the clause shall read
as follows:
(a) may require the consent of the committee of ad-
justment or the Minister of Municipal Affairs to be
attached to or endorsed on the instrument if the
land is affected by a by-law under section 26 of The'f-^^-^^^^-
Planning Act; or
14. Clause h of subsection 1 of section 126 of The Registry ff^"^-^^^^^
Act, as re-enacted by section 48 of The Registry Amendment '-J-^^^^-'"'^'
Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted there- s. 48),
for: l\. h,
re-ena<ted
{h) prescribing the minimum and maximum dimensions
of instruments tendered for registration.
15. The Registry Act is amended by adding thereto the J*f4'g; ^'■'*^"'
following section : amended
126a. Notwithstanding any provision of this Act or of o? 'ilnd^"°"
The Land Titles Act, the Lieutenant Governor in *^*^fg\*^'''
Council may make regulations for standardizing ri^o^ds^ami
the procedures in land titles and registry offices and r.s.o. i960,
for integrating the records in combined land titles"'
and registry offices, and may limit the application
of any provision of the regulations to one or more
registry or land titles divisions.
16. Subsection 4 of section 130 of The Registry Act, as rQ-'^/ii^l^^^io,
enacted by subsection 3 of section 51 of The Registry A mend- ^f^^^-^*^ ^3g
ment Act, 1966, is amended by inserting after "document" |^5i' 3^
in the first line "other than a plan of survey", so that the sub- amended
section shall read as follows:
(4) The registrar shall record every document other than R^^oi-dins
a plan of survey deposited under this Part at full
length by means of photographic film reproduction.
102
I^348'8"i35 !''• Subsection 2 of section 135 of The Registry Act, aa
(i966,'c.i36, enacted by section 52 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
siibB. 2. ia amended by adding thereto the following clause:
amended
{ba) a claim of a corporation authorized to construct or
operate a railway, including a street railway or
incline railway, in respect of lands acquired by the
corporation after the 1st day of January, 1930, and,
(i) owned or used for the purposes of a right-of-
way for railway lines, or
(ii) abutting such right-of-way.
J^348: B!*i3i5 !*• Subsection 1 of section 136 of The Registry Act, as
i^izf'' ■'^''enacted by section 52 of The Registry Amendment Act, 1966,
subs.'i, is amended by inserting at the commencement thereof "Sub-
ject to subsection 6 of section 31", so that the subsection shall
read as follows:
of^notice '°" (1) Subject to subscction 6 of Section 31, a person having
""^'''^'"^ a claim against land that is not barred under section
135 or a person on his behalf may register in the
proper registry office a notice, which shall set forth
the claimant's full name and address, a local descrip-
tion of the land and a detailed statement of the claim
verified by the affidavit of the person registering
the notice.
c'';«8,b';^i37' 1^* Section 137 of The Registry Act, as enacted by section
s'52)'' ''' ^^^ ^^ °^ ^^'^ Registry Amendment Act, 1966, is amended by insert-
amended ing after "those" in the second line "of Part I or Part II or",
so that the section shall read as follows:
prevail'" ^^"^ ■ ^^ here there is any conflict between the provisions of
over other this Part and those of Part I or Part II or of anv
provisions, , , i • . i ,
other Act or any regulation made thereunder or an>
rule of law, the provisions of this Part prevail.
C'oiiiiiieiue-
ment
Uieiii
Sliort title
20. — (1) This Act, except sections 1,4, 10 and 17, comes
into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) -Sections 1, 4, 10 and 17 come into force on a day to be
named !)>• the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
21. Tliis Ait may be cited as The Registry Amendment Act,
1068-60.
102
S
>
■^
a. —
8
50
O
>3
to
p-
1
IT
1
»*.
VO
3
>— *
S'
.
o
»o
o
<K>
o
O Jo
3" **
BILL 103
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Land Titles Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printkd and Published by Frank Fogg, Quern's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The new provision confirms existing practice.
Section 2. The land titles system has been extended by proclama-
tion to the areas named in the new clauses.
Section 3. The provision repealed has no further application as the
land titles office for the County of Carleton is now operated in conjunction
with the registry office for the City of Ottawa.
103
I
BILL 103
1968-69
•C.204,
amended
An Act to amend The Land Titles Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Land Titles Act is amended by adding thereto the ,^-^°- ^^**°'
following section:
la. The Minister of Justice and Attorney General is jj'stlce^and
responsible for the administration of this Act. General''
2. Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Land Titles Act, as R 8.0.^19^60,
re-enacted by section 2 of The Land Titles Amendment Act, (i96i-62
1961-62 and amended by section 2 of The Land Titles Amend- Buhs'.i,
ment Act, 1966, is further amended by adding thereto the *'"®'"'®'^
following clauses:
(to) that part of the County of Middlesex comprising
the registry division of the west riding of the County
of Middlesex, including every local municipality in
that registry division;
(«) the County of Hastings, including every local muni-
cipality in the county except the City of Belleville
and the separated Town of Trenton;
(0) the County of Bruce, including every local muni-
cipality in the county;
{p) that part of the County of Durham comprising the
registry division of the west riding of the County of
Durham including every local municipality in that
registry division.
3. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 5a of The Land Titles Act, c.'ioi'.s. 6a'
as enacted by section 3 of The Land Titles Amendment Act,i,z), '"' ''
1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ?e-enaVted
(1) Subject to subsection 2 of section 4 and except asofiami'°"
provided by subsection 2, every land titles office shall o'mces
be combined with the registry office for the registry
division to which this Act has been extended.
103
R.S.O. 1960.
(iaee: ": 77. (^) Subsection 3 of the sjiid section 5a is repealed.
8. :i). subs, s,
repealed
R.S.O. laeo, ^* Section 6 of The Land Titles Act is amended by adding
1. 204 B 6, thereto the following subsections:
mrerfo"' (2) Any reference in this Act to the Inspector or to the
RegfJJration Inspector of Legal Offices shall lie deemed to be a
reference to the Director of I^nd Registration
<^34? "*"" appointed under The Registry Act.
(3) The Director of Land Registration has general super-
vision and control over land titles offices and the
system for registration therein.
? f()?. s'.'s!" ^- Subsection 1 of section 8 ot The I^nd Titles Act is
re-ena\'ted repealed and the following substituted therefor:
ilreVtor*'^ (1) Ti<-' director of titles shall supervise and determine
"•^ ''"*''' all matters relating to titles of land to which this
Act applies.
c* 204, s.'g*"' ^' Subsection 1 of section 9 of The Land Titles Act, as
^*5^"gub8!'^'i,''^'^"^cted by section 5 of The Land Titles Amendment Act,
repealed 1966, IS repealed.
U.S.O. I960,
siiiis. 2. ■ 7. Subsections 2 and 3 of section 1 1 of The Land Titles
sui?"1j, *" Act are repealed and the following substituted therefor:
repealed
-Assistant
examiners
(2) The Lieutenant (Governor in Council may appoint
of surveys One or more persons to be assistant examiners of
surve>s who shall assist the examiner of surveys in
the performance of his duties.
ll'2M'J''it.' ^* Section 15 of The Land Titles Act is repealed and the
re-enaVted ■ following substituted therefor:
J,^^'i',,p"' 15. Every officer appointed under this Act, before he
enters upon the duties of his office, shall take and
subscribe an oath in the prescribed form, which
shall be transmitted by him to the Director of Land
Registration.
r.264.s.29' ©• Section 29 of The Land Titles Act, as re-enacted by
i^'it)' ' "^' section 12 of The Land Titles Amendment Act, 1966, is repealed
re oiui ted -jj^^j (.j^g following Substituted therefor:
Right to
appeal
29. — (1) E.xcept as provided by subsection 3 of section
162, an appeal lies from any act, order or decision of
the Director of Land Registration, the director of
titles or a master of titles under this Act to a judge of
103
Sections 4 and 5. The office of Director of Land Registration is
established by an amendment to The Registry Act at this session to replace
the Inspector of Legal Offices in respect of his function in land registration
matters.
Section 6. The provision repealed requires the master of titles at
Toronto to be a barrister or solicitor.
Section 7. The requirement that assistant examiners of surveys be
Ontario land surveyors of at least three years standing is deleted together
with special function for the senior assistant examiner of surveys.
Section 8. The amendment leaves the form of the oath of office to
be prescribed by regulation and provides for its filing.
Section 9. At present, appeals are provided to the local judge of the
Supreme Court and then to the Court of Appeal. The amendment pro-
vides for appeals to a judge of the county or district court and then to
the Court of Appeal.
103
Section 10. The provisions repealed provide for payment of fen U
between the master of titles and registrar of deeds. This is unnecessary
with the assumption of the costs of the administration of justice by Ontario.
Section 11. The new provision makes it possible to have lands in
Ontario exempted from liens for taxes under section 43 (1) of the Estate
Tax Act (Canada).
Section 12. The transmission of fees from the sheriff to the master
of titles is unnecessary as both now come under the same administration.
103
the county or district court of the county or district
in which the land to which the decision relates is
situate or of such other county or district as the
parties agree to.
(2) An appeal lies from a decision of a judge of a county '''®'"
or district court under subsection 1 to the Court of
Appeal.
10.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 50 of The Land Titles /Ic/^fo^.s^.M)!'
is amended by striking out "upon payment of his proper fees" l^l^l^j
in the first line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(2) The registrar shall comply with the request and shall J^g'g'J °a'r
transmit the instruments by registered mail or by
express and shall send therewith a list of the instru-
ments transmitted and shall retain a copy of the list.
R.S.O. I960,
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 50 is repealed. 31158^4^' ^°'
repealed
11. The Land Titles Act is amended by adding thereto the ^Iq^- ^^®°'
following section : amended
133a. — (1) A person referred to in subsection 1 of section ^f^^Jnse'nt*'"
133 shall not be entered as owner unless the consent ""i'f„^^58,
under the Estate Tax Act (Canada) is attached to the subs. 1,
..... ^ ' , , (Can.)
application in the same manner as the consent ot the
Treasurer of Ontario.
(2) Subsection 1 applies only, lAem
(a) where the death of the registered owner
occurred after the 31st day of December,
1958; and
{b) where the application referred to in subsec-
tion 1 of section 133 is made on or after the
day on which this section comes into force.
12. Subsection 8 of section 145 of The Land Titles Act,ff^^-^^^2b.
as re-enacted by section 37 of The Land Titles Amendment Act, (V^f j^g,
1961-62, is amended by striking out "and of that amount thee. 70, b. 37),
sheriff shall pay over $1 to the proper master of titles" jn*""*"
the seventh and eighth lines, so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
(8) Where a copy of a writ of execution or a renewal ^^°
thereof is delivered or transmitted to the proper
master of titles under subsection 1, the sheriff shall
be paid by the person upon whose request the copy
103
is delivered or transmitted a fee of $3 in addition
to any other fee pa>'able to the sheriff on the filing
of the writ.
^■20? . »;'i53, 13* Subsection 8 of section 153 of The iMtid Titles Act
BUI.H 8 ' is repealed.
repealed '
R.s.o. 19(10. j4^ Section 1546 of The Uind Titles Act, as enacted by
'(i96i-''62 section 39 of The Land 'Titles Amendment Act, 1961-62, is
1-. 7(>b3'9), repealed.
repealed "^
"2(J?.8.'u!2, 13' -Subsection 3 of section 162 of The Land Titles Act,
(11)6(3^1 77 ^^ re-enacted by subsection 1 of section 22 of The Land Titles
s 22 Amendment Act, 1966, is repealed and the followine sub-
sulm. 2). . , , , "^ ^
re-enaited stituted therefor:
•^t''"'"' (3) An appeal lies from any decision made under this
section to the Court of Appeal.
(^ M)? ^''*" ' ^®' ^^^ Land Titles Act is amended by adding thereto the
amended following; section :
irilnd'tuies 1726. The provisions of this Act respecting the procedures
and registry and records in land titles offices are subject to any
records and . . ■" ■'
proiediires regulation made under section 126a of The Registry
R.s^o. infio. ^^,
c^'2()4 s"?7« ^^' Subsection 4 of section 176 of The Land Titles Act is
siibs. 4"' ' repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enai ted
^d^dre"^ (4) The envelope containing a notice under this Act
shall have printed thereon the return address of the
office of land titles.
ll.S.O, l!l(i(l.
r. 20-1. s. 177.
subs. 2 as re-enacted bv section 46 of The Land Titles Amendment
(lit(il-tJ2
7o.s.4(;). Act, l'>6l-62, is repealed and the following substituted there-
re-enat-ted
Idem
18. -Subsection 2 of section 177 of The Land Titles Act,
i 1
ct
for:
lOtiO.
{1} The proper master of titles may, upon the request
of the council of a municipality, furnish photographic
or electrostatic copies of instruments or parts thereof
instead of a list, in which case the master is entitled
to such fee as is agreed upon by the master and the
council and approved by the Director of Land
Registration.
10. Section 27 of The Land Titles Amendment Act, 1960
repealed jg re[>ealed.
103
Section 13. The provision deleted requires all plans to be approved
by the examiner of surveys or other person designated by the regulation
before their registration.
Section 14. The provision repealed is obsolete as it makes applicable
a provision already repealed.
Section 15. An appeal from a decision altering a registered plan lies
from the director of titles or county court judge directly to the Court of
Appeal and the intermediate appeal to a judge of the High Court is
eliminated.
Section 16. The new provision is complementary to section 15 of
the Bill entitled An Act to amend The Registry Act and allows for special
provision to integrate procedures and records in combirx'd offices.
.Section 17. The amendment is less explicit about the form in which
the return address is to be worded.
Section 18. The amendment permits the furnishing of photographic
or electrostatic copies of registered transfers to the muincipality. The
fee of 20 cents is deleted and to be prescribed b>' regulation.
.Section 19. The provision repealed provides for the payment to the
Assurance Fund of amounts in connection with transfers of land to land
titles before 1Q56. .Such charges were dispensed with in 1966.
103
20.— (1) This Act, except sections 4, 8, 9 and 11, comes commence-
into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 4, 8, 9 and 11 come into force on a day to be i''®'"
named by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
21. This Act may be cited as The Lattd Titles Amendmenl^^'^'^^^^^^^
Act, 1968-69.
103
00
s
en
a
>
H
H
2
?'2
s.
i:
n
3r
SI
1! 3
F2
^
>3
to
^
°-H
«>k.
1
1
^
^'
o
NO
^
BILL 103
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Land Titles Act
Mr. Wishart
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 103 1968-69
An Act to amend The Land Titles Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The Land Titles Act is amended by adding thereto the^foJ; ^^®°'
following section: amended
la. The Minister of Justice and Attorney General is JJstife''and
responsible for the administration of this Act. a"ieraJ^
2. Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Land Titles Act, asRso. i960,
c 204 S 2
re-enacted by section 2 of The Land Titles Amendment Act, (ioei-ei.
1961-62 and amended by section 2 of The Land Titles Amend-lubs'.i', '
ment Act, 1966, is further amended by adding thereto the'""®"''®''
following clauses:
{m) that part of the County of Middlesex comprising
the registry division of the west riding of the County
of Middlesex, including every local municipality in
that registry division;
(n) the County of Hastings, including every local muni-
cipality in the county except the City of Belleville
and the separated Town of Trenton;
(0) the County of Bruce, including every local muni-
cipality in the county;
{p) that part of the County of Durham comprising the
registry division of the west riding of the County of
Durham including every local municipality in that
registry division.
3. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 5a of The Land Titles Act, c.'20i',s.' ba '
as enacted by section 3 of The Land Titles Amendment Act,i^%')^''''^'''
1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ?e ena'c'ted
(1) Subject to subsection 2 of section 4 and except as ^f'^l'lfi"'"
provided by subsection 2, every land titles office shall o^^lg
be combined with the registry office for the registry
division to which this Act has been extended.
103
R.S.O. 1960.
(ilea' S; 77, (2) Subsection 3 of the said section 5a is repealed.
8. 3), subs. 3,
repealed
R.S.O. 1960. *• Section 6 of The Land Titles Act is amended by adding
C.264 B 6, thereto the following subsections:
amended "
Dii-e'ctV/ (2) Any reference in this Act to the Inspector or to the
Regfs'tration Inspector of I^gal Offices shall be deemed to be a
reference to the Director of Land Registration
^li? ' ^^^°' appointed under The Registry Act.
(3) The Director of Land Registration has general super-
vision and control over land titles offices and the
system for registration therein.
^.iOA.e^i!^' ^- Subsection 1 of section 8 of The Land Titles Act is
subs, i ' repealed and the following substituted therefor:
director''^ (1) The director of titles shall supervise and determine
°''*''^'®' all matters relating to titles of land to which this
Act applies.
^204,/^9^°' 6. Subsection 1 of section 9 of The Land Titles Act, as
s^lt^subs^'i re-enacted by section 5 of The Land Titles Amendment Act,
repealed ' 1966, is repealed.
R.S.O. 1960,
siibs. 2,' 7. Subsections 2 and 3 of section 11 of The Latid Titles
subsl^s^,'***' Act are repealed and the following substituted therefor:
repealed
^x^aminers ^2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint
ofsurveys One or more p)ersons to be assistant examiners of
surveys who shall assist the examiner of surveys in
the performance of his duties.
^foJ.s^.Ts!' 8. Section 15 of The Land Titles Act is repealed and the
re-enacted' following substituted therefor:
?fflce°^ ^^" Every officer appointed under this Act, before he
enters upon the duties of his office, shall take and
subscribe an oath in the prescribed form, which
shall be transmitted by him to the Director of Land
Registration.
^foJ.s^.^-l)'' »• Section 29 of The Land Titles Act, as re-enacted by
8^i2h ^' ^^' section 12 of The Land Titles Amendment Act, 1966, is repealed
re-enacted ^nd the following Substituted therefor:
appeal*" 29. — (1) Except as provided by suh)section 3 of section
162, an apjDeal lies from any act, order or decision of
the Director of Land Registration, the director of
titles or a master of titles under this Act to a judge of
103
the county or district court of the county or district
in which the land to which the decision relates is
situate or of such other county or district as the
parties agree to.
(2) An appeal lies from a decision of a judge of a county^''®'"
or district court under subsection 1 to the Court of
Appeal.
10.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 50 of The Land Titles ActffQ^-^^^°'
is amended by striking out "upon payment of his proper fees" |"^|^2^^
in the first line, so that the subsection shall read as follows:
(2) The registrar shall comply with the request and shall J^g'^^j^Jj.
transmit the instruments by registered mail or by
express and shall send therewith a list of the instru-
ments transmitted and shall retain a copy of the list.
R.S.O. I960,
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 50 is repealed. subs*4*'^°'
repealed
11. The Land Titles Act is amended by adding thereto the^lgj- ^^^'^^
following section : amended
133a. — (1) A person referred to in subsection 1 of section ff®c^ons?nt°"
133 shall not be entered as owner unless the consent ""i^f^^^^S-
under the Estate Tax Act (Canada) is attached to the subs, i,
..... , , , (Can.)
application m the same manner as the consent oi the
Treasurer of Ontario.
(2) Subsection 1 applies only, i<i8m
(a) where the death of the registered owner
occurred after the 31st day of December,
1958 ; and
(b) where the application referred to in subsec-
tion 1 of section 133 is made on or after the
day on which this section comes into force.
12. Subsection 8 of section 145 of The Land Titles Act,'^f^^-l^^^^
as re-enacted by section 37 of The Land Titles Amendment Act, Vl^l\\2
1961-62, is amended by striking out "and of that amount thee. 7o,s. sV).
sheriff shall pay over $1 to the proper master of titles" in
the seventh and eighth lines, so that the subsection shall read
as follows:
(8) Where a copy of a writ of execution or a renewal ^®®
thereof is delivered or transmitted to the proper
master of titles under subsection 1, the sheriff shall
be paid by the person upon whose request the copy
103
is delivered or transmitted a fee of S3 in addition
to any other fee payable to the sheriff on the filing
of the writ.
J^26?.B.T5°3, 13. Subsection 8 of section 153 of The Land TiOes Act
«ub8 8, ' is repealed.
repealed '^
R.S.0. 1960, 14^ Section 154i of The Land Titles Act, as enacted by
ao6i-''62 section 39 of The iMnd Titles Amendment Act, 1961-62, is
c. 70 8 39), repealed.
repealed "^
^lo?,' 8*^162, 13* Subsection 3 of section 162 of The Land Titles Act,
(i966^c 77 ^^ re-enacted by subsection 2 of section 22 of The Land Titles
*•^^•L^ Amendment Act, 1966, is repealed and the following sub-
subs. 2), • 1 1 f
re-ena<ted stituted therefor:
Appea' (3) An appeal lies from any decision made under this
section to the Court of Appeal.
? 204 ^^^"' 1®* ^^^ Land Titles Act is amended by adding thereto the
amended following section:
ofiand^tiues ^T2b. The provisions of this Act respecting the procedures
and registry and records in land titles offices are subject to any
records and i . i /•
procedures regulation made under section 126a of The Registry
R..S.O. I960, A^t
c. 348 ■^"•
^lo? s \*76 ^'^' Subsection 4 of section 176 of The Land Titles Act is
subs. 4, ' reisealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
ad^dres"s (4) The envelope containing a notice under this Act
shall have printed thereon the return address of the
office of land titles.
?f6?.s^."nT, !*• Subsection 2 of section 177 of The Land Titles Act,
for:
subs 2 as re-enacted by section 46 of The Land Titles Amendment
Vo,s.4'6), Act, 1961-62, is repealed and the following substituted there-
re-enacted
^^^'^ (2) The proper master of titles may, upon the request
of the council of a municipality, furnish photographic
or electrostatic copies of instruments or parts thereof
instead of a list, in which case the master is entitled
to such fee as is agreed upon by the master and the
council and approved by the Director of Land
Registration.
I960, c. 56. 19^ Section 27 of The Land Titles Amendment Act, 1960
repealed jg repealed.
103
20.— (1) This Act, except sections 4, 8, 9 and 11, comes Commence,
into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 4, 8, 9 and 11 come into force on a day to bei^em
named by the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
21. This Act may be cited as The Land Titles Amendment ^^°^^^^^^^
Act, 1968-69.
103
00
a
>
H
?, !?
CI.
»0
>
•o
CM
o
t\>
^ §.
=r
8
(^
♦*.
H^
i*
o
9^
o
o
■-I
o
3"
KJ
>a
1
s
1-^
VQ
>o
c^
o
HO
^0
BILL 104
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Deserted Wives' and Children's Maintenance Act
Mr. Worton
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
At present the age for support is under 16 years. The amendment
increases this age to under 18 >'ears or over 18 if the child is attending
school.
104
BILL 104
1968-69
An Act to amend The Deserted Wives' and
Children's Maintenance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 3 of section 2 of The Deserted Wives' and RS-O. i960.
Children's Maintenance Act is repealed and the following sub-subs, 'z,
stituted therefor:
(3) A child shall be deemed to have been deserted by when
i-ri -l-t • l-l- • 1 t'hild
his father withm the meanmg oi this section when deemed
, , .. , . deserted
the child IS,
(a) under the age of eighteen years; or
{b) of the age of eighteen years or over and
attending school,
and the father has without adequate cause, refused
or neglected to supply the child with food or other
necessaries when able to do so.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives I^oyal J^eSt'"^""""
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Deserted Wives' and ^'^°''^ ""^
Children's Maintenance Amendment Act, 1968-69.
104
o
o
2;
Uj
tvj
^
k.^
1.
n
rr
!2.
1^
to
>D
00
1
3-^
Q. :
3 C
n S
g ^
P '
n C
BILL 105
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Haskett
r O R O N T o
Printed and Publishf.d my Frank F(igg, Quki-n's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1. "Median strip" is defined for the purposes
of the Act.
Subsection 2. "Self-propelled implement of husbandry'^is redefined
for the purposes of clarification.
Subsection 3. Subsection 3 is revised to confine its application to
Part VII, respecting speed.
SiXTiON 2. The penalty provisions are removed from subsection 1
and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
The new subsection la is complementary to "self-propelled implement of
husbandry", as redefined in section 1, and provides for the registration of
such vehicles except as provided in subsection la.
105
BILL 105 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 1 of The Highway Traffic ^■^■2- ^^^°'
Act is amended by adding thereto the following paragraph : subs, i,'
12a. "median strip" means the portion of a highway so
constructed as to separate traffic travelling in one
direction from traffic travelling in the opposite
direction by a strip of pavement of more than ten
feet in width, a physical barrier or an unpaved strip
of ground.
(2) Paragraph 24a of subsection 1 of the said section Ii RS-O. iseo,
as enacted by section 1 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Bubs. i,'
Act, 1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor: (igee, c. 64,
s. 1),
24a. "self-propelled implement of husbandry" means a
self-propelled vehicle manufactured, designed, re-
designed, converted or reconstructed for a specific
use in farming.
R.S.O. I960,
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 1, as enacted by sub-^^J^^^s. i,
section 4 of section 1 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, (isss, c. 46,
1965, is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs. 4),
re-enacted
(3) For the purposes of Part VII and any regulations orO™'"P'^'*^
municipal by-laws made thereunder, every overpass underpass
and underpass shall be deemed to form part of the
highway that it connects.
2. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 6 of The Highway Traffic "^f^o. i960,
Act, as re-enacted by section 2 of The Highway Traffic Amend- subs, i
ment Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted c.'se, s. 2),
,1 r re-enacted
therefor :
(1) The owner of every motor vehicle, trailer or con- ^f®gjfto^r"°"
version unit shall register it with the Department ^«'^'<='«®
before driving or operating it or causing it to be
105
driven or operated upon a highway and shall pay
to the Department a fee for the registration of such
motor vehicle, trailer or conversion unit and for the
number plates therefor.
^■fj2B^i^' (^) ^'^^ ^^'^ section 6 is amended by adding thereto the
amended ' following subscction:
pripeiied ^^^^ Subsection 1 applies to a self-propelled implement
implement of husbandry that is ojierated on a highway other
husbandry than when travelling from farm to farm in relation
to the specific use for which it was manufactured,
designed, redesigned, converted or reconstructed or
in travelling to or from such places as may be neces-
sary for the maintenance or repair of the vehicle.
^fj2'B^7°' 3* — (^) Subsection 1 of section 7 of The Highway Traffic
subs. 1, ' Ad is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Penalty for (1) Every person who knowingly makes any false state-
statement ment in any application, declaration, affidavit or
paper writing required by this Act or by the regu-
lations or by the Department, is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction, in addition to any
other penalty or punishment to which he may be
liable, is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and not
more than $200 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than thirty days, or to both, and in addi-
tion his licence or permit may be susp^ended for a
peiiod of not more than six months.
^ij^'s^i'^' ^-^ Subsection 2 of the said section 7 is repealed and the
subs. 2, following substituted therefor:
re-enacted °
Notice of (2) Where an owner changes his address as given under
change of ^ ' ■ ^ r ■ ^ i-i
address subsection 2 of section 6 or under this subsection,
he shall within six dajs send by registered mail or
cause to be filed in the Department his change of
address.
?'r72's';^s^°' *• Subsections 2, 4 and 7 of section 8 of The Highway
Rubss'2 A. 7, Traffic Act are repealed.
repealed ■" ^
c^'m's^'ir'"' **' Section 9 of The Highway Traffic Act, as amended by
re-enacted' section 2 of The Highway Traffic Amendmevt Act, 1965 and
section 3 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1968, is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
9. — (1) Every person who.
Violations
as to
number
■''*'®® (a) defaces or alters any number plate furnished
by the Department;
105
Section 3— Subsection 1. A fine of $50 to $200 for any contravention
of subsection 1 is substituted for the fines for a first and subsequent offence.
Subsection 2. The penalty provisions are removed and the general
penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 4. The penalty provisions are deleted and the general
penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Sf.ction 5. Section 9 is revised to provide a minimum fine of $50
in relation to offences under subsection 1 and to delete the other penalty
provisions and apply the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill.
105
.Suction 6 — Subsection 1. The penalty provision is deleted and the
general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Subsection 2. Fines for subsequent offences are removed and a fine
of not less than $5 and not more than $10 is substituted for contravention
of subsection 3 respecting obstruction of plates by dirt, spare tires, etc.
SiXTioN 7. The penalty provisions re driving without an operator's
licence arc deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill, will apply.
.SiXTiON 8. The penalty respecting production of licences is deleted
and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
The provision requiring production of an operator's licence for en-
dorstnicnl upon a conviction is repealed and a new subsection 2 is added
to require a per.son who fails to produce his licence on demand to identify
himself by sonic other means satisfactory to the constable.
105
(b) uses or permits the use of a defaced or altered
number plate or a number plate issued by the
Department for another motor vehicle, trailer
or conversion unit;
(c) without the authority of the owner, removes
a number plate from a motor vehicle, trailer
or conversion unit;
(d) uses or permits the use of any number plate
upon a motor vehicle, trailer or conversion
unit, except the one issued by the Department
for the motor vehicle, trailer or conversion
unit,
is guilty of an offence and on summary conviction
is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and not more
than $500 or to imprisonment for not more than
thirty days, or to both, and in addition his licence
or permit may be suspended for not more than six
months.
(2) Every person shall, within six days, forward to the Not'fe of
T-v • I ■, , r r , purchase of
Department a notice on the prescribed form of the motor
sale or purchase by or to him of a motor vehicle, ^ "^ ■ "•
trailer or conversion unit for which a permit has been
issued.
(3) Every number plate furnished by the Department ^late^®"^
under this Act is the property of the Crown and shall property of
1 1 I r-v 1 -11 Crown
be returned to the Department when required by
the Department.
6. — (1) Subsection 2 of section 10 of The Highway Traifi.c'^-^^O-^^^o.
Act is repealed. siibs. '2.'
repealed
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 10 is repealed and the^-^^^gi^j'^°'
following substituted therefor; subs. 4,
re-enacted
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of subsection 3 is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $5 and
not more than $10.
R..S.O. 1960,
7. Subsection 2 of section 13 of The Highway Traffic ylrfc. i72,^s. 13,
is repealed. repealed
R.S.O. 1960.
8. Subsections 2, 3 and 4 of section 14 of The Highway subs. '2.'
Traffic Act are repealed and the following substituted therefor :subss. 3. 4,'
repealed
105
Idcnliflra-
tioii on
failure to
produce
Ikcnce
(2) Every i)erson who is unable or refuses to produce
his licence in accordance with subsection 1 shall,
when requested by a constable, identify himself by
some other means satisfactory to the constable.
R.S.O. 1!»60,
c. 172,8. 15,
(19GH, c. 04,
8. 4),
amended
0. Section 15 of The Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted by
section 4 of The Highway Traffic Antendmer.t Act, 1966 and
amended by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act,
lV6fi, is further amended b\- adding thereto the following
subsection :
Exemption
of new
residents
(2) Sections 13 and 16 and any regulation made there-
under do not apply to a person for thirty days after
he has become a resident of (Ontario if during such
period he lioids a subsisting driver's licence in accord-
ance with the laws of the province, country or state
of which he was a resident immediately before be-
coming a resident of Ontario.
'^ f^y 's^'iIj' ^^* Subsection 2 of section 16 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 2. is repealed.
repealed
R.S.O. 19«0,
c. 172,8. 17,
subs. 2.
re-enat ted :
SUl)S.'^. 3, 4.
repealed
Identifica-
tion on
failure to
prodU( e
cence
11. Subsections 2, 3 and 4 of section 17 of The Highway
Traffic Act are repealed and the following substituted therefor:
pre
lice
(2) Every person who is unable or refuses to produce his
licence in accordance with subsection 1 shall, when
requested b>- a constable, identify himself by some
other means satisfactory to the constable.
H.S.O. liSHO.
c. 172, s. IS.
subs. 4.
repealed
12. Subsection 4 of section 18 of The Highway Traffic Act
is repealed.
"•f72.s'.''i'!)*!' 13. Subsection 4 of section 19 of The Highway Traffic Act
?e,^aid ' is repealed.
R.S.O. i;iu().
c. 172, s. 21ii
(19G0-61,
c. :!4, S. 4),
amended
14. Section 21a of The Highway Traffic Act, as enacted
b\- section 4 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1960-61
and amended by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1061-62, is further amended by striking out "Notwith-
standing section 155" in the first line, so that the section shall
read as follows:
Interpreta-
tion of
"subse-
quent" for
BS. 20, 21,
21i>
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 172. s. 2;!,
repealed
21a. Where a penalty is provided in sections 20, 21 and
216 for a subsequent offence, the word "subsequent"
relates only to offences committed in any five-year
period.
15. Section 2?> of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed.
105
Section 9. The amendment provides lliat a new resident of Ontario
who holds a valid driver's licence from another province, country or state
has thirty days within which to obtain an Ontario licence.
Section 10. The penalty respecting the operation of a motor vehicle
without a chauffeur's licence is deleted and the general penalt\ in
section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 11. The penally respecting production of licences is deleted
and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in tl.is Bill, will apply.
The provision requiring production of a chauffeur's licence for en-
dorsement upon a conviction is repealed and a new subsection 2 is added
to require a person who fails to produce his licence on demand to identify
himself by some other means satisfactory to the constable.
Skctio.\ 12. The penalty respecting driving under sixteen years of
age is deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this
Bill, will apply.
.Section 13. The penalty respecting the renting of motor vehicles to
unlicensed drivers is deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as
amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 14. The reference to .section 155 is deletid as section 155 is
repealed by this Bill.
Section 15. Section 2,^, which requires a convicting provincial judge
to endorse the conviction on a driver's licence, is repealed.
105
Section 16. The present penalty of u fine for a first offence of (25
to $1(X) and imprisonment for up to thirty days is deleted and the penalty
for a sul>se(juent offence of $1()0 to $500 and imprisonment for up to six
months will apply to all offences under this section.
Section 17 — Subsection 1. The present tines for first, second and
sul)se<|uent offences are deleted and a fine of SIO to $50 is substituted.
Subsection 2. The present penalties for first, second and subsequent
offences are deleted and a penalty of $50 to $2(X) and imprisonment of up
to six months is substituted.
Section 18. The present penalties for contravention of section 32 are
deleted and a fine of $10 to $50 is provided for failing to keep proper
records and failure to report presence of vehicles in storage for more than
two weeks, and a penalty of $50 to $200 and impri,sonment up to thirty
days is provided for defacing serial numbers, dealing in motor vehicles
with serial numbers obliterated and failure to report damaged or bullet-
marked vehicles.
Section 19 — Snbsccti&n 1. The minimum and maximum fines re-
specting the .sale of new motor vehicles without certain lamps and reflectors
are increased from S.SO to SlOO and S.iOO to $500.
105
16. Section 26 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and^l^^^g^^g^g"'
the following substituted therefor: re-ena'cted '
26. Every person who o[)erates a motor vehicle the oper*atkig°'^
permit for which is under suspension or has been '^°-^°\
cancelled is guilty of an ofTence and on summary when
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100 suspended or
and not more than S500 or to imprisonment for a'^''""^" *
term of not more than six months, or to both.
17.— (1) Subsection 3 of section 31 of The Highway Traffic ff^o. i960.
Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs. 3,
re-enacted
(3) Every person who stores or deals in motor vehicles ^QU®J°[j„g
or conducts a garage business, parking station, park- ^"t^"®^*
ing lot or used car lot or the wrecking or dismantling licence
of vehicles without a licence is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $10 and not more than $50.
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 31 is repealed and the^^s^O-^i^g^O'
following substituted therefor: subs. h.
re-enacted
(5) Every person who obstructs, molests or interferes P^"^."^ ^'""
with any constable or officer in the performance of fe^ence with
... ...,,„ constable
his duties under subsection 4 is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $50 and not more than $200 or to imprison-
ment for a term of not more than si.x months, or to
both.
18. Subsection 6 of section 32 of The Highway Traffic Act^fj^'s^H,'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ?e-enarted
(6) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of,
(a) subsection 1 or 4 is guilty of an offence and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of
not less than $10 and not more than 5550;
(6) subsection 2, 3 or 5 is guilty of an ofTence and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of
not less than $50 and not more than $200
or to imprisonment for a term of not more
than thirt>- da\s, or to both.
^ R.S.O. I960,
19.— (1) Subsection 8 of section 33 of The Highway Traffic c. 112 b. 33,
Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
105
Penalty
H.S.(i. 19(J0,
c. 172,8.33,
Hubs. 11,
repealed
R.S.O. 19C0,
c. 172, R. 33,
subs, 15,
re-enacted
Penalty
R.S.O. 1960,
c, 172,8. 33,
subs. 23,
repealed
H..S,0. 1960,
<;. 172, s. 33,
subs, 27,
repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
o. 172. s. 33,
amended
(8) Every person who contravenes subsection 2 or 7 is
guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is
liable to a line of not less than $100 and not more
than $500.
(2) Subsection 11 of the siiid section 33 is rej)ealed.
(3) Subsection 15 of the said section 33 is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(15) Every j>erson who contravenes subsection 14 is
guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is
liable to a fine of not more than $5.
(4) Subsection 23 of the said section 33 is rejiealed.
(5) Subsection 27 of the said section 33 is repealed.
(6) The said section 33 is amended by adding thereto the
following subsection:
Penalty
(28a) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 28 is guilty of an offence and on sum-
mary conviction is liable to a fine of not less than
SlOO and not more than $500.
? f72 s^lil''' '-^^ Subsection 6 of section 35 of The Highway Traffic Act,
subs. 6, as amended by subsection 2 of section 8 of The Hiehway
Traffic Amendment Act, 1061-62, is repealed.
^ r72 ■8^^3*6'' ^^* Section 36 of The Highway Traffic Act, as amended by
amended section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1960-61,
is further amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
Penalty
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section or any regulation made under this
section is guilty of an offence and on summary con-
viction is liable to a fine of not less than SlOO and not
more than S500.
?"f7?s^^3^7'' ^^' Subsection 4 of section 37 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 4, is rei)ealed.
repealed '
.'^f72,R'; yl'! 23. Subsection 4 of section 38 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs, 4, is repealed.
repealed ■
i^'rfi/.'s'.^fsi' 24. Section 3M of The Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted
(1967, c. 35. by section 4 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1967,
amended ig amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
105
Subsection 2. The penalty provisions respecting improper lights are
deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply.
Subsection 3. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
re lights on bicycles is deleted and a general fine of up to $5 is provided.
I
Subsection 4. The penalty provisions respecting lights on number
plates, parking lights and spotlamps, etc., are deleted and the general
penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Subsection 5. The penalty provisions respecting lights on certain
vehicles other than motor vehicles are deleted and the general penalty
in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Subsection 6. At present, the general penalty provisions apply to
contraventions of subsection 28 respecting the sale of certain new motor
vehicles without proper signalling devices. The amendment substitutes
a fine from $100 to $500.
Section 20. The penalty provisions respecting braking systems are
deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply.
Section 21. In place of the general penalty of $5 to $50 for a first
offence now applicable, a fine of from $100 to $500 is provided for a con-
travention respecting the sale of brake fluid that does not comply with the
standards set by regulation.
Section 22. The present penalty respecting motor vehicles not
equipped with windshield wipers, etc., is deleted and the general penalty
in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 23. The penalty provisions respecting tire requirements are
deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply.
Section 24. The general penalty in section 154 now applies for non-
compliance with the regulations respecting tire specifications. The amend-
ment increases the fine.
105
Section 25. The present penalty provisions for first, second and sub-
sequent offences respecting rebuilt tires arc deleted and the fine increased
to a minimum of SlUO and a maximum of $5(X).
Section 26. The provisions respecting the use of safety glass are
made applicable to such things as campers that are attached to the frame
of motor vehicles, and the penalty for a contravention of these provisions
is increased from the general penalty of $20 to $10<), which would other-
wise apply, to a penalty of from $100 to $500.
Section 27. The penalty provisions respecting mufflers and un-
necessary noise, etc., are deleted and the general penalty in section 154,
as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 28. The amendment provides that a slow moving sign is not
required on the rear of a farm tractor or implement of husbandry when it
is directly crossing a highway.
Section 29. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences is
deleted and a fine of up to $5 is provided for offences respecting horse-
siciph
Sec HON ML The ijenalty provisions respecting attachments for
drawing vehicles on a high\va\ are deleted and the general penalty in
section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
105
(3) Every person who contravenes any regulation made Penalty
under clause a, b or c of subsection 1 is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not less than SlOO and not more than S500.
25. Subsection 4 of section 39 of The Highway Traffic Act^/fj^'l^i^-
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enat'ted
(4) Every person who contravenes any ot the provisions P^'^^'^y
of subsection 2 or 3 is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than $100 and not more than S500.
26. Section 40 of J'he Highway Traffic Act is amended by ^f^^g^^^^Q^'
adding thereto the following subsections: amended
(3) In this section, "motor vehicle" includes any ajj- Jj'J^',^'""''®'""
paratus or device that is permanently or temporarily
attached to a motor vehicle, other than for the
purpose of towing it, and in which a person can ride.
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions '*e"a"5'
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100
and not more than $500.
27. Subsection 6 of section 42 of The Highway Traffic Acl,^^ '^j2s^^2'
as re-enacted by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment 'l"^^^^*^^ ^^
Act, 1964, is repealed. s. 5),'
repealed
28. Subsection 1 of section 42a of The Highway Traffic ffj^; l^^^^
Act, as enacted by section 9 of The Highway Traffic ^mencf- <^|^*^' '^^ ^*'-
ment Act, 1968, is amended bv adding at the end thereof s"'«i' ,
I • • ' 1 • 1 >i amended
' except when directly crossing a highwa>' , so that the sub-
section shall read as follows:
(1) Ever\- farm tractor and self-projielled imijlement of^J^'^^-ug
husbandry when oi)erated on a highway or an>- ^■"hicie
vehicle towed by either ot them, shall have a slow
moving vehicle sign attached to the rear thereof in
accordance with the regulations, except when directly
crossing a highway.
29. Subsection 2 ot section 43 of The Highway Traffic Act'^fj^-^^^^-
is rejjealed and the following substituted therefor; re-'eliac'ted
(2) Ever>' person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of subsection 1 is guilty of an offence and on suinmar>-
conviction is liable to a fine of not more than S5.
K.S.O. 1960.
30. Subsection 2 of section 45 of The Highway Traffic Actv. i72 s.-i5.
, SU OS . ^ ,
IS rejiealcd. repealed
105
^f/i'/s^'*/?!' ^^' Subsection 3 of section 47 of The Highway Traffic Act,
(1964 ^c 38 '^^ enacted by section 6 of The Ifighway Traffic Amendment
8-6).' Act, 1964, is reijealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Penalty
(3) Every driver of a motor vehicle who refuses or fails
to submit the motor vehicle, together with its equip-
ment and any trailer attached thereto, to such
examination and tests as may be required by a con-
stable or officer under subsection 1 is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine
of not less than S50 and not more than $100.
Notice
requiring
examination
and tests
{3a) Subsection 3 does not apply unless the constable or
officer under subsection 1 has given to the driver of
the motor vehicle a written notice in the form pre-
scribed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council re-
quiring the driver to submit the motor vehicle,
together with its equipment and any trailer attached
thereto, to examination and tests.
?"m' ^^^" ^^* ^^^ Highway Traffic Act is amended by adding thereto
amended the following scction :
Regulations
re inspection
of certain
motor
vehicles
47a. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make
regulations,
(a) requiring the owners of commercial motor
vehicles, or any type or class thereof, un-
insured motor vehicles, and motor vehicles
that have been involved in accidents that are
reportable under section 143 to submit them
to inspection;
(b) prescribing the inspection procedures, in-
s|)cction requirements and performance stan-
dards required for such motor vehicles;
(c) prohibiting the operation on a highway of
motor vehicles that do not comply with such
requirements and standards, and providing
for the seizure of the registration plates of
such motor vehicles and for holding them
until the motor vehicle is made to comply
with such requirements and standards.
"■i72,s*'M<i 33. Section 50a of The Highway Traffic Act, as enacted by
(1966. c. 64, section 10 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1966 and
amended amended b>' section 11 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1968, is further amended by adding thereto the following
subsection :
105
Section 31. The mininuiiii fine of $10 and maximiim fine of $50 for
failure to submit a motor vehicle for examination as required by a con-
stable is increased to $50 and $100 resi^ectively and provision is made
requiring the constable to give the driver a written notice.
Si'XriON 32. Self-explanatory.
SectionJ33. The line for failure to use the saftt> devices in ac-
cordance with the regulations is increased from the gei-.cral penalty of
section 154, as amended in this Bill, ($20-$100) to a fine of from $100
to $500.
105
SECrioN 34. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
is deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply with rcsiiect to the names of owners on commercial vehicles and
to reflectors while a different fine is provided respecting the sale of new
commercial motor vehicles not equipped with certain lamps and reflectors
as required by subsection 2a of section 51.
Section 35. A sliding scale of fines is provided respecting gross weight
of vehicles instead of the present penalties provided for first, second and
subsequent offences.
4
105
(3) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of a regulation made under this section is guilty of
an offence and on summary conviction is liable to
a fine of not less than $100 and not more than $500.
34. Subsection 4 of section 51 of The Highway Traffic Act^-^o- iseo,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: siibs. '*,'
re-enacted
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of subsection 2a is guilty of an offence and on sum-
mary conviction is liable to a fine of not less than
$100 and not more than $500.
35. Subsection 7 of section 52 of The Highway Traffic Act^fj^J^^2,'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
(7) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Pe"^"y
of subsection 2, la, 3 or 4 is guilty of an offence and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of,
(a) 50 cents per hundredweight or part thereof
of the gross weight in excess of that [permitted
where the overweight is less than 5,000
pounds;
{b) $1 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 5,000 pounds or more but
is less than 10,000 pounds;
(c) $2 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 10,000 pounds or more but
is less than 15,000 pounds;
{d) $3 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 15,000 pounds or more but
is less than 20,000 pounds;
(e) $4 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 20,000 pounds or more but
is less than 30,000 pounds;
(/) $5 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 30,000 pounds or more.
105
10
"fiz/s' m"' ''^' Subsection 6 of section 53 of I'he Highway Traffic Act
Bubs. 6 is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted "^ "
''®"^"*' (6) Every person to whom a permit has been issued under
this section who operates or jiermits the operation
of a vehicle or combination of vehicles contrary, to
any of the conditions of such permit is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not less than SI 00 and not more than $500
and in addition a fine shall be imposed as if he had
also been convicted of an ofTence under subsection 7
of section 52 in respect of any gross weight in excess
of the gross weight permitted under that section
as if no special permit had been issued.
^ m' ^^bi' ^^" Subsection 6 of section 54 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 6,' ■ is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Penalty (6) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 1, 4 or 5 is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable to a fine as if he had
been convicted under subsection 7 of section 52 and
in addition, if the conviction is for a contravention
under subsection 1, the Registrar may suspend the
registration permit of the vehicle or vehicles involved
and such suspension shall continue until the vehicle
has been reregistered at the maximum gross weight
allowable and the additional registration fee has
been paid.
" rza/s^.'ss!' 38.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 55 of The Highway Traffic
subs. 2. Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted '^ "
on'driVer (^) Every driver who, when so required to proceed to a
weighing machine, refuses or fails to do so is guilty
of an offence and on summary conviction is liable to
a fine of not less than $50 and not more than $100.
^172 ^^^^' '■^^ Subsection 5 of the said section 55 is repealed and the
subs. 5,' ' following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
I'enaitv (5) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 3 or 4 is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than $50 and not more than $100.
?"f7?s^"5tj" •^^* Subsection 3 of section 56 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs, j, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted ^ "
''""''"> (3) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and
105
Section 36. The minimum fine respecting permits for the moving of
heavy loads is increased from $50 to $100 and in addition a fine is to be
imposed for any overload under section 52.
Section 37. The penalty provisions respecting the carrying of loads
in excess of that for which a permit is issued are revised to apply the sliding
scale of fines under section 52, as amended in this Bill, and the Registrar
may suspend registration until the vehicle is reregistered at the maximum
gross weight.
Section 38. The reference to first, second and subsequent oflfences
is deleted and the fine will be from $50 to $100.
Section 39. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences is
deleted and the fine respecting overhanging loads, etc., is set at from $50
to $100 and the suspension provision is retained.
105
Section 40. The minimum and maximum fines respecting the carry-
ing of dangerous materials are increased.
Section 41 — Subsection 1. The amendment increases the permissible
length for combinations from 60 to 65 feet.
Subsection 2. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
is deleted and the fine respecting maximum dimensions of commercial
motor vehicles is set at from $50 to $100 and the power to suspend a permit
is retained.
Section 42 — Subsection 1. Theauthority of the Lieutenant Governor
in Council to make regulations designating construction zones is trans-
ferred to the Minister.
Subsection 2. The general penalty for speeding is revised to provide
a sliding scale of fines.
105
11
not more than $100 and in addition his licence or
permit may be suspended for a period of not more
than sixty days.
40. Subsection 2 of section 57 of The Highway Traffic Actff^^-^^^^'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: siibs. 2.'
re-enacted
(2) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Pe^^'ty
of a regulation made under this section is guilty of
an offence and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not less than SlOO and not more than §500
or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three
months, or to both.
41.— (1) Subsection 2a of section 58 of The Highway ^-^j^-^^^^'
Traffic Act, as re-enacted by section 12 of The Highway Traffic^^^^- 2a'
Amendment Act, 1962-63, is amended by striking out "60" im. 56, s. i2),
the sixth line and inserting in lieu thereof "65", so that j^g ^"^*'"*®''
subsection shall read as follows:
(2a) No vehicle, other than a public vehicle or a semi- Length of
1 /- I • I vehicle or
trailer as defined in clause b of subsection 6 of sec-'0'"'''n'"'o'>
tion 55, including load or contents, shall exceed the
length of 35 feet, and no combination of vehicles,
including load or contents, coupled together shall
exceed the total length of 65 feet.
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 58 is repealed and the ^^.^^gi^fg^-
following substituted therefor: subs. 5.
re-enacted
(5) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions ''enaity
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and
not more than $100 and in addition his permit may
be suspended for not more than six months.
42.— (1) Subsection 11a of section 59 of The Highway [^-^j^.i.f a.'
Traffic Act, as enacted by subsection 2 of section 9 of The^"^^-^^^".:^.
Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1967, is amended by strik-s-9.
ing out "Lieutenant Governor in Council" in the first line amended
and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister", so that the subsection
shall read as follows:
(Ua) The Minister may designate any part of the King's j^oJJ'^^'one;:,
Highway as a construction zone, and every construc-
tion zone shall be marked h\ signs in accordance with
the regulations.
(2) Subsection 12 of the said section 59 is repealed and theo.'i72,'8. 59,'
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
105
12
''*""">' (12) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section or any by-law or regulation made
under this section is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable, where the rate of
speed at which the motor vehicle was driven,
(a) is less than 10 miles per hour over the maxi-
mum speed limit, to a fine of $2 for each mile
per hour that the motor vehicle was driven
over the maximum speed limit;
(b) is 10 miles per hour or more but less than 20
miles per hour over the maximum speed limit,
to a fine of S3 for each mile per hour that the
motor vehicle was driven over the maximum
sp)eed limit;
(c) is 20 miles per hour or more but less than 30
miles per hour over the maximum speed limit,
to a fine of S4 for each mile per hour that the
motor vehicle was driven over the maximum
speed limit; and
(rf) is 30 miles per hour or more over the maximum
speed limit, to a fine of S5 for each mile per
hour that the motor vehicle was driven over
the maximum sjjeed limit.
?"i72 si^ea' '**^* Section 60 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and
re-enacted ^hg following substituted therefor:
Careless 50 Every person is guilty of the offence of driving
carelessly who drives a vehicle on a highway without
due care and attention or without reasonable con-
sideration for other persons using the highway and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than SlOO and not more than S500 or to imprisonment
for a term of not more than six months, or to both,
and in addition his licence or permit may be sus-
pended for a period of not more than two years.
44. Subsection 2 of section 61 of The Highway Traffic Act
is repealed.
45. Subsection 2 of section 62 of The Highway Traffic Act
is repealed.
46. Subsection 6 of section 67a of 'The Highway Traffic Act,
as enacted by section 8 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1964, is repealed.
105
R.S.O. 1
:»60,
0. 172. S.
61.
sub.s. 2.
repealed
R.S.O. 1060
c. 172. s.
62,
subs. 2,
repealed
R..S.O. 1960
c. 172, 8.
67a
(1964. c.
as,
8. 8),
subs. 6,
repealed
Section 43. The minimum fine is increased from $10 to $100 and the
term of imprisonment of up to three months is increased to six months and
can be imposed in addition to the fine.
Section 44. The penalty for interfering with a speed notice on a
bridge is deleted as this offence is covered in section 100.
Section 45. The penalty provisions respecting unnecessary slow
driving are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill, will apply.
Section 46. The fine of $5 to $50 respecting pedestrian crossovers is
deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
($20-$100) will apply.
105
Section 47. Clause 6 at present prohibits drivinf;; to the left of the
centre of the roadway when approaching within 100 feet of or traversing
a level crossing or an intersection except when a left turn is to be made at
an intersection. The clause, as re-enacted, will apply only to approaching
within 100 feet of a level cros.sing.
Section 48. The penalty provisions respecting moving from roadway
to roadway on divided highwavs is deleted and the general |>enalty in
section 154, as amended in this bill, will apply.
Section 49. Self-explanatory.
Sf.ction 50. The penalty provisions, which apply to many of the
rules of the road, such as, yield right-of-way, stop, signalling turn.=, signal
lights, improper passing, etc., and provide for different lines for first,
.second and subsequent offences are deleted and the general penalty in
section 154, as amended in this Bill, ($20-J100) will apply.
-SlXTiON 51. The penalty provisions respecting approaching and
passing street cars are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as
amended in this Bill, ($20-$100) will apply.
.SixTiON 52. The penalty provisions respecting approaching ridden
or driven horses are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as
amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 53. The penalty provision respecting parking rules of the
road is revised to delete the reference to first and subsequent offences
and to provide a fine of from $5 to $50.
SiXTioN 54. The section repealed creates the offence of drunken
driving of a vehicle or of a horse or other .uiinial. This section is sufficiently
cDMred in the Criminal Code and is not used.
.SiXTlON 55. .Subsection 2 is revised to provide a general penalty for
r.K iiif; on a highway in place of the present penalties for first and sub-
-c(|ucMl olTcnces (,f fines, imprisonment ai d suspension of licence.
li!5
13
47. Clause b of section 72 of The Highway Traffic Act isf f^^g^^/g"'
repealed and the following substituted therefor: fii- ». '
re-enacted
(6) when approaching within 100 feet of a level crossing,
48. Subsection 2 of section 77 of The Highway Traffic Act^-^o. loeo,
• 11 c. 172,8. /<,
IS repealed. subs. 2,
repealed
49. Subsection 1 of section 79 of The Highway Traffic Act^f^^-^^:f^'.
is amended by adding after "sounding" in the third line "or a subs, i.'
lamp located on the roof of the vehicle is producing inter-
mittent flashes of red light", so that the subsection shall
read as follows:
(1) The driver of a vehicle, upon the approach of an J^p^^^^j^^gu^
ambulance, fire or police department vehicle or^'^huie,
public utility emergency vehicle, upon which a bellappi-oaohint;
or siren is sounding or a lamp located on the roof
of the vehicle is producing intermittent flashes of
red light, shall immediately bring such vehicle to a
standstill as near as is practicable to the right-hand
curb or edge of the roadway and parallel therewith
and clear of any intersection.
50. Section 85 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. . , i72,s.'85,'
repealed
51. Subsection 3 of section 86 of The Highway Traffic Actf-^j'^J^^^'
is repealed. subs 3 '
'^ repealed
52. Subsection 2 of section 87 of The Highway Traffic Act^fj^-^''^^
I960.
is repealed. subs "2,'
repealed
53. Subsection 10 of section 89 of The Highway 'Traffic Act^fj'^J'^^^\'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ^"''s i''. ,
^ " re-enacted
(10) Every p)erson who contravenes any of the provisions '''^"'' '*
of this section is guiltx,' of an offence and on suniniary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than .S5 and
not more than $50.
54. Section 90 of The Highway 'Traffic Act is repealed. (.172,8. '90.'
repealed
55. Subsection 2 of section 91 of The Highway 'Traffic Act'^'^j'^J^^^-
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs. 2
^ " re-enacted
(2) Every person who contravenes an>- of the provisions Penalty
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100
105
14
and not more than S500 or to imprisonment for a
term of not more than six months, or to both, and in
addition his licence may be suspended for a period of
not more than two years.
" m.e'.^gz!' ^' Subsection 2 of section 92 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs 2 is repealed.
repealed '
fii^'aVa' ^"f' Subsection 2 of section 93 of The Highway Traffic Act
l^X^'d ' 's repealed.
H.S.O. 1960,
0. 172.8.94.
8Ube. 2
(1966. c. 64,
8. 17,
subs. 2),
amended
58. — (1) Clause b of subsection 2 of section 94 of The
Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted by subsection 2 of section
17 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1966, is amended
by striking out "separate roadways" in the second line and
inserting in lieu thereof "a median strip", so that the clause
shall read as follows:
(6) when meeting on such a highway, other than a
highway with a median strip, a school bus on the
front of which two red signal-lights are illuminated
with intermittent flashes,
.'* fy^'s'^Q's!' 5®- Subsection 2 of section 95 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 2 is repealed.
repealed ^
^'iii's^i^' ®^' Section 98 of The Highway Traffic: Act is repealed and
re-enacted ' the following substituted therefor:
Littering
highway
jirohihited
98. Every person who throws or deposits or causes to
be deposited any glass, nails, tacks or scraps of
metal or any rubbish, refuse, waste or litter upon,
along or adjacent to a highway, except in receptacles
provided for the purpose, is guilty of the offence of
littering the highway.
" ^2, s^.To^d, ®1' Section 100 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and
reena'.ted the following substituted therefor :
1 )efac-ing or
removing
notices or
otistriiction.s
R.S.O. 1960,
e. 172,
s. 100a,
subs. 1
(1966, c. 64,
s. 19),
re-enacted
100. Every person who wilfully removes, defaces or in any
manner interferes with any notice or obstruction
lawfully placed on a highway is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a line of not
less than $100 and not more than $500 or to imprison-
ment for a term of not more than six months, or
to both.
62. Subsection 1 of section 100a of The Highway Traffic Act,
as re-enacted by section 19 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
105
Section 56. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
for horse racing on a highway is deleted and the general penalty in section
154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 57. The penalty provisions respecting the stopping of buses,
etc., at railway crossings is deleted and the general penalty in section 154,
as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 58. The amendment is for the purpose of clarification by
referring to a median strip which is defined in section 1 rather than a
highway with separate roadways.
Section 59. The penalty provisions respecting soliciting rides, etc.,
are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply.
Section 60. The present penalties for first, second and subsequent
offences are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill, ($20-5100) will apply.
Section 61. The present penalty for a first offence is deleted and the
penalty for a subsequent offence of a fine of $100 to $500 and imprison-
ment of up to six months is retained as a general penalty for any such
offence. It is provided that the act of defacing, etc., must be wilful.
Section 62. The present section authorizes the making of regula-
tions to regulate or prohibit the use of a controUed-access highway by
pedestrians, etc. This authority is extended to the King's Highway.
105
Section 63. The penalty provision respecting riding in house or boat
trailers is deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill, will apply. No change in penalty.
Section 64. Part IX, dealing with traction engines on highways, is
now redundant and is repealed.
Sections 65 and 66. The amendments are complementary to the
amendment to The Insurance Act increasing the minimum automobile
public liability coverage from $35,000 to $50,000.
105
15
(1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may maiie or pro-
regulations prohibiting or regulating the use of any of parti of^
part of the King's Highway by pedestrians or animals Highway by
or any class or classes of vehicles. pedestrians,
R.S.O. I960.
63. Subsection 2 of section 100c of The Highway Traffic Act, e^i|2, s. looc
as enacted by section 24 of The Highway Traffic Amendment b. 24)!
Act, 1968, is repealed. repealed
R.S.O. 1960,^
64. Part IX of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. \d^i6\\o^,
repealed
65. Section 117 of The Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted R?'-0- 1960,
by section 14 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1961-62, (i96i-62,
is amended by striking out "S35,000" in the fourth line and amended
inserting in lieu thereof "S50,000" and by striking out
"$30,000" in the fourth line of clause a and inserting in lieu
thereof "$45,000", so that the section shall read as follows:
117. Subject to subsection 3 of section 118, every driver ^^°""^*,''^°5
and owner to whom this Part applies shall give proof sponsibiiit.v
of financial responsibility in an amount of at least
$50,000, exclusive of interest and costs, against loss
or damage resulting from bodily injury to or the
death of one or more pjersons and loss of or damage
to property in any one accident, and, where in any
one accident damages result from bodily injury or
death and loss of or damage to property,
(a) claims arising out of bodily injury or death
shall have priority over claims arising out of
loss of or damage to property to the amount
of $45,000; and
(ft) claims arising out of loss of or damage to
property shall have priority over claims aris-
ing out of bodily injur>- or death to the
amount of $5,000,
and, in the case of an owner, such proof shall be
given in respect of each motor vehicle registered in
his name.
66. Clause c of subsection 1 of section 118 of The Highway ^fj^' i^iii.
Traffic Act, as amended by section 15 of The Highway I'raffic^^^B. i,
Amendment Act, 1961-62, is further amended by striking out amended
"$35,000" in the amendment of 1961-62 and inserting in lieu
thereof "$50,000", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(c) the certificate of the Treasurer that the person ™°j;e>jj°^r
named therein has deposited with him a sum of
1 money or securities for money approved by him in
105
16
the amount or value of SSO.OOO for each motor
vehicle registered in the name of such person, and the
Treasurer shall accept any such deposits and issue
a certificate therefor if such deposit is accoinp;inied
by evidence that there are no unsatisfied executions
against the depositor registered in the office of the
sheriff for the county or district in which the depositor
resides.
?f72,'8*A%, ®7.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 143 of The Highway Traffic
subs. 1 ^^i jg repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted "^ *^
reoort*" ^^^ Every person in charge of a motor vehicle who is
a<<ident directly or indirectly involved in an accident shall,
if the accident results in personal injuries, or in
damage to property apparently exceeding S200
report the accident forthwith to the nearest pro-
vincial or municipal police officer, and furnish him
with such information concerning the accident as
may be required by the officer under subsection 3.
R.S.O. 1960,
siibs. 4.' (2) Subsections 4, 5 and 6 of the said section 143 are
subss'^V.^e, repealed and the following substituted therefor:
repealed
poiu'tf' "^ (^) ^^^ report of a police officer under subsection 3
"f""^'' shall be in such form as is approved by the Minister.
R.s^o. I960. 68. Subsection 2 of section 143a of The Highway Traffic A ct,
B. i4.iii as enacted by section 15 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
34, B. is), Act, 1960-6 J, is repealed and the following substituted there-
for:
subs. 2
re-enaited
''^"■'"^' (2) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100 and
not more than S500 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than six months, or to both, and in addition
his licence or permit may be suspended for a period
of not more than two years.
"^72 s^"i44 ^^' Subsection 2 of section 144 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. '2. is repealed.
repealed '^
?'?72.' ^'"'" '^^' ^ ft^ Highway Traffic Act is amended by adding thereto
amended fj^p following section :
im'omet'rKt 1456. — (1) Every optometrist registered under The Op-
1961-62, lometry Act, 1961-62 shall report to the Registrar
'' ^°^ tlie name, address and clinical condition of every
person sixteen years of age or over attending upon
105
Section 67 — Subsection 1. The amendment increases from $100 to
$200 the amount of damage in respect of which a report of the accident is
required to be made and deletes the provision authorizing the police
officer or the liegistrar to require a written statement.
Subsection 2. Subsection 4, authorizing the Registrar to require
additional information from any person involved in the accident and
subsection 5, making written reports privileged, are repealed. Subsection 6,
providing a penalty for failure to report an accident or give information
is deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply. The new subsection 4 requires the report of the police officer
to be in such form as is approved by the Minister under clause a of
section 146.
Section 68. The present fine for failure to remain at the scene of an
accident is a fine of up to $500. The amendment provides for a minimum
fine of $100.
Section 69. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
for failure to report property damage to trees, fences, etc., is deleted and
the general penalt\ in section 154, as amended in this Bill, ($20-$100)
will apply.
Section 70. This section is similar to section I4Sa requiring medical
doctors to report to the Registrar.
105
Section 71. Section 151, providing for the distribution of fines, is
repealed as obsolete as all fines for contravention of the Act are now
payable to the Treasurer of Ontario.
Section 72. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
is deleted and a general penalty of from $20 to $100 is provided for con-
traventions of the Act and regulations where no other penalty is provided.
Section 73. The second, third and subsequent approach to penalties
has been deleted by the amendments to the various penalty provisions in
this Bill. Section 155 which defines second, third and subsequent offences
is therefor repealed.
Section 74. Subsection 2 is revised to delete references to,
1 . Subsections 1, 3 and 5 of section 8 (failing to have plates properly
attached and exposed);
2. Clause e of subsection 1 of section 9 (failing to notify the Depart-
ment of a purchase or sale of a vehicle for which a permit has
been issued);
and to add the following references:
1. Subsection 2 of sections 14 and 17 (driver failing to identify
himself);
2. Clause d of .subsection 12 of section 59 (speeding 30 miles per
hour or more over the maximum speed limit);
3. Clause a of section 14,3a (failing to remain at the scene of an
accident).
Section 75. .As the second, third and subsequent offence procedure
has been dis<oiitinued, clause c authorizing a judge to impound a motor
vehicle following a third conviction is repealed.
105
17
the optometrist for optonietric services who, in the
opinion of such optometrist, is sufifering from an eye
condition that may mai<e it dangerous for such
person to operate a motor vehicle.
(2) No action shall be brought against a qualified f^° '^
ction
I
optometrist for complying with this section. compliance
'^ r- .< o with 8Ub8. 1
(3) The report referred to in subsection 1 is privileged S-lvneMci
for the information of the Registrar only and shall
not be open for public inspection, and such report
is inadmissible in evidence for any purpose in any
trial except to prove compliance with subsection 1.
71. Section 151 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. c.'i72,'8. isi.
repealed
72. Section 154 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed ^f^^g^^fg"^
and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
154. Every person who contravenes any of the provisions pe^na^y'
of this Act or of any regulation is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction, where a penalty for the
contravention is not otherwise provided for herein,
is liable to a fine of not less than $20 and not more
than $100.
__, „ . ,rrc ',-, TTl- , ',' n- M ■ 11 R.S.O. 1960.
73. Section 155 of 1 he Highway 1 raffic Act is rep)ealed. c. 172,8. 155.
repealed
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 172, 8.
repealed
74. Subsection 2 of section 156 of The Highway Traffic Act, f.tj'i.s^ibi.
as amended by section 16 of The Highway Traffic A mendment l^]'^^^^^:i^^^
Act, 1964, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
L2) Every constable, who, on reasonable and probable j^J^iistabie^
grounds, believes that a contravention of any of the^^^'J.""'
; provisions of subsection 1 of section 7; clause a, b,
c or d oi subsection 1 of section 9; subsection 1 of
section 10; subsection 2 of section 14; subsection 2
of section 17; subsection 2 or 3 of section 25; section
26; clause d of subsection 12 of section 59; section 60,
91 or 100 or clause a of section 143a has been com-
mitted, whether it has been committed or not, and
who, on reasonable and probable grounds, believes
that any person has committed such contravention,
may arrest such person without warrant whether
such person is guilt>- or not.
75. Subsection 1 of section 157 of The Highway 'Traffic Act, ffj2;i'''i5i.
as amended by subsection 1 of section 17 of The H i ghway ""^^^^^i^^^^
Traffic Ametulmeftt Act, 1064, is further amended by striking
out "or" at the end of clause b and b)- striking out clause c,
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
105
18
motor""""' (^) '" the event of,
vehlole
(a) a conviction under section 25 or 26 of this Act
or section 222 or subsection 3 of section 225 of
c^siCCaii ) ^^^ Criminal Code (Canada); or
(b) a second conviction under subsection 2 of
section 221 of the Criminal Code (Canada),
the magistrate or judge may order that the motor
vehicle driven by or under the care or control of the
person convicted at the time of the commission of
the oflFence or last offence, as the case may be, shall
be seized, impounded and taken into custody of the
law for a period of three months, provided the motor
vehicle was at such time owned by or registered in
the name of such person, or owned by or registered
in the name of the husband , wife, parent or dependent
child of such person.
ment"'^'"^' '^^' — ^^^ ^'^'^ ^^^' ^xcept subsection 1 of section 2, sec-
tions 3 to 8, sections 10 to 14, sections 16 to 27, sections 29 to
40, subsection 2 of section 41, subsection 2 of section 42,
sections 43 to 46, sections 48 to 53, sections 55 to 61, section 63,
sections 65 to 70 and sections 72 to 75, comes into force on the
day it receives Royal Assent.
''^®'" (2) Subsection 1 of section 2, sections 3 to 8, sections 10
to 14, sections 16 to 27, sections 29 to 31, sections 33 to 40,
subsection 2 of section 41, subsection 2 of section 42, sections
43 to 46, sections 48 to 53, sections 55 to 61, section 63,
sections 65 and 66, sections 68 to 70 and sections 72 to 75
come into force on the 1st day of September, 1969.
'''<"" (3) Sections 32 and 67 come into force on the 1st day of
January, 1970.
Short title
77. This Act may be cited as The Highway Traffic Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
105
n
3- -
±3
o a
>
BILL 105
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Haskett
{Reprinted as amended hy the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printkd and Pubi.ishid by Frank Fogg. Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 — Subsection 1. "Median strip" is defined for the purposes
of the Act.
Subsection 2. "Self-propelled implement of husbandry" is redefined
for the purposes of clarification.
Subsection 3. Subsection 3 is revised to confine its application to
Part VII, respecting speed.
Section 2. The penalty provisions are removed from subsection 1
and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Tlie new subsection \a is complementary to "self-propelled implement of
husbandry", as redefined in section 1, and provides for the registration of
such vehicles except as provided in subsection la.
105
BILL 105 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 1 of The Highway Traffic'^-^o. i960.
Act is amended by adding thereto the following paragraph : subs, i,'
amended
12a. "median strip" means the portion of a highway so
constructed as to separate traffic travelling in one
direction from traffic travelling in the opposite
direction by a strip of pavement of more than ten
feet in width, a physical barrier or an unpaved strip
of ground.
(2) Paragraph 24a of subsection 1 of the said section 1, R.S;0- is^o,
as enacted by section 1 of The Highway Traffic Amendment subs. \.'
Act, 1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor :fi966, c. 64,
B. 1),
24a. "self-propelled implement of husbandry" means a
self-propelled vehicle manufactured, designed, re-
designed, converted or reconstructed for a specific
use in farming.
R.S.O. I960,
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 1, as enacted by sub-^^J^^g^- ^'
section 4 of section 1 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, (i965, c. 46,
1965, is repealed and the following substituted therefor: siibs. 4),
re-enacted
(3) For the purposes of Part \"II and anj' regulations orOj^^^'P^^^
municipal by-laws made thereunder, every overpass "ifierpass
and underpass shall be deemed to form part of the
highway that it connects.
2. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 6 of The Highway Traffic'^-^^^-^^^^-
Act, as re-enacted by section 2 of The Highway Traffic Amend- suhs. i
ment Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted c. ss, s. 2),
therefor: ' re-enacted
(1) The owner of every motor vehicle, trailer or con- Jf^gjf/^f/'""
version unit shall register it with the Department vehicles
before driving or operating it or causing it to be
105
driven or operated upon a highway and shall pay
to the Department a fee for the registration of such
motor vehicle, trailer or conversion unit and for the
number plates therefor.
^fi2'&^6^' (2) ^^^ ^''^ section 6 is amended by adding thereto the
amended following subsection :
Seir-
f (repelled
mplement
of
husbandry
(la) Subsection 1 applies to a self-propelled implement
of husbandry that is Oj^erated on a highway other
than when travelling from farm to farm in relation
to the specific use for which it was manufactured,
designed, redesigned, converted or reconstructed or
in travelling to or from such places as may be neces-
sary for the maintenance or repair of the vehicle.
^'li'i's^'^^' ^' — (^) Subsection 1 of section 7 of The Highway Traffic
subs. i. ' Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted ' °
Penalty for
false
statement
(1)
Every person who knowingly makes any false state-
ment in any application, declaration, affidavit or
paper writing required by this Act or by the regu-
lations or by the Department, is guilty of an oflFence
and on summary conviction, in addition to any
other penalty or punishment to which he may be
liable, is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and not
more than $200 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than thirty days, or to both, and in addi-
tion his licence or permit may be suspended for a
I)eiiod of not more than six months.
^'li^'a'f^' ("^ Subsection 2 of the said section 7 is repealed and the
siibs. 2, following substituted therefor:
re-enarted °
(2) Where an owner changes his address as given under
subsection 2 of section 6 or under this subsection,
he shall within six days send by registered mail or
cause to be filed in the Department his change of
address.
Notice of
change of
address
J^f72,s^."8^°' •*• Subsections 2, 4 and 7 of section 8 of The Highway
subss'2 4; 7, Traffic Act are repealed.
repealed ■" '
^fi^s^^n''^ 5. Section 9 of The Highway Traffi,c Act, as amended by
re-cn"a'rted section 2 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1965 and_
section 3 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1968,
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
^'iolations
as to
number
plates
9. — (1) Every person who,
(a) defaces or alters any number plate furnished
by the Department;
105
Section 3^-Subsection 1 . A fine of $50 to $200 for any contravention
of subsection 1 is substituted for the fines for a first and subsequent offence.
Subsection 2. The penalty provisions are removed and the general
penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 4. The penalty provisions are deleted and the general
penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 5. Section 9 is revised to provide a minimum fine of $50
in relation to offences under subsection 1 and to delete the other penalty
provisions and apply the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill.
105
Section 6 — Subsection 1. The penalty provision is deleted and the
general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Subsection 2. Fines for subsequent offences are removed and a fine
of not less than $5 and not more than $10 is substituted for contravention
of subsection 3 respecting obstruction of plates by dirt, spare tires, etc.
Section 7. The penalty provisions re driving without an operator's
licence are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended'in
this Bill, will apply.
Section 8. The penalty respecting production of licences is deleted
and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
The provision requiring production of an operator's licence for en-
dorsement upon a conviction is repealed and a new subsection 2 is added
to require a person who fails to produce his licence on demand to identify
himself by some other means satisfactory to the constable.
105
i
(b) uses or permits the use of a defaced or altered
number plate or a number plate issued by the
Department for another motor vehicle, trailer
or conversion unit;
(c) without the authority of the owner, removes
a number plate from a motor vehicle, trailer
or conversion unit;
(d) uses or permits the use of any number plate
upon a motor vehicle, trailer or conversion
unit, except the one issued by the Department
for the motor vehicle, trailer or conversion
unit,
is guilty of an ofTence and on summary conviction
is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and not more
than $500 or to imprisonment for not more than
thirty days, or to both, and in addition his licence
or permit may be suspended for not more than six
months.
(2) Every person shall, within six days, forward to the Notice of
^ ' r^ ■' ^ . , •, 1 f f , purchase of
Department a notice on the prescribed form ot the motor
sale or purchase by or to him of a motor vehicle,
trailer or conversion unit for which a permit has been
issued.
(3) Every number plate furnished by the Department piaj^^®""
under this Act is the property of the Crown and shall property of
, ' ' • 1 1 Crown
be returned to the Department when required by
the Department.
6.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 10 of The Highway Tra^cff-O-iaeo.
Act is repealed. subs. '2 '
repealed
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 10 is repealed and the ^f72,'8^^io°'
following substituted therefor: re-eliat'ted
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of subsection 3 is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $5 and
not more than $10.
R.S.O. 1960,
7. Subsection 2 of section 13 of The Highway Traffic ^^^gubl^b^' ^^'
is repealed. repealed
R.S.O. 1960.
rr- 7 0. 172,8. 14,
8. Subsections 2, 3 and 4 of section 14 of The Highway suba. 2
Traffic Act are repealed and the following substituted therefor rsubss. 3, 4,'
repealed
105
IdentifloH-
tion on
Tailure to
produce
licence
(2) Hvery |H;rson who is unable or refuses to produce
his licence in accordance with subsection 1 shall,
when requested b\ a constable, give reasonable
identification of himself and, for the purijoses of
this subsection, the correct name and address of
such person shall be deemed to be reasonable
identification. '^■1
K.S.O, 1960.
<•. 172.8. 15,
(1966, c. 64.
8. 4).
amended
Exemption
of new
residentK
R.S.C). 1960.
0. 172,8. 16,
subs. 2.
repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
o. 172,8. 17,
subs. 2,
re-enacted ;
su bss .3,4.
repealed
Identifica-
tion on
failure to
prodiK'c
licence
R..S.O. 1960,
c. 172, s. 18,
subs. 4.
repealed
R.S.O. 1900.
c. 172. s. 19,
subs. 4,
repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
o. 172, s. 21a
(1960-61,
c. 34, .s. 4).
amended
Interpreta-
tion of
"subse-
quent" for
ss. 20, 21,
216
9. Section 15 of The Highway irajffic Act, as re-enacted by
section 4 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1966 and
amended by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act,
1Q68, is further amended by adding thereto the following
subsection:
(2) Sections 13 and 16 and an>- regulation made there-
under do not apijiy to a person for thirty days after
he has become a resident of Ontario if during such
jieriod he holds a subsisting driver's licence in accord-
ance with the laws of the province, country or state
of which he was a resident immediately before be-
coming a resident of Ontario.
10. Subsection 2 of section 16 of The Highway Traffic Act
is rei>ealed.
11. Subsections 2, 3 and 4 of section 17 of The Highway
Traffic Act are repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(2) lCver\' person who is unable or refuses to produce
his licence in accordance with subsection 1 shall,
when requested by a constable, give reasonable
identification of himself and, for the [)ur]x>ses of
this subsection, the correct name and address of
such i^ersoii shall he deemed to be reasonable
identification. "TPl
12. Subsection 4 of section 18 of The Highway Traffic Act
is repealed.
13. Subsection 4 of section 19 of The Highway Traffic Act
is re|)ealed.
1-1. Section 21a of The Highway Traffic Act, as enacted
by section 4 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1960-61
and amended by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1961-62, is further amended by striking out "Notwith-
standin<; section 155" in the first line, so that the section shall
read as follows:
2\<i. Where a penalt\" is provided in sections 20, 21 and
216 for a subsequent offence, the word "subsequent"
relates onl>- to offences committed in any five-year
period .
105
Section 9. The amendnicnt provides that a new resident of Ontario
who holds a valid driver's licence from another province, country or state
has thirtv days within which to obtain an Ontario licence.
Section 10. The penalty respecting the operation of a motor vehicle
without a chauffeur's licence is deleted and the jji^nfal penalty in
section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
.SiXTiON 11. The penalty respecting production of licences is deleted
and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will appK .
The provisioji re<|niring production of a chaiilTeur's licence for en-
dorsement upon a conviction is repealed and a new subsection 2 is added
to require a person who fails to produce his licence on demand to identify
himself bv some other means satisfactory to the constable.
Skction 12. The ixMialty respecting driving under sixteen years of
age is deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this
Bill, will apply.
Section 1.5. The penalty respecting the renting of motor vehicles to
unlicensed drivers is deleted and the general penalty in section 154. as
amended in this Bill, will apply.
Skction 14. The reference to section 155 is deleted as section 155 is
repealed by this Bill.
105
Section 15. Section 2J, which requires u convicting provincial judge
to endorse the conviction on a driver's licence, is repealed.
Section 16. The present penalty of a fine for a first offence of $25
to $100 and imprisonment for up to thirty days is deleted and the penalty
for a subsequent offence of $100 to $500 and imprisonment for up to six
months will apply to all offences under this section.
Section 17 — Subsection 1. The present fines for first, second and
subsequent offences are deleted and a fine of $10 to $50 is substituted.
Subsection 2. The present penalties for first, second and subsequent
offences are deleted and a penalty of $50 to $200 and imprisonment of up
to six months is substituted.
SixrioN 18. riie present penalties for contravention of section 32 are
deleted and a. fine of $10 to $50 is provided for failing to keep proper
records and failure to report presence of vehicles in storage for more than
two weeks, and a penalty of $50 to $200 and imprisonment up to thirty
days is provided for defacing serial numbers, dealing in motor vehicles
with serial numbers obliterated and failure to report damaged or bullet-
marked vehicles.
Skction 19 — Subsection 1. The minimum and ma.\imum fines re-
specting the sale of new motor vehicles without certain lamps and reflectors
arc increased from S50 to SKK) and S300 to $500.
105
^
15. Section 23 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. Rf.;?- issp.
repealed
16. Section 26 of TAe Highway Traffic Act is repealed and RS.o. i960,
the following substituted therefor: re-enac^ted^'
26. Every person who operates a motor vehicle the Penalty for
permit for which is under suspension or has been motor
cancelled is guilty of an offence and on summary when ^
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100 suspended or
and not more than $500 or to imprisonment for a^**"*^®"®^
term of not more than six months, or to both.
17.— (1) Subsection 3 of section 31 of The Highway Trafficff^^i^ii'
Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs, 'a,'
re-enacted
(3) Every person who stores or deals in motor vehicles F'ne for
, , . , . . , conducting :
or conducts a garage business, parking station, park- business
ing lot or used car lot or the wrecking or dismantling licence
of vehicles without a licence is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $10 and not more than $50.
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 31 is repealed and thsf^fj^'a^ii'
following substituted therefor: subs, b
° re-enacted
(5) Every person who obstructs, molests or interferes i^®er-"^ '^"'^
with any constable or officer in the performance of ^^'"^g"^®^,™"'^
his duties under subsection 4 is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $50 and not more than $200 or to imprison-
ment for a term of not more than six months, or to
both.
18. Subsection 6 of section 32 of The Highway Traffic Adffj^.'s^'si,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ''"^''- '^v^^
' ^ re-enacted
(6) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions p^"'*"^'
of,
(a) subsection 1 or 4 is guilty of an offence and
on summar\' conviction is liable to a fine of
not less than $10 and not more than $50;
(b) subsection 2, 3 or 5 is guilty of an offence and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of
not less than $50 and not more than $200
or to imprisonment for a term of not more
than thirty days, or to both.
^ R.S.O. 196q,
19.— (1) Subsection 8 of section 33 of The Highway Traffic o ^11^2. ^s. 33.
Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
105
Penalty
R.S.O. 1960,
v.. 172, n. 33.
KUbs. 11,
repealed
(8) Every ijerson who contravenes subsection 2 or 7 is
guilty of an oflfence and on summary conviction is
liable to a fine of not less than $100 and not more
than $500.
(2) Subsection 11 of the said section 33 is repealed.
^.172.3.^33.' (^) Subsection 15 of the said section 33 is rejjealed and the
?e-miao^ed following substituted therefor:
I'emilty
R.S.O. 1960.
c. 172,8. .33,
subs. 23.
repealed
R.S.O. 1960.
(J. 172, 8. 33,
subs. 27,
repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 172.8. 33,
amended
(15) Every person who contravenes subsection 14 is
guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is
liable to a fine of not more than $5.
(4) Subsection 23 of the said section 33 is repealed.
(5) Subsection 27 of the said section 33 is repealed.
(6) The said section 33 is amended by adding thereto the
following subsection :
Penalty
(28a) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 28 is guilty of an offence and on sum-
mary conviction is liable to a fine of not less than
$100 and not more than ^S500.
^'i-j^'a^is' ^^' Subsection 6 of section 35 of The Highway Traffic Act,
subs. 6, as amended h\ subsection 2 of section 8 of The Highway
repealed 'r< /r- i . ' t ,n^ , ^t ■ o -■
traffic Amendment Act, 1961-62, is repealed.
^i^tV i^Q*;"' 21. Section 36 of The Highway Traffic Act, as amended by
amended section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1960-61,
is further amended by adding thereto the following subsection :
Penalty
(4) Every ijerson who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section or any regulation made under this
section is guilty of an offence and on summary con-
viction is liable to a fine of not less than $100 and not
more than S500.
'^•?t9" ^''^o-' 22. Subsection 4 of section 37 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 4. IS repealed.
repealed
^ff^.s'i'ss"' 23. Subsection 4 of section 38 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 4. is repealed.
repealed '
e^'f72,'8^.'38*a 24. Sectioii 3%a of The Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted
a967.c.35. by section 4 of J'he Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1967,
amended js amended b\- adding thereto the following subsection:
105
Subsection 2. The penalty provisions respecting improper lights are
deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply.
Subsection 3. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
re lights on bicycles is deleted and a general fine of up to $5 is provided.
Subsection 4. The penalty provisions respecting lights on number
plates, parking lights and spotlamps, etc., are deleted and the general
penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Subsection 5. The penalty provisions respecting lights on certain
vehicles other than motor vehicles are deleted and the general penalty
in section 154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Subsection 6. At present, the general penalty provisions apply to
contraventions of subsection 28 respecting the sale of certain new motor
vehicles without proper signalling devices. The amendment substitutes
a fine from $100 to $500.
Section 20. The penalty provisions respecting braking systems are
deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply.
Section 21. In place of the general penalty of $5 to $50 for a first
offence now applicable, a fine of from $100 to $500 is provided for a con-
travention respecting the sale of brake fluid that does not comply with the
standards set by regulation.
Section 22. The present penalty respecting motor vehicles not
equipped with windshield wipers, etc., is deleted and the general penalty
in section 154, as amended in tliis Bill, will apply.
Section 23. The penalty provisions respecting tire requirements are
deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply.
Section 24. The general penalty in section 154 now applies for non-
compliance with the regulations respecting tire specifications. The amend-
ment increases the fine.
105
Section 25. The present penalty provisions for first, second and sub-
sequent offences respecting rebuilt tires are deleted and the fine increased
to a niininuini of $I(X) and a maximum of $500.
Sectio.n 26. The provisions respecting the use of safety glass are
made applicable to such things as campers that are attached to the frame
of motor vehicles, and the penalty for a contravention of these provisions
is increased from the general penalty of $20 to $100, which would other-
wise apply, to a penalty of from $100 to $500.
Section 27. The penalty provisions respecting mufflers and un-
necessary noise, etc., are deleted and the general penalty in section 154,
as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 28. The amendment provides that a slow moving sign is not
required on the rear of a farm tractor or implement of hnsbandr\' when it
is directh- crossing a highway.
Si-CTION 29. rhe reference'to first, second and subsequent offences is
deleted and a fine of up to $5Jis provided for offences respecting horsc-
ilrawn sleighs.
Seciion M. The jwnalty provisions respecting attachments for
drawing vehicles on a highway are deleted and the general penalty in
section 1.S4, as amended iji this Bill, will appl\ .
105
(3) Mvery person who contravenes any regulation made Penalty
under clause a, b or c of subsection 1 is guilty of an
offence and on sunnnary conviction is liable to a
fine of not less than SI 00 and not more than S500.
25. Subsection 4 of section 39 of I'he Highway Traffic Act^fj2^a^£?,'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ^"''*'- *■, .
(4) Every jjerson who contravenes any ot the provisions p^"^"'''
of subsection 2 or 3 is guilt\' of an offence and on
sunmiary conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than SlOO and not more than S500.
26. Section 40 of The Highway Traffic Act is amended by J^fy^g^^/o"'
adding thereto the following subsections: amended
(3) In tiiis section, "motor vehicle" includes an\
paratus or device that is permanently or temporarily
attached to a motor vehicle, other than for the
purpose of towing it, and in which a jjerson can ride.
, ,^ Interpreta-
M-" tion
(4) ICvery person who contravenes any of the |)rovisions I'e"'*"^
oi this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than SlOO
and not more than $500.
27. Subsection 6 of section 42 of The Highway Traffic ^rt, "f72'8^«"
as re-enacted by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendnieiit^"
Act, 1964, is rej^ealetl.
bB. 0
(1964, c:. 38,
s. 5).
repealed
28. Subsection 1 of section 42« of The Highway Traffic^ ■^j^-J^i2a
Act, as enacted by section 9 of The Highway Traffic Amend- ^^'i^^'"-^^'
ment Act, 1968, is amended h\ adding at the end thereof subs, i
' ' '-till amended
"except when directly crossmg a highway , so that the sul)-
section shall read as follows:
(1) Every farm tractor and self-propelled implement of^'°*j,j^,
husbandry when operated on a highway or 'i"y 8||'J,g''''
vehicle towed by either ot them, shall have a slow
moving vehicle sign attached to the rear thereof in
accordance with the regulations, except when directly
crossing a highway.
29. Subsection 2 ot section 43 of The Highway 'Traffic ^rf i^fO- i^eo
is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Every person who contravenes an\- of the provisions ''«i"ii'>'
of subsection 1 is guilt\ of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a line of not more than $5.
K.S.O. 1!)60.
30. Subsection 2 of section 45 of 'The Highway 'Traffic yir/^^iT2^8. 45,
is repealed. repealed
2, S.4.3,
subs. 2,
re-enacted
105
f:fi2;l^47': 31. Subsection 3 of section 47 of The Highway Traffic Act,
(1964^0 38 ^^ enacted by section 6 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
8.6),' ■ ■ Act, 1964, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enaoted "*
Penalty (3^ jVyery driver of a motor vehicle who refuses or fails
to submit the motor vehicle, together with its equip-
ment and any trailer attached thereto, to such
examination and tests as may be required by a con-
stable or officer under subsection 1 is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine
of not less than $50 and not more than $100.
requiring (^''^ Subscction 3 does not apply unless the constable or
exarnination officer under subsection 1 has given to the driver of
the motor vehicle a written notice in the form pre-
scribed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council re-
quiring the driver to submit the motor vehicle,
together with its equipment and any trailer attached
thereto, to examination and tests.
^'i72' ^^^^' ^^' ^^^ Highway Traffic Act is amended by adding thereto
amended the following scction :
rl*fn8pei°Uon ^"^C- ^ '^^ Lieutenant Governor in Council may make
mo'toV"'" regulations,
vehicles
(a) recjuiring the owners of commercial motor
vehicles, or any tyiJe or class thereof, un-
insured motor vehicles, and motor vehicles
that have been involved in accidents that are
reportable under section 143 to submit them
to inspection;
(b) prescribing the inspection procedures, in-
spection requirements and performance stan-
dards required for such motor vehicles;
(c) prohibiting the operation on a highway of
motor vehicles that do not comply with such
requirements and standards, and providing
for the seizure of the registration plates of
such motor vehicles and for holding them
until the motor vehicle is made to comply
with such requirements and standards.
?f72;8^,^5*i)°' 33. Section 50a of The Highway Traffic Act, as enacted by
(1966, 0. 64, section 10 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1966 and
amended amended by section 11 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1968, is further amended by adding thereto the following
subsection:
105
Section 31. The minimum fine of $10 and maximum fine of $50 for
failure to submit a motor vehicle for examination as required by a con-
stable is increased to $S0 and $100 respectively and provision is made
requiring the constable to give the driver a written notice.
Section 32. Self-explanatory.
I
Section 33. The fine for failure to use the safety devices in ac-
cordance with the regulations is increased from the general penalty of
section 154, as amended in this Bill, ($20-$100) to a line of from $100
to $500.
105
Skctios (-1. The reference to lirst, seioiul and siibse(|iient otTenccs
is deleted and the Kcncral penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply with res|)ect tu the names of owners on coTiimereial vehicles and
to reHectors while a different line is provided respecting the sale of new
commercial motor vehicles not equipped with certain lamps and reflectors
as re<|uired In subsection 2a of section 51.
SiiCTiON 35. A sliding scale of lines is provided respecting gross weight
of \'ehicles instead of the present penalties provided for first, second and
subsequent offences.
105
(3) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions'^®"^"'*'
of a regulation made under this section is guilty of
an offence and on summary conviction is liable to
a fine of not less than SlOO and not more than S500.
34. Subsection 4 of section 51 of The Highway Traffic y4f/n«-9- i'J«o,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs. 4,'
re-enacted
(4) Ever\' person who contravenes any of the provisions ''enaity
of subsection 2a is guilty of an offence and on sum-
mary conviction is liable to a fine of not less than
Siod and not more than $500.
35. Subsection 7 of section 52 of The Highway Traffic Act^-fj^-^^''^2,'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ?e-enac'ted
(7) Ever\' person who contravenes any of the [provisions''®"''"^
of subsection 2, 2a, 3 or 4 is guilt\' of an offence and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of,
ia) 50 cents per hundredweight or jjart thereof
of the gross weight in excess of that permitted
where the overweight is less than 5,000
pounds:
{b) SI per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 5,000 pounds or more but
is less than 10,000 pounds;
(r) $2 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 10,000 pounds or more but
is less than 15,000 jiounds:
{d) S3 ])er hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 15,000 jjounds or more but
is less than 20,000 pounds:
(e) \S4 per iumdredweight or jjart thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 20,000 pounds or more but
is less than 30,000 jwunds;
(/) vS5 per hundredweight or jxirl tiiereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 30,000 jrounds or more.
105
10
f/fi'i.B.^^a: 30- Subsection 6 of section 53 of The Highway Traffic Act
re-e^ao'ted '® repealed and the following substituted therefor:
''®"*"*' (6) Every person to whom a permit has been issued under
this section who operates or permits the operation
of a vehicle or combination of vehicles contrary to
any of the conditions of such permit is guilty of an
ofiFence and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not less than $100 and not more than $500
and in addition a fine shall be imposed as if he had
also been convicted of an offence under subsection 7
of section 52 in respect of any gross weight in excess
of the gross weight permitted under that section
as if no special permit had been issued.
^'172 6^5°' ^"^^ Subsection 6 of section 54 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 6,' ' is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Penalty (6) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 1, 4 or 5 is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable to a fine as if he had
been convicted under subsection 7 of section 52 and
in addition, if the conviction is for a contravention
under subsection 1, the Registrar may susjDend the
registration permit of the vehicle or vehicles involved
and such suspension shall continue until the vehicle
has been reregistered at the maximum gross weight
allowable and the additional registration fee has
been paid.
^■i^72,s^^55°' 38.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 55 of The Highway Traffic
subs. 2 Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted '^ °
Penalty
on driver
(2) Every driver who, when so required to proceed to a
weighing machine, refuses or fails to do so is guilty
of an offence and on summary conviction is liable to
a fine of not less than §50 and not more than $100.
R.s.o. moo,
0. 172, s. 55,
subs. 5,
re-enacted
Penalty
R.S.O. i;(60,
c. 172, 8. 56,
subs. 3.
re-enac-ted
Penalty
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 55 is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(5) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 3 or 4 is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable to a line of not less
than $50 and not more than $100.
30. Subsection 3 of section 56 of The Highway Traffic Act
is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(3) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than S50 and
105
Section 36. The minimum fine respecting permits for the moving of
heavy loads is increased from $50 to $100 and in addition a fine is to be
imposed for any overload under section 52.
Section 37. The penalty provisions respecting the carrying of loads
in excess of that for which a permit is issued are revised to apply the sliding
scale of fines under section 52, as amended in this Bill, and the Registrar
may suspend registration until the vehicle is reregistered at the maximum
gross weight.
Section 38. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
is deleted and the fine will be from $50 to $100.
Section 39. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences is
deleted and the fine respecting overhanging loads, etc., is set at from $50
to $100 and the suspension provision is retained.
105
isiccTioN 40. The iniiiiinuin and iiia\iiiuim lines respecting the carry-
ing of dangerous ni.tterials are increased.
Section 41 — Subsection 1. The amendineiit increases the permissible
length for combinations from 60 to 65 feet.
Subsection 2. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
is deleted and the fine respecting maximum dimensions of commercial
motor vehicles is set at from $50 to $100 and the power to suspend a permit
is retained.
Section 42 — Subsection 1. The authorits of the Lieutenant Governor
in Council to make regulations designating construction zones is trans-
ferred to the Minister.
Subsection 2, The general penalty for speeding is revised to provide
a sliding scale of fines.
105
11
not more than sSlOO and in addition his licence or
permit ma\ be suspended for a period of not more
than sixty days.
-to. Subsection 2 of section 57 of The Highway Traffic Act'^-^j'^-^^^^'
is repealed and the following substituted tlierefor: siibs, 2.'
re-enacted
(2) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions ''o"^">'
of a regulation made under this section is guilty of
an offence and on sununar\ conviction is liable to a
tine of not less than SUM) and not more than sSSOO
or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three
months, or to both.
41.— (1) Subsection la of section 58 of The Highway l^-^^o.iaeo.
Traffic Act, as re-enacted by section 12 of The Highway Traffic^^'^^- 2.<;
Amendment Act, 1962-63, is amended b>' striking out "60" in c. 56, s, i?),
the sixth line and inserting in lieu thereof "65", so that the
subsection shall read as follows:
(2a) Xo vehicle, other than a public veiiicle or a semi- '-®".sih of
^ ' , , ' vehicle or
trailer as defined in clause b of subsection 6 of sec-'^'ombination
tion 55, including load or contents, shall exceed the
length of 35 feet, and no combination of vehicles,
including load or contents, coupled together shall
exceed the total length of 65 feet.
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 58 is refK'aled and the ^-^^^gi-'j^'^"'
following substituted therefor: subs. 5
° re-enacted
(5) Iwery person who contravenes an\' of the provisions'®"""^
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and
not more than SlOO and in addition his permit ma\'
be suspended for not more than six months.
4-2.— (1) Subsection 11a of section 59 of J'he ///g/'way J^f4%^. m!'
'Traffic Act, as enacted by subsection 2 of section 9 of Thef^^^Y^'cr-is.
Hiehwav 'Traffic Amendment Act, 1967, is amended b\- strik-s. 9.
.,,,.,,',. sill's- -)■
mg out "Lieutenant Ciovernor m Council in the first line amended
and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister", so that the subsection
siiall read as follows:
{11«) The Minister ma\- designate an\- part of the King's j^°j;^^j;^^g
Highway as a construction zone, and every construc-
tion zone shall be marked b> signs in accordance with
the regulations.
R.S.O. I960,
(2) Subsection 12 of the said section 59 is repealed and thee. 172 s. 59,
f 11 • 1 ■ 1 - subs. 12,
following substituted theretor: re-enacted
105
12
^®"''"^'' (12) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section or any by-law or regulation made
under this section is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable, where the rate of
speed at which the motor vehicle was driven,
(a) is less than 10 miles per hour over the maxi-
mum speed limit, to a fine of S2 for each mile
per hour that the motor vehicle was driven
over the maximum speed limit;
(b) is 10 miles per hour or more but less than 20
miles per hour over the maximum speed limit,
to a fine of $3 for each mile per hour that the
motor vehicle was driven over the maximum
speed limit;
(c) is 20 miles per hour or more but less than 30
miles per hour over the maximum speed limit,
to a fine of $4 for each mile per hour that the
motor vehicle was driven over the maximum
speed limit; and
(d) is 30 miles per hour or more over the maximum
speed limit, to a fine of $5 for each mile per
hour that the motor vehicle was driven over
the maximum speed limit.
^f7°/^6o°' 43. Section 60 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and
re-enacted ' the following substituted therefor:
driving'* ^^' Every person is guilty of the offence of driving
carelessly who drives a vehicle on a highway without
due care and attention or without reasonable con-
sideration for other persons using the highway and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than SlOO and not more than S500 or to imprisonment
for a term of not more than six months, or to both,
and in addition his licence or permit may be sus-
pended for a period of not more than two years.
^ij'i'e^ei' ■^■i' Subsection 2 of section 61 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs 2 is repealed.
repealed '^
c. 172,5. 62,' 45. Subsection 2 of section 62 of The Highway Traffic Act
repealed 's repealed.
R.S.O. 1960,
(1964' ^' -ss" '^^' Subsection 6 of section 67a of The Highway Traffic Act,
8. 8),' ' 'as enacted by section 8 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
repealed Act, 1964, is repealed.
105
Section 43. The minimum fine is increased from $10 to $100 and the
term of imprisonment of up to three months is increased to six months and
can be imposed in addition to the fine.
Section 44. The penalty for interfering with a speed notice on a
bridge is deleted as this offence is covered in section 100.
Sectio.n 45. The penalty provisions respecting unnecessary slow
driving are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill, will apply.
Section 46. The fine of $5 to $50 respecting pedestrian crossovers is
deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
($20-$100) will apply.
105
Skction 47. Clause b at present prohibits driving lo the left of the
centre of the roiidway when approiiching within 100 feet of or traversing
a level railway crossing or an intersec-tion except when a left turn is to be
made at an intersection. The clause, a.s re-enacted, will apply only to
approaching within 100 feet of a level railway crossing.
Sec I ION 48. The penalty provisions respecting moving from roiidway
to roadway on divided highways is deleted and the general penalty in
section 154. as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Six HON 49. .Self-e.\planator\-.
SiXTloN 50. The penalty provision.s, which apply to many of the
rules of the road, such as, \ ield right-of-way, stop, signalling turns, signal
lights, improper passing, etc., and provide for different fines for first,
second and .subsequent offences are deleted and the general penalty in
section 154, as amended in this Bill, ($20-$100) will apply.
Section 51. The penalty provisions respecting approaching and
passing street cars are deleted and the general penaltv in section 154, as
amended in this Bill, (S20-$100) will apply.
Skctio.n 52. The penalty provisions respecting approaching ridden
or driven horses are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as
amended in this Bill, will apply.
Seciion 5,?. The penalty provision respecting parking rules of the
road is revised to delete the reference to first and subsequent offences
and lo provide a fine of from $5 to $50.
SixiiuN 54. i'he section repealed creates the offence of drunken
driving of a vehicle or of a horse or other .miinal. This section is sufficientK
covered in the Criminal Code and is not used.
.Section 55. .Subsection 2 is revised to provide a general penalty for
r.icing on a highway in place of the present penalties for first and sub-
scriucnt ofleiiccs of fines, imprisonment and suspension of licence.
105
13
47. Clause b of section 72 of The Highway Traffic Act 'is^ij2a^72'
repealed and the following substituted therefor: lI. *.
re-enacted
(b) when approaching within 100 feet of a level railway
crossing,
48. Subsection 2 of section 77 of J'he Highway Traffic ^c/ ii«o. i960,
IS repealed. subs. 2,
repealed
49. Subsection 1 of section 79 of The Highway Traffic ■Actf-f^^'eVa'
is amended by adding after "sounding" in the third line "or a subs. 1.
lamp located on the roof of the vehicle is producing inter-
mittent flashes of red light", so that the subsection shall
read as follows:
(1) The driver of a vehicle, upon the approach of an Jgp''^^j,j,g,,j
ambulance, fire or police department vehicle or vehicle,
public utility emergency vehicle, upon which a bell appi-oaihing
or siren is sounding or a lamp located on the roof
of the vehicle is producing intermittent flashes of
red light, shall immediately bring such vehicle to a
standstill as near as is practicable to the right-hand
curb or edge of the roadway and parallel therewith
and clear of any intersection.
50. Section 85 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. r.i72,'s.'85.'
repealed
51. Subsection 3 of section 86 of The Highway Traffic Act^-^j^J^^^'
is repealed. ™;,«^,|^
52. Subsection 2 of section 87 of The Highway Traffic ^f' '^f/a' s^^st''
is repealed. subs. '2
*^ repealed
53. Subsection 10 of section 89 of The Highway Traffic Act^-^^^IJ;'^^;
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re'enaoted
(10) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions ''^"""^
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summar\
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than S-'5 and
not more than $50.
54. Section 90 of The Highway 'Traffic Act is repealed. 1. 172,6. 90, '
i"ei)ealed
65. Subsection 2 of section 91 of The Highway Traffic ^f/^^r7§,s^.1n°'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
(2) Every person who contravenes an>- of the provisions I'f'iUty
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100
105
14
and not more than $500 or to imprisonment for a
term of not more than six months, or to both, and in
addition his licence may be suspended for a period of
not more than two years.
? 17 2 8^^9*2°' ^^' Subsection 2 of section 92 of The Highway Traffic Act
8ub8. '2 is repealed,
repealed "^
ffjzsVa' *7. Subsection 2 of section 93 of The Highway Traffic Act
?^plaild ' 's repealed.
R.S.O. 1960,
o. 172,8.94,
subs. 2
(1966, c. 64,
s. 17,
subs. 2),
amended
58. — (1) Clause h of subsection 2 of section 94 of The
Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted by subsection 2 of section
17 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1966, is amended
by striking out "separate roadways" in the second line and
inserting in lieu thereof "a median strip", so that the clause
shall read as follows:
ib) when meeting on such a highway, other than a
highway with a median strip, a school bus on the
front of which two red signal-lights are illuminated
with intermittent flashes,
^•i72,s^.'95°' 3®' Subsection 2 of section 95 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. '2 is repealed.
repealed '^
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 172,8.98,
re-enacted
Littering
highway
prohibited
60. Section 98 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
98. Every person who throws or deposits or causes to
be deposited any glass, nails, tacks or scraps of
metal or any rubbish, refuse, waste or litter upon,
along or adjacent to a highway, except in receptacles
provided for the purpose, is guilty of the offence of
littering the highway.
?f72 s'^'ioo ^^' Section 100 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and
re enncted the following Substituted therefor:
Defacing or
removing
nnti<-e.s or
ot).stru'-tions
R.S.O. 1960,
o. 172,
s. 100a,
KUbs. 1
(1966. c. 64.
8. 19).
re-enacted
100. Every person who wilfully removes, defaces or in any
manner interferes with any notice or obstruction
lawfully placed on a highway is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $100 and not more than S500 or to imprison-
ment for a term of not more than six months, or
to both.
62. Subsection 1 of section 100a of The Highway Traffic Act,
as re-enacted by section 19 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
105
Section 56. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
for horse racing on a highway is deleted and the general penalty in section
154, as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 57. The penalty provisions respecting the stopping of buses,
etc., at railway crossings is deleted and the general penalty in section 154,
as amended in this Bill, will apply.
Section 58. The amendment is for the purpose of clarification by
referring to a median strip which is defined in section 1 rather than a
highway with separate roadways.
Section 59. The penalty provisions respecting soliciting rides, etc.,
are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply.
Section 60. The present penalties for first, second and subsequent
offences are deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill, ($20-$10()) will apply.
Section 61. The present penalty for a first offence is deleted and the
penalty for a subsequent offence of a fine of $100 to $500 and imprison-
ment of up to six months is retained as a general penalty for any such
offence. It is provided that the act of defacing, etc., must be wilful.
Section 62. The present section authorizes the making of regula-
tions to regulate or prohibit the use of a controlled-access highway by
pedestrians, etc. This authority is extended to the King's Highway.
105
Section 63. The penalty provision respecting riding in house or boat
trailers is deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in
this Bill, will apply. No change in penalty.
Section 64. Part IX, dealing with traction engines on highways, i*
now redundant and is repealed.
Sections 65 and 66. The amendments are complementary to the
amendment to The Insurance Act increasing the minimum automobile
public liability coverage from $35,000 to $50,000.
105
15
(1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make or pro-
regulations prohibiting or regulating the use of any of parts of*
part of the King's Highway by pedestrians or animals Highway by
or any class or classes of vehicles. pedestrians,
R.S.O. I960,
63. Subsection 2 of section 100c of The Highway Traffic Act, °- I'^s, s. looc
as enacted by section 24 of The Highway Traffic Amendments. 24)!
Act, 1968, is repealed. Repealed
R.S.O. I960,
64. Part IX of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. I^^ioi-W^,
repealed
65. Section 117 of The Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted RS-O- 1960,
by section 14 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1961-62, (1961-62,
is amended by striking out "$35,000" in the fourth line and amended '
inserting in lieu thereof "$50,000" and by striking out
"$30,000" in the fourth line of clause a and inserting in lieu
thereof "$45,000", so that the section shall read as follows:
117. Subject to subsection 3 of section 118, every driver g^^°"j^'f^°5
and owner to whom this Part applies shall give proof sponsibiuty
of financial responsibility in an amount of at least
$50,000, exclusive of interest and costs, against loss
or damage resulting from bodily injury to or the
death of one or more persons and loss of or damage
to property in any one accident, and, where in any
one accident damages result from bodily injury or
death and loss of or damage to property,
(a) claims arising out of bodily injury or death
shall have priority over claims arising out of
loss of or damage to property to the amount
of $45,000; and
(6) claims arising out of loss of or damage to
property shall have priority over claims aris-
ing out of bodily injury or death to the
amount of $5,000,
and, in the case of an owner, such proof shall be
given in respect of each motor vehicle registered in
his name.
66. Clause c of subsection 1 of section 118 of The High'^^o.y'^-fj^-^'^^^^^
Traffic Act, as amended by section 15 of The Highway 'Trafficsuba. i,
Amendment Act, 1961-62, is further amended by striking out amended
"$35,000" in the amendment of 1961-62 and inserting in lieu
thereof "$50,000", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(r) the certificate of the Treasurer that the person ^°;jey. or
named therein has deposited with him a sum of
mone\' or securities for money approved by him in
105
16
the amount or value of $50,000 for each motor
vehicle registered in the name of such person, and the
Treasurer shall accept any such deposits and issue
a certificate therefor if such deposit is accompanied
by evidence that there are no unsatisfied executions
against the depositor registered in the office of the
sheriff for the county or district in which the depositor
resides.
f.'ii^lB^iAi, 67.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 143 of The Highway Traffic
re-en'a<'ted ^'^^ '® repealed and the following substituted therefor:
report'" ^'^ Every person in charge of a motor vehicle who is
accident directly or indirectly involved in an accident shall,
if the accident results in personal injuries, or in
damage to property apparently exceeding S200
report the accident forthwith to the nearest pro-
vincial or municipal police officer, and furnish him
with such information concerning the accident as
may be required by the officer under subsection 3.
R..S.C). 191)0.
siibs. 4,' (2) Subsections 4, 5 and 6 of the said section 143 are
subss.'^s. H. repealed and the following substituted therefor:
repealed
p^Q,P°J"' °' (4) The report of a jxjlice officer under subsection 3
o«^<e^' shall be in such form as is approved by the Minister.
'^■\:9,- ^'"'^ 68. Subsection 2 of section 143a of The Highway Traffic Act,
as c " ' ' ---'"■--•• .„ ~ .
Act
for:
172. ; » -' - —M-- .
• 143a as enacted by section 15 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
c. 34, B. 15). Act, 1960-61, is repealed and the following substituted there-
subs. 2,
re-enacted
''''"■'"■^' (2) Every person who contravenes an)" of the provisions
of this section is guilty of an ofTence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100 and
not more than S500 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than six months, or to both, and in addition
his licence or jaermit may be suspended for a period
of not more than two years.
.^■f72 8°i44 69. Subsection 2 of section 144 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 2. js repealed.
repealed ^
H..s^o. uMio. jQ^ Yke Highway Traffic: Act is amended by adding thereto
amended ^|,g following Section:
op*to'met"riKt 1456. (1) Every optometrist registered under The Op-
i96i_-62. lometry Act, 1961-62 shall report to the Registrar
the name, address and clinical condition of every
person sixteen years of age or over attending ufxjn
105
101
Section 67 — Subsection 1. The amendment increases from $100 to
$200 the amount of damage in respect of which a report of the accident is
required to be made and deletes the provision authorizing the police
officer or the Registrar to require a written statement.
Subsection 2. Subsection 4, authorizing the Registrar to require
additional information from any person involved in the accident and
subsection 5, making w-ritten reports privileged, are repealed. Subsection 6,
providing a penalty for failure to report an accident or give information
is deleted and the general penalty in section 154, as amended in this Bill,
will apply. The new subsection 4 requires the report of the police officer
to be in such form as is approved by the Minister luider clau.se a of
section 146.
Section 68. The present line for failure to remain at the scene of an
accident is a fnie of up to $500. The amendment provides for a minimum
fine of $100.
SECnoN 69. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
for failure to report property damage to trees, fences, etc., is deleted and
the general penaltj- in section 154, as amended in this Bill, (S20-S100)
will apply.
Section 70. This section is similar to section 145o requiring medical
doctors to report to the Registrar.
105
Section 71. Section 151, providing for the distribution of fines, is
repealed as obsolete as all fines for contravention of the Act are now
payable to the Treasurer of Ontario.
Section 72. The reference to first, second and subsequent offences
is deleted and a general penalty of from $20 to $100 is provided for con-
traventions of the Act and regulations where no other penalty is provided.
Section 73. The second, third and subsequent approach to penalties
has been deleted by the amendments to the various penalty provisions in
this Bill. Section 155 which defines second, third and subsequent offences
is therefor repealed.
Section 74. Subsection 2 is revised to delete references to,
1. Subsection 2 of section 7 (failing to notify the Depiartment of
change of address);
2. Subsections 1, 3 and 5 of section 8 (failing to have plates properly
attached and exposed);
3. Clause e of subsection 1 of section 9 (failing to notify the Depart-
ment of a purchase or sale of a vehicle for which a permit has
been issued);
and to add the following references:
1. .Subsection 2 of sections 14 and 17 (driver failing to identify
himself);
2. Clause a of section 143o (failing to remain at the scene of an
accident).
Section 75. .As the second, third and subsequent offence procedure
has been discontinued, clause c authorizing a judge to impound a motor
\ehicle following a third conviction is repealed.
105
17
the optometrist for optonietric services who, in the
opinion of such optometrist, is suffering from an eye
condition that may malce it dangerous for such
person to operate a motor vehicle.
(2) No action shall be brought against a qualified f^° action
optometrist for complying with this section. compliance
with subs. 1
(3) The report referred to in subsection 1 is privileged ^rl^ue'^ed
for the information of the Registrar only and shall
not be open for public inspection, and such report
is inadmissible in evidence for any purpose in any
trial except to prove compliance with subsection 1.
71. Section 151 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed, ^m.s^.^fsi,
repealed
72. Section 154 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed ^-^^Og^^j^gO^
and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
154. Every person who contravenes any of the provisions pg^n^ajty'
of this Act or of any regulation is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction, where a penalty for the
contravention is not otherwise provided for herein,
is liable to a fine of not less than $20 and not more
than $100.
73. Section 155 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. f:fj2:e^i55,
repealed
74. Subsection 2 of section 156 of The Highway Traffic Act, f fyg g^^fg'e
as amended by section 16 of The Highway Traffic Amendment suba. 2,'
Act, 1964, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
il) Every constable, who, on reasonable and probable ^'nsfabie^
grounds, believes that a contravention of any of the without
.. . , . , r ,• T1 I warrant
provisions of subsection 1 ot section 7; clause a, 0,
c or d of subsection 1 of section 9; subsection 1 of
section 10; subsection 2 of section 14; subsection 2
of section 17; subsection 2 or 3 of section 25; section
26; section 60, 91 or 100 or clause a of section 143fl
has been committed, whether it has been committed
or not, and who, on reasonable and probable grounds,
believes that any person has committed such con-
travention, may arrest such person without warrant
whether such person is guilty or not.
75. Subsection 1 of section 157 of The Highway Traffic Act, f-fj°;^^^^^^
as amended by subsection 1 of section 17 of The J^igh'^ay 1""^^^,}^^
Traffic Amendment Act, 1964, is further amended by striking
out "or" at the end of clause b and by striking out clause c,
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
105
18
Impounding (1) !„ the event of,
vehicle
(a) a conviction under section 25 or 26 of this Act
or section 222 or subsection 3 of section 225 of
0*51 (Can ^^* Criminal Code (Canada) ; or
(b) a second conviction under subsection 2 of
section 221 of the Criminal Code (Canada),
the magistrate or judge may order that the motor
vehicle driven by or under the care or control of the
person convicted at the time of the commission of
the offence or last offence, as the case may be, shall
be seized, impounded and taken into custody of the
law for a period of three months, provided the motor
vehicle was at such time owned by or registered in
the name of such person, or owned by or registered
in the name of the husband, wife, parent or dependent
child of such person.
comnieiue- 7g, — (1) This Act, except subsection 1 of section 2, sec-
ment ^ . "^ . ,
tions 3 to 8, sections 10 to 14, sections 16 to 27, sections 29 to
40, subsection 2 of section 41, subsection 2 of section 42,
sections 43 to 46, sections 48 to 53, sections 55 to 61, section 63,
sections 65 to 70 and sections 72 to 75, comes into force on the
day it receives Royal Assent.
'<^®"' (2) Subsection 1 of section 2, sections 3 to 8, sections 10
to 14, sections 16 to 27, sections 29 to 31, sections 33 to 40,
subsection 2 of section 41, subsection 2 of section 42, sections
43 to 46, sections 48 to 53, sections 55 to 61, section 63,
sections 65 and 66, sections 68 to 70 and sections 72 to 75
come into force on the 1st day of September, 1969.
■''«■" (3) Sections 32 and 67 come into force on the Ist day of
January, 1970.
short title
77. This Act may be cited as The Highway Traffic Amend-
ment Act, 1968-69.
105
I
a-
1 >a
«
> 2;
'^ is.
- £
? I K I
H
<n
■^ C
3 §
o a
>
n
BILL 105
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Haskett
T O R O X T O
Printed and Pcblishi'd bv Frank Fogg. Queen's Printer
BILL 105 1968-69
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 1 of The Highway Traffic '^f^o.iaeo.
Act is amended by adding thereto the following paragraph : siibs. i,'
•^ *" & K & K amended
12a. "median strip" means the portion of a highway so
constructed as to separate trafific travelling in one
direction from trafific travelling in the opposite
direction by a strip of pavement of more than ten
feet in width, a physical barrier or an unpaved strip
of ground.
(2) Paragraph 24a of subsection 1 of the said section 1, rts^O- i^so,
as enacted by section 1 of The Highway Traffic Amendment sube. i.'
Act, 1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor: agce, c. 64,
s. 1).
24fl. "self-propelled implement of husbandry" means a
self-propelled vehicle manufactured, designed, re-
designed, converted or reconstructed for a specific
use in farming.
R.S.O. I960,
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 1, as enacted by sub-^^J^^^^*- ^'
section 4 of section 1 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, (lass, c. 46.
1965, is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs. 4),
re-enacted
(3) For the purposes of Part VI I and any regulations or ^^^^"^"^
municipal by-laws made thereunder, every overpass underpass
and underpass shall be deemed to form part of the
highway that it connects.
2.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 6 of The Highway Traffic^f^o.iaeo.
Act, as re-enacted by section 2 of The Highway Traffic Amend- Buba. i '
ment Act, 1962-63, is repealed and the following substituted c. se.s. 2),
therefor: re-enacted
(1) The owner of every motor vehicle, trailer or con- ^f®^'*^^^*'°"
version unit shall register it with the Department ^8*''''''®*
before driving or operating it or causing it to be
105
driven or operated upon a highway and shall pay
to the Department a fee for the registration of such
motor vehicle, trailer or conversion unit and for the
number plates therefor.
^m's^^e"'' (^^ ^^^ ®^'^ section 6 is amended by adding thereto the
amended ' following subsection :
Self-
propelled
implement
of
husbandry
(la) Subsection 1 applies to a self-propelled implement
of husbandry that is operated on a highway other
than when travelling from farm to farm in relation
to the specific use for which it was manufactured,
designed, redesigned, converted or reconstructed or
in travelling to or from such places as may be neces-
sary for the maintenance or repair of the vehicle.
R s^o-^in/o. 3.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 7 of The Highway Traffic
Bwbs. i, ■ Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
ftilse"'^ ""o"" (1) Every person who knowingly makes any false state-
statement ment in any application, declaration, affidavit or
paper writing required by this Act or by the regu-
lations or by the Department, is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction, in addition to any
other penalty or punishment to which he may be
liable, is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and not
more than S200 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than thirty days, or to both, and in addi-
tion his licence or permit may be suspended for a
peiiod of not more than six months.
^'ii'2'i^7°' (-•' Subsection 2 of the said section 7 is repealed and the
subs. 2, following substituted therefor:
re-enaoted
N'otire of
change of
address
(2) Where an owner changes his address as given under
subsection 2 of section 6 or under this subsection,
he shall within six days send by registered mail or
cause to be filed in the Department his change of
address.
4. Subsections 2, 4 and 7 of section 8 of The Highway
R.S.O. I960,
c. 172. s.S,
subss 2 4, 7, Traffic Act are repealed.
repealed -^ '
f rf? s^<f°' ^' Section 9 of The Highway Traffic Act, as amended by
re-enacted' section 2 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1965 and
section 3 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1968, is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Violations
as to
number
plates
9. — (1) Every person who,
(a) defaces or alters any number plate furnished
by the Department;
105
(b) uses or permits the use of a defaced or altered
number plate or a number plate issued by the
Department for another motor vehicle, trailer
or conversion unit;
(c) without the authority of the owner, removes
a number plate from a motor vehicle, trailer
or conversion unit;
(d) uses or permits the use of any number plate
upon a motor vehicle, trailer or conversion
unit, except the one issued by the Department
for the motor vehicle, trailer or conversion
unit,
is guilty of an offence and on summary conviction
is liable to a line of not less than $50 and not more
than $500 or to imprisonment for not more than
thirty days, or to both, and in addition his licence
or permit may be suspended for not more than six
months.
(2) Every person shall, within six days, forward to the Notice of
Department a notice on the prescribed form of the motor
sale or purchase by or to him of a motor vehicle, ^^ '" *' ®*°"
trailer or conversion unit for which a permit has been
issued.
(3) Every number plate furnished by the Department ^jUmber
under this Act is the property of the Crown and shall property of
be returned to the Department when required by
the Department.
6.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 10 of The Highway Traficff^o.weo.
Act is repealed. subs. 2,'
repealed
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 10 is repealed and the^-^^^g^^j^^-
following substituted therefor: subs. 4 '
° re-enacted
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of subsection 3 is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $5 and
not more than $10.
R.S.O. I960,
7. Subsection 2 of section 13 of The Highway Traffic Act^-yrz b. is.
is repealed. repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
, „, -,. , 0. 172,8. 14,
8. Subsections 2, 3 and 4 of section 14 of The Highway auha. 2
Traffic Act are repealed and the following substituted therefor raubss. 3, 4,'
repealed
105
Identifloa-
tion on
failure to
f)roduce
Icence
(2) Kvery person who is unable or refuses to produce
his licence in accordance with subsection 1 shall,
when requested by a constable, give reasonable
identification of himself and, for the purposes of
this subsection, the correct name and address of
such person shall be deemed to be reasonable
identification.
R.s.o. I960, 9. Section 15 of The Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted by
(i966,'c!64,' section 4 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1966 and
amended amended by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act,
1968, is further amended by adding thereto the following
subsection :
Exemption
of new
residents
R.S.O. 1960,
0. 172, B. 16,
subs. 2,
repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
o. 172,8. 17,
subs. 2,
re-enacted ;
•ubss. 3, 4,
repealed
Identifica-
tion on
failure to
f)roduce
icence
(2) Sections 13 and 16 and any regulation made there-
under do not apply to a person for thirty days after
he has become a resident of Ontario if during such
period he holds a subsisting driver's licence in accord-
ance with the laws of the province, country or state
of which he was a resident immediately before be-
coming a resident of Ontario.
10. Subsection 2 of section 16 of The Highway Traffic Act
is repealed.
11. Subsections 2, 3 and 4 of section 17 of The Highway
Traffic Act are repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Every person who is unable or refuses to produce
his licence in accordance with subsection 1 shall,
when requested by a constable, give reasonable
identification of himself and, for the purposes of
this subsection, the correct name and address of
such person shall be deemed to be reasonable
identification.
f:ii^:B^is: 12. subsection 4 of section 18 of The Highway Traffic Act
Bubs. 4, is repealed.
repealed ^
^f^o/seO' 13. Subsection 4 of section 19 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 4 is repealed,
repealed '^
^'iii'e^iii ■'*• Section 21a of The Highway Traffic Act, as enacted
(1960-61 by section 4 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1960-61
amended ' and amended by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1961-62, is further amended by striking out "Notwith-
standing section 155" in the first line, so that the section shall
read as follows:
Interpreta-
tion of
"subse-
quent" for
BS. 20, 21,
216
21a. Where a penalty is provided in sections 20, 21 and
2\b for a subsequent offence, the word "subsequent"
relates onlj- to offences committed in any five-year
period.
105
15. Section 23 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed, ^-.s^?- 1^®?-
repealed
16. Section 26 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed andR.s.o. i960,
tfie following substituted therefor: ?e-ena'c^ted^'
26. Every person who operates a motor vehicle the Penalty for
permit for which is under suspension or has been motor '"^
cancelled is guilty of an offence and on summary when *
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than SlOOsusJJ^nded or
and not more than $500 or to imprisonment for a'^^""®"®'*
term of not more than six months, or to both.
17.— (1) Subsection 3 of section 31 of The Highway Trafficf f^^'a ^31 '
Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor: siibs. 3,'
re-enacted
(3) Every person who stores or deals in motor vehicles F'ne for
, , . , . . conducting
or conducts a garage business, parking station, park- business
ing lot or used car lot or the wrecking or dismantling iToenoe
of vehicles without a licence is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $10 and not more than $50.
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 31 is repealed and i^^f'fj'i'i^si'
following substituted therefor: subs. 5
" re-enacted
(5) Every person who obstructs, molests or interferes i^^ter-'*^ *^°'^
with any constable or officer in the performance of ^o'nstalDie'*''
his duties under subsection 4 is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $50 and not more than $200 or to imprison-
ment for a term of not more than six months, or to
both.
18. Subsection 6 of section 32 of The Highway Traffic Act f f ^2, b!^32:
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-ena1;ted
(6) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions ^^"^'"y
of,
(o) subsection 1 or 4 is guilty of an offence and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of
not less than $10 and not more than $50;
(b) subsection 2, 3 or 5 is guilty of an offence and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of
not less than $50 and not more than $200
or to imprisonment for a term of not more
than thirty days, or to both.
^ ^ R.S.O. I960,
19.— (1) Subsection 8 of section 33 of The Highway Traffic c ^17^2. ^b. 33.
Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
105
Penalty
R.S.O. 1960.
o. 172,8.33,
subB. 11.
repealed
(8) Every person who contravenes subsection 2 or 7 is
guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is
liable to a fine of not less than $100 and not more
than $500.
(2) Subsection 11 of the said section 33 is repealed.
^r??,' 8^.^3*3!' (^) Subsection 15 of the said section 33 is repealed and the
re-enacted following substituted therefor:
Penalty
R.S.O. 1960,
0. 172,8. 33,
subs. 23.
repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 172. 8. 33.
subs. 27,
repealed
R.S.O. 1960,
0. 172.8. 33,
amended
(15) Every [person who contravenes subsection 14 is
guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is
liable to a fine of not more than $5.
(4) Subsection 23 of the said section 33 is repealed.
(5) Subsection 27 of the said section 33 is repealed.
(6) The said section 33 is amended by adding thereto the
following subsection:
Penalty
(28a) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 28 is guilty of an offence and on sum-
mary conviction is liable to a fine of not less than
SlOO and not more than S500.
R.S.O. 1960,
0. 172. 8. 35,
subs. 6,
repealed
20. Subsection 6 of section 35 of The Highway Traffic Act,
as amended by subsection 2 of section 8 of The Highway
'Traffic Amendment Act, 1961-62, is repealed.
Rs.^o.^i9mj. 21. Section 36 of The Highway Traffic Act, as amended by
amended ' section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1960-61,
is further amended by adding thereto the following subsection :
Penalty
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section or any regulation made under this
section is guilty of an offence and on summary con-
viction is liable to a fine of not less than §100 and not
more than S500.
R-s^o.^i9«). 22. Subsection 4 of section 37 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 4. is repealed.
repealed
ff?? 's^. 38°' 23. Subsection 4 of section 38 of The Highway Traffic Act
8ub6, 4. ' js repealed.
repealed ■
^f72,'8"3'8°' 24. Section 38a of The Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted
(1967,' 0.35. by section 4 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1967,
amended Js amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
105
(3) Every person who contravenes any regulation made Penalty
under clause a, b or c of subsection 1 is guilty of an
ofTence and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not less than $100 and not more than $500.
25. Subsection 4 of section 39 of The Highway Traffic Actf/^i^.s.^sg:
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs. 4 '
' ° re-enacted
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Pe"^"y
of subsection 2 or 3 is guilty of an ofifence and on
summary conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than $100 and not more than $500.
26. Section 40 of The Highway Traffic Act is amended by ^;5?. i960,
... , 1 r II • 1 • C. 172, S. 40,
addmg thereto the followmg subsections: amended
(3) In this section, "motor vehicle" includes any ap- J?J^'^'"P'"e*^'
paratus or device that is permanently or temporarily
attached to a motor vehicle, other than for the
purpose of towing it, and in which a person can ride.
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the |)rovisions Penalty
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100
and not more than $500.
27. Subsection 6 of section 42 of The Highway Traffic Act,^-fj2-^^^2'
as re-enacted by section 5 of The Highway Traffic Amendmenf ^"}^^-^
Act, 1964, is repealed. s. >,).'
repealed
28. Subsection 1 of section 42a of The Highway 'Trafficffj2,'8^42a
Act, as enacted by section 9 of The Highway Traffic Amend- ^^^^'^J*' '^- ^°'
tnent Act, 1968, is amended b\ adding at the end thereof subs, i
>. 1 1- 1 • 1 • 1 -t 1 1 I amended
except when directly crossmg a highway , so that the sub-
section shall read as follows:
(1) Every farm tractor and self-propelled implement of ^^'°^;'-,^g
husbandry when operated on a highway or anyjehi^cie
vehicle towed by either of them, shall have a slow
moving vehicle sign attached to the rear thereof in
accordance with the regulations, except when directly
crossing a highwa>'.
29. Subsection 2 of section 43 of The Highway Traffic Actf-f^^-J^^l'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-'eliac'ted
(2) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of subsection 1 is guilt>- of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not more than S5.
R.S.O. 1960,
30. Subsection 2 of section 45 of The Highway Traffic ^c/c^i72^s. 45,
is repealed. repealed
105
f.iit's^Ay^: ^** Subsection 3 of section 47 of The Highway Traffic Act,
(1984 ^i 38 ^^ enacted by section 6 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
8. 6), ' ■ Act, J 964, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
''®"""*' (3) Every driver of a motor vehicle who refuses or fails
to submit the motor vehicle, together with its equip-
ment and any trailer attached thereto, to such
examination and tests as may be required by a con-
stable or officer under subsection 1 is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a fine
of not less than $50 and not more than $100.
requiring (•^'^) Subsection 3 does not apply unless the constable or
and"teats'°" officer Under subsection 1 has given to the driver of
the motor vehicle a written notice in the form pre-
scribed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council re-
quiring the driver to submit the motor vehicle,
together with its equipment and any trailer attached
thereto, to examination and tests.
^'172' ^^^°' ^^* ^'^^ Highway Traffic Act is amended by adding thereto
amended the following section :
re^fns'pec°uon 47a. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make
^^^'i^.r'"'" regulations,
motor o *
vehicles
(a) requiring the owners of commercial motor
vehicles, or any type or class thereof, un-
insured motor vehicles, and motor vehicles
that have been involved in accidents that are
re|X)rtable under section 143 to submit them
to inspection;
(6) prescribing the inspection procedures, in-
spection requirements and performance stan-
dards required for such motor vehicles;
(c) prohibiting the operation on a highway of
motor vehicles that do not comply with such
requirements and standards, and providing
for the seizure of the registration plates of
such motor vehicles and for holding them
until the motor vehicle is made to comply
with such requirements and standards.
^fia/s! wu 33. Section 50a of The Highway Traffic Act, as enacted by
s^^iu^' °' ^*' section 10 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1966 and
amended amended by section 11 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1968, is further amended by adding thereto the following
subsp'^tion ■
105
(3) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of a regulation made under this section is guilty of
an offence and on summary conviction is liable to
a fine of not less than $100 and not more than $500.
34. Subsection 4 of section 51 of The Highway Traffic ActT^-^o. i^i&o,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: siibs. 4,'
re-enacted
(4) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Penary
of subsection 2a is guilty of an offence and on sum-
mary conviction is liable to a fine of not less than
$100 and not more than $500.
35. Subsection 7 of section 52 of The Highway Traffic A.ct^fj2-^^^2.'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ?e-enaaed
(7) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Pe"*"^
of subsection 2, 2a, 3 or 4 is guilty of an ofTence and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of,
(a) 50 cents per hundredweight or part thereof
of the gross weight in excess of that permitted
where the overweight is less than 5,000
pounds;
(6) $1 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 5,000 pounds or more but
is less than 10,000 pounds;
(c) $2 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 10,000 pounds or more but
is less than 15,000 pounds;
(d) $3 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 15,000 pounds or more but
is less than 20,000 pounds;
{e) $4 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 20,000 pounds or more but
is less than 30,000 pounds;
(/) $5 per hundredweight or part thereof of the
gross weight in excess of that permitted where
the overweight is 30,000 pounds or more.
105
10
f.iiZ'B.^sa: ^®* Subsection 6 of section 53 of The Highway Traffic Act
Bubs. 6 is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Penalty (5) Every person to whom a permit has been issued under
this section who operates or permits the operation
of a vehicle or combination of vehicles contrary to
any of the conditions of such permit is guilty of an
offence and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not less than $100 and not more than $500
and in addition a fine shall be imposed as if he had
also been convicted of an offence under subsection 7
of section 52 in respect of any gross weight in excess
of the gross weight permitted under that section
as if no special permit had been issued.
Rs^o.^i9«), 37. Subsection 6 of section 54 of The Highway Traffic Act
Bubs. 6,' ' is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Penalty (6) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 1, 4 or 5 is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable to a fine as if he had
been convicted under subsection 7 of section 52 and
in addition, if the conviction is for a contravention
under subsection 1, the Registrar may suspend the
registration permit of the vehicle or vehicles involved
and such suspension shall continue until the vehicle
has been reregistered at the maximum gross weight
allowable and the additional registration fee has
been paid.
Rf^O-^s/gO' 38.— (1) Subsection 2 of section 55 of The Highway Traffic
Bubs. '2. Act is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted '^ °
on'<fri'7er (^^ Every driver who, when so required to proceed to a
weighing machine, refuses or fails to do so is guilty
of an offence and on summary conviction is liable to
a fine of not less than $50 and not more than $100.
R-S-o. I960, (2) Subsection 5 of the said section 55 is repealed and the
siibs. 5.' ' following substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Penalty (5) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of subsection 3 or 4 is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than $50 and not more than $100.
J^-^-O- 13.60, 39, Subsection 3 of section 56 of The Highway Traffic Act
Bubs. 3, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enacted ^ "
Penalty (3) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and
105
11
not more than $100 and in addition his licence or
permit may be suspended for a period of not more
t han sixty days.
40. Subsection 2 of section 57 of The Highway Traffic /Ic/^so. i960,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subl^2^'^^'
re-enacted
(2) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions Pe"'''"^
of a regulation made under this section is guilty of
an ofTence and on summary conviction is liable to a
fine of not less than SlOO and not more than $500
or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three
months, or to both.
41. — (1) Subsection 2a of section 58 of The Highway'^-^-^-^^'^^-
Traffic Act, as re-enacted by section 12 of The Highway Traffic Buhl^ 2'a ^^'
Amendment Act, 1962-63, is amended by striking out "60" in c^ll^^'.^iz),
the sixth line and inserting in lieu thereof "65", so that the '""^"''^'*
subsection shall read as follows:
(2a) No vehicle, other than a public vehicle or a semi- Length of
trailer as defined in clause b of subsection 6 of sec- combination
tion 55, including load or contents, shall exceed the
length of 35 feet, and no combination of vehicles,
including load or contents, coupled together shall
exceed the total length of 65 feet.
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 58 is repealed and the f ff" s^^'ss"'
following substituted therefor: siibs. '5^' '
re-enacted
(5) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions ''^"a'ty
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and
not more than $100 and in addition his permit may
be suspended for not more than six months.
42.— (1) Subsection 11a of section 59 of The Highway ffj'ij;^^^-
Traffic Act, as enacted by subsection 2 of section 9 of The ^^^'^l^.'^l"^^
Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1967, is amended by strik-s. 9,
• subs 2)
mg out "Lieutenant Governor in Council" in the first line amended
and inserting in lieu thereof "Minister", so that the subsection
shall read as follows:
(11a) The Minister may designate any part of the Ki'ig's ^^°JJ^^J55°-
Highway as a construction zone, and every construc-
tion zone shall be marked by signs in accordance with
the regulations.
/-n\ o L ■ 4^ f 1 • 1 • r„ • 1 < 11 R.S.O. I960,
\l) bubsection 12 of the said section 59 is repealed and thee. 172, s. 59,
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
105
12
Penalty (12) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section or any by-law or regulation made
under this section is guilty of an offence and on
summary conviction is liable, where the rate of
speed at which the motor vehicle was driven,
(a) is less than 10 miles per hour over the maxi-
mum speed limit, to a fine of $2 for each mile
per hour that the motor vehicle was driven
over the maximum speed limit;
(b) is 10 miles per hour or more but less than 20
miles per hour over the maximum speed limit,
to a fine of $3 for each mile per hour that the
motor vehicle was driven over the maximum
speed limit;
(c) is 20 miles per hour or more but less than 30
miles per hour over the maximum speed limit,
to a fine of $4 for each mile per hour that the
motor vehicle was driven over the maximum
speed limit; and
(d) is 30 miles per hour or more over the maximum
speed limit, to a fine of $5 for each mile per
hour that the motor vehicle was driven over
the maximum speed limit.
^m.B^.^e^o!' 43. Section 60 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and
re-enaoted (-[jg following substituted therefor:
dHvIng* ^^- Every person is guilty of the offence of driving
carelessly who drives a vehicle on a highway without
due care and attention or without reasonable con-
sideration for other persons using the highway and
on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than $100 and not more than $500 or to imprisonment
for a term of not more than six months, or to both,
and in addition his licence or permit may be sus-
pended for a period of not more than two years.
^fj2'i^ei' 4-4. Subsection 2 of section 61 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 2 is repealed,
repealed '^
o.'i72,'8. 62,' 45. Subsection 2 of section 62 of The Highway Traffic Act
?eplaild is repealed.
repealed
R.S.O. 1
c. 172.8.
(1964. c. 38.
R.S.O. 1960,
964' *■ ^s" '*®' Subsection 6 of section 67a of The Highway Traffic Act,
8.^8),' ' ' as enacted by section 8 of The Highway Traffic: Amendment
repealed Act, 1964, is repealed.
105
13
47. Clause b of section 72 of The Highway Traffic Act isRSO. i960,
repealed and the following substituted therefor: li.b,'^' '
re-enacted
(6) when approaching within 100 feet of a level railway
crossing,
48. Subsection 2 of section 77 of The Highway Traffic Act^s.o.wQo.
is repealed. subl.^2!'- "^^^
repealed
40. Subsection 1 of section 79 of l^he Highway Traffic ^c/Rs.o. i960,
is amended by adding after "sounding" in the third line "or a subs, i^' '
lamp located on the roof of the vehicle is producing inter- ^'"*"''^'*
mittent flashes of red light", so that the subsection shall
read as follows:
(1) The driver of a vehicle, upon the approach of anj^^^tment
ambulance, fire or police department vehicle or '^^'^'o'e'
public utility emergency vehicle, upon which a bell approaching
or siren is sounding or a lamp located on the roof
of the vehicle is producing intermittent flashes of
red light, shall immediately bring such vehicle to a
standstill as near as is practicable to the right-hand
curb or edge of the roadway and parallel therewith
and clear of any intersection.
50. Section 85 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. J^fT^s'lg^s'!'
repealed
51. Subsection 3 of section 86 of The Highway Traffic Actf-^^J^^^-
is repealed. subs, s,
repealed
52. Subsection 2 of section 87 of The Highway Traffic Actff-O-^^^O-
is repealed. siibs. 2.'
repealed
53. Subsection 10 of section 89 of 'The Highway Traffic Actffj^J-^^^'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: subs. 10. '
(10) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions ''®"'^"^'
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $5 and
not more than $50.
54. Section 90 of The Highway 'Traffic Act is repealed. c.'i72,'s.90.'
repealed
55. Subsection 2 of section 91 of The Highway 'Traffic Actffj^.B^si,'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re^'nac'ted
(2) Every jjerson who contravenes any of the provisions Penalty
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100
105
14
and not more than $500 or to imprisonment for a
term of not more than six months, or to both, and in
addition his licence may be suspended for a period of
not more than two years.
R.S.O. 1960
0. 172.8. 92,
Bubs. 2 IS repealed
repealed "^
56. Subsection 2 of section 92 of The Highway Traffic Act
f.'ii^.B^ii: 57. Subsection 2 of section 93 of The Highway Traffic Act
?^plaied ' is repealed.
R.S.O. 1960,
0. 172,8.94,
subs. 2
(1966, c. 64,
8. 17,
subs. 2),
amended
58. — (1) Clause b of subsection 2 of section 94 of The
Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted by subsection 2 of section
17 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1966, is amended
by striking out "separate roadways" in the second line and
inserting in lieu thereof "a median strip", so that the clause
shall read as follows:
{b) when meeting on such a highway, other than a
highway with a median strip, a school bus on the
front of which two red signal-lights are illuminated
with intermittent flashes.
^f72.B^."9'5!' S9. Subsection 2 of section 95 of The Highway Traffic Act
subs. 2 is repealed.
repealed '^
?r72B^^9*8°' *^' Section 98 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and
re-enacted ' the following Substituted therefor:
Littering
highway
prohibited
98. Every person who throws or deposits or causes to
be dejxjsited any glass, nails, tacks or scraps of
metal or any rubbish, refuse, waste or litter upon,
along or adjacent to a highway, except in receptacles
provided for the purpose, is guilty of the offence of
littering the highway.
^r?? s^^fo°d ^^' Section 100 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed and
re-enacted the following substituted therefor:
Defacing or
removing
notices or
obstructions
R.S.O. 1960,
0. 172,
6. 100a,
subs. 1
(1966. c. 64,
8. 19),
re-enacted
100. Every person who wilfully removes, defaces or in any
manner interferes with any notice or obstruction
lawfully placed on a highway is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $100 and not more than $500 or to imprison-
ment for a term of not more than six months, or
to both.
62. Subsection 1 of section 100a of The Highway Traffic Act,
as re-enacted by section 19 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
Act, 1966, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
105
15
(1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make or pro-
regulations prohibiting or regulating the use of any of parts of*
part of the King's Highway by pedestrians or animals Highway by
or any class or classes of vehicles. pedestrians,
R.S.O. I960,
63. Subsection 2 of section 100c of The Highway Traffic Act, o^i7|, s. loo.:
as enacted by section 24 of The Highway Traffic Amendments. 24)',
Act, 1968, IS repealed. repealed
R.S.O. I960,
64. Part IX of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. (ss^.^i^di^i'ol)^
repealed
65. Section 117 of The Highway Traffic Act, as re-enacted ^-^-O- 1960,
by section 14 of The Highway Traffic Amendment Act, 1961-62, (i96i-62,
is amended by striking out "$35,000" in the fourth line and amended
inserting in lieu thereof "$50,000"" and by striking out
"$30,000" in the fourth line of clause a and inserting in lieu
thereof "$45,000", so that the section shall read as follows;
117. Subject to subsection 3 of section 118, every driver ^^"""^[^^"f
and owner to whom this Part applies shall give proof sponsibiuty
of financial responsibility in an amount of at least
$50,000, exclusive of interest and costs, against loss
or damage resulting from bodily injury to or the
death of one or more persons and loss of or damage
to property in any one accident, and, where in any
one accident damages result from bodily injury or
death and loss of or damage to property,
(a) claims arising out of bodily injury or death
shall have priority over claims arising out of
loss of or damage to property to the amount
of $45,000; and
{b) claims arising out of loss of or damage to
property shall have priority over claims aris-
ing out of bodily injury or death to the
amount of $5,000,
and, in the case of an owner, such proof shall be
given in respect of each motor vehicle registered in
his name.
66. Clause c of subsection 1 of section 118 of The Highway ff-O-^^^0^_
Traffic Act, as amended by section 15 of The Highway Traffic subs, i.
Amendment Act, 1961-62, is further amended by striking out amended
"$35,000" in the amendment ot 1961-62 and inserting in lieu
thereof "$50,000", so that the clause shall read as follows:
(c) the certificate of the Treasurer that the Person f^^^y^^H
named therein has deposited with him a sum of
money or securities for money approved by him in
105
16
the amount or value of $50,000 for each motor
vehicle registered in the name of such person, and the
Treasurer shall accept any such deposits and issue
a certificate therefor if such deposit is accompanied
by evidence that there are no unsatisfied executions
against the depositor registered in the office of the
sheriff for the county or district in which the depositor
resides.
^f??; 8^.^*43, 67.— (1) Subsection 1 of section 143 of The Highway Traffic
re-enacted -^^^ '® repealed and the following substituted therefor:
report*" ^^^ Every person in charge of a motor vehicle who is
accident directly or indirectly involved in an accident shall,
if the accident results in personal injuries, or in
damage to property apparently exceeding $200
report the accident forthwith to the nearest pro-
vincial or municipal police officer, and furnish him
with such information concerning the accident as
may be required by the officer under subsection 3.
R.S.O. 1960,
c. 172 B. 143
siibs. 4," ' (2) Subsections 4, 5 and 6 of the said section 143 are
8ubss. 5. 6,' repealed and the following substituted therefor:
repealed
pojP?/' °^ (4) The report of a police officer under subsection 3
o^^^^ shall be in such form as is approved by the Minister.
? m' ^^^^' ^^' Subsection 2 of section 143a of The Highway Traffic Act,
B. 14:^0 as enacted by section 15 of The Highway Traffic Amendment
c.'-M. B. 15). Act, 1960-61, is repealed and the following substituted there-
subs. 2.
re-enacted
for:
'^®''""^" (2) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section is guilty of an offence and on summary
conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100 and
not more than $500 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than six months, or to both, and in addition
his licence or permit may be suspended for a period
of not more than two vears.
c! r?? s^.'i^. 6®- Subsection 2 of section 144 of The Highway Traffic Act
subB. 2 is repealed.
repealed '
R.s^o. i!)Go. ^Q Yhe Highway Traffic Act is amended by adding thereto
amended jj^g following section :
oift^met'rist 1456. — (1) Everv optometrist registered under The Op-
1961 62, tomelry Act, 1961-62 shall report to the Registrar
the name, address and clinical condition of every
person sixteen years of age or over attending upxjn
105
17
the optometrist for optonietric services who, in the
opinion of such optometrist, is suffering from an eye
condition that may make it dangerous for such
person to operate a motor vehicle.
(2) No action shall be brought against a qualified go action
optometrist for complying with this section. compliance
with subs. 1
(3) The report referred to in subsection 1 is privileged Reports
for the information of the Registrar only and shall ''"'^' ^^^"^
not be open for public inspection, and such report
is inadmissible in evidence for any purpose in any
trial except to prove compliance with subsection 1.
71. Section 151 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed, ^.fi^ls^ih.
repealed
72. Section 154 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed ^f.^Ogi 96 o^
and the following substituted therefor: re-ena!ct'ed
154. Every person who contravenes any of the provisions "/n"^,^*'
of this Act or of any regulation is guilty of an ofTence
and on summary conviction, where a penalty for the
contravention is not otherwise provided for herein,
is liable to a fine of not less than $20 and not more
than $100.
73. Section 155 of The Highway Traffic Act is repealed. f:u°:^^i°i,
repealed
74. Subsection 2 of section 156 of The Highway Traffic Act, R-so. i960,
as amended by section 16 of The Highway Traffic Amendment aubs. 2,'
Act, 1964, is repealed and the following substituted therefor : '^^'*"''° *
(2) Every constable, who, on reasonable and probable Arrests by
,,,. , . I- r , constable
grounds, believes that a contravention of any of the without
provisions of subsection 1 of section 7; clause a, b,
c or rf of subsection 1 of section 9; subsection 1 of
section 10; subsection 2 of section 14; subsection 2
of section 17; subsection 2 or 3 of section 25; section
26; section 60, 91 or 100 or clause a of section 143a
has been committed, whether it has been committed
or not, and who, on reasonable and probable grounds,
believes that any person has committed such con-
travention, may arrest such person without warrant
whether such person is guilt\' or not.
75. Subsection 1 of section 157 of The Highway 'traffic Act.ffj.^.'O'ibi,
as amended by subsection 1 of section 17 of The ^^^shway ^^^^j^^
Traffic Amendment Act, 1964, is further amended by striking
out "or" at the end of clause b and by striking out clause c,
so that the subsection shall read as follows:
105
18
Impounding
motor
vehicle
(1) In the event of,
1963-54,
o. 61 (Can.)
Commence-
ment
Idem
Idem
(a) a conviction under section 25 or 26 of this Act
or section 222 or subsection 3 of section 225 of
the Criminal Code (Canada); or
(b) a second conviction under subsection 2 of
section 221 of the Criminal Code (Canada),
the magistrate or judge may order that the motor
vehicle driven by or under the care or control of the
person convicted at the time of the commission of
the offence or last offence, as the case may be, shall
be seized, impounded and taken into custody of the
law for a period of three months, provided the motor
vehicle was at such time owned by or registered in
the name of such person, or owned by or registered
in the name of the husband, wife, parent or dependent
child of such person.
76. — (1) This Act, except subsection 1 of section 2, sec-
tions 3 to 8, sections 10 to 14, sections 16 to 27, sections 29 to
40, subsection 2 of section 41, subsection 2 of section 42,
sections 43 to 46, sections 48 to 53, sections 55 to 61, section 63,
sections 65 to 70 and sections 72 to 75, comes into force on the
day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Subsection 1 of section 2, sections 3 to 8, sections 10
to 14, sections 16 to 27, sections 29 to 31, sections 33 to 40,
subsection 2 of section 41, subsection 2 of section 42, sections
43 to 46, sections 48 to 53, sections 55 to 61, section 63,
sections 65 and 66, sections 68 to 70 and sections 72 to 75
come into force on the 1st day of September, 1969.
(3) Sections 32 and 67 come into force on the 1st day of
January, 1970.
Short title 77^ -phis Act may be cited as The Highway Traffic Amend-
tnent Act, 1968-69.
105
l— 1
>
2
c
rt
ei.
^~
54,
0\
::^!
>3
CM
1—^
1
=r
I
o
1—^
a
0^5
O
o
On
H
■< 3
^ 2
3^ 3
O Q
BILL 106
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Public Vehicles Act
-Mr. Haskett
TORONTO
Printed and Publishf.d by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Note
This amendment increases the minimum fine from $20 to $50.
106
BILL 106 1968-69
An Act to amend The Public Vehicles Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. Subsection 1 ot section 23 of The Public Vehicles Act is RS.o. 1960,
c 337 s 23
amended by striking out "$20" in the fourth line and inserting subs, i.'
in lieu thereof "$50", so that the subsection shall read as
follows:
(1) Ever>' person who contravenes any of the provisions Offences
of this Act or the regulations is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $50 and not more than $200.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
Assent.
3. This Act may be cited as The Public Vehicles Ainendment^^'"'^ '■'''''
Act, 1968-69.
106
X
>3
>
^
Ul
^
K
**.
w
3
H
iKt
H
>
3
>
0
f*
r*
0
»
2:
n
t
3-
3
a
>:
OJ
So
s-
»
s^
n
o
Ol
ft-
f^
«*.
T
a'
0
3
c
2
s
<r
3"
(0
BILL 106
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Public Vehicles Act
Mr. Haskett
TORONTO
Printed and Publishhd by Frank Fikk,, Qui-i:n's Printrr
BILL 106 1968-69
An Act to amend The Public Vehicles Act
HER MAJESTY, b>- and wllh the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 23 of The Public Vehicles Act is ';^;^-9' ^^^i"'
amended by striking out "S20" in the fourth line and insertingsubs. i,
,. , , ii«>r/Mt 1 1 1 • 1 11 1 amended
in lieu thereoi s5() , so that the subsection shall read as
follows:
(1) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions '^'^^"'"'^
of this Act or the regulations is guilty of an offence
and on summary conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $50 and not more than S200.
2. This Act conies into force on the da\' it receives Royal J^°Jjy'''«'>'''^-
Assent.
3. 'I'his Act ma\- be cited as The Public Vehicles Amendment "^'""'^ ''"®
Act, 196H-6'>.
106
^
2
»
X
>
t/l
o
>
-3
4>-
n
>3
3
3
a
<
n
>
n
BILL 107
2nd Session, 2Xth Lecjislaturk, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Energy Act, 1968-69
Mr. Simonett
TORONTO
Printki) and Pubi.ishi:j> by Fkank Fogg, Qui:i-n's Pkintkk
EXPLANATOKY NOTES
Genekal — The purpose of this revision is to make the administra-
tion of the Act more effective in tlie light of the experience gained under
the present Act, thus improving the safety aspects of the production and
storage of gas and oil and the transmission, distribution and use of gas,
fuel oil and propane as defined in the Act.
Section 1. The terms "appliance", "contractor", "fuel oil", "gas",
"inspector", "install", "manufactured gas", "pipe line", and "propane"
are redefined; a number of terms, "hydrocarbon", "land", "person",
"producer", "storage company" and "utility line" are deleted as being
unnecessary for the purposes of the Act, and a number of new terms,
"accessory", "operator", "pool" and "spacing unit" are added.
107
BILL 107 1968.69
The Energy Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act and in the regulations. interpre
tation
1. "accessory" means a part capable of performing one
or more independent functions and contributing to
the operation of the appliance that it serves;
2. "appliance" means a device using gas, fuel oil or
propane as fuel, and includes all valves, fittings,
controls and components attached or to be attached
thereto;
3. "Board" means the Ontario Energy Board;
4. "contractor" means a person,
(i) who carries on the business of installing,
removing, repairing or servicing appliances,
or
(ii) who sells or leases and agrees to install
appliances ;
5. "Department" means the Department of Energy
and Resources Management;
6. "distributor" means a person who sui)plies gas, fuel
oil or propane to a consumer, and "distribute" and
"distribution" have corresjjonding meanings;
7. "fuel oil" means an>' liquid hydrocarbon within the
meaning from time to time of the Canadian Govern-
ment Specifications Board specification 3-GP-2
entitled FUEL OIL, 3-GI*-3 entitled KEROSINE,
107
3-GP-6 entitled DIESEL KUEL. or, when used for
heating, cooking or lighting, within the meaning
from time to time of 3-GI'-27 entitled LIGHTING
NAPHTHA;
8. "gas" means natural gas, manufactured gas, propane-
air gas or any mixture of any of them;
9. "inspector" means an inspector ap|X)inted for the
purposes ot this Act and the regulations, and in-
cludes a chief inspector;
10. "install" means to place in position for permanent or
temporary use;
n. "licence" means a licence issued under this Act;
12. "manufactured gas" means any artificially produced
fuel gas, except acetylene and any other gas used
principally in welding or cutting metals;
13. "Minister" means the Minister of Flnergj- and
Resources Management;
14. "oil" means crude oil, and includes any hydrocarbon
that can be recovered in liquid form from a pool
through a well;
15. "operator",
(i) when used in resj^ect of any operations carried
on for the purpose of drilling or plugging a
well, means a person who has the right as
lessee, sub-lessee, assignee or owner to carry
on the drilling or plugging operations, and
the person who has the control or manage-
ment of such operations, and
(ii) when used in respect of a well, means a person
who has the right as lessee, sub-lessee, assignee
or owner to the production from the well, and
the person who has the control and manage-
ment thereof, provided that such person either
drilled or produced the well;
16. "permit" means a permit issued under this Act;
17. "pipe line" means a pipe that is used for the trans-
mission or distribution of gas, oil, fuel oil or propane,
and includes every part thereof and adjunct thereto;
107
Section 2, The scope is narrowed to restrict the powers of the
inspectors.
107
18. "pool" means an underground accumulation of oii
or natural gas or both, separated or appearing to be
separated from any other such underground accumu-
lation ;
19. "prescribed" means prescribed by a regulation;
20. "propane" means a hydrocarbon consisting of 95
per cent or more of propane, propylene, butane or
butylene or any blend thereof;
21. "registered" means registered under this Act, and
"registration" has a corresponding meaning;
22. "regulation" means a regulation made under the
authorit\- of this Act;
23. "spacing unit" means a surface area established b\'
a regulation for the purpose of drilling for, or the
production of, oil or gas, and includes the subsurface
specified by the regulation;
24. "transmission line" means a pipe line, other than a
production line, a distribution line, a pipe line within
an oil refinery, oil or petroleum storage depot,
chemical processing plant or pipe line terminal or
station ;
25. "transmit" means to carry a hydrocarbon by trans-
mission line, and "transmission" has a corresponding
meaning;
26. "well" means a hole drilled into a geological forma-
tion of Cambrian or more recent age, except a hole
where no gas or oil is encountered that is drilled for
the production of fresh water or salt;
27. "work" means a pipe line or a well and every |)art
thereof and adjunct thereto that is used in the drilling
for or production of gas or oil or the storage or dis-
tribution of gas or fuel oil or the transmission of gas,
oil, fuel oil or propane. 1964, c. 27, s. 1: 1965,
c. 37, s. 1; 1967, c. 25, s. 1, amended.
2.— (1) One or more chief inspectors and inspectors may be^PP^'"f'"
appointed under The Public Service Act, 1961-62 for the '^n^J'^e^^to'-''
purposes of this Act and the regulations. 1964, c. 27, s. 2 (l),o. 121
amended.
107
Assistance
(2) Every inspector may, for the purposes of this Act and
the regulations,
(a) enter any premises where he has reason to believe
there has been, are or may be hazardous conditions
relative to gas, oil, fuel oil or propane;
(b) make such inspections, tests and inquiries as are
necessary to ascertain whether this Act and the
regulations have been or are being complied with;
(c) take samples of any substance that he has reason to
believe may relate to a contravention of this Act or
a regulation; and
(d) require the production of any licence or other docu-
ment prescribed by a regulation, and examine and
copy it. 1964, c. 27, s. 2 (2), amended.
(3) The occupant of any premises and his servants, agents
and employees shall give all reasonable assistance to an
inspector in the exercise of his powers under this Act. 1964,
c. 27, s. 2 (3), amended.
required ('^) ^° inspector shall be required to give testimony in
to testify any civil suit with regard to information obtained by him in
the exercise of his powers under this Act, except with the
written permission of the Minister.
pereonai (5) ^^ inspector is personally liable for anything done by
liaiiiiity him in the exercise of his powers under this Act. 1964,
c. 27, s. 2 (6, 7), amended.
in'ift'ru'c't'?ons ^' — (l* -^^ iiispcctor may give instructions orally or in
writing to any [person with respect to any matter in order to
bring about comijliance with this Act and the regulations
and nia\ require his instructions to be carried out within such
time as he specifies.
iYist'ructions (2) Where a jjerson to whom an inspector gives oral in-
structions under subsection 1 requests that the inspector put
the instructions in writing, he shall do so. 1964, c. 27,
s. 2 (4, 5), amended.
mavTag™ '^' — (^) ^"^^ inspector nia>- tag an appliance, container or
works work in relation to which he has reason to believe that a con-
travention of this Act or a regulation has been, is being, or is
about to be committed by attaching a prescribed tag to some
part of the ap[)liance, container or work.
107
SixriuN 6. This section is new
107
(2) An inspector who has tagged an appliance, container ^^""^6
or work shall forthwith so notify, in writing, the person who
appears to be in charge of the appliance, container or work.
(3) No person shall alter, deface or destroy such an attached T^e, "?' *» ,
. -^ be destroyed
tag.
(4) No person, other than an inspector, shall remove such 'J,>?,"°' i<l
an attached tag. 1964, c. 27, s. 3 (1-3), amended.
(5) Except when authorized by an inspector, no person work not to
shall operate or remove gas, oil, fuel oil or propane from or
knowingly supply gas, oil, fuel oil or propane to or use in
any manner an appliance, container or work that bears a
prescribed tag. 1964, c. 27, s. 3 (5), amended.
6. — (1) A person aggrieved by an instruction given under ^h'ief''' '°
section 3 or a tag attached under section 4 may appeal to a'"^'''"^'"''
chief inspector.
(2) Such appeal may be by telephone, and if requested by^''®'"
the chief inspector, shall be confirmed in writing.
(3) Upon such an appeal the chief inspector may issue such ^^'^'^
instructions as he deems to be appropriate in the circum-
stances. 1964, c. 27, s. 4 (2-4), amended.
6. No person shall without lawful authority tamper in any ^^^fj'^^^^'''"^
way with or remove any appliance, container or work which removal of
' , . ' , . . . equipment
appears to have been mvolved ni an as[)hyxiation, fire or
explosion without the jiermission of an inspector. New.
7. — (1) No person shall, Imploring.
leasing or
producing
(a) conduct geoph\sical or geochemical exploration forj^^'^np"*
gas or oil; or
{b) lease gas or oil rights except from the Crown; or
(c) produce gas or oil,
unless he is the holder ol a licence for such purjwse.
(2) F'ailiire to comply with subsection 1 does not affect ^"t^^^^^J^lfed
the validity of any contract. 1964, c. 27, s. 5 (1).
No well-
drilling
8. No person shall operate a machine for boring, drilling, machine to
deepening or jjlugging wells unless the machine is licensed. °>?^^^^®j'^
1965, C. 37, S. 2. "cence
107
to be 9. No person shall bore, drill or deepen a well unless he is
without " the holder of a [)ermit for such purpose. 1964, c. 27, s. 5 (3).
a permit
i^j*e?ted,° '^^ 1^* — W ^o person shall repressure, maintain pressure in
wi'tiiout ^^ flood any gas, oil or water horizon by the injection of gas,
permit oil. Water or other substance unless he is the holder of a permit
foi such purpose.
Ex(eption (2) Subsection 1 does not apply to a j^erson who injects
gas for storage in a designated gas storage area.
Reference
to Board
(3) If, in the opinion of the Minister, the circumstances of
a case so require, he may refer an application for a permit to
repressure, maintain pressure in or flood a gas, oil or water
horizon to the Board, and the Board shall report to the
Minister thereon, but where, in the opinion of the Board, the
circumstances of the case so require, the Board shall hold a
hearing before reporting to the Minister. 1964, c. 27, s. 6,
amended.
No trans-
mission or
Uistril)Ution
without
licence
Contracts
not
affected
11. — (1) No person shall,
(a) transmit or distribute gas, fuel oil or propane;
(b) transfer propane from one pressure vessel to another
pressure vessel ; or
(c) transjjort gas or propane by vehicle,
unless he is the holder of a licence for such purpose.
(2) Failure to comply with subsection 1 does not affect
the validity of any contract. 1964, c. 27, s. 7 (Ij, amended.
12. The Minister may establish or approve specifications
Specifica-
tions for
appliances, or test reports for,
etc. '
No sale.
etc., of .
unapproved mstall,
appliances
(a) any appliance;
(b) any accessory; or
(c) any equipment, apparatus or other thing employed
or to be employed in the distribution, storage or use
of fuel oil or propane. New.
13. No person shall offer for sale, sell, lease, rent, buy or
(a) any appliance;
(b) any accessory; or
107
Section 10. The effect of subsection 3 is to transfer from tfie Board
to the Minister the final responsibiUty with reference to the granting of
permits to repressure, maintain pressure in or flood any gas or oil horizon.
Section U. Subsection 1 is expanded to include all fuels within the
scope of the Act; subsection 2 is expanded to include accessories, equip-
ment, etc.
107
Skction 16. Tiiis provision is new.
107
(c) any equipment, apparatus or other thing employed
or to be employed in the distribution, storage or use
of gas, fuel oil or i)ropane,
unless it is approved pursuant to a regulation. 1964, c. 27,
s. 7 (2), amended.
14. No person shall carry on the business of installing, J'/^s^^^^'f^.
repairing, servicing or removing appliances unless he is to'^nstair,'^''
registered for the purpose. 1964, c. 27, s. 7 (3), amended. Appliances
15. Every installation, repair, service or removal of Manner of
' installing
appliances,
(a) any appliance; *'*'•
(6) any accessory; or
(c) any equipment, apparatus or other thing employed
or to be emplo>'ed in the distribution, storage or use
of fuel oil or propane,
shall be done in accordance with the regulations. New.
16.— (1) Subject to subsection 2. no person shall install, ^J'^^'^''^"'^'
repair, service or remove, must have
certificate
(a) any api)liance:
(6) any accessory; or
(c) any ec]ui])ment, apparatus or other thing employed
or to be employed in the distribution, storage or use
of fuel oil or jiroixme,
unless he is the holder of a certificate for the puri)ose.
(2) No person shall install, repair, service or remove, Exception
(a) any appliance;
(6) any accessory ; or
(c) any equii)ment, api)aratus or other thing employed
or to be emjjloyed in the distribution, storage or use
of fuel oil or propane,
unless the installation, repair, service or removal is done in
the presence of the holder of a certificate referred to in sub-
section 1. New.
107
8
Notice to
distributor
17. — (1) No person shall initially activate an appliance
supplied by pipe line with gas, fuel oil or propane without
first giving notice to the distributor of the fuel of the address
of the ])remises at which the installation was made or is to be
made and the type of appliance to be supplied.
Inspeition
by
distributor
(2) Where premises are initially connected to a supply of
fuel by pipe line, no person shall initially activate an appliance
connected thereto until the distributor of the fuel has inspected
the appliance. 1964, c. 27, s. 7 (5, 6), amended.
I'owers of
distributors
18. A distributor shall have free access, at all reasonable
times and upon reasonable notice, to all parts of every premises
to which fuel is supplied for the purpose of.
(a) inspecting, repairing, altering or disconnecting any
appliance in or on the premises; or
(b) placing, protecting or setting any meters upon any
pipe or connection in or on the premises. 1964,
c. 27, s. 7 (7), amended.
not\o be^ 19. — (1) No person shall activate a pipe line until it has
unVi"'*^'* been inspected in accordance with the regulations.
inspec-ted
Pipe line (2) The inspection referred to in subsection 1 shall be made
inspectors ^ ■' ^ . ....
by a person who holds a certificate as a pipe line inspector.
iSiew.
Responsi-
bility for
connpliant-e
with Act
20. Every distributor, contractor or operator shall take
every precaution reasonable in the circumstances to ensure
that his employees and agents comply with this Act and the
regulations. New.
(Jrant of
licence, etc.
1964, c, 74
21. — (1) Subject to section 23 of The Ontario Energy
Board Act, 1964, the .Minister may, in his discretion, with or
without an examination of the applicant, grant a licence,
]jerniit, certificate or registration, and he may, in so doing,
imi^ose such terms and conditions, whether of a pecuniary
nature or otherwise, and such duties and liabilities as he in
his discretion deems proper, but before granting a licence,
permit, certificate or registration, he may refer the matter to
the Board, in which case the Board shall hold a hearing and
report to him thereon.
Renewal of
licence, etc.
(2) The Minister may grant a renewal of a licence, permit,
certificate or registration in whole or in part, and he may, in
granting a renewal of a licence, iiermit, certificate or regis-
tration, impose such terms and conditions, whether of a
pecuniar}- nature or otherwise, and such duties and liabilities
107
Section 17 This provision allows a contractor to install and connect
an appliance before notifying the distributor.
Sections 19 and 20. These provisions are new.
Section 21. This section and subsections 2, 3 and 4 of section 22
transfer from the Board to the Minister responsibility with respect to
imposing conditions, granting, renewing and suspending licences and
permits and effecting or renewing registrations.
107
as he in his discretion deems proper, but if, in refusing to
grant or in granting such a renewal, he imposes any term or
condition that was not previously imposed, he shall, if re-
quested by the applicant, refer the matter to the Board, in
which case the Board shall hold a hearing and report to him
thereon. 1964, c. 27, s. 10, amended.
22. (1) No person shall. Prohibitions
(a) contravene or fail to comply with any provision of
this Act or any regulation ;
{b) waste or cause to be wasted or permit loss or dispose
of any gas, oil, fuel oil or propane in any manner
which may give rise to, or cause, a hazard to public
health or safety, or may contribute to air, land or
water pollution;
(c) dig, trench or excavate with mechanical equipment
without first ascertaining the location of any pipe
line which may be interfered with in the course of
such digging, trenching or excavating and, except
in an emergency, without giving the owner of the
pipe line at least twenty-four hours notice before
commencing such digging, trenching or excavating;
{d) knowingly make a false statement in any document
prescribed by a regulation;
(c) fail to carry out the instructions of an inspector; or
(J) wilfully delay or obstruct an inspector in the execu-
tion of his duties under this Act. 1964, c. 27, s. 9 (1) ;
1967, c. 25, s. 3, amended.
(2) Where a person contravenes any provision of sub- Re»e\va^^^
section 1, the Minister may, on such terms and conditions as of licence,
he deems proper, refuse to grant a licence, permit, certificate
or registration or the renewal of any of them, or suspend or
revoke a licence, permit, certificate or registration but, before
so doing, he may refer the matter to the Board, in which
case the Boaid shall report to him thereon. 1964, c. 27,
s. 10 (3), amended.
(3) Where the Minister does not refer the matter to theR«g™;!^«
Board, any person aggrieved thereby may apply to the Board
for a hearing, in which case the Board shall hold a hearing
and report thereon to the Minister. New.
23.— (1) The Lieutenant Governor in ("ouncil ma\- make^f^'""*:
r<^r>-lllT(-i'r.ilc; production
regulations, regulations
(a) for the conservation of gas or oil;
107
10
(b) presciibing areas where drilling for gas or oil is
prohibited;
(c) prescribing the terms and conditions of gas and oil
production leases and gas storage leases or any part
thereof, and providing for the making of statements
or reports thereon;
(d) regulating the location and spacing of wells;
(e) providing for the establishment and designation of
spacing units and regulating the location of wells in
spacing units and requiring the joining of the various
interests within a spacing unit or pool;
(/) prescribing the methods, equipment and materials
to be used in boring, drilling, completing, plugging
or operating wells;
(f) requiring operators to preserve and furnish to the
Department drilling and production samples and
cores ;
(h) requiring operators to furnish to the Department
reports, returns, geological and other information;
(i) requiring dry or abandoned wells to be plugged or
replugged, and prescribing the methods, equipment
and materials to be used in plugging or replugging
wells;
(;■) regulating the use of wells for the subsurface dis-
posal of waste substances. 1964, c. 27, s. 11 (1);
1965, c. 37, s. 3; 1967, c. 25, s. 4 (1), amended.
Regulations (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, with respect
respecting ^ ' . . j l
appliances, to appliances, accessories, equipment, apparatus and other
things employed or to be employed in the transmission, dis-
tribution, storage or use of gas, oil, fuel oil or propane, make
regulations,
(a) classifying them or any of them for the purpose of
any regulation ;
(b) regulating their type, design, construction, instal-
lation, filling, maintenance, repair, removal, replace-
ment, inspection and use;
(c) i)rohibitin^ the sale, installation or use of them or
any class of them;
107
11
{d) designating organizations to test them or any class
of them;
(e) defining "approved";
(,/) providing for the certification or registration of per-
sons who may inspect, install, repair, service or
remove them or any class of them ;
(g) exempting them, or an\- class of them, from this
Act and the regulations or any of the provisions
thereof. 1964, c. 27, s. 11 (2j, amended.
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council ma\- make regu- "^""f™.'
, . . ^fc" regulations
lations,
(a) regulating the conditions of agreements between
distributors and consumers;
{b) prescribing classes of contractors and requiring and
providing for the registration of them or an\ class of
them ;
(c) prescribing methods of locating pipe lines jjrior to
the commencement of excavation activities;
{d) jjrescribing classes of meters and recjuiring and
providing for the registration of meters or any class
of them ;
(e) prescribing the fees to be paid for the inspection of
pipe lines and ajjpliances and prescribing b\- whom
the fees shall be i)aid;
(/) providing for the issue of licences, permits, certi-
ficates and labels;
ig) prescribing classes of licences, permits, certificates
and labels, and prescribing standard terms and
conditions upon which licences, permits, certificates
or labels ma\' be issued or registrations made;
(A) prescribing the fee pa>able for any application,
examination, certificate, licence, permit, label or
registration ;
(i) prescribing forms and tags, and providing for their
(j) requiring and providing for the bonding or insuring
of holders of licences, permits or certificates of regis-
tration :
107
12
(k) requiring and providing for guarantees or other
security b>' bond or other means that works com-
menced under permit will be completed in accordance
with this Act and the regulations;
(/) respecting the completion, correction or removal of
works by an operator, or by the Minister upon the
operator's default, and respecting the recovery of
costs thereby incurred ;
(m) providing for the Minister to take possession of a
work not complying with this Act and the regulations
and to take such measures as are necessary to make
the work comply with this Act and the regulations
and to recover any resulting expenses by the sale of
all or part of the work ;
(n) requiring and providing for the keeping of records
and the making of returns, statements or reports on
the exploration, leasing, drilling for or production of
gas or oil or the storage, transix)rtation, distribution,
transmission or utilization of gas, oil, fuel oil or
propane ;
(o) regulating safety standards and requiring and provid-
ing for the keeping of safety records and the making
of safety returns, statements or reports in the drilling
for, production, storage, transmission, distribution,
measurement, transportation and utilization of gas,
oil, fuel oil or propane;
(p) exempting any ]>erson or any class of persons from
compliance with this Act or the regulations or of
any of the provisions thereof;
(q) respecting any matter necessary or advisable to
carry out effectively the intent and purpose of this
Act. 1964, c. 27, s. 11 (3, 4), amended.
Codes (4) Any regulation may adopt by reference, in whole or in
part, with such changes as the Lieutenant Governor in Council
considers necessary, anj' code, and may require comjiliance
with any code that is so adopted. 1964, c. 27, s. 11 (5).
Scope of (5) An\- regulation mav be general or particular in its
regulations . . ' ' ,_
application. 1964, c. 27, s. 11 (7).
Conflict 24. — (1) In the event of conflict between this Act and any
with other ^ ' . , , ■ • « i • i r,,/
Acts Other general or special Act, this Act, subject onlv to I he
1964, 0. 74 Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 prevails. 1964, c. 27,' s. 12 (1).
13
(2) This Act and the regulations prevail over any municipal ^'^■?l^-
by-law. 1964, c. 27, s. 12 (2), amended. by-laws
25.— (1) Every person who, Jfd""^^
penalties
(a) contravenes or fails to comply with any provision of
this Act or a regulation ;
(b) knowingly makes a false statement in any document
prescribed b\' a regulation; or
(c) fails to carry out the instructions of anj- in&i^ector,
is guilty oi an offence and on summary conviction is liable to
a fine of not more tlian $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term
of not more than one year, or to both. 1964, c. 27, s. 9 (1),
amended.
(2) No information may be laid under this section without ^J?™jj^?J°g'{.
the written permission of the .Minister in the prescribed form.
1964, c. 27, s. 9 (2), amended.
26. Every licence, permit, certificate, label, registration ExjsUn^g
or ajjproval issued, made or given under the predecessor of
this Act and in force on the da\- this Act comes into force shall
be deemed to have been issued, made or given under tliis
Act.
27. The Energy Act, 1964, The Energy Amendment Act,Xilt'XV!\
1965 and The Energy Amendment Act, 1967, are repealed, repeaie/^'
28. This Act comes into force on a da>' to be named by ^V^^^""^'
the Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
29. This Act may be cited as The Energy Act, 196S-69. ^''°'' ""^
107
o
H
I
»9
1
n
3-
fe;
>3
Ul
So
01
1
«4.
3
Os
o
a
»0
H
m
3
"I
BILL 108
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Gasoline Handling Act, 1968-69
Mr. Simonett
r o K o X r o
Printed and Prm.ism d hv Fkank Fogi,, Qvi-en's Pkinter
Explanatory Notes
General — The purpose of this revision is to make the administra-
tion of the Act more effective in the Hght of the experience gained under
the present Act, thus improving the safety aspects of the handling of
gasoHne and associated products.
Section 1. The definitions of "consumer outlet", "equipment",
"handling", "marina", "portable container", "service station", and
"transport" are new.
108
BILL 108 1968-69
The Gasoline Handling Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows :
1. In this Act and in the regulations, interpre-
° tation
(a) "associated product" means any product of ijetro-
leum, other than gasoline, wax and asphalt;
(b) "bulk plant" means one or more storage tanks, in-
cluding the appurtenances thereof, where gasoline
or an associated product is received by pipe line,
tank vessel, tank car or tank vehicle and is stored
in bulk for subsequent transmission by pipe line or
transportation or distribution by tank vessel, tank
car or tank vehicle;
(c) "consumer outlet" means any premises at which
gasoline or an associated product of the operator of
the outlet is put into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles
used by the operator of the outlet or into portable
containers used by the operator of the outlet;
(d) "equipment" means equipment used or to be used
in the handling of gasoline or an associated product;
(e) "flash point" means the lowest temperature, deter-
mined by using a Tagliabue closed-cup tester, at
which the vapour of a product of petroleum forms
a flammable mixture in air;
(/■) "gasoline" means a product of petroleum that has a
flash point below 73°F. and that is designed for use
in an internal combustion engine;
(g) "handling" means the storing, transmitting, trans-
porting or distributing of gasoline or an associated
product, and includes putting gasoline or an asso-
ciated product into the fuel tank of a motor vehicle,
motor boat or other water craft or into a container;
108
(h) "inspector" means an inspector authorized to enforce
this Act;
(t) "marina" means any premises at which gasoline or
an associated product is sold and is put into the fuel
tanks of motor boats and other water craft or into
portable containers;
(j) "Minister" means the Minister of Energy and Re-
sources Management;
(k) "portable container" means a container that has a
capacity of ten gallons or less, that is designed,
manufactured and used or to be used for the storage
or conveyance of gasoline or an associated product;
(/) "regulation" means a regulation made under the
authority of this Act;
(w) "service station" means any premises at which
gasoline or an associated product is sold and is put
into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles or into {Xjrtable
containers;
(n) "transport" means to convey in or on a vehicle
gasoline or an associated product, exclusive of the
fuel carried for use in the vehicle, and "transporting"
and "transportation" have corresponding meanings.
1966, c. 61, s. 1, amended.
gfndilSI 2. No person shall,
equipment
Tp'ifrovld (a) offer for sale or sell;
(b) install ; or
(c) use in a service station, consumer outlet, marina or
bulk plant,
any equipment that is not approved by the Minister pursuant
to the regulations. 1966, c. 61, s. 3, amended.
must^e^"^^ 3. Ill a service station, consumer outlet, marina or bulk
approved plant, no person shall put gasoline or an associated product
having a flash point below 73°F. into any container of a type
that is not approved by the Minister pursuant to the regula-
tions. New.
sp^mflca- "^ *• The Minister may establish or approve specifications or
^^°St ment ^^^' reports for equipment and designate organizations to
test equipment in accordance with such requirements. New.
108
Section 2. The provision is broadened to include the principle that
only gasoline handling equipment that has been approved by the Minister
pursuant to the regulations may be sold, used, etc.
Sections 3, 4, 5 and 7. These are new.
108
5. All equipment shall be installed, tested, operated or must"'"''"
used in accordance with the res>;ulations. New. with"^'^
regulations
6.— (1) No person shall, r^equ"red
to operate
. , . service
(a) operate a service station ; station, etc.
{b) o[)erate a marina;
(c) operate a bulk j^lant: or
(d) transport gasoline or an associated product,
unless licensed to do so by the Minister. 1966, c. 61, s. 2 (1),
amended.
(2) The Minister may refuse to issue a licence under this ^^^'=®"''"
Act to anv person and may cancel or suspend anv licence suspension
1 r 1 • A 11 1- 1- ' 1 of licence
issued under this Act where the applicant or hcencee, as the
case may be, has contravened or failed to comply with any
provision of this Act or the regulations. 1966, c. 61, s. 2 (2).
7. Every person who employs another person in the hand- j^™g^'°|^^^^
ling of gasoline or an associated product or in the installing reasonable
, . ... , , precautions
of equipment shall take every precaution that is reasonable
in the circumstances to ensure that his employees comply
with this Act and the regulations. New.
8.— (1) Every inspector appointed for the purposes of 'i'>ie\lll%l°''^
Energy Act, 196fi-69 is authorized to enforce this Act. 1966, c.
c. 61, s. 4 (1), amended.
(2) Every inspector ma\-, for the purposes of this Act and p°'^«'"s
the regulations,
(a) enter any premises where he has reason to believe
there has been, are or may be hazardous conditions
relative to gasoline or an associated product;
(6) make such inspections, tests and inquiries as are
necessary to ascertain whether this Act and the
regulations are being complied with;
(c) take samples ol any liquid that he has reason to
believe is or ma\- contain gasoline or an associated
product; and
{d) require the production of an>- licence or other docu-
ment prescribed b\ a regulation, and examine and
copy it.
108
Instructions (3j ^p inspector may give instructions orally or in writing
to any person with respect to any matter in order to bring
about compliance with this Act and the regulations and may
require that his instructions l)e carried out within such time
as he specifies.
^***'" (4) Where a person to whom an inspector gives oral instruc-
tions requests the inspector to put his instructions in writing,
he shall do so.
iSsist '° (^) ^^*^ occupant of any ])remises and his servants, agents
inspector and employees shall give reasonable assistance to an inspector
in the exercise of his powers under this Act. 1966, c. 61,
s. 4 (2-5), amended.
Mabi^uy""'"' (6) ^o inspector is personalh' liable for anything done by
him in the exercise of his powers under this Act. New.
Regulations 9. fj^g Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu-
lations,
(a) appointing such persons or classes of persons as may
be necessary to assist in the enforcement of this Act
and the regulations;
(b) exempting anj' j^erson or class of persons from this
Act or the regulations or any of the provisions
thereof;
(c) exempting any equipment or any class of equipment
from this Act or the regulations or any of the pro-
visions thereof;
(d) respecting the term, issue, renewal and posting of
licences and prescribing the fees therefor;
(e) designating organizations to test equipment to
specifications established or approved by the Minis-
ter and, where the equipment conforms to the
si)ecifications, to' place their label thereon ;
(/) prescribing procedures for installing, testing, opera-
ting and using equipment;
(g) respecting the approval of equipment or any type
thereof by the Minister;
(h) prescribing grades of gasoline and associated prod-
ucts, and providing for the identification thereof:
(/) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
108
(j) respecting any matter necessary or advisable to
carry out effectively the intent and purpose of this
Act. 1966, c. 61, s. 5 (1), amended.
10. This Act and the regulations prevail over any niuni- -'^jf^'^,^j,g
cipal by-law. 1966, c. 61, s. 5, amended. over
by-laws
11. Ever3' person who, an?"''^^
penalties
(a) contravenes or fails to comply with any provision
of this Act or the regulations;
(b) knowingly makes a false statement in any document
prescribed by the regulations; or
(c) fails to carry out the instructions of an insjiector,
is guilty of an offence and on summary conviction is liable
to a fine of not more than S10,000 or to imprisonment for a
term of not more than one year, or to both. 1966, c. 61,
s. 6 (1).
12. Every licence issued under tlie predecessor of this Act if^^g'^'J^g*'
and in force on the day this Act comes into force shall be
deemed to have been issued under this Act.
13. The Gasoline Handling Act, 1066 is repealed. repliie/^'
14. This Act comes into force on a day to be named t)\- the C;«'^\'"«"'^«-
Lieutenant Governor by his jjroclamation.
15. This Act may be cited as The Gasoline Handling Act, ^^"'^ ^'^^^
1V68-69.
108
o
00
in
2
m
H
a.
a
»« o
■c
V.
BILL 108
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
The Gasoline Handling Act, 1968-69
Mr. Kerr
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 108 1968-69
The Gasoline Handling Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act and in the regulations, interpre
(a) "associated product" means any product of petro-
leum, other than gasoline, wax and asphalt;
(b) "bulk plant" means one or more storage tanks, in-
cluding the appurtenances thereof, where gasoline
or an associated product is received by pipe line,
tank vessel, tank car or tank vehicle and is stored
in bulk for subsequent transmission by pipe line or
. transportation or distribution by tank vessel, tank
car or tank vehicle;
(c) "consumer outlet" means any premises at which
gasoline or an associated product of the operator of
the outlet is put into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles
used by the operator of the outlet or into portable
containers used by the operator of the outlet;
(d) "equipment" means equipment used or to be used
in the handling of gasoline or an associated product;
(e) "flash point" means the lowest temperature, deter-
mined b\' using a Tagliabue closed-cup tester, at
which the vapour of a product of petroleum forms
a flammable mixture in air;
if) "gasoline" means a ]5roduct of petroleum that has a
flash point below 73°F. and that is designed for use
in an internal combustion engine:
(g) "handling" means the storing, transmitting, trans-
porting or distributing of gasoline or an associated
product, and includes jjutting gasoline or an asso-
ciated product into tiie fuel tank of a motor veiiicle,
motor boat or other water craft or into a container;
tation
108
(A) "insijector" means an inspector authorized to enforce
this Act ;
(t) "marina" means any premises at which gasoline or
an associated product is sold and is put into the fuel
tanks of motor boats and other water craft or into
portable containers;
(j) "Minister" means the Minister of Energy and Re-
sources Management;
(k) "[xjrtable container" means a container that has a
capacity of ten gallons or less, that is designed,
manufactured and used or to be used for the storage
or conveyance of gasoline or an associated product;
(/) "regulation" means a regulation made under the
authority of this Act;
(m) "service station" means any premises at which
gasoline or an associated product is sold and is put
into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles or into portable
containers;
(m) "transport" means to convey in or on a vehicle
gasoline or an associated product, exclusive of the
fuel carried for use in the vehicle, and "transporting"
and "transportation" have corresponding meanings.
1966, c. 61, s. 1, amended.
h^.'Sun| 2. No person shall,
equipment
apifroved (<j) offer for sale or sell;
(6) install ; or
(c) use in a service station, consumer outlet, marina or
bulk plant,
any equipment that is not approved by the Minister pursuant
to the regulations. 1966, c. 61, s. 3, amended.
mu'st"be*'^ 3. In a service station, consumer outlet, marina or bulk
approved plant, no person shall put gasoline or an associated product
having a flash point below 73°F. into any container of a type
that is not approved by the Minister pursuant to the regula-
tions. New.
spe'iifica-' ""^ ^' ^^^ Minister may establish or approve sjjecifications or
e(°uf ment ^^®' reports for equipment and designate organizations to
test equipment in accordance with such requirements. New.
108
6. All equipment shall be installed, tested, operated or must"'"*"'
used in accordance with the regulations. New. with"'*^
regulations
6. — (1) No person shall, Licence
^ ' ^ * required
to operate
, . . . service
(c) operate a service station ; station, etr.
(6) operate a marina;
(c) operate a bulk plant ; or
{d) transport gasoline or an associated product,
unless licensed to do so by the Minister. 1966, c. 61, s. 2 (1),
amended.
(2) The Minister may refuse to issue a licence under this^JJJ'^®"*"
Act to any person and may cancel or suspend any licence suspension
issued under this Act where the applicant or licencee, as the
case may be, has contravened or failed to comply with any
provision of this Act or the regulations. 1966, c. 61, s. 2 (2).
7. Every person who employs another person in the hand- ^^'^''^^^^^
line ol gasoline or an associated product or in the installing ""easonabie
=> . ^ ' ... /'precautions
ot equipment shall take every precaution that is reasonable
in the circumstances to ensure that his employees comply
with this Act and the regulations. New.
8. — (1) Every inspector appointed for the purposes of The^^^^^f°''^
Energy Act, 1968-69 is authorized to enforce this Act. 1966, c.
c. 61, s. 4 (1), amended.
(2) Every inspector may, for the purposes of this Act and P""®''*
the regulations,
(a) enter any premises where he has reason to believe
there has been, are or may be hazardous conditions
relative to gasoline or an associated product;
{b) make such inspections, tests and inquiries as are
necessary to ascertain whether this Act and the
regulations are being complied with;
(c) take samples of any liquid that he has reason to
believe is or may contain gasoline or an associated
product; and
(d) require the production of any licence or other docu-
ment prescribed by a regulation, and examine and
copy it.
108
ii.etni.HonB (3) J\^^^ ins]iector may give instructions orally or in writing
to any person with respect to any matter in order to bring
about coni])liance with this Act and the regulations and may
require that his instructions be carried out within such time
as he si)ccifies.
^*^®'" (4) Where a person to whom an inspector gives oral instruc-
tions requests the inspector to put his instructions in writing,
he shall do so.
assmt *° (^^ ^^^ occupant of any premises and his servants, agents
inspector and employees shall give reasonable assistance to an inspector
in the exercise of his powers under this Act. 1966, c. 61,
s. 4 (2-5), amended.
na'hmty"""' (6) No inspector is personally liable for anything done by
him in the exercise of his powers under this Act. New.
Hegiiiatioiis 9^ ^he Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regu-
lations,
(a) appointing such persons or classes of persons as may
be necessary to assist in the enforcement of this Act
and the regulations;
(b) exempting any person or class of persons from this
Act or the regulations or any of the provisions
thereof;
(c) exempting any equipment or any class of equipment
from this Act or the regulations or any of the pro-
visions thereof;
(d) respecting the term, issue, renewal and posting of
licences and prescribing the fees therefor;
(e) designating organizations to test equipment to
specifications established or approved by the Minis-
ter and, where the equipment conforms to the
specifications, to place their label thereon;
(/) prescribing procedures for installing, testing, opera-
ting and using equipment;
ig) respecting the approval of equipment or any type
thereof b>' the Minister;
(h) prescribing grades of gasoline and associated prod-
ucts, and providing for the identification thereof;
(i) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
108
(J) respecting any matter necessary or advisable to
carry out effectively the intent and purpose of this
Act. 1966, c. 61, s. 5 (1), amended.
10. This Act and the regulations prevail over any niuni-^jpg'^^jjg
cipal by-law. 1966, c. 61, s. 5, amended. over
by-laws
11. Every person who, ?ifd"°**
penalties
(a) contravenes or fails to comply with any provision
of this Act or the regulations;
{b) knowingly makes a false statement in any document
prescribed by the regulations; or
(c) fails to carry out the instructions of an inspector,
is guilt\ of an offence and on summary conviction is liable
to a fine of not more than $10,000 or to imprisonment for a
term of not more than one year, or to both. 1966, c. 61,
s. 6 (1).
12. Every licence issued under the predecessor of this Act .^'i'^''"/
and in force on the day this Act comes into force shall be
deemed to have been issued under this Act.
13. The Gasoline Handling Act, 1966 is repealed. repeaie/^'
14. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by the ^ent"'^"'^^
Lieutenant Governor by his proclamation.
15. This Act may be cited as The Gasoline Handling Act,^'^"''^ ^'^^^
1968-69.
108
2:
9
9
2
o
Uj
z
Ji^
£?
fr««
?
S.
^
fe.
1
en
1
Q.
1
CO
S-
»-*
a
^
1X5
s
»«
VO
o
0\
VO
n
O
3
<T
lU
3
D.
5'
>
n
o
00
I
BILL 109
2nd Session, 28th LECiisLATiRi;, Ontario
18 Elizaukth 11, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964
Mr. Simon ett
TORONTO
Printki) and PinLisiiin by Frank Fogc, Qi=i:r.N's Pkinti-k
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The definitions are brought into Hne with the correspon-
iWng definitions in The Energy Act, J96S-69 {BiW 107).
109
BILL 109 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Paragraph 3 of section 1 of The Ontario Energy ^^f'^''^^"^.
Board Act, 1964 is repealed and the following substituted re-enacted'
therefor :
v^. "distributor" means a person who supplies gas, fuel
oil or propane to a consumer, and "distributing"
and "distribution" have corresponding meanings.
(2) Paragraph 4 of the said section 1, as re-enacted by ^^f"*p^r"|'
subsection 2 of section 1 of The Ontario Energy Board Amend- dse?. V-,64,
tnent Act, 1967, is repealed and the following substituted re-enacted
therefor :
4. "fuel oil" means an>- licjuid hydrocarbon within the
meaning from time to time of the Canadian Govern-
ment Specifications Board specification 3-GP-2 en-
titled FUEL OIL, 3-GP-3 entitled KEROSINE,
3-GP-6 entitled DIESEL FUEL, or, when used for
heating, cooking or lighting, within the meaning
from time to time of 3-GP-27 entitled LIGHTING
NAPHTHA.
(3) Paragraph 5 of the said section 1 is amended byi964,c.74,
>i • 1 /- J J 8. 1, par. 5,
striking out "or liquefied petroleum gas m the first and second amended
lines and inserting in lieu thereof "propane-air gas", so that
the paragraph shall read as follows:
5. "gas" means natural gas, manufactured gas, pro-
pane-air gas or an\- mi.xture of any of them.
1964,0.74,
(4) Paragraph 6 of the said section I is repealed. ra^eai%^'
(5) Paragraph 8 of the said section 1 is repealed and the^^'^f*^^- '^|;
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
109
8. "manufactured gas" means any artificially produced
fuel gas, except acetylene and any other gas used
principally in welding or cutting metals.
1964,1. 71, (5) Yhe said section 1 is amended by adding thereto the
amended following paragraphs:
13a. "jxx)l" means an underground accumulation of oil
or natural gas or both, separated or appearing to be
separated from any other such accumulation ;
14a. "propane" means a hydrocarbon consisting of 95 per
cent or more of propane, propylene, butane or
butylene, or any blend thereof;
15a. "spacing unit" means a surface area established by
c®^*'^^' a regulation made under The Energy Act, 1968-69
or a predecessor thereof for the purpose of drilling
for, or the production of, oil or gas, and includes
the subsurface specified by the regulation.
i^is'subs's ^* Subsection 3 of section 15 of The Ontario Energy Board
amended Act, 1964 is amended by inserting after "section 23" in the
second line "section 25a".
i9G4.(. 74, g^ — ^j^ Subsection la of section 19 of The Ontario Energy
(is'es.^^sa, Board Act, 1964, as enacted by section 1 of The Ontario
re-e'riacted Energy Board Amendment Act, 1965, is repealed and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
de'termine ^^'^^ In approving or fixing rates and Other charges Under
rate base subsection 1, the Board shall determine a rate base
for the transmitter, distributor or storage company,
and shall determine whether the return on the rate
base produced or to be produced by such rates and
other charges is reasonable.
1964,0.74, ^2) Subsection lb of the said section 19, as enacted by
(1965 \^ 83 section 1 of The Ontario Energy Board Amendment Act, 1965,
si). ^ , is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
re-enarted ' ^
deTeTmi^ing (1*) I'he rate base to be determined by the Board under
■■"te ''ase subsection la shall be the total of,
(a) a reasonable allowance for the cost of the
property that is used or useful in serving the
public, less an amount deemed adequate by
the Board for depreciation, amortization and
deiiletion ;
109
Section 2. Sec- section 7 of this Bill. This amendment is complemen-
tary and will bring the new section 25a into line with the exceptions
mentioned in section 15 (3) of the Act.
SicCTioN 3. The amendment is designed to enable the Board to control
unreasonable inflation of the rate base.
109
Sections 4, 9 and 10. These sections are designed to complement
The Expropriations Act, 1968-69.
Section 5. This new provision implements a recommendation of the
McRucr Report. It requires the Board to send a copy of its report to each
of the parties on a reference to it of an apphcation for a licence to drill
a gas well in a designated gas storage area. The new provision also gives
a right of appeal to the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
109
(b) a reasonable allowance for working capital;
and
(c) such other amounts as, in the opinion of the
Board, ought to he included.
(Ic) In determining the reasonable allowance for the costi<ie™v
r ^11 ,- 1 . cost of
ot proi^erty under clause a of subsection lb, the property
Board shall ascertain or estimate the actual cost
thereof to the present owner and, where in the
opinion of the Board the actual cost exceeds a reason-
able allowance for inclusion in the rate base, shall
make such deductions in respect of the excess as in
the opinion of the Board are appropriate.
(Id) In considering whether the actual cost mentioned in idem
subsection \c exceeds a reasonable allowance for in-
clusion in the rate base and in determining the
appropriate deductions to be made in respect of any
such excess, the Board may consider all matters it
deems relevant, including the public benefit resulting
from the acquisition of the property, whether the
acquisition at the price ])aid was prudent in the cir-
cumstances existing at the time and, where the
property was acquired as an operating system or
part thereof, the allowance made for its cost in the
rate base of the former owner or, if no such rate base
had been determined that included an allowance for
the cost thereof, the allowance that would have been
made therefor in a rate base for the former owner
determined in accordance with this section.
4. Subsections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of section 21 of 7"Ae i9|^. ". 74,
Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 are repealed and the following subss^j^,^4,
substituted therefor: subss 5-8,'
repealed
(3) No action or other proceeding lies in respect of ^^'^JJP'"^
compensation ixiyable under this section and, failing anvount of
agreement, the amount thereof shall be deternimed tion
by the Board.
(4) An appeal within the meaning of section il of The^^^^^^^
Expropriations Act, 1968-69 lies from a determina-c.
tion of the Board under subsection 3 to the Court of
Appeal, in which case that section applies and
section 32 of this Act does not apply.
5. Section 23 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 isl^H;"-'^*'
amended by adding thereto the following subsection: amended
109
report "to be ("' '^'^ Board shall send to each of the parlies a copy of
sent to its re|X)rt to the Minister made pursuant to subsec-
tion 1 within ten days after submitting it to the
Minister and such rejxjrt shall be deemed to be a
decision of the Board within the meaning of section
33.
19G4, c. 74
s. 24
6. Section 24 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 is
aniendeci amended b\ adding thereto the following subsection:
'^<^"' (2) In making an order under clause 6 or c of subsection 1,
the Board may prescrilje the respective rights and
obligations of persons having interests in the spacing
unit, field or pool that in the opinion of the Board
are just and reasonable and, in particular, may
require the sharing of production among persons
having interests, or the payment of royalties, rentals
or other compensation by or to persons having
interests, at rates or in amounts deemed by the
Board to be just and reasonable, and the Board is
not bound by the terms of any lease or agreement
and such terms, in case of conflict, are superseded by
the order of the Board.
am^iideJ^' "^ ' ^^^^ Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 is amended by
adding thereto the following section:
Disposition 25«. (1) No gas transmitter, distributor or storage com-
systeiii pany, without the leave of the Board first being
obtained, shall
(a) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of its
gas transmission, distribution or storage sys-
tem, or any part thereof that is used or useful
in serving the public, as an entirety or sub-
stantialK- as an entirety; or
(6) enter into an agreement for amalgamation
with any other company.
Mortgages (^2) Subscction 1 does not apply to a mortgage or charge
to secure any loan or indebtedness or to secure any
bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness.
Hearing (3) ()ji an application under subsection 1, the Board
ina\ i^roceed with or without a hearing.
irt(>4,c.74, s. Subsection 2 of section 39 of The Ontario Energy Board
s 39 su 1>S 2
amended "Act, 1964 is amended by inserting after "Agriculture" in the
third line "and Food".
Section 6. This new provision will give the Board additional His
cretionary powers when dealing with an application for the joinine o
interests in a spacing unit, field or pool. joining ot
Section 7. This provision is new. It is self-explaiuitor\ .
Section 8. The name of the department mentioned is brought up
to date.
109
0. Subsection 4 of section 40 of The Ontario Enervy Board^^^i-'^l*- ,
°-^ 8. 40, subs. 4,
Act, 1964 IS repealed. repealed
10. Section 41 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 iSgl'fi' "' ^^'
repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
41. Where compensation for damages is provided for in jf^^'^of''"*'
this Part, it shall be determined by the Land Com-j^pmpensa-
pensation Board established under section 28 of The iges-eo.
Expropriations Act, 1968-69. °-
11. This Act conies into force on the day it receives Royal J^°',j\'^®"'^'
Assent.
12. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Energy Board^^°'''- '''"^
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
109
8
P
3
Co
(X.
=r
**.
^
c*>
s
01
1
»0
o
3
n>
ju n>
■1 D
a. c.
>
o
BILL 109
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964
Mr. Kerr
{Reprinted as amended by the Legal and Municipal Committee)
TORONTO
Printed and Publishkd by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The definitions are brought into line with the correspon-
ding definitions in The Energy Act, 1968-69 (Bill 107).
109
BILL 109 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Paragrajjh 3 of section 1 of The Ontario Energy^^^'''-^'^^-
Board Act, 1964 is repealed and the following substituted re-enacted'
therefor:
3. "distributor" means a person who supplies gas, fuel
oil or propane to a consumer, and "distributing"
and "distribution" have corresponding meanings.
(2) Paragraph 4 of the said section 1, as re-enacted ^Yl^i%aT^t'
subsection 2 of section 1 of The Ontario Energy Board Amend- ^^^"^^^^^^^
ment Act, 1967, is repealed and the following substituted re-enacted
therefor :
4. "fuel oil" means any liquid hydrocarbon within the
meaning from time to time of the Canadian Govern-
ment Specifications Board specification 3-GP-2 en-
titled FUEL OIL, 3-GP-3 entitled KEROSINE,
3-GP-6 entitled DIESEL FUEL, or, when used for
heating, cooking or lighting, within the meaning
from time to time of 3-GP-27 entitled LIGHTING
NAPHTHA.
(3) Paragraph 5 of the said section 1 is amended by i964, c^74,
striking out "or liquefied petroleum gas" in the first and second amended
lines and inserting in lieu thereof "propane-air gas", so that
the paragraph shall read as follows:
5. "gas" means natural gas, manufactured gas, pro-
pane-air gas or any mixture of any of them.
1964, c. 74,
(4) Paragraph 6 of the said section 1 is repealed. repealed ^'
(5) Paragra])li 8 of the said section 1 is rejiealed and the^^^^;*^"- ''|;
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
109
8. "manufactured gas" means any artificially produced
fuel gas, except acetylene and any other gas used
principally in welding or cutting metals.
B. 1, ' "■ ■ (6) The said section 1 is amended by adding thereto the
amended following paragraphs:
13a. "pool" means an underground accumulation of oil
or natural gas or both, separated or appearing to be
separated from any other such underground accumu-
lation ;
14a. "propane" means a hydrocarbon consisting of 95 per
cent or more of propane, propylene, butane or
butylene, or any blend thereof;
1968-69, ]5q "spacing unit" means a surface area established by
a regulation made under The Energy Act, 1968-69
or a predecessor thereof for the purpose of drilling
for, or the production of, oil or gas, and includes
the subsurface specified by the regulation.
1964. c. 74, 2. Subsection 2 of section 13 of The Ontario Energy Board
a 13 subs 2
amended ' 'Ad, 1964 is amended by inserting after "to" in the first line
"section 25a and", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
Ai>piication.« (2) Subject to section 25a and subsection 2 of section
35, where a proceeding before the Board is com-
menced by the filing of an application, the Board
shall proceed by order.
1964
If
^ ^.^ ^ 3. -Subsection 3 of section 15 of The Ontario Energy Board
aubs. ;-!. yjf/ 79(5^ is amended by striking out "subsection 2 of section 6
amended ' j a r , ,• j
of The Energy Act, 1964 ' m the third and fourth lines and
inserting in lieu thereof "The Energy Act, 1968-69 and any
predecessor tiiereof", so that the subsection shall read as
follows :
Hearing (3) Subjcct to subsections 1 and 2 of this section, sub-
upon notice \ > j r • ii
section 5 of section 19, subsection 2 ot section 22,
section H and subsection 2 of section 37 of this Act
^,^'***"*^'* and to The Energy Act, 1968-69 and any predecessor
thereof, the Board shall not make any order or
proceed in accordance with any reference or order
in council under this or any other Act until it has
held a hearing upon notice in such manner and to
sucli i^Kjrsons as the Board directs. "^^
109
Section 2. See section 7 of this Bill; this amendment is com-
plementary.
Section 3. This amendment will bring the reference into line with
The Energy Act, 1968-69 (Bill 107).
109
Section 4. The amendment is designed to enable the Board to control
unreasonable inflation of the rate base.
109
4.— (1) Subsection la of section 19 of The Ontario Energy ^^^*'<'-t*.
Board Act, 1964, as enacted by section 1 of The Ontario^^y^^'- 1"
Energy Board Amendment Act, 1965, is repealed and the follow- i' i)^' "• ^^'
ing substituted therefor: re-enacted
(la) In approving or fixing rates and other charges under ^oard to
subsection 1, the Board shall determine a rate base rate ™8e*
for the transmitter, distributor or storage company,
and shall determine whether the return on the rate
base produced or to be produced by such rates and
other charges is reasonable.
(2) Subsection lb of the said section 19, as enacted hy^^f^'"''*'
section 1 of The Ontario Energy Board Ameiidment Act, 1965, ^'"^^'- i*
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: ' uses, c. as,
re-enacted
(16) The rate base to be determined by the Board under Jo^muia for
subsection \a shall be the total of, rate'^base'"^
(a) a reasonable allowance for the cost of the
property that is used or useful in serving the
public, less an amount deemed adequate by
the Board for depreciation, amortization and
depletion ;
(b) a reasonable allowance for working capital;
and
(c) such other amounts as, in the opinion of the
Board, ought to be included.
(Ic) In determining the reasonable allowance for thej.^|j"^jf
cost of the property under clause a of subsection lb, property
the Board shall ascertain the actual cost of the
property to the present owner, but
(a) where the actual cost to the present owner
of any of the property cannot be ascertained,
the Board shall determine a reasonable
allowance to be included in the rate base for
the cost of that profjerty; and
(b) where in the opinion of the Board the actual
cost to the present owner of any of the prop-
erty is more than a reasonable allowance for
inclusion in the rate base for the cost of that
property, the Board shall determine a reason-
able allowance to be included in the rate base
for the cost of that propjerty.
(Id) in considering whether the actual cost mentioned in '"^^"^
subsection Ic exceeds a reasonable allowance for in-
clusion in the rate base and in determining the
109
appropriate deductions to be made in respect of any
such excess, the Board may consider all matters it
deems relevant, including the public benefit resulting
from the acquisition of the property, whether the
acquisition at the price paid was prudent in the cir-
cumstances existing at the time and, where the
property was acquired as an operating system or
part thereof, the allowance made for its cost in the
rate base of the former owner or, if no such rate base
had been determined that included an allowance for
the cost thereof, the allowance that would have been
made therefor in a rate base for the former owner
determined in accordance with this section.
Findings
of fact
(le) Findings of fact on which determinations are made
by the Board under subsections la, lb, Ic and Id shall
be based on the evidence adduced at the hearing.
5. Subsections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of section 21 of The
Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 are repealed and the following
1964, 0. 74
8. 21,
Bubss. 3, 4
re-enacted . . , , r
subBs. 5-8, substituted therefor
repealed
Determina-
tion of
amount of
compensa-
tion
(3) No action or other proceeding lies in respect of
compensation payable under this section and, failing
agreement, the amount thereof shall be determined
by the Board.
Appeal
1968-69,
c.
(4) An appeal within the meaning of section 32 of The
Expropriations Act, 1968-69 lies from a determina-
tion of the Board under subsection 3 to the Court of
Appeal, in which case that section applies and
section 32 of this Act does not apply.
1964, c. 74,
B. 23,
amended
6. Section 23 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 is
amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
Copy of
report to be
sent to
parties
(2) The Board shall send to each of the parties a copy of
its report to the Minister made pursuant to subsec-
tion 1 within ten days after submitting it to the
Minister and such report shall be deemed to be a
decision of the Board within the meaning of section
1964, 0. 74,
amended
7. The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 is amended by
adding thereto the following section :
Disposition
of gas
systems
and
acquisition
of share
control
25a. — (1) No gas transmitter, gas distributor or storage
company, without first obtaining the leave of the
Lieutenant Governor in Council, shall.
109
TU I^^T? ,^' '''!?** ^9;,. Jl?^^ sections are designed to complement
The Exproprtattons Act, 1968-69.
Section 6. This new provision implements a recommendation of the
McRuer Report. It requires the Board to send a copy of its report to each
of the parties on a reference to it of an application for a licence to drill
a gas well in a designated gas storage area. The new provision also gives
a right of appeal to the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
Section 7. This provision is new. It is self-explanatory.
109
Section 8. The name of the department mentioned is brought up
to date.
Section 9. The provision repealed has been superseded by The
Expropriations Act, J 068-69.
Section 10. These amendments are designed to clarify the situation
during the transitional period from The Expropriation Procedures Act,
196Z-63 to The Expropriations Act, 1968-69 as to what procedures apply
to the determination of compensation for lands expropriated for pipe-line
purposes and the like and as to what tribunal will determine the compensa-
tion.
These amendments also provide that damages occurring during con-
struction or maintenance of a pipe-line will be determined by the Land
Compensation Board.
109
(a) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of its
gas transmission, gas distribution or gas stor-
age system, or any part thereof that is used
or useful in serving the public, as an entirety
or substantially as an entirety;
(b) amalgamate with any other company; or
(c) acquire such number of any class of shares
that, together with shares already held by the
gas transmitter, gas distributor or storage
company and its associates will in the aggre-
gate exceed 20 per cent of the shares out-
standing of that class of a gas transmitter,
gas distributor or storage compan>-.
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply to a mortgage or charge Mortgages
to secure any loan or indebtedness or to secure any
bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness.
(3) An application for leave under subsection 1 shall P"^'j^
be made to the Board, which shall hold a public
hearing and submit its report and opinion to the
Lieutenant ("lovernor in Council. "^PB
8. Subsection 2 of section 39 of The Ontario Energy Boards^^Qsult'. 2.
Act, 1964 is amended by inserting after "Agriculture" in the'^""'"'^*'^
third line "and Food".
O. Subsection 4 of section 40 of The Ontario Energy Board^^^o' aiibt' 4
Act, 1964 is reiiealed. repealed
10.— (1) Section 41 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964l^l\\''-'^*'
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
41. Where comix^nsation for damages is provided forminatiou of
in this Part and is not agreed upon, tiie procedures tfJJJ''*"^*'
set out in clauses a and h of section 26 of The Expro-i^^s-af).
firialions Act, 196S-60 apply to the determination of
such compensation, and such comj^ensation shall be
determined under section 27 of that Act or by the
Land Comixinsation Board established under section
28 of that Act.
, ^ ,,„ . , , . r • »i^ c 'fj /^ , TranBitional
(2) Where, under the authority of section 40 ot / lie Ontario provision
Energy Board Act, 1964, a ix-rson has expropriated land under
The Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63 and at the time i9<52-63, c.43
this section comes into force the compensation has not been
finally determined or agreed upon,
109
c.
(o) if the compensation is in appeal under section 41 of
The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 as it existed
before this section comes into force, the said section
41 continues to apply thereto; or
{b) if the compensation remains to be determined other-
wise than under clause a, it shall be determined under
l^'^^;^^' The Expropriations Act, 1968-69 as if the plan were
registered under that Act, but where a hearing has
already been held by the board of negotiation, sec-
tions 26 and 27 of The Expropriations Act, 1968-69
do not apply, except that if the negotiation proceed-
ings did not result in settlement of the compensation,
then the procedures of subsection 6 of section 27
of that Act apply to that determination of such
compensation.
ment"*"'*' H- — (1) ^his Act, except section 7, comes into force on
the day it receives Royal Assent.
^^«™ (2) Section 7 shall be deemed to have come into force on
the 22nd day of October, 1969. "W^
Short title j2. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Energy Board
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
109
>3
11
!0
9
2
U)
r-t-
o
Ji»
^
k«
^
^
a
n
ss.
s^
"1
>o
C*)
1
1
CM
•-t
1
01
^
^
Ov
NO
3
?
3
OP
o
3
BILL 109
2nd Session, 28th Legislature, Ontario
18 Elizabeth II, 1968-69
An Act to amend The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964
Mr. Kerr
TORONTO
Hkinted and Published by Frank Fogg, Queen's Printer
BILL 109 1968-69
An Act to amend
The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Paragraph 3 of section 1 of The Ontario Energy ^^^^^ °^^^-
Board Act, 1964 is repealed and the following substituted re-e'naoted'
therefor :
3. "distributor" means a person who supplies gas, fuel
oil or propane to a consumer, and "distributing"
and "distribution" have corresponding meanings.
(2) Paragraph 4 of the said section 1, as re-enacted by^^^^^^^JI'
subsection 2 of section 1 of The Ontario Energy Board ^'"ew^-^^i^giibs^a')
ment Act, 1967, is repealed and the following substituted re-enacted
therefor:
4. "fuel oil" means any liquid hydrocarbon within the
meaning from time to time of the Canadian Govern-
ment Specifications Board specification 3-GP-2 en-
titled FUEL OIL, 3-GP-3 entitled KEROSINE,
3-GP-6 entitled DIESEL FUEL, or, when used for
heating, cooking or lighting, within the meaning
from time to time of 3-GP-27 entitled LIGHTING
NAPHTHA.
(3) Paragraph 5 of the said section 1 is amended by 1964,0^^74,
striking out "or liquefied petroleum gas" in the first and second amended
lines and inserting in lieu thereof "propane-air gas", so that
the paragraph shall read as follows:
5. "gas" means natural gas, manufactured gas, pro-
pane-air gas or any mixture of any of them.
1964, 0. 74,
(4) Paragraph 6 of the said section 1 is repealed. s^i^pa^e,
(5) Paragraph 8 of the said section 1 is repealed and the g^^f ■^^^r.^l.'
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
109
a
8. "manufactured gas" means any artificially produced
fuel gas, except acetylene and any other gas used
principally in welding or cutting metals.
1964, c. 74. ^jj^ Yhe said section 1 is amended by adding thereto the
amended following paragraphs:
13o. "pool" means an underground accumulation of oil
or natural gas or both, separated or appearing to be
separated from any other such underground accumu-
lation;
14a. "propane" means a hydrocarbon consisting of 95 per
cent or more of propane, propylene, butane or
butylene, or any blend thereof;
1968-69, 15fl "spacing unit" means a surface area established by
a regulation made under The Energy Act, 1968-69
or a predecessor thereof for the purpose of drilling
for, or the production of, oil or gas, and includes
the subsurface specified by the regulation.
1964, c. 74, 2. Subsection 2 of section 13 of The Ontario Energy Board
amended Act, 1964 is amended by inserting after "to" in the first line
"section 25a and", so that the subsection shall read as follows:
Appucationa (2) Subject to section 25a and subsection 2 of section
35, where a proceeding before the Board is com-
menced by the filing of an application, the Board
shall proceed by order.
1964, c. 74, 3^ Subsection 3 of section 15 of The Ontario Energy Board
amended ^^^' ^^^'^ '® amended by striking out "subsection 2 of section 6
of The Energy Act, 1964" in the third and fourth lines and
inserting in lieu thereof "The Energy Act, 1968-69 and any
predecessor thereof", so that the subsection shall read as
follows :
,",f'^'''"«n (3) Subject to subsections 1 and 2 of this section, sub-
upon notice \ / j ^ »
section 5 of section 19, subsection 2 of section 22,
section 23 and subsection 2 of section 37 of this Act
^'"^**'^^' and to The Energy Act, 1968-69 and any predecessor
thereof, the Board shall not make any order or
proceed in accordance with any reference or order
in council under this or any other Act until it has
held a hearing upon notice in such manner and to
such persons as the Board directs.
109
4. — (1) Subsection la of section 19 of The Ontario Energy ^^^*' '>■''* ■
Board Act, 1964, as enacted by section 1 of The 0«torio s'ubl: la
Energy Board Amendment Act, 1965, is repealed and the follow-s^if ' "' ^^•
ing substituted therefor: re-enacted
(la) In approving or fixing rates and other charges under Board to
subsection 1, the Board shall determine a rate base rate 'ibase^
for the transmitter, distributor or storage company,
and shall determine whether the return on the rate
base produced or to be produced by such rates and
other charges is reasonable.
(2) Subsection \b of the said section 19, as enacted byg^^f|'°'^'*-
section 1 of The Ontario Energy Board Amendment Act, /P(?5,8^||^i* gg
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: s- 1).' ' ';
re-enacted
(16) The rate base to be determined by the Board under Jo^mui^a for
subsection la shall be the total of, rate base
(a) a reasonable allowance for the cost of the '.
property that is used or useful in serving the
public, less an amount deemed adequate by
the Board for depreciation, amortization and
depletion; '
(Jb) a reasonable allowance for working capital; •■■■-;■:
and
(c) such other amounts as, in the opinion of the
Board, ought to be included.
(Ic) In determining the reasonable allowance for thej^^^^jj.
cost of the property under clause a of subsection Ifr, property
the Board shall ascertain the actual cost of the
property to the present owner, but
(a) where the actual cost to the present owner
of any of the property cannot be ascertained,
the Board shall determine a reasonable
allowance to be included in the rate base for
the cost of that property; and
{h) where in the opinion of the Board the actual
cost to the present owner of any of the prop-
erty is more than a reasonable allowance for
inclusion in the rate base for the cost of that
property, the Board shall determine a reason-
able allowance to be included in the rate base
for the cost of that property.
(Irf) In considering whether the actual cost mentioned in i^em
subsection If exceeds a reasonable allowance for in-
clusion in the rate base and in determining the
109
appropriate deductions to be made in respect of any
such excess, the Board may consider all matters it
deems relevant, including the public benefit resulting
from the acquisition of the property, whether the
acquisition at the price paid was prudent in the cir-
cumstances existing at the time and, where the
property was acquired as an operating system or
part thereof, the allowance made for its cost in the
rate base of the former owner or, if no such rate base
had been determined that included an allowance for
the cost thereof, the allowance that would have been
made therefor in a rate base for the former owner
determined in accordance with this section.
FindingB
of fact
(Ic) Findings of fact on which determinations are made
by the Board under subsections la, 16, Ic and Id shall
be based on the evidence adduced at the hearing.
1964, c. 74,
a. 21,
eubB8. a, 4,
re-enacted ;
subss. 6-8,
repealed
Determina-
tion of
amount of
compensa-
tion
6. Subsections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of section 21 of The
Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 are repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
(3) No action or other proceeding lies in respect of
compensation payable under this section and, failing
agreement, the amount thereof shall be determined
by the Board.
Appeal
1968-69.
c.
(4) An appeal within the meaning of section 32 of The
Expropriations Act, 1968-69 lies from a determina-
tion of the Board under subsection 3 to the Court of
Appeal, in which case that section applies and
section 32 of this Act does not apply.
1964, c. 74,
8. 23,
amended
6. Section 23 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 is
amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
Copy of
report to be
Bent to
parties
(2) The Board shall send to each of the parties a copy of
its report to the Minister made pursuant to subsec-
tion 1 within ten days after submitting it to the
Minister and such rep>ort shall be deemed to be a
decision of the Board within the meaning of section
32,.
1964, c. 74,
amended
7. The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 is amended by
adding thereto the following section:
DiBposltion
of gas
systems
and
acquisition
of share
control
25a. — (1) \o gas transmitter, gas distributor or storage
company, without first obtaining the leave of the
Lieutenant Governor in Council, shall.
109
(a) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of its
gas transmission, gas distribution or gas stor-
age system, or any part thereof that is used
or useful in serving the public, as an entirety
or substantially as an entirety;
(b) amalgamate with any other company; or
(c) acquire such number of any class of shares
that, together with shares already held by the
gas transmitter, gas distributor or storage
company and its associates will in the aggre-
gate exceed 20 per cent of the shares out-
standing of that class of a gas transmitter,
gas distributor or storage company.
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply to a mortgage or charge Mortgagee
to secure any loan or indebtedness or to secure any
bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness.
(3) An application for leave under subsection 1 shall p^J^"c
be made to the Board, which shall hold a public
hearing and submit its report and opinion to the
Lieutenant Governor in Council.
8. Subsection 2 of section 39 of The Ontario Energy BoardB^39iB\ibB'.2.
Act, 1964 is amended by inserting after "Agriculture" in the*™*"''®'^
third line "and Food".
9. Subsection 4 of section 40 of The Ontario Energy Board l^^^' °;^J^- ^
Act, 1964 is repealed. repealed
10.— (1) Section 41 of The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964l^lt[°-''*-
is repealed and the following substituted therefor: re-enacted
41. Where compensation for damages is provided for minatlon of
in this Part and is not agreed upon, the procedures ti'o'n''*"^*
set out in clauses a and b of section 26 of The Expro- 1968-69,
priations Act, 1968-69 apply to the determination of
such compensation, and such compensation shall be
determined under section 27 of that Act or by the
Land Compensation Board established under section
28 of that Act.
(2) Where, under the authority of section 40 of The Ontario proviaion
Energy Board Act, 1964, a person has expropriated land under
The Expropriation Procedures Act, 1962-63 and at the time"62-63.c.43
this section comes into force the compensation has not been
finally determined or agreed upon,
109
1964, c. 74,
8. 41.
1968-69,
Commence-
ment
Idem
(fl) if the compensation is in appeal under section 41 of
The Ontario Energy Board Act, 1964 as it existed
before this section comes into force, the said section
41 continues to apply thereto; or
{b) if the compensation remains to be determined other-
wise than under clause a, it shall be determined under
The Expropriations Act, 1968-69 as if the plan were
registered under that Act, but where a hearing has
already been held by the board of negotiation, sec-
tions 26 and 27 of The Expropriations Act, 1968-69
do not apply, except that if the negotiation proceed-
ings did not result in settlement of the compensation,
then the procedures of subsection 6 of section 27
of that Act apply to that determination of such
compensation.
11. — (1) This Act, except section 7, comes into force on
the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 7 shall be deemed to have come into force on
the 22nd day of October, 1969.
Short title 12. This Act may be cited as The Ontario Energy Board
Amendment Act, 1968-69.
109
O
O
o
o
f^
r*
(8
o
u.
o
t\>
ST
S-
^
n
1
7^
>3
to
a.
1
SO
S
"
s
I— k
»«
t~*
(^Q
vO
vO
"?:
Ov
vO
o
o
VO
ar
3. *>
M>
S ft
>< O
o 3
fi 3
>
NO
y/